Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 2, 2020

Registration No. 333-                

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION II

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   6770   83-4109918
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary standard industrial
classification code number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

c/o Graubard Miller

The Chrysler Building

405 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10174

(212) 818-8800

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Jonathan J. Ledecky, Chief Executive Officer

Pivotal Investment Corporation II

c/o Graubard Miller

The Chrysler Building

405 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10174

(212) 818-8800

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

With copies to:

David Alan Miller, Esq.
Jeffrey M. Gallant, Esq.
Graubard Miller
The Chrysler Building
405 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10174
Telephone: (212) 818-8800
Fax: (212) 818-8881
 

Mitchell S. Presser, Esq.

Justin R. Salon, Esq.

Morrison & Foerster LLP

250 West 55th Street

New York, New York 10019

Telephone: (212) 468-8000

Fax: (212) 468-7900

 

Thomas R. Burton, III, Esq.

Sahir Surmeli, Esq.

Jeffrey Schultz, Esq.

Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo, P.C.

One Financial Center

Boston, MA 02111

Telephone: (617) 542-6000

Fax: (617) 542-2241

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective and all other conditions to the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization described in the included proxy statement/prospectus have been satisfied or waived.

If the securities being registered on this form are to be offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box:  ☐

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:

Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer)  ☐

Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer)  ☐

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Security to Be Registered

 

Amount

to Be

Registered

  Proposed
Maximum
Offering Price
Per Security
  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Class A Common Stock

  100,000,000(1) (2)   $11.50(3)   $1,150,000,000.00   $125,465.00(4)

 

 

(1)

Represents the maximum number of shares of the registrant’s of Class A common stock to be issued or reserved for issuance by Pivotal Investment Corporation II to the security holders of XL Hybrids, Inc., a Delaware corporation, upon consummation of the business combination described herein.

(2)

Pursuant to Rule 416(a) of the Securities Act, there are also being registered an indeterminable number of additional securities as may be issued to prevent dilution resulting from stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions.

(3)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee, based on the average of the high and low prices of the registrant’s Class A common stock on September 24, 2020 (a date within five business days prior to the date of this Registration Statement). This calculation is in accordance with Rule 457(f)(1) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(4)

Calculated pursuant to Rule 457 of the Securities Act by multiplying the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of securities to be registered by 0.0001091.

 

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus is not complete and may be changed. This preliminary prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus are not an offer to sell these securities and are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 1, 2020

PROXY STATEMENT FOR ANNUAL MEETING OF

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION II

 

 

PROSPECTUS FOR UP TO 100,000,000 SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK

 

 

The board of directors of Pivotal Investment Corporation II, a Delaware corporation (“Pivotal”), has unanimously approved the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of September 17, 2020 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among Pivotal, PIC II Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Pivotal (“Merger Sub”), and XL Hybrids, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“XL”), pursuant to which Merger Sub will merge with and into XL, with XL surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Pivotal and the securityholders of XL becoming securityholders of Pivotal (the “Merger”). We refer to the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement as the “Business Combination.”

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, each share of XL’s common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger (including each share of XL’s common stock issued as a result of the conversion of XL’s preferred stock and any conversion or exchange of XL’s convertible promissory notes, each as more fully described in this proxy statement/prospectus) will be automatically converted into the right to receive a number of shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock equal to the Exchange Ratio. The “Exchange Ratio” is the quotient obtained by dividing 100,000,000 by the fully-diluted number of shares of XL’s common stock outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, including shares issuable or treated as issuable upon the conversion of XL’s preferred stock and the exercise, conversion or exchange of XL’s convertible promissory notes, options and warrants (as determined in accordance with the Merger Agreement and more fully described in this proxy statement/prospectus).

Accordingly, this proxy statement/prospectus covers up to an aggregate of 100,000,000 shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock to be issued or reserved for issuance to the securityholders of XL at the closing of the Business Combination.

Each of the options to purchase XL’s common stock, whether or not exercisable and whether or not vested, and each of the warrants to purchase XL’s stock, in each case that is outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, will be assumed by Pivotal and converted into an option or warrant, as the case may be, to purchase a number of shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock equal to the number of shares subject to such option or warrant immediately prior to the effective time multiplied by the Exchange Ratio, at an exercise price equal to the exercise price immediately prior to the effective time divided by the Exchange Ratio.

Each of XL’s outstanding convertible promissory notes will be satisfied in full in connection with the Merger. At the option of the holder of each such note, either the entire principal of such note will be converted into shares of XL common stock or the entire principal will be repaid and an additional amount including accrued interest will be converted into shares of XL common stock. All shares of XL’s common stock issued upon such conversion will be entitled to receive shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock in the Merger as described above. See the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal—Structure of the Merger—Consideration to XL Securityholders.

In connection with the Merger, Pivotal has entered into subscription agreements with certain investors (the “PIPE Investors”), pursuant to which such PIPE Investors have agreed to purchase an aggregate of 15,000,000 shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock in a private placement at a price of $10.00 per share for an aggregate commitment of $150,000,000. The closing of the private placement is expected to take place concurrently with the closing of the Business Combination. The subscription agreements are subject to certain conditions, including, among other things, the closing of the Business Combination.

Proposals to approve the Merger Agreement and the other matters discussed in this proxy statement/prospectus will be presented at the annual meeting of stockholders of Pivotal scheduled to be held on                 , 2020.

Pivotal’s units, Class A common stock and warrants are currently listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbols PIC.U, PIC and PIC WS, respectively. Pivotal intends to apply for listing on the NYSE of Pivotal’s Class A common stock and Pivotal’s warrants, under the proposed symbols XL and XL WS, respectively, to be effective at the consummation of the Business Combination. Pivotal’s units will not be listed on the NYSE following consummation of the Business Combination and such units will automatically be separated into their component securities without any action needed to be taken on the part of the holders. Furthermore, each outstanding share of Pivotal’s Class B common stock will convert into one share of Pivotal’s Class A common stock at the closing of the Business Combination, the Class B common stock will cease to exist and Pivotal will thereafter have a single class of common stock. It is a condition to the consummation of the Business Combination that the shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock to be issued to the stockholders of XL in the Merger be approved for listing on the NYSE (subject only to official notice of issuance thereof and public holder requirements), but there can be no assurance such listing condition will be met. If such listing condition is not met, the Business Combination will not be consummated unless the listing condition is waived by the parties to the Merger Agreement.

Pivotal is an “emerging growth company” and “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended (the “JOBS Act”), and has elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Summary of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus—Emerging Growth Company.”

 

 

This proxy statement/prospectus provides you with detailed information about the Merger and other matters to be considered at the annual meeting of Pivotal’s stockholders. We encourage you to carefully read this entire document. You should also carefully consider the risk factors described in “Risk Factors beginning on page 36 of this proxy statement/prospectus. These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any state securities commission nor has the Securities and Exchange Commission or any state securities commission passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this proxy statement/prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

This proxy statement/prospectus incorporates by reference important business and financial information about Pivotal from documents Pivotal has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission that are not included in or delivered with this proxy statement/prospectus. You can obtain documents incorporated by reference in this proxy statement/prospectus and other filings of Pivotal with the Securities and Exchange Commission by visiting its website at www.sec.gov or requesting them in writing or by telephone from Pivotal at the following address:

Mr. Jonathan J. Ledecky

Pivotal Investment Corporation II

c/o Graubard Miller

The Chrysler Building

405 Lexington Avenue, 11th Floor

New York, NY 10174

Tel: (212) 818-8800

You will not be charged for any of these documents that you request. Stockholders requesting documents should do so by                 , 2020 in order to receive them before the annual meeting.

 

 

This proxy statement/prospectus is dated                 , 2020, and is first being mailed to Pivotal security holders on or about such date.


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

XL Fleet currently provides electrification solutions for a wide range of

Class 2-6 commercial and municipal fleet vehicles.


Table of Contents

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION II

c/o Graubard Miller

The Chrysler Building

405 Lexington Avenue, 11th Floor

New York, NY 10174

NOTICE OF

ANNUAL MEETING

TO BE HELD ON                 , 2020

TO THE STOCKHOLDERS OF PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION II:

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that an annual meeting of stockholders of Pivotal Investment Corporation II (“Pivotal”), a Delaware corporation, will be held at                  eastern time, on                 , 2020. Due to health concerns stemming from the COVID-19 pandemic, and to support the health and well-being of our stockholders, the annual meeting will be a virtual meeting. You are cordially invited to attend and participate in the annual meeting online by visiting https://www.                .com/                 . The annual meeting will be held for the following purposes:

 

  (1)

Proposal No. 1—The Business Combination Proposal—to consider and vote upon a proposal to approve and adopt the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of September 17, 2020 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among Pivotal, PIC II Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Pivotal (“Merger Sub”), and XL Hybrids, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“XL”), a copy of which is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex A, and the transactions contemplated thereby (the “Business Combination”), including the merger of Merger Sub with and into XL, with XL surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Pivotal (the “Merger”), and the issuance of shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock to XL’s securityholders in the Merger—we refer to this proposal as the “business combination proposal”;

 

  (2)

Proposal No. 2—The PIPE Proposal—to consider and vote upon a proposal to approve the issuance of an aggregate of 15,000,000 shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock in a private placement at a price of $10.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $150,000,000 (the “PIPE Transaction”), the closing of which is subject to certain conditions, including, among other things, the closing of the Business Combination—we refer to this proposal as the “PIPE proposal”;

 

  (3)

The Charter Proposals—to consider and vote upon separate proposals to approve amendments to Pivotal’s current amended and restated certificate of incorporation to:

 

  (i)

change the name of Pivotal to “XL Fleet Corp.”, as opposed to the current name of “Pivotal Investment Corporation II” (Proposal No. 3);

 

  (ii)

increase the number of shares of Class A common stock Pivotal is authorized to issue to 350,000,000 shares, as opposed to the current number of 75,000,000 shares, and to remove the provisions for Pivotal’s current Class B common stock (the shares of which will all convert into shares of Class A common stock in connection with the Business Combination) so that the Class B common stock will cease to exist and Pivotal will have a single class of common stock (Proposal No. 4); and

 

  (iii)

remove the various provisions applicable only to special purpose acquisition companies (such as the obligation to dissolve and liquidate if a business combination is not consummated within a certain period of time) and make certain other changes that the Pivotal board deems appropriate for a public operating company (Proposal No. 5)—we refer to Proposals 3, 4 and 5, collectively, as the “charter proposals”;

 

  (4)

Proposal No. 6—The Director Election Proposal—to elect nine directors who, upon the closing of the Business Combination, will be the directors of Pivotal—we refer to this proposal as the “director election proposal”;


Table of Contents
  (5)

Proposal No. 7—The Incentive Plan Proposal—to consider and vote upon a proposal to approve the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2020 Plan”), which is an incentive compensation plan for employees and other service providers of Pivotal and its subsidiaries, including, after the Merger, XL and its subsidiaries—we refer to this proposal as the “incentive plan proposal”;

 

  (6)

Proposal No. 8—The Adjournment Proposal—to consider and vote upon a proposal to adjourn the annual meeting to a later date or dates if it is determined by the officer presiding over the annual meeting that more time is necessary for Pivotal to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement—we refer to this proposal as the “adjournment proposal.”

We also will transact any other business as may properly come before the annual meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof.

The items of business listed above are more fully described elsewhere in the proxy statement/prospectus. Whether or not you intend to attend the annual meeting, we urge you to read the attached proxy statement/prospectus in its entirety, including the annexes and accompanying financial statements, before voting. IN PARTICULAR, WE URGE YOU TO CAREFULLY READ THE SECTION IN THE PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS ENTITLED “RISK FACTORS.

Only holders of record of Pivotal’s Class A and Class B common stock (collectively, “Pivotal common stock”) at the close of business on                 , 2020 (the “record date”) are entitled to notice of the annual meeting and to vote and have their votes counted at the annual meeting and any adjournments or postponements of the annual meeting.

After careful consideration, Pivotal’s board of directors has determined that each of the business combination proposal, the PIPE proposal, the charter proposals, the election of the nine nominees identified in this proxy statement/prospectus to serve as directors, the incentive plan proposal and the adjournment proposal is fair to and in the best interests of Pivotal and its stockholders and unanimously recommends that you vote or give instruction to vote “FOR” the business combination proposal, “FOR” the PIPE proposal, “FOR” each of the charter proposals, “FOR” the director election proposal, “FOR” the incentive plan proposal and “FOR” the adjournment proposal, if presented. When you consider the recommendations of Pivotal’s board of directors, you should keep in mind that Pivotal’s directors and officers may have interests in the Business Combination that conflict with, or are different from, your interests as a stockholder of Pivotal. See the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal—Interests of the Sponsor and Pivotal’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination.”

The closing of the Business Combination is conditioned on approval of the business combination proposal, the PIPE proposal, the charter proposals, the director election proposal and the incentive plan proposal. If any of the proposals is not approved or the nine nominees identified in this proxy statement/prospectus to serve as directors of Pivotal after the closing of the Business Combination are not elected, and the applicable closing condition in the Merger Agreement is not waived, the remaining proposals will not be presented to stockholders for a vote.

All Pivotal stockholders are cordially invited to attend the annual meeting, which will be held virtually over the Internet at https://www.                .com/                 . To ensure your representation at the annual meeting, however, you are urged to complete, sign, date and return the enclosed proxy card as soon as possible. If you are a holder of record of Pivotal common stock on the record date, you may also cast your vote at the annual meeting. If your Pivotal common stock is held in an account at a brokerage firm or bank, you must instruct your broker or bank on how to vote your shares or, if you wish to attend the annual meeting, obtain a proxy from your broker or bank.

A complete list of Pivotal stockholders of record entitled to vote at the annual meeting will be available for ten days before the annual meeting at the principal executive offices of Pivotal for inspection by stockholders during business hours for any purpose germane to the annual meeting.

Your vote is important regardless of the number of shares you own. Whether you plan to attend the annual meeting virtually or not, please complete, sign, date and return the enclosed proxy card as soon as possible


Table of Contents

in the envelope provided. If your shares are held in “street name” or are in a margin or similar account, you should contact your broker to ensure that votes related to the shares you beneficially own are properly voted and counted.

If you have any questions or need assistance voting your common stock, please contact                 , our proxy solicitor, by calling                 , or banks and brokers can call collect at                 , or by emailing Pivotal at                 . This notice of annual meeting is and the proxy statement/prospectus relating to the Business Combination will be available at https://www.                .com/                 .

Thank you for your participation. We look forward to your continued support.

By Order of the Board of Directors

Jonathan J. Ledecky

Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief

Executive Officer

                    , 2020

IF YOU RETURN YOUR SIGNED PROXY CARD WITHOUT AN INDICATION OF HOW YOU WISH TO VOTE, YOUR SHARES WILL BE VOTED IN FAVOR OF EACH OF THE PROPOSALS.

ALL HOLDERS (THE “PUBLIC STOCKHOLDERS”) OF SHARES OF PIVOTAL CLASS A COMMON STOCK ISSUED IN PIVOTAL’S INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING (THE “PUBLIC SHARES”) HAVE THE RIGHT TO HAVE THEIR PUBLIC SHARES CONVERTED INTO CASH IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROPOSED BUSINESS COMBINATION. PUBLIC STOCKHOLDERS ARE NOT REQUIRED TO AFFIRMATIVELY VOTE FOR OR AGAINST THE BUSINESS COMBINATION PROPOSAL, TO VOTE ON THE BUSINESS COMBINATION PROPOSAL AT ALL, OR TO BE HOLDERS OF RECORD ON THE RECORD DATE IN ORDER TO HAVE THEIR SHARES CONVERTED INTO CASH. THIS MEANS THAT ANY PUBLIC STOCKHOLDER HOLDING PUBLIC SHARES MAY EXERCISE CONVERSION RIGHTS REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THEY ARE EVEN ENTITLED TO VOTE ON THE BUSINESS COMBINATION PROPOSAL.

TO EXERCISE CONVERSION RIGHTS, HOLDERS MUST TENDER THEIR STOCK TO CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, PIVOTAL’S TRANSFER AGENT, NO LATER THAN TWO (2) BUSINESS DAYS PRIOR TO THE ANNUAL MEETING. YOU MAY TENDER YOUR STOCK BY EITHER DELIVERING YOUR STOCK CERTIFICATE TO THE TRANSFER AGENT OR BY DELIVERING YOUR SHARES ELECTRONICALLY USING THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY’S DEPOSIT WITHDRAWAL AT CUSTODIAN SYSTEM. IF THE BUSINESS COMBINATION IS NOT COMPLETED, THEN THESE SHARES WILL NOT BE CONVERTED INTO CASH. IF YOU HOLD THE SHARES IN STREET NAME, YOU WILL NEED TO INSTRUCT THE ACCOUNT EXECUTIVE AT YOUR BANK OR BROKER TO WITHDRAW THE SHARES FROM YOUR ACCOUNT IN ORDER TO EXERCISE YOUR CONVERSION RIGHTS. SEE “ANNUAL MEETING OF PIVOTAL STOCKHOLDERS—CONVERSION RIGHTS” FOR MORE SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS.

 


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

FREQUENTLY USED TERMS

     ii  

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     iv  

SUMMARY OF THE MATERIAL TERMS OF THE MERGER

     1  

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE PROPOSALS

     4  

SUMMARY OF THE PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS

     14  

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     29  

SELECTED UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     31  

COMPARATIVE PER SHARE DATA

     34  

RISK FACTORS

     36  

THE BUSINESS COMBINATION PROPOSAL

     75  

THE MERGER AGREEMENT

     97  

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     105  

THE PIPE PROPOSAL

     117  

THE CHARTER PROPOSALS

     119  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     131  

THE INCENTIVE PLAN PROPOSAL

     136  

THE ADJOURNMENT PROPOSAL

     141  

OTHER INFORMATION RELATED TO PIVOTAL

     142  

BUSINESS OF XL

     151  

XL’S MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     163  

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES

     176  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

     180  

DESCRIPTION OF PIVOTAL’S SECURITIES AFTER THE MERGER

     184  

INFORMATION ON PIVOTAL SECURITIES AND DIVIDENDS

     194  

APPRAISAL RIGHTS

     194  

STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

     195  

OTHER STOCKHOLDER COMMUNICATIONS

     195  

EXPERTS

     195  

DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO STOCKHOLDERS

     195  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     196  

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

Annexes

 

Annex A – Merger Agreement

     A-1  

Annex B – Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

     B-1  

Annex C – 2020 Equity Incentive Plan

     C-1  

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this proxy statement/prospectus in determining whether to vote in favor of the Business Combination and the other proposals. No one has been authorized to provide you with information that is different from that contained in this proxy statement/prospectus. This proxy statement/prospectus is dated                 , 2020. You should not assume that the information contained or incorporated by reference in this proxy statement/prospectus is accurate as of any date other than that date. Neither the mailing of this proxy statement/prospectus to Pivotal securityholders nor the issuance by Pivotal of Pivotal Class A common stock in connection with the Business Combination will create any implication to the contrary.

 

i


Table of Contents

FREQUENTLY USED TERMS

As used in this proxy statement/prospectus:

 

   

annual meeting” means the annual meeting of the stockholders of Pivotal that is the subject of this proxy statement/prospectus;

 

   

Business Combination” means the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement;

 

   

Charter” means the second amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Pivotal following the Merger;

 

   

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

 

   

combined company” means Pivotal following the closing of the Business Combination (at which time, subject to stockholder approval, Pivotal will be renamed “XL Fleet Corp.”);

 

   

DGCL” means the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended;

 

   

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;

 

   

Exchange Ratio” means the exchange ratio obtained by dividing 100,000,000 by the fully-diluted number of shares of XL’s common stock outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, including shares issuable or treated as issuable upon the conversion of XL’s preferred stock and the exercise, conversion or exchange of XL’s convertible promissory notes, options and warrants (as determined in accordance with the Merger Agreement and more fully described in this proxy statement/prospectus);

 

   

HSR Act” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended;

 

   

initial stockholders” means the holders of the sponsor shares prior to Pivotal’s initial public offering;

 

   

JOBS Act” means the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended;

 

   

Marcum” means Marcum LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm serving as auditors for Pivotal and XL;

 

   

Merger” means the merger of Merger Sub with and into XL, with XL surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Pivotal;

 

   

Merger Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of September 17, 2020, by and among Pivotal, Merger Sub and XL;

 

   

Merger Consideration” means the aggregate number of shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock that the securityholders of XL have the right to receive upon consummation of the Merger;

 

   

Merger Sub” means PIC II Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Pivotal;

 

   

MGG” means MGG Special Opportunities Fund LP, an affiliate of Pivotal SPAC Funding II, LLC, which is a managing member of the Sponsor;

 

   

NYSE” means the New York Stock Exchange;

 

   

Omnibus Note Amendment” means the Omnibus Amendment to Convertible Promissory Notes and Note Purchase Agreement, effective as of September 17, 2020, by and among XL and the noteholders party thereto;

 

   

Pivotal” means Pivotal Investment Corporation II, a Delaware corporation, which is expected to be renamed “XL Fleet Corp.” upon the closing of the Business Combination (unless the context otherwise requires, references to “Pivotal” after the closing of the Business Combination refer to the combined company, including its operating subsidiary, XL);

 

ii


Table of Contents
   

Pivotal common stock” means, prior to the Merger, Pivotal’s Class A common stock and Class B common stock collectively and, after the Merger, Pivotal’s Class A common stock;

 

   

private warrants” means the 4,233,333 warrants of Pivotal sold to the Sponsor in a private placement that took place simultaneously with Pivotal’s initial public offering;

 

   

public shares” means the shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock included in the units issued in Pivotal’s initial public offering;

 

   

public stockholders” means holders of public shares, including the Sponsor and Pivotal’s officers and directors to the extent they hold public shares; provided, that the holders of sponsor shares will be considered a “public stockholder” only with respect to any public shares held by them;

 

   

public warrants” means the redeemable warrants exercisable for shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock included in the units issued in Pivotal’s initial public offering;

 

   

record date” means                 , 2020;

 

   

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission;

 

   

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

 

   

Sponsor” means Pivotal Investment Holdings II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and an affiliate of certain of Pivotal’s officers and directors;

 

   

sponsor shares” means the 5,750,000 shares of Pivotal’s Class B common stock outstanding that were issued prior to Pivotal’s initial public offering, each of which will convert into one share of Pivotal’s Class A common stock upon the closing of the Business Combination;

 

   

U.S. GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States; and

 

   

XL” means XL Hybrids, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

iii


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain information in this proxy statement/prospectus constitutes forward-looking statements within the definition of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. However, because Pivotal is a “blank check” company, the safe-harbor provisions of that act do not apply to statements made in this proxy statement/prospectus. You can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “may,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “contemplate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “intends” and “continue” or similar words. You should read statements that contain these words carefully because they:

 

   

discuss future expectations;

 

   

contain projections of future results of operations or financial condition; or

 

   

state other “forward-looking” information.

Pivotal believes it is important to communicate its expectations to its securityholders. However, there may be events in the future that Pivotal is not able to predict accurately or over which it has no control. The section in this proxy/statement prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” and the other cautionary language discussed in this proxy statement/prospectus provide examples of risks, uncertainties and events that may cause actual results to differ materially from the expectations described by Pivotal in such forward-looking statements. Some factors that could cause actual results to differ may include, among other things:

 

   

the ability to complete the Merger or a delay in the closing of the Business Combination or the PIPE Transaction;

 

   

the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstances that could give rise to the termination of the Merger Agreement;

 

   

the ability to maintain the listing of Pivotal’s securities on the New York Stock Exchange or an alternative national securities exchange following the Business Combination;

 

   

the potential liquidity and trading of Pivotal’s public securities;

 

   

the inability to recognize the anticipated benefits of the proposed Business Combination, which may be affected by, among other things, the amount of cash available following any redemption of public shares by Pivotal stockholders;

 

   

XL’s financial and business performance following the Business Combination, including financial projections and business metrics;

 

   

changes in XL’s strategy, future operations, expansion plans and opportunities, financial position, estimated revenues and losses, projected costs, prospects and plans, capital requirements and sources and uses of cash;

 

   

the implementation, market acceptance and success of XL’s business model and its ability to scale in a cost-effective manner;

 

   

cost increases or shortages in the components necessary to support XL’s products and services; the introduction of new technologies;

 

   

developments and projections relating to XL’s competitors and industry;

 

   

the ability to obtain financing, in whole or in part from the PIPE Transaction;

 

   

the ability to obtain funding for XL’s operations;

 

   

the ability to operate in highly competitive markets, and potential adverse effects of this competition;

 

   

the ability to attract, motivate and retain qualified employees, including members of its senior management team;

 

iv


Table of Contents
   

the expectation that XL will incur significant expenses and continuing losses in future periods, as well as significant fluctuations from period to period in its financial results;

 

   

the possibility that XL may become subject to product liability claims;

 

   

the potential loss of one or more of XL’s significant customers or major suppliers;

 

   

the ability of XL to further penetrate the fleet market, enter into new markets, or expand its business and manage growth as anticipated;

 

   

the ability to maintain effective controls over disclosure and financial reporting that enable XL to comply with regulations and produce accurate financial statements;

 

   

potential failure to comply with privacy and information security regulations;

 

   

the ability to comply with the anti-corruption laws of the United States and various international jurisdictions;

 

   

potential impairment charges related to goodwill, identified intangible assets and fixed assets;

 

   

impacts of tax regulations and laws on XL’s business;

 

   

the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on XL’s business and the actions XL may take in response thereto;

 

   

a potential litigation, product liability claims, regulatory proceedings and/or adverse publicity involving Pivotal or XL;

 

   

expectations regarding XL’s ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection and not infringe on the rights of others;

 

   

costs related to the Business Combination;

 

   

expectations regarding the time during which Pivotal will be an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act; and

 

   

other risks and uncertainties indicated in this proxy statement/prospectus, including those set forth under the section entitled “Risk Factors.

You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus.

All forward-looking statements included herein attributable to any of Pivotal, XL or any person acting on either party’s behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section. Except to the extent required by applicable laws and regulations, Pivotal and XL undertake no obligations to update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this proxy statement/prospectus or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

Before you grant your proxy or instruct your bank or broker how to vote, or vote on the business combination proposal, the PIPE proposal, the charter proposals, the director election proposal, the incentive plan proposal or the adjournment proposal, you should be aware that the occurrence of the events described in the “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus may adversely affect Pivotal and/or XL.

 

v


Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF THE MATERIAL TERMS OF THE MERGER

 

   

The parties to the Merger are Pivotal, Merger Sub and XL. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Merger Sub will merge with and into XL, with XL surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Pivotal and the securityholders of XL becoming securityholders of Pivotal. See the sections entitled “The Business Combination Proposal” and “The Merger Agreement.”

 

   

XL is a leading provider of fleet electrification solutions for commercial vehicles in North America, with over 3,200 electrified powertrain systems sold and driven over 130 million miles by over 200 fleets. XL’s vision is to become the world leader in fleet electrification solutions, with a mission of accelerating the adoption of fleet electrification systems through cost effective, customer tailored and comprehensive solutions.

 

   

Under the Merger Agreement, each share of XL’s common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger (including each share of XL’s common stock issued as a result of the conversion of XL’s preferred stock and any conversion or exchange of XL’s convertible promissory notes, each as more fully described in this proxy statement/prospectus) will be automatically converted into the right to receive a number of shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock equal to the Exchange Ratio. See the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal—Structure of the Merger.

 

   

Each of the options to purchase XL’s common stock, whether or not exercisable and whether or not vested, and each of the warrants to purchase XL’s stock, in each case that is outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, will be assumed by Pivotal and converted into an option or warrant, as applicable, to purchase a number of shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock equal to the number of shares subject to such option or warrant, as applicable, immediately prior to the effective time multiplied by the Exchange Ratio, at an exercise price equal to the exercise price immediately prior to the effective time divided by the Exchange Ratio. See the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal—Structure of the Merger.

 

   

Each of XL’s outstanding convertible promissory notes will be satisfied in full in connection with the Merger. At the option of the holder of each such note, either (i) the entire principal of such note and accrued interest thereon will be converted into shares of XL’s common stock at a conversion price equal to $5.2662 per share of XL common stock (a “Full Note Conversion”), or (ii) (x) the entire principal amount of such note will be repaid in cash within three business days of the closing of the Business Combination, and (y) the value equal to (A) (I) the principal due under the notes plus any unpaid but accrued interest due under such note, divided by (II) 70%, minus (B) the principal due under the note, shall be converted into shares of XL’s common stock at $7.5232 per share of XL common stock (a “Partial Note Conversion”). Whether a note is converted in full or repaid in part and converted in part will depend on the election of the noteholder (or failure to make an election, in which case such noteholder will be deemed to have made the Full Note Conversion election) under the Omnibus Note Amendment. All shares of XL’s common stock issued under either option will be entitled to receive shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock in the Merger as described above. See the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal—Structure of the Merger.

 

   

In connection with the execution of the Merger Agreement, Pivotal entered into subscription agreements with certain investors (the “PIPE Investors”), including MGG, an affiliate of Pivotal SPAC Funding II LLC, which is a managing member of the Sponsor, pursuant to which such PIPE Investors have agreed to purchase an aggregate of 15,000,000 shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock in a private placement at a price of $10.00 per share for an aggregate commitment of $150,000,000 (the “PIPE Transaction”). The closing of the private placement is expected to take place concurrently with the closing of the Business Combination. The subscription agreements are subject to certain conditions, including, among other things, the closing of the Business Combination. For more information about the subscription agreements and the PIPE Transaction, please see the sections entitled “The Business Combination Proposal—Related Agreements—Subscription Agreements for PIPE Transaction”, “The

 

1


Table of Contents
 

the subscription agreements and the PIPE Transaction, please see the sections entitled “The Business Combination Proposal—Related Agreements—Subscription Agreements for PIPE Transaction”, “The PIPE Proposal” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Pivotal Related Person Transactions—Subscription Agreements.”

 

   

Assuming that none of XL’s options or warrants are exercised or forfeited prior to the closing of the Business Combination and XL’s convertible promissory notes are converted in whole or in part into shares of XL’s common stock immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination as described in “The Business Combination Proposal—Structure of the Merger—Consideration to XL Securityholders,” approximately 85,302,953 shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock will be issued to XL’s former stockholders and approximately 13,572,047 shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock will be reserved for issuance upon exercise of XL’s options and warrants assumed by Pivotal. In no event will the aggregate number of shares of Pivotal Class A common stock to be issued in the Merger exceed an amount equal to 100,000,000 less the number of shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of XL’s options and warrants that are to remain outstanding immediately following the Business Combination and less the number of shares treated as issuable upon the payment of any principal of XL’s convertible promissory notes (as determined in accordance with the Merger Agreement and more fully described in this proxy statement/prospectus). The actual number of shares of Pivotal Class A common stock to be issued in the Merger will depend on the exercise, conversion, exchange or forfeiture of XL’s convertible promissory notes, options and warrants prior to closing and the elections of holders of XL’s convertible promissory notes (or the failure of such holders to make elections) to convert their notes, in whole or in part, in accordance with the Omnibus Note Amendment. See the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal—Structure of the Merger.

 

   

Based on the assumptions in the preceding paragraph, and further assuming that no holder of Pivotal’s public shares exercises conversion rights as described in this proxy statement/prospectus, immediately after the closing of the Business Combination, XL’s former stockholders will hold approximately 66.1% of the issued and outstanding Pivotal common stock, the PIPE Investors will hold approximately 11.6% of the issued and outstanding Pivotal common stock, and the current stockholders of Pivotal will hold approximately 22.3% of the issued and outstanding Pivotal common stock. See the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal—Structure of the Merger.

 

   

Certain of XL’s stockholders have entered or will enter into a lock-up agreement (“Lock-Up Agreement”), which provides that shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock to be issued to them in the Merger will be subject to a 12-month lock-up period, during which they have agreed, subject to certain restrictions, not to, directly or indirectly, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of their shares to be issued in the Merger, which period may be earlier terminated if the reported closing sale price of the Pivotal common stock equals or exceeds $15.00 per share (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations or other similar transactions) for a period of 20 trading days during any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days following the consummation of the Merger, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, Pivotal has agreed to cause its initial stockholders to amend their existing lock-up restrictions and enter into the Lock-Up Agreement, so that the lock-up restrictions with respect to the initial stockholders’ common stock of Pivotal and warrants of Pivotal will be identical to the lock-up restrictions applicable to XL’s stockholders who have entered, or will enter, into the Lock-Up Agreement. See the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal—Structure of the Merger.

 

   

The Merger Agreement provides that either Pivotal or XL may terminate the Merger Agreement if the Merger is not consummated on or before January 16, 2021, provided that the right to terminate the Merger Agreement will not be available to any party whose action or failure to act has been a principal cause of or primarily resulted in the failure of the Merger to occur on or before such date and such action or failure to act constitutes a breach of the Merger Agreement. See the section entitled “The Merger Agreement—Termination.”

 

   

In addition to voting on the proposals to approve the Business Combination and the issuance of shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock in the Merger and the PIPE Transaction, the stockholders of Pivotal will vote on proposals to: approve amendments to Pivotal’s current amended and restated certificate of

 

2


Table of Contents
 

incorporation to change the name of Pivotal to “XL Fleet Corp.”, increase the number of shares of Class A common stock Pivotal is authorized to issue to 350,000,000 shares and remove the provisions for Pivotal’s current Class B common stock (the shares of which will all convert into shares of Class A common stock in connection with the Business Combination) so that the Class B common stock will cease to exist and Pivotal will have a single class of common stock, and remove the various provisions applicable only to special purpose acquisition companies and make certain other changes that the Pivotal board deems appropriate for a public operating company; elect nine directors who, upon the closing of the Business Combination, will be the directors of Pivotal; approve Pivotal’s 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2020 Plan”); and adjourn the annual meeting to a later date or dates, if it is determined by the officer presiding over the annual meeting that more time is necessary for Pivotal to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement. The approval of these proposals by the stockholders of Pivotal is a condition to the consummation of the Business Combination. See the sections entitled “The Charter Proposals,” “The Director Election Proposal,” “The Incentive Plan Proposal,” and “The Adjournment Proposal.”

 

   

Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, the parties thereto have agreed to nominate the following persons to serve as the initial directors of Pivotal upon the closing of the Business Combination: as Class A directors serving until Pivotal’s 2021 annual meeting of stockholders, Sarah Sclarsic, who is currently a director of Pivotal,                  and                 ; as Class B directors serving until Pivotal’s 2022 annual meeting of stockholders, Kevin Griffin, who is currently a director of Pivotal,                  and                 ; and as Class C directors serving until Pivotal’s 2023 annual meeting of stockholders, Jonathan J. Ledecky, who is currently the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Pivotal, Thomas J. Hynes III, who is currently the Founder and Chief Strategy Officer of XL, and Dimitri N. Kazarinoff, who is currently the President and Chief Executive Officer of XL. See the section entitled “The Director Election Proposal.”

 

   

Upon completion of the Merger, the executive officers of Pivotal will include Dimitri N. Kazarinoff, as President and Chief Executive Officer, Thomas J. Hynes, III, as Chief Strategy Officer, and the other persons described under “The Director Election Proposal—Information about Executive Officers, Directors and Nominees.”

 

   

Certain stockholders of XL and Pivotal have entered or will enter into a registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which they will be granted certain rights to have registered, in certain circumstances, the resale under the Securities Act of certain shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock held by them, subject to certain conditions set forth therein. Pivotal has agreed to use reasonable best efforts to terminate its existing registration rights agreement and shall offer to the Pivotal stockholders who are parties to the existing registration rights agreement the opportunity to enter into the Registration Rights Agreement. See the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal—Related Agreements.”

 

   

In connection with the execution of the Merger Agreement, certain of XL’s officers, directors, founders and their family members and 5% or greater holders of XL’s stock (the “Supporting Holders”), who collectively hold approximately 47% of the issued and outstanding shares of XL’s common stock on an as-converted basis, have entered into agreements with Pivotal (the “Support Agreements”) pursuant to which the Supporting Holders have agreed, among other things, (i) to vote all of their respective shares of XL’s stock in favor of the Merger at a meeting called to approve the Merger by XL’s stockholders (or in an action by written consent approving the Merger) and (ii) to the extent such stockholders are holders of XL’s Series D preferred stock, to deliver a signature to the request for conversion required to effect the conversion of XL’s preferred stock into XL’s common stock immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger. See the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal—Related Agreements.”

 

3


Table of Contents

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE PROPOSALS

The questions and answers below highlight only selected information set forth elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus and only briefly address some commonly asked questions about the annual meeting and the proposals to be presented at the annual meeting, including with respect to the proposed Business Combination. The following questions and answers do not include all the information that may be important to Pivotal stockholders. Stockholders are urged to carefully read this entire proxy statement/prospectus, including the annexes and the other documents referred to or incorporated by reference herein, to fully understand the proposed Business Combination and the voting procedures for the annual meeting.

 

Q.

Why am I receiving this proxy statement/prospectus?

 

A.

Pivotal and XL have agreed to a business combination under the terms of the Merger Agreement that is described in this proxy statement/prospectus. A copy of the Merger Agreement is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex A and Pivotal encourages its stockholders to read it in its entirety. Pivotal’s stockholders are being asked to consider and vote upon a proposal to approve and adopt the Merger Agreement and the Business Combination, including the Merger of Merger Sub with and into XL, with XL surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Pivotal and the securityholders of XL becoming securityholders of Pivotal, and the issuance of shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock to XL securityholders in the Merger. We refer to this proposal as the “business combination proposal.” See the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal.”

 

Q.

Are there any other matters being presented to stockholders at the meeting?

 

A.

In addition to voting on the business combination proposal, the stockholders of Pivotal will vote on the following:

 

  1.

A proposal to approve the issuance of an aggregate of 15,000,000 shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock in the PIPE Transaction, the closing of which is subject to certain conditions, including, among other things, the closing of the Business Combination. We refer to this proposal as the “PIPE proposal.” See the section entitled “The PIPE Proposal.”

 

  2.

Separate proposals to approve amendments to Pivotal’s current amended and restated certificate of incorporation to: (i) change the name of Pivotal to “XL Fleet Corp.”, as opposed to the current name of “Pivotal Investment Corporation II”; (ii) increase the number of shares of Class A common stock Pivotal is authorized to issue to 350,000,000 shares, as opposed to the current number of 75,000,000 shares, and remove the provisions for Pivotal’s current Class B common stock (the shares of which will all convert into shares of Class A common stock in connection with the Business Combination) so that the Class B common stock will cease to exist and Pivotal will have a single class of common stock; and (iii) remove the various provisions applicable only to special purpose acquisition corporations (such as the obligation to dissolve and liquidate if a business combination is not consummated within a certain period of time) and make certain other changes that the Pivotal board deems appropriate for a public operating company. We refer to these proposals collectively as the “charter proposals.” A copy of Pivotal’s proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation effectuating the foregoing amendments is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex B. See the section entitled “The Charter Proposals.”

 

  3.

The election of nine directors who, upon the closing of the Business Combination, will be the directors of Pivotal. We refer to this proposal as the “director election proposal.” See the section entitled “The Director Election Proposal.”

 

  4.

A proposal to approve the 2020 Plan. We refer to this proposal as the “incentive plan proposal.” A copy of the 2020 Plan is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex C. See the section entitled “The Incentive Plan Proposal.”

 

4


Table of Contents
  5.

A proposal to adjourn the annual meeting to a later date or dates if it is determined by the officer presiding over the annual meeting that more time is necessary for Pivotal to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement. We refer to this proposal as the “adjournment proposal.” See the section entitled “The Adjournment Proposal.”

Pivotal will hold the annual meeting of its stockholders to consider and vote upon these proposals. This proxy statement/prospectus contains important information about the proposed Business Combination and the other matters to be acted upon at the annual meeting. Stockholders should read it carefully.

The closing of the Business Combination is conditioned on approval of the business combination proposal, the PIPE proposal, the charter proposals and the incentive plan proposal and on the election of the nine nominees identified in this proxy/statement prospectus to serve as directors of Pivotal. If any of the proposals is not approved or the director nominees are not elected and the applicable closing condition in the Merger Agreement is not waived, the remaining proposals will not be presented to stockholders for a vote.

The vote of stockholders is important. Regardless of how many shares you own, you are encouraged to vote as soon as possible after carefully reviewing this proxy statement/prospectus.

 

Q:

Why is Pivotal providing stockholders with the opportunity to vote on the Business Combination?

 

A:

In connection with the Business Combination and the PIPE Transaction, we may issue up to an aggregate of 115,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, representing up to 400% of the shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding on the date of this proxy statement/prospectus. NYSE Listing Rules require stockholder approval of certain transactions that result in the issuance of 20% or more of a company’s outstanding voting power or shares of common stock outstanding before the issuance of stock or securities. Because we may issue 20% or more of our outstanding voting power and outstanding common stock in connection with the Business Combination, we are required to obtain stockholder approval of such issuances pursuant to NYSE Listing Rules. Approval of Pivotal’s stockholders is also required for the adoption of Pivotal’s second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and to enable Pivotal to issue equity awards under the 2020 Plan. The closing of the Business Combination is conditioned on the approval of the business combination proposal, the PIPE proposal, the charter proposals, the director election proposal and the incentive plan proposal at the annual meeting.

 

Q.

I am a Pivotal warrant holder. Why am I receiving this proxy statement/prospectus?

 

A.

The holders of Pivotal warrants are entitled to purchase Pivotal common stock at a purchase price of $11.50 per share beginning 30 days after the closing of the Business Combination. This proxy statement/prospectus includes important information about Pivotal and the business of Pivotal and its subsidiaries following the closing of the Business Combination. Because holders of Pivotal warrants will be entitled to purchase Pivotal common stock beginning 30 days after the closing of the Business Combination, we urge you to read the information contained in this proxy statement/prospectus carefully.

 

Q.

What will happen to Pivotal’s securities upon consummation of the Business Combination?

 

A.

Pivotal’s units, Class A common stock and warrants are currently listed on the NYSE under the symbols PIC.U, PIC and PIC WS, respectively. Pivotal intends to apply for listing on the NYSE of Pivotal’s Class A common stock and Pivotal’s warrants, under the proposed symbols XL and XL WS, respectively, to be effective at the consummation of the Business Combination. The warrants assumed by Pivotal pursuant to the Merger Agreement will not be listed or traded on a national securities exchange and are not expected to be quoted or traded on the over-the-counter markets. Pivotal’s units will not be listed on the NYSE following consummation of the Business Combination and such units will automatically be separated into their component securities without any action needed to be taken on the part of the holders of such units.

 

5


Table of Contents
  Furthermore, each outstanding share of Pivotal’s Class B common stock will convert into one share of Pivotal’s Class A common stock at the closing, the Class B common stock will cease to exist and Pivotal will have a single class of common stock. It is a condition to the consummation of the Business Combination that the shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock to be issued to the stockholders of XL in the Merger are approved for listing on the NYSE (subject only to official notice of issuance thereof and public holder requirements), but there can be no assurance such listing condition will be met. If such listing condition is not met, the Business Combination will not be consummated unless the listing condition is waived by the parties to the Merger Agreement. Pivotal warrant holders and those stockholders who do not elect to have their Pivotal shares converted into a pro rata share of the trust account need not submit their Class A common stock or warrant certificates, and such shares and warrants will remain outstanding.

 

Q.

Why is Pivotal proposing the Business Combination?

 

A.

Pivotal was organized to effect a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities.

On July 16, 2019, Pivotal completed its initial public offering of units, with each unit consisting of one share of Class A common stock and one-third of one redeemable warrant, with each whole warrant entitling the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50, raising total gross proceeds of approximately $230 million. Since its initial public offering, Pivotal’s activity has been limited to the evaluation of business combination candidates.

XL is a leading provider of fleet electrification solutions for Class 2-6 commercial vehicles in North America. Since its founding in 2009, XL has deployed its hybrid and plug-in hybrid electric drive systems, along with its on-board telematics solution, on thousands of vehicles across hundreds of fleets throughout the United States and Canada. XL’s vision is to become the world leader in fleet electrification solutions, with a mission of accelerating the adoption of fleet electrification systems through cost effective, customer tailored and comprehensive solutions.

Based on Pivotal’s due diligence investigations of XL and the industry in which XL operates, including the financial and other information provided by XL to Pivotal in the course of evaluating a business combination with XL and negotiating the Merger Agreement, Pivotal believes that XL has a very appealing market opportunity and growth profile, strong position in its industry and a compelling valuation. As a result, Pivotal believes that a business combination with XL will provide Pivotal stockholders with an opportunity to participate in the ownership of a company with significant growth potential. See the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal—Pivotal’s Board of Directors’ Reasons for Approval of the Business Combination.

 

Q.

Did Pivotal’s board of directors obtain a third-party valuation or fairness opinion in determining whether or not to proceed with the Business Combination?

 

A.

No. Pivotal’s board of directors did not obtain a third-party valuation or fairness opinion in connection with its determination to approve the Business Combination. Accordingly, investors will be relying solely on the judgment of Pivotal’s board of directors in valuing XL and assuming the risk that the Pivotal board may not have properly valued the business. However, Pivotal’s officers and directors have substantial experience in evaluating the operating and financial merits of companies from a wide range of industries and have substantial experience with mergers and acquisitions. Furthermore, in analyzing the Business Combination, Pivotal’s board of directors conducted significant due diligence on XL. Based on the foregoing, Pivotal’s board of directors concluded that its members’ collective experience and backgrounds, together with the experience and sector expertise of Pivotal’s advisors, enabled it to make the necessary analyses and determinations regarding the Business Combination, including that the Business Combination was fair from a financial perspective to its stockholders and that XL’s fair market value was at least 80% of the assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on interest earned

 

6


Table of Contents
  on the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the Business Combination. There can be no assurance, however, that Pivotal’s board of directors was correct in its assessment of the Business Combination. For a complete discussion of the factors utilized by Pivotal’s board of directors in approving the Business Combination, see the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal.”

 

Q.

Do I have conversion rights?

 

A.

If you are a holder of public shares, you have the right to demand that Pivotal convert such shares into a pro rata portion of the cash held in Pivotal’s trust account, calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Business Combination. We sometimes refer to these rights to demand conversion of the public shares as “conversion rights.”

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a holder of public shares, together with any affiliate of his or any other person with whom such holder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking conversion rights with respect to 20% or more of the public shares. Accordingly, all public shares in excess of 20% held by a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such holder or any other person with whom such holder is acting in concert or as a “group,” will not be converted.

Under Pivotal’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the Business Combination may not be consummated if Pivotal has net tangible assets of less than $5,000,001 either immediately prior to or upon consummation of the Business Combination, after taking into account the conversion into cash of all public shares properly demanded to be converted by holders of public shares, the completion of the Business Combination and the completion of the PIPE Transaction. Because the net tangible assets of the combined company will exceed this threshold as a result of the PIPE Transaction, all of the public shares may be converted and Pivotal can still consummate the Business Combination. However, the combined company must meet certain distribution criteria, including having a minimum of 1,100,000 publicly held shares, in order to be listed on the NYSE, which is a condition to closing the Business Combination.

 

Q.

How do I exercise my conversion rights?

 

A.

A holder of public shares may exercise conversion rights regardless of whether it votes for or against the business combination proposal or does not vote on such proposal at all, or if it is a holder of public shares on the record date. If you are a holder of public shares and wish to exercise your conversion rights, you must demand that Pivotal convert your public shares into cash, and deliver your public shares to Pivotal’s transfer agent physically or electronically using The Depository Trust Company’s Deposit/Withdrawal at Custodian (“DWAC”) System no later than two (2) business days prior to the annual meeting. Any holder of public shares seeking conversion will be entitled to a full pro rata portion of the amount then in the trust account (which, for illustrative purposes, was $                 , or $                 per share, as of the record date), less any owed but unpaid taxes on the funds in the trust account. Such amount will be paid promptly upon consummation of the Business Combination. There are currently no owed but unpaid income taxes on the funds in the trust account.

Any request for conversion, once made by a holder of public shares, may be withdrawn at any time prior to the time the vote is taken with respect to the business combination proposal at the annual meeting. If you deliver your shares for conversion to Pivotal’s transfer agent and later decide prior to the annual meeting not to elect conversion, you may request that Pivotal’s transfer agent return the shares (physically or electronically). You may make such request by contacting Pivotal’s transfer agent at the address listed at the end of this section.

Any written demand of conversion rights must be received by Pivotal’s transfer agent at least two (2) business days prior to the vote taken on the business combination proposal at the annual meeting. No demand for conversion will be honored unless the holder’s stock has been delivered (either physically or electronically) to the transfer agent.

 

7


Table of Contents

If you are a holder of public shares (including through the ownership of Pivotal units) and you exercise your conversion rights, it will not result in the loss of any Pivotal warrants that you may hold (including those contained in any units you hold). Your warrants will become exercisable to purchase one share of Pivotal common stock for a purchase price of $11.50 beginning 30 days after consummation of the Business Combination.

 

Q.

Do I have appraisal rights if I object to the proposed Business Combination?

 

A.

No. Neither Pivotal stockholders nor its unit or warrant holders have appraisal rights in connection with the Business Combination under Delaware law. See the section entitled “Appraisal Rights.

 

Q.

What happens to the funds deposited in the trust account after consummation of the Business Combination?

 

A.

Of the net proceeds of Pivotal’s initial public offering and simultaneous private placement of warrants, $230 million was placed in the trust account immediately following the initial public offering. After consummation of the Business Combination, the funds in the trust account will be used to pay, on a pro rata basis, holders of the public shares who exercise conversion rights, to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Business Combination (including aggregate fees of approximately $8.1 million to the underwriters of Pivotal’s initial public offering as deferred underwriting commissions) and to scale for core profitability, develop new products and services, expand internationally, pay down or prepay debt and for working capital and general corporate purposes.

 

Q.

What happens if a substantial number of public stockholders vote in favor of the business combination proposal and exercise their conversion rights?

 

A.

Pivotal’s public stockholders may vote in favor of the Business Combination and still exercise their conversion rights, although they are not required to vote in any way to exercise such conversion rights. Accordingly, the Business Combination may be consummated even though the funds available from the trust account and the number of public stockholders are substantially reduced as a result of conversion by public stockholders. Although the requirement that Pivotal have at least $5,000,001 of net tangible assets will be satisfied as a result of the PIPE Transaction even if all of the public shares are converted, with fewer public shares and public stockholders, the trading markets for Pivotal common stock and warrants following the closing of the Business Combination may be less liquid than the market for Pivotal common stock and warrants were prior to the Merger, and Pivotal may not be able to meet the listing standards of the NYSE or an alternative national securities exchange. For example, the combined company must meet certain distribution criteria, including having a minimum of 1,100,000 publicly held shares, in order to be listed on the NYSE, which is a condition to closing the Business Combination. In addition, with fewer funds available from the trust account, the capital infusion from the trust account into XL’s business will be reduced and XL may not be able to fully achieve its business plans or goals.

 

Q.

What happens if the Business Combination is not consummated?

 

A.

If Pivotal does not complete the Business Combination with XL for whatever reason, Pivotal would search for another target business with which to complete a business combination. If Pivotal does not complete the Business Combination with XL or another business combination by January 16, 2021 (or such later date as may be approved by Pivotal stockholders in an amendment to its amended and restated certificate of incorporation), Pivotal must redeem 100% of the outstanding public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to an amount then held in the trust account (net of taxes payable and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses). The Sponsor and Pivotal’s officers and directors have waived their redemption rights with respect to their sponsor shares in the event a business combination is not effected in the required time period, and, accordingly, the sponsor shares held by them will be worthless. Additionally,

 

8


Table of Contents
  in the event of such liquidation, there will be no distribution with respect to our outstanding warrants. Accordingly, the warrants will expire worthless.

 

Q.

How do the Sponsor and the officers and directors of Pivotal intend to vote on the proposals?

 

A.

The Sponsor, as well as Pivotal’s officers and directors, beneficially own and are entitled to vote an aggregate of 20% of the outstanding Pivotal common stock. These holders have agreed to vote their shares in favor of the business combination proposal. These holders have also indicated that they intend to vote their shares in favor of all other proposals being presented at the meeting. In addition to the shares of Pivotal common stock held by the Sponsor and Pivotal’s officers and directors, Pivotal would need 8,625,000, or 37.5%, of the 23,000,000 public shares sold in Pivotal’s initial public offering to be voted in favor of the business combination proposal and each of the charter proposals in order for them to be approved (assuming all outstanding shares are voted on each proposal).

 

Q.

Will Pivotal enter into any financing arrangements in connection with the Business Combination?

 

A.

Yes. On September 17, 2020, in connection with the execution of the Merger Agreement, Pivotal entered into subscription agreements with the PIPE Investors, including MGG, an affiliate of Pivotal SPAC Funding II LLC, which is a managing member of the Sponsor, pursuant to which such PIPE Investors have agreed to purchase an aggregate of 15,000,000 shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock in a private placement at a price of $10.00 per share for an aggregate commitment of $150,000,000. The subscription agreements are subject to certain customary conditions, including, among other things, the closing of the Business Combination. The purpose of the PIPE Transaction is to ensure the combined company has a minimum amount of capital to operate its business following the transaction.

 

Q.

When do you expect the Business Combination to be completed?

 

A.

It is currently anticipated that the Business Combination will be consummated promptly following the Pivotal annual meeting, which is set for                 , 2020; however, such meeting could be adjourned or postponed to a later date, as described elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. For a description of the conditions for the completion of the Business Combination, see the section entitled “The Merger Agreement—Conditions to the Closing of the Business Combination.

 

Q.

What do I need to do now?

 

A.

Pivotal urges you to carefully read and consider the information contained or incorporated by reference in this proxy statement/prospectus, including the annexes, and to consider how the Business Combination will affect you as a stockholder and/or warrantholder of Pivotal. Stockholders should then vote as soon as possible in accordance with the instructions provided in this proxy statement/prospectus and on the enclosed proxy card.

 

Q.

When and where will the meeting take place?

 

A.

The annual meeting will be held on                , 2020, at                a.m., Eastern time, solely over the Internet by means of a live audio webcast. You may attend the annual meeting webcast by accessing the web portal located at https://www.                .com/                  and following the instructions set forth below. Stockholders participating in the annual meeting will be able to listen only and will not be able to speak during the webcast. However, in order to maintain the interactive nature of the annual meeting, virtual attendees will be able to:

 

   

vote via the web portal during the annual meeting webcast; and

 

9


Table of Contents
   

submit questions or comments to Pivotal’s directors and officers during the annual meeting via the annual meeting webcast.

Stockholders may submit questions or comments during the meeting through the annual meeting webcast by typing in the “Submit a question” box.

 

Q.

How do I attend the Annual Meeting?

 

A.

Due to health concerns stemming from the COVID-19 pandemic, and to support the health and well-being of our stockholders, the annual meeting will be a virtual meeting. Any stockholder wishing to attend the annual meeting must register in advance. To register for and attend the annual meeting, please follow these instructions as applicable to the nature of your ownership of Pivotal common stock:

 

   

Shares Held of Record. If you are a record holder, and you wish to attend the virtual annual meeting, go to https://www.                .com/                 , enter the control number you received on your proxy card or notice of the meeting and click on the “Click here to preregister for the online meeting” link at the top of the page. Immediately prior to the start of the annual meeting, you will need to log back into the meeting site using your control number. You must register before the meeting starts.

 

   

Shares Held in Street Name. If you hold your shares in “street” name, which means your shares are held of record by a broker, bank or nominee, and you who wish to attend the virtual annual meeting, you must obtain a legal proxy from the stockholder of record and e-mail a copy (a legible photograph is sufficient) of your proxy to proxy@continentalstock.com. Holders should contact their bank, broker or other nominee for instructions regarding obtaining a proxy. Holders who e-mail a valid legal proxy will be issued a meeting control number that will allow them to register to attend and participate in the annual meeting. You will receive an e-mail prior to the meeting with a link and instructions for entering the annual meeting. “Street” name holders should contact Continental Stock Transfer on or before                 , 2020.

Stockholders will also have the option to listen to the annual meeting by telephone by calling:

 

   

Within the U.S. and Canada:                  (toll-free)

 

   

Outside of the U.S. and Canada:                (standard rates apply)

The passcode for telephone access:                #. You will not be able to vote or submit questions unless you register for and log in to the annual meeting webcast as described above.

 

Q.

How do I vote?

 

A.

If you are a holder of record of Pivotal common stock on the record date, you may vote by attending the annual meeting in person and submitting a ballot via the annual meeting webcast or by submitting a proxy for the annual meeting. You may submit your proxy by completing, signing, dating and returning the enclosed proxy card in the accompanying pre-addressed postage paid envelope. If you hold your shares in “street name,” you should contact your broker, bank or nominee to ensure that votes related to the shares you beneficially own are properly voted and counted. In this regard, you must provide the broker, bank or nominee with instructions on how to vote your shares or, if you wish to attend the virtual annual meeting and vote through the web portal, obtain a legal proxy from your broker, bank or nominee.

 

Q.

If my shares are held in “street name,” will my broker, bank or nominee automatically vote my shares for me?

 

A.

No. A “broker non-vote” occurs when a broker submits a proxy that states that the broker does not vote for some or all of the proposals because the broker has not received instructions from the beneficial owners on

 

10


Table of Contents
  how to vote on the proposals and the broker does not have discretionary authority to vote in the absence of such instructions. Under the applicable NYSE rules and interpretations, brokers do not have discretionary authority to vote on any of the proposals to be considered at the annual meeting. Accordingly, your broker, bank or nominee cannot vote your shares unless you provide instructions on how to vote in accordance with the information and procedures provided to you by your broker, bank or nominee.

 

Q.

May I change my vote after I have mailed my signed proxy card?

 

A.

Yes. Stockholders of record may send a later-dated, signed proxy card to Pivotal’s transfer agent at the address set forth below so that it is received prior to the vote at the annual meeting, or submit a ballot through the web portal during the annual meeting webcast. Stockholders of record also may revoke their proxy by sending a notice of revocation to Pivotal’s transfer agent, which must be received prior to the vote at the annual meeting. If you hold your shares in “street name,” you should contact your broker, bank or nominee to change your instructions on how to vote. If you wish to attend the virtual annual meeting and vote through the web portal, you must obtain a legal proxy from your broker, bank or nominee.

 

Q.

What constitutes a quorum for the annual meeting?

 

A:

A quorum is the minimum number of shares of Pivotal common stock that must be present to hold a valid meeting. A quorum will be present at the Pivotal annual meeting if a majority of all the outstanding shares entitled to vote at the meeting are represented at the virtual annual meeting or by proxy. Abstentions and broker non-votes will count as present for the purposes of establishing a quorum. Pivotal’s Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled vote together as a single class on all matters to be considered at the annual meeting.

 

Q.

What stockholder vote thresholds are required for the approval of each proposal brought before the annual meeting?

 

A.

The business combination proposal. The approval of the business combination proposal will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Pivotal common stock present and entitled to vote at the annual meeting to approve the Business Combination. The holders of sponsor shares own an aggregate of 5,750,000 shares of Class B common stock of Pivotal, representing 20% of the outstanding Pivotal common stock, and have agreed to vote in favor of the business combination proposal; as a result, only 8,625,000 public shares, or approximately 37.5% of the public shares, are required to be voted in favor of the proposal in order for it to be approved (assuming all outstanding shares are present and entitled to vote).

The PIPE proposal. The approval of the PIPE proposal will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Pivotal common stock present and entitled to vote at the annual meeting.

The charter proposals. The approval of each of the charter proposals will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Pivotal common stock on the record date.

The director election proposal. The election of directors requires a plurality vote of the Pivotal common stock present and entitled to vote at the annual meeting. A plurality means that the individuals who receive the largest number of votes cast “FOR” are elected as directors.

The incentive plan proposal. The approval of the incentive plan proposal will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Pivotal common stock present and entitled to vote at the annual meeting.

The adjournment proposal. The approval of the adjournment proposal will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Pivotal common stock present and entitled to vote at the annual meeting.

 

11


Table of Contents
Q.

What happens if I fail to take any action with respect to the annual meeting?

 

A.

If you fail to take any action with respect to the meeting and the Business Combination is approved by stockholders and consummated, you will continue to be a holder of Pivotal common stock or warrants, as applicable, and the business of XL will become the business of Pivotal. As a corollary, failure to deliver your stock certificate(s) to Pivotal’s transfer agent (either physically or electronically) no later than two (2) business days prior to the annual meeting means you will not have any right in connection with the Merger to convert your shares into a pro rata share of the funds held in Pivotal’s trust account.

If you fail to take any action with respect to the annual meeting and the Business Combination is not approved, you will continue to be a stockholder and/or warrant holder of Pivotal, as applicable, and Pivotal will continue to search for another target business with which to complete an initial business combination. If Pivotal does not complete an initial business combination by January 16, 2021 (or such later date as may be approved by Pivotal stockholders in an amendment to its amended and restated certificate of incorporation), Pivotal must cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, redeem 100% of the outstanding public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to an amount then held in the trust account (net of taxes payable and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), and as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate.

 

Q.

What should I do with my share and/or warrant certificates?

 

A.

Warrant holders and those stockholders who do not elect to have their Pivotal shares converted into a pro rata share of the trust account need not submit their certificates. Pivotal stockholders who exercise their conversion rights must deliver their share certificates to Pivotal’s transfer agent (either physically or electronically) no later than two (2) business days prior to the annual meeting as described above.

 

Q.

What should I do if I receive more than one set of voting materials?

 

A.

Stockholders may receive more than one set of voting materials, including multiple copies of this proxy statement/prospectus and multiple proxy cards or voting instruction cards. For example, if you hold your shares in more than one brokerage account, you will receive a separate voting instruction card for each brokerage account in which you hold shares. If you are a holder of record and your shares are registered in more than one name, you will receive more than one proxy card. Please complete, sign, date and return each proxy card and voting instruction card that you receive in order to cast a vote with respect to all of your shares of Pivotal common stock.

 

Q.

Who can help answer my questions?

 

A.

If you have questions about the Merger or if you need additional copies of this proxy statement/prospectus or the enclosed proxy card, you should contact:

Mr. Jonathan J. Ledecky

Pivotal Investment Corporation II

c/o Graubard Miller

The Chrysler Building

405 Lexington Avenue, 11th Floor

New York, NY 10174

Tel: (212) 818-8800

or the proxy solicitor at:

 

12


Table of Contents

You may also obtain additional information about Pivotal from documents filed with the SEC by following the instructions in the section entitled “Where You Can Find More Information.” If you are a holder of public shares and you intend to seek conversion of your shares, you will need to deliver your shares (either physically or electronically) to Pivotal’s transfer agent at the address below at least two (2) business days prior to the vote at the annual meeting. If you have questions regarding the certification of your position or delivery of your stock, please contact:

Mr. Mark Zimkind

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

1 State Street, 30th Floor

New York, New York 10004

E-mail: mzimkind@continentalstock.com

 

13


Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF THE PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS

This summary highlights selected information set forth elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus and does not purport to contain all of the information that may be important to you. To better understand the proposals to be submitted for a vote at the annual meeting, including the business combination proposal, you should read this entire document and the documents incorporated by reference herein carefully, including the Merger Agreement attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex A. The Merger Agreement is the legal document that governs the Merger that will be undertaken in connection with the Business Combination. It is also described in detail in this proxy statement/prospectus in the section entitled “The Merger Agreement.”

The Parties

Pivotal

Pivotal Investment Corporation II was formed for the purpose of entering into a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities. Pivotal was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on March 20, 2019.

On July 16, 2019, Pivotal closed its initial public offering of 23,000,000 units, including 3,000,000 units issued upon the exercise in full of the underwriters’ overallotment option, with each unit consisting of one share of Class A common stock and one-third of one redeemable warrant, with each whole warrant entitling the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 commencing 30 days after the consummation of an initial business combination. The units from Pivotal’s initial public offering (including the units issued upon the exercise in full of the underwriters’ over-allotment option) were sold at an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating total gross proceeds of $230 million. Simultaneously with the consummation of its initial public offering and the issuance of units upon the exercise in full of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, Pivotal consummated the private sale of 4,233,333 private warrants at $1.50 per warrant generating gross proceeds of $6.35 million. A total of $230 million was deposited into the trust account and the remaining proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other costs and expenses, became available to be used as working capital to provide for business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective business combinations and continuing general and administrative expenses. Pivotal’s initial public offering was conducted pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-232019) that became effective on July 11, 2019. As of                 , 2020, the record date, there was approximately $                 held in the trust account.

Pivotal’s units, Class A common stock and warrants are listed on the NYSE under the symbols PIC.U, PIC and PIC WS, respectively.

The mailing address of Pivotal’s principal executive office is c/o Graubard Miller, The Chrysler Building, 405 Lexington Avenue, 11th Floor, New York, NY 10174, and its telephone number is (212) 818-8800. After the consummation of the Business Combination, Pivotal’s principal executive office will be that of XL.

Merger Sub

PIC II Merger Sub Corp. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Pivotal formed solely for the purpose of effectuating the Merger described herein. Merger Sub was incorporated under the laws of Delaware on September 4, 2020. Merger Sub owns no material assets and does not operate any business.

The mailing address of Merger Sub’s principal executive office is c/o Graubard Miller, The Chrysler Building, 405 Lexington Avenue, 11th Floor, New York, NY 10174, and its telephone number is (212) 818-8800. As a result of the consummation of the Merger, Merger Sub will cease to exist.



 

14


Table of Contents

XL

XL is a leading provider of fleet electrification solutions for Class 2-6 commercial vehicles in North America. Since its founding in 2009, XL has deployed its hybrid and plug-in hybrid electric drive systems, along with its on-board telematics solution, on thousands of vehicles across hundreds of fleets throughout the United States and Canada. XL’s vision is to become the world leader in fleet electrification solutions, with a mission of accelerating the adoption of fleet electrification systems through cost effective, customer tailored and comprehensive solutions.

The mailing address of XL’s principal executive office is 145 Newton Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02135, and its telephone number is (617) 718-0329. After the consummation of the Business Combination, XL will be a wholly owned subsidiary of Pivotal.

This proxy statement/prospectus includes certain registered trademarks, including trademarks that are the property of XL and its affiliates. This proxy statement/prospectus also includes other trademarks, service marks and trade names owned by XL or other companies. All trademarks, service marks and traded names included herein are the property of their respective owners.

Emerging Growth Company

Pivotal is an “emerging growth company,” as defined under the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, Pivotal is eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These include, but are not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and the requirement to obtain stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Pivotal has elected to take advantage of such extended transition period.

Pivotal will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) December 31, 2024 (the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the consummation of Pivotal’s initial public offering), (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which Pivotal has total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, (3) the last day of the fiscal year in which Pivotal is deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” as defined in the Exchange Act, and (4) the date on which Pivotal has issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt during the prior three-year period.

The Business Combination Proposal (Proposal 1)

The stockholders of Pivotal will vote on a proposal to approve and adopt the Merger Agreement and the Business Combination, including the Merger of Merger Sub with and into XL, with XL surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Pivotal and the securityholders of XL becoming securityholders of Pivotal, and the issuance of shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock to XL’s securityholders in the Merger.

After consideration of the factors identified and discussed in the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal—Pivotal’s Board of Directors’ Reasons for Approval of the Business Combination,” Pivotal’s board of directors concluded that the Merger met all of the requirements disclosed in the prospectus for Pivotal’s initial



 

15


Table of Contents

public offering, including that XL has a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance of the funds in the trust account (excluding the amount of deferred underwriting commissions held in trust) at the time of the execution of the Merger Agreement.

A copy of the Merger Agreement is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex A. You are encouraged to read the Merger Agreement in its entirety. See the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal—Structure of the Merger” for more information.

Consideration to XL Securityholders

Under the Merger Agreement, each share of XL’s common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger (including each share of XL’s common stock issued as a result of the conversion of XL’s preferred stock and any conversion or exchange of XL’s convertible promissory notes, each as more fully described in this proxy statement/prospectus) will be automatically converted into the right to receive a number of shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock equal to the Exchange Ratio. The Exchange Ratio is the quotient obtained by dividing 100,000,000 by the fully-diluted number of shares of XL’s common stock outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, including shares issuable upon the conversion of preferred stock and the exercise, conversion or exchange of convertible promissory notes, options and warrants (as determined in accordance with the Merger Agreement and more fully described elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus).

Each of the options to purchase XL’s common stock, whether or not exercisable and whether or not vested, and each of the warrants to purchase XL’s stock, in each case that is outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, will be assumed by Pivotal and converted into an option or warrant to purchase a number of shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock equal to the number of shares subject to such option or warrant immediately prior to the effective time multiplied by the Exchange Ratio, at an exercise price equal to the exercise price immediately prior to the effective time divided by the Exchange Ratio. XL has agreed in the Merger Agreement to take all actions necessary to effectuate the foregoing treatment of the options and warrants.

Each of XL’s outstanding convertible promissory notes will be satisfied in full in connection with the Merger. At the option of the holder of each such note, either (i) the entire principal of such note and accrued interest thereon will be converted into shares of XL’s common stock at a conversion price equal to $5.2662 per share of XL common stock (a “Full Note Conversion”), or (ii) (x) the entire principal amount of such note will be repaid in cash within three business days of the closing of the Business Combination, and (y) the value equal to (A) (I) the principal due under the notes plus any unpaid but accrued interest due under such note, divided by (II) 70%, minus (B) the principal due under the note, shall be converted into shares of XL’s common stock at $7.5232 per share of XL common stock (a “Partial Note Conversion”). Whether a note is converted in full or repaid in part and converted in part will depend on the election of the noteholder (or failure to make an election, in which case such noteholder will be deemed to have made the Full Note Conversion election) under the Omnibus Note Amendment. All shares of XL’s common stock issued under either option will be entitled to receive shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock in the Merger as described above.

In no event will the aggregate number of shares of Pivotal Class A common stock to be issued in the Merger exceed an amount equal to 100,000,000 less the number of shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of XL’s options and warrants that are to remain outstanding immediately following the Business Combination and less the number of shares treated as issuable upon the payment of any principal of XL’s convertible promissory notes (as determined in accordance with the Merger Agreement and more fully described in this proxy statement/prospectus). The actual number of shares of Pivotal Class A common stock to be issued in the Merger will depend on the exercise, conversion, exchange or forfeiture of convertible promissory notes, options and warrants prior to closing and the election of holders of convertible promissory notes (or the failure of such holders to make elections) to convert their notes, in whole or in part, in accordance with the Omnibus Note Amendment.

See the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal—Structure of the Merger.



 

16


Table of Contents

PIPE Transaction

In connection with the execution of the Merger Agreement, Pivotal entered into subscription agreements with the PIPE Investors, including MGG, an affiliate of Pivotal SPAC Funding II LLC, which is a managing member of the Sponsor, pursuant to which such PIPE Investors have agreed to purchase an aggregate of 15,000,000 shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock in the PIPE Transaction at a price of $10.00 per share for an aggregate commitment of $150,000,000. The subscription agreements are subject to certain conditions, including, among other things, the closing of the Business Combination.

See the sections entitled “The Business Combination Proposal—Related Agreements—Subscription Agreements for PIPE Transaction”, “The PIPE Proposal” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Pivotal Related Person Transactions—Subscription Agreements.”

Pro Forma Ownership of Pivotal Upon Closing

Assuming that none of XL’s options or warrants are exercised or forfeited prior to the closing of the Business Combination and all of XL’s convertible promissory notes are converted in whole or in part into shares of XL’s common stock immediately prior to the Business Combination as described in “The Business Combination Proposal—Structure of the Merger—Consideration to XL Securityholders,” approximately 85,302,953 shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock will be issued to XL’s former stockholders and approximately 13,572,047 shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock will be reserved for issuance upon exercise of XL’s options and warrants assumed by Pivotal.

Based on the assumptions in the preceding paragraph, and further assuming that no holder of Pivotal’s public shares exercises conversion rights as described in this proxy statement/prospectus, immediately after the closing of the Business Combination, XL’s former stockholders will hold approximately 66.1% of the issued and outstanding Pivotal common stock, the PIPE Investors will hold approximately 11.6% of the issued and outstanding Pivotal common stock, and the current stockholders of Pivotal will hold approximately 22.3% of the issued and outstanding Pivotal common stock.

See the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal—Structure of the Merger.

Additional Matters Being Voted On

In addition to voting on the business combination proposal, the stockholders of Pivotal will vote on the following proposals.

The PIPE Proposal (Proposal 2)

The stockholders of Pivotal will vote on a proposal to approve the issuance of an aggregate of 15,000,000 shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock in the PIPE Transaction, the closing of which is subject to certain conditions, including, among other things, the closing of the Business Combination. See the section entitled “The PIPE Proposal.”

The Charter Proposals (Proposals 3-5)

The stockholders of Pivotal will vote on separate proposals to approve amendments to Pivotal’s current amended and restated certificate of incorporation to:

 

  (i)

change the name of Pivotal to “XL Fleet Corp.”, as opposed to the current name of “Pivotal Investment Corporation II” (Proposal 3);



 

17


Table of Contents
  (ii)

increase the number of shares of Class A common stock Pivotal is authorized to issue to 350,000,000 shares, as opposed to the current number of 75,000,000 shares, and remove the provisions for Pivotal’s current Class B common stock (the shares of which will all convert into shares of Class A common stock in connection with the Business Combination) so that the Class B common stock will cease to exist and Pivotal will have a single class of common stock (Proposal 4); and

 

  (iii)

remove the various provisions applicable only to special purpose acquisition corporations (such as the obligation to dissolve and liquidate if a business combination is not consummated within a certain period of time) and make certain other changes that the Pivotal board deems appropriate for a public operating company (Proposal 5).

A copy of Pivotal’s proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation effectuating the foregoing amendments is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex B. You are encouraged to read the second amended and restated certificate of incorporation in its entirety. See the section entitled “The Charter Proposals.”

The Director Election Proposal (Proposal 6)

The stockholders of Pivotal will vote to elect nine directors who, upon the closing of the Business Combination, will be the directors of Pivotal. If the nominees identified in this proxy statement/prospectus are elected, Sarah Sclarsic, who is currently a director of Pivotal,                  and                  will be Class A directors serving until Pivotal’s 2021 annual meeting of stockholders; Kevin Griffin, who is currently a director of Pivotal,                  and                  will be Class B directors serving until Pivotal’s 2022 annual meeting of stockholders; and Jonathan J. Ledecky, who is currently the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Pivotal, Thomas J. Hynes III, who is the Founder of XL and currently the Chief Strategy Officer of XL, and Dimitri N. Kazarinoff, who is currently the Chief Executive Officer of XL, will be Class C directors serving until Pivotal’s 2023 annual meeting of stockholders, and in each case, until their successors are elected and qualified. See the section entitled “The Director Election Proposal.”

The Incentive Plan Proposal (Proposal 7)

The stockholders of Pivotal will also vote on a proposal to approve the 2020 Plan. The 2020 Plan will initially reserve up to                  shares of Pivotal common stock for future issuance in accordance with the 2020 Plan’s terms, subject to certain adjustments. The purpose of the 2020 Plan is to provide Pivotal’s and its subsidiaries’ officers, directors, employees and consultants who, by their position, ability and diligence are able to make important contributions to Pivotal’s growth and profitability, with an incentive to assist Pivotal in achieving its long-term corporate objectives, to attract and retain directors, executive officers and other employees of outstanding competence, to provide such persons with an opportunity to acquire an equity interest in Pivotal and to further align the interests of such persons with the interests of Pivotal’s stockholders. The 2020 Plan is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex C. You are encouraged to read the proposed 2020 Plan in its entirety. See the section entitled “The Incentive Plan Proposal.”

The Adjournment Proposal (Proposal 8)

The stockholders of Pivotal may vote on a proposal to adjourn the annual meeting to a later date or dates if it is determined by the officer presiding over the annual meeting that more time is necessary for Pivotal to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement. See the section entitled “The Adjournment Proposal.”



 

18


Table of Contents

Pivotal Sponsor and Officers and Directors

As of the record date for the Pivotal annual meeting, the Sponsor and Pivotal’s officers and directors beneficially owned and were entitled to vote an aggregate of 5,750,000 shares of Pivotal’s Class B common stock, which we refer to in this proxy/statement prospectus as “sponsor shares.” The sponsor shares currently constitute 20% of the outstanding Pivotal common stock. In connection with the Business Combination, each outstanding share of Pivotal’s Class B common stock will convert into one share of Pivotal’s Class A common stock at the closing, the Class B common stock will cease to exist and Pivotal will thereafter have a single class of common stock. The Sponsor also purchased an aggregate of 4,233,333 private warrants simultaneously with the consummation of Pivotal’s initial public offering.

In connection with Pivotal’s initial public offering, the Sponsor and each of Pivotal’s officers and directors agreed to vote their sponsor shares, as well as any Pivotal common stock acquired in the aftermarket, in favor of the business combination proposal. The Sponsor and each of Pivotal’s officers and directors has also indicated that he, she or it intends to vote his, her or its shares in favor of all other proposals being presented at the annual meeting.

In connection with the Merger, Pivotal has agreed to cause its initial stockholders, including the holders of the sponsor shares and private warrants, to amend the existing lock-up restrictions with respect to the common stock of Pivotal and warrants of Pivotal held by them, and enter into the same Lock-Up Agreement executed or to be executed by certain of XL’s stockholders, so that the lock-up restrictions with respect to such initial stockholders’ securities will be identical to the lock-up restrictions applicable to such stockholders of XL. The Lock-Up Agreement provides that the sponsor shares and the private warrants (and any securities issued upon exercise thereof or exchanged therefor) will be subject to a 12-month lock-up period, which period may be earlier terminated if the reported closing sale price of the Pivotal common stock equals or exceeds $15.00 per share (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations or other similar transactions) for a period of 20 trading days during any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days following the consummation of the Merger, subject to certain exceptions.

Date, Time and Place of Annual Meeting of Pivotal’s Stockholders

The annual meeting of stockholders of Pivotal will be held at     a.m., Eastern time, on                 , 2020, to consider and vote upon the business combination proposal, the PIPE proposal, the charter proposals, the director election proposal, the incentive plan proposal, and/or if necessary, the adjournment proposal if Pivotal is not able to consummate the Merger for any reason. The annual meeting will be held virtually over the Internet at https://www.                 .com/                .

Voting Power; Record Date

Stockholders will be entitled to vote or direct votes to be cast at the annual meeting if they owned Pivotal common stock at the close of business on                 , 2020, which is the record date for the annual meeting. Stockholders will have one vote for each share of Pivotal common stock owned at the close of business on the record date. If your shares are held in “street name” or are in a margin or similar account, you should contact your broker to ensure that votes related to the shares you beneficially own are properly voted and counted. Pivotal warrants do not have voting rights. Pivotal’s Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to vote together as a single class on all matters to be considered at the annual meeting. On the record date, there were 28,750,000 shares of Pivotal common stock entitled to vote at the annual meeting, of which 23,000,000 were public shares (Class A common stock) and 5,750,000 were sponsor shares (Class B common stock).



 

19


Table of Contents

Quorum and Vote of Pivotal Stockholders

A quorum of Pivotal stockholders is necessary to hold a valid meeting. A quorum will be present at the Pivotal annual meeting if a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote at the annual meeting are represented in person via the web portal for the annual meeting webcast or by proxy. Abstentions and broker non-votes will count as present for the purposes of establishing a quorum. The holders of sponsor shares hold 20% of the outstanding Pivotal common stock. Such shares will be voted in favor of the business combination proposal and are expected to be voted in favor of the other proposals presented at the annual meeting. The proposals presented at the annual meeting will require the following votes:

 

   

The approval of the business combination proposal will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Pivotal common stock present and entitled to vote at the annual meeting to approve the Business Combination. There are currently 23,000,000 shares of Class A common stock outstanding and 5,750,000 shares of Class B common stock outstanding; assuming all outstanding shares are present and entitled to vote at the annual meeting to approve the Business Combination, at least 14,375,001 shares of Pivotal common stock must be voted in favor of the business combination proposal. The holders of sponsor shares own an aggregate of 5,750,000 shares of Class B common stock of Pivotal, representing 20% of the outstanding Pivotal common stock, and have agreed to vote in favor of the business combination proposal; as a result, only 8,625,000 public shares, or approximately 37.5% of the public shares, are required to be voted in favor of the business combination proposal in order for it to be approved (assuming all outstanding shares are present and entitled to vote).

 

   

The approval of the PIPE proposal will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Pivotal common stock present and entitled to vote at the annual meeting.

 

   

The approval of each of the charter proposals will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Pivotal common stock on the record date.

 

   

The election of directors requires a plurality vote of the Pivotal common stock present and entitled to vote at the annual meeting. A plurality means that the individuals who receive the largest number of votes cast “FOR” are elected as directors.

 

   

The approval of the incentive plan proposal will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Pivotal common stock present and entitled to vote at the annual meeting.

 

   

The approval of the adjournment proposal will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Pivotal common stock present and entitled to vote at the annual meeting.

Abstentions will have the same effect as a vote “against” the business combination proposal, the PIPE proposal, the charter proposals, the incentive plan proposal, and the adjournment proposal, if presented. Broker non-votes will have no effect on the business combination proposal, incentive plan proposal, and adjournment proposal, if presented, and will have the same effect as a vote “against” the charter proposals. For the election of directors, any shares not voted “FOR” a particular nominee (whether as a result of an abstention, a broker non-vote or a direction to withhold authority) will not be counted in the nominee’s favor.

The closing of the Business Combination is conditioned on approval of the business combination proposal, the PIPE proposal, the charter proposals, and the incentive plan proposal and the election of the nine nominees identified in this proxy statement/prospectus. If any such proposal is not approved or the nine nominees are not elected, the other proposals will not be presented to the stockholders for a vote.



 

20


Table of Contents

Conversion Rights

Pursuant to Pivotal’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, a holder of public shares may demand that Pivotal convert such shares into cash if the Business Combination is consummated. Holders of public shares will be entitled to receive cash for these shares only if they deliver their stock to Pivotal’s transfer agent no later than two (2) business days prior to the annual meeting. Holders of public shares do not need to affirmatively vote for or against the business combination proposal or vote at all, or be a holder of such public shares as of the record date to exercise conversion rights. If the Business Combination is not completed, no shares will be converted to cash. If a holder of public shares properly demands conversion, Pivotal will convert each such public share into a pro rata portion of the trust account, calculated as of two business days prior to the anticipated consummation of the Business Combination, including interest earned on the trust account and not previously released to Pivotal to pay its tax obligations. As of                 , 2020, the record date, this would amount to approximately $                 per share. If a holder of public shares exercises its conversion rights, then it will be exchanging its shares of Pivotal common stock for cash and will no longer own the shares. See the section entitled “Annual Meeting of Pivotal Stockholders—Conversion Rights” for a detailed description of the procedures to be followed if you wish to exercise conversion rights.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a holder of public shares, together with any affiliate of his or any other person with whom he is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking conversion rights with respect to 20% or more of the public shares. Accordingly, all public shares in excess of 20% held by a public stockholder will not be converted to cash.

Under Pivotal’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the Business Combination may not be consummated if Pivotal has net tangible assets of less than $5,000,001 either immediately prior to or upon consummation of the Business Combination, after taking into account the conversion into cash of all public shares properly demanded to be converted by holders of public shares, the completion of the Business Combination and the completion of the PIPE Transaction. Because the net tangible assets of the combined company will exceed this threshold as a result of the PIPE Transaction, all of the public shares may be converted and Pivotal can still consummate the Business Combination. However, the combined company must meet certain distribution criteria, including having a minimum of 1,100,000 publicly held shares, in order to be listed on the NYSE, which is a condition to closing the Business Combination.

Holders of Pivotal warrants will not have conversion rights with respect to such securities.

Appraisal Rights

Neither stockholders of Pivotal nor holders of units or warrants of Pivotal have appraisal rights in connection with the Merger under Delaware law.

Proxy Solicitation

Proxies may be solicited by mail, telephone or in person. Pivotal has engaged                 to assist in the solicitation of proxies. If a stockholder of record grants a proxy, it may still change its vote by sending a later-dated, signed proxy card to Pivotal’s transfer agent so that it is received prior to the vote at the annual meeting, or by submitting a ballot through the web portal during the annual meeting webcast. A stockholder of record also may revoke its proxy by sending a notice of revocation to Pivotal’s transfer agent, which must be received prior to the vote at the annual meeting. If you hold your shares in “street name,” you should contact your broker, bank or nominee to change your instructions on how to vote. See the section entitled “Annual Meeting of Pivotal Stockholders—Revoking Your Proxy.”



 

21


Table of Contents

Interests of the Sponsor and Pivotal’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination

When you consider the recommendation of Pivotal’s board of directors in favor of approval of the business combination proposal and the other proposals, you should keep in mind that the Sponsor (which is affiliated with certain of Pivotal’s officers and directors) and Pivotal’s directors and officers have interests in such proposal that may be different from, or in addition to, your interests as a stockholder or warrantholder. These interests include, among other things:

 

   

If the Business Combination with XL or another business combination is not consummated by January 16, 2021 (or such later date as may be approved by Pivotal’s stockholders), Pivotal will cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, redeeming 100% of the outstanding public shares for cash and, subject to the approval of its remaining stockholders and its board of directors, dissolving and liquidating. In such event, the 5,750,000 sponsor shares held by the Sponsor and Pivotal’s directors and officers, which were acquired for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000 prior to Pivotal’s initial public offering, would be worthless because the holders are not entitled to participate in any redemption or distribution with respect to such shares. On the other hand, if the Merger is consummated, each outstanding sponsor share will convert into one share of Pivotal’s Class A common stock at the closing. Such shares had an aggregate market value of $                 based upon the closing price of $                 per share on NYSE on                 , 2020, the record date.

 

   

The Sponsor, which is affiliated with certain of Pivotal’s directors and officers, purchased an aggregate of 4,233,333 private warrants from Pivotal for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $6.35 million (or $1.50 per warrant). These purchases took place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of Pivotal’s initial public offering. All of the proceeds Pivotal received from these purchases were placed in the trust account. Such warrants had an aggregate market value of $                 based upon the closing price of $                 per warrant on NYSE on                 , 2020, the record date. The private warrants will become worthless if Pivotal does not consummate a business combination by January 16, 2021 (or such later date as may be approved by Pivotal stockholders in an amendment to its amended and restated certificate of incorporation).

 

   

MGG, an affiliate of Pivotal SPAC Funding II LLC, which is a managing member of the Sponsor, and of which Kevin Griffin, one of Pivotal’s directors, is the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer, has subscribed for shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock in connection with the PIPE Transaction. MGG is expected to fund $6.3 million of the PIPE Transaction, for which it will receive 630,000 shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock. Accordingly, MGG may acquire this interest in Pivotal at a discount to the price paid by stockholders of Pivotal who acquire their shares in the after-market. Such shares would have had an aggregate market value of $                 based upon the closing price of $                 per share on NYSE on                 , 2020, the record date.

 

   

If Pivotal is unable to complete a business combination within the required time period, the Sponsor will be personally liable under certain circumstances described herein to ensure that the proceeds in the trust account are not reduced by the claims of target businesses or claims of vendors or other entities that are owed money by Pivotal for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to Pivotal. If Pivotal consummates a business combination, on the other hand, Pivotal will be liable for all such claims.

 

   

The Sponsor and Pivotal’s officers and directors and their affiliates are entitled to reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with certain activities on Pivotal’s behalf, such as identifying and investigating possible business targets and business combinations. However, if Pivotal fails to consummate an initial business combination within the required period, they will not have any claim against the trust account for reimbursement. Accordingly, Pivotal may not be able to reimburse these expenses if the Business Combination with XL or another business combination is not completed by January 16, 2021 (or such later date as may be approved by Pivotal stockholders in an



 

22


Table of Contents
 

amendment to its amended and restated certificate of incorporation). As of the record date, the Sponsor and Pivotal’s officers and directors and their affiliates had incurred approximately $                 of unpaid reimbursable expenses.

 

   

It is currently contemplated that Jonathan J. Ledecky, Kevin Griffin and Sarah Sclarsic will be directors of Pivotal after the closing of the Business Combination (assuming that the director election proposal is approved as described in this proxy statement/prospectus). As such, in the future, each will receive any cash fees, stock options or stock awards that the Pivotal board of directors determines to pay to its non-executive directors.

 

   

The Merger Agreement provides for the continued indemnification of Pivotal’s current directors and officers and the continuation of directors and officers liability insurance covering Pivotal’s current directors and officers.

 

   

Pivotal’s officers and directors (or their affiliates) may make loans from time to time to Pivotal to fund certain capital requirements. As of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, no such loans have been made, but loans may be made after the date of this proxy statement/prospectus. If the Business Combination is not consummated, the loans will not be repaid and will be forgiven except to the extent there are funds available to Pivotal outside of the trust account.

At any time prior to the annual meeting, during a period when they are not in possession of any material nonpublic information regarding Pivotal or its securities, the Sponsor, Pivotal’s officers and directors, XL or XL’s stockholders and/or their respective affiliates may purchase shares from institutional and other investors who vote, or indicate an intention to vote, against the business combination proposal, or execute agreements to purchase shares from such investors in the future, or they may enter into transactions with such investors and others to provide them with incentives to acquire shares of Pivotal common stock or vote their shares in favor of the business combination proposal. The purpose of such share purchases and other transactions would be to increase the likelihood of satisfaction of the requirement that the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at the annual meeting to approve the business combination proposal vote in its favor and that the conditions to the closing of the Business Combination (such as the condition that the Pivotal common stock be listed on the NYSE) otherwise will be met, where it appears that such requirements or conditions would otherwise not be met. While the exact nature of any such incentives has not been determined as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, they might include, without limitation, arrangements to protect such investors or holders against potential loss in value of their shares, including the granting of put options and the transfer to such investors or holders of shares or warrants owned by the Pivotal initial stockholders for nominal value.

Entering into any such arrangements may have a depressive effect on Pivotal common stock. For example, as a result of these arrangements, an investor or holder may have the ability to effectively purchase shares at a price lower than the then-current market price and may therefore be more likely to sell the shares he, she or it owns, either prior to or immediately after the annual meeting.

If such transactions are effected, the consequence could be to cause the Business Combination to be approved in circumstances where such approval could not otherwise be obtained. Purchases of shares by the persons described above would allow them to exert more influence over the approval of the business combination proposal and the other proposals to be presented at the annual meeting and would likely increase the chances that such proposals would be approved. Moreover, any such purchases may make it more likely that the conditions to the closing of the Business Combination (such as the condition that the Pivotal common stock be listed on the NYSE) are met.

No agreements dealing with the above arrangements or purchases have been entered into as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus. Pivotal will file a Current Report on Form 8-K to disclose any arrangements entered



 

23


Table of Contents

into or significant purchases made by any of the aforementioned persons that would affect the vote on the business combination proposal or the satisfaction of any closing conditions. Any such report will include descriptions of any arrangements entered into or significant purchases by any of the aforementioned persons.

The existence of financial and personal interests of the Sponsor or one or more of Pivotal’s directors may result in a conflict of interest on the part of such director(s) between what he, she or they may believe is in the best interests of Pivotal and its stockholders and what he, she or they may believe is best for himself or themselves in determining to recommend that stockholders vote for the proposals. In addition, Pivotal’s officers have interests in the Business Combination that may conflict with your interests as a stockholder.

Recommendation to Stockholders

Pivotal’s board of directors believes that the business combination proposal and the other proposals to be presented at the annual meeting are fair to and in the best interest of Pivotal’s stockholders and unanimously recommends that its stockholders vote “FOR” the business combination proposal, “FOR” the PIPE proposal, “FOR” each of the charter proposals, “FOR” the election of the nine director nominees identified in this proxy/statement prospectus, “FOR” the incentive plan proposal and “FOR” the adjournment proposal, if presented.

Conditions to the Closing of the Business Combination

General Conditions

Consummation of the Business Combination is conditioned on approval of the proposals presented to Pivotal’s stockholders, including the business combination proposal. In addition, the consummation of the Merger is conditioned upon, among other things:

 

   

Pivotal having, either immediately prior to or upon the closing of the Business Combination, at least $5,000,001 of net tangible assets following the exercise by holders of Pivotal’s public shares of their right to convert their public shares into their pro rata share of the trust account;

 

   

all specified waiting periods under the HSR Act having expired;

 

   

no statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, injunction or other order being in effect or enforced by any governmental entity and which has the effect of making the Merger illegal or otherwise prohibiting consummation of the Merger;

 

   

the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part having become effective in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act, no stop order having been issued by the SEC which remains in effect with respect to the registration statement, and no proceeding seeking such a stop order having been threatened or initiated by the SEC which remains pending;

 

   

the approval for listing on the NYSE of Pivotal’s common stock comprising the Merger Consideration to be issued; and

 

   

the PIPE Transaction having been completed or completed concurrently with the closing of the Business Combination.

Company Conditions to Closing

The obligations of XL to consummate the Merger are also conditioned upon, among other things:

 

   

the accuracy of the representations and warranties of Pivotal and Merger Sub (subject to certain bring-down standards);



 

24


Table of Contents
   

performance of the agreements and covenants of Pivotal and Merger Sub required by the Merger Agreement to be performed on or prior to the closing of the Merger in all material respects;

 

   

no action, suit or proceeding being pending or threatened by any governmental entity which is reasonably likely to prevent consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or cause any of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement to be rescinded following consummation, or to materially and adversely affect the title of the shares of Pivotal common stock to be issued in connection with the Merger, and no order, judgment, decree, stipulation or injunction to such effect being in effect;

 

   

no Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Merger Agreement) with respect to Pivotal having occurred between the date of the Merger Agreement and the closing of the Business Combination;

 

   

Pivotal executing the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

   

the filing of Pivotal’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and the adoption of the amended and restated bylaws;

 

   

the resignation of all persons employed by Pivotal, except for those specified in the Merger Agreement or the schedules thereto;

 

   

the termination of the existing registration rights agreement, among Pivotal and the former Pivotal stockholders thereto; and

 

   

Pivotal’s initial stockholders executing the Lock-Up Agreement.

Pivotal’s and Merger Sub’s Conditions to Closing

The obligations of Pivotal and Merger Sub to consummate the Merger are also conditioned upon, among other things:

 

   

the accuracy of the representations and warranties of XL (subject to certain bring-down standards);

 

   

performance of the agreements and covenants of XL and its subsidiaries required by the Merger Agreement to be performed on or prior to the closing of the Merger in all material respects;

 

   

no action, suit or proceeding being pending or threatened by any governmental entity which is reasonably likely to prevent consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or cause any of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement to be rescinded following consummation, or to materially and adversely affect the right of the surviving corporation to own, operate or control any of the assets of XL following the Merger, and no order, judgment, decree, stipulation or injunction to such effect being in effect;

 

   

no Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Merger Agreement) with respect to XL having occurred between the date of the Merger Agreement and the closing of the Business Combination;

 

   

delivery of updated audited financial statements by XL to Pivotal, which must be consistent in all material respects with XL’s existing audited financial statements;

 

   

execution and delivery of the Lock-Up Agreement by XL’s stockholders specified in the Merger Agreement or the schedules thereto;

 

   

termination of certain Company agreements, including XL’s existing stockholders’ agreement, specified in the Merger Agreement or the schedules thereto;

 

   

delivery of a written request for conversion by certain Company stockholders to XL and such other documentation reasonably requested by Pivotal evidencing the conversion of the preferred stock of XL and treatment of derivative securities of XL;



 

25


Table of Contents
   

receipt of lender consent under the terms of the U.S. Small Business Administration Payment Protection Program Note, dated April 22, 2020 (the “PPP Loan”), in connection with the consummation of the Merger, or the repayment in full of any outstanding principal and accrued interest under the PPP Loan; and

 

   

the delivery by XL to Pivotal of a certificate that meets the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1445-2(c)(3) and states that shares of XL are not “ U.S. real property interests” within the meaning of Section 897 of the Code, together with a written authorization for Pivotal to deliver such certification to the IRS on behalf of XL after the closing of the Business Combination and a notice to the IRS in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.897-2(h)(2).

Termination

The Merger Agreement may be terminated at any time, but not later than the closing of the Business Combination, as follows:

 

   

by mutual written consent of Pivotal and XL;

 

   

by either Pivotal or XL if the Business Combination is not consummated on or before January 16, 2021, provided that the right to terminate the Merger Agreement will not be available to any party whose action or failure to act has been a principal cause of or primarily resulted in the failure of the Merger to occur on or before such date and such action or failure to act constitutes a breach of the Merger Agreement;

 

   

by either Pivotal or XL if a governmental entity shall have issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other action, in any case having the effect of permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the Merger, which order, decree, judgment, ruling or other action is final and non-appealable;

 

   

by either Pivotal or XL if the other party has breached any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements in any material respect or any has become untrue such that the conditions to the Merger Agreement would not be satisfied as of the time of such breach and such breach is incapable of being cured or is not cured by the Outside Date, provided that the terminating party is itself not in material breach;

 

   

by either Pivotal if XL shall have failed to deliver Support Agreements within one (1) day following the execution of the Merger Agreement;

 

   

by Pivotal if XL fails to obtain the requisite approval of its stockholders to the Merger Agreement and the Merger by written consent within ten (10) business days following the approval of this proxy statement/prospectus by the SEC;

 

   

by either Pivotal or XL if, at the special meeting of stockholders, the proposals to stockholders, including the business combination proposal, shall fail to be approved by the required vote (subject to any adjournment or recess of the meeting); or

 

   

by either Pivotal or XL if, immediately prior to or upon the closing, following consummation of the Merger, Pivotal will have less than $5,000,001 of net tangible assets following the exercise by the holders of shares of Pivotal common stock issued in Pivotal’s initial public offering of their conversion rights into cash.

If permitted under applicable law, Pivotal or XL may waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties made to such party contained in the Merger Agreement and waive compliance with any agreements or conditions for the benefit of itself or such party contained in the Merger Agreement. However, the condition requiring that Pivotal have at least $5,000,001 of net tangible assets as described above may not be waived.



 

26


Table of Contents

Lock-Up Agreement

Certain of XL’s stockholders have entered or will enter into the Lock-Up Agreement which provides that shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock to be issued to them in the Merger will be subject to a 12-month lock-up period, during which they have agreed, subject to certain restrictions, not to, directly or indirectly, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of their shares to be issued in the Merger, which period may be earlier terminated if the reported closing sale price of the Pivotal Common Stock equals or exceeds $15.00 per share (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations or other similar transactions) for a period of 20 trading days during any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days following the consummation of the Merger, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, Pivotal has agreed to cause its initial stockholders to amend their existing lock-up restrictions and enter into the Lock-Up Agreement, so that the lock-up restrictions with respect to the initial stockholders’ common stock of Pivotal and warrants of Pivotal will be identical to the lock-up restrictions applicable to XL’s stockholders who have entered, or will enter, into the Lock-Up Agreement.

Subscription Agreements for PIPE Transaction

On September 17, 2020, Pivotal entered into subscription agreements with the PIPE Investors pursuant to which such PIPE Investors (including MGG) have agreed to purchase, and Pivotal agreed to sell to the PIPE Investors, an aggregate of 15,000,000 shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock in a private placement at a price of $10.00 per share for an aggregate commitment of $150,000,000. The subscription agreements are subject to certain customary conditions, including, among other things, the closing of the Business Combination. The subscription agreements provide for certain registration rights. The subscription agreements will terminate with no further force and effect upon the earliest to occur of: (a) such date and time as the Merger Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms; (b) upon the mutual written agreement of the parties to such subscription agreement; (c) if any of the conditions to closing set forth in such subscription agreement are not satisfied on or prior to the closing and, as a result thereof, the transactions contemplated by the subscription agreement are not consummated at the subscription closing, and (d) March 16, 2021.

Registration Rights Agreement

Certain stockholders of XL and Pivotal have entered or will enter into the Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant to which they will be granted certain rights to have registered, in certain circumstances, the resale under the Securities Act of certain shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock held by them, subject to certain conditions set forth therein. Pivotal has agreed to use reasonable best efforts to terminate its existing registration rights agreement and shall offer to the Pivotal stockholders who are parties to the existing registration rights agreement the opportunity to enter into the Registration Rights Agreement.

XL Support Agreements

In connection with the execution of the Merger Agreement, the Supporting Holders, comprised of certain of XL’s officers, directors, founders and their family members and 5% or greater holders of XL’s stock, who collectively hold approximately 47% of the issued and outstanding shares of XL’s common stock on an as-converted basis, have entered into Support Agreements with Pivotal pursuant to which the Supporting Holders have agreed, among other things, (i) to vote all of their respective shares of XL’s stock in favor of the Merger at a meeting called to approve the Merger by XL’s stockholders (or in an action by written consent approving the Merger) and (ii) to the extent such stockholders are holders of XL’s Series D preferred stock, to deliver a signature to the request for conversion required to effect the conversion of XL’s preferred stock into XL’s common stock immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger.



 

27


Table of Contents

Tax Consequences of the Business Combination

For a description of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Merger and the exercise of conversion rights, please see the information set forth in “The Business Combination Proposal—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Merger.”

Anticipated Accounting Treatment

The Merger will be accounted for as a reverse merger in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under this method of accounting, Pivotal will be treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. This determination was primarily based on XL comprising the ongoing operations of the combined company, XL senior management comprising the senior management of the combined company, and that the former owners and management of XL will have control of the board of directors of the combined company after the Merger. In accordance with guidance applicable to these circumstances, the Merger will be considered to be a capital transaction in substance. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the Merger will be treated as the equivalent of XL issuing shares for the net assets of Pivotal, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Pivotal will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the closing of the Merger will be those of XL.

Regulatory Matters

The Merger is not subject to any additional federal or state regulatory requirement or approval, except for the filings with the State of Delaware necessary to effectuate the Merger and the filing of required notifications and the expiration or termination of the required waiting periods under the HSR Act. On October 1, 2020, the parties filed with the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) the notice required under the HSR Act and requested early termination of the waiting period under the HSR Act.

Risk Factors

In evaluating the proposals to be presented at the annual meeting, a stockholder should carefully read this proxy statement/prospectus and especially consider the factors discussed in the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements”.



 

28


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Pivotal is providing the following selected historical financial information to assist you in your analysis of the financial aspects of the merger.

The historical financial statements of Pivotal and XL have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Pivotal’s consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2020 and consolidated statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 are derived from Pivotal’s unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. Pivotal’s consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the period from March 20, 2019 (inception) to December 31, 2019 are derived from Pivotal’s audited financial statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

XL’s consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2020 and consolidated statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2020 are derived from XL’s unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. XL’s consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are derived from XL’s audited financial statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

The information is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with each of XL’s and Pivotal’s consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Other Information Related to Pivotal—Pivotal’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “XL’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere herein. The historical results included below and elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus are not indicative of the future performance of XL or Pivotal. All amounts are in US dollars.

Pivotal’s Selected Financial Information

(dollars in thousands except per share amounts)

Income Statement Data:

 

     Six Months
Ended
June 30, 2020
     Three Months
Ended
June 30, 2019
     Period from
March 20, 2019
(inception) to
December 31, 2019
 
     (unaudited)      (unaudited)         

Revenue

   $ —        $ —        $ —    

Loss from Operations

     (347      —          (393

Interest

     865        —          1,912  

Unrealized Gain/ (Loss) on marketable securities in Trust Account

     —          —          8  

Net Income (loss) attributable to common shareholders

     409        —          1,206  

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share

     (0.03      (0.00      (0.03

Weighted average shares outstanding excluding shares subject to possible redemption

     6,966,801        5,000,000        6,141,375  


 

29


Table of Contents

Balance Sheet Data:

 

     As of
June 30,
2020
     As of
December 31,
2019
 
     (unaudited)         

Working Capital

   $ 589      $ 527  

Trust Account, restricted

     232,265        231,920  

Total Assets

     233,092        232,661  

Total Liabilities

     8,288        8,266  

Value of common stock redeemable for cash

     219,805        219,395  

Stockholders’ Equity

     5,000        5,000  

XL’s Selected Financial Information

(dollars in thousands except per share amounts)

Statement of Income Data:

 

     For the six months
ended June 30,
     For the year ended
December 31,
 
     2020      2019      2019      2018  
     (unaudited)                

Revenues

   $ 3,144      $ 4,343      $ 7,215      $ 9,545  

Cost of revenues

     3,152        4,505        8,075        11,014  

Gross profit

     (8      (162      (860      (1,469

Research and development

     1,651        7,232        4,721        2,101  

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

     5,494        4,353        7,988        9,125  

Interest expense

     1,668        217        2,151        (208

Change in fair value of derivative

     4,537        —          (819      —    

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     1,038        —          —          —    

Net and comprehensive loss

     (14,396      (5,964      (14,901      (12,903

Balance Sheet Data:

 

     As of June 30,
2020
     As of December 31,
2019
 
     (unaudited)         

Cash

   $ 4,907      $ 3,386  

Total Current Assets

     9,550        7,081  

Total Assets

     11,551        9,249  

Total Current Liabilities

     33,108        15,489  

Total Non-Current Liabilities

     6,227        7,460  

Total Liabilities

     39,335        22,949  

Total Shareholders’ Deficit

     (81,991      (64,705


 

30


Table of Contents

SELECTED UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Pivotal is providing the following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information to aid you in your analysis of the financial aspects of the Business Combination and related transactions.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements (which we refer to as the pro forma financial statements) combine the historical consolidated financial statements of Pivotal and the historical consolidated financial statements of XL to illustrate the effect of the Business Combination and related transactions. The pro forma financial statements were based on and should be read in conjunction with:

 

   

The accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma financial statements;

 

   

Pivotal’s unaudited financial statements for the three and six months ended June 30, 2020 and the notes relating thereto, included elsewhere in this proxy statement;

 

   

Pivotal’s audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the notes relating thereto, included elsewhere in this proxy statement;

 

   

XL’s unaudited consolidated financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and the notes relating thereto included elsewhere in this proxy statement; and

 

   

XL’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the notes relating thereto included elsewhere in this proxy statement.

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet combines the unaudited condensed consolidated historical balance sheet of Pivotal as of June 30, 2020 with the unaudited condensed consolidated historical balance sheet of XL as of June 30, 2020, giving effect to the Business Combination and related transactions as if they had been consummated as of June 30, 2020.

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2020 combines the unaudited condensed statement of operations of Pivotal for the six months ended June 30, 2020 with the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations of XL for the six months ended June 30, 2020, giving effect to the Business Combination and related transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2019.

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019 combines the audited statement of operations of Pivotal for the year ended December 31, 2019 with the audited consolidated statement of operations of XL for the year ended December 31, 2019, giving effect to the Business Combination and related transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2019.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of June 30, 2020, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019 have been prepared using two different assumptions regarding the number of public shares as to which the Pivotal public stockholders exercise their conversion rights, as follows:

Assuming No Redemption: This presentation assumes that no Pivotal public stockholders exercise their right to have their Pivotal public shares converted into their pro rata share of the trust account; and

Assuming Maximum Redemption: This presentation assumes that holders of no more than 21,775,816 public shares of Pivotal exercise their right to have their shares converted into their pro rata share of the trust account.



 

31


Table of Contents

The historical financial information of Pivotal and XL has been adjusted to give effect to the expected events that are related and/or directly attributable to the Business Combination and related transactions, are factually supportable and are expected to have a continuing impact on the results of the combined company. The adjustments presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements have been identified and presented to provide relevant information necessary for an accurate understanding of the combined company upon consummation of the Business Combination and related transactions.

The historical financial statements of Pivotal and XL have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

The historical financial information of Pivotal was derived from the unaudited condensed financial statements of Pivotal for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and the audited financial statements of Pivotal for the year ended December 31, 2019, which are included elsewhere in this proxy statement. The historical financial information of XL was derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of XL for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and the audited consolidated financial statements of XL for the year ended December 31, 2019, included elsewhere in this proxy statement. This information should be read together with Pivotal’s and XL’s financial statements and related notes, “Other Information Related to Pivotal—Pivotal’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “XL’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial information included elsewhere in this proxy statement.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only. The financial results may have been different had the companies always been combined. You should not rely on the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information as being indicative of the historical results that would have been achieved had the companies always been combined or the future results that the combined company will experience.

The Business Combination has not been consummated as of the date of the preparation of these pro forma financial statements and there can be no assurances that the Business Combination will be consummated. See “Risk Factors” for additional discussion of risk factors associated with the pro forma financial statements.



 

32


Table of Contents

Selected Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

(dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020  
     Pivotal Investment
Corporation II
     XL Hybrids, Inc.      No Redemption      Maximum
Redemption
 

Statement of Operations Data

           

Total revenues

   $ —      $ 3,144      $ 3,144      $ 3,144  

Total operating expenses

   $ 347      $ 7,145      $ 7,492      $ 7,492  

Operating (loss)

   $ (347    $ (7,153    $ (7,500    $ (7,500

Interest income on marketable securities

   $ 865           

Net income (loss)

   $ 409      $ (14,396    $ (8,280    $ (8,280

Net income (loss) per common share—basic and diluted

   $ (0.03    $ (1.25    $ (0.06    $ (0.07)  

Balance Sheet Data

           

Total current assets

   $ 827      $ 9,550      $ 364,229      $ 148,674  

Total assets

   $ 233,092      $ 11,551      $ 366,230      $ 150,675  

Total current liabilities

   $ 238      $ 33,108      $ 7,594      $ 7,594  

Total liabilities

   $ 8,288      $ 39,335      $ 13,821      $ 13,821  

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ 5,000      $ (27,784    $ 352,409      $ 136,854  
     For the Year Ended December 31, 2019  
     Pivotal Investment
Corporation II
     XL Hybrids, Inc.      No
Redemption
     Maximum
Redemption
 

Statement of Operations Data

           

Total revenues

   $ —      $ 7,215      $ 7,215      $ 7,215  

Total operating expenses

   $ 393      $ 12,709      $ 13,102      $ 13,102  

Operating (loss) income

   $ (393    $ (13,569    $ (13,962    $ (13,962

Interest income on marketable securities

     1,920        —          —          —    

Net income (loss)

   $ 1,206      $ (14,901    $ (10,225    $ (10,225

Earnings (loss) per common share—basic and diluted

   $ (0.03    $ (1.39)      $ (0.08)      $ (0.09)  


 

33


Table of Contents

COMPARATIVE PER SHARE DATA

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of June 30, 2020, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019 have been prepared using two different assumptions regarding the number of public shares as to which the Pivotal public stockholders exercise their conversion rights, as follows:

Assuming No Redemption: This presentation assumes that no Pivotal public stockholders exercise their right to have their Pivotal public shares converted into their pro rata share of the trust account;

Assuming Maximum Redemption: This presentation assumes that holders of no more than 21,775,816 public shares of Pivotal exercise their right to have their shares converted into their pro rata share of the trust account.

The historical financial information has been adjusted to give effect to the expected events that are related and/or directly attributable to the transactions, are factually supportable and are expected to have a continuing impact on the combined results. The adjustments presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements have been identified and presented to provide relevant information necessary for an accurate understanding of the combined company upon consummation of the transactions.

The historical financial statements of Pivotal and XL have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

The historical financial information of Pivotal was derived from the unaudited condensed financial statements of Pivotal for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and the audited financial statements of Pivotal for the year ended December 31, 2019, which are included elsewhere in this proxy statement. The historical financial information of XL was derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of XL for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and the audited consolidated financial statements of XL for the year ended December 31, 2019, included elsewhere in this proxy statement. This information should be read together with Pivotal’s and XL’s financial statements and related notes, “Other Information Related to Pivotal—Pivotal’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “XL’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial information included elsewhere in this proxy statement.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only. The financial results may have been different had the companies always been combined. You should not rely on the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information as being indicative of the historical results that would have been achieved had the companies always been combined or the future results that the combined company will experience.



 

34


Table of Contents
     Pivotal Investment
Corporation II
    XL Hybrids, Inc.     Pro Forma
Combined
Assuming
No Redemption
    Pro Forma
Combined
Assuming
Maximum
Redemption
 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2020

        

Net income (loss)

   $ 409     $ (14,396   $ (8,280   $ (8,280

Stockholders’ equity (deficit) at June 30, 2020

   $ 5,000     $ (27,784   $ 352,409     $ 136,854  

Weighted average shares outstanding:

        

Basic and diluted

     6,966,801       11,523,468       138,424,819       116,656,259  

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share

   $ (0.03   $ (1.25   $ (0.06   $ (0.07

Stockholders’ equity per share—basic and diluted—at June 30, 2020

   $ 4.08       (3.18   $ 2.87     $ 1.36  

 

     Pivotal Investment
Corporation II
    XL Hybrids, Inc.     Pro Forma
Combined
Assuming
No Redemption
    Pro Forma
Combined
Assuming
Maximum
Redemption
 

Year Ended December 31, 2019

        

Net income (loss)

   $ 1,206     $ (14,901   $ (10,225   $ (10,225

Weighted average shares outstanding—Basic and diluted

     6,141,375       10,752,940       132,586,158       110,817,598  

Basic and diluted net (loss) income per share

   $ (0.03     (1.39   $ (0.08   $ (0.09


 

35


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Stockholders should carefully consider the following risk factors, together with all of the other information included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus, before they decide whether to vote or instruct their vote to be cast to approve the proposals described in this proxy statement/prospectus.

The value of your investment in Pivotal following consummation of the Business Combination will be subject to the significant risks affecting XL and inherent to the industry in which it operates. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and other information included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. If any of the events described below occur, the post-acquisition business and financial results could be adversely affected in a material way. This could cause the trading price of its common stock to decline, perhaps significantly, and you therefore may lose all or part of your investment. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in these Risk Factors to the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer to the business of XL prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, which will be the business of Pivotal following the consummation of the Business Combination. Accordingly, the risks described below relating to XL could also materially and adversely affect the combined company after the consummation of the Business Combination.

Risks Related to XL’s Business and Industry

XL is an early stage company with a history of losses, and expects to incur significant expenses and continuing losses.

XL incurred a net loss of approximately $8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and has incurred net losses of approximately $35 million from January 1, 2018 through June 30, 2020. XL believes that it will continue to incur operating and net losses until at least such time as its annual revenue reaches over $200 million, which is estimated to occur in 2022, and may occur later or not at all. XL has an established customer base and product line and its potential profitability is dependent upon the continued successful development and successful commercial acceptance of its electrified powertrain solutions, which may occur later than anticipated, if at all. XL’s potential profitability is further contingent on the reduction in product system costs, which also may occur later than anticipated, if at all.

XL expects the rate at which it will incur losses to be significantly higher in future periods as XL:

 

   

expands product offerings to include anti-idle technology, onboard power, new versions of plug-in hybrid solutions, full battery electric propulsion, comprehensive charging and power solutions and hydrogen fuel cell enabled hybrid electric systems;

 

   

expands its production capabilities to produce its electrified powertrain solutions, including costs associated with outsourcing the production of its electrified powertrain solutions;

 

   

builds up inventories of parts and components for its fleet electrification solutions;

 

   

produces an inventory of its electrified powertrain solutions;

 

   

expands its design, development, installation and servicing capabilities;

 

   

increases its sales and marketing activities and develops its distribution infrastructure;

 

   

increases its general and administrative functions to support its growing operations; and

 

   

acquire and integrate other businesses.

Because XL will incur the costs and expenses from these efforts before it receives any incremental revenues with respect thereto, XL’s losses in future periods are expected to be significant. In addition, XL may find that these efforts are more expensive than it currently anticipates or that these efforts may not result in revenues, which would have a material adverse effect on its results of operations and further increase XL’s losses.

 

36


Table of Contents

XL may become subject to product liability claims, which could harm its financial condition and liquidity if it is not able to successfully defend or insure against such claims.

Product liability claims, even those without merit or those that do not involve XL’s products, could harm XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results. The automobile industry in particular experiences significant product liability claims, and XL faces inherent risk of exposure to claims in the event XL’s electric powertrain solutions do not perform or are claimed to not have performed as expected. As is true for other commercial vehicle suppliers, XL expects in the future that its electrified powertrain solutions will be installed on vehicles that will be involved in crashes resulting in death or personal injury. Additionally, product liability claims that affect XL’s competitors may cause indirect adverse publicity for XL and its products.

While XL maintains product liability insurance, its coverage may not be adequate to cover certain product liability claims, and XL may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage in the future at acceptable costs. A successful product liability claim that exceeds its policy limits could require XL to pay substantial sums. XL’s risks in this area are particularly pronounced given the relatively limited number of electrified powertrain solutions delivered to date and limited field experience of XL’s products. Moreover, a product liability claim against XL or its competitors could generate substantial negative publicity about XL’s products and business and could have a material adverse effect on XL’s brand, reputation, business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

XL relies on a limited number of customers for a large portion of its revenues, and the loss of one or more such customers could have a material adverse impact on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

XL depends on a limited number of customers for a significant portion of its revenue. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, XL had two customers that each accounted for over 10% of its revenue. In the aggregate, these customers accounted to 69% of XL’s revenue for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. The loss of one or more of these customers could have a significant impact on XL’s revenues and harm its business, results of operations and cash flows.

XL may not be able to further penetrate the fleet market or enter into new markets in the future.

XL’s success, and its ability to increase revenue and operate profitably, depends in part on its ability to expand its customer base, further penetrating the fleet markets comprised of corporations, municipalities and public utilities along with expansion into new markets. XL has an established customer base in the light and medium duty commercial and municipal fleet markets. As part of XL’s growth plan, an increase in revenue is expected to be generated from further market penetration into the light and medium duty commercial and municipal fleet markets. In addition, as XL develops new technologies, part of the growth plan involves expansion into new markets, such as the heavy duty commercial fleet market. If XL is unable to meet its customers’ performance requirements or industry specifications limiting expansion into existing or new markets, XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results would be materially adversely affected.

XL’s financial results may vary significantly from period to period due to fluctuations in its operating costs and other factors.

XL expects its period-to-period financial results to vary based on its operating costs, which XL anticipates will fluctuate as the pace at which it continues to design, develop and produce new products and increase production capacity. Additionally, XL’s revenues from period to period may fluctuate as it introduces existing products to new markets for the first time and as it develops and introduces new products. As a result of these factors, XL believes that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of its financial results, especially in the short term, are not necessarily meaningful and that these comparisons cannot be relied upon as indicators of future performance. Moreover, XL’s financial results may not meet expectations of equity research analysts, ratings agencies or investors, who may be focused only on quarterly financial results. If any of this occurs, the trading price of the combined company’s common stock could fall substantially, either suddenly or over time.

 

37


Table of Contents

XL may be unable to adequately control the costs associated with its operations.

XL will require significant capital to develop and grow its business, including developing and producing its electrified powertrain solutions and building XL’s brand. XL expects to incur significant expenses which will impact its profitability, including research and development expenses, raw material procurement costs, sales and distribution expenses as XL builds its brand and markets its electrified powertrain solutions, and general and administrative expenses as XL scales its operations and incurs costs as a public company. XL’s ability to become profitable in the future will depend on its ability to complete the design and development of additional electrified powertrain solutions to meet projected performance metrics and successfully market its electrified powertrain solutions and services. Additionally, for XL to become profitable, XL must develop powertrain solutions that are cost effective to help achieve its expected margins. If XL is unable to efficiently design, produce, market, sell, distribute and service its electrified powertrain solutions, XL’s margins, profitability and prospects would be materially and adversely affected.

XL’s business model requires further market penetration to drive growth and failure to expand would have a material adverse effect on its operating results and business and could result in substantial liabilities that exceed its resources.

It is difficult to predict XL’s future revenues and appropriately budget for its expenses, and XL has limited insight into trends that may emerge and affect its business. In the event that actual results differ from XL’s estimates or XL adjusts its estimates in future periods, XL’s operating results and financial position could be materially affected. The projected financial information appearing elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus has been prepared by XL management and reflects current estimates of further market penetration. The projected results depend on the successful implementation of XL management’s growth strategies and are based on assumptions and events over which XL has only partial or no control. XL will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by early stage companies, including scaling up its infrastructure and headcount, and may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties or delays in connection with its growth. In addition, as a result of the capital-intensive nature of XL’s business, XL can be expected to continue to sustain substantial operating expenses without generating sufficient revenues to cover expenditures. Any investment in XL is therefore highly speculative and could result in the loss of your entire investment.

XL may require continued capital investment

XL should have sufficient capital in the near future for the design, development and manufacture of electrified powertrain solutions. Although XL anticipates that the funding from the Business Combination will provide sufficient capital, to fund the combined company’s business, XL may require additional capital investment in the future to fund operations, continue research and development and improve infrastructure. There can be no assurance that XL will have access to the capital it needs on favorable terms when required or at all. If XL cannot raise additional funds when it needs them, XL’s financial condition and business could be materially adversely affected.

If XL fails to manage its growth effectively, include failing to attract and integrate qualified personnel, it may not be able to develop, produce, market and sell its electrified powertrain solutions successfully.

Any failure to manage XL’s growth effectively could materially and adversely affect XL’s business, prospects, operating results and financial condition. XL intends to expand its operations significantly. XL expects its future expansion to include:

 

   

expanding the management team;

 

   

hiring and training new personnel;

 

   

forecasting production and revenue;

 

38


Table of Contents
   

controlling expenses and investments in anticipation of expanded operations;

 

   

establishing or expanding design, production, sales and service facilities;

 

   

implementing and enhancing administrative infrastructure, systems and processes;

 

   

expanding into international markets; and

 

   

acquiring other businesses.

XL intends to continue to hire a significant number of additional personnel, including controls and systems engineers, design and development engineers and production personnel for its electrified powertrain solutions. Because XL’s electrified powertrain solutions are based on a different technology platform than traditional internal combustion engines, individuals with sufficient training in electrified vehicles may not be available to hire, and as a result, XL will need to expend significant time and expense training any newly hired employees. Competition for individuals with experience designing and producing electrified vehicles and their software is intense, and XL may not be able to attract, integrate, train, motivate or retain additional highly qualified personnel. The failure to attract, integrate, train, motivate and retain these additional employees could seriously harm XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

XL’s success will depend on its ability to economically source and for upfitter of OEM partners to install electrified powertrain solutions at scale, and its ability to develop and produce electrified powertrain solutions of sufficient quality and appeal to customers on schedule and at scale is unproven.

XL’s business depends in large part on its ability to execute its plans to develop, produce, assemble, market, sell, install and service its electrified powertrain solutions. In particular, XL relies on Parker Hannifin Corporation to supply motors. XL further relies on other third parties to supply wire harnesses and inverters, which in each case are used in XL’s electrified powertrain solutions. XL currently sources all components and assembles them into systems which are sent to XL’s upfitter partners. These upfitter partners then install and commission XL’s electrified powertrain solutions. While these arrangements can lower operating costs and enable rapid increases in installations, they also reduce XL’s direct control over installation. Such diminished control may have an adverse effect on the quality or quantity of products or services, or XL’s flexibility to respond to changing conditions.

XL relies on single-source suppliers to supply and produce certain components and relies on upfitter partners for installation of its electrified powertrain solutions. Any failure of these suppliers or partners to perform could require XL to seek alternative suppliers or to expand its production capabilities, which could incur additional costs and have a negative impact on its cost or supply of components or finished goods. In addition, production, logistics in supply or production areas, or transit to final destinations can be disrupted for a variety of reasons including, but not limited to, natural and man-made disasters, information technology system failures, commercial disputes, military actions, economic, business, labor, environmental, public health or political issues or international trade disputes.

XL, its supply chain and upfitter partners have limited experience to date in high volume production of XL’s electrified powertrain solutions. XL does not know if the sources of component supply and/or upfitters at scale will remain reliable to enable XL to meet the quality, price, engineering, design and production standards, as well as the production volumes, required to successfully mass market XL’s electrified powertrain solutions. Even if XL and its upfitter partners are successful in developing its high volume production capability and processes and in reliably sourcing its component supply, XL does not know whether it will be able to do so in a manner that avoids significant delays and cost overruns, including as a result of factors beyond its control such as problems with suppliers and vendors, or in time to meet XL’s vehicle commercialization schedules or to satisfy the requirements of customers. Any failure to develop such production processes and capabilities within XL’s projected costs and timelines could have a material adverse effect on its business, prospects, financial condition and operating results. 

 

39


Table of Contents

XL may experience significant delays in the design, production and launch of its electrified powertrain solutions, which could harm its business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

Any delay in the financing, design, production and launch of XL’s electrified powertrain solutions could materially damage XL’s brand, business, prospects, financial condition and operating results. There are often delays in the design, production and commercial release of new products, and to the extent XL delays the launch of its electrified powertrain solutions, its growth prospects could be adversely affected as it may fail to grow its market share. XL integrates electrified solutions into original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) vehicles, and if the OEM makes unexpected changes to the function of the vehicle, this could significantly delay the development and therefore launch of XL’s electrified powertrain solutions. XL will rely on upfitter partners to install XL’s electrified powertrain solution, and if they are not able to produce product at scale or meet XL’s specifications, XL may need to expand its production capabilities, which would cause XL to incur additional costs. Furthermore, XL relies on third-party suppliers for the provision and development of many of the key components and materials used in its electrified powertrain solutions, and to the extent they experience any delays, XL may need to seek alternative suppliers. If XL experiences delays by its suppliers, it could experience delays in delivering on its timelines.

If XL is unable to successfully produce its electrified powertrain solutions, its business will be harmed.

There are numerous potential ways XL could be unable to produce its electrified powertrain solutions. XL’s suppliers’ production facilities, which are used to produce components for XL’s electrified powertrain solutions, would be costly to replace and could require substantial lead time to replace and qualify for use. XL’s suppliers’ production facilities may be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including earthquakes, flooding, fire and power outages, or by health epidemics, such as the recent COVID-19 pandemic, which may render it difficult or impossible for XL to produce its electrified powertrain solutions for some period of time. The inability to produce XL’s electrified powertrain solutions or the backlog that could develop if XL’s production facilities and the production facilities of its outsourcing partners and suppliers are inoperable for even a short period of time may result in the loss of customers or harm XL’s reputation. Although XL maintains insurance for damage to its property and the disruption of its business, this insurance may not be sufficient to cover all of XL’s potential losses and may not continue to be available to XL on acceptable terms, if at all.

XL is dependent on vehicle OEMs, upfitters and body builders to bring its electrified powertrain solutions to market, which is subject to risks.

Because XL does not manufacture complete vehicles, it is dependent on vehicle OEMs and body builders to provide vehicle chassis for its electrified powertrain solutions. XL relies on upfitters for the installation of its electrified powertrain solutions. Reliance on OEMs, body builders and upfitters for the production and installation of XL’s electrified powertrain solutions is subject to risks with respect to operations that are outside XL’s control. If OEMs or body builders are not able to produce vehicle chassis and provide them to XL or upfitters, or a change in governmental regulations or policies occurs, XL would need to develop its own vehicle on which to install its electrified powertrain solutions. Either case could have a negative impact on XL’s ability to sell its electrified powertrain solutions at anticipated prices or margins or in expected timeframes. Additionally, XL may permit returns of vehicles installed with XL’s electrified powertrain solutions, which may result in significant additional costs to XL if it is required to convert the vehicles back to their original form. There is risk of potential disputes with XL’s upfitters, and XL could be affected by negative publicity related to its upfitter partners whether or not such publicity is related to their collaboration with XL. XL’s ability to successfully build a premium brand could also be adversely affected by perceptions about the quality of XL’s upfitter partners’ workmanship. In addition, although XL is involved in each step of the supply chain, production and installation processes, because XL also relies on its upfitter partners and suppliers to meet its quality standards, there can be no assurance that the final product will meet expected quality standards.

 

40


Table of Contents

XL may be unable to enter into new agreements or extend existing agreements with upfitter partners on terms and conditions acceptable to XL and therefore may need to contract with other third parties or significantly add to its own production capacity. There can be no assurance that in such event XL would be able to engage other third parties or establish or expand its own production capacity to meet its needs on acceptable terms or at all. The expense and time required to complete any transition, and to assure that XL’s electrified powertrain solutions produced at facilities of new producers comply with XL’s quality standards and regulatory requirements, may be greater than anticipated. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

XL’s ability to sell electrified powertrain solutions depends on compatibility with various OEM vehicle models and characteristics. The pace of change of these models and changing model availability is outside of XL’s control and could create adverse conditions and materially affect XL’s financial results.

XL is dependent on its suppliers, some of which are single or limited source suppliers, and the inability of these suppliers to deliver necessary components of XL’s systems for powertrains at prices and volumes, performance and specifications acceptable to XL could have a material adverse effect on XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

XL relies on third-party suppliers for the provision and development of certain key components and materials used in its electrified powertrain solutions. While XL plans to obtain components from multiple sources whenever possible, some of the critical components such as motors, used in its vehicles will be purchased by XL from a single source or a limited number of sources.

XL’s third-party suppliers may not be able to meet their product specifications and performance characteristics, which would impact XL’s ability to achieve its product specifications and performance characteristics as well. Additionally, XL’s third-party suppliers may be unable to obtain required certifications for their products for which XL plans to use or provide warranties that are necessary for XL’s solutions. If XL is unable to obtain components and materials used in its electrified powertrain solutions from its suppliers or if its suppliers decide to create or supply a competing product, XL’s business could be adversely affected. While XL believes that it may be able to establish alternate supply relationships and can obtain or engineer replacement components for its single source components, XL may be unable to do so in the short term (or at all) or at prices or quality levels that are favorable to XL, which could have a material adverse effect on its business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

XL’s future growth is dependent upon the fleet industry’s willingness to adopt hybrid, plug-in hybrid, all electric and fuel cell electric vehicles (“xEVs”).

XL’s growth is highly dependent upon the adoption of xEVs by the commercial and municipal fleet industry. If the market for xEVs and XL’s electrified powertrain solutions does not develop at the rate or in the manner or to the extent that XL expects, or if critical assumptions XL has made regarding the efficiency of its electrified powertrain solutions are incorrect or incomplete, XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results will be harmed. The fleet market for xEVs is characterized by rapidly changing technologies, price competition, numerous competitors including OEMs, evolving government regulation and industry standards and uncertain customer demands and behaviors.

Factors that may influence the fleet market adoption of xEVs vehicles include:

 

   

perceptions about xEV quality, safety, design, performance, reliability and cost, especially if adverse events or accidents occur that are linked to the quality or safety of xEVs;

 

   

perceptions about vehicle safety in general, including the use of advanced technology, such as vehicle electronics, batteries and regenerative braking systems;

 

41


Table of Contents
   

the decline of vehicle efficiency and/or range resulting from deterioration over time in the ability of the battery to hold a charge;

 

   

changes or improvements in the fuel economy of internal combustion engines, the vehicle and the vehicle controls or competitors’ electrified systems;

 

   

the availability of service, charging and fueling and other associated costs for xEVs;

 

   

volatility in the cost of energy, electricity, oil and gasoline could affect buying decisions;

 

   

government regulations and economic incentives promoting fuel efficiency and alternate forms of energy, including new regulations mandating zero tailpipe emissions compared to overall carbon reduction;

 

   

the availability of tax and other governmental incentives to purchase and operate xEVs or future regulation requiring increased use of nonpolluting trucks; and

 

   

macroeconomic factors.

As an example, the market price of oil has dropped since January 2020, and it is unknown to what extent any corresponding decreases in the cost of fuel may impact the market for xEVs. Moreover, travel restrictions and social distancing efforts in response to the COVID-19 pandemic may negatively impact the commercial fleet industry, for an unknown, but potentially lengthy, period of time. Additionally, XL may become subject to regulations that may require it to alter the design of its electrified powertrain solutions, which could negatively impact customer interest in XL’s products.

XL may in the future experience additional competition in current and potential future markets.

XL works closely with traditional vehicle manufacturers to provide electrification solutions for their standard gas-powered vehicles. As a result, XL has historically considered its relationship to such companies to be that of a market partner as opposed to a competitor. But as the vehicle electrification market continues to expand, traditional vehicle manufacturers may develop and market xEV solutions in larger vehicles or all electric versions of the same vehicles being deployed with XL’s systems. In particular, Tesla, Inc. (“Tesla”), Hyliion, Inc. (“Hyliion”) and Nikola Corporation (“Nikola”) have announced their plans to bring Class 8 long haul battery electric vehicles and fuel cell electric vehicles to the market over the coming years. Cummins Inc., Daimler AG, Dana Incorporated, Navistar International Corporation, PACCAR Inc., Volvo Group, XOS Trucks and other commercial vehicle manufacturers have also announced their plans to bring Class 8 battery electric vehicles or FCEVs to the market.

In the event that traditional vehicle manufacturers develop xEV solutions that compete with vehicles outfitted with XL’s electrification solutions, XL will experience increased industry competition. Competitors may be able to deploy greater resources to the design, development, manufacturing, distribution, promotion, sales, marketing and support of their electric vehicles. Additionally, such competitors may have greater name recognition, longer operating histories, larger sales forces, broader customer and industry relationships and other resources than XL does. XL may experience competition with respect to recruiting and retaining qualified research and development, sales, marketing and management personnel, as well as further competition in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, XL’s products. Additional mergers and acquisitions may result in even more resources being concentrated in XL’s competitors. There are no assurances that customers will choose XL’s electrified systems or vehicles over those of its competitors, and future competition could have a material adverse effect on XL’s business, financial condition and results of operation.

 

42


Table of Contents

XL, the OEMs and XL’s suppliers are subject to substantial regulation, and unfavorable changes to, or failure by XL, the OEMs or XL’s suppliers to comply with, these regulations could substantially harm XL’s business and operating results.

XL’s electrified powertrain solutions, and the sale of motor vehicles in general, are subject to substantial regulation under international, federal, state and local laws. OEMs and XL’s suppliers also are currently or may in the future become subject to such regulations. XL continues to evaluate requirements for licenses, approvals, certificates and governmental authorizations necessary to manufacture, sell or service its electrified powertrain solutions in the jurisdictions in which it plans to operate and intends to take such actions necessary to comply. XL may experience difficulties in obtaining or complying with various licenses, approvals, certifications and other governmental authorizations necessary to manufacture, sell or service their electrified powertrain solutions in any of these jurisdictions. If XL, OEMs or XL’s suppliers are unable to obtain or comply with any of the licenses, approvals, certifications or other governmental authorizations necessary to carry out its operations in the jurisdictions in which they currently operate, or those jurisdictions in which they plan to operate in the future, XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected. XL expects to incur significant costs in complying with these regulations. Regulations related to the vehicle industry are evolving and XL faces risks associated with changes to these regulations, including but not limited to:

 

   

increased subsidies for corn and ethanol production, which could reduce the operating cost of vehicles that use ethanol or a combination of ethanol and gasoline;

 

   

low oil prices; and

 

   

increased support from local, state and federal governments for other alternative fuel systems, such as but not limited to hydrogen, natural gas and bio-fuels, which could have an impact on the acceptance of XL’s electrified powertrain solutions.

To the extent the laws change, XL’s electrified powertrain solutions and its suppliers’ products may not comply with applicable international, federal, state or local laws, which would have an adverse effect on XL’s business. Compliance with changing regulations could be burdensome, time consuming and expensive. To the extent compliance with new regulations is cost prohibitive, XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results would be adversely affected.

XL is exposed to the credit risk of some of its direct customers, which subjects it to the risk of non-payment for its products.

XL distributes its electrified powertrain solutions through a network of upfitters, OEMs and OEM dealers, some of which may not be well-capitalized and may be of a lower credit quality. This direct customer network subjects XL to the risk of non-payment for its electrified powertrain solutions. In addition, during periods of economic downturn in the global economy, XL’s exposure to credit risks from its direct customers may increase, and XL’s efforts to monitor and mitigate the associated risks may not be effective. In the event of non-payment by one or more direct customers, XL’s business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

XL may need to raise additional funds, which may not be available to XL on favorable terms or at all. If XL cannot raise additional funds when it needs them, its business, prospects, financial condition and operating results could be negatively affected.

The design, production, sale and servicing of XL’s electrified powertrain solutions is capital-intensive. XL expects that following the closing of the Business Combination, no additional capital will be needed to achieve profitability. However, XL may subsequently determine that additional funds are necessary earlier than anticipated. This capital may be necessary to fund XL’s ongoing operations, continue research, development and design efforts and improve infrastructure. XL may raise additional funds through the issuance of equity, equity related or debt securities or through obtaining credit from government or financial institutions. XL cannot be

 

43


Table of Contents

certain that additional funds will be available to it on favorable terms when required, or at all. If XL cannot raise additional funds when it needs them, its business, prospects, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected.

If XL is unable to establish and maintain confidence in its long-term business prospects among customers and analysts and within its industry or is subject to negative publicity, then XL’s financial condition, operating results, business prospects and access to capital may suffer materially.

Customers may be less likely to purchase XL’s electric powertrain solutions if they are not convinced that XL’s business will succeed or that its service and support and other operations will continue in the long term. Similarly, suppliers and other third parties will be less likely to invest time and resources in developing business relationships with XL if they are not convinced that its business will succeed. Accordingly, in order to build and maintain its business, XL must maintain confidence among customers, suppliers, analysts, ratings agencies and other parties in its products, long-term financial viability and business prospects. Maintaining such confidence may be particularly complicated by certain factors including those that are largely outside of XL’s control, such as customer unfamiliarity with its electric powertrain solutions, any delays in scaling production, delivery and service operations to meet demand, competition and uncertainty regarding the future of hybrid electric vehicles or XL’s other services and its production and sales performance compared with market expectations.

If XL is unable to address the service requirements of its customers, XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.

With further market penetration and expansion into new markets, XL plans to increase its servicing network of its electrified powertrain solutions. Servicing xEVs is different than servicing traditional vehicles and requires specialized skills, including high voltage training and servicing techniques. XL partners with upfitters to perform some or all of the servicing on its electrified powertrain solutions, and will need to expand its service network. There can be no assurance that XL will be able to enter into an acceptable arrangement with any such third-party provider. XL’s customers will also depend on XL’s customer support team to resolve technical and operational issues relating to the integrated software underlying XL’s electrified powertrain solutions. XL’s ability to provide effective customer support is largely dependent on its ability to attract, train and retain qualified personnel with experience in supporting customers on platforms such as XL’s. As XL continues to grow, additional pressure may be placed on XL’s customer support team, and XL may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in customer demand for technical support. XL also may be unable to modify the future scope and delivery of its technical support to compete with changes in the technical support provided by its competitors. Increased customer demand for support, without corresponding revenue, could increase costs and negatively affect XL’s operating results. If XL is unable to successfully address the service requirements of its customers or establish a market perception that XL does not maintain high-quality support, XL may be subject to claims from its customers, including loss of revenue or damages, and XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.

XL is highly dependent on the services of Dimitri N. Kazarinoff, its Chief Executive Officer, and Thomas (Tod) J. Hynes III, its Founder and Chief Strategy Officer, and if XL is unable to retain Mr. Kazarinoff or Mr. Hynes, attract and retain key employees and hire qualified management, technical and vehicle engineering personnel, its ability to compete could be harmed.

XL’s success depends, in part, on its ability to retain its key personnel. XL is highly dependent on the services of Dimitri N. Kazarinoff, its Chief Executive Officer, and Tod Hynes, its Founder and Chief Strategy Officer. Mr. Kazarinoff and Mr. Hynes are the source of many, if not most, of the ideas and execution driving XL. If Mr. Kazarinoff or Mr. Hynes were to discontinue their service to XL due to death, disability or any other reason, XL would be significantly disadvantaged. The unexpected loss of or failure to retain one or more of XL’s key employees could adversely affect XL’s business.

 

44


Table of Contents

XL’s success also depends, in part, on its continuing ability to identify, hire, attract, train and develop other highly qualified personnel. Experienced and highly skilled employees are in high demand and competition for these employees can be intense, and XL’s ability to hire, attract and retain them depends on its ability to provide competitive compensation. XL may not be able to attract, assimilate, develop or retain qualified personnel in the future, and its failure to do so could adversely affect XL’s business, including the execution of its global business strategy. XL does not maintain, and XL does not expect to maintain in the future, key man life insurance policies with respect to Dimitri N. Kazarinoff or Tod Hynes. Any failure by XL’s management team and XL’s employees to perform as expected may have a material adverse effect on XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

XL faces significant barriers to enter new markets, and if XL cannot successfully overcome those barriers its business will be negatively impacted.

The commercial trucking industry has traditionally been characterized by significant barriers to entry, including the ability to meet performance requirements or industry specifications, acceptance by OEMs and XL’s end users, investment costs of design and production, the need for specialized design and development expertise, regulatory requirements, establishing a brand name and image and the need to establish sales capabilities. If XL is not able to overcome these barriers, its business, prospects, financial condition and operating results will be negatively impacted and XL’s ability to grow its business will be harmed.

Future product recalls could materially adversely affect XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

Any product recall in the future, whether it involves XL’s or a competitor’s product, may result in negative publicity, damage XL’s brand and materially adversely affect XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results. For example, in 2019 XL experienced two recalls that were subsequently remediated. In the future, XL may voluntarily or involuntarily initiate a recall if any of its products (including the batteries XL designs, develops and manufactures) prove to be defective or noncompliant with applicable federal motor vehicle safety standards. Such recalls involve significant expense and diversion of management attention and other resources, which could adversely affect XL’s brand image, as well as XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

Increases in costs, disruption of supply or shortage of XL’s components, particularly battery cells, could harm its business.

In the production of its electrified powertrain solutions, XL may experience increases in the cost or a sustained interruption in the supply or shortage of its components. Any such increase or supply interruption could materially negatively impact XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results. The prices for XL’s components fluctuate depending on market conditions and global demand and could adversely affect its business, prospects, financial condition and operating results. For instance, XL is exposed to multiple risks relating to price fluctuations for battery cells. These risks include:

 

   

the inability or unwillingness of current battery manufacturers to build or operate battery cell production facilities to supply the numbers of battery cells required to support the growth of the electric vehicle industry as demand for such cells increases;

 

   

disruption in the supply of cells due to quality issues or recalls by the battery cell manufacturers; and

 

   

an increase in the cost of raw materials.

Any disruption in the supply of battery cells could temporarily disrupt production of XL’s electrified powertrain solutions until a different supplier is fully qualified. Moreover, battery cell manufacturers may refuse to supply electric vehicle manufacturers if they determine that the vehicles are not sufficiently safe. Furthermore,

 

45


Table of Contents

fluctuations or shortages in petroleum and other economic conditions may cause XL to experience significant increases in freight charges. Substantial increases in the prices for raw materials may increase the cost of XL’s components and consequently, the costs of products. There can be no assurance that XL will be able to recoup increasing costs of its components by increasing prices, which could reduce its margins.

Vehicles equipped with XL’s electrified powertrain solutions will make use of lithium-ion battery cells, which have been observed to catch fire or vent smoke and flame.

The battery packs within XL’s electrified powertrain solutions will make use of lithium-ion cells. On rare occasions, lithium-ion cells can rapidly release the energy they contain by venting smoke and flames in a manner that can ignite nearby materials as well as other lithium-ion cells. While the battery pack is designed to contain any single cell’s release of energy without spreading to neighboring cells, a field or testing failure of XL’s vehicles or other battery packs that it produces could occur, which could subject XL to lawsuits, product recalls, or redesign efforts, all of which would be time consuming and expensive. Also, negative public perceptions regarding the suitability of lithium-ion cells for automotive applications or any future incident involving lithium-ion cells, such as a vehicle or other fire, even if such incident does not involve XL’s vehicles, could seriously harm its business and reputation.

In addition, XL stores battery packs in its facility prior to sending such battery packs to upfitters for installation on vehicles. Any mishandling of battery cells may cause disruption to the operation of XL’s facility. While XL has implemented safety procedures related to the handling of the cells, a safety issue or fire related to the cells could disrupt its operations. Such damage or injury could lead to adverse publicity and potentially a safety recall. Moreover, any failure of a competitor’s electric vehicle or energy storage product may cause indirect adverse publicity for XL and its products. Such adverse publicity could negatively affect XL’s brand and harm its business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

XL has been, and may in the future be, adversely affected by the global COVID-19 pandemic, the duration and economic, governmental and social impact of which is difficult to predict, which may significantly harm XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

There has been a widespread worldwide impact from the COVID-19 pandemic, and XL has been, and may in the future be, adversely affected as a result. Numerous government regulations and public advisories, as well as shifting social behaviors, have temporarily limited or closed non-essential transportation, government functions, business activities and person-to-person interactions, and the duration of such trends is difficult to predict. Reduced operations and production line shutdowns at vehicle OEMs due to COVID-19, limitations on travel by XL’s personnel and personnel of XL’s customers, and future delays or shutdowns of vehicle OEMs or XL’s suppliers could impact XL’s ability to meet customer orders. XL also instituted certain temporary cost reduction measures such as reducing or deferring discretionary spending.

XL’s operations and timelines may also be affected by global economic markets and levels of consumer comfort and spend, which could impact demand in the worldwide transportation industries. Because the impact of current conditions on an ongoing basis is yet largely unknown, is rapidly evolving and has been varied across geographic regions, this ongoing assessment will be particularly critical to allow XL to accurately project demand and infrastructure requirements globally and deploy its workforce and other resources accordingly. If current global market conditions continue or worsen, or if XL cannot or does not resume reduced operations at a rate commensurate with such conditions or resumes full operational capacity and is later required to or chooses to reduce such operations again, XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results could be materially harmed.

XL’s insurance strategy may not be adequate to protect XL from all business risks.

In the ordinary course of business, XL may be subject to losses resulting from products liability, accidents, acts of God and other claims against it, for which XL may have no insurance coverage. While XL currently carries

 

46


Table of Contents

commercial general liability, commercial automobile liability, excess liability and workers’ compensation policies, XL may not maintain sufficient insurance coverage, and in some cases, XL may not maintain any at all. Additionally, the policies that XL does have may include significant deductibles, and XL cannot be certain that its insurance coverage will be sufficient to cover all future claims against XL. A loss that is uninsured or exceeds policy limits may require XL to pay substantial amounts, which could materially adversely affect its financial condition and operating results.

XL is or may be subject to risks associated with strategic alliances or acquisitions and may not be able to identify adequate strategic relationship opportunities, or form strategic relationships, in the future.

XL has entered into strategic alliances, and may in the future enter into additional strategic alliances or joint ventures or minority equity investments, in each case with various third parties for the production of its electrified powertrain solutions as well as with other collaborators with capabilities on data and analytics, engineering and installation channels. These alliances subject XL to a number of risks, including risks associated with sharing proprietary information, non-performance by the third party and increased expenses in establishing new strategic alliances, any of which may materially and adversely affect XL’s business. XL may have limited ability to monitor or control the actions of these third parties and, to the extent any of these strategic third parties suffers negative publicity or harm to their reputation from events relating to their business, XL may also suffer negative publicity or harm to its reputation by virtue of its association with any such third party.

Strategic business relationships will be an important factor in the growth and success of XL’s business. However, there are no assurances that XL will be able to continue to identify or secure suitable business relationship opportunities in the future or XL’s competitors may capitalize on such opportunities before XL does. Moreover, identifying such opportunities could require substantial management time and resources, and negotiating and financing relationships involves significant costs and uncertainties. If XL is unable to successfully source and execute on strategic relationship opportunities in the future, its overall growth could be impaired, and its business, prospects, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected.

When appropriate opportunities arise, XL may acquire additional assets, products, technologies or businesses that are complementary to its existing business. In addition to possible stockholder approval, XL may need approvals and licenses from relevant government authorities for the acquisitions and to comply with any applicable laws and regulations, which could result in increased delay and costs, and may disrupt XL’s business strategy if it fails to do so. Furthermore, acquisitions and the subsequent integration of new assets and businesses into XL’s own require significant attention from XL’s management and could result in a diversion of resources from XL’s existing business, which in turn could have an adverse effect on XL’s operations. Acquired assets or businesses may not generate the financial results XL expects. Acquisitions could result in the use of substantial amounts of cash, potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities, the occurrence of significant goodwill impairment charges, amortization expenses for other intangible assets and exposure to potential unknown liabilities of the acquired business. Moreover, the costs of identifying and consummating acquisitions may be significant.

Work stoppages or similar difficulties could significantly disrupt XL’s operations.

A work stoppage, including due to the COVID-19 pandemic, at one or more of XL’s or its outsourcing partners’, suppliers and vehicle OEMs could have a material adverse effect on XL’s business. In addition, if a significant customer were to experience a work stoppage, that customer could halt or limit purchases of XL’s products. Also, a significant disruption in the supply of a key component due to a work stoppage at one of XL’s suppliers could have a material adverse effect on XL’s business.

 

47


Table of Contents

XL is subject to cybersecurity risks to operational systems, security systems, infrastructure, integrated software in its electrified powertrain solutions and customer data processed by XL or third-party vendors or suppliers and any material failure, weakness, interruption, cyber event, incident or breach of security could prevent XL from effectively operating its business.

XL is at risk for interruptions, outages and breaches of: (a) operational systems, including business, financial, accounting, product development, data processing or production processes, owned by XL or its third-party vendors or suppliers; (b) facility security systems, owned by XL or its third-party vendors or suppliers; (c) transmission control modules or other in-product technology, owned by XL or its third-party vendors or suppliers; (d) the integrated software in XL’s electrified powertrain solutions; or (e) customer or driver data that XL processes or its third-party vendors or suppliers process on its behalf. Such cyber incidents could: materially disrupt operational systems; result in loss of trade secrets or other proprietary or competitively sensitive information; compromise certain information of customers, employees, suppliers, drivers or others; jeopardize the security of XL’s facilities; or affect the performance of transmission control modules or other in-product technology and the integrated software in XL’s electrified powertrain solutions. A cyber incident could be caused by disasters, insiders (through inadvertence or with malicious intent) or malicious third parties (including nation-states or nation-state supported actors) using sophisticated, targeted methods to circumvent firewalls, encryption and other security defenses, including hacking, fraud, trickery or other forms of deception. The techniques used by cyber attackers change frequently and may be difficult to detect for long periods of time. Although XL maintains information technology measures designed to protect itself against intellectual property theft, data breaches and other cyber incidents, such measures will require updates and improvements, and XL cannot guarantee that such measures will be adequate to detect, prevent or mitigate cyber incidents. The implementation, maintenance, segregation and improvement of these systems requires significant management time, support and cost. Moreover, there are inherent risks associated with developing, improving, expanding and updating current systems, including the disruption of XL’s data management, procurement, production execution, finance, supply chain and sales and service processes. These risks may affect XL’s ability to manage its data and inventory, procure parts or supplies or produce, sell, deliver and service its electric powertrain solutions, adequately protect its intellectual property or achieve and maintain compliance with, or realize available benefits under, applicable laws, regulations and contracts. XL cannot be sure that these systems upon which it relies, including those of its third-party vendors or suppliers, will be effectively implemented, maintained or expanded as planned. If XL does not successfully implement, maintain or expand these systems as planned, its operations may be disrupted, its ability to accurately and timely report its financial results could be impaired, and deficiencies may arise in its internal control over financial reporting, which may impact XL’s ability to certify its financial results. Moreover, XL’s proprietary information or intellectual property could be compromised or misappropriated and its reputation may be adversely affected. If these systems do not operate as XL expects them to, XL may be required to expend significant resources to make corrections or find alternative sources for performing these functions.

A significant cyber incident could impact production capability, harm XL’s reputation, cause XL to breach its contracts with other parties or subject XL to regulatory actions or litigation, any of which could materially affect XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results. In addition, XL’s insurance coverage for cyberattacks may not be sufficient to cover all the losses it may experience as a result of a cyber incident.

XL also collects, stores, transmits and otherwise processes customer, driver and employee and others’ data as part of its business and operations, which may include personal data or confidential or proprietary information. XL also works with partners and third-party service providers or vendors that collect, store and process such data on its behalf and in connection with its products and services. There can be no assurance that any security measures that XL or its third-party service providers or vendors have implemented will be effective against current or future security threats. While XL has developed systems and processes designed to protect the availability, integrity, confidentiality and security of its and its customers’, drivers’, employees’ and others’ data, XL’s security measures or those of its third-party service providers or vendors could fail and result in unauthorized access to or disclosure, acquisition, encryption, modification, misuse, loss, destruction or other compromise of such data. If a compromise of such data were to occur, XL may become liable under its contracts

 

48


Table of Contents

with other parties and under applicable law for damages and incur penalties and other costs to respond to, investigate and remedy such an incident. Laws in all 50 states require XL to provide notice to customers, regulators, credit reporting agencies and others when certain sensitive information has been compromised as a result of a security breach. Such laws are inconsistent and compliance in the event of a widespread data breach could be costly. Depending on the facts and circumstances of such an incident, these damages, penalties, fines and costs could be significant. Such an event could harm XL’s reputation and result in litigation against XL. Any of these results could materially adversely affect XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

Any unauthorized control or manipulation of the information technology systems in XL’s electrified powertrain solutions could result in loss of confidence in XL and its electrified powertrain solutions and harm XL’s business.

XL’s electrified powertrain solutions contain complex information technology systems and built-in data connectivity to accept and install periodic remote updates to improve or update functionality. XL has designed, implemented and tested security measures intended to prevent unauthorized access to its information technology networks, its electrified powertrain solutions and related systems. However, hackers may attempt to gain unauthorized access to modify, alter and use such networks and systems to gain control of or to change XL’s electrified powertrain solutions’ functionality, user interface and performance characteristics, or to gain access to data stored in or generated by the vehicles. Future vulnerabilities could be identified and XL’s efforts to remediate such vulnerabilities may not be successful. Any unauthorized access to or control of XL’s electrified powertrain solutions, or any loss of customer data, could result in legal claims or proceedings and remediation of such problems could result in significant, unplanned capital expenditures. In addition, regardless of their veracity, reports of unauthorized access to XL’s electrified powertrain solutions or data, as well as other factors that may result in the perception that XL’s electrified powertrain solutions or data are capable of being “hacked,” could negatively affect XL’s brand and harm its business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

XL is subject to evolving laws, regulations, standards and contractual obligations related to data privacy and security, and its actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm XL’s reputation, subject it to significant fines and liability or adversely affect its business.

XL intends to use its in-vehicle services and functionality to log information about each vehicle’s use in order to aid XL in vehicle diagnostics and servicing. XL’s customers or their drivers may object to the use of this data, which may increase XL’s vehicle maintenance costs and harm its business prospects. Collection of XL’s customers’, employees’ and others’ information in conducting its business may subject XL to various legislative and regulatory burdens related to data privacy and security that could require notification of data breaches, restrict XL’s use of such information and hinder its ability to acquire new customers or market to existing customers. The regulatory framework for data privacy and security is rapidly evolving, and XL may not be able to monitor and react to all developments in a timely manner. For example, California requires connected devices to maintain minimum information security requirements. As legislation continues to develop, XL will likely be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify or enhance its protective measures and internal processes to comply with such legislation. In addition, non-compliance with these laws or a significant breach of XL’s third-party service providers’ or vendors’ or its own network security and systems could have serious negative consequences for XL’s business and future prospects, including possible fines, penalties and damages, reduced customer demand for its vehicles and harm to its reputation and brand.

XL is subject to various environmental laws and regulations that could impose substantial costs upon XL and cause delays in building its production facilities.

XL’s operations are and will be subject to international, federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, including laws relating to the use, handling, storage, disposal of and human exposure to hazardous materials. Environmental and health and safety laws and regulations can be complex, and XL has limited

 

49


Table of Contents

experience complying with them. Moreover, XL expects that it will be affected by future amendments to such laws or other new environmental and health and safety laws and regulations which may require XL to change its operations, potentially resulting in a material adverse effect on its business, prospects, financial condition and operating results. These laws can give rise to liability for administrative oversight costs, cleanup costs, property damage, bodily injury, fines and penalties. Capital and operating expenses needed to comply with environmental laws and regulations can be significant, and violations may result in substantial fines and penalties, third-party damages, suspension of production or a cessation of XL’s operations.

Contamination at properties XL will own or operate, properties XL formerly owned or operated or to which hazardous substances were sent by XL, may result in liability for XL under environmental laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, which can impose liability for the full amount of remediation-related costs without regard to fault, for the investigation and cleanup of contaminated soil and ground water, for building contamination and impacts to human health and for damages to natural resources. The costs of complying with environmental laws and regulations and any claims concerning noncompliance, or liability with respect to contamination in the future, could have a material adverse effect on XL’s financial condition or operating results. XL may face unexpected delays in obtaining required permits and approvals that could require significant time and financial resources and delay its ability to operate these facilities, which would adversely impact XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

XL’s electrified powertrain solutions could face competition from original equipment manufacturers and other providers of electrification solutions that enter the commercial vehicle electrification market.

The vehicle electrification market has expanded significantly since XL was founded in 2009. While the commercial vehicle electrification market in which XL operates features limited direct competition which includes electrification solution providers such as Hyliion, Workhorse Group Inc. (“Workhorse”), Nikola and Lordstown Motors Corp. (“Lordstown”). OEMs that have traditionally focused on the consumer market may expand into the commercial markets. If these companies or other OEMs or providers of electrification solutions expand into the commercial markets, XL will face increased direct competition, which could have a material adverse effect on XL’s product prices, market share, revenue and profitability.

The performance characteristics of XL’s electrified powertrain solutions, including fuel economy and emissions levels, may vary, including due to factors outside of its control.

The performance characteristics of XL’s electrified powertrain solutions may vary due to factors outside of its control. External factors that may impact the performance characteristics include fuel economy and emissions levels. For instance, the estimated fuel savings and fuel economy of vehicles installed with XL’s electrified powertrain solutions may vary depending on factors including, but not limited to, driver behavior, speed, terrain, hardware efficiency, payload, vehicle and weather conditions. In addition, GHG emissions of vehicles installed with XL’s electrified powertrain solutions may also vary due to external factors, including the type of fuel, driver behavior, the efficiency and certification of the engine and where the engine is being operated. Additionally, the total emissions generated is subject to how the electricity used to charge XL’s plug in products is generated, which is also outside of XL’s control. These external factors, as well as any operation of XL’s electrified powertrain solutions other than as intended, may result in emissions levels that are greater than XL expects. Due to these factors, there can be no guarantee that the operators of vehicles using XL’s electrified powertrain solutions will realize the expected fuel savings and fuel economy and GHG emission reductions.

XL’s suppliers may rely on complex machinery for XL’s component production, which involves a significant degree of risk and uncertainty in terms of operational performance and costs.

XL’s suppliers may rely on complex machinery for the production and assembly of components used in XL’s electrified powertrain solutions, which will involve a significant degree of uncertainty and risk in terms of

 

50


Table of Contents

operational performance and costs. Some of XL’s suppliers’ production facilities consist of large-scale machinery combining many components. These components may suffer unexpected malfunctions from time to time and will depend on repairs and spare parts to resume operations, which may not be available when needed. Unexpected malfunctions of these components may significantly affect the intended operational efficiency. Operational performance and costs can be difficult to predict and are often influenced by factors outside of XL’s control, such as, but not limited to, scarcity of natural resources, environmental hazards and remediation, costs associated with decommissioning of machines, labor disputes and strikes, difficulty or delays in obtaining governmental permits, damages or defects in electronic systems, industrial accidents, fire, seismic activity and natural disasters. Should operational risks materialize, they may result in the personal injury to or death of workers, the loss of production equipment, damage to production facilities, monetary losses, delays and unanticipated fluctuations in production, environmental damage, administrative fines, increased insurance costs and potential legal liabilities, all which could have a material adverse effect on XL’s business, prospects, financial condition or operating results.

XL has identified material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting which, if not corrected, could affect the reliability of XL’s consolidated financial statements and have other adverse consequences.

As a private company, XL has not been required to document and test its internal controls over financial reporting nor has management been required to certify the effectiveness of its internal controls and its auditors have not been required to opine on the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting. Similarly, XL has not been subject to the SEC’s internal control reporting requirements. Following the Business Combination, XL will become subject to these requirements.

In the course of preparing the financial statements that are included in this proxy statement/prospectus, XL has identified a number of adjustments to its financial statements that resulted in a restatement of previously issued financial statements. In addition, XL has identified material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting, which relate to insufficient technical accounting resources and lack of segregation of duties. A material weakness is a deficiency or combination of deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of its financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. These deficiencies could result in misstatements to XL’s financial statements that would be material and would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

XL’s management has concluded that these material weaknesses in XL’s internal control over financial reporting are due to the fact that, prior to this proxy statement/prospectus, XL was a private company with limited resources. XL did not have the necessary business processes and related internal controls, or the appropriate resources or level of experience and technical expertise, that would be required to oversee financial reporting processes or to address the accounting and financial reporting requirements. XL’s management is in the process of developing a remediation plan. The material weaknesses will not be considered remediated until management designs and implements effective controls that operate for a sufficient period of time and management has concluded, through testing, that these controls are effective. XL’s management will monitor the effectiveness of XL’s remediation plans and will make changes management determines to be appropriate.

If not remediated, these material weaknesses could result in further material misstatements to XL’s annual or interim financial statements that would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis, or in delayed filing of required periodic reports. If XL is unable to assert that its internal control over financial reporting is effective, or when required in the future, if XL’s independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an unqualified opinion as to the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of XL’s financial reports, the market price of XL Common Stock could be adversely affected and XL could become subject to litigation or investigations by the NYSE, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

 

51


Table of Contents

Insufficient warranty reserves to cover future warranty claims could materially adversely affect XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

As XL’s business expands the sale of its electrified powertrain solutions, it will need to increase warranty reserves to cover warranty-related claims. If XL’s warranty reserves are inadequate to cover future warranty claims on its vehicles, XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected. XL may become subject to significant and unexpected warranty expenses as well as claims from its customers, including loss of revenue or damages. There can be no assurances that then-existing warranty reserves will be sufficient to cover all claims.

Inability to leverage vehicle and customer data could impact XL’s software algorithms and impact research and development operations.

XL relies on data collected from the use of fleet vehicles outfitted with its products, including vehicle data and data related to battery usage statistics. XL uses this data in connection with its software algorithms and the research, development and analysis of its products. XL’s inability to obtain this data or the necessary rights to use this data could result in delays or otherwise negatively impact XL’s research and development efforts.

Interruption or failure of XL’s information technology and communications systems could impact XL’s ability to effectively provide its services.

XL plans to include in-vehicle services and functionality that utilize data connectivity to monitor performance and timely capture opportunities to enhance over-the-road performance for cost-saving preventative maintenance. The availability and effectiveness of XL’s services depend on the continued operation of information technology and communications systems. XL’s systems will be vulnerable to damage or interruption from, among others, physical theft, fire, terrorist attacks, natural disasters, power loss, war, telecommunications failures, viruses, denial or degradation of service attacks, ransomware, social engineering schemes, insider theft or misuse or other attempts to harm XL’s systems. XL utilizes reputable third-party service providers or vendors for all of its data other than its source code, and these providers could also be vulnerable to harms similar to those that could damage XL’s systems, including sabotage and intentional acts of vandalism causing potential disruptions. Some of XL’s systems will not be fully redundant, and XL’s disaster recovery planning cannot account for all eventualities. Any problems with XL’s third-party cloud hosting providers could result in lengthy interruptions in XL’s data services. In addition, XL’s in-vehicle services and functionality are highly technical and complex technology which may contain errors or vulnerabilities that could result in interruptions in XL’s business or the failure of its systems.

XL’s electrified powertrain solutions rely on software and hardware that is highly technical, and if these systems contain errors, bugs or vulnerabilities, or if XL is unsuccessful in addressing or mitigating technical limitations in its systems, XL’s business could be adversely affected.

XL’s electrified powertrain solutions rely on software and hardware, including software and hardware developed or maintained internally or by third parties, that is highly technical and complex and will require modification and updates over the life of the vehicle. In addition, XL’s electrified powertrain solutions depend on the ability of such software and hardware to store, retrieve, process and manage immense amounts of data. XL’s software and hardware may contain errors, bugs, vulnerabilities, design defects or technical limitations, and its systems are subject to certain technical limitations that may compromise XL’s ability to meet its objectives. Some errors, bugs or vulnerabilities within XL’s software or hardware may be difficult to detect and may only be discovered after the code has been released for external or internal use. Although XL attempts to remedy any issues it observes in its products as effectively and rapidly as possible, such efforts may not be timely, may hamper production or may not resolve issues to the satisfaction of XL’s customers. Additionally, even if XL is able to deploy updates to the software addressing any issues, its over-the-air update procedures may fail to properly update the software. In such an instance, affected vehicles would need to be brought to an upfitter or to one of

 

52


Table of Contents

XL’s service team members for updates to be installed, and the software would remain subject to vulnerabilities until such time as the updates are installed. If XL is unable to prevent or effectively remedy errors, bugs, vulnerabilities or defects in its software and hardware, XL may suffer damage to its reputation, loss of customers, loss of revenue or liability for damages, any of which could adversely affect XL’s business and financial results.

If XL’s electrified powertrain solutions fail to perform as expected, XL’s ability to develop, market and sell its electrified powertrain solutions could be harmed.

XL’s electrified powertrain solutions may contain defects in design and production that may cause them not to perform as expected or may require repair. There can be no assurance that XL will be able to detect and fix any defects in its electrified powertrain solutions. XL may experience recalls in the future, which could adversely affect XL’s brand and could adversely affect its business, prospects, financial condition and operating results. XL’s electrified powertrain solutions may not perform consistent with customers’ expectations or consistent with other vehicles which may become available. Any product defects or any other failure of XL’s electrified powertrain solutions and software to perform as expected could harm XL’s reputation and result in adverse publicity, lost revenue, delivery delays, product recalls, negative publicity, product liability claims and significant warranty and other expenses and could have a material adverse impact on XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results. Additionally, problems and defects experienced by other electrified powertrain fleet solutions could by association have a negative impact on perception and customer demand for XL’s electrified powertrain solutions.

Developments in alternative technology or improvements in the internal combustion engine may adversely affect the demand for XL’s electrified powertrain solutions.

Significant developments in alternative technologies, such as battery cell technology, advanced diesel, ethanol or natural gas, or improvements in the fuel economy of the internal combustion engine, may materially and adversely affect XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results in ways XL does not currently anticipate. Existing and other battery cell technologies, fuels or sources of energy may emerge as customers’ preferred alternative to XL’s electrified powertrain solutions. Any failure by XL to develop new or enhanced technologies or processes, or to react to changes in existing technologies, could materially delay XL’s development and introduction of new electrified powertrain solutions, which could result in the loss of competitiveness, decreased revenue and a loss of market share to competitors. XL’s research and development efforts may not be sufficient to adapt to changes in alternate technology. As technologies change, XL plans to upgrade or adapt its electrified powertrain solutions with the latest technology, in particular battery cell technology. However, XL’s electrified powertrain solutions may not compete effectively with alternative systems if XL is not able to source and integrate the latest technology into its electrified powertrain solutions.

XL’s beliefs regarding the ability of its electrified powertrain solutions to limit carbon intensity and reduce GHG emissions and contribute to global decarbonization may be based on materially inaccurate assumptions.

XL believes that its electrified powertrain solutions, to the extent adopted, may have the ability to limit carbon intensity and reduce GHG emissions from fleet operations; however, these beliefs are based on certain assumptions, including, but not limited to, XL’s projections of the fuel types used, driver behavior and XL’s electrified powertrain solutions’ efficiencies and performance. To the extent XL’s assumptions are materially incorrect or incomplete, it could adversely impact XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results. In addition, if XL’s assumptions regarding the ability of its solutions to limit carbon intensity and reduce GHG emissions from trucking operations are materially incorrect or incomplete, or if XL’s beliefs regarding the availability of its products are materially incorrect or incomplete, it is possible that XL’s competitors’ technology may be better at limiting carbon intensity and reducing GHG emissions in certain circumstances and in certain markets.

 

53


Table of Contents

XL will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and its management will devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

If XL completes the Business Combination and becomes a public company, it will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that it did not incur as a private company, and these expenses may increase even more after XL is no longer an emerging growth company, as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act. As a public company, XL will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules adopted, and to be adopted, by the SEC and the NYSE. XL’s management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, XL expects these rules and regulations to substantially increase its legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. The increased costs will increase XL’s net loss. For example, XL expects these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for it to obtain director and officer liability insurance and it may be forced to accept reduced policy limits or incur substantially higher costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. XL cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs it may incur to respond to these requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for XL to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on its board of directors, its board advisors or as executive officers.

XL’s management has limited experience in operating a public company.

XL’s executive officers have limited experience in the management of a publicly traded company. XL’s management team may not successfully or effectively manage its transition to a public company that will be subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under federal securities laws. Their limited experience in dealing with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies could be a significant disadvantage in that it is likely that an increasing amount of their time may be devoted to these activities, which will result in less time being devoted to the management and growth of the post-combination company. XL may not have adequate personnel with the appropriate level of knowledge, experience and training in the accounting policies, practices or internal control over financial reporting required of public companies in the U.S. XL is in the process of upgrading its finance and accounting systems to an enterprise system suitable for a public company, and a delay could impact its ability or prevent it from timely reporting its operating results, timely filing required reports with the SEC and complying with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The development and implementation of the standards and controls necessary for XL to achieve the level of accounting standards required of a public company in the U.S. may require costs greater than expected. It is possible that XL will be required to expand its employee base and hire additional employees to support its operations as a public company, which will increase its operating costs in future periods.

XL’s employees and independent contractors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements, which could have an adverse effect on XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

XL is exposed to the risk that its employees and independent contractors may engage in misconduct or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless or negligent conduct or other activities that violate laws and regulations, including production standards, U.S. federal and state fraud, abuse, data privacy and security laws, other similar non-U.S. laws or laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by employees and other third parties, and the precautions XL takes to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting XL from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. In addition, XL is subject to the risk that a person or government could allege such fraud or other misconduct, even if none occurred. If any such actions are instituted against XL, and XL is not successful in defending itself or asserting its rights, those actions could have a significant impact on XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results, including, without limitation, the imposition of significant civil,

 

54


Table of Contents

criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, disgorgement, integrity oversight and reporting obligations to resolve allegations of non-compliance, imprisonment, other sanctions, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings and curtailment of XL’s operations, any of which could adversely affect XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

Changes in U.S. trade policy, including the imposition of tariffs and the resulting consequences, could adversely affect XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

The U.S. government has adopted a new approach to trade policy and in some cases has attempted to renegotiate or terminate certain existing bilateral or multi-lateral trade agreements. It has also imposed tariffs on certain foreign goods, including steel and certain commercial vehicle parts, which have begun to result in increased costs for goods imported into the U.S. In response to these tariffs, a number of U.S. trading partners have imposed retaliatory tariffs on a wide range of U.S. products, which makes it more costly for XL to export its products to those countries. If XL is unable to pass price increases on to its customer base or otherwise mitigate the costs, or if demand for its exported products decreases due to the higher cost, its operating results could be materially adversely affected. In addition, further tariffs have been proposed by the U.S. and its trading partners and additional trade restrictions could be implemented on a broader range of products or raw materials. The resulting environment of retaliatory trade or other practices could have a material adverse effect on XL’s business, prospects, financial condition, operating results, customers, suppliers and the global economy.

XL intends in the future to expand internationally and will face risks associated with its international operations, including unfavorable regulatory, political, tax and labor conditions, which could harm its business.

XL will face risks associated with its future international operations, including possible unfavorable regulatory, political, tax and labor conditions, which could harm its business. XL anticipates having international operations which would subject XL to the legal, political, regulatory and social requirements and economic conditions in any future jurisdictions. Additionally, as part of its growth strategy, XL intends to expand its sales and servicing programs internationally. However, XL has no experience to date selling and servicing its electrified powertrain solutions internationally except for in Canada, and such expansion would require XL to make significant expenditures, including the hiring of local employees and establishing facilities, in advance of generating any revenue. XL is subject to a number of risks associated with international business activities that may increase its costs, impact its ability to sell its electrified powertrain solutions and require significant management attention. These risks include:

 

   

conforming XL’s electrified powertrain solutions to various international regulatory requirements where its electrified powertrain solutions are sold, or homologation;

 

   

difficulties in obtaining or complying with various licenses, approvals, certifications and other governmental authorizations necessary to manufacture, sell or service its electrified powertrain solutions in any of these jurisdictions;

 

   

difficulty in staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

   

difficulties attracting customers in new jurisdictions;

 

   

foreign government taxes, regulations and permit requirements, including foreign taxes that XL may not be able to offset against taxes imposed upon XL in the U.S., and foreign tax and other laws limiting XL’s ability to repatriate funds to the U.S.;

 

   

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, including risks related to any interest rate swap or other hedging activities XL undertakes;

 

   

U.S. and foreign government trade restrictions, tariffs and price or exchange controls;

 

   

foreign labor laws, regulations and restrictions;

 

55


Table of Contents
   

changes in diplomatic and trade relationships;

 

   

political instability, natural disasters, global health concerns, including health pandemics such as the COVID-19 pandemic, war or events of terrorism; and

 

   

the strength of international economies.

If XL fails to successfully address these risks, XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results could be materially harmed.

XL is subject to U.S. and foreign anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws and regulations. XL can face criminal liability and other serious consequences for violations, which could harm its business.

XL is subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act and possibly other anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in countries in which XL conducts or will conduct activities. Anti-corruption laws are interpreted broadly and prohibit companies and their employees, agents, contractors and other collaborators from authorizing, promising, offering or providing, directly or indirectly, improper payments or anything else of value to recipients in the public or private sector. XL can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of its employees, agents, contractors and other collaborators, even if XL does not explicitly authorize or have actual knowledge of such activities. Any violations of the laws and regulations described above may result in substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties, imprisonment, the loss of export or import privileges, debarment, tax reassessments, breach of contract and fraud litigation, reputational harm and other consequences.

XL is subject to governmental export and import control laws and regulations. XL’s failure to comply with these laws and regulations could have an adverse effect on its business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

XL’s products and solutions are subject to export control and import laws and regulations, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, U.S. Customs regulations and various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls. U.S. export control laws and regulations and economic sanctions prohibit the shipment of certain products and services to U.S. embargoed or sanctioned countries, governments and persons. In addition, complying with export control and sanctions regulations for a particular sale may be time-consuming and result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. Exports of XL’s products and technology must be made in compliance with these laws and regulations. If XL fails to comply with these laws and regulations, XL and certain of its employees could be subject to substantial civil or criminal penalties, including the possible loss of export or import privileges, fines, which may be imposed on XL and responsible employees or managers and, in extreme cases, the incarceration of responsible employees or managers.

In addition, changes in XL’s products or solutions or changes in applicable export or import laws and regulations may create delays in the introduction and sale of XL’s products and solutions in international markets, increase costs due to changes in import and export duties and taxes, prevent XL’s customers from deploying XL’s products and solutions or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of XL’s products and solutions to certain countries, governments or persons altogether. Any change in export or import laws and regulations, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing laws and regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such laws and regulations, could also result in decreased use of XL’s products and solutions or in XL’s decreased ability to export or sell its products and solutions to customers. Any decreased use of XL’s products and solutions or limitation on its ability to export or sell its products and solutions would likely adversely affect XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

Regulatory requirements may have a negative effect upon XL’s business.

All vehicles sold must comply with international, federal, and state motor vehicle safety standards. In the United States, vehicles that meet or exceed all federally mandated safety standards are certified under the federal

 

56


Table of Contents

regulations. Rigorous testing and the use of approved materials and equipment are among the requirements for achieving federal certification. XL’s products may be subject to substantial regulation under federal, state, and local laws and standards. These regulations include those promulgated by the U.S. EPA, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration and various state boards, and compliance certification is required for each new model year. These laws and standards are subject to change from time to time and XL could become subject to these regulations in the future. In addition, federal, state, and local laws and industrial standards for electric vehicles are still developing. Compliance with these regulations could be challenging, burdensome, time consuming, and expensive. If compliance results in delays or substantial expenses, XL’s business could be materially adversely affected. 

XL may need to defend itself against patent, copyright or trademark infringement claims or trade secret misappropriation claims, which may be time-consuming and cause XL to incur substantial costs.

Companies, organizations or individuals, including XL’s competitors, may own or obtain patents, trademarks or other proprietary rights that would prevent or limit XL’s ability to make, use, develop or sell its electrified powertrain solutions, which could make it more difficult for XL to operate its business. XL may receive inquiries from patent, copyright or trademark owners inquiring whether XL infringes upon their proprietary rights. XL may also be the subject of allegations that XL has misappropriated their trade secrets or other proprietary rights. Companies owning patents or other intellectual property rights relating to battery packs, electric motors, or electronic power management systems may allege infringement or misappropriation of such rights. In response to a determination that XL has infringed upon or misappropriated a third party’s intellectual property rights, XL may be required to do one or more of the following:

 

   

cease development, sales or use of its products that incorporate the asserted intellectual property;

 

   

pay substantial damages;

 

   

obtain a license from the owner of the asserted intellectual property right, which license may not be available on reasonable terms or at all; or

 

   

redesign one or more aspects or systems of its electrified powertrain solutions.

A successful claim of infringement or misappropriation against XL could materially adversely affect its business, prospects, financial condition and operating results. Any litigation or claims, whether valid or invalid, could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources.

XL’s business may be adversely affected if it is unable to protect its intellectual property rights from unauthorized use by third parties.

Failure to adequately protect XL’s intellectual property rights could result in XL’s competitors offering similar products, potentially resulting in the loss of some of XL’s competitive advantage and a decrease in its revenue, which would adversely affect XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results. For example, XL purchases many of the components for its hybrid systems from third party manufacturers and may not be able to prevent competitors from using these third party components. XL’s success depends, at least in part, on its ability to protect its core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, XL will rely on a combination of patents, trade secrets (including know-how), employee and third-party nondisclosure agreements, copyrights, trademarks, intellectual property licenses and other contractual rights to establish and protect XL’s rights in its technology.

The protection of XL’s intellectual property rights will be important to its future business opportunities. However, the measures XL takes to protect its intellectual property from unauthorized use by others may not be effective for various reasons, including the following:

 

   

any patent applications XL submits may not result in the issuance of patents;

 

57


Table of Contents
   

the scope of XL’s issued patents, including its patent claims, may not be broad enough to protect its proprietary rights;

 

   

XL’s issued patents may be challenged or invalidated by its competitors;

 

   

XL’s employees or business partners may breach their confidentiality, non-disclosure and non-use obligations to XL;

 

   

third-parties may independently develop technologies that are the same or similar to XL’s;

 

   

the costs associated with enforcing patents, confidentiality and invention agreements or other intellectual property rights may make enforcement impracticable; and

 

   

current and future competitors may circumvent XL’s intellectual property.

Patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws vary throughout the world. Some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the U.S. Further, policing the unauthorized use of XL’s intellectual property in foreign jurisdictions may be difficult. Therefore, XL’s intellectual property rights may not be as strong or as easily enforced outside of the U.S.

Also, while XL has registered trademarks in an effort to protect its investment in its brand and goodwill with customers, competitors may challenge the validity of those trademarks and other brand names in which XL has invested. Such challenges can be expensive and may adversely affect XL’s ability to maintain the goodwill gained in connection with a particular trademark.

XL’s intellectual property applications for registration may not issue or be registered, which may have a material adverse effect on XL’s ability to prevent others from commercially exploiting products similar to XL’s.

XL cannot be certain that it is the first inventor of the subject matter to which it has filed a particular patent application, or if it is the first party to file such a patent application. If another party has filed a patent application to the same subject matter as XL has, XL may not be entitled to the protection sought by the patent application. XL also cannot be certain whether the claims included in a patent application will ultimately be allowed in the applicable issued patent. Further, the scope of protection of issued patent claims is often difficult to determine. As a result, XL cannot be certain that the patent applications that it files will issue, or that its issued patents will afford protection against competitors with similar technology. In addition, XL’s competitors may design around XL’s issued patents, which may adversely affect XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

Changes in tax laws may materially adversely affect XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

New income, sales, use or other tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be enacted at any time, which could adversely affect XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results. Further, existing tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be interpreted, changed, modified or applied adversely to XL. For example, U.S. federal tax legislation enacted in 2017, informally titled the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”), enacted many significant changes to the U.S. tax laws. Future guidance from the IRS with respect to the Tax Act may affect XL, and certain aspects of the Tax Act could be repealed or modified in future legislation. The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) has already modified certain provisions of the Tax Act. In addition, it is uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to the Tax Act, the CARES Act or any newly enacted federal tax legislation.

XL’s ability to use net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes may be limited in connection with the Business Combination or other ownership changes.

XL has incurred losses during its history and does not expect to become profitable in the near future, and may never achieve profitability. To the extent that XL continues to generate taxable losses, unused losses will carry

 

58


Table of Contents

forward to offset future taxable income, if any, until such unused losses expire, if at all. As of December 31, 2019, XL had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $57.4 million.

Under the Tax Act, as modified by the CARES Act, U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards generated in taxable periods beginning after December 31, 2017, may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such net operating loss carryforwards in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2020, is limited to 80% of taxable income. It is uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to the Tax Act or the CARES Act.

In addition, XL’s net operating loss carryforwards are subject to review and possible adjustment by the IRS and state tax authorities. Under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), XL’s federal net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes may become subject to an annual limitation in the event of certain cumulative changes in the ownership of XL. An “ownership change” pursuant to Section 382 of the Code generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of a company’s stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. XL’s ability to utilize its net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes to offset future taxable income or tax liabilities may be limited as a result of ownership changes, including potential changes in connection with the Business Combination or other transactions. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. XL has not yet determined the amount of the cumulative change in its ownership resulting from the Business Combination or other transactions, or any resulting limitations on its ability to utilize its net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes. If XL earns taxable income, such limitations could result in increased future income tax liability to XL and its future cash flows could be adversely affected. XL has recorded a full valuation allowance related to its net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of the ultimate realization of the future benefits of those assets.

The Merger may not allow us to effectively manage our tax risks and costs.

XL could be subject to audits conducted by tax authorities, and the resolution of such audits could significantly impact its tax costs and rate in future periods, as would any reclassification or other matter (such as changes in applicable accounting rules) that increases the amounts XL has provided for income taxes in its consolidated financial statements. XL may also be exposed to sales tax liability. There can be no assurance that XL would be successful in attempting to mitigate the adverse impacts resulting from any changes in law, audits and other matters. Its inability to mitigate the negative consequences of any changes in the law, audits and other matters could cause XL’s effective tax rate to increase and its results of operations to suffer.

XL may not be able to obtain or agree on acceptable terms and conditions for all or a significant portion of the government grants, loans and other incentives for which it may apply. As a result, XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected.

XL has previously applied and may again in the future apply for federal and state grants, loans and tax incentives under government programs designed to stimulate the economy and support the production of alternative fuel and electric vehicles and related technologies. XL anticipates that in the future there will be new opportunities for it to apply for grants, loans and other incentives from federal, state and foreign governments. XL’s ability to obtain funds or incentives from government sources is subject to the availability of funds under applicable government programs and approval of XL’s applications to participate in such programs. The application process for these funds and other incentives will likely be highly competitive. XL cannot assure you that it will be successful in obtaining any of these additional grants, loans and other incentives.

 

59


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Ownership of Pivotal Common Stock

Concentration of ownership among XL’s existing executive officers, directors and their respective affiliates may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

Upon completion of the Business Combination, XL’s executive officers, directors and their respective affiliates as a group will beneficially own approximately 27% of the outstanding Pivotal common stock, assuming no conversions of Pivotals’ public shares. As a result, these stockholders will be able to exercise a significant level of control over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, amendment of Pivotal’s certificate of incorporation and approval of significant corporate transactions. This control could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of Pivotal or changes in management and will make the approval of certain transactions difficult or impossible without the support of these stockholders.

Pivotal does not expect to declare any dividends in the foreseeable future.

After the completion of the Business Combination, Pivotal does not anticipate declaring any cash dividends to holders of Pivotal common stock in the foreseeable future. Consequently, investors may need to rely on sales of their shares after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment.

The price of Pivotal common stock may be volatile.

The price of Pivotal common stock may fluctuate due to a variety of factors, including:

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results and those of other public companies in industry;

 

   

mergers and strategic alliances in the industry in which we operate;

 

   

market prices and conditions in the industry in which we operate;

 

   

changes in government regulation;

 

   

potential or actual military conflicts or acts of terrorism;

 

   

announcements concerning us or our competitors; and

 

   

the general state of the securities markets.

These market and industry factors may materially reduce the market price of Pivotal’s common stock, regardless of Pivotal’s operating performance. Additionally, because XL is a private company whose value is uncertain, there may be a high level of volatility in Pivotal’s share price after consummation of the Business Combination. Furthermore, if a large number of Pivotal stockholders holding public shares demand that Pivotal convert their shares into a pro rata portion of the trust account, it could significantly reduce the public “float” of Pivotal’s common stock after the Business Combination, further exacerbating this volatility.

Reports published by analysts, including projections in those reports that differ from Pivotal’s actual results, could adversely affect the price and trading volume of its common stock.

Pivotal currently expects that securities research analysts will establish and publish their own periodic projections for its business. These projections may vary widely and may not accurately predict the results Pivotal actually achieves. Its stock price may decline if its actual results do not match the projections of these securities research analysts. Similarly, if one or more of the analysts who write reports on Pivotal downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about its business, Pivotal’s stock price could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of Pivotal or fails to publish reports on Pivotal regularly, Pivotal’s stock price or trading volume could decline. While Pivotal expects research analyst coverage, if no analysts commence coverage of it, the trading price and volume for Pivotal common stock could be adversely affected.

 

60


Table of Contents

Pivotal may issue additional shares of common stock or other equity securities without your approval, which would dilute your ownership interests and may depress the market price of Pivotal common stock.

Upon the closing of the Business Combination, Pivotal will have options and warrants outstanding to purchase up to an aggregate of 25,472,047 shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock, including public warrants to purchase 7,666,667 shares, private warrants to purchase 4,233,333 shares and options and warrants of XL assumed by Pivotal to purchase up to 13,572,047 shares. Pivotal will also have the ability to initially issue up to                  shares under the 2020 Plan (assuming it is approved by stockholders at the meeting). In addition, if Pivotal’s Sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates make any working capital loans prior to the closing of the Business Combination, they may convert up to $1,500,000 of those loans into up to an additional 1,000,000 private warrants, at the price of $1.50 per warrant. The number of warrants that may be issued in such a circumstance cannot be determined at this time. Pivotal may issue additional shares of common stock or other equity securities of equal or senior rank in the future in connection with, among other things, future acquisitions or repayment of outstanding indebtedness, without stockholder approval, in a number of circumstances.

Pivotal’s issuance of additional shares of common stock or other equity securities of equal or senior rank would have the following effects:

 

   

Pivotal’s existing stockholders’ proportionate ownership interest in Pivotal will decrease;

 

   

the amount of cash available per share, including for payment of dividends (if any) in the future, may decrease;

 

   

the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding share of common stock may be diminished; and

 

   

the market price of Pivotal’s shares of common stock may decline.

Pivotal’s charter will contain anti-takeover provisions that could adversely affect the rights of its stockholders.

Pivotal’s second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions to limit the ability of others to acquire control of XL or cause it to engage in change-of-control transactions, including, among other things:

 

   

provisions that authorize its board of directors, without action by its stockholders, to issue additional shares of common stock and preferred stock with preferential rights determined by its board of directors;

 

   

provisions that permit only a majority of its board of directors to call stockholder meetings and therefore do not permit stockholders to call stockholder meetings;

 

   

provisions that impose advance notice requirements, minimum shareholding periods and ownership thresholds, and other requirements and limitations on the ability of stockholders to propose matters for consideration at stockholder meetings;

 

   

provisions limiting stockholders’ ability to act by written consent; and

 

   

a staggered board whereby our directors are divided into three classes, with each class subject to retirement and re-election once every three years on a rotating basis.

These provisions could have the effect of depriving Pivotal’s stockholders of an opportunity to sell their common stock at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging third parties from seeking to obtain control of our company in a tender offer or similar transaction. With its staggered board of directors, at least two annual or special meetings of stockholders will generally be required in order to effect a change in a majority of its directors. Pivotal’s staggered board of directors can discourage proxy contests for the election of its directors and purchases of substantial blocks of its shares by making it more difficult for a potential acquirer to gain control of its board of directors in a relatively short period of time.

 

61


Table of Contents

Pivotal’s second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide, subject to limited exceptions, that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for certain stockholder litigation matters, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or stockholders.

Pivotal’s second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that derivative actions brought in Pivotal’s name, actions against directors, officers and employees for breach of fiduciary duty and other similar actions may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware and, if brought outside of Delaware, the stockholder bringing the suit will be deemed to have consented to service of process on such stockholder’s counsel except any action (A) as to which the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), (B) which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, (C) for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction, or (D) any action arising under the Securities Act, as to which the Court of Chancery and the federal district court for the District of Delaware shall have concurrent jurisdiction. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of Pivotal’s capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in the second amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with Pivotal or any of Pivotal’s directors, officers, other employees or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. We cannot be certain that a court will decide that this provision is either applicable or enforceable, and if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in Pivotal’s second amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, Pivotal may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm Pivotal’s business, operating results and financial condition.

Pivotal’s second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the exclusive forum provision will be applicable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. As a result, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

Future resales of common stock may cause the market price of Pivotal’s securities to drop significantly, even if XL’s business is doing well.

The Sponsor, officers and directors of Pivotal, and the stockholders of XL will be granted certain rights to have registered, in certain circumstances, the resale under the Securities Act of certain shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock held by them, subject to certain conditions set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. The PIPE Investors will have similar rights to have registered, in certain circumstances, the resale under the Securities Act of the shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock issued to them in the PIPE Transaction. The sale or possibility of sale of these shares could have the effect of increasing the volatility in Pivotal’s share price or putting significant downward pressure on the price of Pivotal’s stock.

Pivotal’s securities may not be listed on a national securities exchange after the Business Combination, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in Pivotal’s securities and subject Pivotal to additional trading restrictions.

Pivotal has applied to have its common stock and warrants listed on the NYSE after consummation of the Business Combination. Pivotal will be required to meet the initial listing requirements of the NYSE to be listed. Pivotal may not be able to meet those initial listing requirements (and the related closing condition, which

 

62


Table of Contents

requires the shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock to be issued to the stockholders of XL in the Merger be approved for listing on the NYSE, may be waived by the parties). Even if Pivotal’s securities are so listed, Pivotal may be unable to maintain the listing of its securities in the future.

If Pivotal fails to meet the initial listing requirements and the NYSE does not list its securities (and the related closing condition is waived by the parties), or if its securities are subsequently delisted, Pivotal could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

 

   

a limited availability of market quotations for its securities;

 

   

a limited amount of news and analyst coverage for XL; and

 

   

a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

Risks Related to the Business Combination

Pivotal will not have any right to make damage claims against XL or XL’s stockholders for the breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made by XL in the Merger Agreement.

The Merger Agreement provides that all of the representations, warranties and covenants of the parties contained therein shall not survive the closing of the Merger, except for those covenants that by their terms apply or are to be performed in whole or in part after the closing, and then only with respect to breaches occurring after closing. Accordingly, there are no remedies available to the parties with respect to any breach of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements of the parties to the Merger Agreement after the closing of the Merger, except for covenants to be performed in whole or in part after the closing. As a result, Pivotal will have no remedy available to it if the Merger is consummated and it is later revealed that there was a breach of any of the representations, warranties and covenants made by XL at the time of the Merger.

If Pivotal’s stockholders fail to properly demand conversion rights, they will not be entitled to have their common stock of Pivotal converted into a pro rata portion of the trust account.

Pivotal stockholders holding public shares may demand that Pivotal convert their shares into their respective pro rata portion of the trust account, calculated as of two (2) business days prior to the anticipated consummation of the Business Combination, including interest earned on the trust account and not previously released to Pivotal to pay its tax obligations. The per-share amount we will distribute to investors who properly convert their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriters of Pivotal’s initial public offering. Pivotal stockholders who seek to exercise this conversion right must deliver their shares (either physically or electronically) to Pivotal’s transfer agent two (2) business days prior to the annual meeting. Any Pivotal stockholder who fails to properly deliver their shares will not be entitled to have his or her shares converted. See the section entitled “Annual Meeting of Pivotal Stockholders—Conversion Rights” for the procedures to be followed if you wish to have your shares redeemed for cash.

Public stockholders, together with any affiliates of theirs or any other person with whom they are acting in concert or as a “group,” will be restricted from seeking conversion rights with respect to more than 20% of the public shares.

A public stockholder, together with any affiliate or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group,” will be restricted from seeking conversion rights with respect to more than 20% of the public shares. Accordingly, if you hold more than 20% of the public shares and the business combination proposal is approved, you will not be able to seek conversion rights with respect to the full amount of your shares and may be forced to hold the shares in excess of 20% or sell them in the after-market. Pivotal cannot assure you that the value of such excess shares will appreciate over time following the Business Combination or that the market price of Pivotal common stock after the Business Combination will exceed the per-share conversion price.

 

63


Table of Contents

The Sponsor and Pivotal’s officers and directors own common stock and warrants that will be worthless and have incurred reimbursable expenses that may not be reimbursed or repaid if the Business Combination is not approved. Such interests may have influenced their decision to approve the Business Combination with XL.

The Sponsor and Pivotal’s officers and directors and/or their affiliates beneficially own or have a pecuniary interest in sponsor shares and private warrants that they purchased prior to, or simultaneously with, Pivotal’s initial public offering. The holders have no redemption rights with respect to these securities in the event a business combination is not effected in the required time period. Therefore, if the Business Combination with XL or another business combination is not approved within the required time period, such securities held by such persons will be worthless. Such securities had an aggregate market value of $                 based upon the closing prices of the shares and warrants on the NYSE on                 , 2020, the record date. Furthermore, the Sponsor and Pivotal’s officers and directors and their affiliates are entitled to reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with certain activities on Pivotal’s behalf, such as identifying and investigating possible business targets and business combinations. These expenses will be repaid upon completion of the Business Combination. However, if Pivotal fails to consummate the Business Combination, Pivotal’s Sponsor and its directors and officers will not have any claim against the trust account for reimbursement. Accordingly, Pivotal may not be able to reimburse these amounts if the Business Combination is not completed. In addition, Pivotal’s Sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates may make working capital loans prior to the closing of the Business Combination, which may not be repaid if the Business Combination is not completed. See the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal—Interests of the Sponsor and Pivotal’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination.”

These financial interests may have influenced the decision of Pivotal’s directors to approve the Business Combination with XL and to continue to pursue such Business Combination. In considering the recommendations of Pivotal’s board of directors to vote for the business combination proposal and other proposals, its stockholders should consider these interests.

The Sponsor, which is ultimately controlled by Jonathan J. Ledecky and Kevin Griffin, is liable under certain circumstances to ensure that proceeds of the trust are not reduced by vendor claims in the event the Business Combination is not consummated. Such liability may have influenced the decision of Messrs. Ledecky and Griffin to approve the Business Combination with XL.

If the Business Combination with XL or another business combination is not consummated by Pivotal within the required time period, the Sponsor will be personally liable under certain circumstances described herein to ensure that the proceeds in the trust account are not reduced by the claims of target businesses or claims of vendors or other entities that are owed money by Pivotal for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to Pivotal. If Pivotal consummates a business combination, on the other hand, Pivotal will be liable for all such claims. See the section entitled “Other Information Related to Pivotal—Financial Condition and Liquidity” for further information.

These personal obligations of the Sponsor may have influenced Pivotal’s board of director’s decision to approve the Business Combination with XL and to continue to pursue such Business Combination. In considering the recommendations of Pivotal’s board of directors to vote for the business combination proposal and the other proposals, Pivotal’s stockholders should consider these interests.

The exercise of Pivotal’s directors’ and officers’ discretion in agreeing to changes or waivers in the terms of the Business Combination may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether such changes to the terms of the Business Combination or waivers of conditions are appropriate and in the best interests of Pivotal’s stockholders.

In the period leading up to the closing of the Business Combination, events may occur that, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, would require Pivotal to agree to amend the Merger Agreement, to consent to certain actions

 

64


Table of Contents

taken by XL or to waive rights that Pivotal is entitled to under the Merger Agreement. Such events could arise because of changes in the course of XL’s business, a request by XL to undertake actions that would otherwise be prohibited by the terms of the Merger Agreement or the occurrence of other events that would have a material adverse effect on XL’s business and would entitle Pivotal to terminate the Merger Agreement. In any of such circumstances, it would be at Pivotal’s discretion, acting through its board of directors, to grant its consent or waive those rights. The existence of the financial and personal interests of the directors described in the preceding risk factors may result in a conflict of interest on the part of one or more of the directors between what he or they may believe is best for Pivotal and what he or they may believe is best for himself or themselves in determining whether or not to take the requested action. As of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, Pivotal does not believe there will be any material changes or waivers that Pivotal’s directors and officers would be likely to make after the mailing of this proxy statement/prospectus. Pivotal will circulate a supplemental or amended proxy statement/prospectus if changes to the terms of the Merger that would have a material impact on its stockholders are required prior to the vote on the business combination proposal.

If Pivotal is unable to complete the Business Combination with XL or another business combination by January 16, 2021 (or such later date as may be approved by Pivotal’s stockholders), Pivotal will cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, redeeming 100% of the outstanding public shares and, subject to the approval of its remaining stockholders and its board of directors, dissolving and liquidating. In such event, third parties may bring claims against Pivotal and, as a result, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share liquidation price received by stockholders could be less than $10.00 per share.

Under the terms of Pivotal’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, Pivotal must complete the Business Combination with XL or another business combination by January 16, 2021 (or such later date as may be approved by Pivotal stockholders in an amendment to its amended and restated certificate of incorporation), or Pivotal must cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, redeeming 100% of the outstanding public shares and, subject to the approval of its remaining stockholders and its board of directors, dissolving and liquidating. In such event, third parties may bring claims against Pivotal. Although Pivotal has obtained waiver agreements from certain vendors and service providers it has engaged and owes money to, and the prospective target businesses it has negotiated with, whereby such parties have waived any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in or to any monies held in the trust account, there is no guarantee that they or other vendors who did not execute such waivers will not seek recourse against the trust account notwithstanding such agreements. Furthermore, there is no guarantee that a court will uphold the validity of such agreements. Accordingly, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to claims which could take priority over those of Pivotal’s public stockholders. If Pivotal is unable to complete a business combination within the required time period, the Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable under certain circumstances described herein to ensure that the proceeds in the trust account are not reduced by the claims of target businesses or claims of vendors or other entities that are owed money by Pivotal for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to Pivotal. However, the Sponsor may not be able to meet such obligation as its only assets are securities of Pivotal. Therefore, the per-share distribution from the trust account in such a situation may be less than $10.00 due to such claims.

Additionally, if Pivotal is forced to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against it which is not dismissed, or if Pivotal otherwise enters compulsory or court supervised liquidation, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in its bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of its stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, Pivotal may not be able to return to its public stockholders at least $10.00.

 

65


Table of Contents

Pivotal’s board of directors did not obtain a fairness opinion in determining whether or not to proceed with the Business Combination and, as a result, the terms may not be fair from a financial point of view to the public stockholders.

Pivotal’s board of directors did not obtain a third-party valuation or fairness opinion in connection with its determination to approve the Business Combination. Accordingly, investors will be relying solely on the judgment of Pivotal’s board of directors in valuing XL and assuming the risk that the Pivotal board may not have properly valued the business. However, Pivotal’s officers and directors have substantial experience in evaluating the operating and financial merits of companies from a wide range of industries and have substantial experience with mergers and acquisitions. Furthermore, in analyzing the Business Combination, Pivotal’s board of directors conducted significant due diligence on XL. As a result, Pivotal’s board of directors concluded that its members’ collective experience and backgrounds, together with the experience and sector expertise of Pivotal’s advisors, enabled them to make the necessary analyses and determinations regarding the Business Combination, including that the Business Combination was fair from a financial perspective to its stockholders and that XL’s fair market value was at least 80% of the assets held in the trust account (excluding approximately $8.1 million of deferred underwriting commissions, as well as taxes payable, if any, on interest earned on the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the Business Combination. There can be no assurance, however, that Pivotal’s board of directors was correct in its assessment of the Business Combination. For a complete discussion of the factors utilized by Pivotal’s board of directors in approving the Business Combination, see the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal.”

Pivotal’s stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against Pivotal to the extent of distributions received by them.

If Pivotal is unable to complete the Business Combination with XL or another business combination within the required time period, Pivotal will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish the public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of its remaining stockholders and its board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject (in the case of (ii) and (iii) above) to its obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. Pivotal cannot assure you that it will properly assess all claims that may potentially be brought against Pivotal. As such, Pivotal’s stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of its stockholders may extend well beyond the third anniversary of the date of distribution. Accordingly, Pivotal cannot assure you that third parties will not seek to recover from its stockholders amounts owed to them by Pivotal.

If Pivotal is forced to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against it which is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor, creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover all amounts received by Pivotal’s stockholders. Furthermore, because Pivotal intends to distribute the proceeds held in the trust account to its public stockholders promptly after the expiration of the time period to complete a business combination, this may be viewed or interpreted as giving preference to its public stockholders over any potential creditors with respect to access to or distributions from its assets. Furthermore, Pivotal’s board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duties to its creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and XL to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. Pivotal cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against it for these reasons.

 

66


Table of Contents

Activities taken by existing Pivotal stockholders to increase the likelihood of approval of the business combination proposal and the other proposals could have a depressive effect on Pivotal’s shares.

At any time prior to the annual meeting, during a period when they are not then aware of any material nonpublic information regarding Pivotal or its securities, the Sponsor, Pivotal’s officers, directors and stockholders from prior to Pivotal’s initial public offering, XL or XL’s stockholders and/or their respective affiliates may purchase shares from institutional and other investors who vote, or indicate an intention to vote, against the business combination proposal, or execute agreements to purchase such shares from such investors in the future, or they may enter into transactions with such investors and others to provide them with incentives to acquire common stock of Pivotal or vote their shares in favor of the business combination proposal. The purpose of such share purchases and other transactions would be to increase the likelihood of satisfaction of the requirements to consummate the Business Combination where it appears that such requirements would otherwise not be met. Entering into any such arrangements may have a depressive effect on Pivotal common stock. For example, as a result of these arrangements, an investor or holder may have the ability to effectively purchase shares at a price lower than market and may therefore be more likely to sell the shares he owns, either prior to or immediately after the annual meeting.

If the adjournment proposal is not approved, and an insufficient number of votes have been obtained to authorize the consummation of the Business Combination, Pivotal’s board of directors will not have the ability to adjourn the annual meeting to a later date in order to solicit further votes, and, therefore, the Business Combination will not be approved.

Pivotal’s board of directors is seeking approval to adjourn the annual meeting to a later date or dates if it is determined by the officer presiding over the annual meeting that more time is necessary for Pivotal to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement. The presiding officer may present the adjournment proposal if, at the annual meeting, Pivotal is unable to consummate the Business Combination for any reason. If the adjournment proposal is not approved, Pivotal’s board will not have the ability to adjourn the annual meeting to a later date and, therefore, the Business Combination would not be completed. However, in addition to an adjournment of the annual meeting upon approval of an adjournment proposal, Pivotal’s board of directors is empowered under Delaware law to postpone the meeting at any time prior to the meeting being called to order.

 

67


Table of Contents

ANNUAL MEETING OF PIVOTAL STOCKHOLDERS

General

Pivotal is furnishing this proxy statement/prospectus to Pivotal’s stockholders as part of the solicitation of proxies by Pivotal’s board of directors for use at the annual meeting of Pivotal’s stockholders. This proxy statement/prospectus provides Pivotal’s stockholders with the information they need to know to be able to vote or instruct their vote to be cast at the annual meeting.

Date, Time and Place

The annual meeting of stockholders will be held on                 , 2020, at                 a.m., Eastern time, solely over the Internet by means of a live audio webcast, which may be accessed at https://www.                .com/                 . Stockholders participating in the annual meeting will be able to listen only and will not be able to speak during the webcast. However, in order to maintain the interactive nature of the annual meeting, virtual attendees will be able to:

 

   

vote via the annual meeting webcast; and

 

   

submit questions or comments to Pivotal’s directors and officers during the annual meeting via the annual meeting webcast.

Any stockholder wishing to attend the annual meeting must register in advance. To register for and attend the virtual annual meeting, please follow these instructions as applicable to the nature of your ownership of Pivotal common stock:

 

   

Shares Held of Record. If you are a record holder, and you wish to attend the virtual annual meeting, go to https://www.                .com/                 , enter the control number you received on your proxy card or notice of the meeting and click on the “Click here to preregister for the online meeting” link at the top of the page. Immediately prior to the start of the annual meeting, you will need to log back into the meeting site using your control number. You must register before the meeting starts.

 

   

Shares Held in Street Name. If you hold your shares in “street” name, which means your shares are held of record by a broker, bank or nominee, and you who wish to attend the annual meeting, you must obtain a legal proxy from the stockholder of record and e-mail a copy (a legible photograph is sufficient) of your proxy to proxy@continentalstock.com. Holders should contact their bank, broker or other nominee for instructions regarding obtaining a proxy. Holders who e-mail a valid legal proxy will be issued a meeting control number that will allow them to register to attend and participate in the annual meeting. You will receive an e-mail prior to the meeting with a link and instructions for entering the annual meeting. “Street” name holders should contact Continental Stock Transfer on or before                 , 2020.

Stockholders will also have the option to listen to the annual meeting by telephone by calling:

 

   

Within the U.S. and Canada:                 (toll-free)

 

   

Outside of the U.S. and Canada:                  (standard rates apply)

The passcode for telephone access:                 #. You will not be able to vote or submit questions unless you register for and log in to the annual meeting webcast as described above.

Purpose of the Pivotal Annual Meeting

At the annual meeting, Pivotal is asking holders of Pivotal common stock to:

 

   

consider and vote upon a proposal to approve and adopt the Merger Agreement and the Business Combination, including the Merger of Merger Sub with and into XL, with XL surviving as a wholly

 

68


Table of Contents
 

owned subsidiary of Pivotal, and the issuance of Pivotal’s Class A common stock to XL’s stockholders in the Merger (the business combination proposal);

 

   

consider and vote upon a proposal to approve the issuance of an aggregate of 15,000,000 shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock in the PIPE Transaction, the closing of which is subject to certain conditions, including, among other things, the closing of the Business Combination (the PIPE proposal);

 

   

consider and vote upon separate proposals to approve amendments to Pivotal’s current amended and restated certificate of incorporation to: (i) change the name of Pivotal to “XL Fleet Corp.”, as opposed to the current name of “Pivotal Investment Corporation II”; (ii) increase the number of shares of Class A common stock Pivotal is authorized to issue to 350,000,000 shares, as opposed to the current number of 75,000,000 shares, and remove the provisions for Pivotal’s current Class B common stock (the shares of which will all convert into shares of Class A common stock in connection with the Business Combination) so that the Class B common stock will cease to exist and Pivotal will have a single class of common stock; and (iii) remove the various provisions applicable only to special purpose acquisition corporations (such as the obligation to dissolve and liquidate if a business combination is not consummated within a certain period of time) and make certain other changes that the Pivotal board deems appropriate for a public operating company (the charter proposals);

 

   

elect nine directors who, upon the closing of the Business Combination, will be the directors of Pivotal (the director election proposal);

 

   

consider and vote upon a proposal to approve the 2020 Plan, which is an incentive compensation plan for employees and other service providers of Pivotal and its subsidiaries, including, after the Merger, XL and its subsidiaries (the incentive plan proposal); and

 

   

consider and vote upon a proposal to adjourn the annual meeting to a later date or dates if it is determined by the officer presiding over the annual meeting that more time is necessary for Pivotal to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (the adjournment proposal).

Recommendation of Pivotal Board of Directors

Pivotal’s board of directors has unanimously determined that the business combination proposal is fair to and in the best interests of Pivotal and its stockholders and approved the business combination proposal. Pivotal’s board of directors unanimously recommends that stockholders vote “FOR” the business combination proposal, “FOR” the PIPE proposal, “FOR” each of the charter proposals, “FOR” the election of all of the persons nominated by Pivotal’s management for election as directors, “FOR” the incentive plan proposal and “FOR” the adjournment proposal, if presented at the meeting.

Record Date; Persons Entitled to Vote

Pivotal has fixed the close of business on                 , 2020 as the “record date” for determining Pivotal stockholders entitled to notice of, and to attend and vote at, the annual meeting. As of the close of business on                 , 2020, there were 23,000,000 shares of Class A common stock outstanding and 5,750,000 shares of Class B common stock outstanding and entitled to vote. Pivotal’s Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to vote together as a single class on all matters to be considered at the annual meeting. Each share of Pivotal common stock is entitled to one vote at the annual meeting.

Pursuant to agreements with Pivotal, the 5,750,000 sponsor shares held by the Sponsor and Pivotal’s officers and directors, and any common stock acquired by them in the aftermarket, will be voted in favor of the business combination proposal. Such holders have indicated they intend to vote their shares in favor of the other proposals presented at the annual meeting.

 

69


Table of Contents

Quorum

The presence, either by attendance at the virtual annual meeting or by proxy, of a majority of all the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote constitutes a quorum at the annual meeting.

Vote Required

The business combination proposal. The approval of the business combination proposal will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Pivotal common stock present and entitled to vote at the annual meeting to approve the Business Combination.

The PIPE proposal. The approval of the PIPE proposal will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Pivotal common stock present and entitled to vote at the annual meeting.

The charter proposals. The approval of each of the charter proposals will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Pivotal common stock on the record date.

The director election proposal. The election of directors requires a plurality vote of the Pivotal common stock present and entitled to vote at the annual meeting. A plurality means that the individuals who receive the largest number of votes cast “FOR” are elected as directors.

The incentive plan proposal. The approval of the incentive plan proposal will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Pivotal common stock present and entitled to vote at the annual meeting.

The adjournment proposal. The approval of the adjournment proposal, if presented, will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Pivotal common stock present and entitled to vote at the annual meeting.

Abstentions and Broker Non-Votes

Abstentions are considered present for purposes of establishing a quorum but will have the same effect as a vote “against” the business combination proposal, the PIPE proposal, the charter proposals, the incentive plan proposal, and the adjournment proposal, if presented.

Broker non-votes will have no effect on the business combination proposal, the PIPE proposal, incentive plan proposal, and adjournment proposal, if presented, and will have the same effect as a vote “against” the charter proposals. For the election of directors, any shares not voted “FOR” a particular nominee (whether as a result of an abstention, a direction to withhold authority or a broker non-vote) will not be counted in the nominee’s favor.

If a beneficial holder of Pivotal common stock does not give its broker voting instructions, under applicable self-regulatory organization rules, the broker may not vote its shares on “non-routine” proposals, which is referred to as a “broker non-vote.” Because all of the proposals included in this proxy statement/prospectus are deemed “non-routine” in accordance with applicable NYSE rules and interpretations, brokers are not permitted to vote on any of the proposals to be considered at the annual meeting absent such voting instructions.

Voting Your Shares

Each share of Pivotal common stock that you own in your name entitles you to one vote. If you are a stockholder of record, your proxy card shows the number of shares of Pivotal common stock that you own. If your shares are held in “street name” or are in a margin or similar account, you should contact your broker to ensure that votes related to the shares you beneficially own are properly counted.

 

70


Table of Contents

If you are a stockholder of record, there are two ways to vote your shares of Pivotal common stock at the annual meeting:

 

   

You Can Vote by Signing and Returning the Enclosed Proxy Card. If you vote by proxy card, your “proxy,” whose name is listed on the proxy card, will vote your shares as you instruct on the proxy card. If you sign and return the proxy card but do not give instructions on how to vote your shares, your shares will be voted as recommended by Pivotal’s board of directors “FOR” the business combination proposal, each of the charter proposals, each of the nine nominees for director identified in this proxy statement/prospectus, the incentive plan proposal and the adjournment proposal, if presented. Votes received after a matter has been voted upon at the annual meeting will not be counted.

 

   

You Can Attend the Virtual Annual Meeting and Vote Online. Due to health concerns stemming from the COVID-19 pandemic, and to support the health and well-being of our stockholders, the annual meeting will be a virtual meeting. You may vote by attending the virtual annual meeting as described above and submitting a ballot via the annual meeting webcast.

If you hold your shares in “street name,” you should contact your broker, bank or nominee to ensure that votes related to the shares you beneficially own are properly counted. In this regard, you must provide the broker, bank or nominee with instructions on how to vote your shares by returning a completed, signed and dated voter instruction card. If you wish to attend the virtual annual meeting and vote through the web portal for the annual meeting webcast, you must obtain a legal proxy from your broker, bank or nominee. That is the only way Pivotal can be sure that the broker, bank or nominee has not already voted your shares.

Revoking Your Proxy

If you are a stockholder of record and you give a proxy, you may revoke it at any time before it is exercised by doing any one of the following:

 

   

you may send another proxy card with a later date;

 

   

you may notify Pivotal’s Secretary in writing before the annual meeting that you have revoked your proxy; or

 

   

you may attend the virtual annual meeting and submit a ballot through the web portal during the annual meeting webcast, as indicated above.

If you hold your shares in “street name,” you should contact your broker, bank or nominee to change your instructions on how to vote.

Who Can Answer Your Questions About Voting Your Shares

If you are a stockholder and have any questions about how to vote or direct a vote in respect of your Pivotal common stock, you may call                 , Pivotal’s proxy solicitor, at                 , or Jonathan J. Ledecky, Pivotal’s chief executive officer, at (212) 818-8800.

Conversion Rights

Any holder of public shares may seek to convert their shares into cash in connection with the Business Combination. Holders of public shares are not required to affirmatively vote on the business combination proposal or be holders of public shares on the record date in order to exercise conversion rights with respect to such public shares. Any stockholder holding public shares may exercise conversion rights which will result in them converting their shares into a full pro rata portion of the trust account, calculated as of two business days prior to the anticipated consummation of the Business Combination, including interest earned on the trust account and not previously released to Pivotal to pay its tax obligations, which, for illustrative purposes, was

 

71


Table of Contents

$                 per share as of                 , 2020, the record date. If a holder seeks conversion of their shares as described in this section and the Business Combination is consummated, Pivotal will convert these shares into a pro rata portion of funds deposited in the trust account and the holder will no longer own these shares following the Business Combination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a holder of public shares, together with any affiliate of his or any other person with whom he is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking conversion rights with respect to 20% or more of the public shares. Accordingly, all public shares in excess of 20% held by a public stockholder will not be converted.

The Sponsor and Pivotal’s officers and directors will not have conversion rights with respect to any shares of Pivotal common stock owned by them, directly or indirectly.

Pivotal stockholders who seek to have their public shares converted must deliver their shares, either physically or electronically using The Depository Trust Company’s DWAC System, to Pivotal’s transfer agent no later than two (2) business days prior to the annual meeting. If you hold the shares in street name, you will have to coordinate with your broker to have your shares certificated or delivered electronically. Certificates that have not been tendered (either physically or electronically) in accordance with these procedures will not be redeemed for cash. There is a nominal cost associated with this tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC system. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $45 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the redeeming stockholder. In the event the proposed Business Combination is not consummated, this may result in an additional cost to stockholders for the return of their shares.

Any request to have such shares converted, once made, may be withdrawn at any time prior to the vote on the business combination proposal. Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivered its certificate in connection with an election of its conversion and subsequently decides prior to the applicable date not to elect to exercise such rights, it may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically).

If the Business Combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then Pivotal’s public stockholders who elected to exercise their conversion rights will not be entitled to have their shares converted. In such case, Pivotal will promptly return any shares delivered by public stockholders.

The closing price of the Pivotal Class A common stock on                 , 2020, the record date, was $                . The cash held in the trust account on such date less taxes payable was approximately $                 ($                 per public share). Prior to exercising conversion rights, stockholders should verify the market price of Pivotal Class A common stock as they may receive higher proceeds from the sale of their common stock in the public market than from exercising their conversion rights if the market price per share is higher than the redemption price. Pivotal cannot assure its stockholders that they will be able to sell their common stock in the after-market, even if the market price per share is higher than the conversion price stated above, as there may not be sufficient liquidity in its securities when its stockholders wish to sell their shares.

If a holder of public shares exercises its conversion rights, then it will be exchanging its shares of Pivotal common stock for cash and will no longer own those shares.

Appraisal Rights

None of Pivotal’s stockholders, unitholders or warrant holders have appraisal rights in connection with the Business Combination under Delaware law.

 

72


Table of Contents

Proxy Solicitation Costs

Pivotal is soliciting proxies on behalf of its board of directors. This solicitation is being made by mail but also may be made by telephone or in person. Pivotal and its directors, officers and employees may also solicit proxies in person, by telephone or by other electronic means. Pivotal will bear the cost of the solicitation.

Pivotal has hired                  to assist in the proxy solicitation process. Pivotal will pay that firm a fee of $                 plus disbursements. Such payment will be made from non-trust account funds.

Pivotal will ask banks, brokers and other institutions, nominees and fiduciaries to forward the proxy materials to their principals and to obtain their authority to execute proxies and voting instructions. Pivotal will reimburse them for their reasonable expenses.

Pivotal Sponsor and Officers and Directors

As of                 , 2020, the record date for the Pivotal annual meeting, the Sponsor and Pivotal’s officers and directors beneficially owned and were entitled to vote an aggregate of 5,750,000 shares of Class B common stock, which we refer to in this proxy statement/prospectus as sponsor shares. These individuals and entities also purchased an aggregate of 4,233,333 private warrants simultaneously with the consummation of Pivotal’s initial public offering. These sponsor shares currently constitute 20% of Pivotal’s outstanding common stock. If the Merger is consummated, each outstanding share of Class B common stock will convert into one share of Pivotal’s Class A common stock at the closing.

In connection with Pivotal’s initial public offering, each of the Sponsor and Pivotal’s officers and directors have agreed to vote their sponsor shares, as well as any common stock acquired in the aftermarket, in favor of the business combination proposal. Each has also indicated that he, she or it intends to vote his, her or its shares in favor of all the other proposals being presented at the meeting. There are no redemption rights with respect to the sponsor shares in the event a business combination is not effected in the required time period and Pivotal is forced to redeem all of the public shares. Accordingly, the sponsor shares will be worthless if no business combination is consummated by Pivotal.

In connection with the Merger, Pivotal has agreed to cause its initial stockholders, including the holders of the sponsor shares and private warrants, to amend the existing lock-up restrictions with respect to the common stock of Pivotal and warrants of Pivotal held by them, and enter into the Lock-Up Agreement which has been or will be executed by certain of XL’s stockholders, so that the lock-up restrictions with respect to such initial stockholders’ securities will be identical to the lock-up restrictions applicable to such stockholders of XL. The Lock-Up Agreement provides that the sponsor shares and the private warrants (and any securities issued upon exercise thereof or exchanged therefor) will be subject to a 12-month lock-up period, which period may be earlier terminated if the reported closing sale price of the Pivotal common stock equals or exceeds $15.00 per share (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations or other similar transactions) for a period of 20 trading days during any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days following the consummation of the Merger, subject to certain exceptions.

At any time prior to the annual meeting, during a period when they are not then in possession of any material nonpublic information regarding Pivotal or its securities, the Sponsor, Pivotal’s officers and directors, XL, XL’s stockholders and/or their respective affiliates may purchase shares from institutional and other investors who vote, or indicate an intention to vote, against the business combination proposal, or execute agreements to purchase such shares from such investors in the future, or they may enter into transactions with such investors and others to provide them with incentives to acquire Pivotal common stock or vote their shares in favor of the business combination proposal. The purpose of such share purchases and other transactions would be to increase the likelihood of satisfaction of the requirement that the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at the annual meeting to approve the business combination proposal vote in its favor and that the conditions to the

 

73


Table of Contents

closing of the Business Combination (such as the condition that the Pivotal common stock be listed on the NYSE) otherwise will be met, where it appears that such requirements or conditions would otherwise not be met. While the exact nature of any such incentives has not been determined as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, they might include, without limitation, arrangements to protect such investors or holders against potential loss in value of their shares, including the granting of put options and the transfer to such investors or holders of sponsor shares for nominal value.

Entering into any such arrangements may have a depressive effect on the shares of Pivotal common stock. For example, as a result of these arrangements, an investor or holder may have the ability to effectively purchase shares at a price lower than the prevailing market price and may therefore be more likely to sell the shares he owns, either prior to or immediately after the annual meeting.

If such transactions are effected, the consequence could be to cause the Business Combination to be approved in circumstances where such approval could not otherwise be obtained. Purchases of shares by the persons described above would allow them to exert more influence over the approval of the business combination proposal and the other proposals to be presented at the annual meeting and would likely increase the chances that such proposals would be approved. Moreover, any such purchases may make it more likely that the conditions to the closing of the Business Combination (such as the condition that the Pivotal common stock be listed on the NYSE) are met.

No agreements dealing with the above arrangements or purchases have been entered into as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus. Pivotal will file a Current Report on Form 8-K to disclose any arrangements entered into or significant purchases made by any of the aforementioned persons that would affect the vote on the business combination proposal or the satisfaction of any closing conditions. Any such report will include descriptions of any arrangements entered into or significant purchases by any of the aforementioned persons.

 

74


Table of Contents

THE BUSINESS COMBINATION PROPOSAL

The discussion in this proxy statement/prospectus of the Business Combination and the principal terms of the Merger Agreement is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the Merger Agreement. A copy of the Merger Agreement is attached as Annex A to this proxy statement/prospectus.

Structure of the Merger

The Merger Agreement provides, among other things, for Merger Sub to merge with and into XL, with XL surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Pivotal and the securityholders of XL becoming securityholders of Pivotal.

Consideration to Company Securityholders

Under the Merger Agreement, each share of XL’s common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger (including each share of XL’s common stock issued as a result of the conversion of XL’s preferred stock and any conversion or exchange of XL’s convertible promissory notes, each as more fully described below) will be automatically converted into the right to receive a number of shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock equal to the Exchange Ratio. As of                 , 2020, the record date, there were                  shares of XL’s common stock outstanding.

The Exchange Ratio is the quotient obtained by dividing 100,000,000 by the fully-diluted number of shares of XL’s common stock outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the fully-diluted number of shares outstanding includes the sum of (x) the number of issued and outstanding shares of XL’s common stock immediately prior to the effective time (including all shares of XL’s common stock issued as a result of the conversion of XL’s preferred stock and any conversion or exchange of XL’s convertible promissory notes, each as more fully described below) plus (y) the number of shares of XL’s common stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or other exchange of XL’s options, warrants and convertible promissory notes which are not converted, exchanged or exercised prior to the effective time and are assumed by Pivotal (including all shares treated as issuable upon conversion of XL’s convertible promissory notes, as more fully described below) plus (z) the number of shares of XL’s common stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or other exchange of any other debt or equity securities of XL outstanding immediately prior to the effective time.

Immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, XL will cause each share of XL’s preferred stock that is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time to be automatically converted into shares of XL’s common stock, in accordance with the terms of XL’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation. All of the shares of XL’s preferred stock so converted into shares of XL’s common stock will no longer be issued and outstanding and will cease to exist, and each holder of XL’s preferred stock will thereafter cease to have any rights with respect to such shares of XL’s preferred stock. As of                 , 2020, the record date, there were                  shares of XL’s preferred stock outstanding, which will convert into                  shares of XL’s common stock.

Each outstanding option to purchase shares of XL’s common stock, whether or not exercisable and whether or not vested, immediately prior to the Effective Time will be assumed by Pivotal and converted into an option to purchase a number of shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock equal to the product of (x) the number of shares of XL’s common stock subject to such option immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger and (y) the Exchange Ratio, at an exercise price per share (rounded up to the nearest whole cent) equal to (A) the exercise price per share of such option immediately prior to the effective time divided by (B) the Exchange Ratio. XL has agreed in the Merger Agreement to take all actions necessary to effectuate the foregoing treatment of the options. As of                 , 2020, the record date, XL had outstanding options to purchase                  shares of XL’s common stock.

 

75


Table of Contents

Each warrant, issued by XL and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, to purchase shares of XL’s stock will be automatically assumed by Pivotal and will become a warrant to acquire, on the same terms and conditions as were applicable under each such warrant, a number of shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock equal to the product of (x) the number of shares of XL’s stock subject to such warrant immediately prior to the effective time as adjusted pursuant to the terms of such warrant and (y) the Exchange Ratio, at an exercise price equal to (A) the exercise price of such warrant immediately prior to the effective time as adjusted pursuant to the terms of such warrant divided by (B) the Exchange Ratio. XL has agreed in the Merger Agreement to take all actions necessary to effectuate the foregoing treatment of the warrants. As of                 , 2020, the record date, XL had outstanding warrants to purchase                  shares of XL’s common stock and                shares of XL’s preferred stock.

As of September 30, 2020, XL had $18,099,949 aggregate principal amount of convertible promissory notes outstanding, with $1,463,164 of interest accrued thereon. Each of XL’s outstanding convertible promissory notes will be satisfied in full in connection with the Merger. At the option of the holder of each such note, either (i) the entire principal of such note and accrued interest thereon will be converted into shares of XL’s common stock at a conversion price equal to $5.2662 per share of XL common stock (a “Full Note Conversion”), or (ii) (x) the entire principal amount of such note will be repaid in cash within three business days of the closing of the Business Combination, and (y) the value equal to (A) (I) the principal due under the notes plus any unpaid but accrued interest due under such note, divided by (II) 70%, minus (B) the principal due under the note, shall be converted into shares of XL’s common stock at $7.5232 per share of XL common stock (a “Partial Note Conversion”). Whether a note is converted in full or repaid in part and converted in part will depend on the election of the noteholder (or failure to make an election, in which case such noteholder will be deemed to have made the Full Note Conversion election) under the Omnibus Note Amendment. As of September 30, 2020, Partial Note Conversion elections had been made with respect to $11,250,000 aggregate principal amount of notes and Full Note Conversion elections had been made with respect to $4,500,000 aggregate principal amount of notes. Elections with respect to $2,349,949 aggregate principal amount of notes have not yet been made and XL expects such elections will be made prior to the closing of the Business Combination or, if not made, will be deemed to be treated as Full Note Conversion elections. The discussions herein assume that all such notes with respect to which an election has not been made as of the date hereof will be treated as if Full Note Conversion elections had been made. In determining the fully-diluted number of shares of XL’s common stock outstanding for the purposes of calculating the Exchange Ratio, one share of XL’s common stock will be treated as issuable upon conversion of such notes for each $10.00 of principal that is repaid in cash. Accordingly, to the extent the holders of XL’s convertible promissory notes elect to be repaid in cash, the aggregate number of shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock issued and reserved for issuance to XL’s other securityholders will be reduced accordingly.

In no event will the aggregate number of shares of Pivotal Class A common stock to be issued in the Merger exceed an amount equal to 100,000,000 less the number of shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of XL’s options and warrants that are to remain outstanding immediately following the Business Combination and less the number of shares treated as issuable upon the payment of any principal of XL’s convertible promissory notes (as determined in accordance with the Merger Agreement and more fully described in this proxy statement/prospectus). The actual number of shares of Pivotal Class A common stock to be issued at the closing the Merger will depend on the exercise, conversion, exchange or forfeiture of XL’s convertible promissory notes, options and warrants and the election of holders of XL’s convertible promissory notes (or the failure of such holders to make elections) to convert their notes, in whole or in part, in accordance with the Omnibus Note Amendment.

PIPE Transaction

In connection with the execution of the Merger Agreement, Pivotal entered into subscription agreements with the PIPE Investors, including MGG, an affiliate of Pivotal SPAC Funding II LLC, which is a managing member of the Sponsor, pursuant to which such PIPE Investors have agreed to purchase an aggregate of 15,000,000 shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock in the PIPE Transaction at a price of $10.00 per share for an aggregate commitment of $150,000,000. The closing of the private placement is expected to take place concurrently with

 

76


Table of Contents

the closing of the Business Combination. The subscription agreements are subject to certain conditions, including, among other things, the closing of the Business Combination.

Pro Forma Ownership of Pivotal Upon Closing

Assuming that none of XL’s options or warrants are exercised prior to the closing of the Business Combination and all of XL’s convertible promissory notes are converted in whole or in part into shares of XL’s common stock immediately prior to the Business Combination as described in “The Business Combination Proposal—Structure of the Merger—Consideration to XL Securityholders,” approximately 85,302,953 shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock will be issued to XL’s former stockholders and approximately 13,572,047 shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock will be reserved for issuance upon exercise of XL’s options and warrants assumed by Pivotal.

Based on the assumptions in the preceding paragraph, and further assuming that no holder of Pivotal’s public shares exercises conversion rights as described in this proxy statement/prospectus, immediately after the closing of the Business Combination, XL’s former stockholders will hold approximately 66.1% of the issued and outstanding Pivotal common stock, the PIPE Investors will hold approximately 11.6% of the issued and outstanding Pivotal common stock, and the current stockholders of Pivotal will hold approximately 22.3% of the issued and outstanding Pivotal common stock.

Headquarters; Trading Symbols

After completion of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement:

 

   

the corporate headquarters and principal executive offices of Pivotal will be located at 145 Newton Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02135; and

 

   

Pivotal’s Class A common stock and Pivotal’s warrants are expected to be traded on the NYSE under the symbols XL and XL WS, respectively. The warrants assumed by Pivotal pursuant to the Merger Agreement will not be listed or traded on a national securities exchange and are not expected to be quoted or traded on the over-the-counter markets.

Sale Restrictions

Certain of XL’s stockholders have entered or will enter into a Lock-up Agreement which provides that shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock to be issued to them in the Merger will be subject to a 12-month lock-up period during which they have agreed, subject to certain restrictions, not to, directly or indirectly, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of their shares to be issued in the Merger, which period may be earlier terminated if the reported closing sale price of the Pivotal Common Stock equals or exceeds $15.00 per share (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations or other similar transactions) for a period of 20 trading days during any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days following the consummation of the Merger, subject to certain exceptions.

In connection with the Merger, Pivotal has agreed to cause its initial stockholders, including the holders of the sponsor shares and private warrants, to amend the existing lock-up restrictions with respect to the common stock of Pivotal and warrants of Pivotal held by them, and enter into the Lock-Up Agreement to be executed by certain of XL’s stockholders, so that the lock-up restrictions with respect to such initial stockholders’ securities will be identical to the lock-up restrictions applicable to such stockholders of XL.

Related Agreements

Subscription Agreements for PIPE Transaction

On September 17, 2020, Pivotal entered into subscription agreements with the PIPE Investors pursuant to which such PIPE Investors (including MGG) have agreed to purchase, and Pivotal agreed to sell to the PIPE Investors, an aggregate of 15,000,000 shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock in a private placement at a price of $10.00

 

77


Table of Contents

per share for an aggregate commitment of $150,000,000. The subscription agreements are subject to certain customary conditions, including, among other things, the closing of the Business Combination. The purpose of the PIPE Transaction is to ensure that the combined company has a sufficient amount of capital following the closing of the transaction.

The issuance of the shares of Class A common stock in connection with the subscription agreements has not been registered under the Securities Act, and will be issued in reliance on the exemption from registration requirements thereof provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

The subscription agreements provide for certain registration rights. In particular, Pivotal will, as soon as practicable within thirty (30) calendar days, but no later than forty-five (45) calendar days following the closing date of the Merger, file with the SEC (at Pivotal’s sole cost and expense) a registration statement registering the resale of the shares issued to the PIPE Investors, and will use its commercially reasonable efforts to have such registration statement declared effective as soon as reasonably practicable after the filing thereof, but no later than the earlier of (i) the 60th calendar day following the actual filing date (or the 90th calendar day if the SEC notifies Pivotal (orally or in writing) that it will “review” such registration statement) and (ii) the 10th business day after the date Pivotal is notified (orally or in writing) by the SEC that such registration statement will not be “reviewed” or will not be subject to further review, subject to certain exceptions that provide for extensions, such as a government shutdown or a PIPE Investor’s failure to provide information requested by Pivotal that is required to be provided in such registration statement.

The subscription agreements will terminate with no further force and effect upon the earliest to occur of: (a) such date and time as the Merger Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms; (b) upon the mutual written agreement of the parties to such subscription agreement; (c) if any of the conditions to closing set forth in such subscription agreement are not satisfied on or prior to the closing and, as a result thereof, the transactions contemplated by the subscription agreement are not consummated at the subscription closing, and (d) March 16, 2021.

For more information about the subscription agreement Pivotal entered into with MGG, please see the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Persons Transactions—Pivotal’s Related Party Transactions—Subscription Agreements.”

Registration Rights Agreement

Certain stockholders of XL and Pivotal have entered or will enter into the Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant to which they will be granted certain rights to have registered, in certain circumstances, the resale under the Securities Act of certain shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock held by them, subject to certain conditions set forth therein. Pivotal has agreed to use reasonable best efforts to terminate its existing registration rights agreement and shall offer to the Pivotal stockholders who are parties to the existing registration rights agreement the opportunity to enter into the Registration Rights Agreement.

XL Support Agreements

In connection with the execution of the Merger Agreement, the Supporting Holders, comprised of certain of XL’s officers, directors, founders and their family members and 5% or greater holders of XL’s stock, who collectively hold approximately 47% of the issued and outstanding shares of XL’s common stock on an as-converted basis, have entered into Support Agreements with Pivotal pursuant to which the Supporting Holders have agreed, among other things, (i) to vote all of their respective shares of XL’s stock in favor of the Merger at a meeting called to approve the Merger by XL’s stockholders (or in an action by written consent approving the Merger) and (ii) to the extent such stockholders are holders of XL’s Series D preferred stock, to deliver a signature to the request for conversion required to effect the conversion of XL’s preferred stock into XL’s common stock immediately prior to the effective time of the merger.

 

78


Table of Contents

Background of the Merger

Pivotal is a blank check company incorporated on March 20, 2019 as a Delaware corporation and formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities. While Pivotal may pursue an initial business combination target in any industry or geographic location, Pivotal has focused on potential acquisition targets in North America in industries ripe for disruption from continuously evolving digital technology and the resulting shift in distribution patterns and consumer purchase behavior.

The Business Combination with XL is the result of an extensive search for a potential transaction utilizing the network and investing and transaction experience of Pivotal’s management team and board of directors. The terms of the Merger Agreement are the result of arm’s-length negotiations between representatives of Pivotal and XL. The following is a brief discussion of the background of these negotiations, the Merger Agreement and the Business Combination.

The following chronology summarizes the key meetings and events that led to the signing of the Merger Agreement, but it does not purport to catalogue every conversation among representatives of Pivotal, XL and their respective advisors.

On July 16, 2019, Pivotal consummated its initial public offering of 23,000,000 units. Each unit consisted of one share of Class A common stock and one-third of one redeemable warrant to purchase one share of Class A common stock. The units were sold at an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds of $230,000,000. Simultaneously with the consummation of the initial public offering, Pivotal consummated a private placement with the Sponsor pursuant to which Pivotal issued the Sponsor 4,233,333 warrants at a price of $1.50 per warrant, generating total proceeds of $6,350,000. A total of $230,000,000 million from the net proceeds from the initial public offering and the private placement were placed into a segregated trust account of Pivotal. Prior to the consummation of its initial public offering, neither Pivotal, nor anyone on its behalf, contacted any prospective target businesses or had any substantive discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to a transaction with Pivotal.

From the date of Pivotal’s initial public offering through the signing of the Merger Agreement with XL on September 17, 2020, representatives of Pivotal, including Jonathan Ledecky, the chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors of Pivotal, Kevin Griffin, a director of Pivotal, and Gregory Racz, an officer of the Sponsor, commenced an active search for prospective acquisition targets. During this period, these representatives of Pivotal reviewed self-generated ideas, initiated contact and were contacted by a number of individuals and entities with respect to business combination opportunities. Pivotal’s officers and directors ultimately identified and evaluated over 100 potential target businesses from a wide range of industry segments during this period. In connection with such evaluation, representatives of Pivotal had discussions regarding potential transactions with members of management and/or the boards of directors of certain potential acquisition targets. From the date of the initial public offering through September 17, 2020, representatives of Pivotal met with and engaged in substantive discussions with a number of potential acquisition targets with respect to a potential business combination and discussed potential valuations and structures. None of these discussions resulted in an executed letter of intent, other than the discussions with XL. The decision not to pursue any particular target business that Pivotal evaluated generally was the result of one or more of: (i) Pivotal’s determination that such business did not represent an attractive target due to a combination of business and growth prospects, strategic direction, management teams, structure and/or valuation; (ii) a difference in initial valuation expectations between Pivotal, on the one hand, and the target and/or its owners, on the other hand; (iii) a potential target’s unwillingness to engage in substantive discussions with Pivotal given the timing and uncertainty of closing due to the requirement for Pivotal to obtain stockholder approval as a condition to consummating any business combination; (iv) a potential target’s desire to remain a privately held company; or (v) a potential target’s unwillingness to engage in substantive discussions with Pivotal in light of conflicting business objectives on the target’s side.

 

79


Table of Contents

Pivotal decided to pursue a combination with XL because it determined that XL represented a compelling opportunity based upon, among other things: Pivotal’s and its advisors’ assessment of XL’s business and growth prospects, including by providing a platform for potential future acquisitions resulting from the Business Combination with XL; the fact that, unlike many of XL’s competitors, XL had already deployed its technology and was generating revenue from a diverse customer base; XL’s experienced management team in XL’s industry; the retention by Company equityholders of 100% of their equity interests in the Business Combination; and the favorable implied valuation of XL in the Business Combination. Compared to XL, Pivotal and its advisors did not consider the other alternative combination targets to be as compelling when taking the foregoing into consideration.

Mr. Ledecky and Thomas J. Hynes III, the founder and chief strategy officer of XL, have been business acquaintances for 10 years as a result of Mr. Ledecky’s decades-long relationship with Mr. Hynes’ family. In a telephone conversation on July 24, 2020 requested by Mr. Hynes, Mr. Ledecky and Mr. Hynes updated each other on their respective recent business activities, and Mr. Hynes sought Mr. Ledecky’s general advice regarding the special purpose acquisition company market and its participants. During that telephone conversation, Mr. Ledecky and Mr. Hynes then discussed the possibility of a potential transaction between Pivotal and XL. Following this conversation, Mr. Ledecky and Mr. Hynes made arrangements to further discuss their activities and to determine whether a transaction between Pivotal and XL would be in the best interests of Pivotal, XL and their respective shareholders.

Later in the day on July 24, 2020, XL’s financial advisor, Canaccord Genuity LLC (“Canaccord”), sent a draft non-disclosure agreement to Pivotal in order to allow XL to begin sharing due diligence materials with Pivotal to assist Pivotal in evaluating a potential transaction with XL. Following review and revision by Pivotal’s legal counsel, Graubard Miller (“Graubard”), Pivotal and XL entered into a customary non-disclosure agreement. Promptly thereafter beginning on July 24, 2020, XL began providing financial projections and other due diligence materials to Pivotal, including through an electronic data room maintained by XL’s legal counsel, Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo, P.C. (“Mintz”).

Commencing on July 24, 2020, the date on which Pivotal and its advisors were granted access to materials in accordance with the non-disclosure agreement and continuing through the signing of the Merger Agreement, representatives of Pivotal and its legal counsel, Morrison & Foerster LLP (“Morrison & Foerster”), conducted due diligence of XL through document review and numerous telephone conference calls with representatives of XL and Mintz. Pivotal’s diligence covered various areas, including, among others, commercial operations and contracts, financial results, litigation, legal compliance, intellectual property, tax and general corporate matters, with legal diligence conducted by Morrison & Foerster. In addition, Pivotal conducted further diligence, including calls with XL suppliers, customers, and investors, as well as competitors and industry experts, which diligence focused on, among other things, XL’s products, market share, and future prospects, as well as the outlook for the sector more generally. Based on such diligence, and after internal discussions as well as feedback from its advisors, Pivotal decided to pursue further diligence, discussions, and negotiations.

On July 27, 2020, representatives of Pivotal, XL, Graubard and Mintz held an introductory video conference meeting to discuss the respective businesses of Pivotal and XL, including the business rationale for a business combination and the possibility of a transaction between Pivotal and XL. Present at the meeting were Mr. Ledecky, Mr. Griffin, Sarah Sclarsic, a director of Pivotal, Mr. Racz, Mr. Kazarinoff and Mr. Hynes, among others. Later on July 27, 2020, following the meeting, an initial draft of a letter of intent setting forth the proposed terms of a transaction between Pivotal and XL was sent by Pivotal to XL based on the discussions held between the parties up to such date. The initial draft of the letter of intent contemplated Pivotal issuing to the stockholders of XL an aggregate of 100,000,000 shares of Pivotal common stock. The letter of intent also included certain other provisions relating to the board of directors, with two out of eight members of the board of directors of the combined company being existing Pivotal directors, including Mr. Ledecky, and the remainder designated by XL, restrictions on the sale of shares of Pivotal’s common stock following consummation of the Business Combination and a contemplated $100,000,000 million private placement at $10.00 per share that

 

80


Table of Contents

would close prior to or substantially concurrently with the closing of the Business Combination for the purpose of providing additional cash to the combined company to provide working capital to execute XL’s business plan and fund the combined company’s growth following the closing of the Business Combination. The draft letter of intent contemplated that the executed letter of intent, if any, would be non-binding other than with respect to certain provisions related to a 15-day automatically renewable exclusivity period, fees and expenses (with each party to bear its own expenses) and confidentiality.

On July 28, 2020, representatives of Pivotal and XL and their respective financial and legal advisors participated in a video conference meeting to discuss the proposed transaction and the draft letter of intent. Present at the meeting were Mr. Ledecky, Mr. Griffin, Ms. Sclarsic, Mr. Racz, Mr. Hynes and Dimitri N. Kazarinoff, the chief executive officer of XL, among others. At the meeting, the parties discussed the operations of Pivotal and XL and the terms of the draft letter of intent, including certain changes thereto that were requested by XL. Those changes included, among other things, a specific reference to the $1,000,000,000 implied valuation of XL based on the number of shares of Pivotal common stock to be issued to the stockholders of XL and XL’s and its financial advisor’s view of the valuations of similarly situated companies, the expansion of the size of the board of directors of the combined company to nine directors, with the additional director to be designated by XL, the ability for the board of directors of the combined company to approve secondary offerings following six months after consummation of the transaction (notwithstanding the transfer restrictions provided for in the draft letter of intent), a carve-out from the exclusivity provisions for XL’s ordinary course financing activities and certain termination provisions. The parties discussed these changes, including Pivotal’s view that the additional director should be a continuing Pivotal director, based in part on the Pivotal directors’ extensive relationships with individuals and companies that might be potential customers or acquisition candidates for the combined company following closing of the transaction and their past experience as advisors to and investors in growth-stage companies.

Later on July 28, 2020, XL convened a special meeting of its board of directors via telephone conference call to discuss the proposed transaction and the draft letter of intent, including the implied valuation of XL, and the underlying rationale for such implied valuation (which was consistent with Pivotal’s evaluation of the business, comparable companies in analogous markets), and the number of shares of Pivotal common stock to be issued to the stockholders of XL. During the board meeting, Mr. Hynes and Mr. Kazarinoff updated XL’s board of directors on the status of discussions with Pivotal, including the principal terms of the transaction and timing considerations. Following discussion and deliberation, XL’s board of directors approved and directed the representatives of XL to continue discussions with Pivotal and enter into the letter of intent, subject to the changes proposed by XL that had been discussed with Pivotal earlier on July 28, 2020, except that the additional director XL proposed would be designated by Pivotal. Following the conclusion of XL’s board meeting, a revised draft of the letter of intent reflecting those changes, among others, was distributed to Pivotal.

On July 29, 2020, representatives of Pivotal and XL and their respective legal advisors participated in a video conference meeting with Marcum LLP, XL’s outside independent audit firm (“Marcum”), to discuss the audit by Marcum of updated audited financial statements of XL prepared by XL for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, which were to be prepared in connection with this proxy statement/prospectus.

On August 5, 2020, following discussion of the changes to the letter of intent described above by representatives of Pivotal and XL and their respective financial and legal advisors, Pivotal and XL signed the revised letter of intent.

On August 6, 2020, a list of preliminary business diligence requests was submitted to XL by Pivotal. Throughout the period from August 6, 2020 until the signing of the Merger Agreement, representatives of Pivotal and its advisors conducted further analysis and held conference calls with representatives of XL regarding XL’s business plan, financial projections, technology and addressable market and continued their extensive business, financial, accounting, tax and legal due diligence investigations of XL.

 

81


Table of Contents

During the weeks of July 27, 2020 and August 3, 2020, representatives of Pivotal began preliminary discussions with BTIG, LLC (“BTIG”) regarding the PIPE Transaction contemplated by the letter of intent. BTIG has previously provided financial advisory services to Pivotal and the Sponsor from time to time, including as an underwriter in connection with Pivotal’s initial public offering, for which BTIG is owed certain deferred underwriting commissions payable upon the consummation of a business combination. On August 6, 2020, BTIG delivered an initial draft engagement letter to Pivotal setting forth the terms of BTIG’s engagement as a non-exclusive placement agent in the PIPE Transaction. Following negotiation between BTIG, on the one hand, and Pivotal and Morrison & Foerster, on the other hand, Pivotal and BTIG signed the engagement letter on August 14, 2020. Pivotal selected BTIG in light of BTIG’s extensive experience in advising special purpose acquisition companies on private placements and because of BTIG’s extensive knowledge of Pivotal as a result of their participation as an underwriter for Pivotal’s initial public offering.

On August 7, 2020, Pivotal circulated an initial draft of the Merger Agreement prepared by Morrison & Foerster, which reflected the terms of the signed letter of intent, to XL and Mintz.

On August 12, 2020, Mintz circulated a revised draft of the Merger Agreement to Pivotal. The revised draft provided for, among other things, the conversion of XL’s preferred stock into shares of common stock immediately prior to the Merger, with the treatment of other Company securities to be determined, an exception to the interim operating covenants for certain actions taken in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, a requirement and closing condition for Pivotal’s initial stockholders to amend their existing lock-up restrictions to be the same the lock-up restrictions applicable to XL’s stockholders and certain other closing conditions in favor of XL.

On August 14, 2020 and August 16, 2020, representatives of Morrison & Foerster and Mintz held telephone conference calls to discuss the revised draft Merger Agreement, including, among other things, the treatment of XL’s different classes of equity and debt securities, the terms and structure of the proposed transaction and certain of the additional closing conditions proposed in the revised draft Merger Agreement.

Also on August 14, 2020, representatives of Pivotal, BTIG and Morrison & Foerster commenced the discussion and preparation of wall crossing procedures to allow potential interested investors to consider participation in the proposed PIPE Transaction in connection with the Business Combination.

During the week of August 17, 2020, representatives of Pivotal and BTIG held telephone conference calls to discuss and revised marketing materials, timing and investor targeting for the proposed PIPE Transaction, including the potential participation by MGG, an affiliate of Pivotal SPAC Funding II, LLC (which is a managing member of the Sponsor), or its affiliate in the PIPE Transaction. Representatives of Pivotal and BTIG also began to hold telephone conference calls to discuss the proposed PIPE Transaction with a certain selected group of wall-crossed investors who agreed to be subject to certain confidentiality and other restrictions in order to gain access to information related to the proposed PIPE Transaction.

Also during the week of August 17, 2020, representatives of Pivotal began preliminary discussions with PJT Partners LP (“PJT”) regarding fundraising from additional investors related to the PIPE Transaction. PJT has previously provided financial advisory services to Pivotal and the Sponsor from time to time. On August 21, 2020, PJT delivered an initial draft engagement letter to Pivotal setting forth the terms of PJT’s engagement as a non-exclusive placement agent in the PIPE Transaction. Following negotiation between PJT, on the one hand, and Pivotal and Morrison & Foerster, on the other hand, Pivotal and PJT signed the engagement letter on August 25, 2020. Pivotal selected PJT in light of PJT’s extensive experience in advising special purpose acquisition companies on private placements.

On August 18, 2020, Morrison & Foerster delivered an initial draft of the form of Subscription Agreement to be used in connection with the PIPE Transaction to representatives of BTIG. Following discussions between BTIG, Pivotal and Morrison & Foerster, an updated draft of the form of Subscription Agreement was provided to

 

82


Table of Contents

representatives of BTIG on August 20, 2020, after which the updated draft of the form of Subscription Agreement was made available, either directly or through an electronic data room, to wall-crossed investors who agreed to be subject to certain confidentiality and other restrictions in order to gain access to information related to the proposed PIPE Transaction. From August 20, 2020 to September 2, 2020, a revised draft of the form of Subscription Agreement was provided to BTIG and a draft of such form of Subscription Agreement was provided to PJT, in each case reflecting comments received from certain potential investors in the PIPE Transaction and Mintz.

On August 18, 2020, Morrison & Foerster circulated a further revised draft of the Merger Agreement to Mintz. The revised draft of the Merger Agreement provided for, among other things, changes to the additional closing conditions in favor of XL, certain additional closing conditions to the benefit of Pivotal and limits on the exception to the interim operating covenants for actions taken in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

From August 21, 2020 to August 28, 2020, representatives of Morrison & Foerster and Mintz, together with Graubard and Pivotal’s and XL’s respective Delaware legal counsel, held a series of additional telephone conference calls to discuss the draft Merger Agreement, including, among other things, the treatment of XL’s different classes of equity and debt securities, the contemplated PIPE Transaction and the closing conditions.

On August 24, 2020, Mintz circulated a further revised draft of the Merger Agreement to Morrison & Foerster, and Morrison & Foerster circulated an initial draft of the Support Agreement to be entered into by certain officers, directors and 5% or greater holders of XL’s stock, to Mintz. The revised draft of the Merger Agreement provided for, among other things, the assumption of XL’s options and warrants by Pivotal, the conversion of XL’s convertible promissory notes into shares of common stock immediately prior to the Merger and certain changes to the closing conditions.

On August 28, 2020, Morrison & Foerster circulated a further revised draft of the Merger Agreement and initial drafts of certain additional ancillary documents, including the Lock-Up Agreement setting forth the lock-up restrictions to be applicable to certain Company stockholders and Pivotal’s initial stockholders and the Registration Rights Agreement providing certain SEC registration rights to such stockholders, to Mintz. The revised draft of the Merger Agreement provided for, among other things, certain clarifying changes to the treatment of XL’s options, warrants and convertible promissory notes and certain changes to the closing conditions. Also on August 28, 2020, Mintz circulated a revised draft of the form of Subscription Agreement to Morrison & Foerster.

On August 30, 2020, Mintz circulated a further revised draft of the Merger Agreement to Morrison & Foerster. The revised draft of the Merger Agreement provided for, among other things, certain clarifying changes to the treatment of XL’s options and certain changes to the closing conditions.

On August 31, 2020, Mintz circulated revised drafts of certain ancillary documents, including the Support Agreement, the Lock-Up Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement, to Mintz.

On September 2, 2020 and September 3, 2020, Morrison & Foerster and Mintz exchanged further revised drafts of the Merger Agreement and certain ancillary documents, including the Support Agreement, the Lock-Up Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement. In connection with such revised drafts, Morrison & Foerster and Mintz held additional telephone conference calls to discuss, among other things, the Support Agreements and the specific stockholders to be party thereto in light of existing SEC guidance, certain exceptions to be included in the Lock-Up Agreement and the composition of the initial post-merger board of directors of Pivotal and exchange their respective clients’ views regarding the identity of the directors of Pivotal who would continue on to serve on the board of directors of the combined company. As a result of these discussions, it was determined that Sarah Sclarsic would serve as a Class A director, Mr. Griffin would serve as a Class B director and Mr. Ledecky would serve as a Class C director. The continued involvement of Ms. Sclarsic, Mr. Griffin and Mr. Ledecky was based in part on their extensive relationships with individuals and companies that might be

 

83


Table of Contents

potential customers or acquisition candidates for the combined company following closing of the transaction and their past experience as advisors to and investors in growth-stage companies.

On September 9, 2020, Mintz circulated a further revised draft of the Merger Agreement and a draft of the Omnibus Note Amendment providing for the conversion and/or repayment of XL’s outstanding convertible promissory notes to Morrison & Foerster. From September 10, 2020 to September 16, 2020, representatives of Pivotal, XL, Morrison & Foerster, Graubard, Mintz and Marcum held a series of additional telephone conference calls to discuss and finalize the Merger Agreement, the Omnibus Note Amendment, the Support Agreements, the Lock-Up Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement and the specific registration rights to be provided therein and the investor presentation to be disseminated on the date of the announcement of the transaction, as well as to discuss outstanding items with respect to the completion of the updated audited financial statements by Marcum. Also from September 10, 2020, Morrison & Foerster and Mintz continued to exchange revised drafts of the Merger Agreement and ancillary documents until all agreements and documents were finalized on September 17, 2020.

From September 15 until September 17, 2020, representatives of Morrison & Foerster continued to negotiate the terms of the contemplated PIPE Transaction with potential PIPE investors, including, among other things, the conditions to the closing, the registration rights granted to the investors pursuant to the proposed Subscription Agreements, representations of the investors in the PIPE Transaction and the rights of the investors in the PIPE Transaction to terminate the Subscription Agreement under certain circumstances. During this period, Morrison & Foerster exchanged revised drafts of the Subscription Agreements with certain potential investors and their respective advisors until the Subscription Agreements were finalized with each investor on the evening of September 17, 2020. In light of increased demand by investors interested in participating in the PIPE Transaction, representatives of Pivotal, BTIG, PJT and Morrison & Foerster discussed and agreed to increase the size of the PIPE Transaction to an aggregate amount of $150,000,000 from the originally anticipated size of $100,000,000.

On September 15, 2020, the board of directors of XL approved the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, subject to final negotiations and modifications.

On September 16, 2020, Pivotal’s board of directors met via video conference. The entire Pivotal board of directors was present at the meeting. Also participating by invitation were James Brady, the chief financial officer of Pivotal, Mr. Racz, representatives of Morrison & Foerster and Graubard, and Mr. Hynes and Mr. Kazarinoff, who were present only when making a presentation to the Pivotal board of directors relating to XL’s business. The meeting began with such presentation, after which Mr. Hynes and Mr. Kazarinoff were excused from the meeting and the Pivotal board of directors began its deliberations. At the meeting, with the entire board of directors present, Mr. Ledecky gave an extensive presentation about the proposed transaction, including potential risks relevant to XL’s business, the implied valuation of XL, the pro forma ownership of the post-closing combined company, the fairness to Pivotal and its stockholders of the consideration to be paid by Pivotal in the transaction and the value of XL as a whole being at least equal to 80% of the amount held in Pivotal’s trust account (excluding deferred underwriting commissions). Following such presentation, Pivotal’s board of directors engaged in considerable review and discussion of the transaction, after which Katrina Adams, one of Pivotal’s directors, left the meeting due to pre-existing obligations. Representatives of Morrison & Foerster then provided an overview to Pivotal’s board of the directors with respect to their fiduciary duties under Delaware law and the terms of the Merger Agreement and the ancillary documents and responded to questions from the directors on the terms of the Merger Agreement and the ancillary documents. Representatives of Morrison & Foerster also reviewed the matters discussed with the board of directors, including the terms of the Merger Agreement and ancillary documents, with Ms. Adams and made themselves available for further discussion with the other directors following the meeting.

On September 17, 2020, in consideration of all the factors discussed at various meetings and discussions, Pivotal’s board of directors unanimously declared the Merger Agreement, the Business Combination, the PIPE Transaction and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement were advisable and in the best

 

84


Table of Contents

interests of Pivotal and its stockholders, and approved the form, terms and provisions of, and the transactions contemplated by, including the matters to be submitted to votes of Pivotal’s stockholders, and authorized Pivotal to enter into the Merger Agreement and the related transaction documentation. In addition, the audit committee of Pivotal’s board of directors, which is comprised entirely of independent directors (in accordance with the listing standards of the NYSE) unanimously approved the investment by MGG in the PIPE Transaction as a related-party transaction.

The Merger Agreement, the Subscription Agreements and other related transaction agreements were signed on September 17, 2020. Prior to the market open on September 18, 2020, Pivotal and XL jointly issued a press release announcing the signing of the Merger Agreement, and Pivotal filed a Current Report on Form 8-K announcing the execution of the Merger Agreement and disclosing the material terms of the Merger Agreement in detail. The investor presentation, investor call script and press release announcing the signing of the Merger Agreement were furnished as exhibits to such Current Report on Form 8-K.

The parties have continued and expect to continue regular discussions in connection with, and to facilitate, the closing.

Pivotal’s Board of Directors’ Reasons for Approval of the Business Combination

In evaluating the Business Combination, Pivotal’s board of directors consulted with Pivotal’s management and legal and financial advisors. Pivotal’s board of directors reviewed various industry and financial data in order to determine that the consideration to be paid was reasonable and that the Business Combination was in the best interests of Pivotal’s stockholders. The financial data reviewed included the historical and projected consolidated financial statements of XL, comparable publicly traded company analyses prepared by management and an analysis of pro forma capital structure and trading multiples prepared by management and Pivotal’s advisors.

Pivotal’s management conducted a due diligence review of XL that included an industry analysis, an analysis of the existing business model of XL and historical and projected financial results. Pivotal’s management, including its directors and advisors, has many years of experience in both operational management and investment and financial management and analysis and, in the opinion of Pivotal’s board of directors, was suitably qualified to conduct the due diligence and other investigations and analyses required in connection with the search for a business combination partner. A detailed description of the experience of Pivotal’s executive officers and directors is included in the section of this proxy statement/prospectus entitled “Other Information Related to Pivotal—Directors and Executive Officers.”

In reaching its unanimous resolution (i) that the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, including the proposed Business Combination, are advisable, fair to and in the best interests of Pivotal and its stockholders and (ii) to recommend that stockholders adopt and approve the Merger Agreement and approve the Merger contemplated therein, Pivotal’s board of directors considered a range of factors, including but not limited to, the factors discussed below. In light of the number and wide variety of factors, Pivotal’s board of directors did not consider it practicable to, and did not attempt to, quantify or otherwise assign relative weights to the specific factors it considered in reaching its determination. Pivotal’s board of directors viewed its position as being based on all of the information available and the factors presented to and considered by it. In addition, individual directors may have given different weight to different factors. This explanation of Pivotal’s reasons for the Business Combination and all other information presented in this section is forward-looking in nature and, therefore, should be read in light of the factors discussed under the section of this proxy statement/prospectus entitled “Forward-Looking Statements.”

In considering the Business Combination, Pivotal’s board of directors gave considerable weight to the following factors:

 

   

Unique Market Position. XL is well-positioned to take advantage of the dramatic shift toward fleet electrification expected over the next two decades and is currently delivering significant revenue compared to its competitors in a fragmented industry;

 

85


Table of Contents
   

Scalable Business Model. XL has developed a scalable, asset-light business model that leverages the existing installation capacity of the industry and provides flexibility to XL’s continued growth;

 

   

Existing Customer and Upfitter Relationships. XL has built a base of over 200 existing customers and a significant network of upfitter partners;

 

   

Experienced Leadership Team with a Proven Track Record. XL is led by an experienced management team in XL’s industry;

 

   

Platform for Future Acquisitions and Expansion. A public company status, combined with the capital to be provided from the PIPE and possibly from Pivotal’s trust, is expected to provide XL with an optimal platform for potential future acquisitions and expanding its current offerings;

 

   

Commitment of Current Stockholders. XL’s current stockholders agreed to retain 100% of their equity interests in the Business Combination, which the Pivotal board believed reflects their belief in and commitment to the continued growth prospects of the combined company;

 

   

Attractive Valuation. Pivotal’s board of directors believes XL’s implied valuation following the Business Combination relative to the current valuations experienced by comparable publicly traded companies in the electric vehicle sector is favorable for Pivotal;

 

   

Due Diligence. Pivotal’s due diligence examinations of XL and discussions with XL’s management and financial and legal advisors;

 

   

Other Alternatives. Pivotal’s board of directors believes, after a thorough review of other business combination opportunities reasonably available to Pivotal, that the Merger represents the best potential business combination for Pivotal and the most attractive opportunity for Pivotal based upon the process utilized to evaluate and assess other potential combination targets, and Pivotal’s board of directors’ belief that such process has not presented a better alternative; and

 

   

Negotiated Transaction. The financial and other terms of the Merger Agreement and the fact that such terms and conditions are reasonable and were the product of arm’s length negotiations between Pivotal and XL.

Pivotal’s board of directors also considered a variety of uncertainties and risks and other potentially negative factors concerning the Business Combination, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

Systems Update. The need to update XL’s financial systems and operations necessary for a public company.

 

   

Competition. Competition in XL’s industry is intense, which may cause reductions in the price XL can charge for its products and services, thereby potentially lowering XL’s profits;

 

   

Loss of Key Personnel. Key personnel in XL’s industry is vital and competition for such personnel is intense. The loss of any key personnel could be detrimental to XL’s operations;

 

   

Macroeconomic Risks. Macroeconomic uncertainty and the effects it could have on the combined company’s revenues;

 

   

Benefits Not Achieved. The risk that the potential benefits of the Merger may not be fully achieved or may not be achieved within the expected timeframe;

 

   

Pivotal Stockholders Receiving Minority Position. The fact that existing Pivotal stockholders will hold a minority position in the combined company; and

 

   

Other Risks. Various other risks associated with XL’s business, as described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” appearing elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

Pivotal’s board of directors concluded that the potential benefits that it expected Pivotal and its stockholders to achieve as a result of the Business Combination outweighed the potentially negative factors associated with the

 

86


Table of Contents

Business Combination. Accordingly, Pivotal’s board of directors unanimously determined that the Merger Agreement and the Merger contemplated therein were advisable, fair to and in the best interests of Pivotal and its stockholders.

Certain Forecasted Financial Information for XL

XL provided Pivotal with its internally prepared forecasts, as described below. These forecasts were prepared by XL solely for internal use, including capital budgeting and other management purposes, are subjective in many respects and are therefore susceptible to varying interpretations and the need for periodic revision based on actual experience and business developments, and were not intended for third-party use, including by investors or holders. You are cautioned not to rely on the forecasts in making a decision regarding the Business Combination, as the forecasts may be materially different than actual results.

The forecasts are based on information provided to Pivotal’s board of directors prior to meeting at which it approved the Merger Agreement and the Business Combination, and reflect numerous assumptions, including assumptions with respect to general business, economic, market, regulatory and financial conditions and various other factors, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond XL’s control, such as the risks and uncertainties described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” appearing elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

XL’s management used a number of key assumptions in determining its financial projections. Projected revenue is based on a variety of operational assumptions, including the number of XL hybrid electric, plug-in hybrid electric, electric, and fuel cell electric systems sold, and the average sales price per system. Projected revenue also assumes system sales to international customers and revenue from commissions and services, with both revenue streams commencing in 2021 based on a percentage of forecasted systems sold. Underlying XL’s revenue forecasts are management’s assessment of the potential market demand for its fleet electrification solutions, including the increasing market acceptance of electric and hybrid-electric vehicles by commercial fleet customers and the unique attributes and services it intends to incorporate into its offering.

Projected gross profit is driven by assumptions regarding the expected cost of XL’s electric powertrain solutions, including material, labor and manufacturing overhead, freight, service and warranty costs. Other key assumptions impacting profitability projections include headcount and other selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) and research and development expenses. While SG&A expenses may increase in absolute dollars as XL grows, such expenses are expected to represent a smaller percentage of revenue contributing to improvements in EBITDA margin in future years. In addition, XL’s forecasts reflect anticipated costs based on its asset-light model utilizing well-established third-party manufacturing and installation partners.

Although the assumptions and estimates on which the forecasts for revenue and costs are based are believed by XL’s management to be reasonable and based on the best then-currently available information, the financial forecasts are forward-looking statements that are based on assumptions that are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond XL’s control. While all forecasts are necessarily speculative, XL believes that the prospective financial information covering periods beyond twelve months from its date of preparation carries increasingly higher levels of uncertainty and should be read in that context. There will be differences between actual and forecasted results, and actual results may be materially greater or materially less than those contained in the forecasts. The inclusion of the forecasted financial information in this proxy statement/prospectus should not be regarded as an indication that XL, Pivotal or their respective representatives considered or consider the forecasts to be a reliable prediction of future events, and reliance should not be placed on the forecasts.

The forecasts were requested by, and disclosed to, Pivotal for use as a component in its overall evaluation of XL, and are included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus on that account. XL has not warranted the accuracy, reliability, appropriateness or completeness of the forecasts to anyone, including to Pivotal. Neither

 

87


Table of Contents

XL’s management nor any of its representatives has made or makes any representation to any person regarding the ultimate performance of XL compared to the information contained in the forecasts, and none of them intends to or undertakes any obligation to update or otherwise revise the forecasts to reflect circumstances existing after the date when made or to reflect the occurrence of future events in the event that any or all of the assumptions underlying the forecasts are shown to be in error. Accordingly, they should not be looked upon as “guidance” of any sort. XL will not refer back to these forecasts in its future periodic reports filed under the Exchange Act.

XL does not as a matter of course make public projections as to future sales, earnings or other results. However, XL’s management has prepared the prospective financial information set forth below to present the key elements of the forecasts provided to Pivotal. The accompanying prospective financial information was not prepared with a view toward public disclosure or with a view toward complying with the guidelines established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants with respect to prospective financial information, but, in the view of XL’s management, was prepared on a reasonable basis, reflects the best currently available estimates and judgments, and presents, to the best of management’s knowledge and belief, the expected course of action and the expected future financial performance of XL. However, this information does not reflect statements of fact and should not be relied upon as being necessarily indicative of future results, and readers of this proxy statement/prospectus are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the prospective financial information. Neither XL’s independent auditors, nor any other independent accountants, have compiled, examined or performed any procedures with respect to the projected financial information contained herein, nor have they expressed any opinion or any other form of assurance on such information or its achievability, and assume no responsibility for, and disclaim any association with, the projected financial information.

The key elements of the forecasts provided to Pivotal, which assumes accelerating sales of XL’s existing Class 2-6 hybrid electric vehicle and plug-in hybrid electric vehicle solutions bolstered by the commencement of sales of XL’s all-electric solutions for Class 4-6 vehicles and xEV solutions for Class 7-8 vehicles in 2022, are summarized in the table below:

Key Financial Metrics:

 

     Forecast  
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2020E     2021E     2022E      2023E      2024E  
     (in millions)  

Total Revenue

   $ 21     $ 75     $ 281      $ 648      $ 1,377  

Gross Profit

     2       17       69        158        340  

EBITDA

     (10     (15     31        117        308  

XL defines EBITDA as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA, a non-GAAP measures, is an addition, and not a substitute for or superior to, measure of financial performance prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income, operating income or any other performance measure derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP or as alternative to cash flows from operating activities as a measure of liquidity.

Financial measures provided to a financial advisor in connection with a business combination transaction are excluded from the definition of non-GAAP financial measures and therefore are not subject to SEC rules regarding disclosures of non-GAAP financial measures, which would otherwise require a reconciliation of a non-GAAP financial measure to a U.S. GAAP financial measure. Accordingly, neither Pivotal nor XL has provided a reconciliation of the EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

This information should be read in conjunction with “XL Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” as well as the audited financial statements of XL included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

 

88


Table of Contents

Key Non-Financial Metrics:

 

     Forecast  
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2020E      2021E      2022E      2023E      2024E  

Class 2-6 hybrid electric vehicle & plug-in hybrid electric systems sold (units)

     1,277        4,950        16,830        29,651        47,754  

Class 4-6 XL EV systems sold (units)

     —          —          306        1,561        2,547  

Class 7-8 XL xEV systems sold (units)

     —          —          158        1,125        6,063  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total vehicles sold (units)

     1,277        4,950        17,294        32,337        56,364  

Satisfaction of 80% Test

It is a requirement under Pivotal’s current amended and restated certificate of incorporation that any business acquired by Pivotal have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance of the funds in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for an initial business combination. Based on the financial information used to approve the Business Combination described herein, Pivotal’s assessment that XL’s valuation was attractive compared to its competitive peers and the other information described herein, Pivotal’s board of directors determined that this requirement was met. In reaching this determination, Pivotal’s board of directors concluded that it was appropriate to base such valuation on a number of qualitative factors, such as management strength and depth, competitive positioning, customer relationships and technical skills, as well as quantitative factors, such as the historical performance of XL and the potential for future growth in revenues and profits of XL, rather than rely on any one factor. Pivotal’s board of directors believes that the financial skills and background of its members qualify it to conclude that the acquisition met the 80% requirement.

Interests of the Sponsor and Pivotal’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination

In considering the recommendation of Pivotal’s board of directors to vote in favor of approval of the business combination proposal, the PIPE proposal, the charter proposals and the other proposals, stockholders should keep in mind that the Sponsor and Pivotal’s directors and executive officers have interests in such proposals that are different from, or in addition to, those of Pivotal’s stockholders generally. In particular:

 

   

If the Business Combination with XL or another business combination is not consummated by January 16, 2021 (or such later date as may be approved by Pivotal’s stockholders), Pivotal will cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, redeeming 100% of the outstanding public shares for cash and, subject to the approval of its remaining stockholders and its board of directors, dissolving and liquidating. In such event, the 5,750,000 sponsor shares held by the Sponsor and Pivotal’s directors and officers, which were acquired for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000 prior to Pivotal’s initial public offering, would be worthless because the holders are not entitled to participate in any redemption or distribution with respect to such shares. On the other hand, if the Merger is consummated, each outstanding sponsor share will convert into one share of Pivotal’s Class A common stock at the closing. Such shares had an aggregate market value of $                 based upon the closing price of $                 per share on NYSE on                 , 2020, the record date.

 

   

The Sponsor, which is affiliated with certain of Pivotal’s directors and officers, purchased an aggregate of 4,233,333 private warrants from Pivotal for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $6.35 million (or $1.50 per warrant). These purchases took place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of Pivotal’s initial public offering. All of the proceeds Pivotal received from these purchases were placed in the trust account. Such warrants had an aggregate market value of $                 based upon the closing price of $                 per warrant on NYSE on                 , 2020, the record date. The private warrants will become worthless if Pivotal does not consummate a business combination by January 16, 2021 (or such later date as may be approved by Pivotal stockholders in an amendment to its amended and restated certificate of incorporation).

 

89


Table of Contents
   

MGG, which is a managing member of the Sponsor, and of which Kevin Griffin, one of Pivotal’s directors, is the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer, has subscribed for shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock in connection with the PIPE Transaction. MGG is expected to fund $6.3 million of the PIPE Transaction, for which it will receive 630,000 shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock. Accordingly, MGG may acquire this interest in Pivotal at a discount to the price paid by stockholders of Pivotal who acquire their shares in the after-market. Such shares would have had an aggregate market value of $                 based upon the closing price of $                 per share on NYSE on                , 2020, the record date.

 

   

If Pivotal is unable to complete a business combination within the required time period, the Sponsor will be personally liable under certain circumstances described herein to ensure that the proceeds in the trust account are not reduced by the claims of target businesses or claims of vendors or other entities that are owed money by Pivotal for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to Pivotal. If Pivotal consummates a business combination, on the other hand, Pivotal will be liable for all such claims.

 

   

The Sponsor and Pivotal’s officers and directors and their affiliates are entitled to reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with certain activities on Pivotal’s behalf, such as identifying and investigating possible business targets and business combinations. However, if Pivotal fails to consummate a business combination within the required period, they will not have any claim against the trust account for reimbursement. Accordingly, Pivotal may not be able to reimburse these expenses if the Business Combination with XL or another business combination is not completed by January 16, 2021 (or such later date as may be approved by Pivotal stockholders in an amendment to its amended and restated certificate of incorporation). As of                 , 2020, the record date, the Sponsor and Pivotal’s officers and directors and their affiliates had incurred approximately $                 of unpaid reimbursable expenses.

 

   

It is currently contemplated that Jonathan J. Ledecky, Kevin Griffin and Sarah Sclarsic will be directors of Pivotal after the closing of the Business Combination (assuming that the director election proposal is approved as described in this proxy statement/prospectus). As such, in the future, each will receive any cash fees, stock options or stock awards that the Pivotal board of directors determines to pay to its non-executive directors.

 

   

The Merger Agreement provides for the continued indemnification of Pivotal’s current directors and officers and the continuation of directors and officers liability insurance covering Pivotal’s current directors and officers.

 

   

Pivotal’s officers and directors (or their affiliates) may make loans from time to time to Pivotal to fund certain capital requirements. As of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, no such loans have been made, but loans may be made after the date of this proxy statement/prospectus. If the Business Combination is not consummated, the loans will not be repaid and will be forgiven except to the extent there are funds available to Pivotal outside of the trust account.

Recommendation of Pivotal’s Board of Directors

After careful consideration of the matters described above, particularly XL’s position in its industry, potential for growth and profitability, the experience of XL’s management and XL’s competitive positioning, its customer relationships and technical skills, Pivotal’s board determined unanimously that each of the business combination proposal and the other proposals to be presented at the annual meeting are fair to and in the best interest of Pivotal’s stockholders is fair to and in the best interests of Pivotal and its stockholders. Pivotal’s board of directors has approved and declared advisable and unanimously recommend that you vote or give instructions to vote “FOR” each of these proposals and “FOR” each of nine director nominees identified in this proxy statement/prospectus to serve as directors of the combined company.

 

90


Table of Contents

The foregoing discussion of the information and factors considered by Pivotal’s board of directors is not meant to be exhaustive, but includes the material information and factors considered by Pivotal’s board of directors.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Merger

The following section is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences for (i) holders of XL Fleet common stock who exchange shares of XL Fleet common stock for Pivotal common stock of the Merger and (ii) holders of Pivotal common stock and warrants, including holders of Pivotal common stock that elect to have their common stock redeemed for cash. The discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences contained in this proxy statement/prospectus is intended to provide only a general discussion and is not a complete analysis or description of all potential U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Merger.

This discussion addresses only those holders that hold their common stock or warrants as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to holders in light of their individual circumstances (including consequences under the alternative minimum tax, the Medicare tax on net investment income, and consequences under Section 451(b) of the Code) and does not address any U.S. federal non-income tax (such as the estate or gift tax), state, local, non-U.S. or other tax laws. This discussion also does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to holders that are subject to special rules, including (but not limited to):

 

   

financial institutions, insurance companies, mutual funds, real estate investment trusts, and regulated investment companies;

 

   

investors in pass-through entities (such as partnerships, S corporations and disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

 

   

tax-exempt organizations;

 

   

brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;

 

   

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting;

 

   

persons that hold common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, constructive sale or conversion transaction, or those that purchased or sell their common stock as part of a wash sale;

 

   

Non-U.S. holders (as defined below, and except as otherwise discussed below);

 

   

certain expatriates, former citizens of, or long-term residents of the United States, or persons that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar;

 

   

persons that own (or are treated as owning) 5% or more of Pivotal’s or of XL Fleet’s common stock;

 

   

persons who exercise redemption rights but continue to own, actually or constructively, Pivotal common stock following the Merger;

 

   

persons who hold or receive Pivotal common stock as compensation, through a tax-qualified retirement plan or through the exercise of a warrant or conversion rights under convertible instruments;

 

   

persons who hold shares of common stock that may constitute “qualified small business stock” under Section 1202 of the Code or as “Section 1244 stock” for purposes of Section 1244 of the Code;

 

   

persons who acquired common stock in a transaction subject to the gain rollover provisions of Section 1045 of the Code; and

 

   

persons who are making charitable contributions of common stock in connection with the Merger.

This discussion is based on the Code, applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations thereunder, published administrative rulings and court decisions, all as currently in effect as of the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change,

 

91


Table of Contents

possibly with retroactive effect. Any such change could affect the continuing validity of this discussion. Tax considerations under state, local and foreign laws, or federal laws other than those pertaining to the income tax (including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income) are not addressed. Except as otherwise discussed, this discussion also does not address the tax consequences of transactions occurring prior to, concurrently with or after the Merger (whether or not such transactions are undertaken in connection with the Merger), including, without limitation, the exercise of stock options or warrants in anticipation of the Merger.

For purposes of this discussion, a U.S. holder is a beneficial owner of common stock or warrants that is any of the following for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation, including any entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate if its income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if (a) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions, or (b) it has in effect a valid election under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of common stock or warrants who is neither a U.S. holder nor an entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partners of a partnership holding such common stock, should consult their own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the Merger.

THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION DOES NOT PURPORT TO BE A COMPLETE ANALYSIS OR DISCUSSION OF ALL OF THE POTENTIAL TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE MERGER AND EXERCISE OF CONVERSION RIGHTS. ALL HOLDERS OF PIVOTAL AND XL FLEET COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE MERGER, INCLUDING TAX RETURN REPORTING REQUIREMENTS AND THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. AND OTHER TAX LAWS IN LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.

Tax Consequences of the Merger to Holders of XL Fleet Common Stock if the Merger Qualifies as a Reorganization

It is intended that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Merger will qualify as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. In the Merger Agreement, each of Pivotal, Merger Sub and XL Fleet agrees not to take any action or fail to take any action which would reasonably be expected to prevent or impede the Merger from qualifying as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. Pivotal and XL Fleet have also agreed to report the Merger on all tax returns in a manner consistent with such tax treatment, unless otherwise required by law. Pivotal and XL Fleet have agreed to use best efforts to cause each party’s tax counsel to deliver a tax opinion, dated as of the closing date of the Merger, to the effect that the Merger will qualify as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. However, the obligations of Pivotal and XL Fleet to complete the Merger are not conditioned on the receipt of such tax opinions at Closing and the Merger will occur even if it does not so qualify. Any tax opinion delivered will be based on customary assumptions and representations made, as well as certain covenants and undertakings, by Pivotal, Merger Sub and XL Fleet.

 

92


Table of Contents

An opinion of counsel is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or any court, and neither Pivotal nor XL Fleet intends to request a ruling from the IRS regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Merger. Consequently, no assurance can be given that the IRS will not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to the conclusions reflected in the opinion or any of those set forth below. Accordingly, each holder is urged to consult its tax advisor with respect to the particular tax consequences of the Merger to such holder.

Assuming that the Merger qualifies as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code, the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Merger to U.S. holders of XL Fleet common stock are as follows:

 

   

a U.S. holder of XL Fleet common stock will not recognize any gain or loss realized on the exchange of shares of XL Fleet common stock for shares of Pivotal common stock;

 

   

the aggregate tax basis of the Pivotal common stock received in the Merger will be the same as the aggregate tax basis of the XL Fleet common stock surrendered in exchange for the Pivotal common stock; and

 

   

the holding period of Pivotal common stock received in exchange for shares of XL Fleet common stock will include the holding period of the XL Fleet common stock surrendered in exchange for the Pivotal common stock.

If a U.S. holder exchanges more than one “block” of XL Fleet common stock (that is, groups of XL Fleet common stock that the U.S. holder acquired at different times or at different prices), tax basis in, and the holding period of, the XL Fleet common stock exchanged for Pivotal common stock in accordance with the preceding rules will be determined separately with respect to each block of such XL Fleet common stock.

As provided in U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.368-3(d), each U.S. holder who receives shares of Pivotal common stock in the Merger is required to retain permanent records pertaining to the Merger, and make such records available to any authorized IRS officers and employees. Additional information reporting requirements may apply to certain U.S. holders. U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the potential application of information reporting requirements.

Assuming that the Merger qualifies as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code, a Non-U.S. holder of XL Fleet common stock who exchanges XL Fleet common stock for Pivotal common stock is generally expected to be treated in the same manner as a U.S. holder (except as provided below).

Tax Consequences of the Merger to Holders of XL Fleet Common Stock if the Merger Fails to Qualify as a Reorganization

If any requirement for the Merger to qualify as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code is not satisfied, a U.S. holder of XL Fleet common stock generally would recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes on each share of XL Fleet common stock surrendered in the Merger in an amount equal to the difference between (1) the fair market value of the Merger consideration received in exchange for such surrendered share upon completion of the Merger and (2) the holder’s basis in the share of XL Fleet common stock surrendered. Gain or loss must be calculated separately for each block of XL Fleet common stock exchanged by such U.S. holder if such blocks were acquired at different times or for different prices. Any gain or loss recognized generally would be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder’s holding period in a particular block of XL Fleet common stock exceeds one year at the effective time. Long-term capital gain of non-corporate U.S. holders (including individuals) generally is taxed at reduced U.S. federal income tax rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. A U.S. holder’s tax basis in shares of Pivotal common stock received in the Merger would be equal to the fair market value thereof as of the effective time, and such U.S. holder’s holding period in such shares would begin on the day following the Merger.

 

93


Table of Contents

Subject to the discussion of FATCA below, if the Merger does not qualify as a “reorganization” under Section 368(a) of the Code, a Non-U.S. holder is not generally expected to be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain recognized as a result of the Merger unless: (i) any gain recognized in the Merger is treated as effectively connected with a trade or business in the United States or (ii) such holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the exchange and certain other requirements are met.

Gain described in clause (i) will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items. Gain described in clause (ii) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. holder, provided the Non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

Tax Considerations for the Holders of Pivotal Common Stock and Warrants

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Merger Sub will merge with and into XL Fleet, with XL Fleet surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Pivotal and the securityholders of XL Fleet becoming securityholders of Pivotal.

No gain or loss is expected to be recognized for U.S. federal income tax purposes by Pivotal or by the stockholders of Pivotal (whether such holders are U.S. holders or Non-U.S. holders) if their conversion rights are not exercised. No gain or loss is expected to be recognized for U.S. federal income tax purposes by holders of warrants to acquire Pivotal common stock (whether such holders are U.S. holders or Non-U.S. holders) solely as a result of the Merger.

A stockholder of Pivotal that is a U.S. holder who exercises conversion rights and effects a complete termination of the stockholder’s interest in Pivotal is anticipated to be required to recognize gain or loss upon the exchange of that stockholder’s shares of common stock of Pivotal for cash. Such gain or loss will be measured by the difference between the amount of cash received and the tax basis of that stockholder’s shares of Pivotal common stock. This gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the holding period for the share of Pivotal common stock is more than one year. Gain and loss recognized on a conversion of Pivotal common stock for cash must generally be determined separately for each block of Pivotal shares (i.e., stock acquired at the same cost in a single transaction).

A stockholder of Pivotal that is a Non-U.S. holder who exercises conversion rights and effects a complete termination of the stockholder’s interest in Pivotal is generally expected to be treated in the same manner as a U.S. stockholder for U.S. federal income tax purposes except that (subject to the discussion of FATCA below) such Non-U.S. holder generally is not expected to be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the conversion unless (i) any gain recognized in the conversion is treated as effectively connected with a trade or business in the United States or (ii) such holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the exchange and certain other requirements are met.

Gain described in clause (i) will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items. Gain described in clause (ii) is expected to be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. holder, provided the Non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

 

94


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Information reporting and backup withholding at the applicable rate (currently 24%) may apply in certain circumstances to the proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of Pivotal common stock to holders who exercise conversion rights, or in certain circumstances upon the exchange of XL Fleet common shares for Pivotal common shares (for example, in the event that the Merger does not qualify as a “reorganization” under Section 368(a) of the Code). Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. holder that furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes other required certifications, or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding and establishes such exempt status. A Non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to backup withholding provided that the relevant holder certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishing an exemption. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or “FATCA”) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on (subject to the proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations discussed below) dividends in respect of, and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of securities paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, while withholding under FATCA would have applied to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of securities on or after January 1, 2019, recently proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds. Taxpayers generally may rely on these proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations until final U.S. Treasury Regulations are issued.

This discussion in this section, “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Merger,” is intended to provide only a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Merger. It does not address tax consequences that may vary with, or are contingent on, your individual circumstances. In addition, the discussion does not address any non-income tax or any foreign, state or local tax consequences of the Merger or exercise of conversion rights. Accordingly, you are strongly urged to consult with your tax advisor to determine the particular U.S. federal, state, local or foreign income or other tax consequences to you of the Merger and exercise of conversion rights.

 

95


Table of Contents

Anticipated Accounting Treatment

The Merger will be accounted for as a reverse merger in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under this method of accounting, Pivotal will be treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. This determination was primarily based on XL comprising the ongoing operations of the combined company, XL senior management comprising the senior management of the combined company, and that the former owners and management of XL will have control of the board of directors of the combined company after the Merger. In accordance with guidance applicable to these circumstances, the Merger will be considered to be a capital transaction in substance. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the Merger will be treated as the equivalent of XL issuing shares for the net assets of Pivotal, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Pivotal will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the closing of the Merger will be those of XL.

Regulatory Matters

The Merger is not subject to any additional federal or state regulatory requirement or approval, except for the filings with the State of Delaware necessary to effectuate the Merger and the filing of required notifications and the expiration or termination of the required waiting periods under the HSR Act. On October 1, 2020, the parties filed with the FTC the notice required under the HSR Act and requested early termination of the waiting period under the HSR Act.

Required Vote

The approval of the business combination proposal will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Pivotal common stock present and entitled to vote at the annual meeting to approve the Business Combination.

Under Pivotal’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the Business Combination may not be consummated if Pivotal has net tangible assets of less than $5,000,001, after taking into account the conversion into cash of all public shares properly demanded to be converted by holders of public shares, the completion of the Business Combination and the completion of the PIPE Transaction. Because the net tangible assets of the combined company will exceed this threshold as a result of the PIPE Transaction, all of the public shares may be converted and Pivotal can still consummate the Business Combination. However, the combined company must meet certain distribution criteria, including having a minimum of 1,100,000 publicly held shares, in order to be listed on the NYSE, which is a condition to closing the Business Combination.

The approval of the business combination proposal is a condition to the consummation of the Business Combination. If the business combination proposal is not approved, the other proposals (except an adjournment proposal, as described below) will not be presented to the stockholders for a vote.

THE PIVOTAL BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT THE PIVOTAL STOCKHOLDERS VOTE “FOR” THE APPROVAL OF THE BUSINESS COMBINATION PROPOSAL.

 

96


Table of Contents

THE MERGER AGREEMENT

For a discussion of the structure of the transactions and consideration, see the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal.” Such discussion and the following summary of other material provisions of the Merger Agreement is qualified by reference to the complete text of the Merger Agreement, a copy of which is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex A. All stockholders are encouraged to read the Merger Agreement in its entirety for a more complete description of the terms and conditions of the transactions.

Closing and Effective Time of the Business Combination

The closing of the Business Combination will take place no later than the third (3rd) business day following the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions described below (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the closing of the Business Combination, but subject to the satisfaction thereof at such closing),under the subsection entitled “Conditions to the Closing of the Business Combination,” unless the parties to the Merger Agreement agree in writing to another time. The Business Combination is expected to be consummated as soon as practicable after the meeting of Pivotal’s stockholders described in this proxy statement/prospectus.

Representations and Warranties

The Merger Agreement contains representations and warranties of XL relating, among other things, to proper organization and qualification; subsidiaries; capitalization; the authorization, performance and enforceability against XL of the Merger Agreement; absence of conflicts; required filings, permits, consent, approval or authorization of governmental authorities; compliance with laws, organizational documents and material contracts; financial statements and internal controls; absence of undisclosed liabilities; absence of certain changes or events; litigation; benefit plans; labor matters; restrictions on business activities; assets and real property; tax matters; environmental matters; brokers’ fees and third-party expenses; intellectual property matters; material contracts; insurance; transactions with affiliates; board approval; and information disclosed in the proxy statement.

The Merger Agreement contains representations and warranties of each of Pivotal and Merger Sub relating, among other things, to proper organization and qualification; subsidiaries; capitalization; the authorization, performance and enforceability against Pivotal and Merger Sub of the Merger Agreement; absence of conflicts; required filings, permits, consent, approval or authorization of governmental authorities; compliance with laws, organizational documents and material contracts; reports filed with the SEC, financial statements and internal controls, compliance under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; absence of undisclosed liabilities; absence of certain changes or events; litigation; benefit plans; labor matters; restrictions on business activities; assets and real property; intellectual property matters; tax matters; environmental matters; brokers’ fees; material contracts; insurance; transactions with affiliates; NYSE listing; board approval; trust account; and documents related to the PIPE Transaction.

Covenants

Pivotal and XL have each agreed to take such actions as are necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the transactions set forth in the Merger Agreement. Each of them has also agreed to continue to operate their respective businesses in the ordinary course consistent with past practices prior to the closing of the Business Combination and not to take the following actions, among others, except as permitted by the Merger Agreement or the PIPE Documents, without the prior written consent of the other parties:

 

   

waive any stock repurchase rights, accelerate, amend or change the period of exercisability of options or restricted stock, or reprice options granted under any employee, consultant, director or other stock plans or authorize cash payments in exchange for any options granted under any of such plans;

 

   

grant any material severance or termination pay to officers or employees not in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, except pursuant to applicable law or existing agreements, policies or plans;

 

97


Table of Contents
   

transfer or license to any person or otherwise extend, amend or modify any material rights to intellectual property or enter into grants to transfer or license to any person future patent rights, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices;

 

   

declare, set aside or pay dividends on or make any other distributions (whether in cash, stock, equity securities or property) in respect of any capital stock, or split, combine or reclassify any capital stock or issue or authorize the issuance of any other securities in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for any capital stock (other than such dividends or distributions of a subsidiary of XL to XL or another Company subsidiary);

 

   

purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any shares of capital stock or other equity securities or ownership interests of XL or Pivotal, except in the case of XL, pursuant to the terms of a Company employee benefit plan or any derivative securities of XL outstanding on the date of the Merger Agreement in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement;

 

   

issue, deliver, sell, authorize, pledge, amend, exchange, settle or otherwise encumber any shares of capital stock or other equity securities or ownership interests or any securities convertible into or exchangeable capital stock or other equity securities or ownership interests, or enter into other agreements obligating it to issue equity securities or convertible or exchangeable securities (except with respect to the exercise or settlement of any Company stock options in effect as of the date of the Merger Agreement, grants of any Company stock options in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or any securities of XL issuable upon the conversion or exchange of any existing Company securities);

 

   

amend its certificate of incorporation or bylaws in any material respect;

 

   

acquire or agree to acquire, whether by merger, stock or asset acquisition, or other transaction any business, entity or division thereof, or otherwise acquire or agree to acquire outside the ordinary course of business any assets which are material, individually or in the aggregate, to the business of Pivotal or XL and its subsidiaries, as applicable, or enter into any joint ventures, strategic partnerships or alliances or other arrangements that provide for exclusivity of territory or otherwise restrict such party’s ability to compete or to offer or sell any products or services;

 

   

sell, lease, license, encumber or otherwise dispose of any material properties or assets, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, the incurrence of permitted liens as specified in the Merger Agreement, pursuant to existing Company agreements made available to Pivotal and those that are not material, individually or in the aggregate, to the business of Pivotal or XL;

 

   

except incurrences of indebtedness under XL’s existing credit facilities and extensions of credit in the ordinary course with employees and among XL and its subsidiaries, incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or guarantee any such indebtedness of another, issue or sell any debt securities or options, warrants, calls or other rights to acquire any debt securities of Pivotal or XL and its subsidiaries, as applicable, enter into any “keep well” or other agreement to maintain any financial statement condition or enter into any arrangement having the economic effect of any of the foregoing;

 

   

except as otherwise required by applicable law or pursuant to an existing plan, policy or agreement of XL or its subsidiaries, or in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (i) adopt or materially amend any employee benefit plan (including any plan that provides for severance), or enter into any employment contract or collective bargaining agreement, (ii) pay any special bonus or special remuneration to any director or employee or (iii) materially increase the salaries, wage rates or fringe benefits (including rights to severance or indemnification) of its directors, officers, employees or consultants;

 

   

pay, discharge, settle or satisfy any material claims, liabilities or obligations (absolute, accrued, asserted or unasserted, contingent or otherwise), or litigation other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices or as previously disclosed in such party’s financial statements or

 

98


Table of Contents
 

(ii) waive the benefits of, agree to modify in any material manner, terminate, release any person from or knowingly fail to enforce any material confidentiality or similar agreement to which it is a party or beneficiary;

 

   

except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, modify in a manner materially adverse to XL, Pivotal or Merger Sub, as applicable, or terminate (other than in accordance with its terms) certain material contracts, or waive, delay the exercise of, release or assign any material rights or claims thereunder;

 

   

except as required by law or U.S. GAAP, revalue any of its assets in any material manner or make any material change in accounting methods, principles or practices;

 

   

except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, incur or enter into any agreement, contract or commitment requiring such party to pay in excess of $150,000 in any 12-month period;

 

   

settle any material litigation where the consideration given by the party is other than monetary or to which an officer, director or employee of such person is a party in his or her capacity as such;

 

   

make or rescind tax elections that would be reasonably likely to adversely affect in any material respect the tax liability or attributes of such party, settle or compromise any material income tax liability outside the ordinary course of business or, except as required by applicable law, change any material method of accounting for tax purposes or prepare or file any return in a manner materially inconsistent with past practice;

 

   

form or establish a subsidiary except in the ordinary course of business consistent with prior practice;

 

   

permit XL, Pivotal, the Merger Sub or their respective subsidiaries, or administrator of any of their respective employee benefit plans, to exercise discretionary rights under any employee benefit plan to provide for the automatic acceleration of any outstanding options, the termination of any outstanding repurchase rights or the termination of any cancellation rights issued pursuant to such plans, except as permitted in the Merger Agreement;

 

   

make capital expenditures in excess of previously budgeted amounts;

 

   

enter into any material transaction with or distribute or advance any assets or property to any of its officers, directors, partners, stockholders, managers, members or other affiliates other than (i) the payment of salary and benefits and the advancement of expenses in the ordinary course of business consistent with prior practice or (ii) such distributions or advancements by a subsidiary of XL to XL or another such subsidiary; or

 

   

agree in writing or otherwise commit to take any of the foregoing actions.

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, exceptions apply to certain of the foregoing actions by XL and its subsidiaries in connection with the suspension of operations related to the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic as are reasonably necessary to (1) to protect the health and safety of their respective employees and other individuals with whom they have business dealings or (2) respond to third-party supply or service disruptions caused by the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic.

The Merger Agreement also contains additional covenants of the parties, including covenants providing that:

 

   

the parties will maintain confidentiality with respect to nonpublic information exchanged in connection with the Merger Agreement and the negotiations related thereto and provide access to any information concerning the business of a party and its subsidiaries;

 

   

the parties will not solicit or enter into discussions or transactions with, or encourage or provide any information to any third party, and to immediately cease all existing discussions or negotiations with any third party, regarding any merger, sale of ownership interests or assets;

 

99


Table of Contents
   

XL will provide periodic financial information to Pivotal through the closing date of the Merger and the audited consolidated financial statements of XL and its subsidiaries for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, audited by Marcum LLP (or such other nationally recognized audit firm reasonably acceptable to Pivotal);

 

   

Pivotal will prepare, file and distribute the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part;

 

   

XL will give notice in accordance with Delaware Law and its charter documents seeking stockholder approval of the Merger;

 

   

Pivotal will take all actions necessary so that all directors and officers of Pivotal prior to the closing of the Merger resign, except those as set forth in the Merger Agreement, and increase the number of members of its board of directors to nine (9) and the parties will take all necessary action so that those persons specified in the Merger Agreement or the schedules thereto are appointed to the board of directors;

 

   

the parties will prepare and file any required notification pursuant to the HSR Act;

 

   

the parties will prepare and file Current Reports on Form 8-K and issue joint press releases announcing the execution of the Merger Agreement and closing of the Merger, respectively, and consult with each other before issuing any other press release or public statement with respect to the Business Combination;

 

   

the parties will provide all information necessary in order to prepare, update, amend or supplement, to the extent necessary, this proxy statement/prospectus, Current Reports on Form 8-K, press releases or any other filing, notice or application to governmental entities or third parties in connection with the Merger and the transactions contemplated thereby;

 

   

XL and its affiliates shall not engage in any purchases or sales of Pivotal’s securities prior to the Business Combination without Pivotal’s consent;

 

   

XL and its affiliates will waive their rights to make claims against Pivotal to collect from the trust account any monies that may be owed to them by Pivotal;

 

   

the parties will use reasonable best efforts to obtain the listing for trading on the NYSE of the common stock issued in connection with the Business Combination;

 

   

Pivotal will maintain tail directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies for a period of six years following the Business Combination;

 

   

the executive officers of XL will repay any amounts owed by them to XL and cause any guaranty made by XL for the benefit of them to be terminated;

 

   

Pivotal will be permitted to borrow funds from its directors, officers and/or stockholders to meet its reasonable capital requirements, with up to $1,500,000 of which borrowings may be convertible into private warrants;

 

   

Pivotal will cause the trust account to be distributed immediately upon consummation of the Business Combination and to pay all liabilities and obligations of Pivotal due or incurred at or prior to the date of closing, including (i) payment to the holders of public shares who elect to convert their shares into cash, (ii) payment of Pivotal’s income and other tax obligations, (iii) repayment of loans and reimbursement of expenses to directors and officers of Pivotal, (iv) payments of deferred underwriting commissions incurred in connection with Pivotal’s initial public offering and (v) payment of third-party transaction costs incurred by Pivotal;

 

   

certain stockholders of XL as well as the Sponsor and holders of certain Pivotal warrants will agree to additional lock-up restrictions or enter into the Lock-Up Agreements, as applicable;

 

   

Pivotal shall, if approved by Pivotal’s board of directors after the Merger, engage in a secondary offering of Pivotal common stock held by persons entitled to registration rights;

 

100


Table of Contents
   

at or prior to the closing of the Business Combination, Pivotal will execute and deliver the Registration Rights Agreement and use reasonable best efforts to terminate the existing Pivotal registration rights agreement, among Pivotal and the former Pivotal stockholders thereto;

 

   

the parties shall take any action necessary to prevent the Merger from qualifying as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code, including that XL shall deliver tax representation letters to Pivotal’s legal counsel and cause counsel to deliver an opinion to such effect;

 

   

Pivotal shall adopt an equity incentive plan as specified in the Merger Agreement;

 

   

Pivotal shall use commercially reasonable efforts to arrange and consummate the PIPE Transaction, including delivering executed subscription agreements to XL, satisfying any conditions pursuant to the subscription agreements, and taking any other actions necessary to consummate the PIPE Transaction;

 

   

XL shall give notice to XL’s stockholders of a special meeting of stockholders to consider the Merger Agreement, the Merger and the transactions contemplated thereby, send copies of this proxy statement/prospectus and other relevant information to XL’s stockholders, and cause such stockholders to affirmatively vote “For” the Merger and in opposition to any other proposal that could reasonably be expected to delay or impair the consummation of the Merger and execute and deliver any related documentation in support of the Merger;

 

   

XL shall give Pivotal notice of any demands for appraisal received by XL and any withdrawals of such demands and the opportunity to participate in all negotiations and proceedings with respect to such demands and shall not, except with the prior written consent of Pivotal, make any payment with respect to such demands or offer to settle or settle any such demands;

 

   

XL shall either (i) obtain lender consent under the terms of the PPP Loan, by and between XL, as borrower, and Silicon Valley Bank, as lender, to the consummation of the Merger or (ii) repay in full of any outstanding principal and accrued interest under the PPP Loan or, if elected by Pivotal, cooperate with Pivotal to enable Pivotal to repay in full any outstanding principal and accrued interest on the PPP Loan;

 

   

Pivotal will enter into the Support Agreements with certain of XL’s stockholders and deliver a signature to any request for conversion by holders of XL’s Series D preferred stock; and

 

   

the parties will use commercially reasonable efforts to do all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, including obtaining all necessary approvals from governmental agencies and other third parties.

Conditions to Closing of the Business Combination

General Conditions

Consummation of the Business Combination is conditioned on approval of the proposals to Pivotal’s stockholders, including the business combination proposal. In addition, the consummation of the Merger is conditioned upon, among other things:

 

   

Pivotal having, either immediately prior to or upon the closing of the Business Combination, at least $5,000,001 of net tangible assets following the exercise by holders of Pivotal’s public shares of their right to convert their public shares into their pro rata share of the trust account;

 

   

all specified waiting periods under the HSR Act having expired;

 

   

no statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, injunction or other order being in effect or enforced by any governmental entity and which has the effect of making the Merger illegal or otherwise prohibiting consummation of the Merger;

 

   

the registration statement of which this proxy statement/prospectus forms a part having become effective in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act, no stop order having been issued by the SEC which remains in effect with respect to the registration statement, and no proceeding seeking such a stop order having been threatened or initiated by the SEC which remains pending;

 

101


Table of Contents
   

approval of the Business Combination by XL’s stockholders;

 

   

the approval for listing on the NYSE of Pivotal’s common stock comprising the Merger Consideration to be issued; and

 

   

the PIPE Transaction having been completed or completed concurrently with the closing of the Business Combination.

Conditions to Closing of XL

The obligations of XL to consummate the Merger are also conditioned upon, among other things:

 

   

the accuracy of the representations and warranties of Pivotal and Merger Sub (subject to certain bring-down standards);

 

   

performance of the agreements and covenants of Pivotal and Merger Sub required by the Merger Agreement to be performed on or prior to the closing of the Merger in all material respects;

 

   

no action, suit or proceeding being pending or threatened by any governmental entity which is reasonably likely to prevent consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or cause any of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement to be rescinded following consummation, or to materially and adversely affect the title of the shares of Pivotal common stock to be issued in connection with the Merger, and no order, judgment, decree, stipulation or injunction to such effect being in effect;

 

   

no Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Merger Agreement) with respect to Pivotal having occurred between the date of the Merger Agreement and the closing of the Business Combination;

 

   

Pivotal executing the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

   

the filing of Pivotal’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and the adoption of the amended and restated bylaws;

 

   

the resignation of all persons employed by Pivotal, except for those specified in the Merger Agreement or the schedules thereto;

 

   

the termination of the existing registration rights agreement, among Pivotal and the former Pivotal stockholders thereto; and

 

   

executing the Lock-Up Agreement.

Pivotal’s and Merger Sub’s Conditions to Closing

The obligations of Pivotal and Merger Sub to consummate the Merger are also conditioned upon, among other things:

 

   

the accuracy of the representations and warranties of XL (subject to certain bring-down standards);

 

   

performance of the agreements and covenants of XL and its subsidiaries required by the Merger Agreement to be performed on or prior to the closing of the Merger in all material respects;

 

   

no action, suit or proceeding being pending or threatened by any governmental entity which is reasonably likely to prevent consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or cause any of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement to be rescinded following consummation, or to materially and adversely affect the right of the surviving corporation to own, operate or control any of the assets of XL following the Merger, and no order, judgment, decree, stipulation or injunction to such effect being in effect;

 

   

no Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Merger Agreement) with respect to XL having occurred between the date of the Merger Agreement and the closing of the Business Combination;

 

102


Table of Contents
   

delivery of updated audited financial statements by XL to Pivotal, which must be consistent in all material respects with XL’s existing audited financial statements;

 

   

execution and delivery of the Lock-Up Agreement by XL’s stockholders specified in the Merger Agreement or the schedules thereto;

 

   

termination of certain Company agreements, including XL’s existing stockholders’ agreement, specified in the Merger Agreement or the schedules thereto;

 

   

delivery of a written request for conversion by certain Company stockholders to XL and such other documentation reasonably requested by Pivotal evidencing the conversion of the preferred stock of XL and treatment of derivative securities of XL;

 

   

receipt of lender consent under the terms of the PPP Loan, in connection with the consummation of the Merger or the repayment in full of any outstanding principal and accrued interest under the PPP Loan; and

 

   

the delivery by XL to Pivotal of a certificate that meets the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1445-2(c)(3) and states that shares of XL are not “ U.S. real property interests” within the meaning of Section 897 of the Code, together with a written authorization for Pivotal to deliver such certification to the IRS on behalf of XL after the closing of the Business Combination and a notice to the IRS in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.897-2(h)(2).

Waiver

If permitted under applicable law, Pivotal or XL may waive in writing any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties made to such party contained in the Merger Agreement and waive compliance with any agreements or conditions for the benefit of itself or such party contained in the Merger Agreement.

The existence of the financial and personal interests of Pivotal’s directors may result in a conflict of interest on the part of one or more of them between what he or she may believe is best for Pivotal and what he or she may believe is best for himself in determining whether or not to grant a waiver in a specific situation. See the section entitled “Risk Factors” for a fuller discussion of this and other risks.

Termination

The Merger Agreement may be terminated at any time, but not later than the closing of the Business Combination, as follows:

 

   

by mutual written consent of Pivotal and XL;

 

   

by either Pivotal or XL if the Business Combination is not consummated on or before January 16, 2021 (the “Outside Date”), provided that the right to terminate the Merger Agreement will not be available to any party whose action or failure to act has been a principal cause of or primarily resulted in the failure of the Merger to occur on or before such date and such action or failure to act constitutes a breach of the Merger Agreement;

 

   

by either Pivotal or XL if a governmental entity shall have issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other action, in any case having the effect of permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the Merger, which order, decree, judgment, ruling or other action is final and non-appealable;

 

   

by either Pivotal or XL if the other party has breached any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements in any material respect or any has become untrue such that the conditions to the Merger Agreement would not be satisfied as of the time of such breach and such breach is incapable of being cured or is not cured by the Outside Date, provided that the terminating party is itself not in material breach;

 

103


Table of Contents
   

by Pivotal if XL shall have failed to deliver Support Agreements within one (1) day following the execution of the Merger Agreement;

 

   

by Pivotal if XL fails to obtain the requisite approval of its stockholders to the Merger Agreement and the Merger by written consent within ten (10) business days following the approval of this proxy statement/prospectus by the SEC;

 

   

by either Pivotal or XL if, at the special meeting of stockholders, the proposals to stockholders, including the business combination proposal, shall fail to be approved by the required vote (subject to any adjournment or recess of the meeting); or

 

   

by either Pivotal or XL if, immediately prior to or upon the closing, following consummation of the Merger, Pivotal will have less than $5,000,001 of net tangible assets following the exercise by the holders of shares of Pivotal common stock issued in Pivotal’s initial public offering of their conversion rights into cash.

Effect of Termination

In the event of proper termination by any of the parties, the Merger Agreement will be of no further force or effect (other than with respect to certain surviving obligations specified in the Merger Agreement), without any liability on the part of any party thereto or its respective affiliates, officers, directors or stockholders, other than liability of any party thereto for any intentional and willful breach of the Merger Agreement by such party occurring prior to such termination.

Fees and Expenses

Except as otherwise set forth in the Merger Agreement, all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby will be paid by the party incurring such expenses whether or not the transactions are consummated.

Confidentiality; Access to Information

Each party to the Merger Agreement will afford to the other parties and their financial advisors, accountants, counsel and other representatives reasonable access during normal business hours, upon reasonable notice, to all of their respective properties, books, records and personnel during the period prior to the closing to obtain all information concerning the business, including the status of business development efforts, properties, results of operations and personnel, as each party may reasonably request and which may be limited in light of the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic by orders issued by governmental entities or by a party to the extent such access would jeopardize the health and safety of any employee. The parties agree to maintain in confidence any non-public information received from the other party, and to use such non-public information only for purposes of consummating the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

Amendments

The Merger Agreement may be amended by the parties thereto at any time prior to the closing of the Business Combination by execution of an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each of the parties.

Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction

The Merger Agreement is governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the state of Delaware, regardless of the law that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of the conflicts of laws of Delaware. With respect to disputes related to the Merger Agreement, each party irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the courts of the State of Delaware or the federal courts located in the State of Delaware.

 

104


Table of Contents

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORP. II

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Introduction

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements (which we refer to as the pro forma financial statements) combine the historical consolidated financial statements of Pivotal and the historical consolidated financial statements of XL to illustrate the effect of the Business Combination and the related transactions. The pro forma financial statements were based on and should be read in conjunction with:

 

   

The accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma financial statements;

 

   

Pivotal’s unaudited financial statements for the three and six months ended June 30, 2020 and the notes relating thereto, included elsewhere in this proxy statement;

 

   

Pivotal’s audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the notes relating thereto, included elsewhere in this proxy statement;

 

   

XL’s unaudited consolidated financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and the notes relating thereto included elsewhere in this proxy statement; and

 

   

XL’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the notes relating thereto included elsewhere in this proxy statement.

Pivotal is providing the following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information to aid you in your analysis of the financial aspects of the Business Combination and the related transactions.

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet combines the unaudited condensed consolidated historical balance sheet of Pivotal as of June 30, 2020 with the unaudited condensed consolidated historical balance sheet of XL as of June 30, 2020, giving effect to the Business Combination and the related transactions as if they had been consummated as of June 30, 2020.

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2020 combines the unaudited condensed statement of operations of Pivotal for the six months ended June 30, 2020 with the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations of XL for the six months ended June 30, 2020, giving effect to the Business Combination and the related transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2019.

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019 combines the audited statement of operations of Pivotal for the year ended December 31, 2019 with the audited consolidated statement of operations of XL for the year ended December 31, 2019, giving effect to the Business Combination and the related transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2019.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of June 30, 2020, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019 have been prepared using two different assumptions regarding the number of public shares as to which the Pivotal public stockholders exercise their conversion rights, as follows:

Assuming No Redemption: This presentation assumes that no Pivotal public stockholders seek conversion of their Pivotal public shares into pro rata shares of the trust account;

Assuming Maximum Redemption: This presentation assumes that holders of no more than 21,775,816 public shares (as of June 30, 2020) of Pivotal exercise their right to have their shares converted into their pro rata share of the trust account.

 

105


Table of Contents

The historical financial information has been adjusted to give effect to the expected events that are related and/or directly attributable to the Business Combination and the related transactions, are factually supportable and are expected to have a continuing impact on the combined results. The adjustments presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements have been identified and presented to provide relevant information necessary for an accurate understanding of the combined company upon consummation of the Business Combination and the related transactions.

The historical financial statements of Pivotal and XL have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

The historical financial information of Pivotal was derived from the unaudited condensed financial statements of Pivotal for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and the audited financial statements of Pivotal for the year ended December 31, 2019, which are included elsewhere in this proxy statement. The historical financial information of XL was derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of XL for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and the audited consolidated financial statements of XL for the year ended December 31, 2019, included elsewhere in this proxy statement. This information should be read together with Pivotal’s and XL’s financial statements and related notes, “Other Information Related to Pivotal—Pivotal’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “XL’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial information included elsewhere in this proxy statement.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is for illustrative purposes only. The financial results may have been different had the companies always been combined. You should not rely on the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information as being indicative of the historical results that would have been achieved had the companies always been combined or the future results that the combined company will experience.

The Business Combination has not been consummated as of the date of the preparation of these pro forma financial statements and there can be no assurances that the merger will be consummated. See “Risk Factors” for additional discussion of risk factors associated with the pro forma financial statements.

 

106


Table of Contents

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORP. II

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

as of June 30, 2020

 

    Pivotal
Investment

Corp. II
    XL Hybrids,
Inc.
    Pro Forma Adjustments     Pro Forma As
Adjusted
(assuming

no
redemption)
    Pro Forma Adjustments with
Maximum Conversion
    Pro Forma As
Adjusted
(assuming
maximum
redemption)
 
    Debit     Note     Credit     Note     Debit     Note     Credit     Note  
    Note 1     Note 2                                                              
ASSETS                                                                        

Current assets:

                       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 752,835     $ 4,907,000     $ 224,215,211       3       163,464       5     $ 359,585,990     $ 4,250,000       11     $ 219,804,573       10     $ 144,031,417  
        144,650,000       9       14,775,592       6         —           —        

Restricted cash

    —         150,000       —           —           150,000       —           —           150,000  

Accounts receivable, net

    —         1,823,000       —           —           1,823,000       —           —           1,823,000  

Inventory

    —         2,476,000       —           —           2,476,000       —           —           2,476,000  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    74,047       194,000       —           74,047       5       194,000       —           —           194,000  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total current assets

    826,882       9,550,000       368,865,211         15,013,103         364,228,990       4,250,000         219,804,573         148,674,417  

Marketable securities held in Trust Account

    232,265,211       —         —           232,265,211       3       —         —           —           —    

Property and equipment, net

    —         779,000       —           —           779,000       —           —           779,000  

Intangible assets, net

    —         701,000       —           —           701,000       —           —           701,000  

Goodwill

    —         489,000       —           —           489,000               489,000  

Other assets

    —         32,000       —           —           32,000       —           —           32,000  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 233,092,093     $ 11,551,000     $ 368,865,211       $ 247,278,314       $ 366,229,990     $ 4,250,000       $ 219,804,573       $ 150,675,417  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                       

Current liabilities:

                       

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $ 160,853     $ 4,864,000     $ 160,853       5     $ —         $ 4,864,000     $ —         $ —         $ 4,864,000  

Accrued offering costs

    10,000       —         10,000       5       —           —         —           —           —    

Income taxes payable

    66,658       —         66,658       5       —           —         —           —           —    

Current portion of long-term debt

    —         2,730,000       —           —           2,730,000       —           —           2,730,000  

Convertible debt derivative liability

    —         6,919,000       6,919,000       7       —           —         —           —           —    

Subordinated convertible promissory notes

    —         18,595,000       18,595,000       7       —           —         —           —           —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    237,511       33,108,000       25,751,511         —           7,594,000       —           —           7,594,000  

Deferred underwriting fee

    8,050,000       —         8,050,000       3       —           —         —           —           —    

Long-term debt, net of current portion

    —         1,141,000       —           —           1,141,000       —           —           1,141,000  

Deferred revenue

    —         133,000       —           —           133,000       —           —           133,000  

Contingent consideration

    —         577,000       —           —           577,000               577,000  

Other liabilities

    —         4,376,000       —           —           4,376,000               4,376,000  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

    8,050,000       6,227,000       8,050,000         —           6,227,000       —           —           6,227,000  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    8,287,511       39,335,000       33,801,511         —           13,821,000       —           —           13,821,000  

 

107


Table of Contents
    Pivotal
Investment

Corp. II
    XL Hybrids,
Inc.
    Pro Forma Adjustments     Pro Forma As
Adjusted
(assuming

no
redemption)
    Pro Forma Adjustments with
Maximum Conversion
    Pro Forma As
Adjusted
(assuming
maximum
redemption)
 
    Debit     Note     Credit     Note     Debit     Note     Credit     Note  
    Note 1     Note 2                                                              
                                                                         

Commitments

                       

Common stock, subject to possible redemption

    219,804,573       —         219,804,573       4       —           —         —           —           —    
        —                      

Shareholders’ equity:

        —                      

Preferred stock

    —         —         —           —           —         —           —           —    

Common stock

      1,000       1,000       7       —           —         —           —           —    

Class A Common stock

    122             218       4       23,775       2,178       10       —           21,597  
            8,458       7              
            15,000       9              

Class B Common stock

    575       —         —           —           575       —           —           575  

Series D-1 convertible preferred stock

    —         24,388,000       24,388,000       7           —                 —    

Series D-2 convertible preferred stock

    —         740,000       740,000       7           —                 —    

Series D-3 convertible preferred stock

    —         103,000       103,000       7           —                 —    

Series D-4 convertible preferred stock

    —         2,233,000       2,233,000       7           —                 —    

Series C convertible preferred stock

    —         13,054,000       13,054,000       7           —                 —    

Series B-1 convertible preferred stock

    —         34,000       34,000       7           —                 —    

Series B convertible preferred stock

    —         5,956,000       5,956,000       7           —                 —    

Series A convertible preferred stock

    —         4,531,000       4,531,000       7           —                 —    

Additional paid-in capital

    3,384,026       3,167,000           219,804,355       4       449,151,232       219,802,395       10       4,250,000       11       233,598,837  
            76,545,542       7              
            1,615,286       8         —           —        
            144,635,000       9              

Retained earnings (Accumulated deficit)

    1,615,286       (81,991,000     14,775,592       6           (96,766,592     —           —           (96,766,592
        1,615,286       8                  

Total shareholders’ equity

    5,000,009       (27,784,000     67,430,878         442,623,859         352,408,990       219,804,573         4,250,000         136,854,417  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders equity

  $ 233,092,093     $ 11,551,000     $ 321,036,962       $ 442,623,859       $ 366,229,990     $ 219,804,573       $ 4,250,000       $ 150,675,417  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

See footnotes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements

 

108


Table of Contents

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORP. II

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2020

 

    Pivotal
Investment

Corp. II
    XL Hybrids,
Inc.
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro forma As
Adjusted (no
redemption)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
(assuming
maximum
redemption)
    Pro forma As
Adjusted
(assuming
maximum
redemption)
 
    Adjustment     Note     Adjustment     Note  
    Note A     Note B                                      

Revenues

  $ —       $ 3,144,000     $ —         $ 3,144,000     $ —         $ 3,144,000  

Cost of revenues

    —         3,152,000           3,152,000       —           3,152,000  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Gross Profit

    —         (8,000     —           (8,000     —           (8,000

Operating expenses:

               

Operating costs

    347,286       —         —           347,286       —           347,286  

Research and development

    —         1,651,000       —           1,651,000       —           1,651,000  

Selling, general, and administrative

    —         5,494,000       —           5,494,000       —           5,494,000  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    347,286       7,145,000       —           7,492,286       —           7,492,286  

Loss from operations

    (347,286     (7,153,000     —           (7,500,286     —           (7,500,286

Other income (expense):

               

Interest income on marketable securities held in Trust Account

    865,346       —         (865,346     C       —         —           —    

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    —         (1,038,000     1,038,000       E       —         —           —    

Change in fair value of derivative liabilities

    —         (4,537,000     4,537,000       D       —         —           —    

Interest expense

    —         (1,668,000     997,000       E       (671,000     —           (671,000
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Loss before benefit for income taxes

    518,060       (14,396,000     5,706,654         (8,171,286     —           (8,171,286

Provision for income taxes

    (108,792     —         —           (108,792     —           (108,792
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net loss

    409,268       (14,396,000     5,706,654         (8,280,078     —           (8,280,078

Weighted average shares outstanding Basic and diluted

    6,966,801       11,523,468       119,934,550       F       138,424,819       (21,768,560     G       116,656,259  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Earnings per share

               

Basic and diluted

  $ 0.06     $ (1.25       $ (0.06       $ (0.07
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

See footnotes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements

 

109


Table of Contents

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORP. II

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

    Pivotal
Investment

Corp. II
    XL Hybrids,
Inc.
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro forma As
Adjusted (no
redemption)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
(assuming
maximum
redemption)
    Pro forma As
Adjusted
(assuming
maximum
redemption)
 
    Adjustment     Note     Adjustment     Note  
    Note AA     Note BB                                      

Revenues

  $ —       $ 7,215,000     $ —         $ 7,215,000     $ —         $ 7,215,000  

Cost of revenues

    —         8,075,000           8,075,000       —           8,075,000  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Gross Profit

    —         (860,000     —           (860,000     —           (860,000

Operating expenses:

               

Operating costs

    393,291       —         —           393,291       —           393,291  

Research and development

    —         2,874,000       —           2,874,000       —           2,874,000  

Selling, general, and administrative

    —         9,835,000       —           9,835,000       —           9,835,000  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    393,291       12,709,000       —           13,102,291       —           13,102,291  

Loss from operations

    (393,291     (13,569,000     —           (13,962,291     —           (13,962,291

Other income (expense):

               

Interest income and realized gain on marketable securities held in Trust Account

    1,919,897       —         (1,919,897     CC       —         —           —    

Change in fair value of derivative liabilities

    —         819,000       4,537,000       DD       5,356,000       —           5,356,000  

Interest expense

    —         (2,151,000     853,000       EE       (1,298,000     —           (1,298,000
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Loss before benefit for income taxes

    1,526,606       (14,901,000     3,470,103         (9,904,291     —           (9,904,291

Income tax benefit

    (320,588     —         —           (320,588     —           (320,588
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net loss

    1,206,018       (14,901,000     3,470,103         (10,224,879     —           (10,224,879

Weighted average shares outstanding Basic and diluted

    6,141,375       10,752,940       115,691,843       FF       132,586,158       (21,768,560     GG       110,817,598  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Earnings per share

               

Basic and diluted

  $ 0.20     $ (1.39       $ (0.08       $ (0.09
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

See footnotes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements

 

110


Table of Contents

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORP. II

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements

 

I.

Merger

On September 17, 2020, Pivotal entered into the Merger Agreement with Merger Sub and XL.

XL is a leading provider of fleet electrification solutions for Class 2-6 commercial vehicles in North America. Since its founding in 2009, XL has deployed its hybrid and plug-in hybrid electric drive systems, along with its on-board telematics solution, on thousands of vehicles across hundreds of fleets throughout the United States and Canada.

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Merger Sub will merge with and into XL, with XL surviving the merger. As a result, XL will become a wholly owned subsidiary of Pivotal and the securityholders of XL will become securityholders of Pivotal.

Under the Merger Agreement, each share of XL’s common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger (including each share of XL’s common stock issued as a result of the conversion of XL’s preferred stock and any conversion or exchange of XL’s convertible promissory notes, each as more fully described elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus) will be automatically converted into the right to receive a number of shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock equal to the Exchange Ratio. The Exchange Ratio is the quotient obtained by dividing 100,000,000 by the fully-diluted number of shares of XL’s common stock outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, including shares issuable or treated as issuable upon the conversion of XL’s preferred stock and the exercise, conversion or exchange of XL’s convertible promissory notes, options and warrants (as determined in accordance with the Merger Agreement and more fully described in this proxy statement/prospectus).

Each of the options to purchase XL’s common stock, whether or not exercisable and whether or not vested, and each of the warrants to purchase XL’s stock, in each case that is outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, will be assumed by Pivotal and converted into an option or warrant to purchase a number of shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock equal to the number of shares subject to such option or warrant immediately prior to the effective time multiplied by the Exchange Ratio, at an exercise price equal to the exercise price immediately prior to the effective time divided by the Exchange Ratio. XL has agreed in the Merger Agreement to take all actions necessary to effectuate the foregoing treatment of the options and warrants.

In no event will the aggregate number of shares of Pivotal Class A common stock to be issued in the Merger exceed an amount equal to 100,000,000 less the number of shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of XL’s options and warrants that are to remain outstanding immediately following the Business Combination and less the number of shares treated as issuable upon the payment of any principal of XL’s convertible promissory notes (as determined in accordance with the Merger Agreement and more fully described in this proxy statement/prospectus).

In connection with the execution of the Merger Agreement, Pivotal entered into subscription agreements with the PIPE Investors, including MGG, an affiliate of Pivotal SPAC Funding II LLC, which is a managing member of the Sponsor, pursuant to which such PIPE Investors have agreed to purchase an aggregate of 15,000,000 shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock in the PIPE Transaction at a price of $10.00 per share for an aggregate commitment of $150,000,000. The subscription agreements are subject to certain conditions, including, among other things, the closing of the Business Combination.

Certain of XL’s stockholders will enter into a Lock-Up Agreement which provides that shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock to be issued to them in the Merger will be subject to a 12-month lockup period, which period may be earlier terminated if the reported closing sale price of the Pivotal common stock equals or exceeds $15.00 per share (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations or

 

111


Table of Contents

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORP. II

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements

 

other similar transactions) for a period of 20 trading days during any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days following the consummation of the Merger, subject to certain exceptions.

In connection with the Merger, Pivotal has agreed to cause its initial stockholders to amend their existing lock-up restrictions and enter into the Lock-Up Agreement, so that the lock-up restrictions with respect to the initial stockholders’ common stock of Pivotal and warrants of Pivotal will be identical to the lock-up restrictions applicable to XL’s stockholders who have entered, or will enter, into the Lock-Up Agreement.

Accounting for the Merger

The Merger will be accounted for as a reverse acquisition in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under this method of accounting, Pivotal will be treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. This determination was primarily based on XL comprising the ongoing operations of the combined company, XL senior management comprising the senior management of the combined company, and that the former owners and management of XL will have control of the board of directors of the combined company after the Merger. In accordance with guidance applicable to these circumstances, the Merger will be considered to be a capital transaction in substance. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the Merger will be treated as the equivalent of XL issuing shares for the net assets of Pivotal, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Pivotal will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the closing of the Merger will be those of XL.

 

II.

Basis of Pro Forma Presentation

The pro forma financial statements were derived from historical consolidated financial statements of Pivotal and the historical consolidated financial statements of XL.

The historical financial statements of Pivotal and XL have been adjusted in the pro forma financial statements to give effect to pro forma events that are (1) directly attributable to the Merger, (2) factually supportable, and (3) with respect to the pro forma statement of operations, expected to have a continuing impact on the results of the combined company. The pro forma financial statements reflect the impact of:

 

   

The Merger of Pivotal and XL, resulting in Pivotal issuing 100,000,000 shares of Class A common stock (of which 1,125,000 shares are attributable to the repayment of convertible notes by the combined company) in exchange for 100% of the outstanding equity interests of XL. The Merger is presented first assuming that there is no redemption by Pivotal’s public holders of common stock and secondly, assuming the maximum redemption by such holders.

 

   

Other adjustments described in these notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

The following matters have not been reflected in the pro forma financial statements as they do not meet the aforementioned criteria:

 

   

Cost savings (or associated costs to achieve such savings) from operating efficiencies, synergies or other restructuring that could result from the Merger. The timing and effect of actions associated with integration are currently uncertain.

 

   

The potential use by the combined entity of the Pivotal pre-Merger cash.

The transaction is being accounted for as a reverse acquisition and recapitalization of XL, since the former owners of XL will control the combined company. XL will be deemed the acquirer and Pivotal will be deemed the acquired company for accounting purposes.

 

112


Table of Contents

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORP. II

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements

 

III.

Pro Forma Adjustments

The following pro forma adjustments give effect to the merger:

Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet—as of June 30, 2020

Note 1 Derived from the Pivotal unaudited financial statements as of June 30, 2020, as filed with the SEC on August 14, 2020, included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

Note 2 Derived from the XL unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2020, included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

Pro forma adjustments:

Note 3 To record the conversion of “restricted cash and cash equivalents held in trust account” to “cash and cash equivalents” and the payment of the deferred underwriting fee.

 

     Debit      Credit  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 224,215,211     

Deferred underwriting fee

     8,050,000     

Marketable securities held in trust account

      $ 232,265,211  

Note 4 To record the reclassification of Pivotal’s 21,775,816 shares of “common stock, subject to possible redemption” to additional paid in capital.

 

     Debit      Credit  

Common stock, subject to possible redemption

   $ 219,804,573     

Class A common stock

      $ 218  

Additional paid-in capital

        219,804,355  

Note 5 To record the payment of the outstanding accounts payable, accrued expenses, accrued offering costs, and income taxes payable of Pivotal, net of its prepaid expenses as of June 30, 2020.

 

     Debit      Credit  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 160,853     

Accrued offering costs

     10,000     

Income taxes payable

     66,658     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

      $ 74,047  

Cash and cash equivalents

        163,464  

Note 6 To record the expenses of the Business Combination, including banker and advisory fees, legal, accounting and other expenses of the Business Combination.

 

     Debit      Credit  

Accumulated deficit

   $ 14,775,592     

Cash and cash equivalents

      $ 14,775,592  

 

113


Table of Contents

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORP. II

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements

 

Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet—as of June 30, 2020, continued

Pro forma adjustments, continued

Note 7 To record the issuance of 84,577,652 Class A common shares of Pivotal in exchange for the outstanding common stock, preferred stock, and certain convertible debt of XL.

 

XL common stock

     11,558,028  

Conversion into XL common stock:

  

Convertible promissory notes

     2,266,160  

Convertible preferred stock

     98,075,153  
  

 

 

 

XL common shares issued

     100,341,313  
  

 

 

 

Shares of XL common stock-outstanding, post-conversion

     111,899,341  

Exchange ratio

     0.756  
  

 

 

 

Pivotal shares issued

     84,577,652  
  

 

 

 

 

     Debit      Credit  

Subordinated convertible promissory notes

   $ 18,595,000     

Convertible notes derivative liability

     6,919,000     

Series D-1 convertible preferred stock

     24,388,000     

Series D-2 convertible preferred stock

     740,000     

Series D-3 convertible preferred stock

     103,000     

Series D-4 convertible preferred stock

     2,233,000     

Series C convertible preferred stock

     13,054,000     

Series B-1 convertible preferred stock

     34,000     

Series B convertible preferred stock

     5,956,000     

Series A convertible preferred stock

     4,531,000     

Common stock

     1,000     

Class A common stock

        8,458  

Additional paid-in capital

        76,545,542  

Note 8 To eliminate the accumulated deficit of Pivotal, the accounting acquiree.

 

     Debit      Credit  

Retained earnings

   $ 1,615,286     

Additional paid-in capital

      $ 1,615,286  

Note 9 To record the issuance of 15,000,000 shares at $10.00 per share, net of estimated costs of $5,350,000, in the PIPE Transaction.

 

     Debit      Credit  

Cash

   $ 144,650,000     

Class A common stock

      $ 15,000  

Additional paid-in capital

        144,635,000  

 

114


Table of Contents

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORP. II

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements

 

Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet—as of June 30, 2020, continued

Pro forma adjustments, continued

To record the effect of the maximum Redemption of Pivotal common stock:

Note 10 To record Redemption of 21,775,816 shares at approximately $10.10 per share.

 

     Debit      Credit  

Additional paid-in capital

   $ 219,802,395     

Class A common stock

     2,178     

Cash and cash equivalents

      $ 219,804,573  

Note 11 To record the reduction of issuance costs of the PIPE Transaction due to the maximum redemption of Pivotal common stock.

 

     Debit      Credit  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,250,000     

Additional paid-in capital

      $ 4,250,000  

Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations—For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020

Note A Derived from Pivotal’s unaudited condensed financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2020, filed with the SEC on August 14, 2020, included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

Note B Derived from XL’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2020, included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

Pro forma adjustments:

Note C To record the decrease in pro forma investment income.

Note D To record the reversal of the change in fair value of derivative liabilities, as the XL notes payable relating to those derivative liabilities were assumed converted upon consummation of the Merger.

Note E To record the decrease in pro forma interest expense due to the assumed conversion and repayment of XL notes payable upon the consummation of the Merger.

Note F To record the pro forma effect of the Merger on the weighted average shares outstanding as if the Merger was consummated on January 1, 2019.

To record the effect of the maximum Redemption of Pivotal common stock:

Note G To record the pro forma effect of the redemption of 21,775,816 shares of Pivotal’s common stock.

Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations—For the Year Ended December 31, 2019

Note AA Derived from Pivotal’s audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019, filed with the SEC on March 3, 2020, included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

Note BB Derived from XL’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019, included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

 

115


Table of Contents

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORP. II

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements

 

Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations—For the Year Ended December 31, 2019, continued

Pro forma adjustments:

Note CC To record the decrease in pro forma investment income.

Note DD To record the reversal of the change in fair value of derivative liabilities, as the XL notes payable relating to those derivative liabilities were assumed converted upon consummation of the Merger.

Note EE To record the decrease in pro forma interest expense due to the assumed conversion and repayment of XL notes payable upon the consummation of the Merger.

Note FF To record the pro forma effect of the merger on the weighted average shares outstanding as if the Merger was consummated on January 1, 2019.

To record the effect of the maximum Redemption of Pivotal common stock:

Note GG To record the pro forma effect of the redemption of 21,775,816 shares of Pivotal’s common stock.

IV. Pro Forma Combined Net Loss Per Share

The pro forma combined weighted average shares outstanding included in the calculation of basic and diluted pro forma combined earnings (loss) per share consists of the following:

 

     For the Six
Months Ended
June 30, 2020
     For the Year Ended
December 31, 2019
 

Pivotal, Weighted Average Shares Outstanding

     6,966,801        6,141,375  

XL, Weighted Average Shares Outstanding

     11,523,468        10,752,940  

Exchange Ratio

     0.84        0.84  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pivotal Shares Issued to XL shareholders

     9,735,715        9,084,727  

Conversion of XL preferred stock

     82,431,926        79,975,861  

Conversion of XL convertible promissory notes

     1,764,561        615,635  

Pivotal over allotment excluded from weighted average shares outstanding

     750,000        —    

Pivotal redeemable shares excluded from weighted average shares outstanding

     21,775,816        21,768,560  

PIPE Investment

     15,000,000        15,000,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding, pro forma combined, basic and diluted, assuming no redemption

     138,424,819        132,586,158  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Maximum redemption of Pivotal shares

     (21,768,560      (21,768,560
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding, pro forma combined, basic and diluted, assuming maximum redemption

     116,656,259        110,817,598  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Following the completion of the Business Combination, options and warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 25,472,047 shares of Pivotal common stock are expected to be outstanding. These instruments were not included in the pro forma combined weighted average shares outstanding, as their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

 

116


Table of Contents

THE PIPE PROPOSAL

In connection with the Business Combination, Pivotal intends to (subject to customary terms and conditions) at the closing of the Business Combination effect (i) the issuance of shares of Pivotal Class A common stock to XL’s securityholders and (ii) the issuance of 15,000,000 shares of Pivotal Class A common stock to PIPE Investors. For further information, see the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal.”

On September 17, 2020, Pivotal entered into subscription agreements with the PIPE Investors pursuant to which such PIPE Investors (including MGG) have agreed to purchase an aggregate of 15,000,000 shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock in a private placement at a price of $10.00 per share for an aggregate commitment of $150,000,000. The subscription agreements are subject to certain customary conditions, including, among other things, the closing of the Business Combination. The purpose of the PIPE is to raise additional capital for use by the combined company.

Generally, each PIPE Investor’s subscription amount will be delivered at least two business days prior to the then-scheduled closing date of the Merger (unless a later time is otherwise agreed by XL), to be held in escrow until the closing on the subscription amount. The subscription agreements provide for certain registration rights. In particular, Pivotal will, as soon as practicable within thirty (30) calendar days, but no later than forty-five (45) calendar days, following the closing date of the Merger, file with the SEC (at Pivotal’s sole cost and expense) a registration statement registering the resale of the shares issued to the PIPE Investors, and will use its commercially reasonable efforts to have such registration statement declared effective as soon as reasonably practicable after the filing thereof, but no later than the earlier of (i) the 60th calendar day following the actual filing date (or the 90th calendar day if the SEC notifies Pivotal (orally or in writing) that it will “review” such registration statement) and (ii) the 10th business day after the date Pivotal is notified (orally or in writing) by the SEC that such registration statement will not be “reviewed” or will not be subject to further review, subject to certain exceptions that provide for extensions, such as a government shutdown or a PIPE Investor’s failure to provide information requested by Pivotal that is required to be provided in such registration statement.

Assuming that none of XL’s options or warrants are exercised prior to the closing of the Business Combination and all of XL’s convertible promissory notes are converted in whole or in part into shares of XL’s common stock immediately prior to the Business Combination as described in “The Business Combination Proposal—Structure of the Merger—Consideration to XL Securityholders,” and further assuming that no holder of Pivotal’s public shares exercises conversion rights as described in this proxy statement/prospectus, immediately after the closing of the Business Combination, the PIPE Investors will hold approximately 11.6% of the issued and outstanding Pivotal common stock. The issuance of such shares will result in significant dilution to Pivotal’s stockholders, and would afford Pivotal’s stockholders a smaller percentage interest in the voting power, liquidation and aggregate value of Pivotal.

If approved by Pivotal’s stockholders at the annual meeting, the PIPE Transaction is expected to close simultaneously with the consummation of the Business Combination.

NYSE Listing Requirements and the Necessity of Stockholder Approval

NYSE Listing Rule 312.03(c) generally requires stockholder approval prior to the issuance of common stock, or of securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock, in any transaction or series of related transactions if such securities are not issued in a public offering for cash: (1) the common stock has, or will have upon issuance, voting power equal to or in excess of 20 percent of the voting power outstanding before the issuance of such stock or of securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock; or (2) the number of shares of common stock to be issued is, or will be upon issuance, equal to or in excess of 20 percent of the number of shares of common stock outstanding before the issuance of the common stock or of securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock. However, such financing does not require stockholder approval if, among other things, it involves a sale of common stock, for cash, at a price at least as great as the lower of: (i) the official

 

117


Table of Contents

closing price on the NYSE immediately preceding the signing of the binding agreement; or (ii) the average official closing price for the five trading days immediately preceding the signing of the binding agreement (the “Minimum Price”).

The securities to be issued in the PIPE Transaction, and as a result of the Business Combination, will exceed 20% of the number of shares of Pivotal common stock outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of the Business Combination and the PIPE Transaction. Further, the shares of Pivotal common stock to be issued in connection with the PIPE Transaction will be issued at a price that is less than the Minimum Price. Therefore, the PIPE Transaction will require stockholder approval under NYSE Listing Rule 312.03(c).

Required Vote

The approval of the PIPE proposal will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Pivotal common stock present and entitled to vote at the annual meeting.

Under the subscription agreements with the PIPE Investors, the closing of the PIPE Transaction is conditioned on, among other things, the consummation of the Business Combination and, under the Merger Agreement, the closing of the Business Combination is conditioned on the consummation of the PIPE Transaction. Accordingly, if the business combination proposal is not approved, the PIPE proposal will not be presented at the annual meeting. If the PIPE proposal is not approved and one or more of the parties refuses to waive the related closing condition in the Merger Agreement, the parties will not consummate the Business Combination and the other proposals (except an adjournment proposal, as described below) will not be presented to the stockholders for a vote.

PIVOTAL’S BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT STOCKHOLDERS VOTE “FOR” THE APPROVAL OF THE PIPE PROPOSAL.

 

118


Table of Contents

THE CHARTER PROPOSALS

The charter proposals, if approved, will approve the following amendments to Pivotal’s current amended and restated certificate of incorporation to:

 

   

change the name of the new public entity to “XL Fleet Corp.”, as opposed to the current name of “Pivotal Investment Corporation II”;

 

   

increase the number of shares of Class A common stock Pivotal is authorized to issue to 350,000,000 shares, as opposed to the current number of 75,000,000 shares, and remove the provisions for Pivotal’s current Class B common stock (the shares of which will all convert into shares of Class A common stock in connection with the Business Combination) so that the Class B common stock will cease to exist and Pivotal will have a single class of common stock; and

 

   

remove the various provisions applicable only to special purpose acquisition corporations and make certain other changes that the Pivotal board deems appropriate for a public operating company.

In the judgment of Pivotal’s board of directors, the charter proposals are desirable for the following reasons:

 

   

the name of the new public entity is desirable to reflect the Business Combination with XL and the combined business going forward;

 

   

the streamlined purpose of the new public company is desirable to clarify the business purpose of the combined company;

 

   

the greater number of authorized number of shares of Class A common stock is desirable for Pivotal to have sufficient shares to issue to the holders of XL’s common stock and reserved for issuance pursuant to XL’s options and warrants assumed by Pivotal in the Merger, and have enough additional authorized shares for financing its business, for acquiring other businesses, for forming strategic partnerships and alliances, for stock dividends and stock splits, for the 2020 Plan and other compensatory purposes, and for issuance upon exercise of Pivotal’s warrants;

 

   

the single class of common stock is desirable because all shares of Class B common stock will be exchanged for Class A common stock upon the closing of the Business Combination, and because it will allow Pivotal to have a streamlined capital structure;

 

   

the provisions that relate to the operation of Pivotal as a special purpose acquisition corporation prior to the consummation of its initial business combination will not be applicable after the Business Combination (such as the obligation to dissolve and liquidate if an initial business combination is not consummated within a certain period of time);

 

   

the choice of forum provision is desirable to delineate matters for which the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum;

 

   

the supermajority voting provisions are desirable to enhance the continuity and stability of the board of directors; and

 

   

the removal of the corporate opportunity doctrine provisions ensures that directors, officers and controlling shareholders may not to take advantage of opportunities beneficial to the company after the Business Combination for themselves without first disclosing the opportunity to the board of directors and giving the board of directors the opportunity to decline the opportunity on behalf of the company.

For a comparison of the existing charter and Pivotal’s proposed charter, please see the section entitled “Description of Pivotal’s Securities After the Merger.”

 

119


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the foregoing, authorized but unissued shares of common and preferred stock may enable Pivotal’s board of directors to render it more difficult to, or may be used to discourage an attempt to, obtain control of Pivotal and thereby protect continuity of or entrench its management, which may adversely affect the market price of Pivotal’s securities. If, in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, for example, Pivotal’s board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal were not in the best interests of Pivotal, such shares could be issued by the board of directors without stockholder approval in one or more private placements or other transactions that might prevent or render more difficult or make more costly the completion of any attempted takeover transaction by diluting voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder group, by creating a substantial voting block in institutional or other hands that might support the position of the incumbent board of directors, by effect effecting an acquisition that might complicate or preclude the takeover, or otherwise. The authorization of additional shares will, however, enable Pivotal to have the flexibility to authorize the issuance of shares in the future for financing its business, for acquiring other businesses, for forming strategic partnerships and alliances, for stock dividends and stock splits, for the 2020 Plan and other compensatory purposes, and for issuance upon exercise of Pivotal’s warrants. Except for issuances to XL’s stockholders pursuant to the Merger Agreement and issuances pursuant to its outstanding warrants and XL’s options and warrants to be assumed by Pivotal in the Merger, Pivotal currently has no such plans, proposals or arrangements, written or otherwise, to issue any of the additional authorized shares for such purposes.

A copy of Pivotal’s proposed Charter, as will be in effect assuming approval of all of the charter proposals and upon consummation of the Business Combination and filing with the Delaware Secretary of State, is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex B. For a comparison of the existing charter and Pivotal’s proposed charter, please see the section entitled “Description of Pivotal’s Securities After the Merger.”

Required Vote

The approval of each of the charter proposals will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Pivotal common stock on the record date.

The amendments to Pivotal’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation are conditioned upon the closing of the Business Combination and, under the Merger Agreement, the approval of the charter proposals is a condition to the closing of the Business Combination. Accordingly, if the business combination proposal is not approved, or the PIPE proposal is not approved and the applicable condition in the Merger Agreement is not waived, the charter proposals will not be presented at the annual meeting. If the charter amendment proposals are not approved and one or more of the parties refuses to waive the related closing condition in the Merger Agreement, the parties will not consummate the Business Combination and the other proposals (except an adjournment proposal, as described below) will not be presented to the stockholders for a vote.

PIVOTAL’S BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT STOCKHOLDERS VOTE “FOR” THE APPROVAL OF THE CHARTER PROPOSALS.

 

120


Table of Contents

THE DIRECTOR ELECTION PROPOSAL

Election of Directors

At the annual meeting, nine directors will be elected to be the directors of Pivotal upon the closing of the Business Combination. Pivotal’s board of directors will be divided into three classes with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class (except for the initial terms of the Class A and Class B directors) serving a three-year term. If the nominees are elected, Sarah Sclarsic, who is currently a director of Pivotal,                  and                  will be Class A directors serving until Pivotal’s 2021 annual meeting of stockholders; Kevin Griffin, who is currently a director of Pivotal,                  and                  will be Class B directors serving until Pivotal’s 2022 annual meeting of stockholders; and Jonathan J. Ledecky, who is currently the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Pivotal, Thomas J. Hynes III, who is currently the Founder and Chief Strategy Officer of XL, and Dimitri N. Kazarinoff, who is currently the President and Chief Executive Officer of XL, will be Class C directors serving until Pivotal’s 2023 annual meeting of stockholders, and in each case, until their successors are elected and qualified.

Under Delaware law, the election of directors requires a plurality vote of the common stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at the annual meeting. Plurality means that the individuals who receive the largest number of votes cast “FOR” are elected as directors. Consequently, any shares not voted “FOR” a particular nominee (whether as a result of an abstention, a direction to withhold authority or a broker non-vote) will not be counted in the nominee’s favor.

Unless authority is withheld or the shares are subject to a broker non-vote, the proxies solicited by the board of directors will be voted “FOR” the election of these nominees. In case any of the nominees becomes unavailable for election to the board of directors, an event that is not anticipated, the persons named as proxies, or their substitutes, will have full discretion and authority to vote or refrain from voting for any other candidate in accordance with their judgment.

The election of directors is conditioned upon the closing of the Business Combination and, under the Merger Agreement, the election of all the nominees identified in this proxy statement/prospectus is a condition to the closing of the Business Combination. Accordingly, if the business combination proposal is not approved, the PIPE proposal, any of the charter proposals or the incentive plan proposal are not approved and the applicable condition in the Merger Agreement is not waived, the director election proposal will not be presented at the annual meeting. If the nine nominees identified in this proxy statement/prospectus are not elected as directors and one or more of the parties refuses to waive the related closing condition in the Merger Agreement, the parties will not consummate the Business Combination and the other proposals (except an adjournment proposal, as described below) will not be presented to the stockholders for a vote.

Following the closing of the Business Combination, the election of directors of Pivotal will be governed by its charter documents and the laws of the State of Delaware.

PIVOTAL’S BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT PIVOTAL STOCKHOLDERS VOTE “FOR” EACH OF THE NOMINEES IDENTIFIED IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS.

Executive Officers and Directors After the Business Combination

Upon the consummation of the Business Combination, the business and affairs of the combined company will be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors of Pivotal. Pivotal and XL are currently evaluating potential director nominees and executive officer appointments, but the following table sets forth the name, age

 

121


Table of Contents

and position of each of the director nominees and executive officers of Pivotal upon consummation of the Business Combination known as of the date hereof.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers

     

Dimitri N. Kazarinoff

     56     

President and Chief Executive Officer, Director

Thomas J. Hynes, III

     40      Chief Strategy Officer, Director

Non-Employee Directors

     

Jonathan J. Ledecky

     62      Director

Kevin Griffin

     44      Director

Sarah Sclarsic

     37      Director
      Director
      Director
      Director
      Director

Executive Officers

Dimitri N. Kazarinoff has served as the Chief Executive Officer and President of XL since October 2019 and will become the President and Chief Executive Officer of Pivotal and a member of Pivotal’s board of directors upon consummation of the Business Combination. Mr. Kazarinoff has many years of experience as a transportation industry executive. Prior to his service with XL, from September 2011 through July 2019, he served as President of AVL Powertrain Engineering, Inc. and from January 2008 through April 2011, he served as the V.P. & GM of Eaton’s Hybrid Power Systems Division. Mr. Kazarinoff holds a BS ME from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a Masters of Management degree from the Kellogg Graduate School of Northwestern University.

Thomas J. Hynes, III, founded XL in 2009 and has served as Chief Strategy Officer from October 2019 through the present and will become the Chief Strategy Officer of Pivotal and a member of Pivotal’s board of directors upon consummation of the Business Combination. He previously served as Chief Executive Officer of XL from July 2009 through October 2019. Mr. Hynes has over 17 years of experience in energy innovation and fleet electrification. He currently serves as Senior Lecturer at the Sloane School of Management at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, a position he has held since July 2008. Mr. Hynes has served on the board of directors of Woodwell Climate Research Center, a non-profit organization committed to conducting climate change research, since June 2018. Mr. Hynes holds a B.S. in management science from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Non-Employee Directors

Jonathan J. Ledecky has served as Pivotal’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since its inception. Upon consummation of the Business Combination, Mr. Ledecky will cease to be Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Pivotal but will remain a director of the combined company. Mr. Ledecky has been a co-owner of the National Hockey League’s New York Islanders franchise since October 2014. He also serves as an Alternate Governor on the Board of Governors of the NHL and as President of NY Hockey Holdings LLC. Mr. Ledecky has served as chairman of Ironbound Partners Fund LLC, a private investment management fund, since March 1999. Mr. Ledecky has also served as President and a director of Newtown Lane Holdings, Incorporated, a blank check company, since October 2015. Mr. Ledecky served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Pivotal Acquisition Corp. (“Pivotal I”), blank check company similar to our company, from its inception in August 2018 until it consummated its initial business combination with KLDiscovery in December 2019. Mr. Ledecky has continued to serve the board of directors of the combined company since such time. Mr. Ledecky also served as a member of the board of directors of Propel Media, Inc., a digital media holding company, from January 2015 to January 2019. From July 2005 to December 2007, Mr. Ledecky served as president, secretary and a director of Endeavor Acquisition Corp., a blank check company that completed its

 

122


Table of Contents

initial business combination with American Apparel, Inc. From January 2007 to May 2009, he served as president, secretary and a director of Victory Acquisition Corp., a blank check company that was unable to consummate an initial business combination. He also served as president, secretary and a director of Triplecrown Acquisition Corp., a blank check company, from June 2007 until it completed its initial business combination with Cullen Agricultural Technologies, Inc. in October 2009. During 2007, he also served as president, secretary and director of Grand Slam Acquisition Corp., Performance Acquisition Corp. and Endeavour International Acquisition Corp., three similarly structured blank check companies that never completed their initial public offerings due to market conditions at the time. Mr. Ledecky founded U.S. Office Products in October 1994 and served as its chief executive officer until November 1997 and as its chairman until its sale in June 1998. U.S. Office Products was one of the fastest start-up entrants in the history of the Fortune 500 with sales in excess of $3 billion within its first three years of operation. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Ledecky was vice chairman of Lincoln Holdings, owners of the Washington sports franchises in the NBA, NHL and WNBA. In addition to the foregoing, Mr. Ledecky served as chairman of the board and chief executive officer of Consolidation Capital Corporation from its formation in February 1997 until March 2000 when it merged with Group Maintenance America Corporation. Mr. Ledecky also has served as a trustee of George Washington University, a director of the U.S. Chamber of Commerce and a commissioner on the National Commission on Entrepreneurship and currently serves as a trustee of the U.S. Olympic Foundation and the U.S. Paralympic Foundation. In 2004, Mr. Ledecky was elected the Chief Marshal of the 2004 Harvard University Commencement, an honor bestowed by his alumni peers for a 25th reunion graduate deemed to have made exceptional contributions to Harvard and the greater society while achieving outstanding professional success. Mr. Ledecky received a B.A. (cum laude) from Harvard University in 1979 and a M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School in 1983. We believe Mr. Ledecky is well-qualified to serve as a member of the board due to his public company experience, including with other similarly structured blank check companies, business leadership, operational experience and contacts.

Kevin Griffin has served as a member of Pivotal’s board of directors since April 2019. He also served as a member of the board of directors of Pivotal I from September 2018 until it consummated its initial business combination with KLDiscovery in December 2019 and has continued to serve on the board of directors of the combined company since such time. During Mr. Griffin’s 20-year career, Mr. Griffin has originated and invested over $4 billion across the capital structure of middle market businesses and has also sat on numerous boards of directors. Mr. Griffin founded MGG Investment Group in October 2014 and has served as its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer since such time. Prior to launching MGG Investment Group, Mr. Griffin was a Managing Director with Highbridge Principal Strategies from January 2010 to June 2014, where he was a senior member of the Specialty Lending Platform and a Member of the Highbridge Credit Committee. Prior to this, Mr. Griffin was the Head of Private Investing for Octavian Funds, a hedge fund focused on global investing across debt and equity structures, from 2007 to 2009. From 2003 to 2007, Mr. Griffin was part of Fortress Investment Group in charge of originating and underwriting investment opportunities for the Drawbridge Special Opportunities Fund. Prior to Fortress, Mr. Griffin was an investor with one of the first publicly traded business development companies, American Capital, where he was involved in numerous equity buyout and subordinated debt investments. Mr. Griffin began his career with Houlihan Lokey Howard & Zukin’s Investment Banking Division, focusing primarily on distressed M&A and financial restructurings. The M&A Advisor in May 2015 named Mr. Griffin a winner of its 40 Under 40 Emerging Leaders Award. The Hedge Fund Journal, in association with Ernst & Young, in December 2016 named Mr. Griffin one of 50 “Tomorrow’s Titans”. Mr. Griffin received a BSBA in Finance from Georgetown University. We believe Mr. Griffin is well-qualified to serve as a member of the board due to his business and operational experience and contacts and his prior experience with Pivotal I and KLDiscovery.

Sarah Sclarsic has served as a member of Pivotal’s board of directors since June 2019. Ms. Sclarsic is a technology entrepreneur and advisor, consulting for companies in a wide range of areas, from drone delivery to financial software to gene therapy, advising them on fundraising, business strategy, key hires and communications. Since September 2018, Ms. Sclarsic has been conducting research at the MIT Media Lab, an interdisciplinary research laboratory at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology that encourages the unconventional mixing and matching of seemingly disparate research areas. From July 2016 to September 2018,

 

123


Table of Contents

Ms. Sclarsic served as Vice President of Operations of Sentieo, Inc., a producer of software for investors to research and analyze information on public companies. From 2013 to May 2016, she was the founding Business Director at Modern Meadow, Inc., a biotechnology company which developed methods to grow leather without animals. From 2011 to 2013, she was an independent consultant. In 2009, she co-founded Getaround, Inc., a carsharing company, and served as its Director of Operations until 2010. Ms. Sclarsic received a B.A. in bioethics from Harvard University. We believe Ms. Sclarsic is well qualified to serve as a member of the board due to her business experience and contacts.

Board Composition

Pivotal’s business and affairs will be organized under the direction of the board of directors of Pivotal. Pivotal anticipates that the board of directors of Pivotal will consist of nine members upon the consummation of the Business Combination.                  will serve as Chairman of the board of directors. The primary responsibilities of the board of directors of Pivotal will be to provide oversight, strategic guidance, counseling and direction to Pivotal’s management. The board of directors of Pivotal will meet on a regular basis and additionally as required.

The board of directors of Pivotal will be divided into three classes, Class A, Class B and Class C, with members of each class serving staggered three-year terms. If nominees identified in this proxy statement/prospectus are elected as directors, Pivotal anticipates the directors will be assigned to the following classes:

 

   

Class A will consist of Sarah Sclarsic,                  and                 , whose terms will expire at Pivotal’s first annual meeting of stockholders to be held after consummation of the Business Combination;

 

   

Class B will consist of Kevin Griffin,                  and                 , whose terms will expire at Pivotal’s second annual meeting of stockholders to be held after consummation of the Business Combination; and

 

   

Class C will consist of Jonathan J. Ledecky, Thomas J. Hynes III and Dimitri N. Kazarinoff, whose terms will expire at Pivotal’s third annual meeting of stockholders to be held after consummation of the Business Combination.

At each annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the initial classification, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following their election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. This classification of the board of directors of Pivotal may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in Pivotal’s control or management.

Director Independence

As a result of its common stock being listed on the NYSE following consummation of the Business Combination, Pivotal will adhere to the listing rules of the NYSE in affirmatively determining whether a director is independent. Pivotal’s board of directors has consulted, and will consult, with its counsel to ensure that the board’s determinations are consistent with those rules and all relevant securities and other laws and regulations regarding the independence of directors. The NYSE listing standards generally define an “independent director” as a person, other than an executive officer of a company or any other individual having a relationship which, in the opinion of the issuer’s board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

Upon the consummation of the Business Combination, the board of directors of Pivotal is expected to determine that each the directors other than Thomas J. Hynes III and Dimitri N. Kazarinoff qualifies as an independent director, as defined under the listing rules of the NYSE, and that the board of directors of Pivotal consists of a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of the SEC and NYSE listing rules relating to director independence requirements. In addition, Pivotal will be subject to the rules of the SEC and the NYSE relating to the membership, qualifications, and operations of the audit committee, the compensation committee, and the nominating and corporate governance committee, as discussed below.

 

124


Table of Contents

Role of the Board of Directors of Pivotal in Risk Oversight

Upon the consummation of the Business Combination, one of the key functions of the board of directors of Pivotal will be informed oversight of Pivotal’s risk management process. The board of directors of Pivotal does not anticipate having a standing risk management committee, but rather anticipates administering this oversight function directly through the board of directors of Pivotal as a whole, as well as through various standing committees of the board of directors of Pivotal that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. In particular, the board of directors of Pivotal will be responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure and Pivotal’s audit committee will have the responsibility to consider and discuss Pivotal’s major financial risk exposures and the steps its management will take to monitor and control such exposures, including guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken. The audit committee will also monitor compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. Pivotal’s compensation committee will also assess and monitor whether Pivotal’s compensation plans, policies and programs comply with applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

Meetings and Board Committees

Pivotal’s board of directors acted by unanimous written consent on three occasions in 2019 and held one meeting and acted by unanimous written consent on one occasion in 2020. Pivotal expects its directors to attend all board meetings and any meetings of committees of which they are members and to spend the time needed and meet as frequently as necessary to properly discharge their responsibilities. Each of Pivotal’s current directors attended all of the meetings of the board of directors and meetings of committees of which he was a member. Although Pivotal does not have any formal policy regarding director attendance at stockholder meetings, we attempt to schedule meetings so that all directors can attend.

Pivotal has a separately standing audit committee, compensation committee and nominating committee. Effective upon the consummation of the Business Combination, the board of directors of Pivotal will adopt a new charter for each of these committees, which will comply with the applicable requirements of current NYSE listing rules, and the nominating committee will be redesignated as the nominating and corporate governance committee. Pivotal intends to comply with future requirements to the extent they will be applicable to Pivotal. Following the consummation of the Business Combination, copies of the charters for each committee will be available on the investor relations portion of Pivotal’s website.

Audit Committee

Katrina Adams, Efrat Epstein, and Sarah Sclarsic currently serve as members of Pivotal’s audit committee. Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and Pivotal’s board of directors has determined that Ms. Adams qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules. Pivotal’s audit committee held two meetings in 2019 and held three meetings and acted by unanimous written consent on one occasion in 2020. Each of our audit committee members attended all of the meetings of the audit committee.

Upon consummation of the Business Combination, Pivotal’s audit committee is expected to consist of                 ,                  and                 . The board of directors of Pivotal is expected to determine that each of the members of the audit committee satisfies the independence and other requirements of the NYSE and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, including that each member of the audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with NYSE audit committee requirements. In arriving at this determination, the board of directors of Pivotal examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their prior and/or current employment.

             is expected to serve as the chair of the audit committee. The board of directors of Pivotal is expected to determine that                  qualifies as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of SEC regulations and meets the financial sophistication requirements of the NYSE listing rules. In making this determination, the

 

125


Table of Contents

board of directors of Pivotal will consider                 ’s formal education and previous experience in financial roles. Both Pivotal’s independent registered public accounting firm and management intend to periodically meet privately with Pivotal’s audit committee.

The functions of the audit committee will include, among other things:

 

   

evaluating the performance, independence and qualifications of Pivotal’s independent auditors and determining whether to retain Pivotal’s existing independent auditors or engage new independent auditors;

 

   

reviewing Pivotal’s financial reporting processes and disclosure controls;

 

   

reviewing and approving the engagement of Pivotal’s independent auditors to perform audit services and any permissible non-audit services;

 

   

reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of Pivotal’s internal control policies and procedures, including the responsibilities, budget, staffing and effectiveness of Pivotal’s internal audit function;

 

   

reviewing with the independent auditors the annual audit plan, including the scope of audit activities and all critical accounting policies and practices to be used by Pivotal;

 

   

obtaining and reviewing at least annually a report by Pivotal’s independent auditors describing the independent auditors’ internal quality control procedures and any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review;

 

   

monitoring the rotation of partners of Pivotal’s independent auditors on Pivotal’s engagement team as required by law;

 

   

prior to engagement of any independent auditor, and at least annually thereafter, reviewing relationships that may reasonably be thought to bear on their independence, and assessing and otherwise taking the appropriate action to oversee the independence of Pivotal’s independent auditor;

 

   

reviewing Pivotal’s annual and quarterly financial statements and reports, including the disclosures contained in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and discussing the statements and reports with Pivotal’s independent auditors and management;

 

   

reviewing with Pivotal’s independent auditors and management significant issues that arise regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentation and matters concerning the scope, adequacy, and effectiveness of Pivotal’s financial controls and critical accounting policies;

 

   

reviewing with management and Pivotal’s auditors any earnings announcements and other public announcements regarding material developments;

 

   

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by Pivotal regarding financial controls, accounting, auditing or other matters;

 

   

preparing the report that the SEC requires in Pivotal’s annual proxy statement;

 

   

reviewing and providing oversight of any related party transactions in accordance with Pivotal’s related party transaction policy and reviewing and monitoring compliance with legal and regulatory responsibilities, including Pivotal’s code of ethics;

 

   

reviewing Pivotal’s major financial risk exposures, including the guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and risk management is implemented; and

 

   

reviewing and evaluating on an annual basis the performance of the audit committee and the audit committee charter.

 

126


Table of Contents

The composition and function of the audit committee will comply with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and all applicable SEC rules and regulations. Pivotal will to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to Pivotal.

Compensation Committee

Pivotal’s compensation committee currently consists of Katrina Adams and Efrat Epstein, and Sarah Sclarsic, each of whom is an independent director under the NYSE’s listing standards. Pivotal’s compensation committee did not meet in 2019 or in 2020.

Upon consummation of the Business Combination, Pivotal’s compensation committee is expected to consist of                 ,                  and                 .                  is expected to serve as the chair of the compensation committee. The board of directors of Pivotal is expected to determine that each of the members of the compensation committee is a non-employee director, as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and will satisfy the independence requirements of the NYSE.

The functions of compensation committee will include, among other things:

 

   

reviewing and approving the corporate objectives that pertain to the determination of executive compensation;

 

   

reviewing and approving the compensation and other terms of employment of Pivotal’s executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and approving performance goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of Pivotal’s executive officers and assessing their performance against these goals and objectives;

 

   

making recommendations to the board of directors of Pivotal regarding the adoption or amendment of equity and cash incentive plans and approving amendments to such plans to the extent authorized by the board of directors of Pivotal;

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations to the board of directors of Pivotal regarding the type and amount of compensation to be paid or awarded to Pivotal non-employee board members;

 

   

reviewing and assessing the independence of compensation consultants, legal counsel and other advisors as required by Section 10C of the Exchange Act;

 

   

administering Pivotal’s equity incentive plans, to the extent such authority is delegated by the board of directors of Pivotal;

 

   

reviewing and approving the terms of any employment agreements, severance arrangements, change in control protections, indemnification agreements and any other material arrangements for Pivotal’s executive officers;

 

   

reviewing with management Pivotal’s disclosures under the caption “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” in Pivotal’s periodic reports or proxy statements to be filed with the SEC, to the extent such caption is included in any such report or proxy statement;

 

   

preparing an annual report on executive compensation that the SEC requires in Pivotal’s annual proxy statement; and

 

   

reviewing and evaluating on an annual basis the performance of the compensation committee and recommending such changes as deemed necessary with the board of directors of Pivotal.

The composition and function of the compensation committee will comply with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and all applicable SEC and NYSE rules and regulations. Pivotal will comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to Pivotal.

 

127


Table of Contents

The compensation committee may also, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by the NYSE and the SEC.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Pivotal’s nominating committee currently consists of Katrina Adams and Efrat Epstein, and Sarah Sclarsic, each of whom is an independent director under the NYSE’s listing standards. Pivotal’s nominating committee did not meet in 2019 but acted by unanimous written consent one time in 2020.

Upon consummation of the Business Combination, Pivotal’s nominating committee will be redesignated as the nominating and corporate governance committee and is expected to consist of                 ,                  and                 .                  is expected to serve as the chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee. The board of directors of Pivotal is expected to determine that each of the members of Pivotal’s nominating and corporate governance committee satisfies the independence requirements of the NYSE. The functions of nominating and corporate governance committee include, among other things:

 

   

identifying, reviewing and making recommendations of candidates to serve on the board of directors of Pivotal;

 

   

evaluating the performance of the board of directors of Pivotal, its committees and individual directors and determining whether continued service on the board of directors of Pivotal is appropriate;

 

   

evaluating nominations by stockholders of candidates for election to the board of directors of Pivotal;

 

   

evaluating the current size, composition and organization of the board of directors of Pivotal and its committees and making recommendations to the board of directors of Pivotal for approvals;

 

   

developing a set of corporate governance policies and principles and recommending to the board of directors of Pivotal any changes to such policies and principles;

 

   

reviewing issues and developments related to corporate governance and identifying and bringing to the attention of the board of directors of Pivotal current and emerging corporate governance trends; and

 

   

reviewing periodically the nominating and corporate governance committee charter, structure and membership requirements and recommending any proposed changes to the board of directors of Pivotal, including undertaking an annual review of its own performance.

The composition and function of the nominating and corporate governance committee will comply with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and all applicable SEC and NYSE rules and regulations. Pivotal will comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

The nominating and corporate governance committee will recommend to the Pivotal board of directors candidates for nomination for election at the annual meeting of the stockholders. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, the Pivotal board of directors expects to consider educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of Pivotal’s business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom and the ability to represent the best interests of Pivotal’s stockholders. The Pivotal board of directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by its stockholders during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election at the next annual meeting of stockholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of stockholders). Pivotal’s stockholders that wish to nominate a director for election to the board should follow the procedures set forth in its charter and bylaws.

 

128


Table of Contents

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

The proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Pivotal, which will be effective upon consummation of the Business Combination, limits Pivotal’s directors’ liability to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL. The DGCL provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability:

 

   

for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit;

 

   

for any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

for any unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares; or

 

   

for any breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders.

If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of Pivotal’s directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

Delaware law and Pivotal’s amended and restated bylaws, which will be effective upon the consummation of the Business Combination, provide that, in certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations, Pivotal will indemnify Pivotal’s directors and officers and may indemnify other employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by law. Any indemnified person is also entitled, subject to certain limitations, to advancement, direct payment, or reimbursement of reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding.

In addition, Pivotal will enter into separate indemnification agreements with Pivotal’s directors and officers. These agreements, among other things, require Pivotal to indemnify its directors and officers for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of their services as one of Pivotal’s directors or officers or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at Pivotal’s request.

Pivotal plans to maintain a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy pursuant to which Pivotal’s directors and officers are insured against liability for actions taken in their capacities as directors and officers.

We believe these provisions in the proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and in Pivotal’s amended and restated bylaws, which will be effective upon the consummation of the Business Combination, and these indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. However, these provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against Pivotal’s directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit Pivotal and its stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent Pivotal pays the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, or control persons, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Employees, Executive Officers, and Directors

The board of directors of Pivotal will adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or the Code of Conduct, applicable to all of Pivotal’s directors, executive officers and employees. The Code of Conduct will be available

 

129


Table of Contents

on Pivotal’s website following the closing of the Business Combination at http://www.                .com. Information contained on or accessible through Pivotal’s website is not a part of this proxy statement/prospectus, and the inclusion of Pivotal’s website address in this proxy statement/prospectus is an inactive textual reference only. The nominating and corporate governance committee of the board of directors of Pivotal will be responsible for overseeing the Code of Conduct and must approve any waivers of the Code of Conduct for employees, executive officers and directors. Pivotal expects that any amendments to the Code of Conduct, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on its website or by any other means permitted under applicable SEC rules.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

The board of directors of Pivotal expects to review director compensation periodically to ensure that director compensation remains competitive such that Pivotal is able to recruit and retain qualified directors. Following the consummation of the Business Combination, Pivotal intends to develop a board of directors’ compensation program that is designed to align compensation with Pivotal’s business objectives and the creation of stockholder value, while enabling Pivotal to attract, retain, incentivize and reward directors who contribute to the long-term success of Pivotal.

Stockholder and Interested Party Communications

Prior to the Merger, Pivotal’s board of directors did not provide a process for stockholders or other interested parties to send communications to the board of directors because management believed that it was premature to develop such processes given the limited liquidity of Pivotal common stock at that time. However, Pivotal’s management following the Business Combination expects to establish a process for stockholder and interested party communications.

 

130


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Pivotal Executive Officer and Director Compensation

Pivotal is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act and the following is intended to comply with the scaled disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies. No executive officer of Pivotal has received any cash compensation for services rendered to Pivotal although Pivotal may pay consulting, finder or success fees to its officers, directors, stockholders or their affiliates for assisting it in consummating its initial business combination. These officers, directors and stockholders will receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with activities on Pivotal’s behalf, such as identifying potential target businesses, performing business due diligence on suitable target businesses and business combinations, as well as traveling to and from the offices, plants, or similar locations of prospective target businesses to examine their operations. There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by Pivotal.

After the Business Combination, members of Pivotal’s management team who remain with the combined company may be paid consulting, management, or other fees from the combined company. Such compensation will be publicly disclosed at the time of its determination in a Current Report on Form 8-K, to the extent required by the SEC.

Since its formation, Pivotal has not granted any stock options or stock appreciation rights or any other awards under long-term incentive plans to any of its executive officers or directors.

XL Named Executive Officer and Director Compensation

To achieve XL’s goals, XL has designed its compensation and benefits program to attract, retain, incentivize and reward deeply talented and qualified executives who share its philosophy and desire to work towards achieving these goals. XL believes its compensation program should promote the success of XL and align executive incentives with the long-term interests of its stockholders. XL’s current compensation programs reflect its startup origins in that they consist primarily of salary and bonuses, as well as awards of stock options and restricted stock.

XL’s board of directors, with input from its Chief Executive Officer, has historically determined the compensation for XL’s named executive officers. For the year ended December 31, 2019, XL’s named executive officers were Dimitri N. Kazarinoff, President and Chief Executive Officer and Thomas J. Hynes, III, Founder and Chief Strategy Officer.

This section provides an overview of XL’s executive compensation programs, including a narrative description of the material factors necessary to understand the information disclosed in the summary compensation table below.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of the named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

   

Year

   

Salary
($)

   

Bonus
($)

   

Option
Awards
($)(1)

   

All Other
Compensation
($)

   

Total
($)

 

Dimitri N. Kazarinoff,
President and Chief Executive Officer

    2019       74,048 (2)      17,325 (3)      1,006,080       57,241 (4)      1,154,694  

Thomas J. Hynes III,
Founder and Chief Strategy Officer

    2019       250,000       40,000       —         —         290,000  

 

131


Table of Contents
  (1)

The amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant-date fair value of the granted awards, computed in accordance with the FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718. See Note 6 to XL’s audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus for a discussion of the assumptions made by XL in determining the grant-date fair value of XL’s equity awards.

  (2)

Mr. Kazarinoff joined XL in October 2019 and the salary amount included in the table represents the prorated portion of his $325,000 annual salary received in 2019.

  (3)

Reflects the prorated portion of the bonus payment made to Mr. Kazarinoff on March 15, 2020 in connection with services provided in fiscal 2019.

  (4)

Consists of (i) $50,000 paid to Mr. Kazarinoff in connection with relocation expenses and (ii) $7,241 paid to Mr. Kazarinoff in connection with temporary living expenses.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table

For 2019, the compensation program for XL’s named executive officers consisted of base salary/incentive compensation delivered in the form of cash bonuses and stock option awards.

Base Salary

Base salary is set at a level that is commensurate with the executive’s duties and authorities, contributions, prior experience and sustained performance.

Cash Bonus

Cash bonus is also set at a level that is commensurate with the executive’s duties and authorities, contributions, prior experience and sustained performance. With respect to Mr. Kazarinoff, we have entered into an offer letter agreement, described below, which sets forth his cash bonus.

Equity Incentive Plan and Stock Option Awards

XL’s board of directors adopted, and XL’s stockholders approved, the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2010 Plan, in 2010. The 2010 Plan has been periodically amended, most recently in 2020 in order to increase the number of shares of XL’s common stock available for issuance pursuant to the 2010 Plan. The 2010 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options (“ISOs”), non-qualified stock options (“NSOs”) and restricted stock awards. ISOs may be granted only to XL’s employees and to any of XL’s parent or subsidiary corporation’s employees. All other awards may be granted to employees, directors and consultants of XL and to any of XL’s parent or subsidiary corporation’s employees or consultants.

A total of 792,632 shares are reserved for grant under the 2010 Plan. As of June 30, 2020, stock options to purchase 5,765,368 shares of XL’s common stock with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.17 per share were outstanding. There are no outstanding awards other than these options pursuant to the 2010 Plan as of June 30, 2020.

Administration. XL’s board of directors or a committee delegated by the board of directors administers the 2010 Plan. Subject to the terms of the 2010 Plan, the administrator has the power to, among other things, determine the eligible persons to whom, and the times at which, awards will be granted, to determine the terms and conditions of each award (including the number of shares subject to the award, the exercise price of the award, if any, and when the award will vest and, as applicable, become exercisable), to modify or amend outstanding awards, or accept the surrender of outstanding awards and substitute new awards, to accelerate the time(s) at which an award may vest or be exercised, and to construe and interpret the terms of the 2010 Plan and awards granted thereunder.

Options. XL’s employees and service providers have historically received stock options pursuant to the 2010 Plan. With respect to the options granted to Mr. Kazarinoff, the awards have been granted in the form of ISOs.

 

132


Table of Contents

The exercise price per share of options granted under the 2010 Plan must be at least 100% of the fair market value per share of XL’s common stock on the grant date. Subject to the provisions of the 2010 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of options, including any vesting and exercisability requirements, the method of payment of the option exercise price, the option expiration date, and the period following termination of service during which options may remain exercisable.

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event of certain changes to XL’s capital structure, such as a stock dividends, stock splits or reverse stock splits, appropriate adjustments will be made to (a) the number of shares available for issuance under the 2010 Plan, and (b) the number of shares covered by and, as applicable, the exercise price and the kind of underlying security of each outstanding award granted under the 2010 Plan. In the event of a change of control of XL (as defined in the 2010 Plan), the board of directors or committee administering the 2010 Plan may take one or more of the following actions to provide for: (i) the purchase of outstanding options for an amount equal to the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise of the option and sale of the underlying stock had such option been currently exercisable, or the replacement of options with other rights or property, (ii) the accelerated vesting of options prior to the change of control, (iii) the assumption of options by the successor or surviving corporation, or (iv) the termination of options prior to the change of control.

Plan Amendment or Termination. XL’s board of directors may amend, modify, or terminate the 2010 Plan at any time. The board of directors must obtain stockholder approval of any plan amendment to the extent required.

Benefits and Perquisites

XL Fleet provides benefits to its named executive officers on the same basis as provided to all of its employees, including health, dental and vision insurance; life insurance; accidental death and dismemberment insurance; short-and long-term disability insurance; and a tax-qualified Section 401(k) plan for which no match by XL is provided. XL does not maintain any executive-specific benefit or perquisite programs.

Agreements with XL’s Named Executive Officers and Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control

XL currently maintains an offer letter with Mr. Kazarinoff, as summarized below.

Offer Letter with Dimitri N. Kazarinoff

XL entered into an offer letter Mr. Kazarinoff on September 30, 2019. Pursuant to the terms of the offer letter, Mr. Kazarinoff received a base salary at an annual rate of $325,000 for fiscal 2019, which base salary is to be reviewed on a periodic basis in accordance with XL’s practices. Mr. Kazarinoff is eligible to receive an annual bonus, which bonus is based on established performance variables. The target bonus is equal to 30% of base salary and is expected to typically be earned at between 70% and 130% of that amount based on the performance variables.. Mr. Kazarinoff also received payment of temporary living expenses through December 31, 2019 and, after 60 days of employment, $50,000 in relocation assistance. Pursuant the terms of the offer letter, Mr. Kazarinoff also received an option to purchase XL common stock, which is further described below under “Executive Compensation—XL Named Executive Officer and Director CompensationOutstanding Equity Awards at 2019 Year End.” In the event of a change of control (as defined in the 2010 Plan) of XL, provided that Mr. Kazarinoff has been employed by XL for at least two years, the vesting of the option will be accelerated such that the greater of (i) 50% of the remaining unvested portion of the option, or (ii) the portion of the option that would have vested during the one-year period following the change of control, shall become immediately vested.

The offer letter provides Mr. Kazarinoff with severance benefits if XL terminates his employment without “Cause,” equal to six months of his then current base salary, subject to the execution and nonrevocation of a release of claims in a form satisfactory to the Company. “Cause” is defined in the offer letter as conduct by Mr. Kazarinoff which harms or would reasonably be expected to harm XL, including the commission of fraud, misappropriation of funds, misconduct in the performance of duties, material breach of any XL policy, failure to

 

133


Table of Contents

perform the duties of the position, commission of a felony or any criminal act involving dishonesty or theft, or material non-compliance with applicable business and legal standards, including with respect to workplace discrimination or harassment. On September 20, 2019, Mr. Kazarinoff entered into XL’s standard Employee Covenants Agreement, which contains certain customary restrictive covenants.

Agreements with Thomas J. Hynes, III

Previously, on July 13, 2009, XL entered into an offer with Mr. Hynes in connection with his appointment as President and Chief Executive Officer, which does not provide for potential payments upon a termination or change of control. XL has not provided subsequent written offers of employment or entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Hynes. Mr. Hynes has entered onto an Employee Covenants Agreement containing customary restrictive covenants. Mr. Hynes was granted an option in May 2018 to purchase 785,948 shares of XL common stock which is further described below under “Executive Compensation—XL Named Executive Officer and Director Compensation—Outstanding Equity Awards at 2019 Year End.” In the event of a change of control (as defined in the 2010 Plan) of XL, the vesting of the option will be accelerated such that the greater of (i) 50% of the remaining unvested portion of the option, or (ii) the portion of the option that would have vested during the one-year period following the change of control, shall become immediately vested.

Retirement Benefits

XL provides a tax-qualified Section 401(k) plan for all employees, including the named executive officers. XL does not provide a match for participants’ elective contributions to the 401(k) plan, nor does XL provide to employees, including its named executive officers, any other retirement benefits, including but not limited to tax-qualified defined benefit plans, supplemental executive retirement plans and nonqualified defined contribution plans.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2019 Year End

The following table presents information regarding outstanding equity awards held by XL’s named executive officers as of December 31, 2019.

 

Name

   Grant
Date
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
(#)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
(#)
     Option
Exercise
Price
($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Dimitri N. Kazarinoff

     12/5/2019        209,600 (1)      4,820,800        0.20        12/5/2029  

Thomas J. Hynes, III

     11/21/2013        785,948 (2)      0        0.16        11/21/2023  

Thomas J. Hynes, III

     5/24/2018        638,583 (2)      114,915        0.18        5/24/2028  

 

(1)

Option grant vests ratably monthly over a four year period.

(2)

25% of the options vested on the first anniversary of the date of grant. Of the remaining 75%, an additional 6.25% vest every three months commencing on the first day after the first anniversary of the date of grant.

Director Compensation

XL currently has no formal arrangements under which directors receive compensation for their service on XL’s board of directors or its committees. Messrs. Kazarinoff and Hynes do not receive additional compensation for their services as a director. None of XL’s current directors, other than Messrs. Kazarinoff and Hynes, will serve as directors following the consummation of the Business Combination.

Following the consummation of the Business Combination, Pivotal intends to develop a board of directors’ compensation program that is designed to align compensation with Pivotal’s business objectives and the creation of stockholder value, while enabling Pivotal to attract, retain, incentivize and reward directors who contribute to the long-term success of Pivotal.

 

134


Table of Contents

XL Executive Officer and Director Compensation Following the Business Combination

Following the consummation of the Business Combination, XL intends to develop an executive compensation program and a director compensation program, each of which will be designed to align compensation with XL’s business objectives and the creation of stockholder value, while enabling XL to attract, retain, incentivize and reward individuals who contribute to the long-term success of XL.

Executive Compensation

The policies of XL with respect to the compensation of its executive officers following the Business Combination are expected to be administered by the board of directors of XL in consultation with its compensation committee. XL may also rely on data and analyses from third parties, such as compensation consultants, in connection with its compensation programs. XL intends to design and implement programs to provide for compensation that is sufficient to attract, motivate and retain executives of XL and potential other individuals and to establish an appropriate relationship between executive compensation and the creation of stockholder value.

Director Compensation

It is anticipated that, in connection with the Business Combination, the compensation committee of the board of directors of XL will determine the annual compensation to be paid to the members of the board of directors of XL. XL’s board of directors expects to review director compensation periodically to ensure that director compensation remains competitive such that XL is able to recruit and retain qualified directors.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

As of December 31, 2019, Pivotal had no equity compensation plans or outstanding equity awards. The following table is presented as of December 31, 2019 in accordance with SEC requirements:

 

Plan Category

   Number of Securities
to be Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
     Weighted Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights
     Number of Securities
Remaining Available
for Future Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation Plans
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

     —          —          —    

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

     —          —          —    

 

135


Table of Contents

THE INCENTIVE PLAN PROPOSAL

In connection with the Merger, Pivotal intends to adopt the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, which is referred to in this proxy statement/prospectus as the 2020 Plan.

The 2020 Plan will provide for grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and other stock or cash-based awards. Directors, officers and other employees of Pivotal and its subsidiaries, as well as others performing consulting or advisory services for Pivotal, will be eligible for grants under the 2020 Plan.

The purpose of the 2020 Plan is to enhance Pivotal’s ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who make (or are expected to make) important contributions to Pivotal by providing these individuals with equity ownership opportunities. Equity awards are intended to motivate high levels of performance and align the interests of Pivotal’s directors, employees and consultants with those of its stockholders by giving directors, employees and consultants the perspective of an owner with an equity stake in Pivotal and providing a means of recognizing their contributions to the success of Pivotal. Pivotal’s board of directors and management believe that equity awards are necessary to remain competitive in the industry and are essential to recruiting and retaining the highly qualified individuals who help Pivotal meet its goals.

Set forth below is a summary of the material terms of the 2020 Plan, which is qualified in its entirety by the text of the 2020 Plan, a copy of which is attached hereto as Annex C. For further information about the 2020 Plan, we refer you to the complete copy of the 2020 Plan. As of                 , 2020, the record date, the closing price per share of Pivotal’s Class A common stock on the NYSE was $                .

Summary of Material Features of the 2020 Plan

Eligibility. The 2020 Plan will allow for grants, under the direction of the board of directors or compensation committee, as the plan administrator, of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted and unrestricted stock awards, restricted stock units and other stock or cash-based awards to employees, consultants and directors who, in the opinion of the plan administrator, are in a position to make a significant contribution to Pivotal’s long-term success. All employees, directors and consultants of Pivotal and its affiliates will be eligible to participate in the 2020 Plan. As of             , there were approximately              individuals eligible to participate in the 2020 Plan.

Shares Available for Issuance. The Plan provides for the future issuance of up to     shares of Pivotal common stock, plus a number of additional shares to be issued if awards outstanding under the XL 2010 Equity Incentive Plan are cancelled or expire on or after the date of the annual meeting. Generally, shares of common stock reserved for awards under the 2020 Plan that lapse or are forfeited will be added back to the share reserve available for future awards.

The aggregate grant date fair value of shares granted to any non-employee director under the 2020 Plan and any other cash compensation paid to any non-employee director in any calendar year may not exceed $        ; increased to $         in the year in which such non-employee director initially joins the board of directors.

Stock Options. Stock options granted under the 2020 Plan may either be incentive stock options, which are intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code, or non-qualified stock options, which are not intended to meet those requirements. Incentive Stock Options may be granted to employees of Pivotal and its affiliates. A maximum of              shares may be granted as incentive stock options under the 2020 Plan. Non-qualified options may be granted to employees, directors and consultants of Pivotal and its affiliates and the term of the option may not be longer than ten years. The exercise price of a stock option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of Pivotal common stock on the date of grant. If an incentive stock option is granted to an individual who owns more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of Pivotal capital stock, the exercise price may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant and the term of the option may not be longer than five years.

 

136


Table of Contents

Award agreements for stock options include rules for exercise of the stock options after termination of service. Options may not be exercised unless they are vested, and no option may be exercised after the end of the term set forth in the award agreement. Generally, stock options will be exercisable for three months after termination of service for any reason other than death or total and permanent disability, and for one year after termination of service on account of death or total and permanent disability, but will not be exercisable if the termination of service was due to cause.

Restricted Stock. Restricted stock is common stock that is subject to restrictions, including a prohibition against transfer and a substantial risk of forfeiture, until the end of a “restricted period” during which the grantee must satisfy certain time or performance-based vesting conditions. If the grantee does not satisfy the vesting conditions by the end of the restricted period, the restricted stock is forfeited. During the restricted period, the holder of restricted stock has the rights and privileges of a regular stockholder, except that generally dividend equivalents may accrue but shall not be paid during the restricted period, and the restrictions set forth in the applicable award agreement apply. For example, the holder of restricted stock may vote the restricted shares, but he or she may not sell the shares until the restrictions are lifted.

Other Stock-Based Awards. The Plan also authorizes the grant of other types of stock-based compensation including, but not limited to stock appreciation rights, phantom stock awards, and stock unit awards. The plan administrator may award such stock-based awards subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. These conditions and restrictions may include continued employment through a specified restricted period or achievement of one or more performance goals.

Restricted Stock Units. Restricted stock units are phantom shares that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the plan administrator and when the applicable restrictions lapse, the grantee shall be entitled to receive a payout in cash, shares or a combination thereof based on the number of restricted stock units as specified in the award agreement. Dividend equivalents may accrue but shall not be paid prior to and only to the extent that, the restricted stock unit award vests.

Plan Administration. In accordance with the terms of the 2020 Plan, the board of directors may authorize Pivotal’s compensation committee to administer the 2020 Plan. The compensation committee may delegate part of its authority and powers under the 2020 Plan to one or more Pivotal directors and/or officers, but only the compensation committee can make awards to participants who are subject to the reporting and other requirements of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In accordance with the provisions of the 2020 Plan, the plan administrator determines the terms of awards, including:

 

   

which employees, directors and consultants will be granted awards;

 

   

the number of shares subject to each award;

 

   

the vesting provisions of each award;

 

   

the termination or cancellation provisions applicable to awards; and

 

   

all other terms and conditions upon which each award may be granted in accordance with the 2020 Plan.

In addition, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, amend any term or condition of an outstanding award provided (i) such term or condition as amended is permitted by the 2020 Plan, and (ii) any such amendment shall be made only with the consent of the participant to whom such award was made, if the amendment is adverse to the participant unless such amendment is required by applicable law or necessary to preserve the economic value of such award.

Stock Dividends and Stock Splits. If Pivotal’s common stock shall be subdivided or combined into a greater or smaller number of shares or if Pivotal issues any shares of common stock as a stock dividend, the number of

 

137


Table of Contents

shares of common stock deliverable upon exercise of an option issued or upon issuance of an award shall be appropriately increased or decreased proportionately, and appropriate adjustments shall be made in the exercise price per share of stock options or purchase price, if any, and performance goals applicable to performance-based awards, if any, to reflect such subdivision, combination or stock dividend.

Corporate Transactions. Upon a merger or other reorganization event, the board of directors, may, in its sole discretion, take any one or more of the following actions pursuant to the 2020 Plan, as to some or all outstanding awards:

 

   

provide that all outstanding options shall be assumed or substituted by the successor corporation;

 

   

upon written notice to a participant provide that the participant’s unexercised options will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction unless exercised by the participant;

 

   

in the event of a merger pursuant to which holders of Pivotal common stock will receive a cash payment for each share surrendered in the merger, make or provide for a cash payment to the participants equal to the difference between the merger price times the number of shares of Pivotal common stock subject to such outstanding options, and the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding options, in exchange for the termination of such options;

 

   

provide that outstanding awards shall be assumed or substituted by the successor corporation, become realizable or deliverable, or restrictions applicable to an award will lapse, in whole or in part, prior to or upon the merger or reorganization event; and

 

   

with respect to stock grants and in lieu of any of the foregoing, the board of directors or an authorized committee may provide that, upon consummation of the transaction, each outstanding stock grant shall be terminated in exchange for payment of an amount equal to the consideration payable upon consummation of such transaction to a holder of the number of shares of common stock comprising such award (to the extent such stock grant is no longer subject to any forfeiture or repurchase rights then in effect or, at the discretion of the board of directors or an authorized committee, all forfeiture and repurchase rights being waived upon such transaction).

Amendment and Termination. The Plan may be amended by Pivotal’s stockholders. It may also be amended by the board of directors or the compensation committee, provided that any amendment which is of a scope that requires stockholder approval as required by (i) the rules of the NYSE or (ii) in order to ensure favorable federal income tax treatment for any incentive stock options under Code Section 422, is subject to obtaining such stockholder approval. However, no such action may adversely affect any rights under any outstanding award without the holder’s consent unless such amendment is required by applicable law or necessary to preserve the economic value of such award.

Duration of Plan. The Plan will expire by its terms on                 , 2030.

Federal Income Tax Considerations

The material federal income tax consequences of the issuance and exercise of stock options and other awards under the 2020 Plan, based on the current provisions of the Code and regulations, are as follows. Changes to these laws could alter the tax consequences described below. This summary assumes that all awards granted under the 2020 Plan are exempt from or comply with, the rules under Section 409A of the Code related to nonqualified deferred compensation.

Incentive Stock Options: Incentive stock options are intended to qualify for treatment under Section 422 of the Code. An incentive stock option does not result in taxable income to the optionee or deduction to Pivotal at the time it is granted or exercised, provided that no disposition is made by the optionee of the shares acquired pursuant to the option within two years after the date of grant of the option nor within one year after the date of

 

138


Table of Contents

issuance of shares to the optionee (referred to as the “ISO holding period”). However, the difference between the fair market value of the shares on the date of exercise and the option price will be an item of tax preference includible in “alternative minimum taxable income” of the optionee. Upon disposition of the shares after the expiration of the ISO holding period, the optionee will generally recognize long term capital gain or loss based on the difference between the disposition proceeds and the option price paid for the shares. If the shares are disposed of prior to the expiration of the ISO holding period, the optionee generally will recognize taxable compensation, and Pivotal will have a corresponding deduction, in the year of the disposition, equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the date of exercise of the option over the option price. Any additional gain realized on the disposition will normally constitute capital gain. If the amount realized upon such a disqualifying disposition is less than fair market value of the shares on the date of exercise, the amount of compensation income will be limited to the excess of the amount realized over the optionee’s adjusted basis in the shares.

Non-Qualified Options: Options otherwise qualifying as incentive stock options, to the extent the aggregate fair market value of shares with respect to which such options are first exercisable by an individual in any calendar year exceeds $100,000, and options designated as non-qualified options will be treated as options that are not incentive stock options. A non-qualified option ordinarily will not result in income to the optionee or deduction to Pivotal at the time of grant. The optionee will recognize compensation income at the time of exercise of such non-qualified option in an amount equal to the excess of the then value of the shares over the option price per share. Such compensation income of optionees may be subject to withholding taxes, and a deduction may then be allowable to Pivotal in an amount equal to the optionee’s compensation income. An optionee’s initial basis in shares so acquired will be the amount paid on exercise of the non-qualified option plus the amount of any corresponding compensation income. Any gain or loss as a result of a subsequent disposition of the shares so acquired will be capital gain or loss.

Stock Grants: With respect to stock grants under the 2020 Plan that result in the issuance of shares that are either not restricted as to transferability or not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the grantee must generally recognize ordinary income equal to the fair market value of shares received. Thus, deferral of the time of issuance will generally result in the deferral of the time the grantee will be liable for income taxes with respect to such issuance. Pivotal generally will be entitled to a deduction in an amount equal to the ordinary income recognized by the grantee. With respect to stock grants involving the issuance of shares that are restricted as to transferability and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the grantee must generally recognize ordinary income equal to the fair market value of the shares received at the first time the shares become transferable or are not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, whichever occurs earlier. A grantee may elect to be taxed at the time of receipt of shares rather than upon lapse of restrictions on transferability or substantial risk of forfeiture, but if the grantee subsequently forfeits such shares, the grantee would not be entitled to any tax deduction, including as a capital loss, for the value of the shares on which he previously paid tax. The grantee must file such election with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days of the receipt of the shares. Pivotal generally will be entitled to a deduction in an amount equal to the ordinary income recognized by the grantee.

Stock Units: The grantee recognizes no income until the issuance of the shares. At that time, the grantee must generally recognize ordinary income equal to the fair market value of the shares received. Pivotal generally will be entitled to a deduction in an amount equal to the ordinary income recognized by the grantee.

Withholding: Pivotal may withhold from any amount paid in settlement of an award, or withhold from the grantee’s salary, wages or other remuneration, or require the grantee to advance in cash to the Company the statutory minimum amount of withholding and other taxes due to satisfy withholding and tax obligations related to any awards.

Section 162(m) of the Code: As discussed above, Pivotal generally will be entitled to an income tax deduction in the amount of the income recognized by the grantee with respect to an award. However, Section 162(m) of the Code generally limits to $1 million the federal income tax deductibility of annual compensation paid by public

 

139


Table of Contents

companies to each certain executive officers. Therefore, Pivotal will not be able to deduct compensation in excess of $1 million attributable to awards granted to certain executive officers.

New Plan Benefits

Grants under the 2020 Plan will be made at the discretion of the plan administrator or other delegated persons, and we cannot determine at this time either the persons who will receive awards under the 2020 Plan or the amount or types of any such awards. The value of the awards granted under the 2020 Plan will depend on a number of factors, including the fair market value of the common stock on future dates, the exercise decisions made by the participants and the extent to which any applicable performance goals necessary for vesting or payment are achieved.

Interests of Certain Persons in this Proposal

Pivotal’s directors and executive officers may be considered to have an interest in the approval of the 2020 Plan because they may in the future receive awards under the 2020 Plan. Nevertheless, the board of directors believes that it is important to provide incentives and rewards for superior performance and the retention of executive officers and experienced directors by adopting the 2020 Plan.

Required Vote

The approval of the incentive plan proposal will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Pivotal common stock present and entitled to vote at the annual meeting.

Adoption of the 2020 Plan is conditioned on the consummation of the Business Combination and, under the Merger Agreement, the closing of the Business Combination is conditioned on the adoption of the 2020 Plan. Accordingly, if the business combination proposal is not approved, or the PIPE proposal, the charter amendments proposals or the director election proposal are not approved and the applicable condition in the Merger Agreement is not waived, or the nominees identified in this proxy statement/prospectus are not elected as directors and the applicable condition in the Merger Agreement is not waived, the incentive plan proposal will not be presented at the annual meeting. If the incentive plan proposal is not approved and one or more of the parties refuses to waive the related closing condition in the Merger Agreement, the parties will not consummate the Business Combination and the other proposals (except an adjournment proposal, as described below) will not be presented to the stockholders for a vote.

PIVOTAL’S BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT THE PIVOTAL STOCKHOLDERS VOTE “FOR” THE APPROVAL OF THE INCENTIVE PLAN PROPOSAL.

 

140


Table of Contents

THE ADJOURNMENT PROPOSAL

The adjournment proposal allows Pivotal’s board of directors to submit a proposal to adjourn the annual meeting to a later date or dates if it is determined by the officer presiding over the annual meeting that more time is necessary for Pivotal to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement. In no event will Pivotal solicit proxies to adjourn the annual meeting or consummate the Business Combination beyond the date by which it may properly do so under the Merger Agreement or its amended and restated certificate of incorporation (in either case, as the same may be amended from time to time) and Delaware law. The purpose of the adjournment proposal is to provide more time to consummate the Business Combination. The presiding officer may present the adjournment proposal if Pivotal is unable to consummate the Business Combination for any reason. See the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal—Interests of the Sponsor and Pivotal’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination.”

In addition to an adjournment of the annual meeting upon approval of an adjournment proposal, Pivotal’s board of directors is empowered under Delaware law to postpone the meeting at any time prior to the meeting being called to order. In such event, Pivotal will issue a press release and take such other steps as it believes are necessary and practical in the circumstances to inform its stockholders of the postponement.

Consequences if the Adjournment Proposal is not Approved

If an adjournment proposal is presented to the meeting and is not approved by the stockholders, Pivotal’s board of directors may not be able to adjourn the annual meeting to a later date if Pivotal is unable to consummate the Business Combination (because either the business combination proposal is not approved or the conditions to consummating the Business Combination have not been met). In such event, the Business Combination would not be completed.

Required Vote

Adoption of the adjournment proposal requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the issued and outstanding common stock represented in person or by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon.

Adoption of the adjournment proposal is not conditioned upon the adoption of any of the other proposals.

PIVOTAL’S BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT PIVOTAL STOCKHOLDERS VOTE “FOR” THE APPROVAL OF THE ADJOURNMENT PROPOSAL.

 

141


Table of Contents

OTHER INFORMATION RELATED TO PIVOTAL

Introduction

Pivotal was incorporated on March 20, 2019 for the purpose of entering into a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities. Pivotal’s efforts to identify a prospective target business were not limited to any particular industry or geographic region. Prior to executing the Merger Agreement, Pivotal’s efforts were limited to organizational activities, completion of its initial public offering and the evaluation of possible business combinations.

Initial Public Offering and Simultaneous Private Placement

On July 16, 2019, Pivotal closed its initial public offering of 23,000,000 units, including 3,000,000 units issued upon the exercise in full of the underwriters’ overallotment option, with each unit consisting of one share of Class A common stock and one-third of one redeemable warrant, with each warrant entitling the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share commencing 30 days after the consummation of an initial business combination. The units from Pivotal’s initial public offering (including units issued upon the exercise in full of the underwriters’ overallotment option) were sold at an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating total gross proceeds of $230,000,000. Simultaneously with the consummation of Pivotal’s initial public offering and the exercise in full of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, Pivotal consummated the private sale of 4,233,333 private warrants at $1.50 per warrant generating gross proceeds of $6,350,000. Pivotal’s initial public offering was conducted pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-232019) that became effective on July 11, 2019.

A total of $230,000,000 was deposited into a trust account at JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee. Pivotal may withdraw from the trust account interest earned on the funds held therein necessary to pay our income taxes, if any. Except as described in the prospectus for Pivotal’s initial public offering and described in the subsection below entitled “—Pivotal’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” these proceeds will not be released until the earlier of the completion of an initial business combination and Pivotal’s redemption of 100% of the outstanding public shares upon its failure to consummate a business combination within the required time period.

The remaining proceeds from Pivotal’s initial public offering and simultaneous private placement, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other costs and expenses, became available to be used as working capital to provide for business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective business combinations and continuing general and administrative expenses.

Fair Market Value of Target Business

The target business or businesses that Pivotal acquires must collectively have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance of the funds in the trust account (excluding the amount of deferred underwriting commissions held in trust and taxes payable) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for its initial business combination, although Pivotal may acquire a target business whose fair market value significantly exceeds 80% of the trust account balance. Pivotal’s board of directors determined that this test was met in connection with the proposed business combination with XL as described in the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal” above.

Stockholder Approval of Business Combination

Under Pivotal’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, in connection with any proposed business combination, Pivotal must seek stockholder approval of an initial business combination at a meeting called for

 

142


Table of Contents

such purpose at which public stockholders may seek to have their public shares converted into cash, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination or do not vote at all, subject to the limitations described in the prospectus for Pivotal’s initial public offering. Accordingly, in connection with the Business Combination with XL, the Pivotal public stockholders may seek to have their public shares converted to cash in accordance with the procedures set forth in this proxy statement/prospectus.

Voting Restrictions in Connection with Stockholder Meeting

In connection with any vote for a proposed business combination, including the vote with respect to the business combination proposal, the Sponsor and Pivotal’s officers and directors have each agreed to vote their sponsor shares as well as any common stock acquired by them in the aftermarket in favor of such proposed Business Combination.

At any time prior to the annual meeting, during a period when they are not then aware of any material nonpublic information regarding Pivotal or its securities, the Sponsor, Pivotal’s officers and directors, XL, XL’s stockholders and/or their respective affiliates may purchase shares from institutional and other investors who vote, or indicate an intention to vote, against the business combination proposal, or execute agreements to purchase such shares from them in the future, or they may enter into transactions with such persons and others to provide them with incentives to acquire common stock or vote their shares in favor of the business combination proposal. The purpose of such share purchases and other transactions would be to increase the likelihood of satisfaction of the requirement that the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at the annual meeting to approve the business combination proposal vote in its favor and that the conditions to the closing of the Business Combination (such as the condition that the Pivotal common stock be listed on the NYSE) otherwise will be met, where it appears that such requirements or conditions would otherwise not be met. While the exact nature of any such incentives has not been determined as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, they might include, without limitation, arrangements to protect such investors or holders against potential loss in value of their shares, including the granting of put options and the transfer to such investors or holders of sponsor shares for nominal value.

Entering into any such arrangements may have a depressive effect on the shares of Pivotal common stock. For example, as a result of these arrangements, an investor or holder may have the ability to effectively purchase shares at a price lower than market and may therefore be more likely to sell the shares he owns, either prior to or immediately after the annual meeting.

If such transactions are effected, the consequence could be to cause the Business Combination to be approved in circumstances where such approval could not otherwise be obtained. Purchases of shares by the persons described above would allow them to exert more influence over the approval of the business combination proposal and the other proposals to be presented at the annual meeting and would likely increase the chances that such proposals would be approved. Moreover, any such purchases may make it more likely that the conditions to the closing of the Business Combination (such as the condition that the Pivotal common stock be listed on the NYSE) are met.

No agreements dealing with the above arrangements or purchases have been entered into as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus. Pivotal will file a Current Report on Form 8-K to disclose any arrangements entered into or significant purchases made by any of the aforementioned persons that would affect the vote on the business combination proposal or the satisfaction of any closing conditions. Any such report will include descriptions of any arrangements entered into or significant purchases by any of the aforementioned persons.

Liquidation if No Business Combination

Under Pivotal’s current amended and restated certificate of incorporation, if Pivotal does not complete the Business Combination with XL or another initial business combination by January 16, 2021 (or such later date as

 

143


Table of Contents

may be approved by Pivotal stockholders in an amendment to its amended and restated certificate of incorporation), Pivotal will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding public shares and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of Pivotal’s remaining stockholders and its board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject (in the case of (ii) and (iii) above) to Pivotal’s obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. At such time, the warrants will expire. Holders of warrants will receive nothing upon a liquidation with respect to such rights and the warrants will be worthless.

Each of the Sponsor and Pivotal’s officers and directors has agreed to waive its rights to participate in any distribution from Pivotal’s trust account or other assets with respect to the sponsor shares. There will be no distribution from the trust account with respect to Pivotal’s warrants, which will expire worthless if Pivotal is liquidated.

The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of Pivotal’s creditors which would be prior to the claims of the Pivotal public stockholders. Although Pivotal has obtained waiver agreements from certain vendors and service providers it has engaged and owes money to, and the prospective target businesses Pivotal has negotiated with, whereby such parties have waived any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in or to any monies held in the trust account, and although Pivotal will seek such waivers from vendors it engages in the future, there is no guarantee that they or other vendors who did not execute such waivers will not seek recourse against the trust account notwithstanding such agreements. The Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable under certain circumstances to pay debts and obligations to target businesses or vendors or other entities that are owed money by Pivotal for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to it, but Pivotal cannot ensure that the Sponsor will be able to satisfy its indemnification obligations if it is required to do so. Additionally there are two exceptions to the Sponsor’s personal indemnity: the Sponsor will have no personal liability (1) as to any claimed amounts owed to a target business or vendor or other entity who has executed an agreement with Pivotal waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in or to any monies held in the trust account, or (2) as to any claims under the indemnity with the underwriters of Pivotal’s initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, the Sponsor will not be liable to the Pivotal public stockholders and instead will only have liability to Pivotal. Furthermore, the Sponsor may not be able to satisfy its indemnification obligations if it is required to as the Sponsor’s only assets are securities of Pivotal and Pivotal has not taken any further steps to ensure that the Sponsor will be able to satisfy any indemnification obligations that arise. Accordingly, the actual per-share redemption price could be less than approximately $10.00, plus interest, due to claims of creditors. Additionally, if Pivotal is forced to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against it which is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in Pivotal’s bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of Pivotal’s stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, Pivotal cannot assure you it will be able to return to the Pivotal public stockholders at least approximately $10.00 per share. Pivotal’s public stockholders are entitled to receive funds from the trust account only in the event of its failure to complete a business combination within the required time periods or if the stockholders properly seek to have Pivotal redeem their respective shares for cash upon a business combination which is actually completed by Pivotal. In no other circumstances does a stockholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account.

If Pivotal is forced to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against it which is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor, creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover all amounts received by Pivotal’s stockholders. Because Pivotal intends to distribute the proceeds held in the trust account to its public stockholders promptly after the expiration of the time period to complete a business combination, this may be viewed or interpreted as giving preference to its public stockholders over any potential creditors with respect to access to or distributions from its assets. Furthermore,

 

144


Table of Contents

Pivotal’s board of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to its creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing itself and XL to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. Pivotal cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against it for these reasons.

Pivotal will pay the costs of any subsequent liquidation from its remaining assets outside of the trust account plus the up to $100,000 of interest earned on the funds in the trust account that Pivotal may use for liquidation and dissolution expenses.

Employees

Pivotal has two executive officers. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to Pivotal’s matters and intend to devote only as much time as they deem necessary to its affairs. Pivotal does not intend to have any full time employees prior to the closing of the Business Combination.

Facilities

Upon the closing of the Business Combination, the principal executive offices of Pivotal will be those of XL.

Directors and Executive Officers

Pivotal’s current directors and executive officers are as follows:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Jonathan J. Ledecky

     62      Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

James H.R. Brady

     56      Chief Financial Officer

Kevin Griffin

     44      Director

Sarah Sclarsic

     37      Director

Efrat Epstein

     37      Director

Katrina Adams

     52      Director

See “The Director Election Proposal—Information about Executive Officers, Directors and Nominees” for biographies of Messrs. Ledecky and Griffin and Ms. Sclarsic.

James H.R. Brady has served as Pivotal’s Chief Financial Officer since September 2018. Since 2014, Mr. Brady has been the Chief Executive Officer of Brady Enterprises, an advisory firm Mr. Brady founded that provides financial, legal and strategic services to growth companies. Since 2014, Mr. Brady has provided financial and strategic services to growth companies. Since 2017, he has served as Chief Financial Officer of Airside Mobile, a technology company. From 2014 to 2017, he was Vice President for VSL Pharmaceuticals, a probiotic company. From 2013 to 2014, Mr. Brady was the Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel of Sweetgreen, a high- growth healthy, fast casual restaurant chain. From 2011 to 2013, Mr. Brady was Executive Vice President – Finance and Legal for Audax Health Solutions, a digital health/social media company. From 2009 to 2011, he was Executive Counsel of ODIN Technologies, a RFID software company. Mr. Brady previously served as a corporate and securities attorney with the firms of Hogan & Hartson and Hunton & Williams. Mr. Brady received a BA from the College of William and Mary, a JD from the George Washington National Law Center and a MBA from Darden Graduate School of Business at the University of Virginia.

Efrat Epstein has served as a member of Pivotal’s board of directors since December 2018. Ms. Epstein has held leadership positions across media, tech and financial services. Since November 2016, Ms. Epstein has been the Managing Partner of Sound Ventures, an LA-based venture capital fund founded by Ashton Kutcher and Guy Oseary. In this role, Ms. Epstein leads investing, strategy and the day-to-day management of the fund. From January 2016 to November 2016, Ms. Epstein led Global Strategy at Marsh, a multi-billion dollar division of

 

145


Table of Contents

financial services firm Marsh & McLennan (NYSE: MMC). From October 2013 to January 2016, Ms. Epstein was Senior Vice President of Planning and Head of Investor Relations at iHeartMedia, a global entertainment company, and from May 2011 to September 2013, she was Head of Business Development and Strategy at CLEAR, a privately held technology company. Earlier in her career, Ms. Epstein was part of Merrill Lynch’s Global Energy and Power Investment Banking group as well as the Global Strategy team at NYSE Euronext. Ms. Epstein received a BA from the University of Texas in Austin and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

Katrina Adams has served as a member of Pivotal’s board of directors since December 2018. Ms. Adams has served as the Immediate Past President of the U.S. Tennis Association since January 2019. She was Chairman of the Board and President of the U.S. Tennis Association from January 2015 to January 1, 2019. She also served as Chairman of the U.S. Open during this time. Ms. Adams is the first African-American, first former professional tennis player and youngest person to serve as President in the organization’s 135-year history. She is also the first individual to serve a second two-year term as Chairman of the Board and President. In 2015, Ms. Adams was elected Vice President of the International Tennis Federation and in 2016, she was appointed Chairman of the Fed Cup Committee, which governs the Fed Cup, the largest annual international team competition in women’s sport. She also serves on the board of directors for the International Tennis Hall of Fame. An accomplished tennis professional, Ms. Adams played for 12 years on the Women’s Tennis Association tour, where she ranked as high as No. 67 in the world in singles and No. 8 in doubles, winning 20 career doubles titles and reaching the quarterfinals or better in doubles at all four Grand Slam events.

While an active pro, Ms. Adams served on the board of directors of the Women’s Tennis Association as a player representative for four one-year terms and on the Women’s Tennis Association’s Players Association for five two-year terms. After leaving the tour, Ms. Adams was a USTA National Tennis Coach from 1999 to 2002. She also joined the USTA’s Board of Directors in 2005, serving as a Director at Large and as the association’s Vice President and First Vice President before assuming the presidency. She was named the Intercollegiate Tennis Association (“ITA”) Rookie of the Year in 1986 and an NCAA All-American in 1986 and 1987. She also became the first African-American to win the NCAA doubles title in 1987. Among her many accolades, Ms. Adams was honored with the WTA’s Player Service Award in 1989, 1996 and 1997, and she received the WTA Althea Gibson Award in 2003. In addition, she was inducted into the Northwestern Hall of Fame in 1998, the USTA Midwest Section Hall of Fame in 2005, the Chicago District Tennis Hall of Fame in 2008, the Black Tennis Hall of Fame in 2012, the ITA Women’s Tennis Hall of Fame in 2014 and the USTA Eastern Section Tennis Hall of Fame in 2015. She was also named one of the “25 Influential Black Women in Business” by The Network Journal and as one of Sports Business Daily’s “Game Changers” in 2015. In 2016, she was inducted into the Boys & Girls Clubs of America Alumni Hall of Fame. In addition to her duties with the USTA, Ms. Adams is a contributor on CBS Sports Network’s first all-female sports show, “We Need to Talk.” She also serves as a television analyst for Tennis Channel and as a contributor to Tennis magazine and tennis.com, providing instructional articles and videos. Moreover, since 2005, Ms. Adams has served as the Executive Director of the Harlem Junior Tennis and Education Program, a National Junior Tennis & Learning network chapter based in New York City. Ms. Adams attended Northwestern University, majoring in communications, before deciding to leave school and focus on her professional tennis career.

Legal Proceedings

There is no material litigation, arbitration, governmental proceeding or any other legal proceeding currently pending or known to be contemplated against Pivotal, and Pivotal has not been subject to any such proceeding in the 10 years preceding the date of this proxy statement/prospectus.

Periodic Reporting and Audited Financial Statements

Pivotal has registered its securities under the Exchange Act and has reporting obligations, including the requirement to file annual and quarterly reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, Pivotal’s annual reports contain financial statements audited and reported on by Pivotal’s

 

146


Table of Contents

independent registered public accounting firm. Pivotal has filed with the SEC its Annual Report on Form 10-K covering the period from March 20, 2019 (inception) through December 31, 2019 and its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended March 31, 2020 and June 30, 2020.

Pivotal’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion of Pivotal’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with Pivotal’s consolidated financial statements and notes to those statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Please see “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in this proxy statement/prospectus.

Critical Accounting Policies

For a more detailed discussion of Pivotal’s Accounting Policies, please see Note 2 to the financial statements of Pivotal included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption

Pivotal accounts for its common stock subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance enumerated in ASC 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Common stock subject to mandatory redemption (if any) is classified as a liability instrument and is measured at fair value. Conditionally convertible common stock (including common stock that features redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within Pivotal’s control) is classified as temporary equity. At all other times, common stock is classified as stockholders’ equity. Pivotal common stock features certain redemption rights that are considered by Pivotal to be outside of Pivotal’s control and subject to the occurrence of uncertain future events.

Net Loss Per Common Share

Pivotal applies the two-class method in calculating earnings per share. Shares of common stock subject to possible redemption which are not currently redeemable and are not redeemable at fair value, have been excluded from the calculation of basic net loss per share since such shares, if redeemed, only participate in their pro rata share of the trust account earnings. Pivotal’s net income is adjusted for the portion of income that is attributable to common stock subject to possible redemption, as these shares only participate in the earnings of the trust account and not Pivotal’s income or losses.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards if currently adopted would have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements of Pivotal included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

Results of Operations

Pivotal has not generated any revenues to date and will not do so until the consummation of a business combination. Since its initial public offering, Pivotal’s activity has been limited to the evaluation of business

 

147


Table of Contents

combination candidates. Pivotal expects to generate small amounts of non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents. Interest income is not expected to be significant in view of current low interest rates on risk-free investments (treasury securities). Pivotal currently incurs increased expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as for due diligence expenses.

For the period from March 20, 2019 (inception) through December 31, 2019, Pivotal had net income of $1,206,018, which consists of interest income on marketable securities held in the Trust Account of $1,911,770 and an unrealized gain on marketable securities held in our Trust Account of $8,127, offset by operating costs of $393,291 and a provision for income taxes of $320,588. For the six months ended June 30, 2019, Pivotal had net income of $409,268, which consists of interest income on marketable securities held in the Trust Account of $865,346 offset by operating costs of $347,286 and a provision for income taxes of $108,792.

Financial Condition and Liquidity

As of June 30, 2019, Pivotal had cash of $752,835 held outside the trust account. Until the consummation of Pivotal’s initial public offering, Pivotal’s only source of liquidity was an initial purchase of common stock by the Sponsor and unsecured loans from the Sponsor.

On July 16, 2019, Pivotal consummated its initial public offering of 23,000,000 units, including 3,000,000 units issued upon the exercise in full of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. The units were sold at an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds of $230,000,000. Simultaneously with the consummation of its initial public offering, Pivotal consummated the private placement of 4,233,333 private warrants at a price of $1.50 per private warrant, generating total proceeds of $6,350,000. The private warrants were purchased by the Sponsor.

Following Pivotal’s initial public offering and private placement of private warrants, a total of $230,000,000 was placed in the trust account. Transaction costs amounted to $13,185,704, consisting of $4,600,000 of underwriting fees, $8,050,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $535,704 of other costs.

For the six months ended June 30, 2020, cash used in operating activities was $392,140. Net income of $409,268 was offset by interest earned on marketable securities held in the trust account of $865,346 and a deferred tax benefit of $1,707. Changes in operating assets and liabilities provided $65,645 of cash for operating activities.

As of June 30, 2020, Pivotal had marketable securities held in the trust account of $232,265,211 (including approximately $2,265,000 of interest income) consisting of U.S. Treasury Bills with a maturity of 180 days or less. Interest income on the balance in the trust account may be used by it to pay taxes. Through June 30, 2020, Pivotal had withdrawn $520,032 of interest earned on the trust account to pay for its franchise and income tax obligations.

As of June 30, 2020, Pivotal had cash held outside of the trust account of $752,835.

Pivotal’s working capital held outside the trust account has been used primarily to identify and evaluate target businesses, perform business due diligence on prospective target businesses, travel to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses or their representatives or owners, review corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, and structure, negotiate and complete a business combination.

Pivotal has principally financed its operations from inception using proceeds from the sale of equity securities to stockholders prior to its initial public offering and such amount of proceeds from its initial public offering that were placed in an account outside of the trust account for working capital purposes, interest that has been earned on the funds in the trust account released for working capital needs, and through working capital loans from

 

148


Table of Contents

Pivotal’s Sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates. Pivotal believes it will have sufficient cash to meet its needs through the earlier of the consummation of a business combination or January 16, 2021 (or such later date as may be approved by Pivotal stockholders in an amendment to its amended and restated certificate of incorporation), the date that Pivotal will be required to cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, if a business combination is not consummated.

If Pivotal’s estimates of the costs of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating an initial business combination are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, it may have insufficient funds available to operate its business prior to the consummation of the initial business combination. In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, the Sponsor or Pivotal’s officers and directors or their respective affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan Pivotal funds as may be required. If Pivotal completes its initial business combination, it would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that the initial business combination does not close, Pivotal may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from the trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be converted into private warrants of Pivotal at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. Prior to the completion of an initial business combination, Pivotal does not expect to seek loans from parties other than from the Sponsor and Pivotal’s officers and directors or their respective affiliates as Pivotal does not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in the trust account.

Contractual Obligations

Pivotal does not have any long-term indebtedness, capital lease obligations, operating lease obligations or long-term liabilities, other than the subscription agreements with the PIPE Investors and the arrangements described below.

In connection with its initial public offering, Pivotal entered into a forward purchase contract with a managing member of the Sponsor, pursuant to which the Sponsor may purchase, in a private placement to occur concurrently with the consummation of Pivotal’s initial business combination, up to $150,000,000 of Pivotal’s securities. In connection with any purchase of securities under the forward purchase agreement, the type and amount of securities to be purchased by the Sponsor will be determined by Pivotal and the managing member of the Sponsor at the time Pivotal entered into the definitive agreement for an initial business combination. The Sponsor is not purchasing any securities from Pivotal pursuant to the forward purchase contract in connection with the Business Combination with XL.

The underwriters of Pivotal’s initial public offering are entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Unit, or $8,050,000 in the aggregate. The deferred fee will be forfeited by the underwriters solely in the event that Pivotal fails to complete an initial business combination by January 16, 2021 (or such later date as may be approved by Pivotal stockholders in an amendment to its amended and restated certificate of incorporation), subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Pivotal did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2019 or June 30, 2020.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

As of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, we were not subject to any market or interest rate risk. Following the consummation of our IPO, the net proceeds of our Initial Public Offering, including amounts in the trust account, have been invested in U.S. government treasury bills, notes or bonds with a maturity of 180 days or less or in certain money market funds that invest solely in U.S. treasuries. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe there will be no associated material exposure to interest rate risk.

 

149


Table of Contents

Independent Auditors’ Fees

Marcum acts as Pivotal’s independent registered public accounting firm. The following is a summary of fees paid or to be paid to Marcum for services rendered.

Audit Fees. Audit fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of Pivotal’s year-end financial statements and services that are normally provided by Marcum in connection with regulatory filings. The aggregate fees billed by Marcum for professional services rendered in connection with Pivotal’s initial public offering and the audit of Pivotal’s financial statements for the fiscal period ended December 31, 2019 totaled $73,485. The above amount includes interim procedures and audit fees, as well as attendance at audit committee meetings.

Audit-Related Fees. During the fiscal period ended December 31, 2019, Pivotal’s independent registered public accounting firm did not render assurance and related services related to the performance of the audit or review of financial statements.

Tax Fees. During the fiscal period ended December 31, 2019, Pivotal’s independent registered public accounting firm did not render services for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning.

All Other Fees. During the fiscal period ended December 31, 2019, there were no fees billed for products and services provided by Pivotal’s independent registered public accounting firm other than those set forth above.

Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

Since Pivotal’s audit committee was not formed until July 16, 2019, the audit committee did not pre-approve any of the foregoing services that were incurred prior to such date, although any services rendered prior to the formation of the audit committee were reviewed and ratified by Pivotal’s board of directors. In accordance with Section 10A(i) of the Exchange Act, before Pivotal engages its independent accountant to render audit or non-audit services on a going-forward basis, the engagement will be approved by its audit committee.

 

150


Table of Contents

BUSINESS OF XL

Overview

XL is a leading provider of fleet electrification solutions for commercial vehicles in North America, with over 3,200 electrified powertrain systems sold and driven over 130 million miles by over 200 fleets. XL’s vision is to become the world leader in fleet electrification solutions, with a mission of accelerating the adoption of fleet electrification systems through cost effective, customer tailored and comprehensive solutions.

In over 10 years of operations, XL has built one of the largest end-use customer bases of any Class 2-6 vehicle electrification company in North America. XL’s fleet electrification solutions for commercial vehicles provide the market with cost-effective hybrid and plug-in hybrid solutions with on-board telematics that are widely available for sale and deployment across a broad range of popular vehicle chassis from the world’s leading OEMs. XL believes it is positioned to capitalize on its market leadership as it expands its product offering into additional propulsion technologies including full battery electric and hydrogen fuel cell systems, heavier vehicles such as Class 7-8 vehicles, additional vehicles models in Class 2-6 and comprehensive vehicle charging and energy solutions. XL currently sells most of its systems through a network of commercial vehicle upfitters, which XL estimates already produces over 100,000 commercial vehicles a year.

XL’s current electrified drive systems are comprised of an electric motor that is mounted onto the vehicle’s drive shaft, an inverter motor controller, and a lithium-ion battery pack to store energy to be used for propulsion. XL deploys its electrified drive systems (XLH and XLP) onto the chassis of vans, pickups, shuttle buses, delivery trucks, and many other commercial vehicles produced by OEMs such as Ford, GMC, Chevrolet and Isuzu. This technology can be installed as the vehicles are being manufactured by industry standard second stage manufacturers known as upfitters in less than one day, with no negative impact on the vehicles’ operational performance, maintenance schedules or factory warranties. The XL electrified powertrain systems capture and store energy during regenerative braking and subsequently deploy that energy into the driveline during acceleration, operating in parallel with the existing OEM drive train. In addition, XL’s plug-in hybrid system offers the ability to supplement this energy via a connection with an AC electricity source, including a level 1 or level 2 charger. XL’s systems enable vehicles to burn less fuel and emit less carbon dioxide (CO2), resulting in increases of up to a 25-50% miles per gallon (MPG) improvement and up to a 20-33% reduction in greenhouse gas emissions. To date, vehicles deploying XL’s electrification solutions have driven over 130 million miles.

XL is making fleet electrification affordable, accessible, and easy-to-adopt for end-use customers. XL’s current drive systems enable commercial vehicle fleet operators to make immediate progress toward sustainability goals while the industry moves toward the production of full electric propulsion vehicles that are available, affordable and viable for commercial applications.

XL is developing additional offerings to extend its range of electrification options with plans to include full battery electric propulsion (XL ELECTRIC) and, hydrogen fuel cell electric systems. XL further intends to deliver its systems on a broader range of vehicle applications (including Class 7-8 tractor chassis and electrified refuse vehicles, among other applications). In addition, XL plans to offer comprehensive charging solutions (XL GRID) and Electrification-as-a-Service which would finance and manage vehicles, powertrains, charging systems, on-site power and energy storage systems while charging customers on a usage and time basis.

Class 2-6 includes vehicles generally classified as light duty (less than 10,000 pounds) and medium duty (between 10,000 pounds and 60,000 pounds) under the gross vehicle weight rating system. Historically, Class 2-6 has consisted of 600,000 to 650,000 new vehicles manufactured and sold in North America each year.

Market Opportunity

XL estimates that the total addressable market for its products and services is over $1 trillion, when considering the current global market for commercial vehicles, fuel consumption, charging equipment and other operating

 

151


Table of Contents

expenses. XL intends to offer a wide array of electrified drive systems including hybrid, plug-in hybrid, pure-electric and hydrogen fuel-cell electric systems to cover the full range of Class 2-8 commercial vehicles; and an eventual expansion into the Electrification as a Service (“EaaS”) market, which includes leveraging XL’s cloud-based data and strong industry relationships to offer a comprehensive, all-in-one solution that includes electrified vehicles, charging infrastructure and data-based fleet management and energy services.

There are estimated to be over 29 million commercial trucks in use in the U.S. alone, with roughly one million new commercial vehicles sold each year in North America (aside from the below normal market conditions driven by COVID). While commercial trucks serve a wide range of critical business and societal functions, the vast majority are powered by gasoline and diesel fuel. Transportation is now the leading source of greenhouse gas emissions in the U.S., and many fleets are motivated (and increasingly mandated) to curb those emissions in their daily operations.

In their attempts to curb emissions, commercial and municipal fleets are increasingly adopting electrification as their alternative propulsion technology of choice. Demand for these vehicles has increased significantly in recent years, at the same time, broad adoption of electric vehicles is unlikely to occur for a number of years in the fleet market, due to challenges including, but not limited to, the extreme drive cycle and energy requirements of larger fleet vehicles, the high capital cost of BEVs, the lack of available charging infrastructure to power the vehicles for frequent use cycles, and the dearth of commercially viable electric vehicles available for purchase which meet the operating requirements of fleets. XL believes all electric solutions will make sense for certain segments of the commercial fleet market and intends to develop all electric solutions for appropriate market segments.

XL has built one of the largest end-use customer bases of any Class 2-6 vehicle electrification company in North America. XL’s fleet electrification solutions provide the market with cost-effective, affordable hybrid and plug-in hybrid solutions with on-board telematics that are widely available for sale and deployment across a broad range of popular vehicle chassis from the world’s leading OEMs. As a result, XL believes it is well-positioned to capitalize on its market leadership as it expands its product offering into additional propulsion technologies including full battery electric and hydrogen fuel cell systems, heavier vehicles such as Class 7-8 vehicles, additional vehicles models in Class 2-6 and comprehensive vehicle charging and energy solutions.

XL believes that the opportunity for expansion is even greater outside North America, particularly throughout Europe and Asia, which are adopting electrified vehicles and deploying charging infrastructure more aggressively than in the Americas. These continents have also historically been more progressive in incentivizing and mandating CO2 emissions reductions, further accelerating the demand for these vehicles. As XL expands its operations, it intends to capitalize on the increasing global market demand.

XL’s Technology and Products

Since its founding, XL has developed an extensive technology library and know-how that has enabled it to create proprietary commercial fleet electrification solutions which are reliable and cost effective. XL has been producing and shipping its hybrid electric drive systems to customers since 2012, and has deployed thousands of units for hundreds of fleets over that time period. In 2017, XL introduced its plug-in hybrid electric drive system, which offers a more significant MPG and emissions improvement than the hybrid system, while enabling customers to plug in their vehicles to a level 1 or level 2 charging station. Combined, vehicles deploying XL’s electrification solutions have driven over 130 million total miles while realizing significant gains in MPG and substantial reductions in CO2 emissions.

XL’s hybrid or plug-in hybrid system is installed onto a traditional factory OEM chassis as it is manufactured at the industry standard second stage manufacturer and transforms that vehicle into a more fuel-efficient hybrid/plug-in hybrid unit. This is accomplished by adding an electric motor, an advanced lithium-ion battery pack, and control software. No other significant modifications to the vehicle are required, and no changes are made to the internal combustion engine or transmission.

 

152


Table of Contents

XL’s hybrid systems (branded as “XLH”) have been proven to improve MPG by up to 25% over standard gas-powered vehicles, while reducing CO2 emissions by up to 20%. Its plug-in hybrid system, branded as “XL Plug-In” or “XLP, was named one of TIME magazine’s The 100 Best Inventions of 2019. It offers an even more significant improvement in these metrics, demonstrating up to a 50% MPG improvement and up to a 33% reduction in emissions.

Both systems allow the vehicle to continue leveraging its internal combustion engine, while an electric motor mounted on the driveshaft provides an electric assist during acceleration that reduces strain on the engine and lowers the amount of gas consumed. During deceleration, that motor serves as a generator that captures energy through a process called regenerative braking, which stores that energy in the system’s battery pack. When the vehicle accelerates, that power is transferred into the driveline once again, and the process repeats. This allows XL systems to operate in parallel with the OEM drivetrain, maintain factory vehicle warranties, and regenerate energy automatically to help power the vehicle.

Both the XLH and XLP system feature certain standard individual components, although the specific specifications and mounting locations differ depending on the vehicle chassis and electrification system used. XL’s systems are custom designed, with components configured and mounted uniquely for each compatible vehicle on which XL operates. While an XL system includes over 100 different parts in its bill of materials (“BOM”), the four major components are illustrated and summarized below.

 

LOGO

 

  1)

Electric traction motor. The electric motor mounts onto the vehicle’s driveshaft, which has been modified to accommodate this component. During deceleration, it leverages regenerative braking to capture energy normally wasted in braking and help slow the vehicle, reducing wear on the brakes. During acceleration, it uses the recaptured energy to provide up to an additional 220 ft./lbs. of torque into the driveline, reducing the load on the engine and thereby reducing fuel consumption.

 

  2)

Motor drive. This inverter controls and conditions the back and forth flow of power to and from the battery pack, depending on whether the system is expelling energy (during acceleration) or capturing energy (during deceleration).

 

  3)

Control Module and Data Analytics Platform. XL installs a control module and telematics unit (which is branded as “XL Link”). The control module is the “brains” of the electric powertrain and determines how to operate the powertrain based on driver demands and vehicle and powertrain conditions. The telematics unit enables remote commissioning, remote software updates, remote service assessments, and transmits data to a proprietary cloud-based software system which can analyze various vehicle and systems metrics. The XL Link platform also provides a useful tool for R&D and XL intends to expand this tool to facilitate fleet electrification planning (vehicle/powertrain selection and charging infrastructure planning).

 

153


Table of Contents
  4)

Battery pack. Both the XLH and XLP systems feature a lithium ion battery pack of varying capacities (depending on whether it is a hybrid or plug-in hybrid system). This battery pack can be mounted under the chassis or in the bed of a pickup truck depending on the system design and the configuration of the chassis on which it is mounted.

In the future, XL intends to leverage its strong OEM and upfitter partnerships, internal engineering expertise and broad customer base to bring new electrification solutions to market. These include a wider array of available chassis options, deeper relationships with current and future OEM partners, and an expansion of XL’s electrification suite to include EV and potentially hydrogen fuel cell enabled systems.

XL plans to offer charging and power management solutions. Such solutions are expected to include charging stations, onsite energy storage and power generation as well as system management. This offering will be branded as XL GRID, and XL expects to work with a range of partners to provide a consolidated and comprehensive offering.

Further, XL has a unique opportunity to leverage its hardware, software and energy industry partnerships to potentially launch an Electrification as a Service (“EaaS”) offering. Such an offering bundles vehicles, fuel cell electric vehicle (“xEV”) powertrains, charging infrastructure, power and energy supply and other services for customers to provide an easy and low risk transition to fleet electrification and emissions reductions. Such an offering has the potential to increase product sales for XL and leverages the data in XL Link. XL expects that this offering will also create pools of fleet electrification assets which are attractive to infrastructure and other investors, especially those with sustainability targets and focus.

Industry and Competition

When XL was founded in 2009, the commercial vehicle electrification market was in the early stages and featured limited competition. In recent years, however, the vehicle electrification market has significantly expanded. In the consumer (non-commercial) market, companies such as Tesla have helped push electrification for passenger vehicles to the forefront, and many other startups have entered the space to capitalize on the increased interest. Nearly all traditional OEMs have accelerated and expanded their own electric vehicle lineups.

While XL expects the trend toward increased competition to continue, XL’s management believes XL is well-positioned to compete favorably. Unlike the majority of companies in the vehicle electrification industry, which produce light duty passenger vehicles targeted for the consumer (non-commercial) market, XL has historically focused exclusively on the commercial market. In the commercial space, vehicles are heavily customized with bodies that are built to suit the application for which they are purchased. XL has established relationships with a large network of companies that perform this work who are certified to sell, install and service XL’s electrification systems. XL credits this go to market strategy for its recent growth and ability to remain customer-focused and responsive to market demand for its products. As a result, XL believes that it has built the largest and broadest customer base for Class 2-6 hybrid and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles in North America.

There are few companies that XL considers to be direct competitors. Companies such as Workhorse operate in the Class 2-6 market and others like Lordstown are focused on bringing Class 2 EVs to market. As XL expands into the Class 7 and 8 markets, XL will face new competitors, such as Hyliion, which are focused on the Class 8 / heavy truck market.

Several new and established OEMs are currently building battery electric, or all electric, vehicles for the commercial market, but XL’s management believes that these OEMs are likely to focus where there is the most crossover with the consumer market (primarily small pickup trucks and vans). Throughout its history, XL has worked closely with traditional OEMs such as Ford, GM and Isuzu to provide electrification solutions for their standard gas-powered vehicles, so XL considers its relationship to such companies to be that of a market partner as opposed to a competitor. However, with the continued interest being shown in EVs, XL may experience

 

154


Table of Contents

competition from OEMs that release all electric versions of the same vehicles being deployed with XL’s systems. XL expects to continue to produce hybrid and plug-in hybrid versions of those vehicles due to the operational advantages and customer preferences those products offer. XL further expects to expand its product line into the larger medium and heavy duty EV applications.

As XL expands its product line to include EV applications, as well as Class 7-8 vehicle types, it will potentially begin competing with several other current and future EV developers who are looking to serve those markets. This could include current manufacturers such as Lion Electric Company, Hyliion, Green Power Motor Company, Nikola Motor Company and Proterra, Inc. If XL expands into a full EaaS suite, in which it could offer bundled packages of vehicles, charging infrastructure, energy and fleet management consulting on an as-needed basis, it would also begin competing with several other companies who are considering entering the emerging EaaS space such as Nikola and their “bundled pricing”.

Customers and Backlog

In its 10-year existence, XL served over 200 end-use customers deploying more than 3,200 systems. These systems have combined use in real world applications in excess of 130 million miles. XL’s end-use customers most often purchase XL systems from upfitters, OEM dealerships or other participants in XL’s sales channels, who are XL’s direct customers. XL’s end-use customer base is comprised of Fortune 500 corporate enterprises, public utilities, and municipalities of all sizes, a group that XL estimates to operate over one million vehicles globally. XL continues to develop these relationships with new products while growing the base with new customers seeking sustainability options in the Class 2-6 commercial vehicle market. XL expects to continue to develop opportunities that lead to additional product offerings into the Class 7-8 commercial vehicle market.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, XL had two customers that each individually accounted for over 10% of its revenue. Sales to Farmbro Inc., an upfitter, accounted for 59% of XL’s total revenue in fiscal 2019, while sales to Sutton Ford—Chicago, an OEM dealership, accounted for an additional 10% of XL’s total revenue. XL’s customer concentration has historically varied based on the receipt of large fleet orders, a trend that XL expects to continue in the near term.

As of September 25, 2020, XL has a backlog of 961 firm purchase orders representing $12.3M in revenue. This backlog reflects the manner in which XL believes its customers currently purchase commercial vehicles, with a typical 3 to 6 month lead time. All XL orders are designed to meet a specified OEM vehicle chassis (VIN level), with production and shipment coordinated to meet simultaneously via the industry standard ship-thru process. XL systems are sourced and built to exacting specifications in line with OEM production timelines and customer installation preferences, and supply is sourced to meet these timelines.

Partnerships and Suppliers

Sales Upfit Channel Partnerships

XL relies on an established upfitter partner network with locations throughout the U.S. and Canada to support the installation of its product via the industry standard ship-thru and upfit processes. XL’s upfitter partners are trained by XL staff to use its Installation Process Platform and are certified to install its full line of products. Training is supported by XL’s online step-by-step instruction manual for each kit, along with remote commissioning designed to ensure a successful installation and customer satisfaction. These same partners are also authorized to act as resellers of the full XL product line to their respective customers using their own sales organizations.

Sales FMC Channel Partnerships

XL markets its systems in conjunction with several major fleet management companies (“FMCs”) in North America and partners with their sales, consulting, and vehicle engineering teams to support customer demand. This channel allows XL to expand its reach to over two million leased vehicles with XL’s portfolios.

 

155


Table of Contents

OEM Channel Partnerships

XL collaborates with vehicle manufacturers to design, build, and deliver its systems in targeted fleet applications. XL anticipates that this segment will continue to grow as the larger vehicle OEMs focus on electrification solutions based on consumer demand.

Production/Supply Chain Partnerships

XL relies on third-party suppliers for the provision and development of many of the key components and materials used in its electrified powertrain solutions. While XL obtains components from multiple, redundant suppliers whenever possible, some of the components used in its vehicles are purchased from a single source or a limited number of sources. For example, XL relies on Parker Hannifin Corporation for the supply of motors. XL further relies on other third parties to supply wire harnesses, inverters, and batteries which in each case are used in XL’s electrified powertrain solutions.

Strategy

As a leading provider of hybrid and plug-in hybrid electrification systems for Class 2-6 commercial fleet vehicles, and with more than 130 million customer miles driven on its electrification systems, XL believes that it is in a unique position to expand its product offering and capitalize on the increasing demand for vehicle electrification. XL is one of only a few companies that have deployed thousands of xEV powertrains in the Class 2-6 commercial fleet market in the U.S. and Canada, so XL has established significant experience, data and relationships enabling scalable production, supply chain and service compared to competitors with relatively few systems in operation. XL also has established global customers and suppliers. XL’s objective is to be world leader in fleet electrification solutions, and its mission is to accelerate the adoption of fleet electrification systems through cost effective, customer tailored and comprehensive solutions. XL has developed a strategy for delivering additional value and expanding market share moving forward, with plans to:

 

   

Expand its xEV platform to include battery electric options. XL believes that its customer base is among the early adopters of commercial electrification, and that many customers are currently or may soon be interested in expanding into all-electric options. XL’s position in the hybrid and plug-in hybrid electric market has enabled the development of strong relationships with existing customers and prospective customers, who may be prime candidates for adopting all electric versions of XL’s systems in the future. Furthermore, XL believes that it has the potential to become the first major commercial fleet electrification provider to include a full suite of commercial xEV offerings (hybrid, plug-in hybrid, battery electric) in its offerings.

 

   

Expand offerings into new vehicles Classes (7-8), chassis configurations and applications. XL is a leading provider of electrification systems for Class 2-6 commercial vehicles, with applications available for pickup trucks, cargo/passenger vans, buses, box trucks, step vans, ambulances, stripped chassis and more. By expanding its lineup into Class 7 and 8 vehicles, XL plans to add more medium- and heavy-duty options to its lineup, for applications such as refuse vehicles, city transit buses, tractor trailers, bucket trucks and more. XL believes that this expansion has the potential to create opportunities within a new market segment historically consisting of hundreds of thousands of vehicles sold each year in North America alone.

 

   

Expand offering to include comprehensive charging solutions and power management through an offering branded as XL GRID. XL has hundreds of fleet customers, which, in the aggregate, operate thousands of facilities across the U.S. and Canada. Most of these facilities do not have sufficient vehicle charging infrastructure, and XL expects to leverage its customer relationships and fleet operational data to effectively deploy and manage charging systems. These facilities typically have dozens and, in some cases, even hundreds of vehicles onsite, such that integrating charging with the existing building power system can create challenges. XL expects to offer onsite power and energy storage solutions to customers to help manage these challenges. XL also expects to offer services to

 

156


Table of Contents
 

help manage vehicle charging in order to reduce costs and increase the value of the fleet vehicle charging. XL may work with partners to offer certain aspects of this comprehensive offering.

 

   

Grow business globally to capitalize on worldwide demand for vehicle electrification. Global markets, particularly Europe, Asia and India, are also adopting vehicle electrification. By growing its commercial reach into these markets, XL believes that it can build significant share and revenue opportunities within an untapped community of customers. XL currently works with many fleets in the U.S. and Canada that operate vehicles globally, providing an opportunity to quickly expand worldwide within those fleets.

 

   

Build upon an established leadership position in fleet electrification as well as energy industry and infrastructure finance relationships to establish a fleet Electrification-as-a-Service offering. With its established and expanding product line of xEV solutions (XLH, XLP and XL ELECTRIC), a robust fleet electrification analytics platform (XL Link), and its future offering of comprehensive charging and power solutions (XL GRID), XL believes it is well positioned to offer fleet EaaS. In this offering, XL aims to aggregate and package vehicles, electric powertrains, charging infrastructure, energy management and other services into an integrated offering to help customers rapidly reduce transportation related emissions. XL expects to work with infrastructure investors to provide non-dilutive capital to finance these assets. XL believes that such an offering can reduce the barriers to adopting fleet electrification on a broader scale.

Value Proposition

XL was founded on the principal of delivering electrification solutions to customers in ways that were affordable, offered clear and immediate economic advantages and which were easily adoptable. XL began by developing hybrid electric drive systems, which are far less expensive than battery electric options and require no additional charging infrastructure to operate. As battery prices have decreased, the infrastructure has slowly matured, and companies have become more capable of adopting plug-in vehicles, XL has expanded its lineup to include plug-in hybrid options to meet this need.

Though trends toward battery electric vehicles continue to develop, XL expects that the demanding drive cycles of many commercial fleet applications will limit the rate of EV adoption in many market segments. There are significant challenges preventing fleets from moving forward with large numbers of EVs, including high capital cost and lack of reliable and proven fleet-capable product options. As a result, demand for hybrid electric vehicle (“HEV”) and plug-in hybrid electric vehicle (“PHEV”) fleet options remains strong, and XL believes its focus on hybrid and plug-in hybrid options aligns with current market demand for reliable and proven fleet options that are currently available for deployment. These readily available solutions provide immediate fuel economy and sustainability value while overcoming the most pressing challenges of their all-electric counterparts. While XL plans to introduce EV options that align with its customers’ ability to purchase, deploy and operate these vehicles in certain segments, XL believes that its hybrid and plug-in hybrid electric drive solutions offer a number of strong value propositions for fleets today:

 

   

No charging infrastructure is required. XL’s hybrid and plug-in hybrid electric systems are self-charging, using regenerative braking to supplement the power of the internal combustion engine, which burns less fuel due to the hybrid assist. While the plug-in hybrid systems are able to leverage external power sources, they are not dependent upon those sources to operate the vehicle when there is a chance to supplement with an external power source, such that standard level 1 or level 2 chargers, which are more widely available and less expensive to install, are sufficient for providing their additional power.

 

   

Less expensive to purchase and operate. XL’s HEV and PHEV solutions can be purchased at a fraction of the cost of currently available battery-powered all electric commercial fleet vehicles, delivering immediate value and lowering operating expenses over time. XL systems qualify for a wide range of state incentives throughout the country, but even without utilizing those programs, XL believes that its systems represent the most cost effective solution available for commercial fleet vehicles.

 

157


Table of Contents
   

Readily available for fleet vehicles and applications. Because XL’s systems are compatible with existing OEM chassis that are already in use for fleet applications, they can be quickly installed onto a wide range of popular fleet vehicles from multiple vehicle manufacturers. This creates continuity for fleets and familiarity for drivers. In addition, these vehicles continue to leverage an internal combustion engine, so there is no “range anxiety” to consider.

 

   

Immediate fuel savings and sustainability value. Because they are readily deployable, XL’s hybrid and plug-in hybrid systems can provide immediate value on fuel economy and sustainability targets. The systems can help fleets make up to 25-50% MPG improvements while reducing emissions by as much as one third.

While XL’s hybrid and plug-in hybrid electric drive systems currently offer many immediate benefits over full electric propulsion, they also help to accelerate the transition to full electric propulsion vehicles as those technologies and supporting infrastructures continue to develop. In the meantime, XL is leveraging its electric powertrain supply chain and technology to develop all-electric system options, which it expects to introduce in 2022.

XL believes the high cost of more sustainable drive systems, such as all electric, are a significant barrier to adoption for commercial fleets, especially in market segments with demanding end use applications not suitable for current EV technology. XL is uniquely positioned to reach a very broad market with its hybrid and plug-in hybrid offering, including drive cycle and end use applications that are currently not viable for all electric solutions. XL believes it will have an advantage with respect to the introduction of all electric solutions in certain market segments, as XL expects to be able to leverage the real world operating data, various customer and operational relationships, and charging infrastructure it establishes with its hybrid and plug-in hybrid offering.

XL believes that it is also uniquely positioned to leverage its significant installed base of customers, fleet vehicles and telematics data to expand into new lines of business. This may include new electrification categories, new vehicle Classes and application possibilities (such as Class 7-8 refuse trucks and semi-trailer trucks), and new business models (such as EaaS).

Manufacturing and Production

XL produces its hybrid and plug-in hybrid electrification systems from components manufactured by third party suppliers. XL also relies on system installation support from certified upfitters as required to meet demand volume. XL’s production team resides at an approximately 10,000 square foot leased facility in Quincy, IL. The site capabilities include receiving, warehousing, production/kitting, delivery, install/upfit training and system/component level troubleshooting. XL’s support functions, including supply chain, quality, and engineering operate remotely with daily contact with the production team.

Sales and Marketing

XL maintains a sales and marketing team designed to promote, sell and communicate to its core target customers throughout the U.S. and Canada. The sales team is organized to cover both direct sales to customers and indirect sales through XL’s two largest channels: sales and installation partners (vehicle upfitters) and fleet management companies (leasing and consulting organizations). This structure has enabled XL’s expansion into established networks of fleet customers throughout the U.S. and Canada. The marketing team is organized to execute across external and internal go to market functions across the business, from strategy and message development to full scale program and campaign management. The marketing team is responsible for managing and executing against all aspects of XL’s digital and offline market presence. This includes maintenance of the XL brand identity, website, digital and social media properties, online and offline advertising and demand generation, events, public relations, customer communications and more.

XL expects to expand its sales and marketing capabilities and presence as XL continues to grow.

 

158


Table of Contents

Research and Development

XL conducts research and development for product development at its headquarters located in Boston, MA, and also at its southern California Technical Center in Foothills Ranch, CA. Both facilities are equipped with prototyping and testing capabilities to support product development. As needed, XL supplements testing with outside test facilities to support product development along with ensuring compliance to applicable standards and regulations such as Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (“FMVSS”). To support development, both facilities have engineering and support staff.

XL develops both hybrid electric and plug-in electric solutions that are designed to integrate into OEM vehicles without voiding OEM warranties. A product development process is followed to ensure the products meet quality and timing targets while taking concepts through to production. XL integrates a mixture of commercially available components and proprietary developed products to create electrified powertrain solutions. The XL developed hybrid controller that provides supervisory function and control over all subsystems of the electrified solution utilizes a modular software architecture. This approach facilitates a quicker adaption of the software updates required for different components used in the development of an electrified powertrain solution.

A key feature of XL’s hybrid and plug-in hybrid controller is the ability to remotely monitor the performance and status of the powertrain solution including diagnostics and faults. If required, XL can remotely push software updates to the controller to implement updated software or address certain issues without having to bring the vehicle into a service center for such an update. Additionally, if required, the system can be remotely disabled should there be a safety concern with how the vehicle is operating.

XL’s R&D organization leadership and team have extensive experience in the commercial vehicle industry, including drive systems for the full range of Class 2-8 commercial vehicles. The XL team has established concept and protype designs for all electric range plug-in hybrid electric vehicle systems and controls, pure electric drive systems and controls, and hydrogen fuel cell electric drive systems, including heavy duty Class 7-8 applications in addition to the currently available hybrid and plug-in hybrid drive systems already available.

Intellectual Property

XL’s success depends in part upon its ability to protect its core technology and intellectual property, and XL relies on a combination of patents, know-how, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and non-disclosure agreements to establish and protect its intellectual property. As of September 2020, XL had 25 issued patents, including one international patent from China. In addition, as of September 29, 2020, XL has sixteen patent applications that are published (or awaiting publication) and are under examination at the U.S. Patent Office. XL also has one provisional patent application that has been filed with the U.S. Patent Office. In addition to the above, eleven trademarks have been assigned to XL.

XL’s intellectual property portfolio largely relates to mechanical systems, software, vehicle data analysis, vehicle control strategies, and data processing/management, and the utilization of data to optimize vehicle functions. Intellectual property is generated organically as part of XL’s product development efforts. Concepts, ideas and solutions that are generated are reviewed to determine if they are patentable, and XL holds regular executive level reviews to determine if disclosures are to be further processed for filing as a patent application.

XL cannot conclusively state that any pending applications, existing patents or future patents will be definitively useful in protecting or promoting XL’s business and growth plans. Please see the section entitled “Risk Factors” for additional information on the risks associated with XL’s intellectual property strategy and portfolio.

Facilities

XL currently operates three separate leased facilities across the U.S., strategically positioned across the East coast, Midwest and West coast in order to best leverage proximity to customers, partners and employee talent pools.

 

159


Table of Contents

XL’s headquarters is located in Brighton, MA, an immediate suburb of Boston. This flagship facility houses the majority of the executive leadership team, along with engineering, sales & marketing, finance, human resources, service and supply chain functions. The facility includes a mixture of upper floor offices and lower floor automotive engineering equipment, including vehicle lifts and a dynamometer which enables the team to conduct extensive system and emissions testing on-site. XL’s lease expires in February 2021.

XL’s production team resides at an approximately 10,000 square foot leased facility in Quincy, IL. It is strategically located near OEM and key upfitter partner headquarters facilities. This facility is predominantly responsible for receiving material inventory and completing and shipping finished kits to customers. Site capabilities include receiving, warehousing, production/kitting, delivery, install/upfit training and basic system/component level troubleshooting. XL’s lease expires on December 31, 2020, with an option to renew through December 31, 2021.

XL also operates a facility in Foothill Ranch, CA which houses members of the engineering team that were brought into the business through the 2019 acquisition of Quantum Fuel’s electrification division. This team includes expertise in electrical, mechanical and systems engineering and is responsible for new product development, testing and component integration. XL’s lease expires in February 2025, with the option to extend for an additional 60-month term.

In addition, roughly 10 percent of XL’s employees work remotely on a regular basis across a range of functions for whom frequent travel is required, including sales & marketing, service and quality. Throughout the COVID-19 pandemic, the majority of XL’s employees have worked remotely unless required to be at a facility to perform their core functions.

Employees

As of September 24, 2020, XL had 60 full time employees. XL has not experienced any work stoppages, does not include any labor unions and considers its relationship with employees to be very good.

Government Regulations

XL operates in an industry that is subject to extensive regulation. Regulatory compliance and product safety are key areas of focus within XL. As part of product development cycles, regulatory compliance is assessed early on in the development program and plans are implemented to assure compliance when a product is released to customers.

XL also operates in an industry that is subject to extensive environmental regulation, which has become more stringent over time. The environmental laws and regulations to which XL is subject govern, among others, water use, air emissions, use of recycled materials, energy sources, the storage, handling, treatment, transportation and disposal of hazardous materials, the protection of the environment, natural resources and endangered species and the remediation of environmental contamination. XL may be required to obtain and comply with the terms and conditions of multiple environmental permits, many of which are difficult and costly to obtain and could be subject to legal challenges. Compliance with such laws and regulations at an international, regional, national, provincial and local level is an important aspect of XL’s ability to continue its operations.

Environmental standards applicable to XL are established by the laws and regulations of the countries in which it operates, standards adopted by regulatory agencies and the permits and licenses that it holds. Each of these sources is subject to periodic modifications and increasingly stringent requirements. Violations of these laws, regulations or permits and licenses may result in substantial civil and criminal fines, penalties, orders to cease the violating operations or to conduct or pay for corrective works. In some instances, violations may also result in the suspension or revocation of permits and licenses.

 

160


Table of Contents

Vehicle Safety and Testing Regulation

The vehicles containing XL’s systems are subject to, and required to comply with, numerous regulatory requirements established by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (“NHTSA”), including applicable U.S. federal motor vehicle safety standards (“FMVSS”). The OEMs must self-certify that its vehicles meet or are exempt from all applicable FMVSSs before a vehicle can be imported into or sold in the U.S.

There are numerous FMVSSs that apply to XL’s systems that are included in its customers’ vehicles. Examples of these requirements include:

 

   

Electric Vehicle Safety—limitations on electrolyte spillage, battery retention, and avoidance of electric shock following specified crash tests;

 

   

Flammability of Interior Materials—burn resistance requirements for materials used in the occupant compartment; and

 

   

Crash Tests for High-Voltage System Integrity—preventing electric shock from high voltage systems.

XL is also required to comply with other NHTSA requirements and federal laws administered by NHTSA, including early warning reporting requirements regarding warranty claims, field reports, death and injury reports, foreign recalls, and owner’s manual requirements.

CARB Emissions Compliance and Certification

The XL hybrid and plug-in hybrid systems are fitted to vehicles that have been certified to meet the requirements of U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”) and California Air Resource Board (“CARB”). The OEMs are responsible for ensuring compliance with the appropriate regulations for the base vehicle for emissions, fuel economy and on board diagnostics.

CARB classifies the XL system as an aftermarket fit system / device. As such, CARB requires that an Executive Order (“EO”) is obtained for the sale of the system intended for use on a vehicle to be operated in the state of California. In order to obtain the EO, XL is required to submit an application to CARB for each vehicle group or family, which is required for each model year. The vehicle models included in a group or family are determined by the level of commonality of vehicle systems on both the base vehicle and the hybrid or plug in hybrid systems that are fitted.

CARB will then issue a test order that details the required testing and the specification of the vehicle to be used to demonstrate compliance. The essence of the testing is not to confirm the performance of the hybrid or plug-in hybrid system fitted to the vehicle, but to demonstrate that addition of the system does not negatively impact the emissions or diagnostic monitoring performance of the vehicle.

XL has obtained a number of EOs for prior model years and is in the process of conducting testing against CARB issued test orders for future products to be introduced into the Californian market. EOs issued by CARB to XL are public record and are available to view on the CARB database for aftermarket, performance, and add-on parts. EOs also include requirements to collect data from vehicles in the field (in use data).

Future XL products may include battery electric vehicles, which would require a different certification process and would be subject to both CARB and EPA testing in order to demonstrate electric range and qualify for credits if appropriate. For light duty vehicles, a zero emission vehicle certification would be required. Heavy duty electric vehicles are subject to the CARB Zero-Emission Powertrain Certification Program.

Battery Safety and Testing Regulation

XL’s electrified powertrain solutions are intended to meet the International Organization for Standardization’s standards for electrically propelled vehicles in vehicle operational safety specifications and connecting to an

 

161


Table of Contents

external power supply. Additionally, XL may incorporate other battery system standards of the International Organization for Standardization in its electrified powertrain solutions.

XL’s battery portfolio has leveraged three commercially available Li-ion batteries. Further, XL has developed a hybrid battery and a plug-in hybrid pack with industry partners. The commercially available batteries were designed and tested by the suppliers, while the developed packs went under stringent testing to comply with Society of Automotive Engineers International J2929 Standard, “Safety Standard for Electric and Hybrid Vehicle Propulsion Battery Systems Utilizing Lithium Based Rechargeable Cells”.

XL has developed and instituted the recommended practice for conductive charging systems to the SAE International Surface Vehicle Standard J1722 SAE Electric Vehicle and Plug in Hybrid Electric Vehicle Conductive Charge Coupler.

XL has designed systems in accordance to SAE J2344 Guidelines for Electric Vehicle Safety mandating use of Hazardous Voltage Interlock Loop, charge interlocks, access cover interlocks, grounding practices and safety labeling for Electrical Energy Storage devices following the recommended practice of SAE J2936.

All XL developed batteries have been tested and meet the requirements for USDOT Federal Regulations Title 49 Part 173.185 General Requirements for Shipments and Packaging; Lithium Cells and Batteries issued by the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration. Testing was performed following the UN Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods; Manual of Tests and Criteria Section 38.3.

XL’s battery packs and modules have met the compliance requirements of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria demonstrating its ability to ship the battery packs with completion of the following tests:

 

   

Altitude Simulation

 

   

Thermal Test

 

   

Vibration

 

   

Shock

 

   

External Short Circuit

 

   

Overcharge

 

   

Forced Discharge (Module)

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, XL may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of its business. XL is not currently a party to any material legal proceedings. Regardless of outcome, such proceedings or claims can have an adverse impact on XL because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of resources and other factors and there can be no assurances that favorable outcomes will be obtained.

 

162


Table of Contents

XL’S MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL

CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis provides information which XL’s management believes is relevant to an assessment and understanding of XL’s financial condition and results of operations. This discussion and analysis should be read together with “Selected Historical Financial Information of XL” and the audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. This discussion and analysis should also be read together with XL’s pro forma financial information as of June 30, 2020 and for the six month and annual periods ended June 30, 2020 and as of December 31, 2019, respectively (in the section entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information”). In addition to historical financial information of XL, this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. See the section entitled “Forward-Looking Statements.” Actual results and timing of selected events may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors—Risks Related to XL” or elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

Certain figures, such as interest rates and other percentages, included in this section have been rounded for ease of presentation. Percentage figures included in this section have not in all cases been calculated on the basis of such rounded figures but on the basis of such amounts prior to rounding. For this reason, percentage amounts in this section may vary slightly from those obtained by performing the same calculations using the figures in XL’s consolidated financial statements or in the associated footnotes. Certain other amounts that appear in this section may similarly not sum due to rounding.

As used in this discussion and analysis, references to “XL,” “the company,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer only to XL Hybrids, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Overview

XL is a leading provider of fleet electrification solutions for commercial vehicles in North America, with over 3,200 electrified powertrain systems sold and driven over 130 million miles by over 200 fleets. XL’s vision is to become the world leader in fleet electrification solutions, with a mission of accelerating the adoption of fleet electrification systems through cost effective, customer tailored and comprehensive solutions.

In over 10 years of operations, XL has built one of the largest end-use customer bases of any Class 2-6 vehicle electrification company in North America. XL’s fleet electrification solutions for commercial vehicles provide the market with cost-effective hybrid and plug-in hybrid solutions with on-board telematics that are widely available for sale and deployment across a broad range of popular vehicle chassis from the world’s leading OEMs. XL believes it is positioned to capitalize on its market leadership as it expands its product offering into additional propulsion technologies including full battery electric and hydrogen fuel cell systems, heavier vehicles such as Class 7-8 vehicles, additional vehicles models in Class 2-6 and comprehensive vehicle charging and energy solutions. XL currently sells most of its systems through a network of commercial vehicle upfitters, which XL estimates already produces over 100,000 commercial vehicles a year.

XL’s current electrified drive systems are comprised of an electric motor that is mounted onto the vehicle’s drive shaft, an inverter motor controller, and a lithium-ion battery pack to store energy to be used for propulsion. XL deploys its electrified drive systems (XLH and XLP) onto the chassis of vans, pickups, shuttle buses, delivery trucks, and many other commercial vehicles produced by OEMs such as Ford, GMC, Chevrolet and Isuzu. This technology can be installed as the vehicles are being manufactured by industry standard second stage manufacturers known as upfitters in less than one day, with no negative impact on the vehicles’ operational performance, maintenance schedules or factory warranties. The XL electrified powertrain systems capture and store energy during regenerative braking and subsequently deploy that energy into the driveline during acceleration, operating in parallel with the existing OEM drive train. In addition, XL’s plug-in hybrid system

 

163


Table of Contents

offers the ability to supplement this energy via a connection with an AC electricity source, including a level 1 or level 2 charger. XL’s systems enable vehicles to burn less fuel and emit less carbon dioxide (CO2), resulting in increases of up to a 25-50% miles per gallon (MPG) improvement and up to a 20-33% reduction in greenhouse gas emissions. To date, vehicles deploying XL’s electrification solutions have driven over 130 million miles.

XL is developing additional offerings to extend its range of electrification options with plans to include full battery electric propulsion (XL ELECTRIC) and, hydrogen fuel cell electric systems. XL further intends to deliver its systems on a broader range of vehicle applications (including Class 7-8 tractor chassis and electrified refuse vehicles, among other applications). In addition, XL plans to offer comprehensive charging solutions (XL GRID) and Electrification-as-a-Service which would finance and manage vehicles, powertrains, charging systems, on-site power and energy storage systems while charging customers on a usage and time basis.

To date, XL has financed its operations primarily through private placements of convertible preferred stock and issuance of convertible notes payable, raising aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $64 million since its inception in 2009. As of June 30, 2020, the outstanding principal and interest of the convertible notes payable was $19.2 million and the accumulated deficit since inception was approximately $82.0 million.

Reorganization and Public Company Costs

On September 18, 2020, XL entered into the Merger Agreement with Pivotal and Merger Sub, pursuant to which Merger Sub will merge with and into XL, with XL surviving the merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of Pivotal (to be renamed XL Fleet Corp.). Upon the consummation of the Business Combination, XL will be deemed the accounting predecessor and the combined entity will be the successor SEC registrant, meaning that XL’s financial statements for previous periods will be disclosed in the registrant’s future periodic reports filed with the SEC.

If the Business Combination is approved, XL-appointed directors will represent six of the nine seats for the combined company’s board of directors and it is expected that one of the XL-appointed directors will be designated Chairman of the combined company’s board of directors; XL’s senior management will be the senior management of the combined company, and the current stockholders of XL are expected to own at least approximately 68% of the outstanding shares of common stock of the combined company. Accordingly, the Merger will be accounted for as a reverse recapitalization, whereby XL will be the acquirer for accounting and financial reporting purposes and Pivotal will be the legal acquirer. A reverse recapitalization does not result in a new basis of accounting, and the financial statements of the combined entity represent the continuation of the consolidated financial statements of XL in many respects. The shares of Pivotal remaining after redemptions, and the unrestricted net cash and cash equivalents on the date the Business Combination is consummated will be accounted for as a capital infusion to XL.

Upon consummation of the Business Combination, the most significant change in XL’s future reported financial position and results is expected to be an estimated increase in cash (as compared to XL’s balance sheet at June 30, 2020) of approximately $150 million, assuming maximum stockholder redemptions permitted under the Agreement, or $385 million, assuming no stockholder redemptions. Total direct and incremental transaction costs are estimated at approximately $35 million in the event there are no redemptions, will be treated as a reduction of the cash proceeds and deducted from XL’s additional paid-in capital. See the section entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information.”

As a consequence of the Business Combination, XL will become the successor to an SEC-registered and NYSE-listed company which will require XL to hire additional personnel and implement procedures and processes to address public company regulatory requirements and customary practices. XL expects to incur additional annual expenses as a public company for, among other things, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees and additional internal and external accounting, legal and administrative resources, including increased audit and legal fees.

 

164


Table of Contents

Additionally, XL expects its capital and operating expenditures will increase significantly in connection with ongoing activities as XL:

 

   

increases its investment in marketing, advertising, sales and distribution infrastructure for its existing and future products and services;

 

   

develops additional new products and enhancements to existing products;

 

   

obtains, maintains and improves its operational, financial and management performance;

 

   

hires additional personnel;

 

   

obtains, maintains, expands and protects its intellectual property portfolio; and

 

   

operates as a public company.

Recent Developments

Public Health Emergency of International Concern: On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the COVID-19 outbreak a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern” and on March 11, 2020, declared it to be a pandemic. Actions taken around the world to help mitigate the spread of COVID-19 include restrictions on travel, quarantines in certain areas and forced closures for certain types of public places and businesses. The coronavirus and actions taken to mitigate its spread have had and are expected to continue to have an adverse impact on the economies and financial markets of many countries, including the geographical area in which XL operates. On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) was enacted to, among other things, provide emergency assistance for individuals, families and businesses affected by the coronavirus pandemic.

As the coronavirus pandemic continues to evolve, XL believes the extent of the impact to its business, operating results, cash flows, liquidity and financial condition will be primarily driven by the severity and duration of the coronavirus pandemic, the pandemic’s impact on the U.S. and global economies and the timing, scope and effectiveness of federal, state and local governmental responses to the pandemic. Those primary drivers are beyond XL’s knowledge and control, and as a result, at this time XL is unable to predict the cumulative impact, both in terms of severity and duration, that the coronavirus pandemic will have on its business, operating results, cash flows and financial condition, but it could be material if the current circumstances continue to exist for a prolonged period of time. Although XL has made its best estimates based upon current information, actual results could materially differ from the estimates and assumptions developed by management. Accordingly, it is reasonably possible that the estimates made in the financial statements have been, or will be, materially and adversely impacted in the near term as a result of these conditions, and if so, XL may be subject to future impairment losses related to long-lived assets as well as changes to recorded reserves and valuations.

Payroll Protection Program Loan: On May 8, 2020, XL received loan proceeds in the amount of $1,100,000 under the Payroll Protection Program (“PPP”). The PPP was established as part of CARES Act and provided for loans to qualifying businesses for amounts up to 2.5 times the average monthly payroll expenses of the business, subject to certain limitations. The loans and accrued interest are forgivable to the extent the borrower uses the loan proceeds for eligible purposes over a 24 week period subsequent to receiving the loan, including payroll, benefits, rent and utilities, and so long as the borrower maintains threshold levels of pre-funding employment and wage levels.

Comparability of Financial Information

XL’s historical operations and statements of assets and liabilities may not be comparable to the operations and statements of assets and liabilities of the combined company as a result of the Business Combination.

 

165


Table of Contents

Key Factors Affecting Operating Results

XL believes that its performance and future success depend on several factors that present significant opportunities for XL but also pose risks and challenges, including those discussed below and in the section entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to XL.”

XL is a leader in fleet electrification which represents a very large market opportunity as the commercial fleet industry transforms to more sustainable operations in the coming decades. To capitalize on this opportunity, XL has a strategy to leverage its existing products and sales channels to market while also expanding its product line through new product development and expanding XL’s capability to market and sell those products. Key factors affecting XL’s operating results include its ability to increase sales of its current product offerings and expand its product offerings in the future and customer demand for such product offerings. XL believes that the size of its sales opportunity pipeline and committed backlog are important indicators of future performance. There are challenges and risks to XL’s plan to capture these opportunities, such as:

 

   

system architecture design choices must provide adequate functionality and value for customers;

 

   

component sourcing agreements must deliver targets for cost reduction while maintaining high quality and reliability;

 

   

design, development and validation of new product systems must be on time and on budget to meet the opportunity in the market and capacity to develop and commercialize these new products will have to be increased; and

 

   

sales and marketing efforts must be effective in forging the relationships to deliver these products to market and generate demand from the end users and channel partners. XL will need to increase its capabilities in market segment analysis and understanding as it relates to system requirements and functionality.

Key Components of Statements of Operations

Research and Development Expense

Research and development expenses consist primarily of costs incurred for the discovery and development of XL’s electrified drivetrain offerings, which include:

 

   

personnel-related expenses including salaries, benefits, travel and share-based compensation, for personnel performing research and development activities;

 

   

fees paid to third parties such as consultants and contractors for outsourced engineering services;

 

   

expenses related to prototype materials, supplies and third-party services; and

 

   

depreciation for equipment used in research and development activities.

XL expects its research and development costs to increase substantially for the foreseeable future as XL expects to use a significant portion of the proceeds from the Business Combination and PIPE Transaction to accelerate development of product enhancements and additional new products.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist of personnel-related expenses for XL’s corporate, executive, finance, sales, marketing and other administrative functions, expenses for outside professional services, including legal, audit and accounting services, as well as expenses for facilities, depreciation, amortization, travel, sales and marketing costs. Personnel-related expenses consist of salaries, benefits and share-based compensation. XL expects its selling, general and administrative expenses to increase for the foreseeable future as XL scales headcount with the growth of its business, and as a result of operating as a public company, including compliance with the rules and regulations of the SEC that may include legal, audit, additional insurance expenses, investor relations activities and other administrative and professional services.

 

166


Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income and expense consists of interest expense net of interest income, loss on extinguishment of debt and change in fair value of convertible notes payable derivative liabilities.

Results of Operations

Comparison of Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 and 2019

The condensed consolidated statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 are presented below:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     $
Change
    %
Change
 
     2020     2019  
(In thousands, except per share and share amounts)                         

Revenues

   $ 3,144     $ 4,343       (1,199     (27.6

Cost of revenues

     3,152       4,505       (1,353     (30.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     (8     (162     154       (95.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and Development

     1,651       1,232       419       34.0  

Selling, general and admin expenses

     5,494       4,353       1,141       26.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (7,153     (5,747     (1,406     24.5  

Other income (expense):

        

Interest expense

     1,668       217       1,451       668.7  

Loss on extingquishment of debt

     1,038       —         1,038       —    

Change in fair value of convertible notes payable derivative liabilities

     4,537       —         4,537       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (14,396   $ (5,964     (8,432     (141.4

Cumulative dividends on convertible preferred stock

     —         —         —      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholder

   $ (14,396   $ (5,964     (8,432     (141.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (1.25   $ (0.58     (0.67     (116.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     11,523,468       10,327,352       1,196,116       11.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues

Revenues decreased by $1.2 million, or 27.6%, from $4.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to $3.1 million in the same period in 2020. The decrease was primarily due to disruptions in battery supply and disruptions in OEM vehicle production due to the COVID-19 pandemic. XL and its suppliers and OEMs have made improvements in XL’s supply chain during the second half of 2020 that XL believes will mitigate the supply disruptions experienced during the first half of 2020.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues decreased by $1.35 million, or 30.0%, from $4.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to $3.1 million in the same period in 2020. The decrease was primarily due to lower unit volume as a result of supply chain disruptions resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic.

Gross Profit (Loss)

Gross profit (loss) decreased by $0.15 million, or 95.1%, from $0.16 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to $0.01 million in the same period in 2020. This improvement was primarily due to improved price realization per unit despite lower revenue and volume.

 

167


Table of Contents

Research and Development

Research and development expenses decreased by $ 0.36 million , or 7.9%, from $ 0.453 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to $0.42 million in the same period in 2020. The decrease was primarily due to a reduction is testing and development material expenses in order to extend XL’s cash runway due to the potential delay in new capital funding as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $1.60 million, or 31.1%, from $5.13 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to $6.73 million in the same period in 2020. The increase was primarily due to a restructuring and reduction in workforce executed in early 2019 that temporarily reduced headcount including senior management during the first half of 2019. A new chief executive officer was hired in October 2019 and various other personnel were hired during the fourth quarter of 2019 and in the first half of 2020.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Interest expense increased by $1.45 million, or 668.7%, from $0.22 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to $1.67 million in the same period in 2020 primarily due to the increase in the amount of convertible debt incurred in June 2019 and February 2020 and also the increase in the amount of the term loan with Silicon Valley Bank in late 2019. Loss on extinguishment of debt of $1.04 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 was on account of extensions of debt past original maturity. The change in fair value of convertible notes payable of $4.54 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 was principally on account of an increase in the expected fair value of XL’s common stock.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

The consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are presented below:

 

     Years Ended December 31,     $
Change
    %
Change
 
     2019     2018  
(In thousands, except per share and share amounts)                         

Revenues

   $ 7,215     $ 9,545       (2,330     (24.4

Cost of revenues

     8,075       11,014       (2,939     (26.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     (860     (1,469     609       (41.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and Development

     2,874       1,893       981       51.8  

Selling, general and admin expenses

     9,835       9,333       502       5.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (13,569     (12,695     (874     6.9  

Other income (expense):

        

Interest expense

     2,151       208       1,943       934.1  

Change in fair value of convertible notes payable derivative liabilities

     (819     —         (819     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (14,901   $ (12,903     (1,998     (15.5

Cumulative dividends on convertible preferred stock

     —         —         —      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholder

   $ (14,901   $ (12,903     (1,998     (15.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (1.39   $ (1.26     (0     (10.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     10,752,940       10,253,822       499,118       4.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

168


Table of Contents

Revenues

Revenues decreased by $2.3 million, or 24.4%, from $9.54 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 to $7.22 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was primarily due to supply chain disruptions for XL’s hybrid and plug in hybrid batteries during 2019.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues decreased by $2.94 million, or 26.7%, from $11.01 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 to $8.08 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was primarily due to reduced unit volume as a result of the disruptions to battery supply.

Gross Profit (Loss)

Gross (loss) decreased by $0.61 million, or 41.5%, from $1.47 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 to $0.86 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease (improvement) in loss was primarily due to an improved product mix of plug in hybrid systems on lower revenue and unit volume.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses increased by $0.45 million, or 78.3%, from $0.58 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 to $1.03 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to an increase in activities related to development of two new batteries, one hybrid and one plug-in hybrid, as the previous battery supply for each type ended in 2019.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general, and administrative expenses increased by $1.03 million, or 9.7%, from $10.65 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 to $11.68 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to an increase in employee costs as key sales staff and some senior positions were added in 2019. In addition, significant increased expense was incurred for outside consultants related to the company restructuring and the recruiting costs for new employees.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Interest expense, net increased by $1.94 million, or 934.1%, from $0.21 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 to $2.15 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily due to the company securing $10 million in convertible debt in June 2019 and a term loan with Silicon Valley Bank also secured in 2019.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of June 30, 2020, XL had a working capital deficit of $233.6 million and an accumulated deficit of $82.0 million. XL incurred a net loss of $14.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and a net loss of $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.

XL expects to continue to incur net losses in the short term, as it continues to execute on its strategic initiatives to optimize its production for scale, invest in the sales and channel teams, and expand its products and services. XL expects that with the funds raised in connection with the Business Combination, no additional capital will be needed to execute its business plan over the next 12 months. XL expects to use the funds raised in connection with the Business Combination to scale for core profitability, develop new products and services, expand internationally, pay down or prepay existing debt and for working capital and general corporate purposes.

 

169


Table of Contents

XL’s ability to access capital when needed is not assured and, if capital is not available when, and in the amounts needed, it could be required to delay, scale back or abandon some or all of its development programs and other operations, which could materially harm XL’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results. Because of this uncertainty, there is substantial doubt about XL’s ability to continue as a going concern for at least one year from the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, and therefore, whether XL realizes its assets and settles its liabilities in the normal course of business and at the amounts stated in the accompanying financial statements. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty, nor do they include adjustments to reflect the future effects of the recoverability or classification of recorded asset amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should XL be unable to continue as a going concern.

While management believes the funds to be raised in the Business Combination will alleviate the conditions that raise substantial doubt, it is not expected that such doubt can be alleviated prior to the consummation of the Business Combination.

Silicon Valley Bank Loan and Security Agreement

Effective December 10, 2018, XL entered into a Loan and Security Agreement for a revolving line of credit and term loan with Silicon Valley Bank. The revolving line of credit features a maximum borrowing base equal to the lesser of the defined borrowing base less any outstanding principal or a minimum aggregate principal amount of $3 million, which may increase dependent upon certain revenue targets. In November 2019, XL amended the Loan and Security Agreement to extend the maturity of the revolving line of credit to December 8, 2020. The term loan was structured to be paid in two tranche periods of up to $1,000,000 in each period, or up to $2,000,000 in total. The term loan has an interest rate equal to the greater of (i) the prime rate plus 2.00% or (ii) a fixed rate of 7.00%. The term loan matures in December 2021.

In connection with the November 2019 amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement, XL secured access to an additional growth capital term loan, structured to be paid in two tranche periods of up to $1.5 million in the first period and up to $0.5 million in the second period, or up to $2 million in total. This growth capital term loan has an interest rate equal to the greater of (i) the prime rate plus 2.00% or (ii) a fixed rate of 7.00%. The growth capital loan matures in June 2022.

If the Business Combination is completed, XL anticipates that it will pay off each of the term loan and the growth capital loan in full.

Convertible Promissory Notes

In March 2019, XL executed a subordinated convertible promissory note in the amount of $1 million which had an interest rate of 8.00% with a maturity date of the earlier of March 29, 2020 or the date of a Change of Control (as defined therein) (the “March 2019 Note”). In June 2019, XL executed subordinated convertible promissory notes in the aggregate amount of $10 million, for $9 million in new proceeds and the exchange of the March 2019 Note (collectively, the “June 2019 Notes”). The June 2019 Notes had an interest rate of 8.00% and a maturity date of June 19, 2020.

In February 2020, XL amended and restated the June 2019 Notes and entered into additional subordinated convertible promissory notes in the aggregate amount of $8,099,948 (such notes, the “February 2020 Notes” and, together with the June 2019 Notes, the “2020 Notes”). The 2020 Notes have an interest rate of 8.00% and a maturity date of December 31, 2020. As of June 30, 2020, the aggregate principal due under the 2020 Notes totaled $18,099,948.

With respect to each 2020 Note, immediately prior to the closing of the Merger, either (i) the entire principal of such note and accrued interest thereon will be converted into shares of XL’s common stock at a conversion price

 

170


Table of Contents

equal to $5.2662 per share of XL common stock (a “Full Note Conversion”), or (ii) (x) the entire principal amount of such note will be repaid in cash within three business days of the closing of the Business Combination, and (y) the value equal to (A) (I) the principal due under the notes plus any unpaid but accrued interest due under such note, divided by (II) 70%, minus (B) the principal due under the note, shall be converted into shares of XL’s common stock at $7.5232 per share of XL common stock (a “Partial Note Conversion”). Whether a note is converted in full or repaid in part and converted in part will depend on the election of the noteholder (or failure to make an election, in which case such noteholder will be deemed to have made the Full Note Conversion election) under the Omnibus Note Amendment. As of September 30, 2020, Partial Note Conversion elections had been made with respect to $11,250,000 aggregate principal amount of notes and Full Note Conversion elections had been made with respect to $4,500,000 aggregate principal amount of notes. Elections with respect to $2,349,949 aggregate principal amount of notes have not yet been made and XL expects such elections will be made prior to the closing of the Business Combination. See the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal – Structure of the Merger – Consideration to XL Securityholders.

Cash Flows Summary

Presented below is a summary of XL’s operating, investing and financing cash flows:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Years Ended December 31,  
     2020     2019     2019     2018  

Net cash provided by (used in)

        

Operating activities

   $ (7,824   $ (5,476   $ (11,551   $ (13,292

Investing activities

   $ (127   $ —       $ (28   $ (146

Financing activities

   $ 9,472     $ 8,605     $ 9,208     $ 6,515  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,521     $ 3,129     $ (2,371   $ (6,923
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2020

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Cash Flows Used in Operating Activities

The net cash used in operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2020 was $7.82 million which consisted of a net loss of $14.40 million, offset by a charge of $5.57 million representing the non-cash change in the fair value of the derivative liability. The net cash used in operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2019 was $5.48 million, which approximated our net loss of $5.96 for the period. The increase in cash used in operating activities was due to higher operating expenses as restructuring in early 2019 resulted in lower headcount than in the first half of 2020.

The net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $11.55 million which consisted of a net loss of $14.90 million offset principally by an increase of $2.61 million in accounts receivable. The net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $13.29 million which consisted of a net loss of $12.9 million. Cash used in operations decreased in 2019 versus 2018 by $1.74 million principally due to improved collections of accounts receivable of $2.60 million.

Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities

The net cash used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2020 was $0.13 million which consisted of the equipment and a truck to support R&D operations. The net cash used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2019 was immaterial.

The net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $0.03 million which consisted of the purchase of R&D equipment. The net cash used in investing activities for the year ended

 

171


Table of Contents

December 31, 2018 was $0.15 million which consisted of the purchase of trucks for R&D. The 2018 expenditure provided most of the necessary equipment and trucks needed to carry out the R&D efforts.

Cash Flows Provided by Financing Activities

The net cash provided by financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2020 was $9.47 million which consisted of proceeds of $8.85 million from the issuance of subordinated convertible promissory notes and proceeds of $1.10 million from the PPP. The net cash provided by financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2019 was $8.60 million which consisted of proceeds from the issuance of subordinated convertible promissory notes of $10.0 million offset by repayments against the revolving line of credit. Increase in year over year was principally on account of cash provided the paycheck protection program.

The net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $9.21 million which consisted principally of proceeds from the issuance of subordinated convertible promissory notes of $10.0 million. The net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $6.52 million which consisted principally of proceeds from the issuance of subordinated convertible preferred stock of $3.03 million, proceeds from revolving line of credit of $2.61 million and proceeds of term loan of $1.0 million. The year over year increase in cash provided was principally to fund the company’s expanding operations.

Related Parties

XL is party to a noncancelable lease agreement for office, research and development, and vehicle development and installation facilities with a holder of more than 5% of XL’s common stock. The lease term extends through February 29, 2021. Pursuant to the terms of the lease agreement, XL currently pays monthly rent installments of $17,780 for this property. The lease includes a rent escalation clause, and rent expense is being recorded on a straight-line basis. Rent expense under the operating lease for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $0.29 million and $0.23 million, respectively. Future minimum lease payments under the lease agreement are $0.21 million and $0.36 million in 2020 and 2021, respectively.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

During the periods presented, XL did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities, which were established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

XL’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires XL to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the consolidated balance sheet date, as well as the reported expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences could be material to XL’s consolidated financial statements.

While XL’s significant accounting policies are described in the notes to XL’s historical financial statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus (see Note 3 in the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements of XL), XL believes that the following accounting policies require a greater degree of judgment and complexity: revenue recognition, business combinations and convertible notes derivative accounting. Accordingly, these are the policies XL believes are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating XL’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

172


Table of Contents

Business combinations: The Company accounts for the acquisition of a business in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations (ASC 805). Amounts paid to acquire a business are allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values at the date of acquisition. The Company determines the fair value of purchase consideration, including contingent consideration, and acquired intangible assets based on detailed valuations that use certain information and assumptions provided by management. The Company allocates any excess purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired to goodwill. The results of operations of acquired businesses are included in the financial statements from the date of acquisition forward. Acquisition-related costs are expensed in periods in which the costs are incurred.

The Company uses the income approach to determine the fair value of developed technology acquired in a business combination. This approach determines fair value by estimating the after-tax cash flows attributable to the respective asset over its useful life and then discounting these after-tax cash flows back to a present value. The Company bases its revenue assumptions on estimates of relevant market sizes, expected market growth rates, expected trends in technology and expected product introductions by competitors. Developed technology represents patented and unpatented technology and know-how.

Revenue Recognition: On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The Company’s revenue is primarily derived from the sales of hybrid electric powertrain equipment. The Company’s products are marketed and sold to end-user fleet customers and channel partners in the United States and Canada. Sales of products and services are subject to economic conditions and may fluctuate based on changes in the industry, trade policies and financial markets.

Revenue is recognized upon transfer of control to the customer, which occurs when the Company has a present right to payment, legal title has passed to the customer, the customer has the significant risks and rewards of ownership, and where acceptance is not a formality, the customer has accepted the product or service. In general, transfer of control is upon shipment of the equipment as the terms are FOB shipping point, or equivalent and the Company has no other promised goods or services in its contracts with customers. In limited instances, the Company provides installation services to end-user fleet customers related to the purchased hybrid electric powertrain equipment. When provided, the installation services are not distinct within the context of the contract due to the fact that the end-use fleet customer is purchasing a completed modification to its vehicles and therefore, the installation services involve significant integration to integrate the hybrid electric powertrain equipment with the customer’s vehicle. As a result, the hybrid electric powertrain equipment and installation services represent a single performance obligation within these contracts with customers. The Company has elected to treat shipping and handling activities related to contracts with channel partner customers as costs to fulfill the promise to transfer the associated equipment and not as a separate performance obligation.

The Company provides limited-assurance-type warranties for its equipment and work performed under its contracts. The warranty period typically extends for 3 years following transfer of control of the equipment. The warranties solely relate to correction of product defects during the warranty period, which is consistent with similar warranties by offered by competitors. Therefore, the Company has determined that this warranty is outside the scope of ASC 606 and will continue to be accounted for under ASC 460, Guarantees. At the time of purchase of the equipment, customers may purchase from the Company an extended warranty for its equipment. The extended warranty commences upon the end of the assurance-based warranty period and is considered a separate performance obligation that represents a stand-ready obligation to perform warranty services after the assurance-type warranty expires. The transaction price allocated to the extended warranty is recognized ratably over the extended warranty period.

When the Company’s contracts with customers contain multiple performance obligations, the contract transaction price is allocated on a relative standalone selling price (SSP) basis to each performance obligation. The Company determines standalone selling prices based on observable selling prices for the sale of kits. For extended warranties, the Company determines SSP based on expected cost plus margin. The Company establishes the margin based on review of market conditions and margins obtained by market participants for similar services. Any allocation of the transaction price required is determined at the contracts’ inception.

 

173


Table of Contents

Convertible Note and Derivative Accounting: The Company assesses embedded features within its convertible notes in order to determine whether or not there are features which require accounting as a derivative liability. The Company evaluates the features to determine whether or not the features were considered clearly and closely related to the host notes, and meet the definition of a derivative. If a feature is a derivative, the embedded features would be required to be bifurcated from the notes and accounted for separately as a combined derivative liability. The Company would then be required to remeasure the combined derivative liability to its then fair value at each subsequent balance sheet date, through an adjustment to current earnings.

Accordingly, these are the policies XL believes are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating XL’s financial condition and results of operations.

Emerging Growth Company Status

The combined company will be an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act. Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. The combined company may elect not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the combined company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard, until such time the combined company is no longer considered to be an emerging growth company. At times, the combined company may elect to early adopt a new or revised standard to the extent early adoption is available for private companies. See Note 3 of the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for the recent accounting pronouncements adopted and the recent accounting pronouncements not yet adopted for the years ending December 31, 2019 and 2018.

In addition, the combined company intends to rely on the other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an emerging growth company, the combined company intends to rely on such exemptions, the combined company will not be required to, among other things: (a) provide an auditor’s attestation report on the combined company’s system of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; (b) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act; (c) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis); and (d) disclose certain executive compensation-related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation to median employee compensation.

The combined company will remain an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act until the earliest of (a) December 31, 2024 (the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the consummation of Pivotal’s initial public offering), (b) the last date of the combined company’s fiscal year in which it has total annual gross revenue of at least $1.1 billion, (c) the date on which the combined company is deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the rules of the SEC with at least $700.0 million of outstanding securities held by non-affiliates or (d) the date on which the combined company has issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the previous three years.

 

174


Table of Contents

New and Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the FASB or other standard setting bodies that are applicable to XL as of the specified effective date. Unless otherwise discussed, XL believes that the impact of recently issued standards that are not yet effective will not have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations under adoption.

See Recent Accounting Pronouncements issued, not yet adopted under Note 3—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the notes to the 2019 audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus for more information about the recent accounting pronouncements, the timing of their adoption and XL’s assessment, to the extent it has made one, of their potential impact on XL’s financial condition and results of operations. Because the combined company will qualify as an “emerging growth company” upon consummation of the Business Combination, the combined company will not be required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. As an “emerging growth company, the combined company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable.

 

175


Table of Contents

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management of Pivotal

The following table sets forth information regarding (i) the actual beneficial ownership of Pivotal common stock as of September 30, 2020 (prior to consummation of the Business Combination and the PIPE Transaction) and (ii) immediately following the consummation of the Business Combination and the PIPE Transaction by:

 

   

each person known by Pivotal to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of Pivotal’s outstanding shares of common stock either on the record date or after the consummation of the Business Combination;

 

   

each of Pivotal’s current executive officers and directors;

 

   

each person who will become an executive officer or a director of Pivotal upon the consummation of the Business Combination;

 

   

all of Pivotal’s current executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

   

all of Pivotal’s executive officers and directors as a group immediately following the consummation of the Business Combination.

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security, including options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

At any time prior to the annual meeting, during a period when they are not then aware of any material nonpublic information regarding Pivotal or its securities, the Sponsor, Pivotal’s officers and directors, XL or XL’s stockholders and/or their respective affiliates may purchase shares from institutional and other investors who vote, or indicate an intention to vote, against the business combination proposal, or execute agreements to purchase shares from such investors in the future, or they may enter into transactions with such investors and others to provide them with incentives to acquire shares of Pivotal common stock or vote their shares in favor of the business combination proposal. The purpose of such share purchases and other transactions would be to increase the likelihood of satisfaction of the requirement that the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at the annual meeting to approve the business combination proposal vote in its favor and that the conditions to the closing of the Business Combination (such as the condition that the Pivotal common stock be listed on the NYSE) otherwise will be met, where it appears that such requirements or conditions would otherwise not be met. While the exact nature of any such incentives has not been determined as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, they might include, without limitation, arrangements to protect such investors or holders against potential loss in value of their shares, including the granting of put options and the transfer to such investors or holders of shares or warrants owned by the Pivotal initial stockholders for nominal value.

Entering into any such arrangements may have a depressive effect on Pivotal common stock. For example, as a result of these arrangements, an investor or holder may have the ability to effectively purchase shares at a price lower than market and may therefore be more likely to sell the shares it owns, either prior to or immediately after the annual meeting.

No agreements dealing with the above arrangements or purchases have been entered into as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus. Pivotal will file a Current Report on Form 8-K to disclose any arrangements entered into or significant purchases made by any of the aforementioned persons that would affect the vote on the business combination proposal or the satisfaction of any closing conditions. Any such report will include descriptions of any arrangements entered into or significant purchases by any of the aforementioned persons.

 

176


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned by them.

 

     Before the Business Combination
and PIPE Transaction(1)
    After the Business Combination
and PIPE Transaction(2)
 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

   Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership
     Approximate
Percentage of
Outstanding
Shares
    Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership
     Approximate
percentage of
Outstanding
Shares
 

Directors and Executive Officers
Pre-Business Combination
(3)

          

Jonathan J. Ledecky(4)(5)

     5,500,000        19.1     5,500,000        4.3

James H.R. Brady(4)

     100,000            100,000       

Kevin Griffin(4)(5)

     5,500,000        19.1     5,500,000        4.3

Sarah Sclarsic(4)

     50,000            50,000       

Efrat Epstein(4)

     50,000            50,000       

Katrina Adams(4)

     50,000            50,000       

All executive officers and directors as a group (six individuals)

     5,750,000        20     5,750,000        4.5

Directors and Executive Officers
Post-Business Combination

          

Dimitri N. Kazarinoff(7)

     0        0     1,040,202       

Thomas J. Hynes III(8)

     0        0     7,213,370        5.6

Jonathan J. Ledecky(4)(5)

     5,500,000        19.1     9,733,333        7.3

Kevin Griffin(4)(5)(6)

     5,500,000        19.1     10,363,333        7.8

Sarah Sclarsic(4)

     50,000            50,000       

All executive officers and directors as a group (five individuals)

     5,550,000        19.1     13,803,572        10.7

5% Beneficial Holders

          

James Davis(9)

     0        0     12,420,984        9.6

Constellation New Energy, Inc.(10)

     0        0     7,010,053        5.4

Ingka Investments Ventures B.V.(11)

     0        0     6,587,558        5.1

Linden Advisors LP(12)

     1,515,138        5.3     1,515,138        1.2

 

*

Less than 1%.

(1)

The pre-Business Combination and PIPE Transaction percentage of beneficial ownership of Pivotal in the table below is calculated based on 23,000,000 shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock and 5,750,000 shares of Pivotal’s Class B common stock outstanding as of the record date. The amount of beneficial ownership does not reflect the common stock issuable upon exercise of Pivotal’s warrants, as such warrants may not be exercisable within 60 days, and does not include shares of common stock of XL that may be issued upon the exercise of employee stock options, as all outstanding stock options will automatically be cancelled in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination. Unless otherwise indicated, Pivotal believes that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock beneficially owned by them prior to the Business Combination.

(2)

The post-Business Combination and PIPE Transaction percentage of beneficial ownership of Pivotal is calculated based on 129,052,953 shares of Pivotal common stock outstanding, which includes approximately 85,302,953 shares of common stock that estimated to be issued in connection with the Business Combination and 15,000,000 shares issued in connection with the PIPE Transaction. The number of outstanding shares after the Business Combination and the PIPE Transaction assumes that none of XL’s options or warrants are exercised prior to the closing of the Business Combination. As of September 30, 2020, XL had $18,099,949 aggregate principal amount of convertible promissory notes outstanding, with $1,463,164 of interest accrued thereon. Each of XL’s outstanding convertible promissory notes will be satisfied in full in connection with the Merger. At the option of the holder of each such note, either (i) the entire principal of such note and accrued

 

177


Table of Contents
  interest thereon will be converted into shares of XL’s common stock at a conversion price equal to $5.2662 per share of XL common stock (a “Full Note Conversion”), or (ii) (x) the entire principal amount of such note will be repaid in cash within three business days of the closing of the Business Combination and (y) the value equal to (A) (I) the principal due under the notes plus any unpaid but accrued interest due under such note, divided by (II) 70%, minus (B) the principal due under the note, shall be converted into shares of XL’s common stock at $7.5232 per share of XL common stock (a “Partial Note Conversion”). Whether a note is converted in full or repaid in part and converted in part will depend on the election of the noteholder (or failure to make an election, in which case such noteholder will be deemed to have made the Full Note Conversion election) under the Omnibus Note Amendment. As of September 30, 2020, Partial Note Conversion elections had been made with respect to $11,250,000 aggregate principal amount of notes and Full Note Conversion elections had been made with respect to $4,500,000 aggregate principal amount of notes. Elections with respect to $2,349,949 aggregate principal amount of notes have not yet been made and XL expects such elections will be made prior to the closing of the Business Combination. See the section entitled “The Business Combination Proposal – Structure of the Merger – Consideration to XL Securityholders.”

Accordingly, the number of shares outstanding after the Business Combination and the PIPE Transaction assumes that all such notes with respect to which an election has not been made will be treated as if Full Note Conversion elections had been made. The number of shares outstanding after the Business Combination and the PIPE Transaction further assumes that no holder of Pivotal’s public shares exercises conversion rights. The amount of beneficial ownership for each individual or entity post-Business Combination includes shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of Pivotal’s warrants, as such warrants will become exercisable 30 days after the consummation of the Business Combination. Unless otherwise indicated, Pivotal believes that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all common stock beneficially owned by them upon consummation of the Business Combination and the PIPE Transaction.

(3)

Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each of the individuals is c/o Graubard Miller, The Chrysler Building, 405 Lexington Avenue, 11th Floor, New York, New York 10174

(4)

Before the Business Combination and the PIPE Transaction, represents shares of Pivotal’s Class B common stock. Upon the closing of the Business Combination and the PIPE Transaction, such shares will be converted into shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.

(5)

Before the Business Combination and PIPE Transaction, includes 5,500,000 shares held by the Sponsor, Pivotal Acquisition Holdings LLC, of which each of Ironbound Partners Fund, LLC, an affiliate of Mr. Ledecky, and Pivotal SPAC Funding II LLC, an affiliate of Mr. Griffin, is a managing member. Upon the closing of the Business Combination and the PIPE Transaction, also includes 4,233,333 shares issuable upon the exercise of private warrants. Notwithstanding their dispositive and voting control over such shares, each of Messrs. Griffin and Ledecky disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of Pivotal common stock held by Pivotal Acquisition Holdings LLC, except to the extent of his proportionate pecuniary interest therein.

(6)

Upon the closing of the Business Combination and the PIPE Transaction, includes 630,000 shares held by MGG, of which Mr. Griffin is the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer. Notwithstanding his dispositive and voting control over such shares, Mr. Griffin disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of Pivotal common stock held by MGG, except to the extent of his proportionate pecuniary interest therein.

(7)

Includes 15,247 shares to be received in connection with the conversion of XL notes and options to purchase an additional 1,024,955 shares (which will have vested within 60 days of September 30, 2020). The business address of the stockholder is c/o XL Hybrids, Inc., 145 Newton Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02135.

(8)

Includes 6,141,673 shares and options to purchase an additional 1,071,697 shares (which will have vested within 60 days of September 30, 2020). The business address of the stockholder is c/o XL Hybrids, Inc., 145 Newton Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02135.

(9)

Includes 12,026,806 shares (which number includes 100,000 shares expected to be purchased by Mr. Davis in connection with the PIPE Offering) and an additional 394,178 shares to be received in connection with the conversion of XL notes. The business address of the stockholder is 100 Guest Street, Boston, MA 02135.

(10)

Includes 6,513,556 shares and an additional 496,497 shares to be received in connection with the conversion of XL notes. The business address of the stockholder is Constellation New Energy, Inc. (“CNE”), 1310 Point Street, 8th Floor, Baltimore, MD 21231.

 

178


Table of Contents
(11)

Includes 6,513,556 shares and an additional 74,002 shares to be received in connection with the conversion of XL notes. Ingka Investments Ventures US B.V. is represented by its jointly authorized managing directors, Juvencio Pablo Maetzu Herrera and Bertil Krister Mattsson, who may be deemed the beneficial owners of all shares.

(12)

Includes 1,418,334 Shares held by Linden Capital L.P. and 96,804 Shares held by separately managed accounts. Linden Advisors LP and Siu Min Wong may be deemed the beneficial owner of all such shares. Linden GP LLC may be deemed the beneficial owner of the 1,418,334 Shares held by Linden Capital. The principal business address for Linden Capital L.P. is Victoria Place, 31 Victoria Street, Hamilton HM10, Bermuda. The principal business address for each of Linden Advisors LP, Linden GP LLC and Mr. Wong is 590 Madison Avenue, 15th Floor, New York, New York 10022.

The Sponsor and Pivotal’s officers and directors beneficially own 20% of Pivotal’s issued and outstanding common stock as of the record date. Because of this ownership block, such individuals may be able to effectively exercise control over all matters requiring approval by Pivotal’s stockholders, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions other than approval of its initial business combination.

Certain of XL’s stockholders have entered or will enter into a Lock-Up Agreement which provides that shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock to be issued to them in the Merger will be subject to a 12-month lock-up period, during which they have agreed, subject to certain restrictions, not to, directly or indirectly, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of their shares to be issued in the Merger, which period may be earlier terminated if the reported closing sale price of the Pivotal Common Stock equals or exceeds $15.00 per share (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations or other similar transactions) for a period of 20 trading days during any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days following the closing of the Business Combination, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, Pivotal has agreed to cause its initial stockholders to amend existing lock-up restrictions with respect to the common stock of Pivotal and warrants of Pivotal held by them, and enter into the Lock-Up Agreement, so that the lock-up restrictions with respect to such initial stockholders’ securities will be identical to the lock-up restrictions applicable to XL’s stockholders who have entered, or will enter, into the Lock-Up Agreement.

 

179


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

Pivotal Related Person Transactions

In March 2019, Pivotal issued 5,750,000 shares of Class B common stock to the Sponsor for $25,000 in cash, at a purchase price of approximately $0.004 per share, in connection with Pivotal’s organization. The Sponsor transferred 50,000 sponsor shares to each independent director and 100,000 sponsor shares to Pivotal’s chief financial officer in April 2019, in each case at the same per-share purchase price paid by the Sponsor.

The sponsor shares are designated as Class B common stock and will automatically convert into shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock on the first business day following the consummation of our initial business combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment. In the case that additional shares of common stock, or equity-linked securities convertible or exercisable for common stock, are issued or deemed issued and related to the closing of our initial business combination, the ratio at which sponsor shares will convert into common stock will be adjusted so that the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of all sponsor shares will equal, in the aggregate, 20% of the sum of the common stock outstanding upon the completion of Pivotal’s initial public offering plus the number of shares of common stock and equity-linked shares issued or deemed issued in connection with our initial business combination (net of redemptions), excluding any common stock or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in our initial business combination and any private warrants issued. Any conversion of Class B common stock described herein will take effect as a redemption of Class B common stock and an issuance of Class A common stock as a matter of Delaware law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this provision will not be triggered in connection with the Business Combination with XL and the Pivotal’s Class B common stock will convert into shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis upon completion of the Business Combination.

The Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 4,233,333 private warrants at a price of $1.50 per warrant (for a total purchase price of $6,350,000) from Pivotal on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of Pivotal’s initial public offering. The private warrants are identical to the warrants included in the units sold in Pivotal’s initial public offering except that the private warrants: (i) are not redeemable by Pivotal and (ii) may be exercised for cash or on a cashless basis, as described in the prospectus for Pivotal’s initial public offering, so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or any of their permitted transferees. If the private warrants are held by holders other than the initial purchasers or any of their permitted transferees, they will be redeemable by Pivotal and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the warrants included in the units being sold in its initial public offering. The initial purchasers of the private warrants have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the warrants, including the common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants (except to certain permitted transferees), until 30 days after the completion of Pivotal’s initial business combination.

On April 9, 2019, an affiliate of the Sponsor loaned Pivotal an aggregate of $125,000 to cover expenses related to the initial public offering pursuant to a promissory note. The promissory note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of February 28, 2020, the date on which the initial public offering was completed or the date on which we determined not to proceed with the initial public offering. The promissory note was repaid upon the consummation of the initial public offering on July 16, 2019.

Other than as described above, no compensation of any kind was or will be paid by Pivotal to its Sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, for services rendered prior to or in connection with the completion of an initial business combination. However, these individuals will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on Pivotal’s behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations, which totaled $     as of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus. Pivotal’s audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to Pivotal’s sponsor, officers, directors or its or their affiliates.

On July 11, 2019, a managing member of the Sponsor entered into a forward purchase contract with Pivotal to purchase, in a private placement to occur concurrently with the consummation of the Pivotal’s initial business

 

180


Table of Contents

combination, up to $150,000,000 of the Pivotal’s securities. In connection with any purchase of securities under the forward purchase agreement, the type and amount of securities to be purchased by the managing member of the Sponsor will be determined by Pivotal and the managing member of the Sponsor at the time Pivotal enters into the definitive agreement for the proposed Business Combination. This agreement would be independent of the percentage of stockholders electing to convert their public shares and may provide Pivotal with an increased minimum funding level for the initial business combination. The agreement is also conditioned on Pivotal’s board of directors, including an affiliate of the managing member of the Sponsor, having unanimously approved the proposed initial Business Combination. Accordingly, the managing member of the Sponsor may not agree to purchase any securities, in which case Pivotal may need to arrange alternate financing to complete the business combination. The Sponsor is not purchasing any securities from Pivotal pursuant to the forward purchase contract in connection with the Business Combination with XL.

The holders of Pivotal’s sponsor shares, as well as the holders of the private warrants and any warrants the Sponsor or its affiliates may be issued in payment of working capital loans made to Pivotal (and all underlying securities), are entitled to registration rights pursuant to an agreement signed on the effective date of Pivotal’s initial public offering. The holders of a majority of these securities are entitled to make up to two demands that Pivotal register such securities. The holders of a majority of the private warrants or warrants issued in payment of working capital loans made to Pivotal (or underlying securities) can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time after Pivotal consummates a business combination. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to Pivotal’s consummation of a business combination. Pivotal will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements. This arrangement will be terminated in connection with the closing of the Business Combination and will be replaced by the Registration Rights Agreement.

Concurrently with the execution of the Merger Agreement, Pivotal entered into a subscription agreement with MGG, pursuant to which MGG has subscribed for shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock in connection with the PIPE Transaction. MGG is expected to fund $6.3 million of the PIPE Transaction, for which it will receive 630,000 shares of Pivotal’s Class A common stock. Kevin Griffin, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of MGG, is a director of Pivotal and has been nominated to serve as a director of the combined company. The PIPE Transaction is expected to be consummated substantially concurrently with the closing of the Business Combination. For additional information, see “The Business Combination Proposal—Related Agreements—Subscription Agreements for PIPE Transaction.”

In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, the Sponsor and Pivotal’s officers and directors or their respective affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan Pivotal funds as may be required. If Pivotal completes its initial business combination, Pivotal would repay such loaned amounts, if any. In the event that the initial business combination does not close, Pivotal may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts, if any, but no proceeds from the trust account would be used for such repayment. If made, up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into private warrants of Pivotal at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender.

After the Business Combination, members of Pivotal’s management team who remain with Pivotal may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to stockholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation materials furnished to our stockholders. The amount of such compensation may not be known at the time of a stockholder meeting held to consider an initial business combination, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation. In this event, such compensation will be publicly disclosed at the time of its determination in a Current Report on Form 8-K, as required by the SEC.

All ongoing and future transactions between Pivotal and any of its officers and directors or their respective affiliates will be on terms believed by Pivotal to be no less favorable to it than are available from unaffiliated

 

181


Table of Contents

third parties. Such transactions will require prior approval by a majority of Pivotal’s uninterested “independent” directors or the members of Pivotal’s board who do not have an interest in the transaction, in either case who had access, at Pivotal’s expense, to Pivotal’s attorneys or independent legal counsel. Pivotal will not enter into any such transaction unless its disinterested “independent” directors determine that the terms of such transaction are no less favorable to Pivotal than those that would be available to Pivotal with respect to such a transaction from unaffiliated third parties.

XL Related Person Transactions

Lease Agreement

On March 16, 2012, XL entered into a Lease Agreement with Red Line Limit, LLC, as landlord, in connection with XL’s lease of certain property at which its headquarters is located in Brighton, Massachusetts. The property is owned by James Davis, a holder of more than 5% of XL’s common stock. The lease agreement was subsequently amended on each of January 27, 2016, November 1, 2017 and November 15, 2019. Pursuant to the terms of the lease agreement, XL currently pays monthly rent installments of $17,780 for this property. XL made payments of approximately $250,000 in 2019 and approximately $175,000 in 2020 (through September 25, 2020) in connection with the lease agreement.

Stockholder Support Agreements

In connection with the execution of the Merger Agreement, the Supporting Holders, comprised of certain of XL’s officers, directors, founders and their family members and 5% or greater holders of XL’s stock, who collectively hold approximately 47% of the issued and outstanding shares of XL’s common stock on an as-converted basis, have entered into Support Agreements with Pivotal pursuant to which the Supporting Holders have agreed, among other things, (i) to vote all of their respective shares of XL’s stock in favor of the Merger at a meeting called to approve the Merger by XL’s stockholders (or in an action by written consent approving the Merger) and (ii) to the extent such stockholders are holders of XL’s Series D preferred stock, to deliver a signature to the request for conversion required to effect the conversion of XL’s preferred stock into XL’s common stock immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger.

Employment Agreements

XL has entered into employment agreements and offer letter agreements with certain of its executive officers. See “Executive Compensation—Agreements with XL’s Named Executive Officers and Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control.”

Series D Financing

On September 29, 2017 and January 15, 2018, XL issued an aggregate of 42,897,246 shares of Series D-1 preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.5775 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $24,773,159.57, 1,465,110 shares of Series D-2 preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.5053 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $740,320.08, 223,254 shares of Series D-3 preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.4620 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $103,143.35 and 5,522,960 shares of Series D-4 preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.4043 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $2,232,932.73, (collectively, the “Series D Financing”). The following table summarizes purchases of XL Series D preferred stock by related persons and their affiliates, including purchases by James Davis, Constellation New Energy, Inc. and Ingka Investments Ventures, B.V., each

 

182


Table of Contents

of whom are holders of more than 5% of XL’s common stock, and by Thomas J. Hynes, III, and his affiliate Thomas J. Hynes, Jr.

 

Stockholder

   Shares of
Series D
Preferred
Stock
     Total
Purchase
Price
 

James Davis

     10,939,170      $ 6,087,226  

Constellation New Energy, Inc.

     8,658,008      $ 5,000,000  

Ingka Investments Ventures B.V.

     8,658,008      $ 5,000,000  

Thomas J. Hynes, III

     150,877      $ 63,999  

Thomas J. Hynes, Jr.

     109,357      $ 51,711  

Related Person Transactions Policy Following the Business Combination

Upon the consummation of the Business Combination, it is anticipated that the board of directors of Pivotal will adopt a written related person transactions policy that sets forth policies and procedures regarding the identification, review, consideration and oversight of related person transactions. For purposes of this policy only, a related person transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which Pivotal or any of its subsidiaries, including XL, are participants involving an amount that exceeds $120,000, in which any related person has a material interest.

Transactions involving compensation for services provided to Pivotal or any of its subsidiaries as an employee, consultant or director will not be considered related person transactions under this policy. A related person is any executive officer, director, nominee to become a director or a holder of more than 5% of any class of Pivotal’s voting securities (including its common stock), including any of their immediate family members and affiliates, including entities owned or controlled by such persons.

It is anticipated that under the related person transaction policy, the related person in question or, in the case of transactions with a holder of more than 5% of any class of Pivotal’s voting securities, an officer with knowledge of a proposed transaction, will be required to present information regarding the proposed related person transaction to Pivotal’s audit committee (or to another independent body of the board of directors of Pivotal) for review. To identify related person transactions in advance, Pivotal expects to rely on information supplied by its executive officers, directors and certain significant stockholders. In considering related person transactions, Pivotal’s audit committee is expected to take into account the relevant available facts and circumstances, which may include, but are not limited to:

 

   

the risks, costs, and benefits to Pivotal;

 

   

the impact on a director’s independence in the event the related person is a director, immediate family member of a director or an entity with which a director is affiliated;

 

   

the terms of the transaction;

 

   

the availability of other sources for comparable services or products; and

 

   

the terms available to or from, as the case may be, unrelated third parties.

Pivotal’s audit committee will approve only those transactions that it determines are fair to Pivotal’s and in its best interests. All of the transactions described above were entered into prior to the adoption of such policy.

 

183


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF PIVOTAL’S SECURITIES AFTER THE MERGER

The following description of the material terms of the share capital of Pivotal following the closing of the Business Combination includes a summary of specified provisions of the charter documents of Pivotal that will be in effect upon completion of the Merger. This description is qualified by reference to Pivotal’s charter documents as will be in effect upon closing of the Business Combination, copies of which are attached to this proxy statement/prospectus and are incorporated in this proxy statement/prospectus by reference.

General

If the Business Combination is consummated, Pivotal will replace its current charter with the proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation in the form attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex B, which, in the judgment of the board of directors of Pivotal, is necessary to adequately address the needs of the combined company.

The following table sets forth a summary of the principal proposed changes and the differences between Pivotal’s stockholders’ rights under the existing charter and the proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation. This summary is qualified by reference to the complete text of the proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, a copy of which is attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Annex B. We urge you to read the proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation in its entirety for a complete description of the rights and preferences of the combined company’s securities following the Business Combination.

For more information on the charter proposals, see the Charter Proposals (Proposal 3, Proposal 4 and Proposal 5).

 

    

Existing Charter

  

Proposed second amended and restated certificate of
incorporation

Number of Authorized Shares   

The existing charter provides that the total number of authorized shares of all classes of capital stock is 86,000,000 shares, consisting of (a) 75,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, (b) 10,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and (c) 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

See Article Fourth of the existing charter.

  

The proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation increases the total number of authorized shares of all classes of capital stock to 351,000,000 shares, consisting of 350,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and of 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

See Article Fourth of the proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Class A Common Stock   

The existing charter authorizes 75,000,000 shares of Class A common stock.

 

Under the existing charter, holders of Class A common stock have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund provisions, except that public stockholders have the right to have their shares of Class A common stock redeemed in connection with a business combination.

 

See Articles Fourth and Sixth of the existing charter.

  

The proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes 350,000,000 shares of Class A common stock.

 

Under the proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, holders of Class A common stock will have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights and there will be no sinking fund or redemption provisions applicable to such common stock.

 

See Article Fifth of the proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

 

184


Table of Contents
    

Existing Charter

  

Proposed second amended and restated certificate of
incorporation

Class B Common Stock    The existing charter authorizes 10,000,000 shares of Class B common stock. Under the existing charter, shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock on a one-to-one basis on the business day following the closing of the business combination.    None. Upon the proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the provisions relating to the Class B common stock will be removed and the Class B common stock will cease to exist. The combined company will have a single class (Class A) of common stock.
Preferred Stock   

The existing charter provides that shares of preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Pivotal board of directors is authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series. The Pivotal board of directors is able to, without stockholder approval, issue preferred stock with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock and could have anti-takeover effects. The ability of the Pivotal board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of Pivotal or the removal of existing management. Pivotal has no preferred stock outstanding at the date hereof.

 

See Article Fourth of the existing charter.

  

The proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that shares of preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Pivotal board of directors will be authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series. The Pivotal board of directors will be able to, without stockholder approval, issue preferred stock with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of the Class A common stock and could have anti-takeover effects. The ability of the Pivotal board to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of Pivotal or the removal of Pivotal’s management. Pivotal will have no preferred stock outstanding at the date the proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation becomes effective.

 

See Article Fourth of the proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Voting Power   

Except as otherwise required by law, the existing charter or as otherwise provided in any certificate of designation for any series of preferred stock, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock possess all voting power for the election of Pivotal’s directors and all other matters requiring stockholder action. Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to one vote per share on matters to be voted on by stockholders.

 

See Article Fourth of the existing charter.

   Except as otherwise required by law, the proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation or as otherwise provided in any certificate of designation for any series of preferred stock, the holders of Pivotal Class A common stock will possess all voting power for the election of Pivotal directors and all other matters requiring stockholder action. Holders of Pivotal Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per share on matters to be voted on by stockholders.

 

185


Table of Contents
    

Existing Charter

  

Proposed second amended and restated certificate of
incorporation

      See Article Fourth of the proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation.
Director Elections   

Currently, the Pivotal board of directors is divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being elected at each annual meeting. Prior to the closing of a business combination, one member of the Pivotal board of directors shall be designated by Pivotal Spac Funding II, LLC, a Delaware company and a member of Pivotal Investment Holdings II, LLC

 

See Article Sixth of the existing charter.

  

Under the proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the Pivotal board of directors will be divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year.

 

See Article Sixth of the proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Dividends   

Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of holders of outstanding preferred stock, holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions (payable in cash, property or capital stock) when, as and if declared thereon by the Pivotal board of directors from time to time out of any assets or funds legally available therefor, and will share equally on a per share basis in such dividends and distributions. Pivotal has not paid any cash dividends on its Class A common stock or Class B common stock to date and does not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of the Business Combination.

 

See Article Fourth of the existing charter.

  

Subject to the rights of any holders of any shares of preferred stock which may from time to time come into existence and be outstanding, the holders of Class A common stock shall be entitled to the payment of dividends when and as declared by the Pivotal board of directors in accordance with applicable law and to receive other distributions from Pivotal.

 

See Article Fourth of the proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Supermajority Voting Provisions   

Under the existing charter, any amendment to Article Sixth, which includes certain provisions in connection with a business combination, may only be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 65% of all then outstanding shares of common stock.

 

See Article Sixth of the existing charter.

   Under the proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of voting stock of Pivotal representing at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of Pivotal entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, alter or repeal, or adopt any provision inconsistent with, Articles Sixth, Seventh, Eighth, Ninth and Tenth of the proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which articles generally govern the appointment of directors, the amendment

 

186


Table of Contents
    

Existing Charter

  

Proposed second amended and restated certificate of
incorporation

     

of Pivotal’s bylaws, limitation of liability and indemnification, forum selection, and amendments to the certificate of incorporation, respectively.

 

Subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

See Articles Sixth and Tenth of the proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Corporate Opportunity Doctrine   

Under the existing charter, the doctrine of corporate opportunity does not apply with respect to Pivotal or any of its officers or directors in circumstances where the application of any such doctrine would conflict with any fiduciary duties or contractual obligations they may have. In addition, the doctrine of corporate opportunity does not apply to any other corporate opportunity with respect to any of the directors or officers of Pivotal unless such corporate opportunity is offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of Pivotal and such opportunity is one that Pivotal is legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for Pivotal to pursue.

 

See Article Eleventh of the existing charter.

   None.
Exclusive Forum    The existing charter provides that unless Pivotal consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of Pivotal, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of Pivotal to Pivotal or Pivotal’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim    The proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that unless Pivotal consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of Pivotal, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, employee or agent of Pivotal to Pivotal or Pivotal’s

 

187


Table of Contents
    

Existing Charter

  

Proposed second amended and restated certificate of
incorporation

  

against Pivotal, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the existing charter or bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against Pivotal, its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine and, if brought outside of Delaware, the stockholder bringing the suit will be deemed to have consented to service of process on such stockholder’s counsel, subject to certain exceptions.

 

See Article Tenth of the existing charter.

  

stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against Pivotal arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation or the bylaws then in effect (as either may be amended from time to time), (iv) any action or proceeding to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of the proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation or the bylaws then in effect (including any right, obligation, or remedy thereunder) or (v) any action asserting a claim against Pivotal governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

 

See Article Ninth of the proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Liquidation, Dissolution and Winding Up   

Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of holders of outstanding preferred stock, in the event of Pivotal’s voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of shares of common stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of Pivotal available for distribution to its stockholders, ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Class A common stock (on an as converted basis with respect to the Class B common stock) held by them.

 

See Article Fourth of the existing charter.

  

Subject to the rights of any holders of any shares of preferred stock which may from time to time come into existence and be outstanding, in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Pivotal, whether voluntary or involuntary, the funds and assets of Pivotal that may be legally distributed to Pivotal’s stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of the then outstanding shares of Class A common stock pro rata in accordance with the number of shares of Class A common stock held by each such holder.

 

See Article Fourth of the proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Common Stock

The holders of Pivotal common stock will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders.

There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares of common stock voted for the election of directors can elect all of the directors.

Holders of Pivotal common stock will not have any conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights and there will be no sinking fund or redemption provisions applicable to the common stock.

Preferred Stock

If Pivotal issues preferred stock, such preferred stock would have priority over common stock with respect to dividends and other distributions, including the distribution of assets upon liquidation. Pivotal’s certificate of

 

188


Table of Contents

incorporation, as amended, will grant Pivotal’s board of directors the authority, without further stockholder authorization, to issue from time to time up to 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the terms, limitations, voting rights, relative rights and preferences and variations of each series. Although Pivotal has no present plans to issue any other shares of preferred stock, the issuance of shares of preferred stock, or the issuance of rights to purchase such shares, could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to the holders of common stock, could adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of the common stock and could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change of control of Pivotal or an unsolicited acquisition proposal.

Warrants

Each outstanding warrant of Pivotal will enable the holder to purchase one share of common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, beginning 30 days from the completion of the Business Combination, subject to adjustment as discussed below. The warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, five years after the consummation of the Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

Pivotal may call the warrants for redemption (excluding the private warrants), in whole and not in part, at a price of $0.01 per warrant,

 

   

at any time while the warrants are exercisable;

 

   

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder;

 

   

if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the Pivotal common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share, for any 20 trading days within any 30-day trading period ending on the third business day prior to the notice of redemption to warrant holders; and

 

   

if, and only if, there is a current registration statement in effect with respect to the shares of common stock underlying such warrants commencing five business days prior to the 30-day trading period and continuing each day thereafter until the date of redemption.

The right to exercise will be forfeited unless the warrants are exercised prior to the date specified in the notice of redemption. On and after the redemption date, a record holder of a warrant will have no further rights except to receive the redemption price for such holder’s warrant upon surrender of such warrant.

If Pivotal calls the warrants for redemption as described above, its management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise warrants to do so on a “cashless basis.” In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the warrants for that number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Pivotal common stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. In this case, the “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the shares of Pivotal common stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants. Whether Pivotal will exercise its option to require all holders to exercise their warrants on a “cashless basis” will depend on a variety of factors including the price of shares of Pivotal common stock at the time the warrants are called for redemption, Pivotal’s cash needs at such time and concerns regarding dilutive stock issuances.

The exercise price and number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a share dividend, extraordinary dividend or Pivotal’s recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of shares of common stock at a price below the respective exercise prices of the warrants.

The warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and

 

189


Table of Contents

executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price, by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of warrants being exercised. The warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of shares of Pivotal common stock or any voting rights unless and until they exercise their warrants and receive shares of common stock. After the issuance of shares of common stock upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders.

Warrant holders may elect to be subject to a restriction on the exercise of their warrants such that an electing warrant holder would not be able to exercise their warrants to the extent that, after giving effect to such exercise, such holder would beneficially own in excess of 4.9% or 9.8% (as specified by the holder) of the shares of Pivotal common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise.

If the number of outstanding shares of common stock is increased by a share dividend payable in shares of common stock, or by a split-up of shares of common stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such share dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of shares of common stock issuable on exercise of each warrant will be increased in proportion to such increase in the outstanding common stock. A rights offering to holders of common stock entitling holders to purchase shares of common stock at a price less than the fair market value will be deemed a stock dividend of a number of shares of common stock equal to the product of (i) the number of shares of common stock actually sold in such rights offering (or issuable under any other equity securities sold in such rights offering that are convertible into or exercisable for common stock) and (ii) one (1) minus the quotient of (x) the price per share of common stock paid in such rights offering divided by (y) the fair market value. For these purposes (i) if the rights offering is for securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock, in determining the price payable for common stock, there will be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, as well as any additional amount payable upon exercise or conversion and (ii) fair market value means the volume weighted average price of common stock as reported during the ten (10) trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the first date on which the shares of common stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such rights.

In addition, if Pivotal, at any time while the warrants are outstanding and unexpired, pay a dividend or make a distribution in cash, securities or other assets to the holders of common stock on account of such common stock (or other securities into which the warrants are convertible), other than (a) as described above, (b) certain ordinary cash dividends, which are dividends of $0.50 or less in any fiscal year (subject to adjustments), (c) to satisfy the conversion rights of the holders of common stock in connection with a proposed initial business combination or (d) in connection with the redemption of Pivotal’s public shares upon Pivotal’s failure to complete the initial business combination, then the warrant exercise price will be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such event, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value of any securities or other assets paid on each share of common stock in respect of such event.

If the number of outstanding shares of common stock is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse stock split or reclassification of common stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar event, the number of shares of common stock issuable on exercise of each warrant will be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares of common stock. Pivotal will not be required to make adjustments to the exercise price for any other events including the issuance of additional shares of common stock other than dividends paid in common stock as described above.

Whenever the number of shares of common stock purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants is adjusted, as described above, the warrant exercise price will be adjusted by multiplying the warrant exercise price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which will be the number of shares of common stock purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants immediately prior to such adjustment and (y) the denominator of which will be the number of shares of common stock so purchasable immediately thereafter.

 

190


Table of Contents

In the case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding common stock (other than those described above or that solely affects the par value of such common stock), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of Pivotal with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which we are the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of Pivotal’s outstanding common stock), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of Pivotal as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which Pivotal is dissolved, the holders of the warrants will thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the warrants and in lieu of the common stock immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of common stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the holder of the warrants would have received if such holder had exercised their warrants immediately prior to such event. If less than 70% of the consideration receivable by the holders of common stock in such a transaction is payable in the form of common stock in the successor entity that is listed for trading on a national securities exchange or is quoted in an established over-the-counter market, or is to be so listed for trading or quoted immediately following such event, and if the registered holder of the warrant properly exercises the warrant within thirty days following public disclosure of such transaction, the warrant exercise price will be reduced as specified in the warrant agreement based on the Black-Scholes value (as defined in the warrant agreement) of the warrant. The purpose of such exercise price reduction is to provide additional value to holders of the warrants when an extraordinary transaction occurs during the exercise period of the warrants pursuant to which the holders of the warrants otherwise do not receive the full potential value of the warrants in order to determine and realize the option value component of the warrant. This formula is to compensate the warrantholder for the loss of the option value portion of the warrant due to the requirement that the warrantholder exercise the warrant within 30 days of the event. The Black-Scholes model is an accepted pricing model for estimating fair market value where no quoted market price for an instrument is available.

No fractional shares of common stock will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share of common stock, Pivotal will, upon exercise, follow the requirements of the DGCL.

The private warrants are identical to the warrants included in the units sold in Pivotal’s initial public offering except that the private warrants: (i) are not redeemable by Pivotal and (ii) may be exercised for cash or on a cashless basis, as described in the prospectus related to Pivotal’s initial public offering, so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or any of their permitted transferees. If the private warrants are held by holders other than the initial purchasers or any of their permitted transferees, they will be redeemable by Pivotal and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the warrants included in the units sold in Pivotal’s initial public offering. The initial purchasers of the private warrants have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the warrants, including the common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants (except to certain permitted transferees), until 30 days after the completion of Pivotal’s initial business combination.

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of Delaware Law and Pivotal’s Proposed Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

Upon consummation of the Business Combination and assuming approval of the charter proposals, Pivotal will have certain anti-takeover provisions in place as follows. For a comparison of the existing charter and the proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including a comparison of certain anti-takeover provisions, please see the section entitled “Description of Pivotal’s Securities After the Merger.”

Staggered board of directors

Pivotal’s second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that Pivotal’s board of directors be classified into three classes of directors of approximately equal size. As a result, in most circumstances, a

 

191


Table of Contents

person can gain control of Pivotal’s board of directors only by successfully engaging in a proxy contest at two or more annual or special meetings. Furthermore, because the board of directors will be classified, directors may be removed only with cause by a majority of Pivotal’s outstanding shares.

Special meeting of stockholders

Pivotal’s bylaws will provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called only by a majority vote of Pivotal’s board of directors.

Advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations

Pivotal’s bylaws will provide that stockholders of record seeking to bring business before Pivotal’s special meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at Pivotal’s special meeting of stockholders, must provide timely notice of their intent in writing. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice will need to be received by XL secretary at Pivotal’s principal executive offices not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the open of business on the 120th day prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding special meeting of stockholders. Pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act, proposals seeking inclusion in Pivotal’s annual proxy statement must comply with the notice periods contained therein. Pivotal’s bylaws also specify certain requirements as to the form and content of a stockholders’ meeting. These provisions may preclude Pivotal stockholders from bringing matters before the special meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at Pivotal’s special meeting of stockholders.

Authorized but unissued shares

Pivotal’s authorized but unissued common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuances without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of Pivotal by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Stockholder action by written consent

Pivotal’s second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that any action required or permitted to be a taken by stockholders must be effected at an annual or special meeting, and may not be taken by written consent (subject to the rights of any preferred stock then outstanding).

Exclusive forum selection

Pivotal’s second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require that unless Pivotal consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, in the event that the Chancery Court does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware or other state courts of the State of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of Pivotal, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, employee or agent of Pivotal to Pivotal or its stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against Pivotal arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or Pivotal’s charter or bylaws (as either may be amended from time to time), (iv) any action or proceeding to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of Pivotal’s charter or bylaws (including any right, obligation, or remedy thereunder) or (v) any action asserting a claim against Pivotal governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ organizational documents has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with claims arising under federal securities laws, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in Pivotal’s second amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable. If that were the case, because

 

192


Table of Contents

stockholders will not be deemed to have waived Pivotal’s compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder, it would allow stockholders to bring claims for breach of these provisions in any appropriate forum. Although Pivotal believes this provision benefits XL by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against Pivotal’s directors and officers.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. As a result, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

Although Pivotal has opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL under the existing charter, Pivotal will not opt out of Section 203 of the DGCL under the proposed second amended and restated certificate of incorporation. As a result, pursuant to Section 203 of the DGCL, Pivotal will be prohibited from engaging in any business combination with any stockholder for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder (the “interested stockholder”) came to own at least 15% of the outstanding voting stock of Pivotal (the “acquisition”), except if:

 

   

the board of directors of Pivotal approved the acquisition prior to its consummation;

 

   

the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the outstanding voting stock upon consummation of the acquisition; or

 

   

the Business Combination is approved by the board of directors of Pivotal, and by a 2/3 majority vote of the other stockholders in a meeting.

Generally, a “business combination” includes any merger, consolidation, asset or stock sale or certain other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with that person’s affiliates and associates, owns, or within the previous three years owned, 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock.

Under certain circumstances, declining to opt out of Section 203 of the DGCL will make it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested stockholder” to effect various business combinations with Pivotal for a three-year period. This may encourage companies interested in acquiring Pivotal to negotiate in advance with the Pivotal board of directors because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if the Pivotal board of directors approves the acquisition which results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. This may also have the effect of preventing changes in the Pivotal board of directors and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

See “The Director Election Proposal” for a discussion of limitation on liability and indemnification of Pivotal’s directors and officers.

 

193


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ON PIVOTAL SECURITIES AND DIVIDENDS

Pivotal

Market Price of Units, Common stock and Warrants

Pivotal’s units, warrants and Class A common stock are traded on the NYSE under the symbols PIC.U, PIC WS and PIC, respectively. The units commenced public trading on July 12, 2019, and the warrants and Class A common stock commenced separate trading on September 6, 2019.

Holders

As of                 , 2020, the record date, there were                  holders of record of units,                  holders of record of Pivotal’s Class A common stock,                  holders of record of Pivotal’s Class B common stock, and                  holders of record of warrants. Pivotal’s management believes that Pivotal has in excess of                  beneficial holders of its Class A common stock and warrants.

XL

Market Price of Common Stock

Historical market price information regarding XL is not provided because there is no public market for its securities.

Holders

As of                 , 2020, the record date, there were                  holders of record of XL’s common stock and                  holders of record of XL’s preferred stock.

Dividends

Pivotal has not paid any cash dividends on shares of common stock to date and does not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of a business combination. The payment of any dividends subsequent to the Business Combination will be within the discretion of Pivotal’s then board of directors. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be in the sole discretion of Pivotal’s board of directors and is contingent upon Pivotal’s revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements, and general financial condition subsequent to completion of the Business Combination. It is the present intention of Pivotal’s board of directors to retain all earnings, if any, for use in business operations and, accordingly, the board does not anticipate declaring any dividends in the foreseeable future.

Pivotal’s Transfer Agent and Warrant Agent

The transfer agent for shares of Pivotal common stock and warrant agent for its warrants upon closing of the Business Combination will be Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, 1 State Street, 30th Floor, New York, New York 10004.

APPRAISAL RIGHTS

Neither Pivotal stockholders, unitholders, nor warrant holders have appraisal rights under Delaware law in connection with the Merger.

 

194


Table of Contents

STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

The Pivotal 2021 annual meeting of stockholders will be held on or about                 , 2021 unless the date is changed by the board of directors. If you are a stockholder of Pivotal and you want to include a proposal in the proxy statement for the 2021 annual meeting, you need to provide it to Pivotal by no later than                 . You should direct any proposals to Pivotal’s secretary at its principal office which will be located at 145 Newton Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02135. If you are a stockholder of Pivotal and you want to present a matter of business to be considered at the 2021 annual meeting, under Pivotal’s bylaws you must give timely notice of the matter, in writing, to Pivotal’s secretary. To be timely, the notice has to be given no later than                  .

OTHER STOCKHOLDER COMMUNICATIONS

Stockholders and interested parties may communicate with Pivotal’s board of directors, any committee chairperson or the non-management directors as a group by writing to the board or committee chairperson in care of Pivotal Acquisition Corp., c/o Graubard Miller, The Chrysler Building, 405 Lexington Avenue, 11th Floor, New York, NY 10174. Following the Business Combination, such communications should be sent in care of XL Fleet Corp., 145 Newton Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02135. Each communication will be forwarded, depending on the subject matter, to the board of directors, the appropriate committee chairperson or all non-management directors.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of XL Hybrids, Inc. at December 31, 2019 and 2018, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019, included in this proxy statement/prospectus have been audited by Marcum LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements of Pivotal for the period from March 20, 2019 (inception) through December 31, 2019 appearing in this proxy statement/prospectus have been audited by Marcum LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus, and are included in reliance on such report given on the authority of such firm as an expert in accounting and auditing.

DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO STOCKHOLDERS

Pursuant to the rules of the SEC, Pivotal and services that it employs to deliver communications to its stockholders are permitted to deliver to two or more stockholders sharing the same address a single copy of each of Pivotal’s annual report to stockholders and Pivotal’s proxy statement. Upon written or oral request, Pivotal will deliver a separate copy of the annual report to stockholder and/or proxy statement to any stockholder at a shared address to which a single copy of each document was delivered and who wishes to receive separate copies of such documents. Stockholders receiving multiple copies of such documents may likewise request that Pivotal deliver single copies of such documents in the future. Stockholders receiving multiple copies of such documents may request that Pivotal deliver single copies of such documents in the future. Stockholders may notify Pivotal of their requests by calling or writing Pivotal at its principal executive offices, c/o Graubard Miller, The Chrysler Building, 405 Lexington Avenue, 11th Floor, New York, NY 10174 or (212) 818-8800. Following the Business Combination, such requests should be made by calling or writing XL Fleet Corp. at 145 Newton Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02135 or (617) 718-0329.

 

195


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

Pivotal has filed this proxy statement/prospectus as part of a registration statement on Form S-4 with the SEC under the Securities Act. The registration statement contains exhibits and other information that are not contained in this proxy statement/prospectus. The descriptions in this proxy statement/prospectus of the provisions of documents filed as exhibits to the registration statement are only summaries of those documents’ material terms. You may read copies of such documents, along with copies of reports, proxy statements and other information filed by Pivotal with the SEC at the SEC’s website: http://www.sec.gov.

Information and statements contained in this proxy statement/prospectus or any annex to this proxy statement/prospectus are qualified in all respects by reference to the copy of the relevant document or other annex filed as an exhibit to this proxy statement/prospectus.

All information contained in this document relating to Pivotal has been supplied by Pivotal, and all such information relating to XL has been supplied by XL. Information provided by one another does not constitute any representation, estimate or projection of the other.

If you would like additional copies of this document or if you have questions about the Business Combination, you should contact via phone or in writing:

Mr. Jonathan J. Ledecky

Pivotal Investment Corporation II

c/o Graubard Miller

The Chrysler Building

405 Lexington Avenue, 11th Floor

New York, New York 10174

Attention: Jonathan J. Ledecky

Tel. (212) 818-8800

 

196


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION II

UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF AND FOR THE THREE AND SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2020

 

     Page  

Condensed Balance Sheets

     F-2  

Condensed Statement of Operations

     F-3  

Condensed Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

     F-4  

Condensed Statement of Cash Flows

     F-5  

Notes to Condensed Financial Statements

     F-6  

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM INCEPTION TO DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

     Page  

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

     F-17  

Balance sheet

     F-18  

Statement of operations

     F-19  

Statement of changes in stockholder’s equity

     F-20  

Statement of cash flows

     F-21  

Notes to financial statements

     F-22  

XL HYBRIDS, INC.

UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF AND FOR THE THREE AND SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2020

 

     Page  

Condensed Balance Sheets

     F-33  

Condensed Statement of Operations

     F-35  

Condensed Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

     F-36  

Condensed Statement of Cash Flows

     F-37  

Notes to Condensed Financial Statements

     F-38  

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

     Page  

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

     F-46  

Balance sheet

     F-47  

Statement of operations

     F-49  

Statement of changes in stockholder’s equity

     F-50  

Statement of cash flows

     F-51  

Notes to financial statements

     F-53  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION II

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

(Unaudited)

 

     June 30,
2020
     December 31,
2019
 
     (unaudited)         

ASSETS

     

Current Assets

     

Cash

   $ 752,835      $ 624,943  

Prepaid income taxes

     —          43,841  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     74,047        72,733  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

     826,882        741,517  

Marketable securities held in Trust Account

     232,265,211        231,919,897  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 233,092,093      $ 232,661,414  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 160,853      $ 204,393  

Accrued offering costs

     10,000        10,000  

Income taxes payable

     66,658        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Current liabilities

     237,511        214,393  

Deferred tax liability

     —          1,707  

Deferred underwriting fee

     8,050,000        8,050,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     8,287,511        8,266,100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments

     

Common stock subject to possible redemption 21,775,816 and 21,768,560 shares at redemption value at June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively

     219,804,573        219,395,310  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity

     

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding

     —          —    

Class A Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 75,000,000 shares authorized; 1,224,184 and 1,231,440 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 21,775,816 and 21,768,560 shares subject to possible redemption) at June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively

     122        123  

Class B Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 5,750,000 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019

     575        575  

Additional paid-in capital

     3,384,026        3,793,288  

Retained earnings

     1,615,286        1,206,018  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity

     5,000,009        5,000,004  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   $ 233,092,093      $ 232,661,414  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION II

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Unaudited)

 

         
    
    
Three Months Ended
June 30,
    Six Months
Ended

June 30,
2020
    For the period
from
March 20,
2019
(inception)
through

June  30,
2019
 
     2020     2019  

Operating costs

   $ 216,022     $ 79     $ 347,286     $ 454  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (216,022     (79     (347,286     (454
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income:

        

Interest income on marketable securities held in Trust Account

     86,754       —         865,346       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before benefit (provision) for income taxes

     (129,268     (79     518,060       (454

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

     27,147       —         (108,792     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (102,121   $ (79   $ 409,268     $ (454
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted(1)

     6,952,161       5,000,000       6,966,801       5,000,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per common share(2)

   $ (0.02   $ (0.00   $ (0.03   $ (0.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Excludes an aggregate of 21,775,816 shares subject to possible redemption at June 30, 2020. Excluded an aggregate of up to 750,000 shares subject to forfeiture if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional units was not exercised in full or in part at June 30, 2019.

(2)

Net loss per share – basic and diluted excludes interest income attributable to shares subject to possible redemption of $60,501 and $621,625 for the three and six months ended June 30, 2020, respectively (see Note 2).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION II

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Unaudited)

THREE AND SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2020

 

    Class A
Common Stock
    Class B
Common Stock
    Additional
Paid

in Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance — January 1, 2020

    1,231,440     $ 123       5,750,000     $ 575     $ 3,793,288     $ 1,206,018     $ 5,000,004  

Change in value of common stock subject to possible redemption

    (29,279     (3     —         —         (511,382     —         (511,385

Net income

    —         —         —         —         —         511,389       511,389  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance — March 31, 2020

    1,202,161       120       5,750,000       575       3,281,906       1,717,407       5,000,008  

Change in value of common stock subject to possible redemption

    22,023       2       —         —         102,120       —         102,122  

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         (102,121     (102,121
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance — June 30, 2020

    1,224,184     $ 122       5,750,000     $ 575     $ 3,384,026     $ 1,615,286     $ 5,000,009  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2019 AND

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 20, 2019 (INCEPTION) TO JUNE 30, 2019

 

     Class B
Common Stock(1)
     Additional
Paid

in Capital
     Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
     Shares      Amount  

Balance — March 20, 2019 (inception)

     —        $ —      $ —      $ —       $ —    

Issuance of Class B common stock to Sponsor(1)

     5,750,000        575        24,425        —         25,000  

Net loss

     —          —          —          (375     (375
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance — March 31, 2019

     5,750,000        575        24,425        (375     24,625  

Net loss

     —          —          —          (79     (79
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance — June 30, 2019

     5,750,000      $ 575      $ 24,425      $ (454   $ 24,546  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Included an aggregate of up to 750,000 shares subject to forfeiture if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional units was not exercised in full or in part (see Note 7).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION II

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

 

     Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2020
    For the Period
from
March 20,
2019
(Inception)
Through

June 30,
2019
 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 409,268     $ (454

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account

     (865,346     —    

Deferred tax provision

     (1,707     —    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (1,314     —    

Prepaid income taxes

     43,841       375  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     (43,540     —    

Income taxes payable

     66,658       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (392,140     (79
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

    

Cash withdrawn from Trust Account to pay franchise and income taxes

     520,032       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

     520,032       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

    

Proceeds from issuance of Class B common stock to Sponsor

     —         25,000  

Proceeds from promissory note — related party

     —         125,000  

Payment of offering costs

     —         (112,876
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     —         37,124  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Change in Cash

     127,892       37,045  

Cash — Beginning

     624,943       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash — Ending

   $ 752,835     $ 37,045  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in value of common stock subject to possible redemption

   $ 409,263     $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs included in accrued offering costs

   $ —       $ 20,860  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION II

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

JUNE 30, 2020

(Unaudited)

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

Pivotal Investment Corporation II (the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware on March 20, 2019. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities (the “Business Combination”).

The Company is not limited to a particular industry or sector for purposes of consummating a Business Combination. However, the Company is currently focusing its search on companies in North America in industries ripe for disruption from continuously evolving digital technology and the resulting shift in distribution patterns and consumer purchase behavior. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

As of June 30, 2020, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity through June 30, 2020 relates to the Company’s formation, its initial public offering (the “Initial Public Offering”), which is described below, and after the Initial Public Offering, identifying a target company for a Business Combination.

The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on July 11, 2019. On July 16, 2019, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 23,000,000 units (“Units” and, with respect to the shares of Class A common stock included in the Units sold, the “Public Shares”), including 3,000,000 Units subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option, generating total gross proceeds of $230,000,000, which is described in Note 3.

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the sale of an aggregate of 4,233,333 warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant in a private placement to Pivotal Investment Holdings II LLC (the “Sponsor”), generating total gross proceeds of $6,350,000, which is described in Note 4.

Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering on July 16, 2019, an amount of $230,000,000 ($10.00 per Unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants was placed in a trust account (the “Trust Account”) and invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), with a maturity of 180 days or less or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund selected by the Company meeting the conditions of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the consummation of a Business Combination or (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account, as described below.

Transaction costs amounted to $13,185,704, consisting of $4,600,000 of underwriting fees, $8,050,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $535,704 of other costs. In addition, at June 30, 2020, cash of $752,835 was held outside of the Trust Account and is available for working capital purposes.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. The Company must complete an initial Business Combination having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (net of amounts previously disbursed to management for tax obligations and excluding the amount of deferred underwriting discounts held in the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement

 

F-6


Table of Contents

to enter into an initial Business Combination. The Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination.

The Company will provide its holders of the outstanding Public Shares (the “public stockholders”) with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of a Business Combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek stockholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The public stockholders will be entitled to redeem their Public Shares for a pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account ($10.00 per Public Share, plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its franchise and income tax obligations). There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of a Business Combination with respect to the Company’s warrants. The Company will proceed with a Business Combination if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation of a Business Combination and, if the Company seeks stockholder approval, a majority of the shares voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. If a stockholder vote is not required by law and the Company does not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”), conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the U.S. SEC and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If, however, stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or the Company decides to obtain stockholder approval for business or legal reasons, the Company will offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. If the Company seeks stockholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the holders of the Founder Shares (as defined below in Note 5) have agreed to vote such Founder Shares and any Public Shares purchased after the Initial Public Offering in favor of approving a Business Combination. Additionally, each public stockholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction.

If the Company seeks stockholder approval of a Business Combination and it does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% or more of the Public Shares, without the prior consent of the Company.

The holders of the Founder Shares have agreed (a) to waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and any Public Shares held by them in connection with the completion of a Business Combination and (b) not to propose an amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (i) that would affect the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity, unless the Company provides the public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares in conjunction with any such amendment.

The Company has until January 16, 2021 to consummate a Business Combination (the “Combination Period”). If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period (and the Company’s stockholders do not approve an amendment to the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation to extend such period), the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay

 

F-7


Table of Contents

franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining stockholders and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to the Company’s warrants, which will expire worthless if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period.

The holders of the Founder Shares have agreed to waive their right to any distribution from the Trust Account with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if the holders of the Founder Shares acquire Public Shares after the Initial Public Offering, such Public Shares will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to the deferred underwriting commission (see Note 6) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the other funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the assets remaining available for distribution will be less than $10.00 per share.

In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor has agreed to be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (i) $10.00 per share or (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party (including target businesses) who executed a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account or to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for interim financial information and in accordance with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 8 of Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Certain information or footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC for interim financial reporting. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and footnotes necessary for a complete presentation of financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of a normal recurring nature, which are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, operating results and cash flows for the periods presented.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the SEC on March 30, 2020, which contains the audited financial statements and notes thereto. The financial information as of December 31, 2019 is derived from the audited financial statements presented in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019. The interim results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2020 or for any future interim periods.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of condensed financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any cash equivalents as of June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

Marketable Securities Held in Trust Account

At June 30, 2020, substantially all of the assets held in the Trust Account were held in money market funds, which are invested in U.S. Treasury securities. At December 31, 2019, substantially all of the assets held in the Trust Account were held in U.S. Treasury Bills. Through June 30, 2020, the Company has withdrawn $520,032 of interest earned on the Trust Account to pay for its franchise and income tax obligations.

Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption

The Company accounts for its common stock subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Common stock subject to mandatory redemption is classified as a liability instrument and is measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable common stock (including common stock that features redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) is classified as temporary equity. At all other times, common stock is classified as stockholders’ equity. The Company’s common stock features certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, common stock subject to possible redemption is presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the stockholders’ equity section of the Company’s condensed balance sheets.

Income Taxes

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes under ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to

 

F-9


Table of Contents

taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.

On March 27, 2020, President Trump signed the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security “CARES” Act into law. The CARES Act includes several significant business tax provisions that, among other things, would eliminate the taxable income limit for certain net operating losses (“NOL) and allow businesses to carry back NOLs arising in 2018, 2019 and 2020 to the five prior years, suspend the excess business loss rules, accelerate refunds of previously generated corporate alternative minimum tax credits, generally loosen the business interest limitation under IRC section 163(j) from 30 percent to 50 percent among other technical corrections included in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act tax provisions.

Net Loss Per Common Share

Net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. At June 30, 2019, weighted average shares were reduced for the effect of an aggregate of 750,000 shares of common stock that were subject to forfeiture if the option to purchase additional units was not exercised by the underwriter. The Company applies the two-class method in calculating earnings per share. Shares of common stock subject to possible redemption at June 30, 2020, which are not currently redeemable and are not redeemable at fair value, have been excluded from the calculation of basic loss per share since such shares, if redeemed, only participate in their pro rata share of the Trust Account earnings. The Company has not considered the effect of warrants to purchase 11,900,000 shares of Class A common stock that were sold in the Initial Public Offering and the private placement in the calculation of diluted loss per share, since the exercise of the warrants is contingent upon the occurrence of future events. As a result, diluted loss per share is the same as basic loss per share for the period presented.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Net Loss per Common Share

The Company’s net (loss) income is adjusted for the portion of income that is attributable to common stock subject to possible redemption, as these shares only participate in the earnings of the Trust Account and not the income or losses of the Company. Accordingly, basic and diluted loss per common share is calculated as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
     Six Months
Ended
June 30,
     For the Period
from March
20, 2019
(Inception)
Through
June 30,
 
     2020      2019      2020      2019  

Net income (loss)

   $ (102,121    $ (79    $ 409,268      $ (454

Less: Income attributable to common stock subject to possible redemption

     (60,501      —          (621,625      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted net loss

   $ (162,622    $ (79    $ (212,357    $ (454
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     6,952,161        5,000,000        6,966,801        5,000,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per common share

   $ (0.02    $ (0.00    $ (0.03    $ (0.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash accounts in a financial institution, which, at times may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Coverage of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such accounts.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying condensed balance sheets, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s condensed financial statements.

NOTE 3 — PUBLIC OFFERING

Pursuant to the Initial Public Offering, the Company sold 23,000,000 Units at a price of $10.00 per Unit, including 3,000,000 Units subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Each Unit consists of one share of Class A common stock and one-third of one redeemable warrant (“Public Warrant”). Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 7).

NOTE 4 — PRIVATE PLACEMENT

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 4,233,333 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant, for an aggregate purchase price of

 

F-11


Table of Contents

$6,350,000. Each Private Placement Warrant is identical to the Public Warrants except that they are non-redeemable and exercisable on a cashless basis as long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees. The proceeds from the Private Placement Warrants were added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering to be held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law), and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless.

NOTE 5 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

On March 29, 2019, the Sponsor purchased 5,750,000 shares (the “Founder Shares”) of the Company’s Class B common stock for an aggregate price of $25,000. The Founder Shares will automatically convert into Class A common stock upon the consummation of a Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustments, as described in Note 7. As of December 31, 2019, the Sponsor transferred certain Founder Shares to the officers and directors of the Company.

The Founder Shares included an aggregate of up to 750,000 shares subject to forfeiture by the Sponsor to the extent that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional units was not exercised in full or in part, so that the Sponsor would own, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Initial Public Offering (assuming the Sponsor did not purchase any Public Shares in the Initial Public Offering). As a result of the underwriters’ election to exercise their over-allotment in full on July 16, 2019, 750,000 Founder Shares are no longer subject to forfeiture.

The holders of the Founder Shares have agreed, subject to certain limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of the Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) one year after the completion of a Business Combination or (B) subsequent to a Business Combination, (x) if the last sale price of the Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after a Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property.

Related Party Loans

On April 9, 2019, an affiliate of the Sponsor loaned the Company an aggregate of $125,000 to cover expenses related to the Initial Public Offering pursuant to a promissory note (the “Promissory Note”). The Promissory Note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of February 28, 2020, the date on which the Initial Public Offering was completed or the date on which the Company determines not to proceed with the Initial Public Offering. The Promissory Note was repaid upon the consummation of the Initial Public Offering on July 16, 2019.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or the Company’s officers and directors or any of their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination,

 

F-12


Table of Contents

without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants.

NOTE 6 — COMMITMENTS

Registration Rights

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into on July 11, 2019, the holders of the Founder Shares (and any shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of the Founder Shares), Private Placement Warrants (and any shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants), and securities that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans or pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreement (described below) are entitled to registration rights requiring the Company to register such securities for resale (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion to Class A common stock). The holders of the majority of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of a Business Combination and rights to require the Company to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. However, the registration rights agreement provides that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable lock-up period. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The underwriters were paid a cash underwriting discount of $4,600,000. In addition, the underwriters are entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Unit, or $8,050,000. The deferred fee will be forfeited by the underwriters solely in the event that the Company fails to complete a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Forward Purchase Agreement

On July 11, 2019, a managing member of the Sponsor entered into a forward purchase contract with the Company to purchase, in a private placement to occur concurrently with the consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination, up to $150,000,000 of the Company’s securities. The type and amount of securities to be purchased by the managing member of the Sponsor will be determined by the Company and the managing member of the Sponsor at the time the Company enters into the definitive agreement for the proposed Business Combination. This agreement would be independent of the percentage of stockholders electing to convert their public shares and may provide the Company with an increased minimum funding level for the initial Business Combination. The agreement is also conditioned on the Company’s board of directors, including an affiliate of the managing member of the Sponsor, having unanimously approved the proposed initial Business Combination. Accordingly, the managing member of the Sponsor may not agree to purchase any securities, in which case the Company may need to arrange alternate financing to complete the Business Combination.

NOTE 7 — STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Preferred Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. At June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, there were no shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding.

Class A Common Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 75,000,000 shares of Class A common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

At June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, there were 1,224,184 and 1,231,440 shares of Class A common stock issued or outstanding, excluding 21,775,816 and 21,768,560 shares of common stock subject to possible redemption, respectively.

Class B Common Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of Class B common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class B common stock are entitled to one vote for each share. At June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, there were 5,750,000 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding.

Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all other matters submitted to a vote of stockholders except as required by law.

The shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock at the time of a Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment. In the case that additional shares of Class A common stock, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts offered in the Initial Public Offering and related to the closing of a Business Combination, the ratio at which shares of Class B common stock shall convert into shares of Class A common stock will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all shares of Class B common stock will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of the total number of all shares of common stock outstanding upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering (not including the shares of Class A common stock underlying the private placement units) plus all shares of Class A common stock and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with a Business Combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination, any private placement-equivalent securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination, any private placement equivalent securities issued to the Sponsor or its affiliates upon conversion of loans made to the Company). Holders of Founder Shares may also elect to convert their shares of Class B common stock into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock, subject to adjustment as provided above, at any time.

Warrants — The Public Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination or (b) July 16, 2020 (12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering); provided in each case that the Company has an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available. The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days after the closing of a Business Combination, the Company will use its best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The Company will use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain a current prospectus relating to those shares of Class A common stock until the warrants expire or are redeemed, as specified in the warrant agreement. If a registration statement covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the 60th business day after the closing of a Business Combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when the Company will have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. The Public Warrants will expire five years after the completion of a Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the Public Warrants:

 

   

in whole and not in part;

 

   

at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

 

   

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption; and

 

F-14


Table of Contents
   

if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

 

   

If, and only if, there is a current registration statement in effect with respect to the shares of Class A common stock underlying such warrants.

If the Company calls the Public Warrants for redemption, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,” as described in the warrant agreement. The exercise price and number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuance of Class A common stock at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the warrants. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with the respect to such warrants. Accordingly, the warrants may expire worthless.

The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants underlying the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Private Placement Warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis and be non-redeemable so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

In addition, if (x) the Company issues additional shares of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of an initial Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per share of common stock (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors, and in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsor, initial stockholders or their affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by them prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of an initial Business Combination on the date of the consummation of the initial Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume weighted average trading price of the Class A common stock during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the day on which the Company consummates the initial Business Combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the greater of (i) the Market Value or (ii) the Newly Issued Price, and the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price described above will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the greater of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price.

NOTE 8 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company follows the guidance in ASC 820 for its financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at each reporting period, and non-financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at least annually.

The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts that the Company would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Company seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal

 

F-15


Table of Contents

assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:

 

Level 1:

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

 

Level 2:

Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

 

Level 3:

Unobservable inputs based on our assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value:

 

Description

   Level      June 30,
2020
     December 31,
2019
 

Assets:

        

Marketable securities held in Trust Account

     1      $ 232,265,211      $ 231,919,897  

NOTE 9 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date up to the date that the financial statements were issued. Based upon this review, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the condensed financial statements.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of

Pivotal Investment Corporation II

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Pivotal Investment Corporation II (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019, the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from March 20, 2019 (inception) through December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from March 20, 2019 (inception) through December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/ s/ Marcum LLP
Marcum LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.

New York, NY

March 30, 2020

 

F-17


Table of Contents

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION II

BALANCE SHEET

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

ASSETS

  

Current Assets

  

Cash

   $ 624,943  

Prepaid income taxes

     43,841  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     72,733  
  

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

     741,517  

Marketable securities held in Trust Account

     231,919,897  
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 232,661,414  
  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  

Current liabilities:

  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 204,393  

Accrued offering costs

     10,000  
  

 

 

 

Total Current liabilities

     214,393  

Deferred tax liability

     1,707  

Deferred underwriting fee

     8,050,000  
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     8,266,100  
  

 

 

 

Commitments

  

Common stock subject to possible redemption 21,768,560 shares at redemption value

     219,395,310  
  

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity

  

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding

     —    

Class A Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 75,000,000 shares authorized; 1,231,440 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 21,768,560 shares subject to possible redemption)

     123  

Class B Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 5,750,000 shares issued and outstanding

     575  

Additional paid-in capital

     3,793,288  

Retained earnings

     1,206,018  
  

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity

     5,000,004  
  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   $ 232,661,414  
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION II

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 20, 2019 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

Formation and operating costs

   $ 393,291  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (393,291
  

 

 

 

Other income:

  

Interest income on marketable securities held in Trust Account

     1,911,770  

Unrealized gain on marketable securities held in Trust Account

     8,127  
  

 

 

 

Other income

     1,919,897  
  

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     1,526,606  

Provision for income taxes

     (320,588
  

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1,206,018  
  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted(1)

     6,141,375  
  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per common share(2)

   $ (0.03
  

 

 

 

 

(1)

Excludes an aggregate of 21,768,560 shares subject to possible redemption.

(2)

Net loss per share – basic and diluted excludes interest income attributable to shares subject to possible redemption of $1,364,852 for the period from March 20, 2019 (inception) through December 31, 2019 (see Note 2).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION II

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 20, 2019 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

    Class A Common
Stock
    Class B Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid
in Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance — March 20, 2019 (inception)

    —       $ —         —       $ —     $ —       $ —     $ —    

Issuance of Class B common stock to Sponsor

    —         —         5,750,000       575       24,425       —         25,000  

Sale of 23,000,000 Units, net of underwriting discount and offering expenses

    23,000,000       2,300       —         —         216,811,996       —         216,814,296  

Sale of 6,350,000 Private Placement Warrants

    —         —         —         —         6,350,000       —         6,350,000  

Common stock subject to possible redemption

    (21,768,560     (2,177     —         —         (219,393,133     —         (219,395,310

Net income

    —         —         —         —         —         1,206,018       1,206,018  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance — December 31, 2019

    1,231,440     $ 123       5,750,000     $ 575     $ 3,793,288     $ 1,206,018     $ 5,000,004  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION II

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 20, 2019 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

  

Net income

   $ 1,206,018  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

  

Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account

     (1,911,770

Unrealized gain on marketable securities held in Trust Account

     (8,127

Deferred tax provision

     1,707  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (72,733

Prepaid income taxes

     (43,841

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     204,393  
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (624,353
  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

  

Investment of cash in Trust Account

     (230,000,000
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (230,000,000
  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

  

Proceeds from issuance of Class B common stock to Sponsor

     25,000  

Proceeds from sale of Units, net of underwriting discounts paid

     225,400,000  

Proceeds from sale of Private Placement Warrants

     6,350,000  

Proceeds from promissory note — related party

     125,000  

Repayment of promissory note — related party

     (125,000

Payment of offering costs

     (525,704
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     231,249,296  
  

 

 

 

Net Change in Cash

     624,943  

Cash — Beginning

     —    
  

 

 

 

Cash — Ending

   $ 624,943  
  

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

  

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 362,722  
  

 

 

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

  

Initial classification of common stock subject to possible redemption

   $ 218,188,500  
  

 

 

 

Change in value of common stock subject to possible redemption

   $ 1,206,810  
  

 

 

 

Offering costs included in accrued offering costs

   $ 92,500  
  

 

 

 

Deferred underwriting fee payable

   $ 8,050,000  
  

 

 

 

Offering costs charged to additional paid in capital

   $ 535,704  
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION II

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

NOTE 1. DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

Pivotal Investment Corporation II (the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware on March 20, 2019. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities (the “Business Combination”).

The Company is not limited to a particular industry or sector for purposes of consummating a Business Combination. However, the Company is currently focusing its search on companies in North America in industries ripe for disruption from continuously evolving digital technology and the resulting shift in distribution patterns and consumer purchase behavior. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity through December 31, 2019 relates to the Company’s formation, its initial public offering (the “Initial Public Offering”), which is described below, and after the Initial Public Offering, identifying a target company for a Business Combination.

The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on July 11, 2019. On July 16, 2019, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 23,000,000 units (“Units” and, with respect to the shares of Class A common stock included in the Units sold, the “Public Shares”), including 3,000,000 Units subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option, generating total gross proceeds of $230,000,000, which is described in Note 3.

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the sale of an aggregate of 4,233,333 warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant in a private placement to Pivotal Investment Holdings II LLC (the “Sponsor”), generating total gross proceeds of $6,350,000, which is described in Note 4.

Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering on July 16, 2019, an amount of $230,000,000 ($10.00 per Unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants was placed in a trust account (the “Trust Account”) and invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), with a maturity of 180 days or less or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund selected by the Company meeting the conditions of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the consummation of a Business Combination or (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account, as described below.

Transaction costs amounted to $13,185,704, consisting of $4,600,000 of underwriting fees, $8,050,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $535,704 of other costs. In addition, at December 31, 2019, cash of $624,943 was held outside of the Trust Account and is available for working capital purposes.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. The Company must complete an initial Business Combination having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (net of amounts previously disbursed to management for tax obligations and excluding the amount of deferred underwriting discounts held in the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into an initial Business Combination. The Company will only complete a Business Combination if the

 

F-22


Table of Contents

post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination.

The Company will provide its holders of the outstanding Public Shares (the “public stockholders”) with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of a Business Combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek stockholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The public stockholders will be entitled to redeem their Public Shares for a pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account ($10.00 per Public Share, plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its franchise and income tax obligations). There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of a Business Combination with respect to the Company’s warrants. The Company will proceed with a Business Combination if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation of a Business Combination and, if the Company seeks stockholder approval, a majority of the shares voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. If a stockholder vote is not required by law and the Company does not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”), conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the U.S. SEC and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If, however, stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or the Company decides to obtain stockholder approval for business or legal reasons, the Company will offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. If the Company seeks stockholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the holders of the Founder Shares (as defined below in Note 5) have agreed to vote such Founder Shares and any Public Shares purchased after the Initial Public Offering in favor of approving a Business Combination. Additionally, each public stockholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction.

If the Company seeks stockholder approval of a Business Combination and it does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% or more of the Public Shares, without the prior consent of the Company.

The holders of the Founder Shares have agreed (a) to waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and any Public Shares held by them in connection with the completion of a Business Combination and (b) not to propose an amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (i) that would affect the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity, unless the Company provides the public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares in conjunction with any such amendment.

The Company has until January 16, 2021 to consummate a Business Combination (the “Combination Period”). If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further

 

F-23


Table of Contents

liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining stockholders and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to the Company’s warrants, which will expire worthless if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period.

The holders of the Founder Shares have agreed to waive their right to any distribution from the Trust Account with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if the holders of the Founder Shares acquire Public Shares after the Initial Public Offering, such Public Shares will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to the deferred underwriting commission (see Note 6) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the other funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the assets remaining available for distribution will be less than $10.00 per share.

In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor has agreed to be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (i) $10.00 per share or (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party (including target businesses) who executed a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account or to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Emerging growth company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Use of estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any cash equivalents as of December 31, 2019.

Marketable securities held in Trust Account

At December 31, 2019, substantially all of the assets held in the Trust Account were held in U.S. Treasury Bills.

Common stock subject to possible redemption

The Company accounts for its common stock subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Common stock subject to mandatory redemption is classified as a liability instrument and is measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable common stock (including common stock that features redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) is classified as temporary equity. At all other times, common stock is classified as stockholders’ equity. The Company’s common stock features certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, common stock subject to possible redemption is presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the stockholders’ equity section of the Company’s balance sheet.

Income taxes

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes under ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The

 

F-25


Table of Contents

effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of December 31, 2019. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.

Net loss per common share

Net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. The Company applies the two-class method in calculating earnings per share. Shares of common stock subject to possible redemption at December 31, 2019, which are not currently redeemable and are not redeemable at fair value, have been excluded from the calculation of basic loss per share since such shares, if redeemed, only participate in their pro rata share of the Trust Account earnings. The Company has not considered the effect of warrants to purchase 11,900,000 shares of Class A common stock that were sold in the Initial Public Offering and the private placement in the calculation of diluted loss per share, since the exercise of the warrants is contingent upon the occurrence of future events. As a result, diluted loss per share is the same as basic loss per share for the period presented.

Reconciliation of net loss per common share

The Company’s net income is adjusted for the portion of income that is attributable to common stock subject to possible redemption, as these shares only participate in the earnings of the Trust Account and not the income or losses of the Company. Accordingly, basic and diluted loss per common share is calculated as follows:

 

     For the
Period from
March 20,
2019
(inception)
through
December 31,
2019
 

Net income

   $ 1,206,018  

Less: Income attributable to common stock subject to possible redemption

     (1,364,852
  

 

 

 

Adjusted net loss

   $ (158,834
  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     6,141,375  
  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

   $ (0.03
  

 

 

 

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash accounts in a financial institution, which, at times may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Coverage of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such accounts.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Fair value of financial instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying balance sheet, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Recent accounting pronouncements

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

NOTE 3. PUBLIC OFFERING

Pursuant to the Initial Public Offering, the Company sold 23,000,000 Units at a price of $10.00 per Unit, including 3,000,000 Units subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Each Unit consists of one share of Class A common stock and one-third of one redeemable warrant (“Public Warrant”). Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 7).

NOTE 4. PRIVATE PLACEMENT

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 4,233,333 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant, for an aggregate purchase price of $6,350,000. Each Private Placement Warrant is identical to the Public Warrants except that they are non-redeemable and exercisable on a cashless basis as long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees. The proceeds from the Private Placement Warrants were added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering to be held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law), and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless.

NOTE 5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION

Founder Shares

On March 29, 2019, the Sponsor purchased 5,750,000 shares (the “Founder Shares”) of the Company’s Class B common stock for an aggregate price of $25,000. The Founder Shares will automatically convert into Class A common stock upon the consummation of a Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustments, as described in Note 7. As of December 31, 2019, the Sponsor transferred certain Founder Shares to the officers and directors of the Company.

The Founder Shares included an aggregate of up to 750,000 shares subject to forfeiture by the Sponsor to the extent that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional units was not exercised in full or in part, so that the Sponsor would own, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Initial Public Offering (assuming the Sponsor did not purchase any Public Shares in the Initial Public Offering). As a result of the underwriters’ election to exercise their over-allotment in full on July 16, 2019, 750,000 Founder Shares are no longer subject to forfeiture.

The holders of the Founder Shares have agreed, subject to certain limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of the Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) one year after the completion of a Business Combination or (B) subsequent to a Business Combination, (x) if the last sale price of the Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150

 

F-27


Table of Contents

days after a Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property.

Related Party Loans

On April 9, 2019, an affiliate of the Sponsor loaned the Company an aggregate of $125,000 to cover expenses related to the Initial Public Offering pursuant to a promissory note (the “Promissory Note”). The Promissory Note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of February 28, 2020, the date on which the Initial Public Offering was completed or the date on which the Company determines not to proceed with the Initial Public Offering. The Promissory Note was repaid upon the consummation of the Initial Public Offering on July 16, 2019.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or the Company’s officers and directors or any of their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants.

NOTE 6. COMMITMENTS

Registration Rights

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into on July 11, 2019, the holders of the Founder Shares (and any shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of the Founder Shares), Private Placement Warrants (and any shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants), and securities that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans or pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreement (described below) are entitled to registration rights requiring the Company to register such securities for resale (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion to Class A common stock). The holders of the majority of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of a Business Combination and rights to require the Company to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. However, the registration rights agreement provides that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable lock-up period. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The underwriters were paid a cash underwriting discount of $4,600,000. In addition, the underwriters are entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Unit, or $8,050,000. The deferred fee will be forfeited by the underwriters solely in the event that the Company fails to complete a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Forward purchase agreement

On July 11, 2019, a managing member of the Sponsor entered into a forward purchase contract with the Company to purchase, in a private placement to occur concurrently with the consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination, up to $150,000,000 of the Company’s securities. The type and amount of securities to be purchased by the managing member of the Sponsor will be determined by the Company and the managing member of the Sponsor at the time the Company enters into the definitive agreement for the proposed Business Combination. This agreement would be independent of the percentage of stockholders electing to convert their public shares and may provide the Company with an increased minimum funding level for the initial Business Combination. The agreement is also conditioned on the Company’s board of directors, including an affiliate of the managing member of the Sponsor, having unanimously approved the proposed initial Business Combination. Accordingly, the managing member of the Sponsor may not agree to purchase any securities, in which case the Company may need to arrange alternate financing to complete the Business Combination.

NOTE 7. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Preferred Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. At December 31, 2019, there were no shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding.

Class A Common Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 75,000,000 shares of Class A common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2019, there were 1,231,440 shares of Class A common stock issued or outstanding, excluding 21,768,560 shares of common stock subject to possible redemption.

Class B Common Stock — The Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of Class B common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class B common stock are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2019, there were 5,750,000 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding, As a result of the underwriter’s election to exercise their over-allotment in full on July 16, 2019, 750,000 Founder Shares are no longer subject to forfeiture.

Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all other matters submitted to a vote of stockholders except as required by law.

The shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock at the time of a Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment. In the case that additional shares of Class A common stock, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts offered in the Initial Public Offering and related to the closing of a Business Combination, the ratio at which shares of Class B common stock shall convert into shares of Class A common stock will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all shares of Class B common stock will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of the total number of all shares of common stock outstanding upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering (not including the shares of Class A common stock underlying the private placement units) plus all shares of Class A common stock and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with a Business Combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination, any private placement-equivalent securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination, any private placement equivalent securities issued to the Sponsor or its affiliates upon conversion of loans made to the Company). Holders of Founder Shares may also elect to convert their shares of Class B common stock into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock, subject to adjustment as provided above, at any time.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Warrants — The Public Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination or (b) July 16, 2020 (12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering); provided in each case that the Company has an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available. The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days after the closing of a Business Combination, the Company will use its best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The Company will use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain a current prospectus relating to those shares of Class A common stock until the warrants expire or are redeemed, as specified in the warrant agreement. If a registration statement covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the 60th business day after the closing of a Business Combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when the Company will have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. The Public Warrants will expire five years after the completion of a Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the Public Warrants:

 

   

in whole and not in part;

 

   

at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

 

   

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption; and

 

   

if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

 

   

If, and only if, there is a current registration statement in effect with respect to the shares of Class A common stock underlying such warrants.

If the Company calls the Public Warrants for redemption, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,” as described in the warrant agreement. The exercise price and number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuance of Class A common stock at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the warrants. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with the respect to such warrants. Accordingly, the warrants may expire worthless.

The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants underlying the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Private Placement Warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis and be non-redeemable so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

In addition, if (x) the Company issues additional shares of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of an initial Business Combination at an issue price or

 

F-30


Table of Contents

effective issue price of less than $9.20 per share of common stock (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors, and in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsor, initial stockholders or their affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by them prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of an initial Business Combination on the date of the consummation of the initial Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume weighted average trading price of the Class A common stock during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the day on which the Company consummates the initial Business Combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the greater of (i) the Market Value or (ii) the Newly Issued Price, and the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price described above will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the greater of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price.

NOTE 8. INCOME TAX

The Company’s net deferred tax liability at December 31, 2019 is as follows:

 

Deferred tax liability

  

Unrealized gain on securities

   $ (1,707
  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liability

     (1,707

Valuation allowance

     —    
  

 

 

 

Deferred tax liability, net of allowance

   $ (1,707
  

 

 

 

The income tax provision for the period from March 20, 2019 (inception) through ended December 31, 2019 consists of the following:

 

Federal

  

Current

   $ 318,881  

Deferred

     1,707  

State

  

Current

   $ —  

Deferred

     —    

Change in valuation allowance

     —    
  

 

 

 

Income tax provision

   $ 320,588  
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019, the Company did not have any U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryovers (“NOLs”) available to offset future taxable income.

In assessing the realization of the deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion of all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences representing net future deductible amounts become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

A reconciliation of the federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate at December 31, 2019 is as follows:

 

Statutory federal income tax rate

     21.0

State taxes, net of federal tax benefit

     0.0
  

 

 

 

Income tax provision

     21.0
  

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction in various state and local jurisdictions and is subject to examination by the various taxing authorities. The Company’s tax returns since inception remain open and subject to examination.

NOTE 9. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company follows the guidance in ASC 820 for its financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at each reporting period, and non-financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at least annually.

The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts that the Company would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Company seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:

 

Level 1:

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

 

Level 2:

Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

 

Level 3:

Unobservable inputs based on our assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2019, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value:

 

Description

   Level      December 31,
2019
 

Assets:

     

Marketable securities held in Trust Account

     1      $ 231,919,897  

NOTE 10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date up to the date that the financial statements were issued. Based upon this review, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019

 

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

   June 30,
2020
     December 31,
2019
 

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,907      $ 3,386  

Restricted cash

     150        150  

Accounts receivable, net

     1,823        1,159  

Inventory, net

     2,476        2,240  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     194        146  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     9,550        7,081  

Property and equipment, net

     779        840  

Intangible assets, net

     701        809  

Goodwill

     489        489  

Other assets

     32        30  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 11,551      $ 9,249  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities, redeemable, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

     

Current liabilities:

     

Current portion of long-term debt, net of debt discount and issuance costs

   $ 2,730      $ 1,435  

Subordinated convertible promissory notes

     18,595        9,102  

Convertible debt derivative liability

     6,919        1,349  

Accounts payable

     1,173        549  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     3,690        3,054  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     33,107        15,489  

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     1,141        1,849  

Deferred revenue

     133        133  

Contingent consideration

     577        1,101  

New market tax credit obligation(1)

     4,377        4,377  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     39,335        22,949  

(Continued)

 

F-33


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Continued)

June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019

 

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

   June 30,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 

Redeemable, convertible preferred stock

    

Series D-1 convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 43,382,845 shares authorized at June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, 42,897,247 issued and outstanding at June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 (liquidation value of $37,159,740)

   $ 24,388     $ 24,388  

Series D-2 convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,465,110 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 (liquidation value of $1,110,480)

     740       740  

Series D-3 convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 223,254 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 (liquidation value of $154,715)

     103       103  

Series D-4 convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 5,522,960 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding and outstanding at June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 (liquidation value of $3,349,399)

     2,233       2,233  

Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 23,092,403 shares authorized at June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, 21,686,515 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 (liquidation value of $13,111,667)

     13,054       13,054  

Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 11,168,788 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 (liquidation value of $5,956,333)

     5,956       5,956  

Series B-1 convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 3,413,461 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at June 30, 2020. (liquidation value of $3,549,953)

     34       —    

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 11,697,818 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 (liquidation value of $4,530,574)

     4,531       4,531  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable, convertible preferred stock

     51,039       51,005  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)

    

Stockholders’ deficit

    

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 130,000,000 shares authorized at

    

June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019; 11,519,778 issued and outstanding at

    

June 30, 2019 and December 31, 2019

     1       1  

Additional paid-in capital

     3,167       2,889  

Accumulated deficit

     (81,991     (67,595
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (78,823     (64,705
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable, convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 11,551     $ 9,249  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Held by variable interest entity (Note 5)

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 and 2019

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  

(In thousands, except per share and share amounts)

   2020     2019  

Revenues

   $ 3,144     $ 4,343  

Cost of revenues

     3,152       4,505  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     (8     (162

Operating expenses:

    

Research and Development

     1,651       1,232  

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

     5,494       4,353  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (7,153     (5,747

Other (income) expense:

    

Interest expense, net

     1,668       217  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     1,038       —    

Change in fair value of convertible notes payable derivative liabilities

     4,537       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (14,396   $ (5,964
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cumulative dividends on convertible preferred stock

     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholder

   $ (14,396   $ (5,964
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (1.25   $ (0.58
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     11,523,468       10,327,352  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

    Series D-1     Series D-2     Series D-3     Series D-4     Series C     Series B     Series B-1     Series A                                
    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2019

    42,897,247     $ 24,388       1,465,110     $ 740       223,254     $ 103       5,522,960     $ 2,233       21,686,515     $ 13,054       11,168,788     $ 5,956       —       $ —         11,697,818     $ 4,531       11,519,778     $ 1     $ 2,889     $ (67,595   $ (13,700

Exercise of common stock options

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         7,000       —         1       —         1  

Exercise of preferred warrants

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         3,413,461       34       —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Stock-based compensation expense

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         277       —         277  

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (14,396     (14,396
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2020

    42,897,247     $ 24,388       1,465,110     $ 740       223,254     $ 103       5,522,960     $ 2,233       21,686,515     $ 13,054       11,168,788     $ 5,956       3,413,461     $ 34       11,697,818     $ 4,531       11,526,778     $ 1     $ 3,167     $ (81,991   $ (27,818
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Series D-1     Series D-2     Series D-3     Series D-4     Series C     Series B     Series B-1     Series A                                
    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Stockholders’
(Deficit) Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2018

    42,897,247     $ 24,387       1,465,110     $ 740       223,254     $ 103       5,522,960     $ 2,233       21,686,515     $ 13,054       11,168,788     $ 5,956       —       $ —         11,697,818     $ 4,531       10,265,945     $ 1     $ 2,523     $ (52,682   $ 846  

Issuance of restricted common stock

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         589,460       —         —         —         —    

Exercise of common stock options

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         10,000       —         2       —         2  

Issuance of common stock warrants

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         15       —         15  

Stock-based compensation expense

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         106       —         106  

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (5,964     (5,964
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2019

    42,897,247     $ 24,387       1,465,110     $ 740       223,254     $ 103       5,522,960     $ 2,233       21,686,515     $ 13,054       11,168,788     $ 5,956       —       $ —         11,697,818     $ 4,531       10,865,405     $ 1     $ 2,646     $ (58,646   $ (4,995
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 and 2019

 

(In thousands)

   2020     2019  

Operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (14,396   $ (5,964

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Stock-based compensation

     277       106  

Bad debt expense

     —         4  

Depreciation and amortization expense

     296       116  

Contingent consideration

     85       —    

Fair value change of derivative liability

     5,570       —    

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     212       —    

Debt discount

     431       36  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (664     657  

Inventory, net

     (236     (377

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (48     (222

Other assets

     (2     313  

Accounts payable

     624       685  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     27       (943

Deferred revenue

     —         113  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (7,824     (5,476

Investing activities:

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (127     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (127     —    

Financing activities:

    

Proceeds from the issuance of subordinated convertible promissory notes

     8,850       10,000  

Proceeds from paycheck protection program

     1,100       —    

Repayments of revolving line of credit

     (513     (1,397

Proceeds from exercise of common stock options

     1       2  

Proceeds from exercise of warrants

     34       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     9,472       8,605  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents:

     1,521       3,129  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     3,536       5,907  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of year

   $ 5,057     $ 9,036  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ (4,968   $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing and financing information:

    

Issuance of common stock warrants

     —       $ 15  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

(Unaudited)

Note 1. Description of Business, Basis of Presentation and Subsequent Event

XL Hybrids, Inc. (the Company) was founded on July 1, 2009 and was incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware. The Company is headquartered in Boston, MA, and is engaged in the development and deployment of hybrid electric solutions for the commercial and municipal vehicle market (specifically commercial vans and trucks). The Company’s products include hybrid electric drive systems (powertrains), and data-analytic systems that measure key automotive performance indicators (such as MPG performance and carbon dioxide emissions) in hybrid-electric fleet vehicles for both new and in-use vehicles.

On September 16, 2020, the Company entered into an agreement to be acquired by Pivotal Investment Corporation II (Pivotal). The Company would be the accounting acquired in this transaction and upon the consummation of the merger, the Company would become a public business entity.

Going concern: These financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and settlement of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company is an early stage growth company, has incurred negative cash flows from operations since inception and has funded its net capital requirements with proceeds from private equity financings, debt financing and a New Market Tax Credit. The Company requires additional capital investment or will need to pursue other strategic alternatives in the near term in order to pursue its business plan and continue as a going concern. Upon the consummation of the merger with Pivotal, as discussed above, the Company will have converted all of its redeemable convertible preferred stock and its convertible debt to common stock, and expects to have cash of at least $144 million to fund the growth of its operations.

The Company has been successful in raising cash through debt and equity offerings in the past and has financing efforts in place to continue to raise cash through debt and equity offerings. In early 2020, the Company executed additional convertible notes in the amount of $8,010 (Note 4).

Additional equity financing may not be available on favorable terms and could be dilutive to currentstockholders. Debt financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants and dilutive financing instruments.

The Company’s ability to access capital when needed is not assured and, if capital is not available to the Company when, and in the amounts needed, the Company could be required to delay, scale back, or abandon some or all of its development programs and other operations, which could materially harm the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Because of this uncertainty, there is substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for at least one year from the date that these financial statements are issued, and therefore, whether we realize our assets and settle our liabilities in the normal course of business and at the amounts stated in the accompanying financial statements. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty, nor do they include adjustments to reflect the future effects of the recoverability or classification of recorded asset amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The significant accounting policies followed by the Company are set forth in Note 2 to the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019, included elsewhere in this proxy

 

F-38


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

statement/prospectus. For the six months ended June 30, 2020, there were no significant changes in the Company’s estimates and significant accounting policies, with the exception of deferred transaction costs as presented below.

Basis of condensed consolidated financial statement presentation: The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the Company pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) regarding interim financial reporting. Accordingly, certain information and footnote disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for complete financial statements have been condensed or omitted in accordance with such rules and regulations. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been included. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019, included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus.

The accompanying consolidated balance sheet and related disclosures as of December 31, 2019 have been derived from the Company’s audited financial statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. The Company’s financial condition as of June 30, 2020, and operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of the financial conditions and results of operations that may be expected for any future interim period or for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Use of estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America “(U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the balance sheet date, as well as reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. The Company’s most significant estimates and judgments involve deferred income taxes, valuation of share-based compensation, including the fair value of common stock, the valuation of the convertible notes payable derivative liability, and the valuation of business combinations, including the fair values and useful lives of acquired assets and assumed liabilities and the fair value of purchase consideration. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences could be material to the Company’s financial statements.

Business combinations: The Company accounts for the acquisition of a business in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations (ASC 805). Amounts paid to acquire a business are allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values at the date of acquisition. The Company determines the fair value of acquired intangible assets based on detailed valuations that use certain information and assumptions provided by management. The Company allocates any excess purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired to goodwill. The results of operations of acquired businesses are included in the financial statements from the date of acquisition forward. Acquisition-related costs are expensed in periods in which the costs are incurred

The Company uses the income approach to determine the fair value of developed technology acquired in a business combination. This approach determines fair value by estimating the after-tax cash flows attributable to the respective asset over its useful life and then discounting these after-tax cash flows back to a present value.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

The Company bases its revenue assumptions on estimates of relevant market sizes, expected market growth rates, expected trends in technology and expected product introductions by competitors. Developed technology represents patented and unpatented technology and know-how.

Refer to Note 3 for discussion of the Company’s 2019 business combination.

Recent accounting pronouncements issued, not yet adopted: See the recent accounting pronouncements issued not yet adopted as set forth in Note 2 to the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019, included elsewhere herein. There were no new recent accounting pronouncements issued during the six months ended June 30, 2020 that were applicable to the Company.

Note 3. Business Combination

On October 4, 2019, pursuant to the terms of an asset purchase agreement, the Company acquired certain assets of Quantum Fuel Systems, LLC (“Quantum” or the “Seller”), which will be used to accelerate the Company’s product development timelines at a lower cost and rapidly expand and improve the Company’s engineering capabilities (the “Acquisition”). The Acquisition provided the Company access to intellectual property and an assembled workforce that is the foundation for future technologies to be developed for the Company by the assembled workforce applying its skills, knowledge and experience to utilize the acquired intellectual property.

The following table summarizes the fair value of consideration transferred and the estimated fair values of the assets acquired as of the date of acquisition:

 

Deferred consideration

   $ 229  

Contingent consideration

     1,421  

Share consideration-606,060 shares of XL Common Stock

     109  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 1,759  
  

 

 

 

Software

   $ 256  

Equipment and hardware

     151  

Intangible asset — developed technology

     863  

Goodwill

     489  
  

 

 

 

Fair value of assets acquired

   $ 1,759  
  

 

 

 

Note 3. Revenue

The following table represents the Company’s revenues disaggregated, by sales channel:

 

     Six Months Ended  
     June 30,
2020
     June 30,
2019
 

Revenue direct to customers

   $ 1,014      $ 192  

Revenue through channel partners

     2,130        4,151  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 3,144      $ 4,343  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

The Company did not recognize any revenue related to extended warranties in 2019 and thus all revenue recognized was recognized at a point in time.

Remaining performance obligations: At December 31, 2019 and January 1, 2019, there was approximately $132 and $19 in deferred revenue, respectively, related to unsatisfied extended warranty performance obligations that will be recognized in 2021 through 2026.

Contract Balances: The timing of revenue recognition, billings and cash collections results in billed trade accounts receivable, and deferred revenue (contract liabilities) on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In addition, the Company defers certain costs incurred to obtain a contract (contract costs).

Contract liabilities: Deferred revenue of approximately $132 and $19 existed at December 31, 2019 and January 1, 2019, respectively. There was no deferred revenue recognized in 2019.

Costs to obtain a contract: Sales commissions paid to internal sales personnel, as well as associated payroll taxes and retirement plan contributions (together, sales commissions and associated costs) that are incremental to the acquisition of customer contracts, are capitalized as capitalized contract acquisition cost on the balance sheet when the period of benefit is determined to be greater than one year. In instances where an extended warranty is sold, the period of benefit would extend beyond 12 months and therefore, the practical expedient would not be met for those contracts and require capitalization of the related costs to obtain those contracts. The Company has elected to allocate the capitalized commissions to performance obligations on a relative basis (i.e., in proportion to the transaction price allocated to each performance obligation) to determine the period of amortization. As a result, substantially all of the commission is allocated to the combined equipment and installation performance obligation and is amortized upon transfer of control of this performance obligation, which typically occurs in same period in which commission liability is incurred. Total commission expense recognized during the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 was $33 and $40, respectively. The amount of capitalized commissions as of June 30, 2020 and as of December 31, 2019 was not material.

Note 4. Debt

At June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the carrying value of debt was as follows:

 

     June 30,
2020
     December 31,
2019
 

Subordinated convertible promissory notes

   $ 19,000      $ 10,000  

Unamortized deferred financing costs

     (405      (898

Term Loan

     2,633        3,100  

Unamortized deferred financing costs

     (84      (87

PPP Loan

     1,100         

Vehicle financing agreements

     222        271  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt obligations, net of deferred financing costs

     22,466        12,386  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Convertible notes payable: In January 2020, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the issuance of subordinated convertible promissory notes up to an additional $13,000 and the amendment to the existing

 

F-41


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

subordinated convertible promissory notes such that they contain the same terms as the 2020 notes. To date in 2020, the Company has signed subordinated convertible promissory notes in the amount of $8,100. The notes mature at the earlier of (i) February 6, 2021 or (ii) the date of a change of control as defined in the note agreements. Upon a change of control, the Company is required to repay all outstanding principal and interest and a 100% premium on the outstanding principal balance of each note. Under the terms of the agreements, if a qualifying financing event occurs before maturity, the convertible promissory notes and accrued interest are convertible at 80% of the price per share paid generally by cash investors in such qualifying financing.

Payroll Protection Program loan (“PPP): During May 2020, the Company received loan proceeds in the amount of $1,100 under the PPP. The PPP was established as part of Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) and provides for loans to qualifying businesses for amounts up to 2.5 times the average monthly payroll expenses of the business, subject to certain limitations. The loans and accrued interest are forgivable after eight weeks so long as the borrower uses the loan proceeds for eligible purposes, including payroll, benefits, rent and utilities, and so long as the borrower maintains its pre-funding employment and wage levels.

Note 5. Fair Value Measurements

Contingent consideration liability: The contingent consideration liability is considered a Level 3 measurement due to significant unobservable inputs in its valuation, which was based on the income approach using a Monte Carlo Simulation. The Monte Carlo Simulation evaluated the probability of occurrence of certain events which impacted the mode and amount of payments to be made. In addition, the payments were discounted based on current market expectations about those future amounts. The company utilized a third party to assist in calculating the fair value of the contingent consideration liability.

The key inputs to the valuation model that was utilized to estimate the fair value of the contingent consideration liability included volatility, risk free rate and probability of a subsequent round of funding.

Convertible notes payable derivative liabilities: The convertible notes payable derivative liabilities are considered a Level 3 measurement due to the utilization of significant unobservable inputs in the valuation, which were based on ‘with and without’ valuation models.

2019 Notes: Based on the terms and provisions of the 2019 Notes, the Company utilized a probability-weighted expected return model (“PWERM”) to estimate the fair value of the embedded derivative features requiring bifurcation as of the respective issuance dates and as of the December 31, 2019 reporting date. The PWERM is designed to utilize the Company’s best estimates of the timing and likelihood of the settlement events that are related to the embedded derivative features in order to estimate the fair value of the respective convertible notes with these embedded derivative features.

The fair value of the convertible notes with the derivative features is compared to the fair value of a plain vanilla note (excluding the derivative features), which is calculated based on the present value of the future cash flows. The difference between the two values represents the fair value of the bifurcated derivative features as of each respective valuation date.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

The Company notes that the key inputs to the valuation models that were utilized to estimate the fair value of the 2019 Notes convertible debt derivative liabilities included:

 

   

The probability-weighted conversion discount is based on the contractual terms of the convertible note agreement and the expectation of the pre-money valuation of the Company as of the estimated date that the next equity financing event occurs.

 

   

The remaining term was determined based on the remaining time period to maturity of the related convertible note with embedded features subject to valuation (as of the respective valuation date).

 

   

The Company’s equity volatility estimate was based on the re-levered historical equity volatility of a selection of the Company’s comparable guideline public companies, based on the remaining term of the respective convertible notes.

 

   

The risk rate was the discount rate utilized in the valuation and was determined based on reference to market yields for debt instruments with similar credit ratings and terms.

 

   

The probabilities and timing of the next financing event and default event are based on management’s best estimate of the future settlement of the respective convertible notes.

The following table sets forth the Company’s assets and liabilities which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy:

 

     Fair Value Measurements as of
June 30, 2020
 
     Level I      Level II      Level III      Total  

Liabilities:

           

Derivatives

   $ —        $ —        $ 6,919      $ 6,919  

Contingent consideration

     —          —          1,588        1,588  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ 8,507      $ 8,507  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Fair Value Measurements as of
December 31, 2019
 
     Level I      Level II      Level III      Total  

Liabilities:

           

Derivatives

   $ —        $ —        $ 1,349      $ 1,349  

Contingent consideration

     —          —          1,503        1,503  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ 2,852      $ 2,852  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following is a roll forward of the Company’s Level 3 instruments:

 

Balance, December 31, 2019

   $ 2,852  

Issuance/extinguishment of convertible notes payable derivative liability

     1,033  

Fair value adjustments- Derivatives

     4,537  

Fair value adjustments- Contingent consideration

     85  
  

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2020

   $ 8,507  
  

 

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

Note 6. Share-Based Compensation

During the six months ended June 30, 2020, the Company issued 5,030,400 options to certain employees which will vest over a period of four year years. During the six months ended June 30, 2019, the Company issued 1,172,000 options to certain employees and nonemployees, which will vest over a period of up to four years. The weighted-average fair value of stock options granted during the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, as determined by the Black-Scholes option pricing model, was $0.13 and $0.17, respectively.

Share-based compensation expense for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 was $277 and $207, respectively. As of June 30, 2020, there was $1,017 of unrecognized compensation cost related to share-based payments which is expected to be recognized over the remaining vesting periods, with a weighted-average period of 2.9 years.

Note 8. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal proceedings: The Company is periodically involved in legal proceedings, legal actions and claims arising in the normal course of business, including proceedings relating to product liability, intellectual property, safety and health, employment and other matters. Management believes that the outcome of such legal proceedings, legal actions and claims will not have a significant adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Note 9. Net Loss Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2020      2019  

Numerator:

     

Net loss

     (14,396    $ (5,964

Denominator:

     

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     11,523,468        10,327,352  

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ 1.25      $ (0.58

The Company’s contingently convertible notes payable did not meet the condition to be converted into common stock as of June 30, 2020 and 2019. Additionally, the Company’s contingently issuable unvested Restricted Stock did not meet the performance based vesting condition as of June 30, 2020 and 2019.

Potentially dilutive securities, which include stock options, convertible preferred stock and warrants have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as the effect would be to reduce the net loss per share. Therefore, the weighted average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate both basic and diluted net loss per share is the same.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

The number of shares underlying outstanding stock options, warrants, unvested restricted stock, and convertible preferred shares for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2020      2019  

Stock options

     15,604,542        8,150,436  

Convertible preferred stock

     98,075,153        94,661,692  

Warrants

     3,311,374        6,574,835  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     116,991,069        109,386,963  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 10. Subsequent Events

Warrant exercise: During September 2020, warrants were exercised for 1,405,888 shares of Series C Preferred Stock at an exercise price per share of $0.6046.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of

XL Hybrids, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of XL Hybrids, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable, convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ (deficit) equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Explanatory Paragraph—Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As more fully described in Note 1, the Company has a significant working capital deficiency, has incurred significant losses and needs to raise additional funds to meet its obligations and sustain its operations. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Marcum LLP
Marcum LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

Melville, NY

October 1, 2020

 

F-46


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

   2019      2018  

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,386      $ 5,681  

Restricted cash

     150        226  

Accounts receivable, net

     1,159        3,791  

Inventory, net

     2,240        2,455  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     146        406  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     7,081        12,559  

Property and equipment, net

     840        670  

Intangible assets, net

     809        —    

Goodwill

     489        —    

Other assets

     30        313  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 9,249      $ 13,542  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities, redeemable, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

 

  

Current liabilities:

     

Revolving line of credit

   $ —        $ 2,587  

Current portion of long-term debt, net of debt discount and issuance costs

     1,435        277  

Subordinated convertible promissory notes

     9,102        —    

Convertible debt derivative liability

     1,349        —    

Accounts payable

     549        1,638  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     3,054        2,850  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     15,489        7,352  

Long-term debt, net of current portion and debt discount and issuance costs

     1,849        1,025  

Deferred revenue

     133        20  

Contingent consideration

     1,101        —    

New market tax credit obligation(1)

     4,377        4,299  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     22,949        12,696  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-47


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Continued)

December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

   2019     2018  

Redeemable, convertible preferred stock

    

Series D-1 convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 43,382,845 shares authorized at December 31, 2019 and 2018, 42,897,247 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018 (liquidation value of $37,159,740)

     24,388       24,388  

Series D-2 convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,465,110 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2019 (liquidation value of $1,110,480)

     740       740  

Series D-3 convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 223,254 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018 (liquidation value of $154,715)

     103       103  

Series D-4 convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 5,522,960 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018 (liquidation value of $3,349,399)

     2,233       2,233  

Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 23,092,403 shares authorized at December 31, 2019 and 2018, 21,686,515 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018 (liquidation value of $13,111,667)

     13,054       13,054  

Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 11,168,788 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018 (liquidation value of $5,956,333)

     5,956       5,956  

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 11,697,818 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018 (liquidation value of $4,530,574)

     4,531       4,531  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable, convertible preferred stock

     51,005       51,005  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)

    

Stockholders’ deficit

    

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 130,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2019 and 2018; 11,519,778 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019; 10,265,945 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018

     1       1  

Additional paid-in capital

     2,889       2,524  

Accumulated deficit

     (67,595     (52,684
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (64,705     (50,159
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable, convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 9,249     $ 13,542  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Held by variable interest entity (Note 5)

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

(In thousands, except per share and share amounts)

   2019     2018  

Revenues

   $ 7,215     $ 9,545  

Cost of revenues

     8,075       11,014  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     (860     (1,469

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     2,874       1,893  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     9,835       9,333  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (13,569     (12,695

Other (income) expense:

    

Interest expense, net

     2,151       208  

Change in fair value of convertible notes payable derivative liabilities

     (819     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (14,901     (12,903
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cumulative dividends on convertible preferred stock

     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholder

   $ (14,901   $ (12,903
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (1.39   $ (1.26
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     10,752,940       10,253,822  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

    Series D-1
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series D-2
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series D-3
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series D-4
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series C
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series B
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series A
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Stockholders’
(Deficit)
Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2018

    42,897,247     $ 24,388       1,465,110     $ 740       223,254     $ 103       5,522,960     $ 2,233       21,686,515     $ 13,054       11,168,788     $ 5,956       11,697,818     $ 4,531       10,265,945     $ 1     $ 2,524     $ (52,684   $ 846  

Issuance of restricted common stock

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         589,460       —         —         —         —    

Issuance of common stock in asset acquisition

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         606,060       —         109       —         109  

Exercise of common stock options

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         58,313       —         10       —         10  

Issuance of common stock warrants

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         38       —         38  

Stock-based compensation expense

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         208       —         208  

Stockholder distribution

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (10     (10

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (14,901     (14,901
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

    42,897,247     $ 24,388       1,465,110     $ 740       223,254     $ 103       5,522,960     $ 2,233       21,686,515     $ 13,054       11,168,788     $ 5,956       11,697,818     $ 4,531       11,519,778     $ 1     $ 2,889     $ (67,595   $ (13,700
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Series D-1
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series D-2
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series D-3
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series D-4
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series C
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series B
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series A
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in

Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Stockholders’
(Deficit)
Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2017

    33,199,736     $ 18,788       1,465,110     $ 740       223,254     $ 103       5,522,960     $ 2,233       21,686,515     $ 13,054       11,168,788     $ 5,956       11,697,818     $ 4,531       10,253,445     $ 1     $ 2,186     $ (39,781   $ 7,811  

Issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock

    5,368,506       3,100       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         3,100  

Issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock upon conversion of notes

    4,329,005       2,500       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         2,500  

Exercise of common stock options

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         12,500       —         2       —         2  

Issuance of common stock warrants

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         30       —         30  

Stock-based compensation expense

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         306       —         306  

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (12,903     (12,903
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

    42,897,247     $ 24,388       1,465,110     $ 740       223,254     $ 103       5,522,960     $ 2,233       21,686,515     $ 13,054       11,168,788     $ 5,956       11,697,818     $ 4,531       10,265,945     $ 1     $ 2,524     $ (52,684   $ 846  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

(In thousands)

   2019     2018  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (14,901   $ (12,903

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Stock-based compensation

     208       305  

Bad debt expense

     22       132  

Depreciation and amortization expense

     319       260  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     —         74  

Contingent consideration

     80       —    

Fair value change of derivative liability

     (819     —    

Debt discount

     1,598       306  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     2,610       (2,097

Inventory

     215       (525

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     260       (293

Other assets

     283       (313

Accounts payable

     (1,089     552  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (450     1,415  

Deferred revenue

     113       (205
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (11,551     (13,292

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (28     (146
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (28     (146

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from the issuance of convertible preferred stock

     —         3,034  

Proceeds from the issuance of subordinated convertible promissory notes

     10,000         —  

(Repayments of) proceeds from revolving line of credit

     (2,612     2,612  

Proceeds from term loans

     2,500       1,000  

Payment of issuance costs in connection with term loans and revolving line of credit

     (184     (61

Proceeds from exercise of common stock options

     10       2  

Payments on long-term debt

     (496     (72

Shareholder distribution

     (10     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     9,208       6,515  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents:

     (2,371     (6,923

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     5,907       12,830  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of year

   $ 3,536     $ 5,907  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-51


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

(In thousands)

   2019      2018  

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

     

Cash paid for interest

   $ —        $ 31  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing and financing information:

     

Property and equipment acquired pursuant to long-term debt obligations

   $ —        $ 265  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Repayments on long-term debt obligations through vehicle trade-ins

   $ —        $ 28  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Conversion of convertible promissory notes and interest into convertible preferred stock

   $ —        $ 2,500  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock warrants

   $ 38      $ 30  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Issuance of convertible preferred stock in exchange for services rendered

   $ —        $ 67  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contingent and deferred consideration issued in connection with business combination

   $ 1,650      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Common stock issued in connection with business combination

   $ 109      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Issuance costs in accrued expenses

   $ 25      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

Note 1. Description of Business and Basis of Presentation

XL Hybrids, Inc. (the Company) was founded on July 1, 2009 and was incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware. The Company is headquartered in Boston, MA, and is engaged in the development and deployment of hybrid electric solutions for the commercial and municipal vehicle market (specifically commercial vans and trucks). The Company’s products include hybrid electric drive systems (powertrains), and data-analytic systems that measure key automotive performance indicators (such as MPG performance and carbon dioxide emissions) in hybrid-electric fleet vehicles for both new and in-use vehicles.

On September 16, 2020, the Company entered into an agreement to be acquired by Pivotal Investment Corporation II (Pivotal). The Company would be the accounting acquired in this transaction and upon the consummation of the merger, the Company would become a public business entity.

Going concern: These financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and settlement of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company is an early stage growth company, has incurred negative cash flows from operations since inception and has funded its net capital requirements with proceeds from private equity financings, debt financing and a New Market Tax Credit. The Company requires additional capital investment or will need to pursue other strategic alternatives in the near term in order to pursue its business plan and continue as a going concern. Upon the consummation of the merger with Pivotal, as discussed above, the Company will have converted all of its redeemable convertible preferred stock and its convertible debt to common stock, and expects to have cash of at least $144 million to fund the growth of its operations.

The Company has been successful in raising cash through debt and equity offerings in the past and has financing efforts in place to continue to raise cash through debt and equity offerings. In early 2020, the Company executed additional convertible notes in the amount of $8,010 (Note 8).

Additional equity financing may not be available on favorable terms and could be dilutive to current stockholders. Debt financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants and dilutive financing instruments.

The Company’s ability to access capital when needed is not assured and, if capital is not available to the Company when, and in the amounts needed, the Company could be required to delay, scale back, or abandon some or all of its development programs and other operations, which could materially harm the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Because of this uncertainty, there is substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for at least one year from the date that these financial statements are issued, and therefore, whether we realize our assets and settle our liabilities in the normal course of business and at the amounts stated in the accompanying financial statements. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty, nor do they include adjustments to reflect the future effects of the recoverability or classification of recorded asset amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of consolidated financial statement presentation: The financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company include the accounts of its wholly owned

 

F-53


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

subsidiaries and variable interest entities, for which the Company is the primary beneficiary. Because the company holds certain rights that provide the power to direct the activities of variable interests that most significantly impact the VIE economic performance, as well as to potentially receive benefits or the obligation to absorb potentially significant losses, the Company has a controlling interest in such VIEs. See Note 5, “New Markets Tax Credit,” for the discussion of financing arrangements involving certain entities that are variable interest entities that are included in these consolidated financial statements. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Emerging Growth Company: Section 102(b)(1) of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“JOBS Act”) exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard, until such time the Company is no longer considered to be an emerging growth company. At times, the Company may elect to early adopt a new or revised standard.

Use of estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America “(U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the balance sheet date, as well as reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. The Company’s most significant estimates and judgments involve deferred income taxes, valuation of share-based compensation, including the fair value of common stock, the valuation of the convertible notes payable derivative liability, and the valuation of business combinations, including the fair values and useful lives of acquired assets and assumed liabilities and the fair value of purchase consideration. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences could be material to the Company’s financial statements.

Segment information: ASC 280, Segment Reporting, defines operating segments as components of an enterprise where discrete financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”) in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company operates as a single operating segment. The Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) is the chief executive officer, who has ultimate responsibility for the operating performance of the Company and the allocation of resources. The CODM uses cash flows as the primary measure to manage the business and does not segment the business for internal reporting or decision making.

Concentration of Credit Risk: Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and trade receivables. At times, such cash may be in excess of the FDIC limit. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had cash in excess of the $250 federally insured limit. The Company believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash and cash equivalents.

With respect to trade receivables, the Company routinely assesses the financial strength of its customers and, as a consequence, believes that the receivable credit risk exposure is limited. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, two

 

F-54


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

customers accounted for approximately 64% and 46% of accounts receivable, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, two customers and one customer accounted for approximately 65% and 15% of revenues, respectively.

Cash and cash equivalents: The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include cash held in banks and money market accounts. Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value due to their short-term nature. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are placed with high-credit quality financial institutions and issuers, and at times exceed federally insured limits. To date, the Company has not experienced any credit loss relating to its cash and cash equivalents.

Restricted cash: Restricted cash held at December 31, 2019 consists of bank deposits required for a letter of credit which is reserved for the Company’s California lease. As of December 31, 2018 the restricted cash balance represents bank deposits required to cover interest payable in connection with Company’s qualified New Markets Tax Credit program (Note 5) and a balance held as collateral on the Company’s credit card.

Accounts receivable: Accounts receivable are stated at the gross invoice amount, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for potential account losses on the balance based on management’s evaluation of the anticipated impact of current economic conditions, changes in the character and size of the balance, past and expected future loss experience, among other pertinent factors. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded an allowance of doubtful accounts of $0 and $70, respectively.

Inventory: Inventory is comprised of raw materials. Inventory is stated at the lower of cost (determined using the weighted-average cost method) or net realizable value. Cost of raw material inventories include the purchase and related costs incurred in bringing the products to their present location and condition. The Company uses consistent methodologies to evaluate inventory for net realizable value and periodically reviews inventories for obsolescence and any inventories identified as obsolete are reserved or written-off. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded an inventory reserve of $248 and $433, respectively.

Fair value measurements: ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, clarifies that fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based upon assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions, ASC 820 establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the Company can access at the measurement date.

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s judgment about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

An asset’s or liability’s fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Valuation techniques used need to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are based on one or more of the following three valuation techniques noted in ASC 820:

 

   

Market approach: Prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities.

 

   

Cost approach: Amount that would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset (replacement cost).

 

   

Income approach: Techniques to convert future amounts to a single present value amount based upon market expectations (including present value techniques, option pricing and excess earnings models).

The Company believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, however the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different fair value measurement at the reporting date.

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, contingent consideration liability, term loan and revolver debt, convertible notes payable derivative liability, and convertible notes payable. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses approximates fair value because of the short-term nature of those instruments. The fair value of the Company’s revolving line of credit and term loan are based on current lending rates for similar borrowings, assuming the debt is outstanding through maturity, and considering the collateral and as a result approximate their fair values. We estimate the fair value of our convertible notes payable using level two and level three inputs by discounting the future cash flows using current interest rates at which we could obtain similar borrowings in consideration of the estimated enterprise value of the Company.

Prepaid expenses and other current assets: Prepaid expenses and other current assets include prepaid insurance, prepaid rent, and supplies, which are expected to be recognized or realized within the next 12 months.

Property and equipment, net: Property and equipment, net is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation, or if acquired in a business combination, at fair value as of the date of acquisition. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method, based upon the following estimated useful lives:

 

Equipment

     5 years  

Furniture and fixtures

     5 years  

Computers and related equipment

     3 years  

Software

     3 years  

Vehicles

     4 years  

Leasehold improvements

    
Lesser of useful life of the asset
or remaining life of the lease
 
 

Improvements are capitalized while replacements, maintenance and repairs, which do not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets, are expensed as incurred. When property and equipment is retired or otherwise disposed of, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any gain or loss on the disposition is recorded in the statement of operations as a component of other (expense) income, net.

Business combinations: The Company accounts for the acquisition of a business in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations (ASC 805). Amounts paid to acquire a business are allocated to the assets acquired

 

F-56


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

and liabilities assumed based on their fair values at the date of acquisition. The Company determines the fair value of purchase consideration, including contingent consideration, and acquired intangible assets based on detailed valuations that use certain information and assumptions provided by management. The Company allocates any excess purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired to goodwill. The results of operations of acquired businesses are included in the financial statements from the date of acquisition forward. Acquisition-related costs are expensed in periods in which the costs are incurred

The Company uses the income approach to determine the fair value of developed technology acquired in a business combination. This approach determines fair value by estimating the after-tax cash flows attributable to the respective asset over its useful life and then discounting these after-tax cash flows back to a present value. The Company bases its revenue assumptions on estimates of relevant market sizes, expected market growth rates, expected trends in technology and expected product introductions by competitors. Developed technology represents patented and unpatented technology and know-how.

Refer to Note 3 for discussion of the Company’s 2019 business combination.

Intangible assets, net: Intangible assets are initially recorded at fair value and stated net of accumulated amortization and impairments. The Company amortizes its intangible assets that have finite lives using either the straight-line method, or if reliably determinable, based on the pattern in which the economic benefit of the asset is expected to be utilized. Amortization is recorded over the estimated useful lives, which for developed technology is 4 years. The Company evaluates the recoverability of its definite lived intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances or business conditions indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable based on expectations of future undiscounted cash flows for each asset group. If the carrying value of an asset or asset group exceeds its undiscounted cash flows, the Company estimates the fair value of the assets, generally utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis based on the present value of estimated future cash flows to be generated by the assets using a risk-adjusted discount rate. To estimate the fair value of the assets, the Company uses market participant assumptions pursuant to ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements.

Impairment of long-lived assets: The Company reviews long-lived assets, including property and equipment and, intangible assets with definite lives, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an asset group’s carrying amount may not be recoverable. The Company conducts its long-lived asset impairment analysis in accordance with ASC 360-10, Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, which requires the Company to group assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities and evaluate the asset group against the sum of the undiscounted future cash flows. If the undiscounted cash flows do not indicate the carrying amount of the asset group is recoverable, an impairment charge is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds its fair value. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, no impairment indicators were identified.

Impairment of goodwill: Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair market value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets of acquired businesses. Goodwill is not amortized but instead is annually tested for impairment, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of goodwill may be impaired. The Company has recorded goodwill in connection with its historical acquisition of a business.

The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment assessment at October 1 each fiscal year, or more frequently if events or circumstances arise which indicate that goodwill may be impaired. An assessment can be performed by first completing a qualitative assessment on the Company’s single reporting unit. The Company

 

F-57


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

can also bypass the qualitative assessment in any period and proceed directly to the quantitative impairment test, and then resume the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period. Qualitative indicators that may trigger the need for annual or interim quantitative impairment testing include, among other things, deterioration in macroeconomic conditions, declining financial performance, deterioration in the operational environment, or an expectation of selling or disposing of a portion of the reporting unit. Additionally, a significant change in business climate, a loss of a significant customer, increased competition, a sustained decrease in share price, or a decrease in estimated fair value below book value may trigger the need for interim impairment testing of goodwill.

If the Company believes that, as a result of its qualitative assessment, it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the quantitative impairment test is required. The quantitative test involves comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recorded as a reduction to goodwill with a corresponding charge to earnings in the period the goodwill is determined to be impaired. The income tax effect associated with an impairment of tax-deductible goodwill is also considered in the measurement of the goodwill impairment. Any goodwill impairment is limited to the total amount of goodwill.

The Company determines the fair value of its reporting unit using a combination of the income approach (discounted cash flow method) and market approach (guideline transaction method and guideline public company method). Management weighs each of the methods applied to determine the fair value of its reporting unit.

Under the discounted cash flow method, the Company determines fair value based on the estimated future cash flows for the reporting unit, discounted to present value using a risk-adjusted industry weighted-average cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk and the rate of return an outside investor would expect to earn. Cash flow projections are derived from budgeted amounts (typically a one-year model) and subsequent period cash flows are developed using growth rates that management believes are reasonably likely to occur from a market participant’s standpoint. All cash flow projections are evaluated by management. A terminal value is derived by capitalizing free cash flow into perpetuity. The capitalization rate is derived from the weighted-average cost of capital and the estimated long-term growth rate.

Revenue: On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, using the modified retrospective method applied to all “not completed” contracts at the time of adoption. A “not completed” contract in accordance with ASC 606 represents a contract for which all or substantially all of the revenues have not been recognized under ASC 605, Revenue Recognition (ASC 605). For the year-ended December 31, 2018, revenues were recognized in accordance with ASC 605.

The Company’s revenue is primarily derived from the sales of hybrid electric powertrain equipment. The Company’s products are marketed and sold to end-user fleet customers and channel partners in the United States and Canada. Sales of products and services are subject to economic conditions and may fluctuate based on changes in the industry, trade policies and financial markets.

Revenue is recognized upon transfer of control to the customer, which occurs when the Company has a present right to payment, legal title has passed to the customer, the customer has the significant risks and rewards of ownership, and where acceptance is not a formality, the customer has accepted the product or service. In general, transfer of control is upon shipment of the equipment as the terms are FOB shipping point, or equivalent and the Company has no other promised goods or services in its contracts with customers. In limited instances, the Company provides installation services to end-user fleet customers related to the purchased hybrid electric

 

F-58


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

powertrain equipment. When provided, the installation services are not distinct within the context of the contract due to the fact that the end-use fleet customer is purchasing a completed modification to its vehicles and therefore, the installation services involve significant integration to integrate the hybrid electric powertrain equipment with the customer’s vehicle. As a result, the hybrid electric powertrain equipment and installation services represent a single performance obligation within these contracts with customers. The Company has elected to treat shipping and handling activities related to contracts with channel partner customers as costs to fulfill the promise to transfer the associated equipment and not as a separate performance obligation.

The Company provides limited-assurance-type warranties for its equipment and work performed under its contracts. The warranty period typically extends for 3 years following transfer of control of the equipment. The warranties solely relate to correction of product defects during the warranty period, which is consistent with similar warranties by offered by competitors. Therefore, the Company has determined that this warranty is outside the scope of ASC 606 and will continue to be accounted for under ASC 460, Guarantees. At the time of purchase of the equipment, customers may purchase from the Company an extended warranty for its equipment. The extended warranty commences upon the end of the assurance-based warranty period and is considered a separate performance obligation that represents a stand-ready obligation to perform warranty services after the assurance-type warranty expires. The transaction price allocated to the extended warranty is recognized ratably over the extended warranty period.

When the Company’s contracts with customers contain multiple performance obligations, the contract transaction price is allocated on a relative standalone selling price (SSP) basis to each performance obligation. The Company determines standalone selling prices based on observable selling prices for the sale of kits. For extended warranties, the Company determines SSP based on expected cost plus margin. The Company establishes the margin based on review of market conditions and margins obtained by market participants for similar services. Any allocation of the transaction price required is determined at the contracts’ inception.

The transaction price is the amount of consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring goods and services to the customer. Revenue is recorded based on the transaction price, which is solely made up of fixed consideration for its products and services. The Company does not adjust transaction price for the effects of a significant financing component when the period between the transfer of the promised good or service to the customer and payment for that good or service by the customer is expected to be one year or less. The Company has not identified any significant financing components to date. The Company’s sales direct to end-use fleet customers often include non-cash consideration in the form of the customer transferring to the Company, the customer’s rights to cash incentives from programs administered by municipalities related to hybrid vehicle programs that end-use customer is entitled as a result of its purchase. The incentives are fixed amounts that are readily determinable. The Company values the non-cash consideration at its fair value, which generally is the amount of the incentive.

Payment terms on invoices are typically 30 days. The Company excludes from revenue any sales tax and other government-assessed and imposed taxes on revenue generating activities that are invoiced to customers.

The Company has elected to apply the practical expedient to expense costs to obtain contracts, which principally relate to sales commissions, at the time the liability is incurred when the expected amortization period is one year or less.

Warranties: The Company offers a limited warranty generally ranging from one to three years. The Company accrues the estimated cost of product warranties for unclaimed charges based on historical experiences and

 

F-59


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

expected results. Should product failure rates and material usage costs differ from these estimates revisions to the estimated warranty liability would be required. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded product warranty liabilities and adjusts the balances as required. Warranty expense is recorded as a component of cost of product revenue in the statements of operations. A provision for product warranties has been recorded at December 31, 2019 and 2018 (See Note 12). The Company incurred warranty expense of $368 and $916 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Income taxes: The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, under which deferred tax liabilities and assets are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred income taxes are provided for the temporary differences arising between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes, and operating loss carry-forwards and credits. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of changes in tax rates is recognized in the statements of operations in the period in which the enactment rate changes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reduced through the establishment of a valuation allowance if, based on available evidence, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return are accounted for using the more likely than not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement. The determination as to whether the tax benefit will more likely than not be realized is based upon the technical merits of the tax position as well as consideration of the available facts and circumstances. For the years ended December 31, 2019, and 2018, there were no uncertain tax position taken or expected to be taken in the Company’s tax returns.

In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to regular audits by U.S. federal and state and local tax authorities. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to federal, state or local tax examinations by tax authorities in its major jurisdictions for tax years before 2016.

The Company did not recognize any tax related interest or penalties in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, but would record any such interest and penalties as a component of the provision for income taxes.

Share-based compensation: The Company accounts for its share-based compensation awards in accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation. The Company issues stock-based awards to purchase common stock to employees, directors and non-employee consultants. Awards issued under the Company’s stock-based compensation plans include stock options and restricted stock awards. Stock options typically include service-based vesting conditions, and restricted stock awards contain both service- and performance-based vesting conditions.

Stock Options

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation related to these awards based on the fair value of the awards. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock-based awards, and recognizes the compensation cost on a straight line basis over the requisite service period of the awards for employee, which is typically the four-year vesting period of the award, and effective contract period specified in the award agreement for non-employee. Compensation cost is typically recognized on a straight-line basis.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The fair value of common stock has been determined by the Board of Directors at each award grant date based upon a variety of factors, including the results obtained from independent third-party valuations, the Company’s financial position and historical financial performance, the current climate in the marketplace, the effect of the rights and preferences of the preferred stockholders and the prospects of a liquidity event, among others.

The determination of the fair value of share-based payment awards utilizing the Black-Scholes model is affected by the stock price and a number of assumptions, including expected volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. The Company does not have a history of trading in its common stock as it is not a public company, and as such volatility is estimated using historical volatilities of comparable public entities. The expected life of the awards is estimated based on a simplified method, which uses the average of the vesting term and the original contractual term. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed interest rates appropriate for the expected life of the awards. The dividend yield assumption is based on history and expectation of paying no dividends. Forfeitures are accounted for as they occur.

The fair value of stock options issued for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was measured with the following assumptions:

 

     2019    2018

Expected volatility

   70.0%    70.0%

Expected term (in years)

   6.1 - 10    6.1 - 10

Risk-free interest rate

   1.4 - 3.0%    2.3% - 2.9%

Expected dividend yield

   0.0%    0.0%

Warrants: The Company follows guidance issued within FASB ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, and FASB ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, to assist in the determination of whether warrants should be classified as liabilities or equity. Warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock or preferred stock, are valued at fair value at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing method. The Company has evaluated classification of warrants outstanding and determined all are appropriately classified as equity as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. See Note 9 for additional disclosure on warrant accounting.

Research and development expense: Research and development costs did not meet the requirements to be recognized as an asset as the associated future benefits were at best uncertain and there was no alternative future use at the time the costs were incurred. Research and development costs include, but are not limited to, costs incurred in performing research and development activities, including salaries, benefits, facilities, research- related overhead, sponsored research costs, contracted services, license fees, and other external costs.

Net loss per share: The Company follows the two-class method when computing net income (loss) per share as the Company has issued shares that meet the definition of participating securities. The two-class method determines net income (loss) per share for each class of common and participating securities according to dividends declared or accumulated and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The two-class method requires income available to common shareholders for the period to be allocated between common and participating securities based on their respective rights to receive dividends as if all income for the period had been distributed. The Company’s non-cumulative convertible Series D Preferred Stock is a participating security.

Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders is computed by dividing net income (loss) (the numerator) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period (the denominator). Diluted net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders is computed by adjusting net income (loss)

 

F-61


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

attributable to common shareholders to reallocate undistributed earnings based on the potential impact of dilutive securities, and by dividing the diluted net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares and potential common shares outstanding (if dilutive) during each period. For purposes of this calculation, potential dilutive common shares include unvested restricted stocks, convertible preferred shares, stock options, and warrants.

The Company’s convertible Series D Preferred Stock contractually entitles the holders of such shares to participate in dividends but does not require the holders of such shares to participate in losses of the Company. In periods in which the Company reports a net loss attributable to common shareholders, diluted net loss per share attributable to common shareholders is the same as basic net loss per share attributable to common shareholders, since potentially dilutive common shares are considered to be anti-dilutive.

Related parties: A party is considered to be related to the Company if the party directly or indirectly or through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Company. Related parties also include principal owners of the Company, its management, members of the immediate families of principal owners of the Company and its management and other parties with which the Company may deal if one party controls or can significantly influence the management or operating policies of the other to an extent that one of the transacting parties might be prevented from fully pursuing its own separate interests. A party which can significantly influence the management or operating policies of the transacting parties or if it has an ownership interest in one of the transacting parties and can significantly influence the other to an extent that one or more of the transacting parties might be prevented from fully pursuing its own separate interests is also a related party.

Recent accounting pronouncements issued and adopted: On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, using the modified retrospective method applied to all “not completed” contracts at the time of adoption. A “not completed” contract in accordance with ASC 606 represents a contract for which all or substantially all of the revenues have not been recognized under ASC 605, Revenue Recognition. ASC 606 provides a five-step model for recognizing revenue from contracts with customers: identify the contract with a customer, identify the performance obligations in the contract, determine the transaction price, allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied. There was no material financial impact upon adoption and the implementation of ASC 606 has not materially affected comparability of revenue for the Company’s financial reporting. Refer to Note 4 for additional disclosures required under ASC 606.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation (ASC 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, to align the accounting for share-based payment awards issued to employees and nonemployees, particularly with regard to the measurement date and the impact of performance conditions. The new guidance requires equity classified share-based payment awards issued to nonemployees to be measured on the grant date, instead of being re-measured through the performance completion date under the previous guidance. For public entities, ASU 2018-07 was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and early adoption is permitted.

On January 1, 2018, the Company early adopted the guidance under the modified retrospective transition method. The adoption of the guidance did not have an impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Recent accounting pronouncements issued, not yet adopted: In February 2016, the FASB issued a new accounting standard, ASC 842, related to leases to increase transparency and comparability among organizations

 

F-62


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

by requiring the recognition of ROU assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet. Most significant among the changes in the standard is the recognition of ROU assets and lease liabilities by lessees for those leases classified as operating leases under previous U.S. GAAP. Under the new standard, disclosures are required to meet the objective of enabling users of financial statements to assess the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The Company is currently working through an adoption plan which includes the evaluation of lease contracts compared to the new standard. While the Company is currently evaluating the impact the new guidance will have on its financial position and results of operations, the Company expects to recognize lease liabilities and right of use assets. The extent of the increase to assets and liabilities associated with these amounts remains to be determined pending the Company’s review of its existing lease contracts and service contracts with may contain embedded leases. While this review is still in process, the Company believes the adoption of Topic 842 will have a material impact on its financial statements. The Company is continuing to monitor potential changes to Topic 842 that have been proposed by the FASB and will assess any necessary changes to the implementation process as the guidance is updated. The guidance in ASC 842 is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2020.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses of Financial Instruments, which, together with subsequent amendments, amends the requirement on the measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held to replace the incurred loss model for financial assets measured at amortized cost and require entities to measure all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. ASU 2016-13 is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2023, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the effects of this pronouncement on the Company’s financial statements and does not expect it to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which is intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for income taxes. The pronouncement is effective for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. ASU 2019-12 is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2021. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the effects of this pronouncement on the Company’s financial statements and does not expect it to have a material impact on the financial statements.

Note 3. Business Combination

On October 4, 2019, pursuant to the terms of an asset purchase agreement, the Company acquired certain assets of Quantum Fuel Systems, LLC (“Quantum” or the “Seller”), which will be used to accelerate the Company’s product development timelines at a lower cost and rapidly expand and improve the Company’s engineering capabilities (the “Acquisition”). The Acquisition provided the Company access to intellectual property and an assembled workforce that is the foundation for future technologies to be developed for the Company by the assembled workforce applying its skills, knowledge and experience to utilize the acquired intellectual property.

The aggregate purchase consideration transferred by the Company to the Sellers totaled $1,759 and included i) a deferred cash payment to be made on or before the 270th day from the closing of the transaction with an estimated fair value of $229, ii) issuance of 606,060 shares of common stock with an estimated fair value of $109, and iii) contingent purchase consideration associated with three milestone events with an estimated fair value of $1,421.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The milestone events and associated contingent purchase consideration consisted of the following:

 

   

First milestone event will be met upon the retention of at least four members of the acquired assembled workforce for at least twelve months. The contingent purchase consideration associated with the first milestone event is cash consideration totaling $450 with an estimated acquisition date fair value of $400.

 

   

Second milestone event will be met upon achieving certain product development criteria as outlined in the asset purchase agreement. The contingent purchase consideration associated with this milestone event is: i) cash consideration totaling $475 and; ii) additional consideration ,at the Company’s election, of either cash totaling $500 or the issuance of 865,800 shares of common stock. The estimated acquisition date fair value of such amounts are $387 and $123, respectively.

 

   

Third milestone event will be met upon the successful demonstration of a prototype as outlined in the asset purchase agreement. The contingent purchase consideration associated with this milestone event is: i) cash consideration totaling $475 and; ii) additional consideration, at the Company’s election, of either cash totaling $500 or the issuance of 865,800 shares of common stock. The estimated acquisition date fair value of such amounts are $387 and $123, respectively.

The fair value of the deferred purchase consideration is based on management’s estimated amount and timing of the future payment, discounted utilizing a rate of 125% to reflect market participant assumptions. The discount rate utilized was a risk-free rate selected based on the nearest risk-free rate term associated with the payment of the deferred purchase consideration, with a credit risk premium applied as the payments are not risk-free.

The fair value of common stock issued in the Business Combination has been determined by the Board of Directors based upon a variety of factors, including the results obtained from independent third-party valuations, the Company’s financial position and historical financial performance, the current climate in the marketplace, the effect of the rights and preferences of the preferred stockholders and the prospects of a liquidity event, among others.

The estimated fair value of the Company’s contingent purchase consideration payable in cash for the first milestone is based on management’s estimated probability and timing of the future payment, discounted utilizing a rate of 12.5% to reflect market participant assumptions. The discount rate utilized was a risk-free rate selected based on the nearest risk-free rate term associated with the payment of the deferred purchase consideration, with a credit risk premium applied as the payments are not risk-free.

The estimated fair value of the Company’s contingent purchase consideration payable in cash for the second and third milestones are based on management’s estimated probability and timing of future payments, discounted utilizing a rate of 12.5%, to reflect market participant assumptions. The discount rates utilized were risk-free rates selected based on the nearest risk-free rate term associated with the payments of the purchase consideration and contingent purchase consideration payable, with a credit risk premium applied as the payments are not risk-free.

The estimated fair value of the Company’s contingent purchase consideration payable in either cash or shares of common stock at the Company’s election for the second and third milestones was determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model that includes significant unobservable inputs such as estimated probability, fair value of underlying shares of common stock, risk-adjusted discount rates (utilizing an approximate rate of 12.5% to reflect market participant assumptions), estimated volatility and timing of future payments.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The Acquisition was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. The purchase price is allocated to the tangible assets and identifiable intangible assets acquired based upon their estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the tangible and intangible asset acquired has been recorded to goodwill. The Acquisition resulted in recorded goodwill that can be attributable to the acquired assembled workforce and synergies related to certain of the acquired intangible assets. Goodwill is expected to be amortizable for tax purposes. Management plans to integrate the Acquisition into its existing business structure, which is comprised of a single reporting unit.

The following table summarizes the fair value of consideration transferred and the estimated fair values of the assets acquired as of the date of acquisition:

 

Deferred consideration

   $ 229  

Contingent consideration

     1,421  

Share consideration-606,060 shares of XL Common Stock

     109  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 1,759  
  

 

 

 

Software

   $ 256  

Equipment and hardware

     151  

Intangible asset—developed technology

     863  

Goodwill

     489  
  

 

 

 

Fair value of assets acquired

   $ 1,759  
  

 

 

 

As part of the purchase price allocation, the Company determined it had acquired a developed technology identifiable intangible asset. The fair value of the internally developed technology was estimated using the replacement cost method, whereby the components of the acquired internally developed technology were reviewed to determine the cumulative cost of development for each component, inclusive of a developer’s profit and an entrepreneurial incentive. The cumulative cost of development was then discounted to account for obsolescence factor. The estimated useful life over which the internally developed technology will be amortized is 4 years.

The Company did not assume any liabilities in connection with the Acquisition.

The Company incurred acquisition-related costs of approximately $48, which are included as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019.

The results of operations for the Acquisition are included in the Company’s financial statements from the date of the acquisition.

Note 4. Revenue

The following table represents the Company’s revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019, disaggregated, by sales channel.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Disaggregation of revenue:

 

     2019  

Revenue direct to customers

   $ 3,263  

Revenue through channel partners

     3,952  
  

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 7,215  
  

 

 

 

The Company did not recognize any revenue related to extended warranties in 2019 and thus all revenue recognized was recognized at a point in time.

Remaining performance obligations: At December 31, 2019 and January 1, 2019, there was approximately $132 and $19 in deferred revenue, respectively, related to unsatisfied extended warranty performance obligations that will be recognized in 2021 through 2026.

Contract balances: The timing of revenue recognition, billings and cash collections results in billed trade accounts receivable, and deferred revenue (contract liabilities) on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In addition, the Company defers certain costs incurred to obtain a contract (contract costs).

Contract liabilities: Deferred revenue of approximately $132 and $19 existed at December 31, 2019 and January 1, 2019, respectively. There was no deferred revenue recognized in 2019.

Costs to obtain a contract: Sales commissions paid to internal sales personnel, as well as associated payroll taxes and retirement plan contributions (together, sales commissions and associated costs) that are incremental to the acquisition of customer contracts, are capitalized as capitalized contract acquisition cost on the balance sheet when the period of benefit is determined to be greater than one year. In instances where an extended warranty is sold, the period of benefit would extend beyond 12 months and therefore, the practical expedient would not be met for those contracts and require capitalization of the related costs to obtain those contracts. The Company has elected to allocate the capitalized commissions to performance obligations on a relative basis (i.e., in proportion to the transaction price allocated to each performance obligation) to determine the period of amortization. As a result, substantially all of the commission is allocated to the equipment performance obligation or the combined equipment and installation performance obligation and is amortized upon transfer of control of this performance obligation, which typically occurs in same period in which commission liability is incurred. Total commission expense recognized during the year ended December 31, 2019 was $226. The amount of capitalized commissions as of January 1, 2019 and as of December 31, 2019 is not material.

Warranties: The Company generally accrues estimated warranty costs at the time of sale related to its assurance-type warranties. In general, manufactured products are warranted against defects in material and workmanship when properly used for their intended purpose, installed correctly and appropriately maintained. The amount of the accrued warranty liability is estimated based on historical claims rates and warranty fulfillments costs adjusted for any expected changes in fulfillment costs.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The following is a roll-forward of the Company’s accrued warranty liability:

 

     2019      2018  

Balance as of January 1

   $ 910      $ 406  

Accrual for warranties issued

     415        919  

Warranty charges

     (316      (415
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31

   $ 1,009      $ 910  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The warranty liability is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Note 5. New Markets Tax Credit Financing

On March 4, 2015, the Company entered into a financing transaction with U.S. Bancorp Community Development Corporation (U.S. Bank) under a qualified New Markets Tax Credit (“NMTC”) program related to the operation of the Company’s facility in Quincy, Illinois. The NMTC program was provided for in the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000 (the Act) and is intended to encourage capital investment in qualified lower income communities. The Act permits taxpayers to claim credits against their Federal income taxes for up to 39% of qualified investments in the equity of community development entities (CDEs). CDEs are privately managed investment institutions that are certified to make qualified low-income community investments.

In connection with the financing, the Company made two loans totaling $10,454 to federal ($6,455 at 1.51%) and state ($3,998 at 1.53%) NMTC investment funds (the Investment Funds). Simultaneously, U.S. Bank made an equity investment of $4,995 to the Investment Funds and, by virtue of such contribution, is entitled to substantially all of the tax benefits derived from the NMTC. For compliance with the NMTC rules, principal payments on the loan do not begin until June 10, 2025 (the NMTC rules prohibit principal payments during the 7-year term of the NMTC arrangement). The maturity date on the loans is December 31, 2044.

The Investment Funds then contributed the loan proceeds to a CDE, which, in turn, loaned combined funds of $15,000, net of debt issuance costs of $546, to XL Hybrid Quincy, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, at an interest rate of 1.15% per year with a maturity date of March 4, 2045. These loans are secured by the leasehold improvements and equipment at the facility in Quincy, Illinois. Repayment of the loans commences in March 10, 2025. The proceeds from the loans from the CDE were used to partially fund the build-out of the facility in Quincy, Illinois.

The transaction includes a put/call feature whereby, at the end of the seven-year NMTC compliance period, the Company may be obligated or entitled to repurchase U.S. Bank’s equity interest in the Investment Funds. The Company believes that U.S. Bank will exercise the put option in March 2022 at the end of the recapture period. The value attributable to the put/call is anticipated to be nominal. The NMTC is subject to 100% recapture for a period of seven years as provided in the Internal Revenue Code. The Company is required to be in compliance with various regulations and contractual provisions that apply to the NMTC arrangement. Non-compliance with applicable requirements could result in US Bank’s projected tax benefits not being realized and, therefore, could require the Company to indemnify US Bank for any loss or recapture of NMTCs related to the financing until such time as the obligation to deliver tax benefits is relieved. The Company does not anticipate any credit recapture will be required in connection with this financing arrangement.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The Company has determined that the financing arrangement with the Investment Fund and CDEs contains a variable interest entity (“VIE”). This conclusion was reached based on the following:

 

   

The ongoing activities of the Investment Fund – collecting and remitting interest and fees and NMTC compliance—were all considered in the initial design and are expected to significantly affect the economic performance throughout the life of the Investment Fund;

 

   

management considered the contractual arrangements that obligate the Company to comply with NMTC rules and regulations, deliver tax benefits, and provide various other guarantees to the structure;

 

   

U.S. Bank’s lack of a material interest in the underlying economics of the project as a result of the guarantees, indemnifications, and put/call options; and

 

   

the fact that the Company is obligated to absorb losses of the Investment Fund.

As such, the Company concluded that it is the primary beneficiary of the VIE and consolidated the Investment Fund, as a VIE, in accordance with the accounting standards for consolidation. Because the Company consolidates an entity from which it has an approximately $10,500 loan receivable and consolidates an entity to which it owes an approximately $15,000 loan payable, these two balances partially eliminate against each other in consolidation. The $4,995 in net proceeds received in exchange for the transfer of tax credits have been deferred and will be recognized when the tax benefits have been fully earned and delivered to US Bank without risk of recapture. The Company anticipates recognizing the net cash received as income upon completion of the seven-year NMTC compliance period. US Bank’s $4,995 contribution was initially recorded as restricted cash and its interest in the Investment Fund is included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company amortized $78 and $80, respectively, of debt issuance costs related to the NMTC. The unamortized balance as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 is $169 and $247, respectively.

Note 6. Debt

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the carrying value of debt was as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2018  

Subordinated convertible promissory notes

   $ 10,000      $ —    

Unamortized debt discount

     (898      —    

Term Loan

     3,100        1,000  

Unamortized debt discount

     (87      (65

Revolver

     —          2,587  

Vehicle financing agreements

     271        367  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt obligations, net of deferred financing costs

   $ 12,386      $ 3,889  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investor term loan and bridge notes: In July 2016, the Company issued a warrant exercisable for 1,405,888 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (Series C Warrants) at a purchase price per share of $0.6046 in connection with the loan and security agreement discussed above (see Note 9). The expiration date of the Series C Warrants is July 15, 2026. The estimated grant date fair value of these Series C Warrants was $0.31 per share. These

 

F-68


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Series C Warrants were assessed under ASC 480 Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity and were accounted for as liability-classified warrants as the underlying preferred stock was redeemable at the time of issuance. The Company amended its Certificate of Incorporation effective September 28, 2017, at which time the redemption feature of the Series C Preferred Stock was removed. As a result, the Series C Warrants were again assessed under ASC 480 Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity and are accounted for as equity-classified warrants effective September 28, 2017. The grant date fair value of these Series C Warrants was recorded as a debt discount to be amortized over the term of the associated debt agreement under the effective interest method. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recorded $146 in amortization of the debt discount. The remaining debt discount at December 31, 2017 was $226 and was reflected net against the long-term debt on the consolidated balance sheets. Upon conversion of term loan principal to shares of Series D Preferred Stock in January 2018, the remaining debt discount was amortized to interest expense. The warrants remain outstanding at December 31, 2019.

Bank term loan and revolver: Effective December 10, 2018, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement for a revolving line of credit (Revolver) and term loan (Term Loan) with a lender. The Revolver possesses a maximum borrowing base equal to the lesser of the defined borrowing base less any outstanding principal or a minimum aggregate principal amount of $3,000, which may increase dependent upon certain revenue targets. The interest under the Revolver is payable in monthly installments of either 1.50% or 2.50% greater than the Prime Rate dependent upon a certain financial ratio of the Company’s for each payment period. In November 2019, the Company amended its Loan and Security Agreement to extend the maturity of the Revolver to December 8, 2020.

The Term Loan was structured to be paid in two tranche periods of up to $1,000 in each period, or up to $2,000 in total. The first tranche was available to the Company upon execution of the agreement and was drawn in December 2018. The second tranche became available to the Company as it achieved specified revenue thresholds for the trailing 12 month period ending as of December 31, 2018. The Company drew the additional $1,000 in January 2019. Interest payments are payable in monthly installments at a rate equal to the greater of 2% greater than the Prime Rate or a fixed rate of 7.00%.

Payments were interest only until July 2019 when principal payments in the amount of $67 per month commenced. The Term Loan matures in December 2021.

In connection with the amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement executed in November 2019, the Company secured access to an additional term loan (Growth Capital Term Loan). The Growth Capital Term Loan was structured to be paid in two tranche periods of up to $1,500 in the first period and up to $500 in the second period, or up to $2,000 in total. The first tranche was available to the Company upon execution of the agreement and was drawn in November 2019. The second tranche was to be made available to the Company if it had received, prior to November 30, 2019, a fully-executed term sheet for new equity. The Company did not meet this milestone. Interest payments are payable in monthly installments at a rate equal to the greater of 2% greater than the Prime Rate or a fixed rate of 7.00%. Payments were interest only until December 31, 2019 at which point principal payments in the amount of $50 per month will commence. The Growth Capital Term Loan matures in June 2022.

The Loan and Security Agreement is secured by the assets and intellectual property of the Company and is subject to certain non-financial and financial ratios including but not limited to adjusted quick ratio compliance.

On December 10, 2018, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock at a price of $0.18 per share that expire on December 10, 2028 to the lender in connection with the Loan and Security

 

F-69


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Agreement discussed in the paragraphs above. Upon the draw of the first tranche of the Term Loan, the Company is deemed to automatically have granted the right to purchase 100,000 additional shares of common stock with the same terms. Upon the second tranche, the Company is deemed to automatically have granted the right to purchase 100,000 additional shares with the same terms. At the discretion of the holder, the warrants may be exercised at any time in cash or may be subject to a cashless exercise in which the warrant shares are converted to common stock under a defined conversion formula. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the warrant is for 300,000 and 200,000 shares of common stock, respectively. The estimated grant date fair value of these common stock warrants was $0.13 per share. These common stock warrants were assessed under ASC 480 Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity and were accounted for as equity-classified warrants. The grant date fair value of these common stock warrants was recorded as a debt discount to be amortized over the term of the associated debt agreement under the effective interest method. The amortization recorded for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 is $15 and $0, respectively. The remaining debt discount at December 31, 2019 and 2018 is $31 and $30, respectively, and is reflected net against the long-term debt on the consolidated balance sheets. The common stock warrants are discussed further in Note 9.

In addition to the common stock warrants recorded as a debt discount, the Company paid issuance costs amounting to $61 in connection with the Loan and Security Agreement discussed above. These costs were allocated between the Term Loan and the Revolver based on the respective availability. The portion allocated to the Term Loan is $24 and $35 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and is reflected net against the long-term debt on the consolidated balance sheets. The portion allocated to the Revolver is $0 and $25 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and was reflected net against the revolving line of credit on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019. These costs are being amortized over the term of the associated debt agreement under the effective interest method.

On November 19, 2019, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 150,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.18 per share that expire on November 19, 2029 to the lender in connection with the amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement discussed in the paragraphs above. At the discretion of the holder, the warrants may be exercised at any time in cash or may be subject to a cashless exercise in which the warrant shares are converted to common stock under a defined conversion formula.

The estimated grant date fair value of these common stock warrants was $0.14 per share. These common stock warrants were assessed under ASC 480 Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity and were accounted for as equity-classified warrants. The grant date fair value of these common stock warrants was recorded as a debt discount to be amortized over the term of the associated debt agreement under the effective interest method. The amortization recorded for the year ended December 31, 2019 is $1. The remaining debt discount at December 31, 2019 is $21 and is reflected net against the long-term debt on the consolidated balance sheets. The common stock warrants are discussed further in Note 9.

In addition to the common stock warrants recorded as a debt discount, the Company paid issuance costs amounting to $29 in connection with the amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement discussed above. These costs are reflected net against the long-term debt on the consolidated balance sheets and are being amortized over the term of the associated debt agreement under the effective interest method.

Convertible notes payable: In March 2019, the Company executed a subordinated promissory convertible note in the amount of $1,000. In June 2019, the Company executed subordinated promissory convertible notes in the amount of $10,000, for $9,000 in new proceeds and the exchange of the note issued in March 2019. The Company concluded that the exchange of the $1,000 note issued in March 2019 for a $1,000 note as issued in

 

F-70


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

June 2019 represented a modification and concluded that the impact on the accounting described below was not material.

The notes issued in June 2019 were set to mature at the earlier of (i) June 19, 2020 or (ii) the occurrence of an event of default as defined in the note agreements. The notes were amended subsequent to year end (in February 2020, see Note 19) to extend the maturity date to February 6, 2021.

The notes earn interest at a rate of 8.0% per year. Interest earned on these outstanding notes during the year ended December 31, 2019 amounted to $439. This amount is captured as accrued interest in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019.

Upon a change of control as defined in the note agreements, the Company is required to repay all outstanding principal and interest and a 100% premium on the outstanding principal balance of each note. Under the terms of the note agreements, if a qualified financing event occurs before maturity, the notes and accrued interest are automatically convertible at 80% of the price per share paid by cash investors in such qualified financing. Additionally, if a non-qualified financing event occurs before maturity, the holders of the notes may convert at 80% of the price per share paid by cash investors at their option.

The Company assessed these embedded features and determined that they were not considered clearly and closely related to the host notes, and met the definition of a derivative. Therefore, these embedded features were all required to be bifurcated from the notes and accounted for separately as a combined derivative liability. The Company estimated the fair value of the combined derivative liability at the respective issuances of the notes as $217, which was recorded as a liability and as a discount net against the subordinated convertible notes. The Company will be required to remeasure the combined derivative liability to its then fair value at each subsequent balance sheet date, through an adjustment to current earnings (see Note 7 for further details on the Company’s fair value measurements).

The Company incurred issuance costs amounting to $180 in connection with the subordinated convertible promissory notes discussed above. These costs are reflected net against the subordinated convertible promissory notes on the consolidated balance sheets and are being amortized, along with the discount related to the combined derivative liability, over the term of the associated debt agreement utilizing the effective interest method. The Company recorded $1,282 in amortization of these discounts as a component of interest expense during the year ended December 31, 2019.

Vehicle financing agreements: The Company has entered into several vehicle financing agreements with various lenders with maturities ranging from 2020 to 2023. Interest rates on these agreements range from 2.95% to 10.00%. Each agreement is collateralized by the equipment purchased.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The following table summarizes the aggregate future contractual maturities of the Company’s outstanding debt, at face value, as of December 31, 2019 over the next 5 years and thereafter:

 

Year Ended December 31, 2020

   $ 11,494  

2021

     1,490  

2022

     374  

2023

     13  
  

 

 

 
     13,371  
  

 

 

 

Less debt discount

     (985
  

 

 

 
   $ 12,386  
  

 

 

 

Note 7. Fair Value Measurements

Contingent consideration liability: The contingent consideration liability is considered a Level 3 measurement due to significant unobservable inputs in its valuation, which was based on the income approach using a Monte Carlo Simulation. The Monte Carlo Simulation evaluated the probability of occurrence of certain events which impacted the mode and amount of payments to be made. In addition, the payments were discounted based on current market expectations about those future amounts. The company utilized a third party to assist in calculating the fair value of the contingent consideration liability.

The key inputs to the valuation model that was utilized to estimate the fair value of the contingent consideration liability included volatility, risk free rate and probability of a subsequent round of funding.

Convertible notes payable derivative liabilities: The convertible notes payable derivative liabilities are considered a Level 3 measurement due to the utilization of significant unobservable inputs in the valuation, which were based on ‘with and without’ valuation models.

2019 Notes: Based on the terms and provisions of the 2019 Notes, the Company utilized a probability-weighted expected return model (“PWERM”) to estimate the fair value of the embedded derivative features requiring bifurcation as of the respective issuance dates and as of the December 31, 2019 reporting date. The PWERM is designed to utilize the Company’s best estimates of the timing and likelihood of the settlement events that are related to the embedded derivative features in order to estimate the fair value of the respective convertible notes with these embedded derivative features.

The fair value of the convertible notes with the derivative features is compared to the fair value of a plain vanilla note (excluding the derivative features), which is calculated based on the present value of the future cash flows. The difference between the two values represents the fair value of the bifurcated derivative features as of each respective valuation date.

The Company notes that the key inputs to the valuation models that were utilized to estimate the fair value of the 2019 Notes convertible debt derivative liabilities included:

 

   

The probability-weighted conversion discount is based on the contractual terms of the convertible note agreement and the expectation of the pre-money valuation of the Company as of the estimated date that the next equity financing event occurs.

 

   

The remaining term was determined based on the remaining time period to maturity of the related convertible note with embedded features subject to valuation (as of the respective valuation date).

 

F-72


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

   

The Company’s equity volatility estimate was based on the re-levered historical equity volatility of a selection of the Company’s comparable guideline public companies, based on the remaining term of the respective convertible notes.

 

   

The risk rate was the discount rate utilized in the valuation and was determined based on reference to market yields for debt instruments with similar credit ratings and terms.

 

   

The probabilities and timing of the next financing event and default event are based on management’s best estimate of the future settlement of the respective convertible notes.

The following table sets forth the Company’s assets and liabilities which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy:

 

     Fair Value Measurements as of
December 31, 2019
 
     Level I      Level II      Level III      Total  

Liabilities:

           

Derivatives

   $ —        $ —        $ 1,349      $ 1,349  

Contingent consideration

     —          —          1,503        1,503  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ 2,852      $ 2,852  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 8. Redeemable, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

Common stock: At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company has authorized a total of 130,000,000 shares of common stock for issuance under its stock option plans and for the potential conversion of preferred stock. The holders of common stock are entitled to vote on all matters and are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number shares of common stock held. Common stockholders are entitled to dividends when and if declared by the Board of Directors, subject to the preferential rights of the preferred stock.

The following shares of common stock are reserved for future issuance:

 

Conversion of redeemable, convertible preferred stock

     94,661,692  

Exercise of warrants for common stock

     1,680,378  

Exercise of warrants for redeemable, convertible preferred stock

     5,044,457  

Stock options issued and outstanding

     13,293,586  

Authorized for future grant under 2010 Equity Incentive Plan

     2,728,213  
  

 

 

 
     117,408,326  
  

 

 

 

Preferred stock: At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company has authorized a total of 99,966,639 shares of preferred stock, of which 11,697,818 shares have been designated Series A Preferred Stock (Series A), 11,168,788 shares have been designated Series B Preferred Stock (Series B), 3,413,461 shares have been designated Series B-1 Preferred Stock (Series B-1), 23,092,403 shares have been designated Series C Preferred Stock (Series C), 43,382,845 shares have been designated Series D-1 Preferred Stock (Series D-1), 1,465,110 shares have been designated Series D-2 Preferred Stock (Series D-2), 223,254 shares have been designated Series

 

F-73


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

D-3 Preferred Stock (Series D-3), and 5,522,960 shares have been designated Series D-4 Preferred Stock (Series D-4). The Series D-1, Series D-2, Series D-3, Series D-4, Series C, Series B-1, Series B, and Series A shares each have a par value of $0.0001 per share. The Series D-1, Series D-2, Series D-3, and Series D-4 are collectively referred to as “Series D”. The Series C, Series B-1, Series B, and Series A are collectively referred to as the “Junior Preferred”

In September 2017, the Company issued 27,272,257 shares of Series D-1 at a price per share of $0.5775, for total cash proceeds of $15,749,731, net of issuance costs of $304 paid in cash and $82 settled in warrants (see Note 9). In connection with this financing, the Company received a deposit from one investor which earned interest of $133. This accrued interest was exchanged for 231 shares. As part of this issuance, $3,183 in convertible promissory notes, plus accrued interest of $182, was converted into 501,795 shares of Series D-1, 1,465,110 shares of Series D-2, 223,254 shares of Series D-3, and 5,522,960 shares of Series D-4 (Note 7). In addition, $3,000 in outstanding bridge loans was converted to 5,194,805 shares of Series D-1 (Note 7).

In January 2018, the Company issued 5,252,830 shares of Series D-1 at a price per share of $0.5775, for total proceeds of $3,034. In addition, the Company issued 115,676 in exchange for services rendered with a value of $67. As part of this transaction, the outstanding principal of the investor term loan of $2,500 was converted into 4,329,005 shares of Series D-1.

The Company amended its Certificate of Incorporation effective September 28, 2017. Prior to this date, the Junior Preferred was redeemable by the Company at any time after August 14, 2020, in three annual installments, commencing 60 days after receipt of notice from holders of at least 66 2/3% of the then-outstanding shares of Junior Preferred. During the period that the Junior Preferred was redeemable on or after the date noted above, the Company was accreting its Junior Preferred up to the redemption values through a charge to additional paid in capital. Subsequent to the amendment, the Company ceased recording any accretion adjustments to the Junior Preferred or the Series D as redemption related to any deemed liquidation event was not considered probable. Due to the contingently redeemable nature of the preferred stock, the Company has classified the Series D and Junior Preferred in temporary equity in the consolidated balances sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

The established rights and privileges of the designated series of preferred stock are as follows:

Dividends: Before any dividend is declared or paid to the holders of the Junior Preferred or common stock, Series D holders are entitled to receive, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, non-cumulative dividends at the stated dividend rate per share, defined as $0.03465 for Series D-1, $0.030318 for Series D-2, $0.02772 for Series D-3, and $0.024258 for Series D-4. Before any dividend is declared or paid to the holders of the common stock, Junior Preferred holders are entitled to receive, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, non-cumulative dividends at the stated dividend rate per share, defined as $0.023238 for Series A, $0.031998 for Series B, $0.0624 for Series B-1, and $0.0366 for Series C. To date, no dividends have been declared by the Board of Directors.

Conversion: Holders of Series D and Junior Preferred may convert their shares into common stock of the Company at any time, at the option of the holder. Each share of preferred stock converts into common stock at a ratio equal to the original issuance price (as defined below) of the Series A, Series B, Series B-1, Series C, Series D-1, Series D-2, Series D-3, and Series D-4, divided by the Series A, Series B, Series B-1, Series C, Series D-1, Series D-2, Series D-3, and Series D-4 conversion price of $0.3873, $0.5333, $1.04, $0.6046, $0.5775, $0.5053, $0.4620, and $0.4043, respectively; the conversion price may be adjusted in the event of future equity financing transactions with a purchase price that less than the conversion price then in effect for any series of Preferred

 

F-74


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Stock. Conversion is mandatory upon the closing of a public offering of stock with minimum proceeds of $50,000 and an offering price per common share of not less than three times the Series D-1 Original Issue Price, or upon the election by vote or written consent of at least 50% of the Series D holders.

Voting: The holders of Series D and Junior Preferred are entitled to vote on all matters with the common stock holders as if they were one class of stock. The holders of Series D and Junior Preferred are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such holders’ shares of the Preferred Stock are then convertible.

Liquidation: In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the holders of Series D are entitled to receive liquidation preference over the holders of the Junior Preferred and common stock. Holders of Series D are entitled to receive liquidation payments equal to one and a half times the sum of an amount equal to the original issue price per share of $0.5775 for Series D-1, $0.5053 for Series D-2, $0.4620 for Series D-3, and $0.4043 for Series D-4 respectively, plus any dividends, if declared. The holders of the Junior Preferred are entitled to receive liquidation preference over the holders of common stock. Holders of the Junior Preferred are entitled to receive liquidation payments equal to the greater of: (i) an amount equal to the original issue price per share of $0.3873 for Series A, $0.5333 for Series B, $1.04 for Series B-1, and $0.6046 for Series C, respectively, plus any dividends, if declared or (ii) the amount per share that would be payable had the shares converted immediately prior to the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. After the payment of all required preferential amounts to the Series D and Junior Preferred holders, any remaining assets and funds of the Company available for distribution will be distributed first until the Series D-1 holders receive an aggregate of $1.44325 per share and then among the holders of the shares of common stock.

Redemption (deemed liquidation events): The preferred stock is not mandatorily redeemable. The preferred shares are only redeemable in the event of a deemed liquidation event unless waived by the holders of at least a majority of the Series D. A deemed liquidation event includes each of the following:

 

a)

the merger or consolidation of the Corporation into or with another entity or involving a subsidiary of the Corporation and in such merger or consolidation the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to the terms of such merger or consolidation;

 

b)

the sale, lease, exchange, license (other than a non-exclusive license made in the ordinary course of business that does not prevent the Corporation or any subsidiary from continuing its business as conducted or as proposed to be conducted) or other conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation or any subsidiary or of all or substantially all of the material intellectual property assets of the Corporation or any subsidiary;

 

c)

transactions following which holders of the Corporation’s capital stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions hold less than a majority of the voting securities of the entity surviving such transaction or series of related transactions or entity controlling such surviving entity;

 

d)

the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary.

Note 9. Warrants

Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants: In March 2015, the Company issued a warrant exercisable for 3,413,461 shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $1.04 per share (Series B-1 Warrants) to an advisor in connection with securing the NMTC financing. The Series B-1 Warrants are exercisable at any time during the five-year period after issuance. The Series B-1 Warrants were exercised by the holder in January 2020 (see Note 19).

 

F-75


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

In July 2016, the Company issued the Series C Warrants exercisable for 1,405,888 shares of Series C Preferred Stock at an exercise price per share of $0.6046 (see Note 19). The expiration date of the Series C Warrants is July 15, 2026.

In September 2017, the Company issued warrants to an entity pursuant to the terms of a consulting agreement and a broker dealer services agreement. In consideration of the consulting agreement, the Company issued a warrant for 225,108 shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $0.5775 per share (Series D-1 Warrants). The Series D-1 Warrants may be exercised as follows: warrants to purchase 138,528 shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock are exercisable immediately upon grant until the 5th anniversary; warrants to purchase 51,948 shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock become exercisable as of January 20, 2018 until January 20, 2023 and warrants to purchase 34,632 shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock become exercisable as of July 20, 2018 until July 20, 2023.

The Series B-1 Warrants, Series C Warrants and Series D-1 Warrants were assessed under ASC 480 Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity and were determined to be liability-classified warrants as each of the respective underlying series of preferred stock are contingently redeemable in nature. See Note 7 for recurring fair value measurements related to these convertible preferred stock warrants.

Common Stock Warrants: In November 2013, the Company issued a warrant for 1,126,482 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.5326 per share. The expiration date of this warrant is November 22, 2023.

In September 2017, in connection to the broker dealer services agreement noted above, the Company issued a warrant for 103,896 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.5775 per share. The expiration date of this warrant is September 29, 2022.

In December 2018, January 2019 and November 2019, the Company issued warrants to purchase 200,000, 100,000 and 150,000 shares of common stock, respectively, at an exercise price of $0.18 per share to a lender in connection with the Loan and Security Agreement discussed in Note 6. These common stock warrants expire in December 2028, January 2029 and November 2029, respectively. The estimated grant date fair value of these common stock warrants was $0.13, $0.15 and $0.16 per share, respectively.

The common stock warrants were assessed under ASC 480 Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity and ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging upon each respective issuance and were determined to meet the requirements for equity classification. Accordingly, the Company recorded the grant date fair value of each respective warrant to additional paid in capital upon their issuance dates.

Note 10. Share-Based Compensation Expense

During 2010, the Company established the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan), subsequently amended and restated, under which a maximum number of 16,935,517 shares of the Company’s authorized and available common stock may be issued in the form of incentive stock options and other equity interests. Under the terms of the Plan, options and other equity interests may be granted to employees, officers, directors, and consultants of the Company. There were 2,728,213 shares available for future grant under the Plan at December 31, 2019.

The Company recognized $208 and $305 in stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, there is approximately $922 of unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested stock options with service-based vesting criteria which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.23 years.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Stock Options

A summary of stock option award activity for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was as follows:

 

Options

  Shares     Weighted Average
Exercise Price
    Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2017

    5,307,252     $ 0.15       5.6  

Granted

    6,274,230       0.18    

Exercised

    (12,500     0.18    

Cancelled or forfeited

    (895,750     0.18    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Outstanding at December 31, 2018

    10,673,232       0.16       6.7  

Granted

    6,502,400       0.18    

Exercised

    (58,313     0.02    

Cancelled or forfeited

    (3,823,733     0.18    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Outstanding at December 31, 2019

    13,293,586     $ 0.18       7.4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2018

    6,274,529     $ 0.15       5.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2019

    6,228,796     $ 0.16       5.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The weighted-average fair value of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, as determined by the Black-Scholes option pricing model, ranged from $0.13 to $0.14.

The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised in the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $1,676 and $0 as determined on the date of exercise. Cash received from options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $9,987 and $2,250, respectively.

Restricted Stock Awards

The fair value of restricted stock awards is estimated by the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant. Restricted stock activity during year ended at December 31, 2019 was as follows:

 

     Number of shares      Weighted-average
grant-date fair
value per share
 

Non-vested, at beginning of period

     —       

Granted

     589,460      $ 0.18  

Vested

     —       

Cancelled or forfeited

     —       
  

 

 

    

Non-vested, at end of period

     589,460     
  

 

 

    

The Company award two directors 294,730 shares of the Company’s Common stock during the year ended December 31, 2019. There were no restricted stock awards granted in 2018. The restricted stock awards include both a service and performance-based vesting condition. The awards become fully vested upon a change-in-control, seven months after the occurrence of a qualified public offering or seven months after the majority of the Series D Preferred Shareholders elect to convert their shares into common stock.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Note 11. Property and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following at December 31:

 

     2019      2018  

Equipment

   $ 630      $ 447  

Furniture and fixtures

     45        45  

Computers

     30        30  

Software

     346        98  

Vehicles

     559        588  

Leasehold improvements

     164        164  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,774        1,372  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less accumulated depreciation

     (934      (702
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 840      $ 670  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense on property and equipment, was $265 and $260 for the years ended December 31, 2019, and 2018, respectively.

Note 12. Intangibles

Intangible assets consist of developed technology acquired during 2019. The gross value of $863 is being amortized over a useful life of 4 years. Accumulated amortization was $54 at December 31, 2019.

Approximate annual aggregate amortization expense of the intangibles for the years subsequent to December 31, 2019 is as follows:

 

Years ending December 31:

  

2020

   $ 216  

2021

     216  

2022

     216  

2023

     162  
  

 

 

 

Total amortization

   $ 809  
  

 

 

 

Amortization expense recognized on intangible assets was $72 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Note 13. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following at December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

     2019      2018  

Accrued warranty costs

   $ 1,009      $ 910  

Contingent and deferred purchase consideration connection with Quantum acquisition

     638        —    

Accrued financing fees

     360        —    

Accrued expenses, other

     553        459  

Sales tax

     96        696  

Accrued settlement costs(1)

     —          600  

Accrued compensation and related benefits

     398        185  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,054      $ 2,850  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

See FN 16 for further information relating to settlement fees.    

Note 14. Income Taxes

Net deferred income tax assets consist of the following components as of December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

     2019      2018  

Deferred tax assets (liabilities):

     

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 15,239      $ 11,718  

Tax creditt carryforwards

     1,341        1,275  

Reserves

     308        380  

Share-based compensation

     308        88  

Depreciation and amortization

     (16      18  

Other

     91        59  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     17,271        13,538  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less valuation allowance

     (17,271      (13,538
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

   $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company has provided a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets since realization of any future benefit from deductible temporary differences and net operating loss cannot be sufficiently assured. Management of the Company has evaluated the positive and negative evidence bearing upon the reliability of its deferred tax assets, which are comprised principally of net operating loss carryforwards and research and development credits. Under the applicable accounting standards, management has considered the Company’s history of losses and concluded that it is more likely than not that the Company will not recognize the benefits of federal and state deferred tax assets. During 2019, the Company increased its valuation allowance by $3,733.

The Company has federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $57,195 and $50,139. $31,633 of the federal net operating loss carryforward will expire at various dates commencing on 2029 and through 2037 and $25,562 were generated in the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and have an indefinite life. At December 31, 2019, the Company has federal and state tax credits of approximately $953 and $492, respectively. These federal and state tax credits are available to reduce future taxable income and expire at

 

F-79


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

various dates commencing 2026 through 2039. Utilization of the NOLs and tax credit carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 due to ownership change limitations that have occurred previously or that could occur in the future. These ownership changes may limit the amount of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and tax, respectively. The Company has not determined whether an ownership change under section 382 has occurred or whether such limitation exists.

Note 15. Related Party Transactions

Operating lease: In March 2012, the Company entered into a noncancelable lease agreement for 10,160 square feet of office, research and development, and vehicle development and installation facilities with an investor of the Company. In January 2016, the Company amended this lease to extend the lease term through February 29, 2021. The lease includes a rent escalation clause, and rent expense is being recorded on a straight-line basis.

Rent expense under the operating lease for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $289 and $233, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments for this lease for the years ending December 31 are as follows:

 

2020

   $ 213  

2021

     36  
  

 

 

 
   $ 249  
  

 

 

 

Note 16. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating leases: In January 2015, the Company entered into a noncancelable lease agreement for 3,264 square feet of warehouse, research and development, and vehicle development and installation facilities in Quincy, Illinois through December 31, 2020.

In connection with the Business Combination discussed in Note 3, the Company entered into a sublease arrangement in California through December 31, 2019. In December 2019, the Company signed a noncancelable lease agreement for 23,540 square feet of office, warehouse, research and development, and distribution facilities in California through February 2025.

Note 16. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

Future minimum lease payments for these operating leases for the years ending December 31 are as follows:

 

2020

   $ 422  

2021

     377  

2022

     415  

2023

     426  

2024

     436  

Thereafter

     75  
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,151  
  

 

 

 

 

F-80


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

See Note 15 for related-party operating lease commitment.

Legal proceedings: The Company is periodically involved in legal proceedings, legal actions and claims arising in the normal course of business, including proceedings relating to product liability, intellectual property, safety and health, employment and other matters. Management believes that the outcome of such legal proceedings, legal actions and claims will not have a significant adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In January 2018, the Company received a demand letter from the counsel of a vendor which claimed the Company was indebted for a success fee for services allegedly provided under a now-expired engagement letter between the parties. In June 2019, the parties executed a written settlement agreement under which each party agreed to resolve the dispute and release each other from any and all claims for a total settlement fee of $600. The settlement is recorded within accrued expenses and other current liabilities within the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018. This payment was made in June 2019.

Note 17. Net Loss Per Share

The following is a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used to calculate basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2019, and 2018:

 

     2019      2018  

Numerator:

     

Net loss

   $ (14,901    $ (12,903

Denominator:

     

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     10,752,940        10,253,822  

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

     1.39        (1.26

The Company’s contingently convertible notes payable did not meet the condition to be converted to common stock as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. Additionally, the Company’s contingently issuable unvested Restricted Stock did not meet the performance based vesting condition as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Potential dilutive securities, which include stock options, convertible preferred stock and warrants have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as the effect would be to reduce the net loss per share. Therefore, the weighted average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate both basic and diluted net loss per share is the same.

The number of shares underlying outstanding stock options, convertible preferred shares and warrants at December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

 

     2019      2018  

Stock options

     13,293,586        10,085,022  

Convertible preferred stocks

     94,661,692        94,661,692  

Warrants

     7,724,835        6,474,835  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     115,680,113        111,221,549  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-81


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Note 18. Retirement Plan

The Company has adopted a 401(k) plan to provide all eligible employees a means to accumulate retirement savings on a tax-advantaged basis. The 401(k) plan requires participants to be at least 21 years old. In addition to the traditional 401(k), eligible employees are given the option of making an after-tax contribution to a Roth 401(k) or a combination of both. Plan participants may make before tax elective contributions up to the maximum percentage of compensation and dollar amount allowed under the Internal Revenue Code. Participants are allowed to contribute, subject to IRS limitations on total annual contributions from 1% to 90% of eligible earnings. The plan provides for automatic enrollment at a 3% deferral rate of an employee’s eligible wages. The Company provides for safe harbor matching contributions equal to 100% on the first 3% of an employee’s eligible earnings deferred and an additional 50% on the next 2% of an employee’s eligible earnings deferred. Employee elective deferrals and safe harbor matching contributions are 100% vested at all times.

Note 19. Subsequent Events

Deferral of principal payments on term loans: On April 6, 2020, the Company executed a deferral agreement with its lender such that payment dates for all monthly payments under the Term Loan and Capital Growth Term Loan would be extended for six months. Interest only payments will be due in the six-month deferral period and the maturity dates will be extended for a six-month period.

Convertible notes payable: In January 2020, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the issuance of subordinated convertible promissory notes up to an additional $13,000 and the amendment to the existing subordinated convertible promissory notes such that they contain the same terms as the 2020 notes. To date in 2020, the Company has signed subordinated convertible promissory notes in the amount of $8,100. The notes mature at the earlier of (i) February 6, 2021 or (ii) the date of a change of control as defined in the note agreements. Upon a change of control, the Company is required to repay all outstanding principal and interest and a 100% premium on the outstanding principal balance of each note. Under the terms of the agreements, if a qualifying financing event occurs before maturity, the convertible promissory notes and accrued interest are convertible at 80% of the price per share paid generally by cash investors in such qualifying financing.

Public Health Emergency of International Concern: On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the coronavirus outbreak a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern” and on March 11, 2020, declared it to be a pandemic. Actions taken around the world to help mitigate the spread of the coronavirus include restrictions on travel, quarantines in certain areas, and forced closures for certain types of public places and businesses. The coronavirus and actions taken to mitigate the spread of it have had and are expected to continue to have an adverse impact on the economies and financial markets of many countries, including the geographical area in which the Company operates. On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES Act) was enacted to, amongst other provisions, provide emergency assistance for individuals, families and businesses affected by the coronavirus pandemic.

As the coronavirus pandemic continues to evolve, the Company believes the extent of the impact to its business, operating results, cash flows, liquidity and financial condition will be primarily driven by the severity and duration of the coronavirus pandemic, the pandemic’s impact on the U.S. and global economies and the timing, scope and effectiveness of federal, state and local governmental responses to the pandemic. Those primary drivers are beyond the Company’s knowledge and control, and as a result, at this time the Company is unable to predict the cumulative impact, both in terms of severity and duration, that the coronavirus pandemic will have on its business, operating results, cash flows and financial condition, but it could be material if the current

 

F-82


Table of Contents

XL Hybrids, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

circumstances continue to exist for a prolonged period of time. Although we have made our best estimates based upon current information, actual results could materially differ from the estimates and assumptions developed by management. Accordingly, it is reasonably possible that the estimates made in the financial statements have been, or will be, materially and adversely impacted in the near term as a result of these conditions, and if so, the Company may be subject to future impairment losses related to long-lived assets as well as changes to recorded reserves and valuations.

Payroll Protection Program Loan: On May 8, 2020, the Company received loan proceeds in the amount of $1,100 under the Payroll Protection Program (“PPP”). The PPP was established as part of CARES Act and provides for loans to qualifying businesses for amounts up to 2.5 times the average monthly payroll expenses of the business, subject to certain limitations. The loans and accrued interest are forgivable after eight weeks so long as the borrower uses the loan proceeds for eligible purposes, including payroll, benefits, rent and utilities, and so long as the borrower maintains its pre-funding employment and wage levels.

Warrant exercise: During September 2020, warrants were exercised for 1,405,888 shares of Series C Preferred Stock at an exercise price per share of $0.6046.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

Annex A

EXECUTION VERSION

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

BY AND AMONG

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION II,

PIC II MERGER SUB CORP.

and

XL HYBRIDS, INC.

DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 17, 2020

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page  

ARTICLE I THE MERGER

     A-1  

1.1

     The Merger      A-1  

1.2

     Effective Time; Closing      A-1  

1.3

     Effect of the Merger      A-2  

1.4

     Governing Documents      A-2  

1.5

     Effect on Securities      A-2  

1.6

     Merger Consideration Exchange Procedures      A-3  

1.7

     Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates      A-4  

1.8

     Tax Consequences      A-4  

1.9

     Taking of Necessary Action; Further Action      A-4  

1.10

     Outstanding Company Derivative Securities      A-4  

1.11

     Payment of Expenses      A-6  

1.12

     Support Agreements      A-6  

1.13

     Private Financing      A-6  

1.14

     Appraisal Rights      A-7  

ARTICLE II REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES REGARDING THE COMPANY

     A-7  

2.1

     Organization and Qualification      A-7  

2.2

     Subsidiaries      A-8  

2.3

     Capitalization      A-8  

2.4

     Authority Relative to this Agreement      A-10  

2.5

     No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents      A-10  

2.6

     Compliance      A-11  

2.7

     Financial Statements      A-11  

2.8

     No Undisclosed Liabilities      A-12  

2.9

     Absence of Certain Changes or Events      A-12  

2.10

     Litigation      A-13  

2.11

     Employee Benefit Plans      A-13  

2.12

     Labor Matters      A-15  

2.13

     Restrictions on Business Activities      A-15  

2.14

     Title to Property      A-15  

2.15

     Taxes      A-16  

2.16

     Environmental Matters      A-17  

2.17

     Brokers; Third Party Expenses      A-17  

2.18

     Intellectual Property      A-17  

2.19

     Agreements, Contracts and Commitments      A-19  

2.20

     Insurance      A-21  

2.21

     Governmental Actions/Filings      A-21  

2.22

     Interested Party Transactions      A-21  

2.23

     Board Approval      A-22  

2.24

     Proxy Statement      A-22  

2.25

     No Additional Representations and Warranties      A-22  

ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT AND MERGER SUB

     A-22  

3.1

     Organization and Qualification      A-22  

3.2

     Subsidiaries      A-23  

3.3

     Capitalization      A-23  

3.4

     Authority Relative to this Agreement      A-24  

3.5

     No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents      A-24  

 

A-i


Table of Contents

3.6

     Compliance      A-25  

3.7

     Parent SEC Reports and Financial Statements      A-25  

3.8

     No Undisclosed Liabilities      A-26  

3.9

     Absence of Certain Changes or Events      A-26  

3.10

     Litigation      A-27  

3.11

     Employee Benefit Plans      A-27  

3.12

     Labor Matters      A-27  

3.13

     Business Activities      A-27  

3.14

     Title to Property      A-27  

3.15

     Intellectual Property      A-27  

3.16

     Taxes      A-27  

3.17

     Environmental Matters      A-28  

3.18

     Brokers      A-28  

3.19

     Agreements, Contracts and Commitments      A-28  

3.20

     Insurance      A-29  

3.21

     Interested Party Transactions      A-29  

3.22

     Parent Listing      A-29  

3.23

     Board Approval      A-29  

3.24

     Trust Fund      A-29  

3.25

     PIPE Documents      A-30  

3.26

     No Additional Representations and Warranties; Independent Investigation      A-30  

ARTICLE IV CONDUCT PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE TIME

     A-31  

4.1

     Conduct of Business by the Company, Parent and Merger Sub      A-31  

4.2

     Confidentiality; Access to Information      A-34  

4.3

     No Solicitation      A-34  

4.4

     Certain Financial Information      A-35  

4.5

     Access to Financial Information      A-35  

4.6

     Commercially Reasonable Efforts      A-36  

ARTICLE V ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

     A-36  

5.1

     Proxy Statement; Special Meeting      A-36  

5.2

     Directors and Officers of Parent and the Company After Merger      A-38  

5.3

     HSR Act      A-38  

5.4

     Public Announcements      A-38  

5.5

     Required Information      A-39  

5.6

     No Securities Transactions      A-40  

5.7

     No Claim Against Trust Fund      A-40  

5.8

     Disclosure of Certain Matters      A-40  

5.9

     Securities Listing      A-40  

5.10

     Charter Protections; Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance      A-40  

5.11

     Insider Loans      A-41  

5.12

     Parent Borrowings      A-41  

5.13

     Trust Fund Disbursement      A-41  

5.14

     Board of Directors      A-41  

5.15

     Lock-Up Agreement      A-41  

5.16

     Registration Rights Agreement      A-42  

5.17

     Intended Tax Treatment; Tax Opinions      A-42  

5.18

     Incentive Equity Plan      A-43  

5.19

     PIPE Investment      A-43  

5.20

     Company Stockholder Approval      A-43  

5.21

     PPP Loan      A-44  

 

A-ii


Table of Contents

ARTICLE VI CONDITIONS TO THE TRANSACTION

     A-44  

6.1

     Conditions to Obligations of Each Party to Effect the Merger      A-44  

6.2

     Additional Conditions to Obligations of the Company      A-45  

6.3

     Additional Conditions to the Obligations of Parent and Merger Sub      A-45  

ARTICLE VII TERMINATION

     A-47  

7.1

     Termination      A-47  

7.2

     Notice of Termination; Effect of Termination      A-48  

7.3

     Fees and Expenses      A-48  

ARTICLE VIII GENERAL PROVISIONS

     A-48  

8.1

     Notices      A-48  

8.2

     Interpretation      A-49  

8.3

     Counterparts; Electronic Delivery      A-53  

8.4

     Entire Agreement; Third Party Beneficiaries      A-53  

8.5

     Severability      A-54  

8.6

     Other Remedies; Specific Performance      A-54  

8.7

     Governing Law      A-54  

8.8

     Consent to Jurisdiction; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY      A-54  

8.9

     Rules of Construction      A-54  

8.10

     Assignment      A-55  

8.11

     Amendment      A-55  

8.12

     Extension; Waiver      A-55  

8.13

     Currency      A-55  

8.14

     Schedules      A-55  

8.15

     Nonsurvival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants      A-55  

8.16

     Non-Recourse      A-55  

 

A-iii


Table of Contents

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION is made and entered into as of September 17, 2020, by and among Pivotal Investment Corporation II, a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), PIC II Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (“Merger Sub”), and XL Hybrids, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Company”). The term “Agreement” as used herein refers to this Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, as the same may be amended from time to time, and all schedules hereto (including the Company Schedule and the Parent Schedule, as defined in the preambles to Articles II and III hereof, respectively). Each of Parent, Merger Sub and the Company shall be referred to herein, individually, as a “Party” and, collectively, as the “Parties”. Except as otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Section 8.2.

RECITALS

A. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), the Parties intend to enter into a business combination transaction by which Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company (with the Company being the surviving entity of the Merger (“Surviving Corporation”)) in exchange for the Company’s stockholders receiving shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Parent (“Parent Common Stock”) as provided by this Agreement (the “Merger”).

B. The boards of directors of each of Parent, Merger Sub and the Company have determined that the Merger is fair to, and in the best interests of, their respective companies and their respective stockholders.

C. The parties intend that the Merger will qualify as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and this Agreement is hereby adopted as a “plan of reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368 of the Code.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants, promises and representations set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

THE MERGER

1.1 The Merger. At the Effective Time and subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the applicable provisions of the DGCL, Merger Sub shall be merged with and into the Company, the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub shall cease and the Company shall continue as the Surviving Corporation after the Merger and as a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent.

1.2 Effective Time; Closing. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, as soon as practicable on or after the Closing Date (defined below), the parties hereto shall cause the Merger to be consummated by filing a Certificate of Merger (the “Certificate of Merger”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the DGCL (the time of such filing, or such later time as may be agreed in writing by Company and Parent and specified in the Certificate of Merger, being the “Effective Time”). Unless this Agreement shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 7.1, the consummation of the Merger (the “Closing”), other than the filing of the Certificate of Merger, shall take place at the offices of Graubard Miller, counsel to Parent, The Chrysler Building, 405 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10174-1901 at a time and date to be specified by the parties, which shall be no later than the third (3rd) Business Day after the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article VI (other than those conditions that by their nature are

 

A-1


Table of Contents

to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction thereof at the Closing), or at such other time, date and location as the parties hereto agree in writing (the “Closing Date”). Closing signatures may be transmitted by facsimile or by email pdf files.

1.3 Effect of the Merger. At the Effective Time, the effect of the Merger shall be as provided in this Agreement and the DGCL. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject thereto, at the Effective Time all the property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of each of the Company and Merger Sub shall vest in the Surviving Corporation, and all debts, liabilities and duties of each of the Company and Merger Sub shall become the debts, liabilities and duties of the Surviving Corporation.

1.4 Governing Documents. At the Effective Time,

(a) the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation shall be amended and restated to be identical to the Certificate of Incorporation of Merger Sub except that the name of the Surviving Corporation shall be that of the Company; and

(b) the Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation shall be amended and restated to be identical to the Bylaws of Merger Sub except that the name of the Surviving Corporation shall be that of the Company.

1.5 Effect on Securities.

(a) Conversion of Company Preferred Stock. Immediately prior to the Effective Time, the Company shall cause each share of Company Preferred Stock that is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time to be automatically converted into a number of shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Company Common Stock” and, together with the Company Preferred Stock (as defined below), the “Company Stock”) in accordance with the terms of Article Fourth, Section C.4(b)(ii) and Section C.4(c) of the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, dated September 28, 2017 (as such may have been amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Company Charter”). All of the shares of Company Preferred Stock so converted into shares of Company Common Stock shall no longer be issued and outstanding and shall cease to exist, and each holder of Company Preferred Stock shall thereafter cease to have any rights with respect to such shares of Company Preferred Stock.

(b) Conversion of Securities. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and this Agreement and without any further action on the part of Parent, Merger Sub or the Company or the holders of any of the following securities:

(i) other than shares cancelled pursuant to Section 1.5(e) and Dissenting Shares, each share of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (including, for the avoidance of doubt, each share of Company Common Stock issued as a result of the conversion of Company Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 1.5(a) and any conversion or exchange of Company Convertible Notes pursuant to Section 1.10(c)) will be automatically converted into the right to receive that number of shares of Parent Common Stock (“Merger Shares”) equal to the Exchange Ratio (the “Per Share Merger Consideration”) consistent with Schedule 1.5(b) hereto, which sets forth a calculation of the Exchange Ratio as of the date hereof, together with the assumptions related to such calculation; and

(ii) each share of Merger Sub’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and exchanged for one validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable share of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Surviving Corporation.

(c) Adjustments to Merger Consideration. The Per Share Merger Consideration issuable pursuant to this Section 1.5 shall be equitably adjusted to reflect appropriately the effect of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend (including any dividend or distribution of securities convertible into shares of Parent Common Stock), extraordinary cash dividends, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, combination,

 

A-2


Table of Contents

exchange of shares or other like change with respect to shares of Parent Common Stock occurring on or after the date hereof but at or prior to the Effective Time.

(d) Fractional Shares. No fraction of a share of Parent Common Stock will be issued by virtue of the Merger, and each holder of shares of Company Common Stock who would otherwise be entitled to a fraction of a share of Parent Common Stock any time shares of Parent Common Stock are distributed to any such Person pursuant to this Agreement (after aggregating all fractional shares of Parent Common Stock that otherwise would be received by such holder in connection with such distribution) shall, upon compliance with Section 1.6, receive from Parent, in lieu of such fractional share, one (1) share of Parent Common Stock.

(e) Cancellation of Treasury and Parent-Owned Stock. Each share of Company Stock held by the Company or Parent or any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be canceled and extinguished without any conversion or payment in respect thereof.

(f) Total Merger Shares. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the aggregate number of Merger Shares to be issued in the Merger exceed an amount equal to 100,000,000 less the Reserved Share Number.

1.6 Merger Consideration Exchange Procedures.

(a) Exchange Procedures. At the Closing, the holders of Company Stock (the “Company Stockholders”) shall deliver the certificates or notes evidencing their right to shares of Company Stock (including shares of Company Preferred Stock or Company Convertible Notes that have been converted into Company Common Stock pursuant to Section 1.5(a) and Section 1.10(c), respectively) (the “Company Certificates”) to Parent for cancellation, or in the case of a lost, stolen or destroyed Company Certificate, will deliver to Parent an affidavit (and indemnity if required) in the manner provided in Section 1.7 below), together with a letter of transmittal in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (“Letter of Transmittal”), and receive in exchange therefor the Per Share Merger Consideration in book-entry form (unless certificates representing Merger Shares are otherwise requested by Company Stockholders) and the certificates representing the Company Stock shall forthwith be cancelled. Until so surrendered, outstanding Company Certificates will be deemed, from and after the Effective Time, to evidence only the right to receive the Per Share Merger Consideration as prescribed by this Agreement.

(b) Distributions With Respect to Unexchanged Shares. No dividends or other distributions declared or made after the date of this Agreement with respect to Parent Common Stock with a record date after the Effective Time will be paid to the holders of any unsurrendered Company Certificates with respect to the Per Share Merger Consideration to be issued upon surrender thereof until the holders of record of such Company Certificates shall surrender such certificates. Subject to applicable law, following surrender of any such Company Certificates, Parent shall promptly deliver to the record holders thereof, without interest, the Per Share Merger Consideration issued in exchange therefor in book-entry form and the amount of any such dividends or other distributions with a record date after the Effective Time theretofore paid with respect to such Merger Shares.

(c) Transfers of Ownership. If Merger Shares are to be issued in book-entry form in a name other than that in which the Company Certificates surrendered in exchange therefor are registered, it will be a condition of the issuance thereof that the Company Certificates so surrendered will be properly endorsed and otherwise in proper form for transfer and that the persons requesting such exchange will have paid to Parent or any agent designated by it any transfer or other taxes required by reason of the issuance of Merger Shares representing the Per Share Merger Consideration in any name other than that of the registered holder of the Company Certificates surrendered, or established to the satisfaction of Parent or any agent designated by it that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

(d) Required Withholding. Parent shall be entitled to deduct and withhold (or cause to be deducted and withheld) from any consideration payable or otherwise deliverable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as

 

A-3


Table of Contents

are required to be deducted or withheld therefrom under the Code or under any provision of state, local or foreign tax law. Parent shall provide notice of any withholding that it intends to make (or cause to be made) in connection with consideration payable or otherwise deliverable pursuant to this Agreement (other than any withholding required in connection with amounts properly treated as compensation for applicable Tax purposes) at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date of the relevant payment, and the Parties shall (and shall cause their Affiliates to) cooperate to minimize or eliminate any potential withholding. To the extent such amounts are so deducted or withheld consistent with the terms of this Section 1.6(d), such amounts shall be treated for all purposes under this Agreement as having been paid to the person to whom such amounts would otherwise have been paid.

(e) No Further Ownership Rights in Company Stock. All shares of Parent Common Stock issued in accordance with the terms hereof shall be deemed to have been issued in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to the Company Stock and there shall be no further registration of transfers on the records of the Surviving Corporation of the shares of Company Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time. If, after the Effective Time, Company Certificates are presented to the Surviving Corporation for any reason, they shall be canceled and exchanged as provided in this Article I.

1.7 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. In the event that any Company Certificates shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, Parent shall issue in exchange for such lost, stolen or destroyed Company Certificates, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the holder thereof, the aggregate Per Share Merger Consideration into which the shares of Company Stock formerly represented by such Company Certificates was converted into and any dividends or distributions payable pursuant to Section 1.6(b); provided, however, that, as a condition precedent to the delivery of such Per Share Merger Consideration, the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed Company Certificates shall indemnify Parent against any claim that may be made against Parent or Surviving Corporation with respect to the Company Certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed and deliver any Letter of Transmittal reasonably required by Parent.

1.8 Tax Consequences. It is intended by the parties hereto that the Merger shall constitute a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. The parties hereto adopt this Agreement as a “plan of reorganization” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3(a).

1.9 Taking of Necessary Action; Further Action. If, at any time after the Effective Time, any further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement and to vest Surviving Corporation with full right, title and possession to all assets, property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of the Company and Merger Sub, the officers and directors of the Company and Merger Sub will use their reasonable best efforts to take all such lawful and necessary action.

1.10 Outstanding Company Derivative Securities.

(a) Company Options. At the Effective Time, each outstanding option to purchase shares of Company Common Stock, whether or not exercisable and whether or not vested, immediately prior to the Effective Time (a “Company Option”) shall be assumed by Parent and converted into an option to purchase a number of shares of Parent Common Stock (such option, an “Exchanged Option”) equal to the product (rounded down to the nearest whole number) of (x) the number of shares of Company Common Stock subject to such Company Option immediately prior to the Effective Time and (y) the Exchange Ratio, at an exercise price per share (rounded up to the nearest whole cent) equal to (A) the exercise price per share of such Company Option immediately prior to the Effective Time divided by (B) the Exchange Ratio; provided, however, that the exercise price and the number of shares of Parent Common Stock purchasable pursuant to the Exchanged Options shall be determined in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code; provided, further, that in the case of any Exchanged Option to which Section 422 of the Code applies, the exercise price and the number of shares of Parent Common Stock purchasable pursuant to such option shall be determined in accordance with the foregoing, subject to such adjustments as are necessary in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 424(a) of the Code

 

A-4


Table of Contents

and the U.S. Department of Treasury regulations thereunder, as applicable. Except as specifically provided above, following the Effective Time, each Exchanged Option shall continue to be governed by the same terms and conditions (including vesting and exercisability terms) as were applicable to the corresponding former Company Option immediately prior to the Effective Time (without duplication of any right to accelerated vesting that may have been triggered in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby), and subject to the adjustments required by this Section 1.10(a) after giving effect to the Merger). At the Effective Time, each Company restricted stock award (a “Company Restricted Stock Award”), whether vested or unvested, shall be assumed by Parent and shall be converted into a restricted stock award with respect to a number of shares of Parent Common Stock (such restricted stock award, an “Exchanged RSA”) equal to the product (rounded down to the nearest whole number) of (x) the number of shares of Company Common Stock subject to such Company Restricted Stock Award immediately prior to the Effective Time and (y) the Exchange Ratio, with the same terms and conditions as were applicable under such Company Restricted Stock Award immediately prior to the Effective Time. Parent shall assume the Company Stock Plan (the “Assumed Plan”) such that the Exchanged Options and Exchanged RSAs will be issued under the Assumed Plan, and stock options and other equity-based awards may be issued with respect to the shares available for grant thereunder as of immediately prior to the Effective Time (subject to appropriate adjustment pursuant to the Company Stock Plan and all equity-based awards granted thereunder) in respect of Parent Common Stock under such Company Stock Plan, and Parent shall take all corporate action necessary to reserve for issuance a sufficient number of shares of Parent Common Stock for delivery upon exercise of Company Options and the issuance of stock options and other equity-based awards from the shares available for grant as of immediately prior to the Effective Time under the Company Stock Plan assumed in accordance with this Section 1.10(a). At or prior to the Effective Time, the Parties and their boards, as applicable, shall adopt any resolutions and take any actions that are necessary to effectuate the assumption of the Company Stock Plan and the treatment of the Company Options and Company Restricted Stock Awards pursuant to this subsection, and to cause any disposition or acquisition of equity securities of Parent pursuant to this Section 1.10(a) by each individual who is a director or officer of Parent or who will become a director or officer of Parent at the Effective Time to be exempt under Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Parent shall file an appropriate registration statement or registration statements with respect to the shares of Parent Common Stock subject to such Exchanged Options (other than any Exchanged Options held by any former employee, director or consultant of the Company immediately prior to the Effective Time) and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement or registration statements (and maintain the current status of the prospectus or prospectuses contained therein) for so long as such awards remain outstanding.

(b) Company Warrants. At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger, each warrant, issued by the Company and outstanding, to purchase shares of Company Stock (a “Company Warrant”) shall be automatically assumed by Parent and shall become a warrant to acquire, on the same terms and conditions as were applicable under each such Company Warrant, a number of shares of Parent Common Stock equal to the product (rounded down to the nearest whole number) of (x) the number of shares of Company Common Stock subject to such Company Warrant immediately prior to the Effective Time (including, with respect to any Company Warrant to purchase shares of Company Preferred Stock, the shares of Company Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Company Preferred Stock subject to such Company Warrant) as adjusted pursuant to the terms of such Company Warrant and (y) the Exchange Ratio, at an exercise price (rounded up to the nearest whole cent) equal to (A) the exercise price of such Company Warrant immediately prior to the Effective Time as adjusted pursuant to the terms of such Company Warrant divided by (B) the Exchange Ratio (it being understood that the foregoing calculations shall not apply to the extent expressly provided for by the adjustment terms of such Company Warrant). The Company shall, prior to the Effective Time, take all actions necessary or desirable in connection with the treatment of Company Warrants contemplated by this Section 1.10(b). Parent shall take all corporate actions necessary to reserve for issuance shares of Parent Common Stock that will be subject to issuance upon exercise of the Company Warrants, as adjusted in accordance with their terms.

(c) Company Convertible Notes. Immediately prior to the Effective Time, the outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest due on each convertible promissory note issued by the Company and outstanding

 

A-5


Table of Contents

(a “Company Convertible Note” and together with each Company Option and Company Warrant, the “Company Derivative Securities”) shall be treated as set forth on Schedule 1.10(c). The Company shall, prior to the Effective Time, take all actions necessary or desirable in connection with the treatment of Company Convertible Notes contemplated by this Section 1.10(c).

1.11 Payment of Expenses.

(a) At least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall provide to Parent a written report setting forth a list of all third party fees and expenses incurred by the Company or the Stockholders in connection with or in relation to the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (together with written invoices and wire transfer instructions for the payment thereof), solely to the extent such fees and expenses will be unpaid as of the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date, including, but not limited to, the: (i) fees and disbursements of outside counsel to the Company and Company management incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and (ii) fees and expenses of any other agents, advisors, consultants, experts, financial advisors, brokers, finders or investment bankers employed by the Company in connection with the with the transactions contemplated hereby (collectively, the “Outstanding Company Expenses”). On the Closing Date following the Closing, Parent shall pay or cause the Surviving Corporation to pay by wire transfer of immediately available funds the Outstanding Company Expenses.

(b) At least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, Parent shall provide to the Company a written report setting forth a list of all third party fees and expenses incurred by Parent and Merger Sub in connection with or in relation to the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (together with written invoices and wire transfer instructions for the payment thereof), solely to the extent such fees and expenses will be unpaid as of the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date, including, but not limited to, the: (i) fees and disbursements of outside counsel to Parent and Merger Sub incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) fees and expenses of Parent and Merger Sub for any other agents, advisors, consultants, experts, financial advisors, brokers, finders or investment bankers employed in connection with the with the transactions contemplated hereby, including any financing related to the transactions contemplated hereby, (iii) the aggregate amount of Parent Borrowings and (iv) without duplication, any other amounts described in clauses (ii) and (iii) of Section 5.13 (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “Outstanding Parent Expenses”). On the Closing Date, Parent shall pay or cause to be paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds the Outstanding Parent Expenses.

1.12 Support Agreements. Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Company Stockholders identified on Schedule 1.12 attached hereto (the “Supporting Stockholders”) have entered into support agreements with Parent (the “Support Agreements”), pursuant to which each of the Supporting Stockholders has (i) agreed to, among other things, vote all of the shares of Company Stock beneficially owned by such Supporting Stockholder in favor of the Merger (which vote may be done by executing a written consent as provided for in Section 5.20 hereof) and (ii) delivered a signature to the Request for Conversion, in the case of Supporting Stockholders that are holders of Series D Preferred Stock.

1.13 Private Financing. On or prior to the date hereof, Parent has delivered to the Company true, complete and correct copies of executed subscription agreements or securities purchase agreements from the investors party thereto, together with all exhibits (including documents attached as exhibits), schedules, annexes and other attachments thereto, and any related agreements (collectively, the “PIPE Documents”) pursuant to which such investors have committed to purchase securities of Parent for an aggregate purchase price of at least $100,000,000 in a private placement or other financing to be consummated simultaneously with the Closing (the “PIPE Investment”).

 

A-6


Table of Contents

1.14 Appraisal Rights.

(a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary and to the extent available under the DGCL, shares of Company Common Stock that are outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and that are held by stockholders of the Company who shall have neither voted in favor of the Merger nor consented thereto in writing and who shall have demanded properly in writing appraisal for such Company Common Stock in accordance with Section 262 of the DGCL and otherwise complied with all of the provisions of the DGCL relevant to the exercise and perfection of dissenters’ rights (such shares, “Dissenting Shares”) shall not be converted into, and such stockholders shall have no right to receive, the Per Share Merger Consideration unless and until such stockholder fails to perfect or withdraws or otherwise loses his, her or its right to appraisal and payment under the DGCL. Any stockholder of the Company who fails to perfect or who effectively withdraws or otherwise loses his, her or its rights to appraisal of such Dissenting Shares under Section 262 of the DGCL shall thereupon be deemed to have been converted into, and to have become exchangeable for, as of the Effective Time, the right to receive the Per Share Merger Consideration, without any interest thereon, upon surrender, if applicable, in the manner provided in Section 1.6, of the Company Certificate or Company Certificates that formerly evidenced such Dissenting Shares.

(b) Prior to the Closing, the Company shall give Parent (i) prompt notice of any demands for appraisal received by the Company and any withdrawals of such demands, and (ii) the opportunity to participate in all negotiations and proceedings with respect to demands for appraisal under the DGCL. The Company shall not, except with the prior written consent of Parent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), make any payment with respect to any demands for appraisal or offer to settle or settle any such demands.

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES REGARDING THE COMPANY

Subject to the exceptions set forth in Schedule 2 delivered by the Company to Parent and Merger Sub in connection with this Agreement (the “Company Schedule”), the Company hereby represents and warrants to Parent and Merger Sub as follows:

2.1 Organization and Qualification.

(a) The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its assets and properties and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted. The Company is in possession of all franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, easements, consents, certificates, approvals and orders of or from any federal, state, municipal, foreign or other governmental, administrative or judicial body, agency or authority (“Approvals”) necessary to own, lease and operate the properties it purports to own, operate or lease and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted, except where the failure to have such Approvals would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company. Complete and correct copies of the certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or other comparable governing instruments with different names) (collectively referred to herein as “Charter Documents”) of the Company, as amended and currently in effect, have been heretofore made available to Parent or Parent’s counsel.

(b) The Company is duly qualified or licensed to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where the character of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of its activities makes such qualification or licensing necessary, except for such failures to be so duly qualified or licensed and in good standing that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company. Each jurisdiction in which the Company is so qualified or licensed is listed in Schedule 2.1(b).

 

A-7


Table of Contents

2.2 Subsidiaries.

(a) The Company has no direct or indirect subsidiaries other than those listed in Schedule 2.2 (the “Subsidiaries”). Except as set forth in Schedule 2.2, the Company owns all of the outstanding equity securities of the Subsidiaries, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens, either directly or indirectly through one or more other Subsidiaries. Except with respect to the Subsidiaries, the Company does not own, directly or indirectly, any equity or voting interest in any Person or has any agreement or commitment to purchase any such interest, and has not agreed and is not obligated to make nor is bound by any written or oral agreement, contract, subcontract, lease, binding understanding, instrument, note, option, warranty, purchase order, license, sublicense, insurance policy, benefit plan, commitment or undertaking of any nature, as of the date hereof or as may hereafter be in effect, under which it may become obligated to make any future investment in or capital contribution to any other entity.

(b) Each Subsidiary that is a corporation is duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing (or the equivalent thereof) under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation (as listed in Schedule 2.2) and has the requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its assets and properties and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted. Each Subsidiary that is a limited liability company is duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing (or the equivalent thereof) under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization or formation (as listed in Schedule 2.2) and has the requisite limited liability company power and authority to own, lease and operate its assets and properties and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted. Each Subsidiary is in possession of all Approvals necessary to own, lease and operate the properties it purports to own, operate or lease and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted, except where the failure to have such Approvals would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company. Complete and correct copies of the Charter Documents of each Subsidiary, as amended and currently in effect, have been heretofore delivered to Parent or Parent’s counsel.

(c) Each Subsidiary is duly qualified or licensed to do business as a foreign corporation or foreign limited liability company and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where the character of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of its activities makes such qualification or licensing necessary, except for such failures to be so duly qualified or licensed and in good standing that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

2.3 Capitalization.

(a) The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 130,000,000 shares of Company Common Stock and 99,966,639 shares of the Company’s preferred stock (the “Company Preferred Stock”), consisting of (i) 11,697,818 shares of the Company’s preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock in the Company Charter Documents (the “Series A Preferred Stock”, (ii) 11,168,788 shares of the Company’s preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, designated as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock in the Company Charter Documents (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), (iii) 3,413,461 shares of the Company’s preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, designated as Series B-1 Convertible Preferred Stock in the Company Charter Documents (the “Series B-1 Preferred Stock”), (iv) 23,092,403 shares of the Company’s preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, designated as Series C Preferred Stock in the Company Charter Documents (the “Series C Preferred Stock”), (v) 43,382,845 shares of the Company’s preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, designated as Series D-1 Convertible Preferred Stock in the Company Charter Documents (the “Series D-1 Preferred Stock”), (vi) 1,465,110 shares of the Company’s preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, designated as Series D-2 Convertible Preferred Stock in the Company Charter Documents (the “Series D-2 Preferred Stock”), (vii) 223,254 shares of the Company’s preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, designated as Series D-3 Convertible Preferred Stock in the Company Charter Documents (the “Series D-3 Preferred Stock”) and (viii) 5,522,960 shares of the Company’s preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, designated as Series D-4 Convertible Preferred Stock in the Company Charter Documents (the “Series D-4 Preferred Stock,” and together with the Series D-1 Preferred Stock, the Series D-2 Preferred Stock and the Series D-3 Preferred Stock, the “Series D Preferred Stock”). As of the date hereof, (1) 11,639,966 shares of Company

 

A-8


Table of Contents

Common Stock are issued and outstanding, (2) 11,697,818 shares of Series A Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding, (3) 11,168,788 shares of Series B Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding, (4) 3,413,461 shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding, (5) 23,092,403 shares of Series C Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding, (6) 42,897,246 shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding, (7) 1,465,110 shares of Series D-2 Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding, (8) 223,254 shares of Series D-3 Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding, (9) 5,522,960 shares of Series D-4 Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding and (10) no shares of Company Common Stock or Company Preferred Stock are held in the treasury of the Company. Upon the automatic conversion of the Company Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 1.5(a) (without giving effect to the exercise of any Company Warrant), all outstanding shares of Company Preferred Stock shall be converted into an aggregate of 99,481,041 shares of Company Common Stock and no shares of Company Preferred Stock shall be issued and outstanding. Other than Company Stock, the Company has no class or series of securities authorized by its Charter Documents. Schedule 2.3(a) hereto contains a list of all of the stockholders of the Company and the number of shares of Company Stock owned by each stockholder, as of the date of this Agreement.

(b) As of the date of this Agreement, 16,935,517 shares of Company Common Stock are reserved for issuance under the Company Equity Plan, of which (i) 15,900,803 shares are issuable upon the exercise of outstanding, unexercised Company Stock Options and (ii) 808 shares remain available for future grant under the Company Equity Plan. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.3(b) and Schedule 2.3(f) hereto, as of the date of this Agreement, no shares of Company Stock are reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding convertible notes, warrants or other rights to purchase Company Stock. Schedule 2.3(b) hereto sets forth, as of the date of this Agreement, the number of shares of Company Common Stock that are issuable upon the conversion of the Company Convertible Notes, the number of shares of Company Common Stock that are issuable upon the exercise of Company Warrants exercisable into Company Common Stock and the number of shares of Company Preferred Stock that are issuable upon the exercise of Company Warrants exercisable into Company Preferred Stock.

(c) Except as set forth in the PIPE Documents, Schedule 2.3(b), Schedule 2.3(c) and Schedule 2.3(f) hereto or as set forth in Section 2.3(a) hereof, as of the date of this Agreement, there are no subscriptions, options, warrants, equity securities, partnership interests or similar ownership interests, calls, rights (including preemptive rights), commitments or agreements of any character to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound obligating the Company to issue, deliver or sell, or cause to be issued, delivered or sold, or repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, or cause the repurchase, redemption or acquisition of, any shares of capital stock, partnership interests or similar ownership interests of the Company or obligating the Company to grant, accelerate the vesting of or enter into any such subscription, option, warrant, equity security, call, right, commitment or agreement.

(d) Except as set forth in Schedule 2.3(d) or as contemplated by this Agreement or the PIPE Documents, there are no registration rights, and there is no voting trust, proxy, rights plan, anti-takeover plan or other agreements or understandings, to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound with respect to any equity security of the Company.

(e) Except as provided for in this Agreement or the PIPE Documents or as set forth in Schedule 2.3(e), as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, no shares of capital stock, warrants, options or other securities of the Company are issuable and no rights in connection with any shares, warrants, options or other securities of the Company accelerate or otherwise become triggered (whether as to vesting, exercisability, convertibility or otherwise).

(f) Schedule 2.3(f) sets forth, with respect to each outstanding Company Stock Option as of the date hereof, (1) the name of the holder, the type of entity of such holder, the domicile address of record of such holder, and whether such holder is an employee of the Company, (2) the number and class or series of shares of Company Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Company Stock Option, (3) the date of grant, the exercise

 

A-9


Table of Contents

price (if any), and the vesting schedule, including the extent vested to date and whether such vesting is subject to acceleration as a result of the Merger or any other events and (4) whether such Company Stock Option qualifies as a nonstatutory option or an incentive stock option (as defined in Section 422 of the Code). Schedule 2.3(f) sets forth, with respect to each Company Warrant as of the date hereof, (A) the name of the holder, (B) the number and class or series of shares of Company Stock issuable upon the conversion or exercise thereof, (C) the date of grant or issuance, as applicable, the exercise price (if any) and (D) any premium or other payment in lieu of, or in addition to, the conversion or exercise thereof (other than any payments that may be due with respect to the value of any fractional shares in the event that fractional shares are not issued upon exercise). Schedule 2.3(f) sets forth, with respect to each outstanding Company Convertible Note as of the date hereof, (I) the name of the holder, (II) the number and class or series of shares of Company Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Company Convertible Note, (III) the date of issuance and (IV) the principal and accrued interest of such Company Convertible Note as of the date hereof. All shares of Company Stock subject to issuance as aforesaid in this Section 2.3(f), upon issuance on the terms and conditions specified in the instrument pursuant to which they are issuable, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. All outstanding shares of Company Stock have been issued and granted in compliance with (x) all applicable securities laws and (in all material respects) other applicable laws and regulations, and (y) all requirements set forth in any applicable Charter Documents. Except as set forth on Schedule 2.3(f), neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any outstanding bonds, debentures, notes or other indebtedness obligations the holders of which have the right to vote (or which are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for securities having the right to vote) with the stockholders of the Company on any matter.

(g) Except as set forth in Schedule 2.3(g), no outstanding shares of Company Stock are unvested or subjected to a repurchase option, risk of forfeiture or other condition under any applicable agreement with the Company.

2.4 Authority Relative to this Agreement. The Company has all necessary corporate power and authority to: (i) execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and each ancillary document that the Company has executed or delivered or is to execute or deliver pursuant to this Agreement, and (ii) carry out the Company’s obligations hereunder and thereunder and, subject to the Company Stockholder Approval, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including the Merger). The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby (including the Merger) have been, or will be, duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company (including the approval by its board of directors and, prior to the Closing, its stockholders as required by the DGCL), and no other corporate proceedings on the part of the Company are necessary to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The affirmative vote of the Supporting Stockholders to approve this Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement will include the approval of the Requisite Holders (as defined in the Company Charter) to effect a mandatory conversion of the Company Preferred Stock under Article Fourth, Section C.4(b)(ii) and Section C.4(c) of the Company Charter. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery thereof by the other parties hereto, constitutes the legal and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

2.5 No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.5 hereto:

(a) The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company do not, and the performance of this Agreement by the Company shall not, (i) conflict with or violate the Charter Documents of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) conflict with or violate any Legal Requirements, (iii) result in any breach of or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or materially impair the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ rights or alter the rights or obligations of any third party under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, or result in the creation of a lien

 

A-10


Table of Contents

or encumbrance on any of the properties or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Permitted Liens) pursuant to, any Material Company Contracts or (iv) result in the triggering, acceleration or increase of any payment to any Person pursuant to any Company Contract, including any “change in control” or similar provision of any Company Contract, except, with respect to clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv), for any such conflicts, violations, breaches, defaults, impairments, alterations, triggerings, accelerations, increases or other occurrences that would not, individually and in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

(b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company does not, and the performance of its obligations hereunder will not, require any consent, approval, authorization or permit of, or filing with or notification to, any Governmental Entity or other third party (including, without limitation, lenders and lessors), except (i) for applicable requirements, if any, of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”), the Exchange Act or state securities laws, and the rules and regulations thereunder, and appropriate documents received from or filed with the relevant authorities of other jurisdictions in which the Company is licensed or qualified to do business, (ii) for the filing of any notifications required under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the “HSR Act”), and the expiration of the required waiting period thereunder, (iii) the consents, approvals, authorizations and permits described in Schedule 2.5(b) and (iv) where the failure to obtain such consents, approvals, authorizations or permits, or to make such filings or notifications, would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to (x) have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or, after the Closing, Parent, or (y) prevent the consummation of the Merger or otherwise prevent the Company from performing its material obligations under this Agreement on a timely basis.

2.6 Compliance. During the past two (2) years and as of the date of this Agreement, the Company and each of its Subsidiaries has complied with in all material respects all, and is not in violation in any material respect of any, Legal Requirements with respect to the conduct of its business, or the ownership or operation of its business. During the past two (2) years and as of the date of this Agreement, the businesses and activities of the Company and of each of its Subsidiaries have not been and are not being conducted in violation in any material respect of any Legal Requirements. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default or violation in any material respect of any term, condition or provision of any applicable Charter Documents. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.6, within the past two (2) years, no written notice of non-compliance with any Legal Requirements has been received by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (and the Company has no knowledge of any such notice delivered to any other Person).

2.7 Financial Statements.

(a) The Company has made available to Parent true and complete copies of the audited consolidated financial statements (including any related notes thereto) of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (the “Audited Financial Statements”) and the unaudited consolidated financial statements (including any related notes thereto) of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the three-month periods ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 (the “Unaudited Financial Statements,” and together with the Audited Financial Statements, the “Financial Statements”).

(b) The Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis in accordance with past practice throughout the periods involved (except as may be indicated therein or in the notes thereto), and fairly present in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its Subsidiaries at the respective dates thereof and the results of their operations and cash flows for the respective periods indicated, except, in the case of the Unaudited Financial Statements, subject to normal audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

(c) The Updated Audited Financial Statements to be delivered to Parent pursuant to Section 4.4 shall be consistent in all material respects with the Audited Financial Statements with respect to the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

A-11


Table of Contents

(d) The Company has established and maintained a system of internal accounting controls. To the Company’s knowledge, such internal controls are sufficient to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of the Company’s financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

(e) There are no outstanding loans or other extensions of credit made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any executive officer (as defined in Rule 3b-7 under the Exchange Act) or director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has taken any action prohibited by Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

(f) Except as otherwise noted in the Financial Statements, the accounts and notes receivable of the Company reflected in the Financial Statements: (i) arose from bona fide sales transactions in the ordinary course of business and are payable on ordinary trade terms, (ii) to the Company’s knowledge, are legal, valid and binding obligations of the respective debtors enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as such may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and by general equitable principles, (iii) are not subject to any valid set-off or counterclaim to which the Company has been notified in writing as of the date hereof except to the extent set forth in such balance sheet contained therein, and (iv) are not the subject of any actions or proceedings brought by or on behalf of the Company as of the date hereof.

(g) All representations and certifications made by the Company to lenders or any Governmental Entity in connection with the PPP Loan were accurate, true and correct in all material respects when made, and the Company has used the proceeds of the PPP Loan solely for permitted uses under the PPP and any documentation governing the PPP Loan.

2.8 No Undisclosed Liabilities. The Company (including its Subsidiaries) has no liabilities (absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise) of a nature required under U.S. GAAP, applied on a consistent basis in accordance with past practice, to be disclosed on a consolidated balance sheet or in the related notes to the Financial Statements that are, individually or in the aggregate, material to the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except: (i) liabilities provided for in or otherwise disclosed in the balance sheet included in the most recent Financial Statements or in the notes to the most recent Financial Statements, (ii) such liabilities arising in the ordinary course of the Company’s business since the date of the most recent Financial Statement, (iii) liabilities disclosed in Schedule 2.8 and (iv) liabilities which are not, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Company.

2.9 Absence of Certain Changes or Events. Except as contemplated by this Agreement, since the date of the most recent Financial Statement to the date of this Agreement, there has not been: (i) any Material Adverse Effect on the Company, (ii) any declaration, setting aside or payment of any dividend on, or other distribution (whether in cash, stock or property) in respect of, any of the Company’s capital stock, or any purchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Company of any of the Company’s capital stock or any other securities of the Company or any options, warrants, calls or rights to acquire any such shares or other securities, (iii) any split, combination or reclassification of any of the Company’s capital stock, (iv) any granting by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any increase in compensation or fringe benefits, except for normal increases of cash compensation in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or pursuant to any Plan, or any payment by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any bonus, except for bonuses made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or pursuant to any Plan, or any granting by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any increase in severance or termination pay or any entry by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries into any currently effective employment, severance, termination or indemnification agreement or any agreement the benefits of which are contingent or the terms of which are materially altered upon the occurrence of a transaction involving the Company of the nature contemplated hereby, (v) entry by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries into any licensing or other agreement with regard to the acquisition or disposition of any material Intellectual Property other than licenses and services agreements in the ordinary course of business

 

A-12


Table of Contents

consistent with past practice or any amendment or consent with respect to any licensing or services agreement, (vi) any material change by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in its accounting methods, principles or practices, except as required by concurrent changes in U.S. GAAP, (vii) any change in the auditors of the Company, or (viii) any material revaluation by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any of its material assets, including, without limitation, writing down the value of capitalized inventory or writing off notes or accounts receivable or any sale of assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, other than in the ordinary course of business.

2.10 Litigation. Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.10 hereto, there are no, and in the past two (2) years have not been, any claims, suits, actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries before any court, governmental department, commission, agency, instrumentality or authority, or any arbitrator that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

2.11 Employee Benefit Plans.

(a) Schedule 2.11(a) lists all material Plans. “Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended and any other material employee compensation, incentive, fringe or employee benefit plan, program, policy or other arrangement (whether or not set forth in a written document) covering any active or former employee, director or consultant of the Company or its Subsidiaries, in each case, with respect to which the Company or its Subsidiaries has liability, other than (i) standard employment agreements that can be terminated at any time without severance or termination pay and upon notice of not more than 60 days or such longer period as may be required by Legal Requirements, (ii) any plan, program, policy or other arrangement that is sponsored or maintained by a Governmental Entity or (iii) any plan, program, policy or other arrangement that covers only former directors, officers, employees, independent contractors and service providers and with respect to which the Company and its Subsidiaries have no remaining liabilities. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, all Plans have been maintained and administered in all material respects in compliance with their respective terms and with the Legal Requirements which are applicable to such Plans, and all contributions required to be made with respect to the Plans as of the date hereof have been made or, if not yet due, are reflected in the financial statements and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries to the extent required by U.S. GAAP. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (i) no suit, action or other litigation (excluding claims for benefits incurred in the ordinary course of Plan activities) has been brought, or, to the knowledge of the Company, is threatened, against or with respect to any Plan and (ii) there are no audits, inquiries or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by any governmental agency with respect to any Plan. Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.11(a), each Plan can be amended, terminated or otherwise discontinued after the Closing in accordance with its terms, without material liability to Parent or the Surviving Corporation (other than ordinary administration expenses and amounts payable for benefits accrued but not yet paid).

(b) Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.11(b) hereto, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will (i) result in any payment (including severance, bonus or otherwise) becoming due to any shareholder, director, officer or employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries under any Plan or otherwise, (ii) materially increase any benefits otherwise payable under any Plan, (iii) result in the acceleration of the time of payment or vesting of any such benefits or (iv) result in any amount paid or payable being classified as an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code.

(c) With respect to each Plan, the Company has made available to Parent, where applicable, (i) a true and complete copy of the current Plan documents and all amendments thereto and each trust or other funding arrangement, (ii) copies of the most recent summary plan description and any summaries of material modifications, (iii) a copy of the 2019 filed Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form 5500 annual report and

 

A-13


Table of Contents

accompanying schedules, (iv) copies of the most recently received IRS determination, opinion or advisory letter for each such Plan, and (v) any material nonroutine correspondence from any Governmental Authority with respect to any Plan within the past three (3) years. The Company has no express commitment to modify, change or terminate any Plan, other than with respect to a modification, change or termination required by ERISA or the Code, or other applicable Law.

(d) None of the Plans is or was within the past six (6) years, nor does the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate have or reasonably expect to have any liability or obligation under (i) a multiemployer plan (within the meaning of Section 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA), (ii) a single employer pension plan (within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA) subject to Section 412 of the Code and/or Title IV of ERISA, (iii) a multiple employer plan subject to Section 413(c) of the Code, or (iv) a multiple employer welfare arrangement under Section 3(40) of ERISA. “ERISA Affiliate” means any entity that together with the Company would be deemed a “single employer” for purposes of Section 4001(b)(1) of ERISA and/or Sections 414(b), (c) and/or (m) of the Code.

(e) None of the Plans provides, nor does the Company have or reasonably expect to have any obligation to provide retiree medical to any current or former employee, officer, director or consultant of the Company after termination of employment or service except as may be required under Section 4980B of the Code and Parts 6 and 7 of Title I of ERISA and the regulations thereunder (or similar state law).

(f) Each Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) or Section 401(k) of the Code has (i) timely received a favorable determination letter from the IRS covering all of the provisions applicable to the Plan for which determination letters are currently available that the Plan is so qualified and each trust established in connection with such Plan is exempt from federal income Taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code or (ii) is entitled to rely on a favorable opinion letter from the IRS, and no fact or event has occurred since the date of such determination or opinion letter or letters from the IRS that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the qualified status of any such Plan or the exempt status of any such trust.

(g) There has not been any non-exempt prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) nor any reportable events (within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA) with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company. There have been no acts or omissions by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate that have given or could reasonably be expected to give rise to any material fines, penalties, Taxes or related charges under Sections 502 or 4071 of ERISA or Chapter 43 of the Code for which the Company may be liable.

(h) The Company and each ERISA Affiliate have each complied in all material respects with the notice and continuation coverage requirements, and all other requirements, of Section 4980B of the Code and Parts 6 and 7 of Title I of ERISA, and the regulations thereunder, with respect to each Plan that is, or was during any Tax year for which the statute of limitations on the assessment of federal income Taxes remains open, by consent or otherwise, a group health plan within the meaning of Section 5000(b)(1) of the Code.

(i) The Company and each Plan that is a “group health plan” as defined in Section 733(a)(1) of ERISA (each, a “Health Plan”) is and has been in compliance, in all material respects, with the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 (“PPACA”), and no event has occurred, and no condition or circumstance exists, that could reasonably be expected to subject the Company to any material liability for penalties or excise Taxes under Code Section 4980D or 4980H or any other provision of the PPACA.

(j) Each Plan that constitutes a nonqualified deferred compensation plan subject to Section 409A of the Code has been administered and operated, in all material respects, in compliance with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, and no additional Tax under Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code has been or could reasonably be expected to be incurred by a participant in any such Plan.

 

A-14


Table of Contents

2.12 Labor Matters.

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 2.12, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any collective bargaining agreement or other labor union contract applicable to persons employed by the Company or its Subsidiaries nor does the Company have knowledge of any activities or proceedings of any labor union to organize any such employees. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (i) there are no pending grievance or similar proceedings involving the Company or its Subsidiaries and any of its employees subject to a collective bargaining agreement or other labor union contract and (ii) there are no continuing obligations of the Company or its Subsidiaries pursuant to the resolution of any such proceeding that is no longer pending.

(b) To the knowledge of the Company, as of the date hereof, none of the officers of the Company or its Subsidiaries presently intends to terminate his or her employment with the Company. The Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects and, to the Company’s knowledge, each of its employees and consultants is in compliance in all material respects, with the terms of the respective employment and consulting agreements between the Company (or one of its Subsidiaries) and such individuals.

(c) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (i) the Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all Legal Requirements applicable to its employees, respecting employment, employment practices, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours and is not liable for any arrears of wages or penalties with respect thereto, (ii) all amounts that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is legally or contractually required either (x) to deduct from its employees’ salaries or to transfer to such employees’ pension or provident, life insurance, incapacity insurance, continuing education fund or other similar funds or (y) to withhold from its employees’ salaries and benefits and to pay to any Governmental Entity as required by applicable Legal Requirements have, in each case, been duly deducted, transferred, withheld and paid, and the Company and its Subsidiaries do not have any outstanding obligation to make any such deduction, transfer, withholding or payment, and (iii) there are no pending, or to the Company’s knowledge, threatened or reasonably anticipated claims or actions against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by any employee in connection with such employee’s employment or termination of employment by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(d) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, no employee or former employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is owed any wages, benefits or other compensation for past services that has not yet been paid or reimbursed (other than wages, benefits and compensation accrued in the ordinary course of business during the current pay period and any accrued benefits for services, which by their terms or under applicable law, are payable in the future, such as accrued vacation, recreation leave and severance pay).

2.13 Restrictions on Business Activities. Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.13 hereto, there is no agreement, commitment, judgment, injunction, order or decree binding upon the Company or its Subsidiaries or their respective assets or to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party which has had or would reasonably be expected to have the effect of prohibiting or materially impairing any business practice of the Company or its Subsidiaries, any acquisition of property by the Company or its Subsidiaries or the conduct of business by the Company or its Subsidiaries as currently conducted other than such effects, individually or in the aggregate, which have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

2.14 Title to Property.

(a) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary owns any real property. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.14(a), there are no options or other contracts under which the Company or any Subsidiary has a right or obligation to acquire any material interest in real property.

 

A-15


Table of Contents

(b) All leases of material real property held by the Company and its Subsidiaries, and all material personal property and other material property and assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries owned, used or held for use in connection with the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries (the “Personal Property”), are shown or reflected on the balance sheet included in the most recent Financial Statements, to the extent required by U.S. GAAP applied on a consistent basis in accordance with past practice, other than those entered into or acquired on or after the date of the most recent Financial Statements in the ordinary course of business. Schedule 2.14(b) hereto contains a list of all leases of material real property and Personal Property held by the Company or its Subsidiaries. The Company and its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to the Personal Property owned by them, and all such Personal Property is in each case held free and clear of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens or Liens disclosed in the Audited Financial Statements or in Schedule 2.14(b) hereto, none of which Liens would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on such property or on the present use of such property in the businesses of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

(c) All material leases pursuant to which the Company and/or one of its Subsidiaries leases from others material real property or Personal Property are valid and effective in accordance with their respective terms, and there is not, under any of such leases, any existing material default or event of default of the Company or its Subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any other party (or any event which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a material default), except where the lack of such validity and effectiveness or the existence of such default or event of default would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

(d) The Company or a Subsidiary is in possession of, or has valid and effective rights to, all properties, assets and rights (other than Intellectual Property, which is governed exclusively by Section 2.18) required, in all material respects, for the effective conduct of its business, as it is currently operated and expected to be operated in the future, in the ordinary course.

2.15 Taxes.

(a) Tax Returns and Audits. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.15 hereto:

(i) The Company and its Subsidiaries have timely filed all federal, state, local and foreign returns, estimates, information statements and reports relating to Taxes (“Returns”) required to be filed by them with any Tax authority prior to the date hereof, except such Returns that are not material to the Company and its Subsidiaries. All such Returns are true, correct and complete in all material respects. The Company and its Subsidiaries have paid all material Taxes shown to be due and payable on such Returns.

(ii) All material Taxes that the Company and its Subsidiaries are required by law to withhold or collect have been duly withheld or collected, and have been timely paid over to the proper Governmental Entity to the extent due and payable.

(iii) The Company and its Subsidiaries have not been delinquent in the payment of any material Tax nor is there any material Tax deficiency outstanding, proposed or assessed against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor has the Company or any of its Subsidiaries executed any unexpired waiver of any statute of limitations on or extending the period for the assessment or collection of any Tax. The Company and its Subsidiaries have complied in all material respects with all Legal Requirements with respect to payments made to third parties and the withholding of any payment of withheld Taxes and has timely withheld from employee wages and other payments and timely paid over in full to the proper taxing authorities all material amounts required to be so withheld and paid over for all periods.

(iv) No audit or other examination of any Return of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by any Tax authority is presently in progress, nor has the Company or any of its Subsidiaries been notified in writing of any request for such an audit or other examination.

(v) No material adjustment relating to any Returns filed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has been proposed in writing, formally or informally, by any Tax authority to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any representative thereof.

 

A-16


Table of Contents

(vi) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any material liability for any unpaid Taxes which have not been accrued for or reserved on the Company’s balance sheets included in the Audited Financial Statements or the Unaudited Financial Statements, whether asserted or unasserted, contingent or otherwise, other than any liability for unpaid Taxes that may have accrued since the end of the most recent fiscal year in connection with the operation of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or any liability for unpaid Taxes incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(vii) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has taken, intends to take, or has agreed to take any action or is aware of any fact or circumstance that would prevent or impede, or would reasonably be expected to prevent or impede, the Merger from qualifying as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code.

2.16 Environmental Matters.

(a) Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.16 hereto, and except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a material liability of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole: (i) the Company and its Subsidiaries are and at all times since January 1, 2017 have been in compliance in all material respects with applicable Environmental Laws (as defined below); (ii) none of the Company or its Subsidiaries or, the knowledge of the Company, any third party has caused any properties currently leased or operated by the Company or its Subsidiaries to be contaminated with any Hazardous Substances (as defined below) in violation of applicable Environmental Law; (iii) to the Company’s knowledge the properties formerly leased or operated by the Company or its Subsidiaries were not contaminated with Hazardous Substances during the period of ownership, leasing or operation by the Company or its Subsidiaries; (iv) as of the date hereof, none of the Company or its Subsidiaries has received written notice that it is potentially liable for any Hazardous Substance disposal or contamination on any third party or public property (whether above, on or below ground or in the atmosphere or water); (v) as of the date hereof, none of the Company or its Subsidiaries has received any written notice, demand, letter, claim or request for information alleging that the Company or any Subsidiary may be in material violation of or have material liability under any Environmental Law; and (vi) none of the Company or its Subsidiaries is subject to any orders, decrees, injunctions or other arrangements with any Governmental Entity or subject to any contractual indemnity or other agreement with any third party relating to a material liability under any Environmental Law, including in relation to Hazardous Substances.

(b) Schedule 2.16(b) sets forth all “Phase I” or “Phase II” environmental site assessment (or equivalent) reports with respect to properties owned, leased or operated by the Company and/or its Subsidiaries as of the date hereof that are known to, and in the possession or reasonable control of, the Company. All such written reports have been made available to Parent.

2.17 Brokers; Third Party Expenses. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.17 hereto, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has incurred, nor will it incur, directly or indirectly, any liability for brokerage, finders’ fees, agent’s commissions or any similar charges in connection with this Agreement or any transactions contemplated hereby.

2.18 Intellectual Property.

(a) Schedule 2.18 hereto contains a true, correct and complete list of all of the following that are owned or purported to be owned, used or held for use by the Company, as of the date of this Agreement: (i) Company Registered Intellectual Property (showing in each, as applicable, the filing date, date of issuance, and registration or application number, and registrar), (ii) all contracts or agreements to use any Company Licensed Intellectual Property, including for Software or Business Systems of any other person (other than unmodified, commercially available, “off-the-shelf” Software with a replacement cost and aggregate annual license and maintenance fees of less than $50,000); and (iii) any Software or Business Systems constituting Company Intellectual Property that

 

A-17


Table of Contents

are either (A) incorporated into or used in connection with the Company Products or (B) otherwise material to the business of the Company as currently conducted as of the date hereof. To the knowledge of the Company, the Company Intellectual Property together with the Company Licensed Intellectual Property constitutes all Intellectual Property rights used in, or necessary for, the operation of the business of the Company and is sufficient for the conduct of such business as currently conducted as of the date hereof.

(b) To the knowledge of the Company, the Company owns or has enforceable rights to use all Intellectual Property required for the conduct of its business as presently conducted. Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.18 hereto, no Company Intellectual Property or Company Product is subject to any material proceeding or outstanding decree, order, judgment or stipulation restricting in any manner the use, transfer or licensing thereof by the Company, or which would reasonably be expected to negatively affect the validity or enforceability of such Company Intellectual Property, which in any such case would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

(c) Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.18 hereto, the Company owns and has good and exclusive title to each material item of Company Intellectual Property free and clear of any Liens (excluding non-exclusive licenses and related restrictions granted by it in the ordinary course of business), except as would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(d) To the knowledge of the Company, (i) within the past three (3) years, the operation of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as such business currently is conducted, including the Company’s use of any product, device or process, has not and does not infringe or misappropriate the Intellectual Property of any third party or constitute unfair competition or trade practices under the laws of any jurisdiction, (ii) the Company Intellectual Property has not within the past (3) years and does not infringe or misappropriate the Intellectual Property of any third party, (iii) the Company has not within the past three (3) years received any claims or threats from third parties alleging any such infringement, misappropriation or unfair competition or trade practices and (iv) no third party has within the past three (3) years materially infringed or misappropriated any Company Intellectual Property. The Company has taken commercially reasonable actions to ensure that the Company Intellectual Property and the operation of the business of the Company do not infringe or misappropriate the Intellectual Property of any third party or constitute unfair competition or trade practices under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction where the Company has operations.

(e) The Company has taken and take reasonable actions to maintain, protect and enforce Intellectual Property rights, including the secrecy, confidentiality and value of its trade secrets and other confidential information. The Company has not disclosed any trade secrets or other material confidential information that relates to the Company Products or is otherwise material to the business of the Company to any other person other than pursuant to a written confidentiality agreement under which such other person agrees to maintain the confidentiality and protect such confidential information.

(f) All persons who have contributed, developed or conceived any Company Intellectual Property have executed valid and enforceable written agreements with the Company, substantially in the form made available to Parent, and pursuant to which such persons assigned to the Company all of their entire right, title, and interest in and to any Intellectual Property created, conceived or otherwise developed by such person in the course of and related to his, her or its relationship with the Company, without further consideration or any restrictions or obligations whatsoever, including on the use or other disposition or ownership of such Intellectual Property.

(g) Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any other person is in material breach or in material default of any agreement specified in Schedule 2.18.

(h) To the knowledge of the Company, there are no current unresolved material defects, technical concerns or problems in any of the Company Products which are not of the type that are capable of being remediated in the ordinary course of business.

 

A-18


Table of Contents

(i) With respect to Business Systems which do not constitute Company Products (the “IT Systems”), the Company owns, leases, licenses, or otherwise has the legal right to use all such IT Systems, and such IT Systems are sufficient for the current needs of the business of the Company. The Company maintains commercially reasonable disaster recovery, business continuity and risk assessment plans, procedures and facilities. To the knowledge of the Company, during the past three (3) years and as of the date of this Agreement, there has not been any material failure with respect to any of the Business Systems that has not been remedied or replaced in all material respects.

(j) The Company currently and previously has complied in all material respects with (i) all applicable Privacy/Data Security Laws, (ii) any applicable privacy or other policies of the Company concerning the collection, dissemination, storage or use of Personal Information or other Business Data, (iii) industry standards to which the Company purports to adhere, and (iv) all contractual commitments that the Company has entered into with respect to privacy and/or data security (collectively, the “Data Security Requirements”). The Company has implemented reasonable data security safeguards designed to protect the security and integrity of the Business Systems and Business Data. The Company’s employees and contractors receive reasonable training on information security issues. During the past three (3) years and as of the date of this Agreement, the Company has not (x) to the knowledge of the Company, experienced any data security breaches, unauthorized access or use of any of the Business Systems, or unauthorized acquisition, destruction, damage, disclosure, loss, corruption, alteration, or use of any Business Data; or (y) been subject to or received written notice of any audits, proceedings or investigations by any Governmental Authority or any customer, or received any material claims or complaints regarding the collection, dissemination, storage or use of Personal Information, or the violation of any applicable Data Security Requirements, and, to the knowledge of the Company, there is no reasonable basis for the same.

(k) The Company (i) exclusively owns and possesses all right, title and interest in and to the Business Data constituting Company Intellectual Property, free and clear of any restrictions other than those imposed by applicable Privacy/Data Security Laws or (ii) has the right to use, exploit, publish, reproduce, distribute, license, sell, and create derivative works of the Business Data, in whole or in part, in the manner in which the Company receives and uses such Business Data prior to the Closing Date. The Company is not subject to any contractual requirements, privacy policies, or other legal obligations, including based on the transactions contemplated hereunder, that would prohibit Merger Sub or Parent from receiving or using Personal Information or other Business Data after the Closing Date, in the manner in which the Company receives and uses such Personal Information and other Business Data prior to the Closing Date or result in liabilities in connection with Data Security Requirements.

(l) All past and current employees and independent contractors of the Company have entered into employee invention assignment and confidentiality agreements with the Company on the Company’s standard form of such agreement made available to Parent, except as set forth on Schedule 2.18(l).

(m) The Company is not, nor has it ever been, a member or promoter of, or a contributor to, any industry standards body or similar standard setting organization that could require or obligate the Company to grant or offer to any other person any license or right to any Company Intellectual Property.

2.19 Agreements, Contracts and Commitments.

(a) Schedule 2.19 hereto sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Material Company Contracts (as hereinafter defined) in effect on the date of this Agreement, specifying the parties thereto. For purposes of this Agreement, (i) the term “Company Contracts” shall mean all legally binding contracts, agreements, purchase orders, leases, mortgages, indentures, notes, and bonds, whether written or oral, to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may be bound (including without limitation notes for borrowed money payable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and (ii) the term “Material Company Contracts” shall mean (x) each Company Contract

 

A-19


Table of Contents

(A) providing for expected payments (present or future) to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of $150,000 in the aggregate or (B) under or in respect of which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries presently is expected to make an expenditure in excess of $150,000 (other than any Company Contract of employment), and (y) the limitations of subclause (x) notwithstanding, each of the following Company Contracts:

(i) any mortgage, indenture, note, installment obligation or other instrument or agreement for or relating to any borrowing of money or guarantee thereof by the Company or any Subsidiary to any Insider, other than in connection with the advancement of expenses to employees in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) any mortgage, indenture, note, installment obligation or other instrument or agreement for or relating to any borrowing of money or guarantee thereof from an Insider by the Company or any Subsidiary, other than in connection with the payment of Company expenses (subject to reimbursement) in the ordinary course of business;

(iii) any guaranty, direct or indirect, by the Company or a Subsidiary of any obligation of a third party (other than the Company or any Subsidiary) for borrowings, or otherwise, in excess of $150,000, excluding endorsements made for collection in the ordinary course of business;

(iv) any Company Contract of employment (excluding customary form offer letters entered into in the ordinary course of business) with an employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries that provides for annual base cash compensation in excess of $150,000;

(v) any Company Contract made other than in the ordinary course of business (x) providing for the grant of any preferential rights of first offer or first refusal to purchase or lease any material asset of the Company or any Subsidiary or (y) providing for any exclusive right to sell or distribute, or otherwise relating to the sale or distribution of, any product or service of the Company or any Subsidiary;

(vi) any obligation to register any shares of the capital stock or other securities of the Company with the SEC or any similar Governmental Entity;

(vii) any obligation to make payments, contingent or otherwise, arising out of the prior acquisition of the business, all or substantially all of the assets or stock of other Persons;

(viii) any collective bargaining agreement with any labor union;

(ix) any lease or similar arrangement for the use by the Company or any Subsidiary of real property or Personal Property where the annual lease payments are greater than $150,000 (other than any lease of vehicles, office equipment or operating equipment made in the ordinary course of business);

(x) any Company Contract not terminable in connection with the Closing to which any Insider, or any entity owned or controlled by an Insider, is a party (other than (A) Company Contracts with Affiliates of an Insider that are on arms’ length terms and (B) employment agreements with employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries);

(xi) any Company Contract relating to the purchase of engineering or design services that involve more than $150,000, other than those contracts and agreements that have been fully performed and under which no further services are due;

(xii) any Company Contract involving use of any Company Licensed Intellectual Property required to be listed in Schedule 2.18(a)(ii);

(xiii) any Company Contract which involves the license or grant of rights to Company Intellectual Property by the Company;

(xiv) any Company Contract under which the Company has agreed to purchase goods or services from a vendor, supplier or other person on a preferred supplier or “most favored nation” basis or is otherwise subject to restrictions materially limiting the Company’s ability to conduct business anywhere in the world; and

 

A-20


Table of Contents

(xv) any agreement for the development of Company Intellectual Property for the benefit of the Company (other than employee invention assignment and confidentiality agreements entered into on the Company’s standard form of such agreement made available to Parent).

(b) Each Material Company Contract is in full force and effect and, to the Company’s knowledge, is valid and binding upon and enforceable against each of the parties thereto, except insofar as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by principles governing the availability of equitable remedies. To the Company’s knowledge, no other party to a Material Company Contract is the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding. True, correct and complete copies of all Material Company Contracts have been heretofore made available to Parent or Parent’s counsel.

(c) Except as set forth in Schedule 2.19, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary party thereto nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any other party thereto is in breach of or in default under, and, to the Company’s knowledge, no event has occurred which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a breach of or default under, any Material Company Contract, and no party to any Material Company Contract has given any written notice of any claim of any such breach, default or event, in each case, which breach, default or event, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

2.20 Insurance. Schedule 2.20 sets forth the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ material Insurance Policies. The coverages provided by such Insurance Policies are believed by the Company to be reasonably adequate in amount and scope for the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ business and operations, including any insurance required to be maintained by Material Company Contracts.

2.21 Governmental Actions/Filings.

(a) Except as set forth in Schedule 2.21(a), the Company and its Subsidiaries have been granted and hold, and have made, all Governmental Actions/Filings (including, without limitation, Governmental Actions/Filings required for emission or discharge of effluents and pollutants into the air and the water) necessary to the conduct by the Company and its Subsidiaries of their businesses (as presently conducted) or used or held for use by the Company and its Subsidiaries, except for any of the foregoing that if not granted, held or made would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on the Company. The Company and its Subsidiaries are in substantial compliance in all material respects with all of their obligations with respect to such Governmental Actions/Filings. To the knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred and is continuing which requires or permits, or after notice or lapse of time or both would require or permit, and consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any ancillary documents will not require or permit (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), any modification or termination of any such Governmental Actions/Filings except such events which, either individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

(b) Except as set forth in Schedule 2.21(b), to the knowledge of the Company, no Governmental Action/Filing is necessary to be obtained, secured or made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to enable any of them to continue to conduct its businesses and operations and use its properties after the Closing in a manner which is substantially consistent in all material respects with current practice.

2.22 Interested Party Transactions. Except as set forth in the Schedule 2.22 hereto, no Insider or a member of his or her immediate family is indebted to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor is the Company or any of its Subsidiaries indebted (or committed to make loans or extend or guarantee credit) to any of such Persons, other than (i) for payment of salary for services rendered, (ii) reimbursement for reasonable expenses incurred on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) for other employee benefits made generally available to all employees, and (iv) arms’ length relationships between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and an Affiliate of an Insider, on the other hand.

 

A-21


Table of Contents

2.23 Board Approval. The board of directors of the Company (including any required committee or subgroup thereof) has, as of the date of this Agreement, duly approved this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with the Charter Documents of the Company.

2.24 Proxy Statement. None of the information relating to the Company or its Subsidiaries supplied by the Company, or by any other Person acting on behalf of the Company at its direction, in writing specifically for inclusion in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus will, as of the date the Proxy Statement/Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) is first mailed to the Parent Stockholders, at the time of the Special Meeting or at the Effective Time, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

2.25 No Additional Representations and Warranties. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Article II or elsewhere herein, neither the Company, any Subsidiary, any of their respective Affiliates, nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees, stockholders, partners, members or representatives has made, or is making, any other express or implied representation or warranty whatsoever with respect to the Company, its Affiliates, and any matter relating to any of them, including their affairs, the condition, value or quality of their assets, liabilities, financial condition or results of operations, or with respect to the accuracy or completeness of any other information made available to Parent, its Affiliates or any of their respective representatives by, or on behalf of, Company, and any such representations or warranties are expressly disclaimed. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, neither the Company nor any other person on behalf of Company has made or makes, any representation or warranty, whether express or implied, with respect to any projections, forecasts or estimates or budgets made available to Parent, its Affiliates or any of their respective representatives of future revenues, future results of operations (or any component thereof), future cash flows or future financial condition (or any component thereof) of the Company (including the reasonableness of the assumptions underlying any of the foregoing), whether or not included in any management presentation or in any other information made available to Parent, its Affiliates or any of their respective representatives or any other person, and that any such representations or warranties are expressly disclaimed. The Company is not relying on any statement, representation or warranty, oral or written, express or implied, made by Parent or Merger Sub or any of their respective representatives, except as expressly set forth in Article III (as modified by the Parent Schedule) or in any Parent SEC Report.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT AND MERGER SUB

Subject to the exceptions set forth in Schedule 3 delivered by Parent and Merger Sub to the Company in connection with this Agreement (the “Parent Schedule”), each of Parent and Merger Sub represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

3.1 Organization and Qualification.

(a) Each of Parent and Merger Sub is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its assets and properties and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted. Each of Parent and Merger Sub is in possession of all Approvals necessary to own, lease and operate the properties it purports to own, operate or lease and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted, except where the failure to have such Approvals would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Parent or Merger Sub. Complete and correct copies of the Charter Documents of each of Parent and Merger Sub, as amended and currently in effect, have been heretofore delivered to the Company.

(b) Each of Parent and Merger Sub is duly qualified or licensed to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where the character of the properties owned, leased or operated by it

 

A-22


Table of Contents

or the nature of its activities makes such qualification or licensing necessary, except for such failures to be so duly qualified or licensed and in good standing that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Parent or Merger Sub. Each jurisdiction in which Parent or Merger Sub is so qualified or licensed is listed in Schedule 3.1(b).

3.2 Subsidiaries. Parent has no, and has never had any, direct or indirect subsidiaries or participations in joint ventures or other entities other than Merger Sub, and Merger Sub has no, and has never had any, direct or indirect subsidiaries or participations in joint ventures or other entities. Parent owns all of the outstanding equity securities of Merger Sub, free and clear of all Liens. Except for Parent’s ownership of Merger Sub, neither Parent nor Merger Sub owns, directly or indirectly, any equity or voting interest in any Person or has any agreement or commitment to purchase any such interest, and has not agreed and is not obligated to make nor is bound by any written or oral agreement, contract, subcontract, lease, binding understanding, instrument, note, option, warranty, purchase order, license, sublicense, insurance policy, benefit plan, commitment or undertaking of any nature, as of the date hereof or as may hereafter be in effect under which it may become obligated to make, any future investment in or capital contribution to any other Person. Merger Sub does not have any assets or properties of any kind, does not now conduct and has never conducted any business, and has and will have at the Closing no obligations or liabilities of any nature whatsoever, except for such obligations as are imposed under this Agreement.

3.3 Capitalization.

(a) As of the date of this Agreement, the authorized capital stock of Parent consists of 75,000,000 shares of Parent Common Stock, 10,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Founder Common Stock”), and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Parent Preferred Stock” and together with the Parent Common Stock and Founder Common Stock, the “Parent Stock”), of which 23,000,000 shares of Parent Common Stock, 5,750,000 shares of Founder Common Stock and no shares of Parent Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding, all of which are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Each share of Founder Common Stock will convert into one share of Parent Common Stock at the Closing.

(b) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.3(b), (i) no shares of Parent Stock are reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options to purchase Parent Stock granted to employees of Parent or other parties (“Parent Stock Options”) and there are no outstanding Parent Stock Options; (ii) no shares of Parent Stock are reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Parent Stock (“Parent Warrants”) and there are no outstanding Parent Warrants; and (iii) no shares of Parent Stock are reserved for issuance upon the conversion of the Parent Preferred Stock or any outstanding convertible notes, debentures or securities (“Parent Convertible Securities”) and there are no outstanding Parent Convertible Securities. All shares of Parent Stock subject to issuance as aforesaid, upon issuance on the terms and conditions specified in the instrument pursuant to which they are issuable, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. All outstanding shares of Parent Stock and all outstanding Parent Warrants have been issued and granted in compliance with (x) all applicable securities laws and (in all material respects) other applicable laws and regulations, and (y) all requirements set forth in any applicable Parent Contracts.

(c) Except as set forth in the PIPE Documents or Schedule 3.3(c) hereto, there are no subscriptions, options, warrants, equity securities, partnership interests or similar ownership interests, calls, rights (including preemptive rights), commitments or agreements of any character to which Parent or Merger Sub is a party or by which it is bound obligating Parent or Merger Sub to issue, deliver or sell, or cause to be issued, delivered or sold, or repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, or cause the repurchase, redemption or acquisition of, any shares of capital stock, partnership interests or similar ownership interests of Parent or Merger Sub or obligating Parent or Merger Sub to grant, extend, accelerate the vesting of or enter into any such subscription, option, warrant, equity security, call, right, commitment or agreement. Neither Parent nor Merger Sub has any outstanding bonds, debentures, notes or other obligations the holders of which have or upon the happening of

 

A-23


Table of Contents

certain events would have the right to vote (or which are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for securities having the right to vote) with the stockholders of Parent or Merger Sub on any matter.

(d) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.3(d) or as contemplated by this Agreement or the PIPE Documents, there are no registration rights, and there is no voting trust, proxy, rights plan, anti-takeover plan or other agreements or understandings to which Parent or Merger Sub is a party or by which Parent or Merger Sub is bound with respect to any equity security of any class of the Parent Stock or any equity securities of Merger Sub.

(e) Except as provided for in this Agreement or the PIPE Documents or as set forth in Schedule 3.3(e), as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, no shares of capital stock, warrants, options or other securities of Parent or Merger Sub are issuable and no rights in connection with any shares, warrants, options or other securities of the Parent or Merger Sub accelerate or otherwise become triggered (whether as to vesting, exercisability, convertibility or otherwise).

(f) No outstanding shares of Parent Stock or equity securities of Merger Sub are unvested or subjected to a repurchase option, risk of forfeiture or other condition under any applicable agreement with Parent or Merger Sub.

(g) The shares of Parent Common Stock to be issued by Parent in connection with the Merger, upon issuance in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be duly authorized and validly issued and such shares of Parent Common Stock will be fully paid and nonassessable, free and clear of all Liens.

(h) The authorized and outstanding share capital of Merger Sub is 1,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share. Parent owns all of the outstanding equity securities of Merger Sub, free and clear of all Liens.

3.4 Authority Relative to this Agreement. Each of Parent and Merger Sub has all necessary corporate power and authority to: (i) execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, and each ancillary document that Parent and Merger Sub has executed or delivered or is to execute or deliver pursuant to this Agreement, and (ii) carry out Parent’s and Merger Sub’s obligations hereunder and thereunder and, subject to approval by its stockholders, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including the Merger). The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Parent and Merger Sub and the consummation by Parent and Merger Sub of the transactions contemplated hereby (including the Merger) have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Parent and Merger Sub (including the approval by their respective boards of directors), and no other corporate proceedings on the part of Parent or Merger Sub are necessary to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, other than the Parent Stockholder Approval. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Parent and Merger Sub and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery thereof by the other parties hereto, constitutes the legal and binding obligation of Parent and Merger Sub, enforceable against Parent and Merger Sub in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

3.5 No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents.

(a) The execution and delivery of this Agreement by each of Parent and Merger Sub do not, and the performance of this Agreement by Parent and Merger Sub shall not: (i) conflict with or violate Parent’s or Merger Sub’s Charter Documents, (ii) conflict with or violate any Legal Requirements, (iii) result in any breach of or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or materially impair Parent’s or Merger Sub’s rights or alter the rights or obligations of any third party under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, or result in the creation of a Lien on any of the properties or assets of Parent or Merger Sub (other than Permitted Liens) pursuant to, any Parent Contracts or (iv) result in the triggering, acceleration or increase of any payment to any Person pursuant to

 

A-24


Table of Contents

any Parent Contract, including any “change in control” or similar provision of any Parent Contracts, except, with respect to clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv), for any such conflicts, violations, breaches, defaults, impairments, alterations, triggerings, accelerations, increases or other occurrences that would not, individually and in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect on Parent or Merger Sub.

(b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Parent and Merger Sub do not, and the performance of their respective obligations hereunder will not, require any consent, approval, authorization or permit of, or filing with or notification to, any Governmental Entity, or other third party (including, without limitation, lenders and lessors), except (i) for applicable requirements, if any, of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, state securities laws, and the rules and regulations thereunder, and appropriate documents received from or filed with the relevant authorities of other jurisdictions in which Parent is qualified to do business, (ii) for the filing of any notifications required under the HSR Act and the expiration of the required waiting period thereunder, (iii) the qualification of Parent as a foreign corporation in those jurisdictions in which the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries makes such qualification necessary, and (iv) where the failure to obtain such consents, approvals, authorizations or permits, or to make such filings or notifications, would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to (x) have a Material Adverse Effect on Parent or Merger Sub, or (y) prevent the consummation of the Merger or otherwise prevent Parent or Merger Sub from performing their material obligations under this Agreement on a timely basis.

3.6 Compliance. During the past two (2) years and as of the date of this Agreement, each of Parent and Merger Sub has complied with all, and is not in violation of any, Legal Requirements with respect to the conduct of its business, or the ownership or operation of its business, except for failures to comply or violations which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Parent or Merger Sub. During the past two (2) years and as of the date of this Agreement, the businesses and activities of Parent and Merger Sub have not been and are not being conducted in violation of any Legal Requirements, except for violations which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Parent or Merger Sub. Neither Parent nor Merger Sub is in default or violation in any material respect of any term, condition or provision of any applicable Charter Documents. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.6, within the past two (2) years, no written notice of non-compliance with any Legal Requirements has been received by Parent or Merger Sub (and Parent has no knowledge of any such notice delivered to any other Person).

3.7 Parent SEC Reports and Financial Statements.

(a) The Parent has timely filed all required registration statements, reports, schedules, forms, statements and other documents filed by Parent with the SEC since its formation (collectively, as they have been amended since the time of their filing and including all exhibits thereto, the “Parent SEC Reports”). None of the Parent SEC Reports, as of their respective dates (or, if amended or superseded by a filing prior to the date of this Agreement or the Closing Date, then on the date of such filing), contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The audited financial statements of Parent (“Parent Audited Financial Statements”) and unaudited interim financial statements of Parent (“Parent Unaudited Financial Statements” and, together with the Parent Audited Financial Statements, the “Parent Financial Statements”) (including, in each case, the notes and schedules thereto) included in the Parent SEC Reports complied as to form in all material respects with the published rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto, were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP applied on a consistent basis in accordance with past practice during the periods involved (except as may be indicated therein or in the notes thereto and except with respect to unaudited statements as permitted by Form 10-Q of the SEC) and fairly present (subject, in the case of the unaudited interim financial statements included therein, to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of complete footnotes) in all material respects the financial position of Parent and Merger Sub as of the respective dates thereof and the results of their operations and cash flows for the respective periods then ended. Parent has no off-balance sheet arrangements that are not disclosed in the Parent SEC Reports.

 

A-25


Table of Contents

(b) Parent has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act). Such disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that material information relating to Parent is made known to Parent’s principal executive officer and its principal financial officer, particularly during the periods in which the periodic reports required under the Exchange Act are being prepared. To Parent’s knowledge, such disclosure controls and procedures are effective in timely alerting Parent’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer to material information required to be included in Parent’s periodic reports required under the Exchange Act.

(c) Parent has established and maintained a system of internal controls. To Parent’s knowledge, such internal controls are effective and sufficient to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of Parent’s financial reporting and the preparation of the Parent’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

(d) There are no outstanding loans or other extensions of credit made by Parent to any executive officer (as defined in Rule 3b-7 under the Exchange Act) or director of Parent. Parent has not taken any action prohibited by Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

(e) To the knowledge of Parent, as of the date hereof, there are no outstanding SEC comments from the SEC with respect to the Parent SEC Reports. To the knowledge of Parent, none of the Parent SEC Reports filed on or prior to the date hereof is subject to ongoing SEC review or investigation as of the date hereof.

(f) Except as otherwise noted in the Parent Financial Statements, the accounts and notes receivable of Parent and Merger Sub reflected in the Parent Financial Statements: (i) to Parent’s knowledge, are legal, valid and binding obligations of the respective debtors enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as such may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and by general equitable principles, (ii) are not subject to any valid set-off or counterclaim to which Parent has been notified in writing as of the date hereof except to the extent set forth in such balance sheet contained therein, and (iii) are not the subject of any actions or proceedings brought by or on behalf of Parent or Merger Sub as of the date hereof.

3.8 No Undisclosed Liabilities. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.8 hereto, neither Parent nor Merger Sub has any liabilities (absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise) of a nature required to be disclosed on a balance sheet or in the related notes to the Parent Financial Statements that are, individually or in the aggregate, material to the business, results of operations or financial condition of Parent or Merger Sub, except: (i) liabilities provided for in or otherwise disclosed in the balance sheet included in the most recent Parent Financial Statements or in the notes to the most recent Parent Financial Statements, and (ii) such liabilities arising in the ordinary course of Parent’s or Merger Sub’s business since the date of the most recent Parent Financial Statement, none of which, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Parent and Merger Sub, taken as a whole.

3.9 Absence of Certain Changes or Events. Except as contemplated by this Agreement, since the date of the most recent Parent Financial Statement to the date of this Agreement, there has not been: (i) any Material Adverse Effect on Parent or Merger Sub, (ii) any declaration, setting aside or payment of any dividend on, or other distribution (whether in cash, stock or property) in respect of, any of Parent’s capital stock, or any purchase, redemption or other acquisition by Parent of any of Parent’s capital stock or any other securities of Parent or any options, warrants, calls or rights to acquire any such shares or other securities, (iii) any split, combination or reclassification of any of Parent’s capital stock, (iv) any granting by Parent of any increase in compensation or fringe benefits, or any payment by Parent of any bonus, or any granting by Parent of any increase in severance or termination pay or any entry by Parent into any currently effective employment, severance, termination or indemnification agreement or any agreement the benefits of which are contingent or the terms of which are materially altered upon the occurrence of a transaction involving Parent of the nature contemplated hereby, (v) entry by Parent into any licensing or other agreement with regard to the acquisition or disposition of any material Intellectual Property other than licenses and services agreements in the ordinary

 

A-26


Table of Contents

course of business consistent with past practice or any amendment or consent with respect to any licensing or services agreement, (vi) any material change by Parent or Merger Sub in its accounting methods, principles or practices, except as required by concurrent changes in U.S. GAAP, (vii) any change in the auditors of Parent, or (viii) any material revaluation by Parent or Merger Sub of any of its assets, including, without limitation, writing down the value of capitalized inventory or writing off notes or accounts receivable or any sale of assets of Parent or Merger Sub.

3.10 Litigation. There are no, and have never been any, claims, suits, actions or proceedings pending or to Parent’s knowledge, threatened against either Parent or Merger Sub, before any court, governmental department, commission, agency, instrumentality or authority, or any arbitrator.

3.11 Employee Benefit Plans. Neither Parent nor Merger Sub maintains, and has no liability under, any Plan, and neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will (i) result in any payment (including severance, unemployment compensation, golden parachute, bonus, or otherwise) becoming due to any stockholder, director, or employee of Parent or Merger Sub, or (ii) result in the acceleration of the time of payment or vesting of any such benefits.

3.12 Labor Matters. Neither Parent nor Merger Sub is a party to any collective bargaining agreement or other labor union contract applicable to persons employed by Parent or Merger Sub and neither Parent nor Merger Sub knows of any activities or proceedings of any labor union to organize any such employees.

3.13 Business Activities. Since its organization, neither Parent nor Merger Sub has conducted any business activities other than activities directed toward the accomplishment of a business combination. Merger Sub was created for the purpose of facilitating the Merger and has not conducted any prior business activities, other than any such activities incidental to consummating the Merger. Except as set forth in the Parent Charter Documents, there is no agreement, commitment, exclusive license, judgment, injunction, order, or decree binding upon Parent or Merger Sub or to which Parent or Merger Sub is a party which has or would reasonably be expected to have the effect of prohibiting or materially impairing any business practice of Parent or Merger Sub, any acquisition of property by Parent or Merger Sub, or the conduct of business by Parent or Merger Sub.

3.14 Title to Property. Neither Parent nor Merger Sub owns or leases any real property or personal property. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.14, there are no options or other contracts under which Parent or Merger Sub has a right or obligation to acquire or lease any interest in real property or personal property.

3.15 Intellectual Property. Neither Parent nor Merger Sub owns, licenses, or otherwise has any right, title or interest in any material Intellectual Property.

3.16 Taxes. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.16 hereto:

(a) Each of Parent and Merger Sub has timely filed all Returns required to be filed by Parent and Merger Sub with any Tax authority prior to the date hereof, except such Returns which are not material to Parent. All such Returns are true, correct, and complete in all material respects. Each of Parent and Merger Sub has paid all material Taxes shown to be due and payable on such Returns.

(b) All material Taxes that Parent and Merger Sub are required by law to withhold or collect have been duly withheld or collected, and have been timely paid over to the proper Governmental Entity to the extent due and payable.

(c) Neither Parent nor Merger Sub has been delinquent in the payment of any material Tax, nor is there any material Tax deficiency outstanding, proposed or assessed against Parent, nor has Parent or Merger Sub executed any unexpired waiver of any statute of limitations on or extending the period for the assessment or collection of any Tax. Parent and Merger Sub have complied in all material respects with all Legal Requirements

 

A-27


Table of Contents

with respect to payments made to third parties and the withholding of any payment of withheld Taxes and has timely withheld from employee wages and other payments and timely paid over in full to the proper taxing authorities all material amounts required to be so withheld and paid over for all periods.

(d) No audit or other examination of any Return of Parent or Merger Sub by any Tax authority is presently in progress, nor has Parent or Merger Sub been notified in writing of any request for such an audit or other examination.

(e) No material adjustment relating to any Returns filed by Parent or Merger Sub has been proposed in writing, formally or informally, by any Tax authority to Parent or Merger Sub or any representative thereof.

(f) Neither Parent nor Merger Sub has any material liability for any unpaid Taxes which have not been accrued for or reserved on Parent’s balance sheets included in the Parent Audited Financial Statements for the most recent fiscal year ended, whether asserted or unasserted, contingent or otherwise, other than any material liability for unpaid Taxes that may have accrued since the end of the most recent fiscal year in connection with the operation of the business of Parent in the ordinary course of business, none of which is material to the business, results of operations or financial condition of Parent.

(g) Neither Parent nor Merger Sub has taken, intends to take, or has agreed to take any action or is aware of any fact or circumstance that would prevent or impede, or would reasonably be expected to prevent or impede, the Merger from qualifying as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code.

3.17 Environmental Matters. Except for such matters that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a material liability of Parent and Merger Sub, taken as a whole: (i) Parent and Merger Sub have complied in all material respects with applicable Environmental Laws; (ii) none of Parent or Merger Sub or, the knowledge of Parent, any third party, has caused any properties currently owned, leased or operated by Parent and Merger Sub to be contaminated with any Hazardous Substances; (iii) the properties formerly owned, leased or operated by Parent and Merger Sub were not contaminated with Hazardous Substances during the period of ownership, leasing or operation by Parent or Merger Sub; (iv) as of the date hereof, neither Parent nor Merger Sub has received notice that it is potentially liable for any Hazardous Substance disposal or contamination on any third party or public property (whether above, on, or below ground or in the atmosphere or water); (v) as of the date hereof, neither Parent nor Merger Sub has received any written notice, demand, letter, claim, or request for information alleging that Parent or Merger Sub may be in material violation of or have material liability under any Environmental Law; and (vii) neither Parent nor Merger Sub is subject to any orders, decrees, injunctions, or other arrangements with any Governmental Entity or subject to any contractual indemnity or other agreement with any third party relating to a material liability under any Environmental Law, including in relation to Hazardous Substances.

3.18 Brokers. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.18, neither Parent nor Merger Sub has incurred, and neither will incur, and neither has entered into any contract, agreement, understanding, arrangement or commitment pursuant to which the Surviving Corporation or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries could incur, directly or indirectly, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agent’s commissions or any similar charges in connection with this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby.

3.19 Agreements, Contracts and Commitments.

(a) Except as set forth in the Parent SEC Reports filed prior to the date of this Agreement or as set forth on Schedule 3.19(a), other than confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements, there are no contracts, agreements, leases, mortgages, indentures, notes, bonds, Liens, license, permit, franchise, purchase orders, sales orders or other understandings, commitments or obligations (including without limitation outstanding offers or proposals) of any kind, whether written or oral, to which Parent or Merger Sub is a party or by or to which any of the properties or assets of Parent or Merger Sub may be bound, subject or affected, which may not be cancelled

 

A-28


Table of Contents

without penalty or liability by Parent or Merger Sub on less than 30 days’ or less prior notice (“Parent Contracts”). All Parent Contracts are listed in Schedule 3.19 other than those that are exhibits to the Parent SEC Reports.

(b) Except as set forth in the Parent SEC Reports filed prior to the date of this Agreement, each Parent Contract is in full force and effect, and, to the knowledge of Parent, is valid and binding upon and enforceable against each of the parties thereto, except insofar as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by principles governing the availability of equitable remedies. True, correct, and complete copies of all Parent Contracts (or written summaries in the case of oral Parent Contracts) have been heretofore made available to the Company or Company counsel.

(c) Neither Parent or Merger Sub nor, to the knowledge of Parent, any other party thereto is in breach of or in default under, and, to the knowledge of Parent, no event has occurred which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a breach of or default under, any Parent Contract, and no party to any Parent Contract has given any written notice of any claim of any such breach, default or event, which, individually or in the aggregate, are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect on Parent or Merger Sub. Each Parent Contract that has not expired by its terms is in full force and effect, except where such failure to be in full force and effect is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect on Parent or Merger Sub.

3.20 Insurance. Except for directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, neither Parent nor Merger Sub maintains any Insurance Policy.

3.21 Interested Party Transactions. (a) No employee, officer, director, or stockholder of Parent or Merger Sub or a member of his or her immediate family is indebted to Parent or Merger Sub nor is Parent or Merger Sub indebted (or committed to make loans or extend or guarantee credit) to any of them, other than reimbursement for reasonable expenses incurred on behalf of Parent or Merger Sub; and (b) to Parent’s knowledge, no employee, officer, director, or stockholder or any member of his or her immediate family is, directly or indirectly, interested in any material contract with Parent or Merger Sub (other than such contracts as relate to the acquisition of such stockholder’s ownership of capital stock or other securities of Parent).

3.22 Parent Listing. The Parent Common Stock and Parent Warrants are listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”). There is no, and there has never been any, action or proceeding pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against Parent by the NYSE or the SEC with respect to any intention by such entity to prohibit or terminate the listing of Parent Common Stock on the NYSE. Parent is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable listing and corporate governance rules and regulations of the NYSE.

3.23 Board Approval. The board of directors of each of Parent and Merger Sub has, as of the date of this Agreement, unanimously (i) declared the advisability of the Merger and approved this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with the Charter Documents of Parent and Merger Sub, (ii) determined that the Merger is in the best interests of the stockholders of Parent and Merger Sub, and (iii) determined that the fair market value of the Company is equal to at least 80% of the balance in the Trust Fund (net of amounts previously disbursed to management for tax obligations and excluding the amount of deferred underwriting discounts held in trust).

3.24 Trust Fund. As of the date hereof and immediately prior to the Closing, Parent has and will have no less than $230,000,000 invested in United States Government securities or money market funds meeting the conditions under Rule 2a-7(d) promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, in a trust account administered by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“Continental”, and such trust account, the “Trust Fund”), less such amounts, if any, as (i) Parent is required to pay to Redeeming Stockholders and (ii) Parent has paid under Section 1.11(b) out of the Trust Fund). Prior to the Closing, none of the funds held in the Trust Fund may be released except in accordance with that certain Investment Management Trust Agreement,

 

A-29


Table of Contents

dated as of July 11, 2019 (the “Trust Agreement”), by and between Parent and Continental, Parent’s Charter Documents and the Final Prospectus. Parent has performed all material obligations required to be performed by it to date under, and is not in material default, breach or delinquent in performance or any other respect (claimed or actual) in connection with, the Trust Agreement, and no event has occurred which, with due notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default or breach thereunder. There are no claims or proceedings pending with respect to the Trust Fund. Since July 11, 2019 through the date hereof, Parent has not released any money from the Trust Fund (other than interest income earned on the principal held in the Trust Fund as permitted by the Trust Agreement). As of the Effective Time, upon approval of the Stockholder Matters, the obligations of Parent to dissolve or liquidate pursuant to Parent’s Charter Documents shall terminate, and as of the Effective Time, Parent shall have no obligation whatsoever pursuant to Parent’s Charter Documents to dissolve and liquidate the assets of Parent by reason of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. Following the Effective Time, no Parent Stockholder shall be entitled to receive any amount from the Trust Fund except to the extent such Parent Stockholder is a Redeeming Stockholder. Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein and the compliance by the Company with its obligations hereunder, neither Parent nor Merger Sub has any reason to believe that any of the conditions to the use of funds in the Trust Fund will not be satisfied or that funds available in the Trust Fund will not be available to Parent and Merger Sub on the Closing Date. Neither Parent nor Merger Sub has any legally binding agreement, arrangement or understanding to enter into or incur, any obligations with respect to or under any indebtedness other than Parent Borrowings in connection with the transactions contemplated herein.

3.25 PIPE Documents. The PIPE Documents are legal, valid and binding obligations of Parent and, to the knowledge of Parent, each other party thereto, enforceable against Parent and, to the knowledge of Parent, each such other party in accordance with their respective terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity) and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought, and are in full force and effect. No event or circumstance has occurred which, with or without notice, lapse of time or both, could constitute a default on the part of Parent or, to the knowledge of Parent, any of the other parties thereto under any of the PIPE Documents, and Parent and Merger Sub have no reason to believe that Parent will be unable to satisfy on a timely basis any term or condition of closing to be satisfied by Parent contained in any of the PIPE Documents. None of the PIPE Documents have been withdrawn, rescinded or terminated, or otherwise amended or modified in any respect (and no such amendment or modification is contemplated), and Parent and Merger Sub have no reason to believe that any portion of the PIPE Investment contemplated by any of the PIPE Documents will not be available as of the Closing. There are no conditions precedent or other contingencies related to the funding of the full amounts of the PIPE Investment, other than as set forth in the PIPE Documents. There are no agreements, side letters, contracts or arrangements to which Parent or Merger Sub or any of their Affiliates is a party relating to the PIPE Documents or the PIPE Investment that have not been entirely superseded by the PIPE Documents.

3.26 No Additional Representations and Warranties; Independent Investigation. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Article III or elsewhere herein, neither Parent, Merger Sub, any of their respective Affiliates, nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees, stockholders, partners, members or representatives has made, or is making, any other express or implied representation or warranty whatsoever with respect to Parent, Merger Sub, their respective Affiliates, and any matter relating to any of them, including their affairs, the condition, value or quality of their assets, liabilities, financial condition or results of operations, or with respect to the accuracy or completeness of any other information made available to the Company, its Affiliates or any of their respective representatives by, or on behalf of, Parent or Merger Sub, and any such representations or warranties are expressly disclaimed. Each of Parent and Merger Sub is a sophisticated purchaser and has made its own independent investigation, review and analysis regarding the Company and any Subsidiary and the transactions contemplated herein, which investigation, review and analysis were conducted by Parent and Merger Sub together with expert advisors, including legal counsel, that they have engaged for such purpose. Parent, Merger Sub and their representatives have been provided with full and complete access to the representatives, properties, offices, plants and other facilities, books and records of the Company and any

 

A-30


Table of Contents

Subsidiary and other information that they have requested in connection with their investigation of the Company and its Subsidiary and the transactions contemplated herein. Neither Parent nor Merger Sub is relying on any statement, representation or warranty, oral or written, express or implied, made by the Company or any Subsidiary or any of their respective representatives, except as expressly set forth in Article II (as modified by the Company Schedule).

ARTICLE IV

CONDUCT PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE TIME

4.1 Conduct of Business by the Company, Parent and Merger Sub. During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to its terms and the Closing, each of the Company, the Company’s Subsidiaries, Parent and Merger Sub shall, except to the extent that Parent (in the case of a request by the Company) or the Company (in the case of a request by Parent or Merger Sub) shall otherwise consent in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) or as set forth in Schedule 4.1 of the Company Schedule or the Parent Schedule (“Schedule 4.1”) or as contemplated by this Agreement or the PIPE Documents, carry on its business in the usual, regular and ordinary course consistent with past practices, in substantially the same manner as heretofore conducted and in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations (except as expressly contemplated by Schedule 4.1) and use its commercially reasonable efforts consistent with past practices and policies to (i) preserve substantially intact its present business organization, (ii) keep available the services of its present key officers and employees and (iii) preserve its relationships with key customers, suppliers, distributors, licensors, licensees, and others with which it has significant business dealings. In addition, but subject to the foregoing exceptions, without the prior written consent of Parent (in the case of a request by the Company) or the Company (in the case of a request by Parent or Merger Sub) (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), during the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to its terms or the Closing, except as set forth in Schedule 4.1, each of the Company (on its behalf and on behalf of its Subsidiaries), Parent and Merger Sub shall not do any of the following:

(a) Waive any stock repurchase rights, accelerate, amend or change the period of exercisability of options or restricted stock, or reprice options granted under any employee, consultant, director or other stock plans or authorize cash payments in exchange for any options granted under any of such plans;

(b) Grant any material severance or termination pay to (i) any officer or (ii) any employee, except pursuant to applicable law, written agreements outstanding, or Plans or policies existing on the date hereof and as previously or concurrently disclosed or made available to the other Party, or in the case of the Company and its Subsidiaries except in connection with the promotion, hiring or firing of any employee in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(c) Transfer or license to any person or otherwise extend, amend or modify any material rights to any Intellectual Property or enter into grants to transfer or license to any person future patent rights, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices;

(d) Declare, set aside or pay any dividends on or make any other distributions (whether in cash, stock, equity securities or property) in respect of any capital stock (other than any such dividend or distribution by a Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or another such Subsidiary), or split, combine or reclassify any capital stock or issue or authorize the issuance of any other securities in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for any capital stock;

(e) Purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any shares of capital stock or other equity securities or ownership interests of the Company or Parent, except, in the case of the Company, pursuant to the terms of a Plan or any Company Derivative Securities outstanding on the date hereof in accordance with the applicable terms as of the date hereof;

 

A-31


Table of Contents

(f) Issue, deliver, sell, authorize, pledge, amend, exchange, settle or otherwise encumber, or agree to any of the foregoing with respect to, any shares of capital stock or other equity securities or ownership interests or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock or other equity securities or ownership interests, or subscriptions, rights, warrants or options to acquire any shares of capital stock or other equity securities or ownership interests or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock or other equity securities or other ownership interests, or enter into other agreements or commitments of any character obligating it to issue any such shares, equity securities or other ownership interests or convertible or exchangeable securities; provided that the foregoing shall not restrict the exercise or settlement of any Company Stock Options in effect on the date of this Agreement or grants of Company Stock Options in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and the issuance of shares of Company Common Stock (or other class of equity security of the Company, as applicable) pursuant to the terms of the Company Preferred Stock, the Company Convertible Notes and the Company Warrants, in each case in accordance with the applicable terms as of the date hereof;

(g) Amend its Charter Documents in any material respect;

(h) Acquire or agree to acquire by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing any equity interest in or a material portion of the assets of, or by any other manner, any business or any corporation, partnership, association or other business organization or division thereof, or otherwise acquire or agree to acquire outside the ordinary course of business any assets which are material, individually or in the aggregate, to the business of Parent or the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as applicable, or enter into any joint ventures, strategic partnerships or alliances or other arrangements that provide for exclusivity of territory or otherwise restrict such party’s ability to compete or to offer or sell any products or services to other Persons. For purposes of this paragraph, “material” includes the requirement that, as a result of such transaction, financial statements of the acquired, merged or consolidated entity be included in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus;

(i) Sell, lease, license, encumber or otherwise dispose of any properties or assets, except (A) sales in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (B) the incurrence of Permitted Liens, (C) pursuant to existing Company Contracts delivered or made available to Parent and (D) the sale, lease or disposition of property or assets that are not material, individually or in the aggregate, to the business of such party (measured with all of its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole);

(j) Except incurrences of indebtedness under the Company’s existing credit facilities (and, in the case of the Company and its Subsidiaries, extensions of credit in the ordinary course with employees and among the Company and its Subsidiaries) or as set forth on Schedule 4.1(j), incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or guarantee any such indebtedness of another Person or Persons (other than Affiliates), issue or sell any debt securities or options, warrants, calls or other rights to acquire any debt securities of Parent or the Company and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, enter into any “keep well” or other agreement to maintain any financial statement condition or enter into any arrangement having the economic effect of any of the foregoing;

(k) Except as otherwise required by applicable law or pursuant to an existing Plan, policy or Company Contract of the Company or its Subsidiaries, (i) adopt or materially amend any Plan (including any Plan that provides for severance), or enter into any employment contract or collective bargaining agreement (other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice), (ii) pay any special bonus or special remuneration to any director or employee, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, or (iii) materially increase the salaries or wage rates or fringe benefits (including rights to severance or indemnification) of its directors, officers, employees or consultants, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices;

(l) (i) Pay, discharge, settle or satisfy any material claims, liabilities or obligations (absolute, accrued, asserted or unasserted, contingent or otherwise), or litigation (whether or not commenced prior to the date of this Agreement) other than the payment, discharge, settlement or satisfaction of any claims, liabilities or obligations in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices or in accordance with their terms, or recognized

 

A-32


Table of Contents

or disclosed in the Company Financial Statements or in the most recent Parent SEC Reports, as applicable, or incurred since the date of such financial statements, or (ii) waive the benefits of, agree to modify in any material manner, terminate, release any person from or knowingly fail to enforce any material confidentiality or similar agreement to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or of which the Company any of its Subsidiaries is a beneficiary (other than with customers and other counterparties in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices) or to which Parent is a party or of which Parent is a beneficiary, as applicable;

(m) Except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, modify in a manner materially adverse to the Company, Parent or Merger Sub, as applicable, or terminate (other than in accordance with its terms) any Material Company Contract or Parent Contract, as applicable, or waive, delay the exercise of, release or assign any material rights or claims thereunder;

(n) Except as required by law or U.S. GAAP, revalue any of its assets in any material manner or make any material change in accounting methods, principles or practices;

(o) Except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, incur or enter into any agreement, contract or commitment requiring such party to pay in excess of $150,000 in any 12 month period;

(p) Settle any material litigation where the consideration given by the Party is other than monetary or to which an officer, director or employee of such Person is a party in his or her capacity as such;

(q) Make or rescind any Tax elections that, individually or in the aggregate, would be reasonably likely to adversely affect in any material respect the Tax liability or Tax attributes of such party, settle or compromise any material income tax liability outside the ordinary course of business or, except as required by applicable law, change any material method of accounting for Tax purposes or prepare or file any Return in a manner materially inconsistent with past practice;

(r) Form or establish any subsidiary except in the ordinary course of business consistent with prior practice or as contemplated by this Agreement;

(s) Permit, in the case of the Company, the Company, any Subsidiary of Company or the administrator of any Plan of the Company or its Subsidiaries or, in the case of Parent or Merger Sub, Parent, Merger Sub or any of their respective Subsidiaries or the administrator of any Plan of Parent, Merger Sub or any of their respective Subsidiaries, to exercise any of its discretionary rights under any Plan to provide for the automatic acceleration of any outstanding options, the termination of any outstanding repurchase rights or the termination of any cancellation rights issued pursuant to such Plan, except as contemplated by this Agreement;

(t) Make capital expenditures in excess of previously budgeted amounts;

(u) Enter into any material transaction with or distribute or advance any assets or property to any of its officers, directors, partners, stockholders, managers, members or other Affiliates other than (i) the payment of salary and benefits and the advancement of expenses in the ordinary course of business consistent with prior practice or (ii) such distributions or advancements by a Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or another such Subsidiary; or

(v) Agree in writing or otherwise agree or commit to take any of the actions described in Section 4.1(a) through (u) above;

provided that, during any period of full or partial suspension of operations related to the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, the Company and its Subsidiaries, may, in connection with the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, take the actions described in clauses (i), (m) and (t) of Section 4.1 solely to the extent the Company reasonably

 

A-33


Table of Contents

determines in good faith that such actions as are reasonably necessary (1) to protect the health and safety of their respective employees and other individuals with whom they have business dealings or (2) respond to third-party supply or service disruptions caused by the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic.

4.2 Confidentiality; Access to Information.

(a) Confidentiality. The parties agree that they shall be bound by that certain Confidentiality Agreement, dated as of July 26, 2020 (the “Confidentiality Agreement”), by and between the Company and Parent, with respect to all nonpublic information exchanged in connection with this Agreement and the negotiations related thereto. The terms of the Confidentiality Agreement are hereby incorporated herein by reference and shall continue in full force and effect until the Closing, at which time the Confidentiality Agreement shall terminate. If this Agreement is, for any reason, terminated prior to the Closing, the Confidentiality Agreement shall continue in full force and effect, subject to Section 7.2(b) hereof.

(b) Access to Information.

(i) Except for any information which in the opinion of legal counsel of the Company would result in the loss of attorney-client privilege or other privilege from disclosure, the Company will afford Parent and its financial advisors, accountants, counsel and other representatives reasonable access during normal business hours, upon reasonable notice, in such manner as to not interfere with the normal operation of the Company and its Subsidiaries, to the properties, books, records and management personnel of the Company during the period prior to the Closing to obtain all information concerning the business, including the status of business development efforts, properties, results of operations and personnel of the Company, as Parent may reasonably request; provided, that such access shall not include any invasive or intrusive investigations or other testing, sampling or analysis of any properties, facilities or equipment of the Company or its Subsidiaries without the prior written consent of the Company; provided, further that any such access shall be subject to and limited to the extent the Company reasonably determines in good faith, in light of the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic (taking into account any “shelter-in-place” or similar order issued by a Governmental Entity), that such access would jeopardize the health and safety of any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. The parties hereto shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make alternative arrangements for such disclosure where the restrictions in the preceding sentence apply. No information or knowledge obtained by Parent in any investigation pursuant to this Section 4.2(b)(i) will affect or be deemed to modify any representation or warranty contained herein or the conditions to the obligations of the parties to consummate the Merger.

(ii) Except for any information which in the opinion of legal counsel of the Company would result in the loss of attorney-client privilege or other privilege from disclosure, Parent will afford the Company and its financial advisors, underwriters, accountants, counsel and other representatives reasonable access during normal business hours, upon reasonable notice, in such manner as to not interfere with the normal operation of the Company and its Subsidiaries, to the properties, books, records and personnel of Parent and Merger Sub during the period prior to the Closing to obtain all information concerning the business, including properties, results of operations and personnel of Parent and Merger Sub, as the Company may reasonably request; provided, that any such access shall be subject to and limited to the extent that Parent reasonably determines in good faith, in light of the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic (taking into account any “shelter-in-place” or similar order issued by a Governmental Entity), that such access would jeopardize the health and safety of any employee of Parent or Merger Sub. The parties hereto shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make alternative arrangements for such disclosure where the restrictions in the preceding sentence apply. No information or knowledge obtained by the Company in any investigation pursuant to this Section 4.2(b)(ii) will affect or be deemed to modify any representation or warranty contained herein or the conditions to the obligations of the parties to consummate the Merger.

4.3 No Solicitation. During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to its terms or the Closing, (a) the Company will not, and will cause its

 

A-34


Table of Contents

controlled Affiliates, employees, agents, officers, directors and representatives not to, directly or indirectly, solicit or enter into discussions or transactions with, or encourage, or provide any information to, any corporation, partnership or other entity or group (other than Parent and its designees) concerning any merger, sale of ownership interests in the Company (other than any purchases of equity securities by the Company from employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries) and/or a material portion of the assets of the Company (other than immaterial assets, assets sold in the ordinary course of business or as set forth on Schedule 4.3 of the Company Schedule or the Parent Schedule (“Schedule 4.3”)) or similar transaction involving the Company and (b) each of Parent and Merger Sub will not, and will cause its respective controlled Affiliates, employees, agents, officers, directors and representatives not to, directly or indirectly, solicit or enter into discussions or transactions with, or encourage, or provide any information to, any corporation, partnership or other entity or group (other than the Company and its designees) concerning any merger, purchase of ownership interests and/or assets, recapitalization or similar business combination transaction. In addition, (i) the Company will, and will cause its controlled Affiliates, employees, agents, officers, directors and representatives to, immediately cease any and all existing discussions or negotiations with any Person conducted heretofore with respect to any alternative merger, sale of ownership interests in and/or a material portion of the assets of the Company (other than immaterial assets, assets sold in the ordinary course of business or as set forth on Schedule 4.3) or recapitalization or similar business combination transaction involving the Company and (ii) each of Parent and Merger Sub will, and will cause its respective controlled Affiliates, employees, agents, officers, directors and representatives to, immediately cease any and all existing discussions or negotiations with any Person conducted heretofore with respect to any alternative merger, purchase of ownership interests and/or assets, recapitalization or similar business combination transaction. The Company will promptly (and in any event within one (1) Business Day of receipt) notify Parent if it receives, or if any of its or its controlled Affiliates, employees, agents, officers, directors or representatives receives, any proposal, offer or submission with respect to a competing transaction after the date of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may respond to any such proposal, offer or submission by indicating only that the Company is subject to an exclusivity agreement and is unable to provide any information related to the Company and its Subsidiaries or entertain any proposals or offers or engage in any negotiations or discussions concerning a competing transaction for as long as that exclusivity agreement remains in effect. The parties agree that the rights and remedies for noncompliance with this Section 4.3 include specific performance, it being acknowledged and agreed that any breach or threatened breach will cause irreparable injury to the non-breaching party and that money damages would not provide an adequate remedy for such injury.

4.4 Certain Financial Information. As soon as reasonably practicable following the date of this Agreement, the Company shall deliver to Parent a true and complete copy of the audited consolidated financial statements (including any related notes thereto) of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, audited by Marcum LLP (or such other nationally recognized audit firm, as is reasonably acceptable to Parent), which shall be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP applied on a consistent basis in accordance with past practice throughout the periods involved (except as may be indicated therein or in the notes thereto), and shall fairly present in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its Subsidiaries at the respective dates thereof and the results of their operations and cash flows for the respective periods indicated (the “Updated Audited Financial Statements”). In addition, within twenty-five (25) Business Days after the end of each month between the date hereof and the earlier of the Closing Date and the date on which this Agreement is terminated, the Company shall deliver to Parent unaudited consolidated financial statements for such month, in the format provided to the lenders under the credit agreement facility of the Company.

4.5 Access to Financial Information. During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to its terms or the Closing, the Company will, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause its auditors (subject to any required access agreement or arrangement) to (a) continue to provide Parent and its advisors reasonable access to all of the financial information used in the preparation of Company Financial Statements and the financial information furnished pursuant to Section 4.4 hereof and (b) reasonably cooperate with any reviews performed by Parent or its advisors of any such Company Financial Statements or such information.

 

A-35


Table of Contents

4.6 Commercially Reasonable Efforts. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, each of the Parties agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, and to assist and cooperate with the other parties in doing, all things reasonably necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective, in the most expeditious manner practicable but in any event prior to the Outside Date, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including using commercially reasonable efforts to accomplish the following: (i) the taking of such reasonable acts necessary to cause the conditions precedent set forth in Article VI to be satisfied, (ii) the obtaining of such reasonably necessary actions, waivers, consents, approvals, orders and authorizations from Governmental Entities and the making of such reasonably necessary registrations, declarations and filings (including registrations, declarations and filings with Governmental Entities, if any) and the taking of such reasonable steps as may be reasonably necessary to avoid any suit, claim, action, investigation or proceeding by any Governmental Entity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (iii) the obtaining of such material consents, approvals or waivers from third parties required as a result of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, including the consents referred to in Schedules 2.5 and 3.5, (iv) the defending of any suits, claims, actions, investigations or proceedings, whether judicial or administrative, challenging this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including seeking to have any stay or temporary restraining order entered by any court or other Governmental Entity vacated or reversed and (v) the execution or delivery of any additional instruments reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by, and to fully carry out the purposes of, this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (1) nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to require Parent or the Company to agree to any divestiture by itself or any of its Affiliates of shares of capital stock or of any business, assets or property, or the imposition of any material limitation on the ability of any of them to conduct their business or to own or exercise control of such assets, properties and stock and (2) in no event shall Parent, Merger Sub, the Company or its Subsidiaries be obligated to bear any material expense or pay any material fee or grant any material concession in connection with obtaining any consents, authorizations or approvals pursuant to the terms of any contract to which the Company or its Subsidiaries is a party in connection with the consummation of the Merger.

ARTICLE V

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

5.1 Proxy Statement; Special Meeting.

(a) As soon as is reasonably practicable after receipt by Parent from the Company of all financial and other information relating to the Company as is necessary for its preparation (including the Updated Audited Financial Statements), Parent shall prepare and file with the SEC under the Exchange Act, and with all other applicable regulatory bodies, the Proxy Statement/Prospectus to be used for the purpose of soliciting proxies from holders of Parent Common Stock (the “Parent Stockholders”) to vote in favor of (i) the adoption of this Agreement and the approval of the Merger (the “Merger Proposal”), (ii) the election to the board of directors of Parent of the individuals identified on Schedule 5.2 of the Parent Schedule for the class of director set forth opposite the name of such individual (the “Director Proposal”); (iii) the approval of certain changes to Parent’s Charter Documents, to be effective from and after the Closing, including the change of the name of Parent to a name to be mutually agreed by the parties hereto, an increase in the number of authorized shares of Parent Common Stock to 350,000,000 and other mutually agreed upon changes to Parent’s capitalization structure and amendments to Article Sixth so that the existence of Parent shall be perpetual and to remove all SPAC-related provisions that will no longer be applicable to Parent following the Closing and such other amendments proposed by the Company that are reasonably acceptable to Parent (the “Charter Amendments Proposals”), (iv) the adoption of the Parent Plan, (v) approval of the PIPE Investment and (vi) approval of any other proposals reasonably agreed by Parent and the Company to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (together with the Merger Proposal, Director Proposal, Charter Amendments Proposals and Plan Proposal, the “Stockholder Matters”) at a meeting of Parent Stockholders to be called and held for such

 

A-36


Table of Contents

purpose (the “Special Meeting”). Without the prior written consent of the Company, the Stockholder Matters shall be the only matters (other than procedural matters) which Parent shall propose to be acted on by the Parent Stockholders at the Special Meeting. The Parent Plan shall provide that not less than 10% of the total number of shares of Parent Common Stock to be issued and outstanding after the Closing (or such other number of shares as Parent and the Company may otherwise agree following the date hereof) shall be reserved for issuance pursuant to the Parent Plan. The Company shall furnish to Parent all information concerning the Company as is necessary in connection with the preparation of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus and shall otherwise assist and cooperate with Parent as reasonably requested by Parent. Parent shall also take all actions required to satisfy the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

(b) As soon as reasonably practicable following the approval of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus by the SEC (the “SEC Approval Date”) (and in any event, within seven Business Days after the SEC Approval Date), Parent shall (i) distribute the Proxy Statement/Prospectus to the Parent Stockholders, (ii) having, prior to the SEC Approval Date, established the record date therefor, duly call, give notice of, convene and hold the Special Meeting in accordance with the DGCL and, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, on a date no later than forty-five (45) days following the SEC Approval Date, and (iii) subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, solicit proxies from such holders to vote in favor of the adoption of this Agreement and the approval of the Merger and the other matters presented to the Parent Stockholders for approval or adoption at the Special Meeting, including, without limitation, the Stockholder Matters. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.1(b), Parent shall be entitled to make one or more successive postponements or adjournments of the Special Meeting (i) to ensure that any supplement or amendment to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus that Parent has determined in good faith is required to satisfy the conditions of Section 5.1(c) below or any other applicable Legal Requirement or (ii) if on a date for which the Special Meeting is scheduled, Parent reasonably determines that the Merger cannot be consummated for any reason; provided, that (1) Parent continues to satisfy its obligations under Section 5.1(d) below and Parent shall reconvene such Special Meeting as promptly as practicable following such time as the matters described in clauses (i) and (ii) have been resolved and (2) in no event shall the Special Meeting be held later than three (3) Business Days prior to January 16, 2021 (unless the Parties have waived the requirement in Section 1.2 that the Closing Date shall be no later than the third (3rd) Business Day after the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article VI, in which case the Special Meeting shall be held no later than January 16, 2021).

(c) Parent shall comply with all applicable provisions of and rules under the Exchange Act and all applicable provisions of the DGCL in the preparation, filing and distribution of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, the solicitation of proxies thereunder, and the calling and holding of the Special Meeting. Without limiting the foregoing, Parent represents and warrants that the Proxy Statement/Prospectus shall not, as of the date on which it is first distributed to Parent Stockholders, and as of the date of the Special Meeting, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (provided that Parent shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any information relating to the Company or any other information furnished by the Company for inclusion in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus). The Company represents and warrants that all financial and other information relating to the Company provided to Parent in connection with the Proxy Statement/Prospectus shall not, as of the date it is first distributed to Parent Stockholders, and as of the date of the Special Meeting, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. No filing of, or amendment or supplement to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus will be made without the approval of Parent and the Company (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

(d) Parent, acting through its board of directors, shall include in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus the recommendation of its board of directors that the Parent Stockholders vote in favor of the adoption of this Agreement and the approval of the Merger and the other matters referred to in Section 5.1(a), and shall otherwise use reasonable best efforts to obtain approval of the matters referred to in Section 5.1(a).

 

A-37


Table of Contents

5.2 Directors and Officers of Parent and the Company After Merger. Except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Company and Parent prior to the Closing, the Parties shall take all necessary action so that (a) all of the members of the board of directors of Parent and all officers of Parent resign effective as of the Closing unless such member or officer is included on Schedule 5.2 of the Parent Schedule (“Schedule 5.2”), (b) the number of directors constituting the board of directors of Parent shall be such number as is specified on Schedule 5.2 and (c) the persons listed in Schedule 5.2 are elected to the positions of officers and directors of Parent and Surviving Corporation, as set forth therein, to serve in such positions effective immediately after the Closing. If any Person listed in Schedule 5.2 is unable to serve, the Party appointing such Person shall designate a successor; provided that, if such designation is to be made after the Closing, any successor to a Person designated by Parent shall be made by the Person serving in the capacity of Chairman of Parent immediately prior to the Closing.

5.3 HSR Act. If required pursuant to the HSR Act, as promptly as practicable but in no event later than ten (10) Business Days after the date of this Agreement, Parent and the Company (i) shall each prepare and file the notification required of it thereunder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) shall promptly and in good faith respond to all information requested of it by the Federal Trade Commission and Department of Justice in connection with such notification and otherwise cooperate in good faith with each other and such Governmental Entities and (iii) shall each request early termination of any waiting period under the HSR Act. Parent and the Company shall (a) promptly inform the other of any communication to or from the Federal Trade Commission, the Department of Justice or any other Governmental Entity regarding the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and permit counsel to the other Party an opportunity to review in advance, and each Party shall consider in good faith the views of such counsel in connection with, any proposed written communications by such party to any Governmental Entity concerning the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (b) give the other prompt notice of the commencement of any action, suit, litigation, arbitration, proceeding or investigation by or before any Governmental Entity with respect to such transactions and (c) keep the other reasonably informed as to the status of any such action, suit, litigation, arbitration, proceeding or investigation. Each Party agrees to provide, to the extent permitted by the applicable Governmental Entity, the other Party and its counsel the opportunity, on reasonable advance notice, to participate in any substantive meetings or discussions, either in person or by telephone, between such Party and/or any of its Affiliates, agents or advisors, on the one hand, and any Governmental Entity, on the other hand, concerning or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby; provided, neither Party shall extend any waiting period or comparable period under the HSR Act or enter into any agreement with any Governmental Entity without the written consent of the other Party.

5.4 Public Announcements.

(a) As promptly as practicable after execution of this Agreement, Parent will prepare and file a Current Report on Form 8-K pursuant to the Exchange Act to report the execution of this Agreement (“Parent Signing Form 8-K”).

(b) Promptly after the execution of this Agreement, Parent and the Company shall also issue a joint press release announcing the execution of this Agreement (the “Signing Press Release”). Thereafter, prior to the Closing (or the earlier termination of this Agreement in accordance with Article VII), Parent and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to consult with each other before issuing any press release or other public statement (including through social media platforms) with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, and, except as required by any applicable Legal Requirement, shall not issue any such press release or other public statement without the prior written consent of the other Party (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and otherwise complying with Section 5.5.

(c) At least five (5) days prior to Closing, Parent shall prepare a draft Current Report on Form 8-K announcing the Closing, together with, or incorporating by reference, the financial statements prepared by the Company and its accountant, and such other information that may be required to be disclosed with respect to the Merger in any report or form to be filed with the SEC (“Closing Form 8-K”), which shall be in a form

 

A-38


Table of Contents

reasonably acceptable to the Company. Prior to Closing, Parent and the Company shall prepare a press release announcing the consummation of the Merger hereunder (“Closing Press Release”). Concurrently with the Closing, Parent shall distribute the Closing Press Release. Concurrently with the Closing, or as soon as practicable thereafter, Parent shall file the Closing Form 8-K with the Commission.

5.5 Required Information.

(a) In connection with the preparation of the Parent Signing Form 8-K, the Signing Press Release, the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, the Closing Form 8-K, the Closing Press Release or any other statement, filing, notice, or application (other than pursuant to the HSR Act, for which Section 5.3 applies) made by or on behalf of Parent or the Company to any Governmental Entity or other third party in connection with Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby (each, a “Reviewable Document”), and for such other reasonable purposes, each of the Company and Parent shall, upon request by the other, use commercially reasonable efforts (subject to applicable law and contractual restrictions) to furnish the other with all information concerning themselves, their Subsidiaries, and each of their and their Subsidiaries’ respective directors, officers, and stockholders (including the directors of Parent and the Company to be elected effective as of the Closing pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof) and such other matters as may be reasonably necessary or advisable in connection with the Reviewable Document. Each Party warrants and represents to the other Party that all such information shall, as of the date of the filing of the Reviewable Document, be true and correct in all material respects and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(b) At a reasonable time prior to the filing, issuance, or other submission or public disclosure of a Reviewable Document by Parent or the Company, the other party shall each be given a reasonable opportunity to review and comment upon such Reviewable Document and give its consent to the form thereof, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, and each party shall accept and incorporate all reasonable comments from the other party to any such Reviewable Document prior to filing, issuance, submission or disclosure thereof. Furthermore, Parent and the Company shall cooperate and mutually agree upon (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) any response to any SEC comments on any Reviewable Document and shall otherwise use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Proxy Statement/Prospectus to be approved by the SEC, in each case, as promptly as practicable.

(c) Any language included in a Reviewable Document that reflects the comments of the reviewing party, as well as any text as to which the reviewing party has not commented upon after being given a reasonable opportunity to comment, shall be deemed to have been approved by the reviewing party and may henceforth be used by other party in other Reviewable Documents and in other documents distributed by the other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement without further review or consent of the reviewing party.

(d) Prior to the Closing Date, the Company and Parent shall notify each other as promptly as reasonably practicable (i) upon obtaining knowledge of any event or circumstance which should be described in an amendment of, or supplement to, a Reviewable Document that has been filed with or submitted to the Governmental Authority, and (ii) after the receipt by it of any written or oral comments of the Governmental Authority on, or of any written or oral request by the Governmental Authority for amendments or supplements to, any such Reviewable Document, and shall promptly supply the other with copies of all correspondence between it or any of its representatives and the Governmental Authority with respect to any of the foregoing filings or submissions. Parent and the Company shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts, after consultation with each other, to resolve all such requests or comments with respect to the any Reviewable Document as promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt of any comments of the Governmental Authority. All correspondence and communications to the Governmental Authority made by Parent or the Company with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any agreement ancillary hereto shall, to extent permitted by applicable law, be considered to be Reviewable Documents subject to the provisions of this Section 5.5.

 

A-39


Table of Contents

5.6 No Securities Transactions. Neither the Company nor any of its controlled Affiliates, directly or indirectly, shall engage in any purchases or sales of the securities of Parent prior to the Effective Time without the consent of Parent. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to require each of its Affiliates that it controls to comply with the foregoing requirement.

5.7 No Claim Against Trust Fund. Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, the Company acknowledges that it has read Parent’s final prospectus dated July 11, 2019 (“Final Prospectus”) and understands that Parent has established the Trust Fund for the benefit of Parent’s public stockholders and that Parent may disburse monies from the Trust Fund only (a) to Parent’s public stockholders in the event they elect to convert their shares into cash in accordance with Parent’s Charter Documents and/or the liquidation of Parent or (b) to Parent after, or concurrently with, the consummation of a business combination. The Company further acknowledges that, if the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or, upon termination of this Agreement, another business combination, are not consummated by January 16, 2021, or such later date as shall be set forth in an amendment to Parent’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation for the purpose of extending the date by which Parent must complete a business combination, Parent will be obligated to return to its stockholders the amounts being held in the Trust Fund. Accordingly, the Company, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, hereby waives all rights, title, interest or claim of any kind against Parent to collect from the Trust Fund any monies that may be owed to them by Parent for any reason whatsoever, including but not limited to a breach of this Agreement by Parent or any negotiations, agreements or understandings with Parent (whether in the past, present or future), and will not seek recourse against the Trust Fund at any time for any reason whatsoever. This paragraph will survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason, but notwithstanding anything set forth herein will not limit the rights of the Company or its Stockholders at or following the Closing.

5.8 Disclosure of Certain Matters. Each of Parent and the Company will provide the others with prompt written notice of any event, development or condition of which it obtains knowledge that (a) gives such Party any reason to believe that any of the conditions to the obligations of the other Party set forth in Article VI will not be satisfied, or (b) would require any amendment or supplement to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

5.9 Securities Listing. Parent and the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to continue the listing for trading of the Parent Common Stock on the NYSE.

5.10 Charter Protections; Directors and Officers Liability Insurance.

(a) All rights to indemnification for acts or omissions occurring through the Closing Date now existing in favor of the current directors and officers of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under applicable Law or as provided in the Charter Documents of the Company and its Subsidiaries or in any indemnification agreements shall survive the Merger and shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

(b) For a period of six (6) years after the Closing Date, each of Parent and the Surviving Corporation shall cause to be maintained in effect the current policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance maintained by Parent and the Company, respectively (or policies of at least the same coverage and amounts containing terms and conditions which are no less advantageous), with respect to claims arising from facts and events that occurred prior to the Closing Date.

(c) If the Company or any of its successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other Person and shall not be the continuing or surviving entity of such consolidation or merger, or (ii) transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person, then, in each such case, to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of the Company assume the obligations set forth in this Section 5.10.

(d) The provisions of this Section 5.10 are intended to be for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, each Person who will have been a director or officer of the Company for all periods ending on or before the

 

A-40


Table of Contents

Closing Date and may not be changed without the consent of a majority of those Persons serving on Parent’s Board after the Closing Date who served on the Company’s Board immediately prior to the Closing Date.

5.11 Insider Loans. The Company shall cause each executive officer of the Company or its Subsidiaries to, at or prior to Closing (i) repay to the Company any loan by the Company to such Person and any other amount owed by such Person to the Company; and (ii) cause any guaranty or similar arrangement pursuant to which the Company has guaranteed the payment or performance of any obligations of such Person to a third party to be terminated.

5.12 Parent Borrowings. Through the Closing, Parent shall be allowed to borrow funds from its directors, officers and/or stockholders to meet its reasonable capital requirements, with any such loans to be made only as reasonably required by the operation of Parent in due course on a non-interest bearing basis and repayable in cash at Closing (the “Parent Borrowings”), and at the option of the lender thereof, up to $1,500,000 of which Parent Borrowings still outstanding may be convertible at the Effective Time into Parent Warrants at a conversion price of $1.50 per warrant, with such Parent Warrants having the same terms as the Parent Warrants registered at the time of Parent’s initial public offering.

5.13 Trust Fund Disbursement. Parent shall cause the Trust Fund to be disbursed as contemplated by this Agreement and the Trust Agreement immediately upon the Closing. All liabilities and obligations of Parent due and owing or incurred at or prior to the Closing Date shall be paid as and when due, including all amounts payable (i) to stockholders who elect to have their shares of Parent Common Stock converted to cash in accordance with the provisions of Parent’s Charter Documents (such stockholders, “Redeeming Stockholders”), (ii) for income Tax or other Tax obligations of Parent prior to Closing, and (iii) (A) as repayment of Parent Borrowings, (B) to the underwriters in Parent’s initial public offering for payment of deferred underwriting commissions and (C) to third parties (e.g., professionals, printers, etc.) who have rendered services to Parent in connection with its operations and efforts to effect the Merger.

5.14 Board of Directors. Prior to the Closing Date, Parent and the Company shall take all action necessary so that immediately after the Effective Time, the board of directors of Parent shall be comprised of the individuals identified on Schedule 5.2 of the Company Schedule for the class of director set forth opposite the name of such individual.

5.15 Lock-Up Agreement. Prior to the Closing Date, the Company will use reasonable best efforts to cause the Company Stockholders to agree not to transfer the shares of Parent Common Stock to be received hereunder as Per Share Merger Consideration for a period of the earlier of twelve (12) months from the Closing or the date on which the reported closing sale price of the Parent Common Stock equals or exceeds $15.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations or other similar actions) for twenty (20) trading days in any thirty (30)-trading day period commencing at least one hundred fifty (150) days following the consummation of the Merger, subject to certain exceptions, which provisions will be set forth in the lock-up agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Lock-Up Agreement”) with respect to the Company Stockholders identified in Schedule 5.15 of the Company Schedule or the Lock-Up Agreement or the Letter of Transmittal with respect to all other Company Stockholders. At any time six (6) months after the Closing Date, Parent shall engage, if approved by the board of directors of Parent, in an organized secondary offering of Parent Common Stock held by persons entitled to registration rights pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and as otherwise approved by the board of directors of Parent, conducted by an investment bank, whose actual retention and whose proposed transaction will, if prior to the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Closing, require approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors. The Parent Certificates evidencing shares of Parent Common Stock issued hereunder shall each include prominent disclosure or bear a prominent legend evidencing the fact that such shares are subject to such lock-up provisions described in this Section 5.15. Prior to the Closing Date, the holders of Founder Common Stock (or any securities issued upon conversion thereof or exchanged therefor), the holders of Parent Warrants that were not registered for sale in connection with Parent’s initial public offering (or any securities issued upon exercise thereof or exchanged

 

A-41


Table of Contents

therefor) and the holders of Parent Warrants issued pursuant to Section 5.12 (or any securities issued upon conversion thereof or exchanged therefor) will agree to amend the lock-up provisions applicable to such Founder Common Stock and Parent Warrants (or any securities issued upon exercise thereof or exchanged therefor) pursuant to the Lock-Up Agreement, which shall be executed and delivered by such holders prior to the Effective Time.

5.16 Registration Rights Agreement. Prior to the Closing Date, Parent shall enter into a registration rights agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) pursuant to which the Company Stockholders and certain other parties thereto will be granted certain registration rights relating to the aggregate Per Share Merger Consideration to be received by them herein. Parent shall use reasonable best efforts to terminate the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2019, by and among Parent and the Parent Stockholders party thereto (as amended, the “Parent Registration Rights Agreement”), prior to the Closing and shall offer the Parent Stockholders who are party to the Parent Registration Rights Agreement prior to the Closing the opportunity to enter into the Registration Rights Agreement in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

5.17 Intended Tax Treatment; Tax Opinions.

(a) On or after the date hereof, none of the Parties shall take (or cause their Affiliates or subsidiaries to take) any action, or fail (or cause their Affiliates or subsidiaries to fail) to take any action, which action or failure to act would reasonably be expected to prevent or impede the Merger from qualifying as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. The Parties will report the Merger on all Returns in a manner consistent with such tax treatment, including attaching the statement described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.368-3(a) on or with its Return for the taxable year of the Merger, and no Party will take a position inconsistent with such treatment, unless required to do otherwise pursuant to a final determination as defined in Section 1313(a) of the Code (or pursuant to any similar provision of applicable state, local or foreign Law).

(b) The Company shall use best efforts to deliver to Morrison & Foerster LLP (“Morrison & Foerster”) and Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo P.C. (“Mintz”) a tax representation letter substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D-1, dated as of the date of the tax opinions referenced in Section 5.17(c) and signed by an officer of the Company, containing customary representations of the Company; and Parent (and Merger Sub) shall use best efforts to deliver to Morrison & Foerster and Mintz a tax representation letter substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D-2, dated as of the date of the tax opinions referenced in Section 5.17(c) and signed by an officer of Parent (and Merger Sub), containing customary representations of Parent (and Merger Sub), in each case as shall be reasonably necessary or appropriate to enable Morrison & Foerster and Mintz to render the applicable tax opinions described in Section 5.17(c) (such tax representation letters, the “Tax Representation Letters”).

(c) The Company shall use best efforts to cause Mintz or other counsel satisfactory to the Company to deliver to the Company an opinion of Mintz or such other counsel substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E-1, dated as of the Closing Date, and based on facts, representations and assumptions set forth or described in such opinion, to the effect that the Merger will be treated as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. In rendering such opinion, Mintz or such other counsel will be entitled to receive and rely upon the representations contained in the Tax Representation Letters of Parent and the Company and upon such other customary certificates and representations as the counsel rendering such tax opinion reasonably deems relevant.

(d) Parent shall use best efforts to cause Morrison & Foerster or other counsel satisfactory to Parent to deliver to Parent an opinion of Morrison & Foerster or such other counsel substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E-2, dated as of the Closing Date, and based on facts, representations and assumptions set forth or described in such opinion, to the effect that the Merger will be treated as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. In rendering such opinion, Morrison & Foerster or such other counsel

 

A-42


Table of Contents

will be entitled to receive and rely upon the representations contained in the Tax Representation Letters of Parent and the Company and upon such other customary certificates and representations as the counsel rendering such tax opinion reasonably deems relevant.

5.18 Incentive Equity Plan. Prior to the Closing Date, Parent shall cause to be adopted the Parent Plan, the proposed form and terms of which shall be prepared and delivered by the Company and which shall be reasonably acceptable to Parent.

5.19 PIPE Investment. Parent shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to arrange and obtain the PIPE Investment on the terms set forth in the PIPE Documents, including using Parent’s commercially reasonable efforts to (i) maintain in full force and effect the PIPE Documents in accordance with the terms thereof, (ii) satisfy on a timely basis all conditions to obtaining the PIPE Investment set forth in the PIPE Documents that are applicable to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries and within the control of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, and to consummate the PIPE Investment at or prior to the Closing, including using its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the investor parties thereto to fund the PIPE Investment at the Closing, (iii) comply on a timely basis with Parent’s obligations under the PIPE Documents and (iv) enforce its rights under the PIPE Documents, including (at the request of the Company and only if Parent and its Subsidiaries have sufficient funds) by filing one or more lawsuits against the investor parties thereto to fully enforce the investors’ obligations (and the rights of Parent) thereunder or assigning the rights of Parent to bring such lawsuits to the Company so as to enable the Company to file such lawsuits against the investors on behalf of Parent. Parent shall provide the Company with copies of all documents relating to the PIPE Investment and shall give the Company prompt written notice upon becoming aware of (A) any breach or default (or any event or circumstance which, with or without notice, lapse of time or both, could reasonably be expected to give rise to any breach or default) by any party to any of the PIPE Documents, (B) any actual or potential failure to carry out any of the terms of any of the PIPE Documents, (C) any actual or threatened termination or repudiation of any of the PIPE Documents by any party thereto, (D) any material dispute or disagreement between or among any of the parties to any of the PIPE Documents or (E) the occurrence of an event or development that Parent reasonably expects to have a material and adverse impact on the ability of Parent to obtain all or any portion of the PIPE Investment. Without the prior written consent of the Company, Parent shall not permit any material amendment or modification to be made to, or any waiver of any material provision or remedy under, any of the PIPE Documents (including, without limitation, any amendment, modification or waiver that (v) adversely affects the availability of all or any portion of the PIPE Investment, (w) adversely affects the termination provisions of, or would result in the termination of, any of the PIPE Documents, (x) reduces the aggregate amount of the PIPE Investment, (y) imposes additional conditions precedent to the availability of the PIPE Investment or amends or modifies any of the existing conditions to the funding of the PIPE Investment or (z) adversely impacts the ability of Parent to enforce its rights against the investors under any of the PIPE Documents), or release or consent to the termination of the obligations of the investors under any of the PIPE Documents.

5.20 Company Stockholder Approval. The Company shall, as promptly as practicable after the SEC Approval Date, give notice in accordance with the DGCL and the Company’s Charter Documents to all of its stockholders calling for a special meeting of such stockholders to consider and vote upon this Agreement and the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby, and shall hold such meeting as promptly as practicable after such notice is given (“Company Stockholder Meeting”). The Company shall timely send copies of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus and all other relevant information and documentation to its stockholders in connection with the Company Stockholder Meeting. The Company and its board of directors shall cause the Company Stockholder Meeting to take place in accordance with the foregoing and in compliance with the DGCL and the Company’s Charter Documents and use commercially reasonable efforts to secure the Company Stockholder Approval at the Company Stockholder Meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the election and option of the Company, the Company shall be permitted to obtain the Company Stockholder Approval, without a need for calling a Company Stockholder Meeting, by obtaining the written consent of holders of shares of Company Stock representing the Company Stockholder Approval that is executed and delivered by such holders

 

A-43


Table of Contents

after the SEC Approval Date and the Proxy Statement/Prospectus is delivered to such holders; provided, that, in the event that the Company elects to obtain the Company Stockholder Approval pursuant to such written consent, consents with respect to this Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby will be solicited from all holders of shares of Company Stock. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Company Stockholders to (i) to vote (in person, by proxy or by action by written consent, as applicable) all of their Company Stock in favor of, and adopt, the Merger and to vote in opposition to any and all other proposals that could reasonably be expected to delay or impair the ability of the Company to consummate the Merger and (ii) to execute and deliver all related documentation and take such other action in support of the Merger as shall reasonably be requested by the Company in connection with the Merger.

5.21 PPP Loan. Prior to or at the Effective Time, the Company shall either (i) obtain lender consent under the terms of the PPP Loan to the consummation of the Merger or (ii) (A) repay in full any outstanding principal and accrued interest on the PPP Loan or (B) if elected by Parent, cooperate with Parent and provide information to Parent necessary to enable Parent to make payment, on the Closing Date, to repay in full any outstanding principal and accrued interest on the PPP Loan.

ARTICLE VI

CONDITIONS TO THE TRANSACTION

6.1 Conditions to Obligations of Each Party to Effect the Merger. The respective obligations of each party to this Agreement to effect the Merger shall be subject to the satisfaction as of the Closing Date of the following conditions, any one or more of which may be waived (if legally permitted) in writing by all of such parties:

(a) Parent Stockholder Matters. The Stockholder Matters shall have been duly approved and adopted by the affirmative vote of the Parent Stockholders required under Parent’s Charter Documents and the DGCL.

(b) Parent Net Tangible Assets. Parent shall have, either immediately prior to or upon the Closing, at least $5,000,001 of net tangible assets following the exercise by holders of shares of Parent Common Stock issued in Parent’s initial public offering of securities and outstanding immediately before the Closing of their right to convert their shares into a pro rata share of the Trust Fund in accordance with Parent’s Charter Documents.

(c) HSR Act; No Order. All specified waiting periods under the HSR Act shall have expired and no Governmental Entity shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, injunction or other order (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) which is in effect and which has the effect of making the Merger illegal or otherwise prohibiting consummation of the Merger, substantially on the terms contemplated by this Agreement.

(d) Proxy Statement. The Proxy Statement/Prospectus (including the Form S-4) shall have become effective in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act, no stop order shall have been issued by the SEC which remains in effect with respect to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, and no proceeding seeking such a stop order shall have been threatened or initiated by the SEC which remains pending.

(e) Company Stockholder Approval. The Company Stockholder Approval shall have been obtained.

(f) Merger Shares. The Parent Common Stock comprising the aggregate Per Share Merger Consideration to be issued pursuant to this Agreement shall have been approved for listing on the NYSE, subject only to official notice of issuance thereof and public holder requirements.

(g) PIPE Investment. The PIPE Investment shall have been, or concurrently with the Closing shall be, completed.

 

A-44


Table of Contents

6.2 Additional Conditions to Obligations of the Company. The obligations of the Company to consummate and effect the Merger shall be subject to the satisfaction as of the Closing Date of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived, in writing, exclusively by the Company:

(a) Representations and Warranties. Each representation and warranty of Parent and Merger Sub (i) contained in Sections 3.3(a), 3.3(b), 3.3(c), 3.3(e), 3.3(g), 3.3(h) and 3.4 shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing Date as though then made (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, and in such case, shall be true and correct on and as of such earlier date), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to result in more than de minimis additional cost, expense or liability to the Company, Parent, Merger Sub or their Affiliates and (ii) contained in the other Sections of Article III shall be true and correct (without giving any effect to any limitation as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” or any similar limitation set forth therein) as of the Closing Date as though then made (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, and in such case, shall be true and correct on and as of such earlier date), except, in either case, where the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct, individually or in the aggregate, has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Parent. The Company shall have received a certificate with respect to the foregoing signed on behalf of Parent by an authorized officer of Parent (“Parent Closing Certificate”).

(b) Agreements and Covenants. Parent and Merger Sub shall have performed or complied with all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by them on or prior to the Closing Date in all material respects, and the Parent Closing Certificate shall include a provision to such effect.

(c) No Litigation. No action, suit or proceeding shall be pending or threatened by any Governmental Entity which is reasonably likely to (i) prevent consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) cause any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be rescinded following consummation or (iii) affect materially and adversely or otherwise encumber the title of the shares of Parent Common Stock to be issued by Parent in connection with the Merger and no order, judgment, decree, stipulation or injunction to any such effect shall be in effect.

(d) Material Adverse Effect. No Material Adverse Effect with respect to Parent shall have occurred since the date of this Agreement, and the Parent Closing Certificate shall include a provision to such effect.

(e) Registration Rights Agreement. The Registration Rights Agreement shall have been executed and delivered and shall be in full force and effect.

(f) Governing Documents. The Certificate of Incorporation of Parent, in a form reasonably acceptable to Parent and the Company, shall have been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and Parent shall have adopted the Bylaws, in a form reasonably acceptable to Parent and the Company.

(g) Resignations. Other than the persons listed in Schedule 6.2(g) of the Company Schedule, all persons shall have resigned from all of their positions and offices with Parent and Merger Sub.

(h) Parent Registration Rights Agreement. The Parent Registration Rights Agreement shall have been terminated.

(i) Lock-Up Agreement. The Lock-Up Agreement shall have been executed and delivered by the holders specified in the last sentence of Section 5.15 and shall be in full force and effect.

6.3 Additional Conditions to the Obligations of Parent and Merger Sub. The obligations of Parent and Merger Sub to consummate and effect the Merger shall be subject to the satisfaction as of the Closing Date of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived, in writing, exclusively by Parent:

(a) Representations and Warranties. Each representation and warranty of the Company and the Stockholders (i) contained in Sections 2.3(a), 2.3(b), 2.3(c), 2.3(e) and 2.4 shall be true and correct in all respects

 

A-45


Table of Contents

as of the Closing Date as though then made (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, and in such case, shall be true and correct on and as of such earlier date), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to result in more than de minimis additional cost, expense or liability to the Company, Parent, Merger Sub or their Affiliates and (ii) contained in the other Sections of Article II shall be true and correct (without giving any effect to any limitation as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” or any similar limitation set forth therein) as of the Closing Date as though then made (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, and in such case, shall be true and correct on and as of such earlier date), except, in either case, where the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct, individually or in the aggregate, has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect on the Company. Parent shall have received a certificate with respect to the foregoing signed on behalf of the Company by an authorized officer of the Company (“Company Closing Certificate”).

(b) Agreements and Covenants. The Company and its Subsidiaries shall have performed or complied with all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by them at or prior to the Closing Date in all material respects, and the Company Closing Certificate shall include a provision to such effect.

(c) No Litigation. No action, suit or proceeding shall be pending or threatened by any Governmental Entity which is reasonably likely to (i) prevent consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) cause any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be rescinded following consummation or (iii) affect materially and adversely the right of the Surviving Corporation to own, operate or control any of the assets and operations of the Company following the Merger and no order, judgment, decree, stipulation or injunction to any such effect shall be in effect.

(d) Material Adverse Effect. No Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Company shall have occurred since the date of this Agreement, and the Company Closing Certificate shall include a provision to such effect.

(e) Updated Audited Financial Statements. The Updated Audited Financial Statements shall have been delivered by the Company to Parent and shall be consistent in all material respects with the Audited Financial Statements with respect to the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

(f) Lock-Up Agreement. The Lock-Up Agreement shall have been executed and delivered by the Company Stockholders identified in Schedule 5.15 of the Company Schedule and shall be in full force and effect.

(g) Company Stockholders Agreements. Each of the agreements set forth on Schedule 6.3(g) of the Company Schedule shall be terminated or amended as provided on such Schedule 6.3(g).

(h) Conversion of Company Preferred Stock; Treatment of Company Derivative Securities. The Company shall have delivered to Parent a complete and correct copy of the written request for conversion delivered by the Requisite Holders (as defined in the Company Charter) to the Company pursuant to Article Fourth, Section C.4(b)(ii) of the Company Charter (the “Request for Conversion”), and such other documentation reasonably requested by Parent to evidence the conversion of the Company Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 1.5(a) and the treatment of the Company Derivative Securities contemplated by Section 1.10.

(i) PPP Loan. The Company shall have either (i) obtained lender consent under the terms of the PPP Loan to the consummation of the Merger or (ii) repaid in full any outstanding principal and accrued interest on the PPP Loan.

(j) FIRPTA Tax Certificates. At Closing, the Company shall deliver to Parent a properly executed certification dated as of the Closing Date that meets the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1445-2(c)(3) and states that shares of the Company are not “U.S. real property interests” within the

 

A-46


Table of Contents

meaning of Section 897 of the Code, together with a written authorization for Parent to deliver such certification to the IRS on behalf of the Company after the Closing and a notice to the IRS in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.897-2(h)(2).

ARTICLE VII

TERMINATION

7.1 Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:

(a) by mutual written agreement of Parent and the Company at any time;

(b) by either Parent or the Company if the Merger shall not have been consummated by January 16, 2021 (the “Outside Date”); provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 7.1(b) shall not be available to any Party whose action or failure to act has been a principal cause of or primarily resulted in the failure of the Merger to occur on or before such date and such action or failure to act constitutes a breach of this Agreement;

(c) by either Parent or the Company if a Governmental Entity shall have issued an order, decree, judgment or ruling or taken any other action, in any case having the effect of permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the Merger, which order, decree, ruling or other action is final and nonappealable;

(d) by the Company, upon a material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of Parent or Merger Sub set forth in this Agreement, or if any representation or warranty of Parent or Merger Sub shall have become untrue, in either case such that (i) the conditions set forth in Article VI would not be satisfied as of the time of such breach or as of the time such representation or warranty shall have become untrue and (ii) such breach by Parent or Merger Sub is incapable of being cured by the Outside Date or, if curable, is not cured by the Outside Date (it being understood that the Company may not terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 7.1(d) if it shall have materially breached this Agreement);

(e) by Parent, upon a material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of the Company or a Stockholder set forth in this Agreement, or if any representation or warranty of the Company or a Stockholder shall have become untrue, in either case such that (i) the conditions set forth in Article VI would not be satisfied as of the time of such breach or as of the time such representation or warranty shall have become untrue and (ii) such breach by the Company or a Stockholder is incapable of being cured by the Outside Date or, if curable, is not cured by the Outside Date (it being understood that Parent may not terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 7.1(e) if it shall have materially breached this Agreement);

(f) by Parent, if the Company shall have failed to deliver the Support Agreements within one (1) day following the execution of this Agreement;

(g) by Parent, if the Company fails to obtain the Company Stockholder Approval by written consent within ten (10) Business Days following the SEC Approval Date;

(h) by either Parent or the Company, if, at the Special Meeting (including any adjournments thereof), the Stockholder Matters shall fail to be approved by the affirmative vote of the Parent Stockholders required under Parent’s Charter Documents and the DGCL; or

(i) by either Parent or the Company if, either immediately prior to or upon the Closing, following consummation of the Merger, Parent will have less than $5,000,001 of net tangible assets following the exercise by the holders of shares of Parent Common Stock issued in Parent’s initial public offering of their rights to convert the shares of Parent Common Stock held by them into cash in accordance with Parent’s Charter Documents.

 

A-47


Table of Contents

7.2 Notice of Termination; Effect of Termination.

(a) Any termination of this Agreement under Section 7.1 above will be effective immediately upon (or, if the termination is pursuant to Section 7.1(d) or Section 7.1(e), and the proviso therein is applicable, thirty (30) days after) the delivery of written notice of the terminating party to the other parties hereto.

(b) In the event of the termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 7.1, this Agreement shall be of no further force or effect and the Merger shall be abandoned, except for and subject to the following: (i) Sections 4.2(a), 5.7, 7.2 and 7.3 and Article VIII (General Provisions) shall survive the termination of this Agreement, and (ii) nothing herein shall relieve any party from liability for any intentional and willful breach of this Agreement by such party occurring prior to such termination.

7.3 Fees and Expenses. Except as otherwise set forth herein, all fees and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party incurring such expenses whether or not the Merger is consummated.

ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

8.1 Notices. All notices and other communications among the parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) when delivered in person, (ii) when delivered after posting in the United States mail having been sent registered or certified mail return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (iii) when delivered by FedEx or other nationally recognized overnight delivery service or (iv) when e-mailed during normal business hours (and otherwise as of the immediately following Business Day), addressed as follows:

if to Parent, to:

Pivotal Investment Corporation II

c/o Graubard Miller

The Chrysler Building

405 Lexington Avenue, 11th Floor

New York, New York 10174

Attention: Jonathan J. Ledecky

E-mail: jledecky@hockeyny.com

with copies to:

Graubard Miller

The Chrysler Building

405 Lexington Avenue, 11th Floor

New York, New York 10174

Attention: David Alan Miller / Jeffrey M. Gallant

E-mail: dmiller@graubard.com / jgallant@graubard.com

and:

Morrison & Foerster LLP

250 West 55th Street

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Mitchell S. Presser / Omar E. Pringle

E-mail: mpresser@mofo.com / opringle@mofo.com

 

A-48


Table of Contents

if to the Company to:

XL Hybrids, Inc.

145 Newton Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02135

Attention: Tod Hynes

Email: thynes@xlfleet.com

with a copy to:

Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo, P.C.

One Financial Center

Boston, MA 02111

Attention: Tom Burton and Sahir Surmeli

Email: TRBurton@mintz.com; SSurmeli@mintz.com

8.2 Interpretation. The definitions of the terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context shall require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. When a reference is made in this Agreement to an Exhibit or Schedule, such reference shall be to an Exhibit or Schedule to this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. When a reference is made in this Agreement to Sections or subsections, such reference shall be to a Section or subsection of this Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated the words “include,” “includes” and “including” when used herein shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words “without limitation.” The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Reference to the Subsidiaries of an entity shall be deemed to include all direct and indirect Subsidiaries of such entity. References to a document or item of information having been “made available” will be deemed to include the posting of such document or item of information in an electronic data room accessible by Parent or any of its representatives. For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) the term “Affiliate” shall mean, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise;

(b) the term “Business Data” shall mean all business information and data, including Personal Information (whether of employees, contractors, consultants, customers, consumers, or other persons and whether in electronic or any other form or medium) that is accessed, collected, used, stored, shared, distributed, transferred, disclosed, destroyed, disposed of or otherwise processed by any of the Business Systems or otherwise in the course of the conduct of the business of the Company;

(c) the term “Business Day” shall mean a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close;

(d) the term “Business Systems” shall mean all Software (including Company Products), computer hardware (whether general or special purpose), electronic data processing, information, record keeping, communications, telecommunications, networks, interfaces, platforms, servers, peripherals, and computer systems, including any outsourced systems and processes, that are owned or used in the conduct of the business of the Company;

(e) the term “Company Equity Plan” shall mean the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan of the Company;

 

A-49


Table of Contents

(f) the term “Company Intellectual Property” shall mean any Intellectual Property that is owned by the Company, including Software developed by the Company;

(g) the term “Company Licensed Intellectual Property” shall mean any Intellectual Property that is owned by a third party and licensed to the Company, including Software developed by the Company;

(h) the term “Company Products” shall mean all current versions of products or service offerings of the Company;

(i) the term “Company Registered Intellectual Property” shall mean all of the Registered Intellectual Property owned by the Company;

(j) the term “Company Stock Option” shall mean an option to purchase shares of Company Stock granted pursuant to the Company Equity Plan;

(k) the term “Company Stockholder Approval” shall mean approval (including by written consent) of this Agreement and the Merger by holders of a majority of (i) the issued and outstanding shares of Company Stock (on an as converted basis) and (ii) the Series D Preferred Stock (on an as converted basis);

(l) the term “Continuing Directors” shall mean Jonathan J. Ledecky, Sarah Sclarsic and Kevin Griffin;

(m) the term “Copyrights” shall mean all copyrights, copyrights registrations and applications therefor, and all other rights corresponding thereto throughout the world;

(n) the term “Environmental Law” shall mean any federal, state, local or foreign law, regulation, order, decree, permit, or authorization, relating to: (i) releases or threatened releases of Hazardous Substances or materials containing Hazardous Substances; (ii) the handling, use, transport, treatment, storage or disposal of any Hazardous Substance or (iii) pollution or protection of the environment or natural resources;

(o) the term “Exchange Ratio” shall mean (i) 100,000,000 divided by (ii) the Fully Diluted Share Number;

(p) the term “Form S-4” shall mean the registration statement on Form S-4 of Parent with respect to registration of the Parent Common Stock to be issued in connection with the Merger;

(q) the term “Fully Diluted Share Number” shall mean the sum of (i) the number of issued and outstanding shares of Company Common Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time (including, for the avoidance of doubt, all shares of Company Common Stock issued as a result of the conversion or exchange of Company Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 1.5(a) and Company Convertible Notes pursuant to Section 1.10(c) and/or Schedule 1.10(c)) plus (ii) the number of shares of Company Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or other exchange of Company Derivative Securities which are not converted, exchanged or exercised prior to the Effective Time (including any shares to be treated as included in this clause (ii) pursuant to Schedule 1.10(c)) and are to remain outstanding as of and immediately following the Effective Time plus (iii) the number of shares of Company Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or other exchange of any other debt or equity securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time;

(r) the term “Governmental Action/Filing” shall mean any franchise, license, certificate of compliance, authorization, consent, order, permit, approval, consent or other action of, or any filing, registration or qualification with, any federal, state, municipal, foreign or other governmental, administrative or judicial body, agency or authority;

(s) the term “Governmental Entity” shall mean any court, administrative agency, commission, governmental or regulatory authority or similar body, domestic or foreign;

 

A-50


Table of Contents

(t) the term “Hazardous Substance” shall mean any substance that is: (i) listed, classified or regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law; (ii) any petroleum product or by-product, asbestos-containing material, polychlorinated biphenyls, radioactive materials or radon; or (iii) any other substance which is regulated by any Governmental Entity pursuant to any Environmental Law;

(u) the term “Insider” shall mean any individual who is an officer, director or employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(v) the term “Insurance Policies” shall mean all material insurance policies and material fidelity and surety bonds covering the assets, business, equipment, properties, operations, employees, officers and directors;

(w) the term “Intellectual Property” shall mean any or all of the following and all worldwide common law and statutory rights in, arising out of, or associated therewith: (i) Patents; (ii) inventions (whether patentable or not), invention disclosures, improvements, trade secrets, proprietary information, know how, technology, technical data and customer lists, and all documentation relating to any of the foregoing; (iii) Copyrights; (iv) Software; (v) domain names, uniform resource locators and other names and locators associated with the Internet (vi) industrial designs and any registrations and applications therefor; (vii) Trademarks; (viii) all databases and data collections and all rights therein; (ix) all moral and economic rights of authors and inventors, however denominated, and (x) any similar or equivalent rights to any of the foregoing (as applicable);

(x) the term “knowledge” shall mean actual knowledge or awareness as to a specified fact or event (i) in the case of the Company, of Tod Hynes and Dimitri Kazarinoff, and (ii) in the case of Parent or Merger Sub, Jonathan Ledecky, Kevin Griffin and James Brady;

(y) the term “Legal Requirements” shall mean any federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other law, statute, constitution, principle of common law, resolution, ordinance, code, edict, decree, rule, regulation, ruling or requirement issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Entity;

(z) the term “Lien” shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien, restriction or charge of any kind (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof, any sale with recourse against the seller or any Affiliate of the seller, or any agreement to give any security interest);

(aa) the term “Material Adverse Effect” when used in connection with the Company or Parent, as the case may be, shall mean any change, event, occurrence or effect, individually or when aggregated with other changes, events, occurrences or effects, (A) that has a materially adverse effect on the business or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as whole, or Parent and Merger Sub, taken together, as applicable or (B) would prevent, materially delay or materially impede the performance by the Company or Parent or Merger Sub of their respective obligations under this Agreement or the consummation of the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated herein, provided however that none of the following (or the effect of any of the following) alone or in combination shall be deemed, in and of itself, to constitute, or be taken into account in determining whether there has been or will be, a Material Adverse Effect: any changes, events, occurrences or effects arising out of, resulting from or attributable to (i) acts of war, sabotage, civil or political unrest or terrorism, or any escalation or worsening of any such acts of war, sabotage, civil or political unrest or terrorism, (ii) earthquakes, hurricanes, tornados or other natural or man-made disasters, acts of God or other force majeure events, (iii) any pandemic, epidemic, plague or other general outbreak of illness (it being understood that any change, event, occurrence or effect resulting from or attributable to actions taken by the Company or its Subsidiaries in response to or as a result of such pandemic, epidemic, plague or other general outbreak of illness (including pursuant to the proviso to Section 4.1) may be taken into account in determining whether there has been a Material Adverse Effect), (iv) any proposal, enactment or change in interpretation of, or other change in, applicable Legal Requirements or U.S. GAAP (or equivalent accounting practice in any other jurisdiction),

 

A-51


Table of Contents

(v) general conditions in the industries in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries operate, (vi) the failure, in and of itself, of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to meet any internal or published projections, forecasts, estimates or predictions in respect of revenue, earnings or other financial or operating metrics before, on or after the date of this Agreement, or changes in the credit rating of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (it being understood that the underlying facts giving rise or contributing to such failure or change may be taken into account in determining whether there has been a Material Adverse Effect if otherwise contemplated by this definition), (vii) changes attributable to the public announcement or pendency of the transactions contemplated hereby or the performance of this Agreement, including the impact thereof on relationships, contractual or otherwise, with customers, suppliers, licensors, distributors, partners, providers and employees, (viii) any change in interest rates or economic, political, business, financial, commodity, currency or market conditions generally or (ix) any actions taken, or failures to take action, or such other changes or events, in each case, by the Company or its Subsidiaries which Parent has requested or to which it has consented, in each case, expressly in writing or which actions are expressly contemplated by this Agreement; provided, however, in the case of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (viii), in the event that the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are disproportionately affected by such change, event, occurrence or effect relative to other participants in the business and industries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate, the extent (and only the extent) of such adverse effect, relative to such other participants, on the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may be taken into account in determining whether there has been a Material Adverse Effect;

(bb) the term “Parent Plan” shall mean a management incentive equity plan to be adopted by Parent in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby;

(cc) the term “Patents” shall mean all patents and applications therefor and all reissues, divisions, renewals, extensions, provisionals, continuations and continuations-in-part thereof;

(dd) the term “Permitted Liens” shall mean (i) statutory Liens for Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges, in each case, not yet delinquent or the amount or validity of which is being contested in good faith, (ii) mechanics’, carriers’, workers’, repairers’ and similar Liens arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business, (iii) zoning, entitlement and other land use and environmental regulations promulgated by any Governmental Entity, (iv) Liens of public record, (v) covenants, conditions, restrictions, easements, rights of way, encumbrances, defects, imperfections, irregularities of title or other Liens, if any, that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (vi) with respect to any leased real property, (a) the interests and rights of the respective lessors with respect thereto and (b) any Lien permitted under the applicable lease agreement and any ancillary documents thereto, (vii) Liens created by Parent or its successors and assigns, (viii) Liens disclosed in the Company Schedule or the Parent Schedule, including those listed in Schedule 8.2(dd), (ix) Liens (other than monetary liens) incurred in the ordinary course of business since the date of the most recent Financial Statement, (x) licenses to Intellectual Property granted in the ordinary course of business, (xi) Liens securing the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ existing credit facilities and (xii) statutory or contractual Liens of lessors or Liens on the lessor’s or prior lessor’s interest;

(ee) the term “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation (including any non-profit corporation), general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, joint venture, estate, trust, company (including any limited liability company or joint stock company), firm or other enterprise, association, organization, entity or Governmental Entity;

(ff) the term “Personal Information” shall mean (i) information related to an identified or identifiable individual (e.g., name, address telephone number, email address, financial account number, government-issued identifier), (ii) any other data used or intended to be used or which allows one to identify, contact, or precisely locate an individual, including any internet protocol address or other persistent identifier, and (iii) any other, similar information or data regulated by Privacy/Data Security Laws;

(gg) the term “PPP” shall mean the Paycheck Protection Program set forth in the CARES Act (H.R. 748), including all rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith;

 

A-52


Table of Contents

(hh) the term “PPP Loan” shall mean the U.S. Small Business Administration Payment Protection Program Note, dated April 22, 2020, by and between the Company, as borrower, and Silicon Valley Bank, as lender;

(ii) the term “Privacy/Data Security Laws” shall mean all Legal Requirements governing the receipt, collection, use, storage, processing, sharing, security, disclosure, or transfer of Personal Information or the security of Company’s Business Systems or Business Data;

(jj) the term “Proxy Statement/Prospectus” shall mean the proxy statement/prospectus included in the Form S-4, including the proxy statement filed by Parent on Schedule 14A with respect to the Special Meeting to approve the Stockholder Matters, relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement which shall constitute a proxy statement of Parent to be used for the Special Meeting to approve the Stockholder Matters (which shall also provide the Parent Stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of Parent Stock in conjunction with a stockholder vote on the Merger Proposal) and a prospectus with respect to the Parent Common Stock to be offered and issued to the Company Stockholders in all cases in accordance with and as required by the Parent’s Charter Documents, applicable Law, and the rules and regulations of the NYSE;

(kk) the term “Registered Intellectual Property” shall mean all Intellectual Property that is the subject of an application, certificate, filing, registration or other document issued, filed with, or recorded by any government or other legal authority;

(ll) the term “Reserved Share Number” shall mean (i) the number of shares of Company Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or other exchange of such Company Derivative Securities as are to remain outstanding as of and immediately following the Effective Time or be treated as such as set forth on Schedule 1.10(c), multiplied by (ii) the Exchange Ratio;

(mm) the term “Software” shall mean all computer software (in object code or source code format), data and databases, and related documentation and materials;

(nn) the term “Tax” or “Taxes” refers to any and all federal, state, local and foreign taxes, including, without limitation, gross receipts, income, profits, sales, use, occupation, value added, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, withholding, payroll, recapture, employment, excise and property taxes, assessments, governmental charges and duties together with all interest, penalties and additions imposed with respect to any such amounts and including any liability of a predecessor entity for any such amounts;

(oo) the term “Trademarks” shall mean trade names, logos, common law trademarks and service marks, trademark and service mark registrations and applications therefor;

(pp) the term “Voting Agreement” shall mean the Third Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Voting Agreement of the Company, dated as of September 29, 2017, by and among the Company and each of the stockholders party thereto; and

(qq) all monetary amounts set forth herein are referenced in United States dollars, unless otherwise noted.

8.3 Counterparts; Electronic Delivery. This Agreement and each other document executed in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and the consummation thereof, may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same document and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. Delivery by electronic transmission to counsel for the other party of a counterpart executed by a party shall be deemed to meet the requirements of the previous sentence.

8.4 Entire Agreement; Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement and the documents and instruments and other agreements among the Parties as contemplated by or referred to herein, including the Exhibits and

 

A-53


Table of Contents

Schedules hereto, and the Confidentiality Agreement (which will terminate at the Closing) (a) constitute the entire agreement among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the Parties and any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) are not intended to confer upon any other person any rights or remedies hereunder (except as specifically provided in this Agreement, including Sections 5.10 and 8.16). No representations, warranties, covenants, understandings, agreements, oral or otherwise, relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement exist between the parties except as expressly set forth or referenced in this Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement.

8.5 Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto. The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of such void or unenforceable provision.

8.6 Other Remedies; Specific Performance. Except as otherwise provided herein, any and all remedies herein expressly conferred upon a party will be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any other remedy conferred hereby, or by law or equity upon such party, and the exercise by a party of any one remedy will not preclude the exercise of any other remedy. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any court of the United States or any state having jurisdiction, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. Each Party agrees that it will not oppose the granting of specific performance and other equitable relief on the basis that the other parties have an adequate remedy at law or that an award of specific performance is not an appropriate remedy for any reason at law or equity. The Parties acknowledge and agree that any Party seeking an injunction to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in accordance with this Section 8.6 shall not be required to provide any bond or other security in connection with any such injunction.

8.7 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal law of the State of Delaware regardless of the law that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of law thereof.

8.8 Consent to Jurisdiction; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the Delaware Chancery Court (or, if the Delaware Chancery Court shall be unavailable, any other court in the State of Delaware or, in the case of claims to which the federal courts have exclusive subject matter jurisdiction, any federal courts of the United States of America sitting in the State of Delaware) in connection with any matter based upon or arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, agrees that process may be served upon them in any manner authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware for such persons and waives and covenants not to assert or plead any objection which they might otherwise have to such jurisdiction, venue and manner of service of process. Each party hereto hereby agrees not to commence any legal proceedings relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in any jurisdiction or courts other than as provided herein. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

8.9 Rules of Construction. The parties hereto agree that they have been represented by counsel during the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and, therefore, waive the application of any law, regulation, holding

 

A-54


Table of Contents

or rule of construction providing that ambiguities in an agreement or other document will be construed against the party drafting such agreement or document.

8.10 Assignment. No Party may assign either this Agreement or any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of the other parties; provided, however, that the Company and its Subsidiaries may collaterally assign any of its or their rights hereunder to any of its debt financing sources. Subject to the first sentence of this Section 8.10, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

8.11 Amendment. This Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto at any time only by execution of an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each of the parties. The approval of this Agreement by the stockholders of any Party shall not restrict the ability of the board of directors of such Party to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 7.1 or to cause such Party to enter into an amendment to this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.11.

8.12 Extension; Waiver. At any time prior to the Closing, any party hereto may, to the extent legally allowed, (i) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other parties hereto, (ii) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties made to such party contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto and (iii) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions for the benefit of such party contained herein. Any agreement on the part of a Party to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed on behalf of such Party. Delay in exercising any right under this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of such right.

8.13 Currency. All references to currency amounts in this Agreement shall mean United States dollars.

8.14 Schedules. The information furnished in the Schedules is arranged in sections corresponding to the Sections of this Agreement, and the disclosures in any section of the Schedules shall qualify (a) the corresponding Section of this Agreement and (b) other Sections of this Agreement to the extent (notwithstanding the absence of a specific cross-reference), that it is reasonably apparent on its face that such disclosure is also applicable to such other Sections of this Agreement. The Schedules and the information and disclosures contained in such Schedules are intended only to qualify and limit the representations and warranties of the parties contained in this Agreement and shall not be deemed to expand in any way the scope of any such representation or warranty. The inclusion of any information in the Schedules shall not be deemed to be an admission or acknowledgment that such information is material or outside the ordinary course of business. The inclusion of any fact or information in a Schedule is not intended to be construed as an admission or concession as to the legal effect of any such fact or information in any proceeding between any party and any Person who is not a party.

8.15 Nonsurvival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants. None of the representations, warranties, covenants, obligations or other agreements in this Agreement or in any certificate, statement or instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement, including any rights arising out of any breach of such representations, warranties, covenants, obligations, agreements and other provisions, shall survive the Closing, and they shall terminate and expire upon the occurrence of the Effective Time (and there shall be no liability after the Closing in respect thereof), except for (a) those covenants and agreements contained herein (or in instruments executed pursuant to this Agreement) that by their terms expressly apply in whole or in part after the Closing and then only with respect to any breaches to the extent occurring after the Closing and (b) this Article VIII.

8.16 Non-Recourse. This Agreement may only be enforced against, and any claim or cause of action based upon, arising out of, or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may only be brought against, the Company, Parent and Merger Sub and then only with respect to the specific obligations set forth herein with respect to such Party. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner, stockholder, Affiliate, agent, attorney, advisor or representative of any Party hereto, any Affiliate of any

 

A-55


Table of Contents

Party hereto or any of the foregoing (any of the foregoing, a “Nonparty Affiliate”) shall have any liability (whether in contract, tort, equity or otherwise) for any one or more of the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or other obligations or liabilities of any one or more of the Company, Parent or Merger Sub under this Agreement of or for any claim based on, arising out of, or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, except with respect to willful misconduct or common law fraud against the person who committed such willful misconduct or common law fraud.

 

A-56


Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION II
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Ledecky

Name:   Jonathan Ledecky
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
PIC II MERGER SUB CORP.
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Ledecky

Name:   Jonathan Ledecky
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
XL HYBRIDS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Dimitri Kazarinoff

Name:   Dimitri Kazarinoff
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

A-57


Table of Contents

Annex B

FORM OF SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION II

Pivotal Investment Corporation II, a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (as it now exists or may hereafter be amended and supplemented, the “DGCL”), does hereby certify that:

1. The original Certificate of Incorporation of Pivotal Investment Corporation II was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 20, 2019, and subsequently amended and restated with the filing of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Amended and Restated Certificate”) on July 11, 2019.

2. This Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate. This Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141(f), 228, 242 and 245 of the DGCL.

3. The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

FIRST: The name of the corporation is XL Fleet Corp. (the “Corporation”).

SECOND: The registered office of the Corporation is to be located at c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19808. The name of its registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation shall be to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 351,000,000 of which 350,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), and 1,000,000 shares shall be Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”). The designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation are as follows:

A. Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) is expressly granted authority to issue shares of the Preferred Stock, in one or more series, and to fix for each such series such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including without limitation thereof, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issue of such series all to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by the DGCL. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of any series of Preferred Stock may provide that such series shall be superior or rank equally or be junior to any other series of Preferred Stock to the extent permitted by law. The number of authorized shares of the Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

B. Common Stock.

1. General. The voting, dividend, liquidation, conversion and stock split rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock of any series as may be designated by the Board of Directors upon any issuance of the Preferred Stock of any series.

 

B-1


Table of Contents

2. Voting. Each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held by such holder. Each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation (as in effect at the time in question) (the “Bylaws”) and applicable law on all matters put to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation.

The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

3. Dividends. Subject to the rights of any holders of any shares of Preferred Stock which may from time to time come into existence and be outstanding, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to the payment of dividends when and as declared by the Board of Directors in accordance with applicable law and to receive other distributions from the Corporation. Any dividends declared by the Board of Directors to the holders of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be paid to the holders thereof pro rata in accordance with the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder as of the record date of such dividend.

4. Liquidation. Subject to the rights of any holders of any shares of Preferred Stock which may from time to time come into existence and be outstanding, in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the funds and assets of the Corporation that may be legally distributed to the Corporation’s stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock pro rata in accordance with the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder.

FIFTH: Upon the filing and effectiveness of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Effective Time”), each share of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”), and Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class B Common Stock” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “Old Common Stock”), issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, without the payment of any additional consideration or other action on the part of the Corporation or the holder thereof, be automatically reclassified as one fully paid and nonassessable share of Common Stock. Certificates representing shares of Old Common Stock shall, immediately after the Effective Time, be deemed to represent the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Old Common Stock represented thereby shall have been reclassified pursuant to this Article FIFTH. The Corporation may, but shall not be obliged to, issue new certificates representing the shares of Common Stock outstanding as a result of the reclassification provided herein unless and until (i) the certificates representing any shares of Old Common Stock so reclassified are either delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent or (ii) the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates.

SIXTH:

A. Subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. For purposes of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships. Subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes: Class I, Class II and Class III. The number of directors in each class shall be as nearly equal as possible. The directors in Class I shall be elected for a term expiring at the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, the directors in Class II shall be elected for a term expiring at the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and the directors in Class III shall be elected for a term expiring at the 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes upon the classification of

 

B-2


Table of Contents

the Board of Directors. Commencing at the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and at each annual meeting thereafter, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. Except as the DGCL may otherwise require, newly created directorships and any vacancies in the Board of Directors (including unfilled vacancies resulting from the removal of directors for cause) may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, although less than a quorum (as defined in the Bylaws), or by the sole remaining director. All directors shall hold office until the expiration of their respective terms of office and until their successors shall have been elected and qualified. A director elected to fill a vacancy resulting from the death, resignation or removal of a director shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the class of the director whose death, resignation or removal shall have created such vacancy and until his successor shall have been elected and qualified. No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

B. Subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

C. During any period when the holders of any series of Preferred Stock have the right to elect additional directors as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article FOURTH hereof (including any certificate of designation adopted pursuant thereto) (any such director, a “Preferred Stock Director”), and upon commencement and for the duration of the period during which such right continues: (i) the then otherwise total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be increased by such number of Preferred Stock Directors that the holders of any series of Preferred Stock have a right to elect, and the holders of such Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the additional Preferred Stock Directors so provided for or fixed pursuant to said provisions; and (ii) each such Preferred Stock Director shall serve until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until his or her right to hold such office terminates pursuant to said provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to his or her earlier death, disqualification, resignation or removal. In case any vacancy shall occur among the Preferred Stock Directors, a successor Preferred Stock Director may be elected by the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to said provisions. Except as otherwise provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article FOURTH hereof (including any certificate of designation), whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect an additional Preferred Stock Director are divested of such right pursuant to said provisions, the terms of office of such Preferred Stock Director elected by the holders of such Preferred Stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional Preferred Stock Director, shall forthwith terminate (in which case such person shall cease to be qualified as a director and shall cease to be a director) and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall be automatically reduced accordingly.

SEVENTH: The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

A. Election of directors need not be by ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

B. In furtherance and not in limitation of the rights, power, privileges and discretionary authority granted or conferred by the DGCL or other statutes or laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors shall have the power, without the assent or vote of the stockholders, to make, alter, amend, change, add to or repeal the Bylaws as provided in the Bylaws. The Corporation may in its Bylaws confer powers upon its Board of Directors in addition to the foregoing and in addition to the powers and authorities expressly conferred upon the Board of Directors by applicable law. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, that in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the

 

B-3


Table of Contents

Corporation required by law or by this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that if the Board of Directors recommends that stockholders approve such adoption, amendment or repeal, such adoption, amendment or repeal shall only require, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the capital stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of the majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

C. The directors in their discretion may submit any contract or act for approval or ratification at any annual meeting of the stockholders or at any meeting of the stockholders called for the purpose of considering any such act or contract, and any contract or act that shall be approved or be ratified by the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation which is represented in person or by proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote thereat (provided that a lawful quorum of stockholders be there represented in person or by proxy) shall be as valid and binding upon the Corporation and upon all the stockholders as though it had been approved or ratified by every stockholder of the Corporation, whether or not the contract or act would otherwise be open to legal attack because of directors’ interests, or for any other reason.

D. In addition to the powers and authorities hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation; subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the statutes of the State of Delaware, of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and to the Bylaws; provided, however, that no bylaw shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which was valid prior to such bylaw having been made.

E. Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, no action that is required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be effected by written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting of stockholders.

F. Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

EIGHTH:

A. The personal liability of the directors of the Corporation to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of his or her fiduciary duty as director is hereby eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article Eighth, or the adoption of any provision of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article Eighth, shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or modification. If the DGCL is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Eighth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as so amended.

B. The Corporation, to the full extent permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, (i) shall indemnify, advance expenses to and hold harmless (a) its current and former directors and officers and (b) any person who, while a director or officer, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities, or other matters referred to in or covered by said section as amended or supplemented (or any successor); provided, however, that except with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification or

 

B-4


Table of Contents

an advancement of expenses, the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify or advance expenses to any such director or officer in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such director or officer unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors and (ii) may provide indemnification or advance expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation or other persons as set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation and on such terms and conditions and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors in its sole and absolute discretion. Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article EIGHTH shall not adversely affect any rights or protection existing hereunder with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

C. If any word, clause, provision or provisions of this Article EIGHTH shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article EIGHTH (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Article EIGHTH containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article EIGHTH (including, without limitation, each such portion of any section of this Article EIGHTH containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

NINTH:

A. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery (the “Chancery Court”) of the State of Delaware (or, in the event that the Chancery Court does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware or other state courts of the State of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (as either may be amended from time to time), (iv) any action or proceeding to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (including any right, obligation, or remedy thereunder) or (v) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section A will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

B. If any provision or provisions of this Article Ninth shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Article Ninth (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this Article Ninth containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article Ninth.

TENTH: From time to time any of the provisions of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be amended, altered, changed or repealed, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted in the manner and at the time prescribed by said laws, and all rights at any time conferred upon the stockholders of the Corporation by this Second Amended and

 

B-5


Table of Contents

Restated Certificate of Incorporation are granted subject to the provisions of this Article Tenth; provided that in addition to the vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of voting stock of the Corporation representing at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, alter or repeal, or adopt any provision inconsistent with, Articles SIXTH, SEVENTH, EIGHTH, NINTH, and this Article TENTH of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

B-6


Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by on this      day of                 ,                .

 

 

 

Name:

Title:

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation]


Table of Contents

Annex C

XL FLEET CORP.

2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. DEFINITIONS. Unless otherwise specified or unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms, as used in this XL Fleet Corp. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, have the following meanings:

Administrator means the Board of Directors, unless it has delegated power to act on its behalf to the Committee, in which case the term “Administrator” means the Committee.

Affiliate means a corporation or other entity, which, for purposes of Section 424 of the Code, is a parent or subsidiary of the Company, direct or indirect.

Agreement means a written or electronic document setting forth the terms of a Stock Right delivered pursuant to the Plan, in such form as the Administrator shall approve.

Board of Directors means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Cause means, with respect to a Participant (a) dishonesty with respect to the Company or any Affiliate, (b) insubordination, substantial malfeasance or non-feasance of duty, (c) unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, (d) breach by a Participant of any provision of any employment, consulting, advisory, nondisclosure, non-competition or similar agreement between the Participant and the Company or any Affiliate, and (e) conduct substantially prejudicial to the business of the Company or any Affiliate; provided, however, that any provision in an agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, which contains a conflicting definition of Cause for termination and which is in effect at the time of such termination, shall supersede this definition with respect to that Participant. The determination of the Administrator as to the existence of Cause will be conclusive on the Participant and the Company.

Change of Control means the occurrence of any of the following events:

Ownership. Any “Person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “Beneficial Owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities (excluding for this purpose any such voting securities held by the Company or its Affiliates or by any employee benefit plan of the Company) pursuant to a transaction or a series of related transactions which the Board of Directors does not approve; or

Merger/Sale of Assets. (A) A merger or consolidation of the Company whether or not approved by the Board of Directors, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or the parent of such entity) more than 50% of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or parent of such corporation, as the case may be, outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or (B) the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in a transaction requiring shareholder approval; or

Change in Board Composition. A change in the composition of the Board of Directors, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors. “Incumbent Directors” shall mean directors who either (A) are directors of the Company as of the date this Plan was initially adopted, or (B) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board of Directors with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but shall not include an individual whose election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors to the Company).

provided, that if any payment or benefit payable hereunder upon or following a Change of Control would be required to comply with the limitations of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code in order to avoid an

 

C-1


Table of Contents

additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payment or benefit shall be made only if such Change of Control constitutes a change in ownership or control of the Company, or a change in ownership of the Company’s assets in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.

Code means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended including any successor statute, regulation and guidance thereto.

Committee means the committee of the Board of Directors, if any, to which the Board of Directors has delegated power to act under or pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.

Common Stock means shares of the Company’s Class A common stock.

Company means XL Fleet Corp., a Delaware corporation.

Consultant means any natural person who is an advisor or consultant who provides bona fide services to the Company or its Affiliates, provided that such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital raising transaction, and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s or its Affiliates’ securities.

Corporate Transaction means a merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or the acquisition of all of the outstanding voting stock of the Company in a single transaction or a series of related transactions by a single entity other than a transaction to merely change the state of incorporation.

Disability or Disabled means permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

Employee means any employee of the Company or of an Affiliate (including, without limitation, an employee who is also serving as an officer or director of the Company or of an Affiliate), designated by the Administrator to be eligible to be granted one or more Stock Rights under the Plan.

Exchange Act means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock means:

If the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange or traded in the over-the-counter market and sales prices are regularly reported for the Common Stock, the closing or, if not applicable, the last price of the Common Stock on the composite tape or other comparable reporting system for the trading day on the applicable date and if such applicable date is not a trading day, the last market trading day prior to such date;

If the Common Stock is not traded on a national securities exchange but is traded on the over-the-counter market, if sales prices are not regularly reported for the Common Stock for the trading day referred to in clause (1), and if bid and asked prices for the Common Stock are regularly reported, the mean between the bid and the asked price for the Common Stock at the close of trading in the over-the-counter market for the most recent trading day on which Common Stock was traded on the applicable date and if such applicable date is not a trading day, the last market trading day prior to such date; and

If the Common Stock is neither listed on a national securities exchange nor traded in the over-the-counter market, such value as the Administrator, in good faith, shall determine in compliance with applicable laws.

ISO means a stock option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code.

Non-Qualified Option means a stock option which is not intended to qualify as an ISO.

Option means an ISO or Non-Qualified Option granted under the Plan.

Participant means an Employee, director or Consultant of the Company or an Affiliate to whom one or more Stock Rights are granted under the Plan. As used herein, “Participant” shall include “Participant’s Survivors” where the context requires.

Performance-Based Award means a Stock Grant or Stock-Based Award which vests based on the attainment of written Performance Goals as set forth in Paragraph 9 hereof.

 

C-2


Table of Contents

Performance Goals means performance goals determined by the Committee in its sole discretion and set forth in an Agreement. The satisfaction of Performance Goals shall be subject to certification by the Committee. The Committee has the authority to take appropriate action with respect to the Performance Goals (including, without limitation, making adjustments to the Performance Goals or determining the satisfaction of the Performance Goals in connection with a Corporate Transaction) provided that any such action does not otherwise violate the terms of the Plan.

Plan means this XL Fleet Corp. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan.

Securities Act means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Shares means shares of the Common Stock as to which Stock Rights have been or may be granted under the Plan or any shares of capital stock into which the Shares are changed or for which they are exchanged within the provisions of Paragraph 3 of the Plan. The Shares issued under the Plan may be authorized and unissued shares or shares held by the Company in its treasury, or both.

Stock-Based Award means a grant by the Company under the Plan of an equity award or an equity based award, which is not an Option or a Stock Grant.

Stock Grant means a grant by the Company of Shares under the Plan.

Stock Right means a right to Shares or the value of Shares of the Company granted pursuant to the Plan — an ISO, a Non-Qualified Option, a Stock Grant or a Stock-Based Award.

Survivor means a deceased Participant’s legal representatives and/or any person or persons who acquired the Participant’s rights to a Stock Right by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

2. PURPOSES OF THE PLAN. The Plan is intended to encourage ownership of Shares by Employees and directors of and certain Consultants to the Company and its Affiliates in order to attract and retain such people, to induce them to work for the benefit of the Company or of an Affiliate and to provide additional incentive for them to promote the success of the Company or of an Affiliate. The Plan provides for the granting of ISOs, Non-Qualified Options, Stock Grants and Stock-Based Awards.

3. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a) The number of Shares which may be issued from time to time pursuant to this Plan shall be the sum of: (i)                  shares of Common Stock and (ii) any shares of Common Stock that are represented by awards granted under the Company’s XL Hybrids, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan that are forfeited, expire or are cancelled without delivery of shares of Common Stock or which result in the forfeiture of shares of Common Stock back to the Company on or after                 , or the equivalent of such number of Shares after the Administrator, in its sole discretion, has interpreted the effect of any stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or similar transaction in accordance with Paragraph 25 of this Plan, all of which Shares are eligible to be issued as ISOs; provided, however, that no more than                  Shares shall be added to the Plan pursuant to subsection (ii).

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued as ISOs under the Plan shall be                 .

(c) If an Option ceases to be “outstanding”, in whole or in part (other than by exercise), or if the Company shall reacquire (at not more than its original issuance price) any Shares issued pursuant to a Stock Grant or Stock-Based Award, or if any Stock Right expires or is forfeited, cancelled, or otherwise terminated or results in any Shares not being issued, the unissued or reacquired Shares which were subject to such Stock Right shall again be available for issuance from time to time pursuant to this Plan.

 

C-3


Table of Contents

4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN. The Administrator of the Plan will be the Board of Directors, except to the extent the Board of Directors delegates its authority to the Committee, in which case the Committee shall be the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator is authorized to:

(a) Interpret the provisions of the Plan and all Stock Rights and to make all rules and determinations which it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan;

(b) Determine which Employees, directors and Consultants shall be granted Stock Rights;

(c) Determine the number of Shares for which a Stock Right or Stock Rights shall be granted; provided, however, that in no event shall the aggregate grant date fair value (determined in accordance with ASC 718) of Stock Rights to be granted and any other cash compensation paid to any non-employee director in any calendar year, exceed $750,000, increased to $1,000,000 in the year in which such non-employee director initially joins the Board of Directors;

(d) Specify the terms and conditions upon which a Stock Right or Stock Rights may be granted provided that no dividends or dividend equivalents shall be paid on any Stock Right prior to the vesting of the underlying Shares.

(e) Amend any term or condition of any outstanding Stock Right, provided that (i) such term or condition as amended is not prohibited by the Plan; (ii) any such amendment shall not impair the rights of a Participant under any Stock Right previously granted without such Participant’s consent or in the event of death of the Participant the Participant’s Survivors; and (iii) any such amendment shall be made only after the Administrator determines whether such amendment would cause any adverse tax consequences to the Participant, including, but not limited to, the annual vesting limitation contained in Section 422(d) of the Code and described in Paragraph 6(b)(iv) below with respect to ISOs and pursuant to Section 409A of the Code;

(f) Determine and make any adjustments in the Performance Goals included in any Performance-Based Awards; and

(g) Adopt any sub-plans applicable to residents of any specified jurisdiction as it deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with or take advantage of any tax or other laws applicable to the Company, any Affiliate or to Participants or to otherwise facilitate the administration of the Plan, which sub-plans may include additional restrictions or conditions applicable to Stock Rights or Shares issuable pursuant to a Stock Right; provided, however, that all such interpretations, rules, determinations, terms and conditions shall be made and prescribed in the context of potential tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code and preserving the tax status under Section 422 of the Code of those Options which are designated as ISOs. Subject to the foregoing, the interpretation and construction by the Administrator of any provisions of the Plan or of any Stock Right granted under it shall be final, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, if the Administrator is the Committee. In addition, if the Administrator is the Committee, the Board of Directors may take any action under the Plan that would otherwise be the responsibility of the Committee.

To the extent permitted under applicable law, the Board of Directors or the Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any other person selected by it. The Board of Directors or the Committee may revoke any such allocation or delegation at any time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, only the Board of Directors or the Committee shall be authorized to grant a Stock Right to any director of the Company or to any “officer” of the Company as defined by Rule 16a-1 under the Exchange Act.

5. ELIGIBILITY FOR PARTICIPATION. The Administrator will, in its sole discretion, name the Participants in the Plan; provided, however, that each Participant must be an Employee, director or Consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate at the time a Stock Right is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the

 

C-4


Table of Contents

Administrator may authorize the grant of a Stock Right to a person not then an Employee, director or Consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate; provided, however, that the actual grant of such Stock Right shall be conditioned upon such person becoming eligible to become a Participant at or prior to the time of the execution of the Agreement evidencing such Stock Right. ISOs may be granted only to Employees. Non-Qualified Options, Stock Grants and Stock-Based Awards may be granted to any Employee, director or Consultant of the Company or an Affiliate. The granting of any Stock Right to any individual shall neither entitle that individual to, nor disqualify that individual from, participation in any other grant of Stock Rights or any grant under any other benefit plan established by the Company or any Affiliate for Employees, directors or Consultants.

6. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS. Each Option shall be set forth in an Option Agreement, duly executed by the Company and, to the extent required by law or requested by the Company, by the Participant. The Administrator may provide that Options be granted subject to such terms and conditions, consistent with the terms and conditions specifically required under this Plan, as the Administrator may deem appropriate including, without limitation, subsequent approval by the shareholders of the Company of this Plan or any amendments thereto. The Option Agreements shall be subject to at least the following terms and conditions:

(a) Non-Qualified Options: Each Option intended to be a Non-Qualified Option shall be subject to the terms and conditions which the Administrator determines to be appropriate and in the best interest of the Company, subject to the following minimum standards for any such Non-Qualified Option:

 

  (i)

Exercise Price: Each Option Agreement shall state the exercise price (per share) of the Shares covered by each Option, which exercise price shall be determined by the Administrator and shall be at least equal to the Fair Market Value per share of the Common Stock on the date of grant of the Option.

 

  (ii)

Number of Shares: Each Option Agreement shall state the number of Shares to which it pertains.

 

  (iii)

Vesting: Each Option Agreement shall state the date or dates on which it first is exercisable and the date after which it may no longer be exercised, and may provide that the Option rights accrue or become exercisable in installments over a period of months or years, or upon the occurrence of certain performance conditions or the attainment of stated goals or events.

 

  (iv)

Additional Conditions: Exercise of any Option may be conditioned upon the Participant’s execution of a shareholders agreement in a form satisfactory to the Administrator providing for certain protections for the Company and its other shareholders, including requirements that:

 

  A.

The Participant’s or the Participant’s Survivors’ right to sell or transfer the Shares may be restricted; and

 

  B.

The Participant or the Participant’s Survivors may be required to execute letters of investment intent and must also acknowledge that the Shares will bear legends noting any applicable restrictions.

 

  (v)

Term of Option: Each Option shall terminate not more than ten years from the date of the grant or at such earlier time as the Option Agreement may provide.

(b) ISOs: Each Option intended to be an ISO shall be issued only to an Employee who is deemed to be a resident of the United States for tax purposes, and shall be subject to the following terms and conditions, with such additional restrictions or changes as the Administrator determines are appropriate but not in conflict with Section 422 of the Code and relevant regulations and rulings of the Internal Revenue Service:

 

  (i)

Minimum Standards: The ISO shall meet the minimum standards required of Non-Qualified Options, as described in Paragraph 6(a) above, except clause (i) and (v) thereunder.

 

C-5


Table of Contents
  (ii)

Exercise Price: Immediately before the ISO is granted, if the Participant owns, directly or by reason of the applicable attribution rules in Section 424(d) of the Code:

 

  A.

10% or less of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or an Affiliate, the exercise price per share of the Shares covered by each ISO shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of the Common Stock on the date of grant of the Option; or

 

  B.

More than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or an Affiliate, the exercise price per share of the Shares covered by each ISO shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per share of the Common Stock on the date of grant of the Option.

 

  (iii)

Term of Option: For Participants who own:

 

  A.

10% or less of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or an Affiliate, each ISO shall terminate not more than ten years from the date of the grant or at such earlier time as the Option Agreement may provide; or

 

  B.

More than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or an Affiliate, each ISO shall terminate not more than five years from the date of the grant or at such earlier time as the Option Agreement may provide.

 

  (iv)

Limitation on Yearly Exercise: The Option Agreements shall restrict the amount of ISOs which may become exercisable in any calendar year (under this or any other ISO plan of the Company or an Affiliate) so that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined on the date each ISO is granted) of the stock with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by the Participant in any calendar year does not exceed $100,000.

7. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK GRANTS. Each Stock Grant to a Participant shall state the principal terms in an Agreement duly executed by the Company and, to the extent required by law or requested by the Company, by the Participant. The Agreement shall be in a form approved by the Administrator and shall contain terms and conditions which the Administrator determines to be appropriate and in the best interest of the Company, subject to the following minimum standards:

(a) Each Agreement shall state the purchase price per share, if any, of the Shares covered by each Stock Grant, which purchase price shall be determined by the Administrator but shall not be less than the minimum consideration required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, if any, on the date of the grant of the Stock Grant;

(b) Each Agreement shall state the number of Shares to which the Stock Grant pertains;

(c) Each Agreement shall include the terms of any right of the Company to restrict or reacquire the Shares subject to the Stock Grant, including the time period or attainment of Performance Goals or such other performance criteria upon which such rights shall accrue and the purchase price therefor, if any; and

(d) Dividends (other than stock dividends to be issued pursuant to Section 25 of the Plan) may accrue but shall not be paid prior to the time, and may be paid only to the extent that the restrictions or rights to reacquire the Shares subject to the Stock Grant lapse.

8. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS. The Administrator shall have the right to grant other Stock-Based Awards based upon the Common Stock having such terms and conditions as the Administrator may determine, including, without limitation, the grant of Shares based upon certain conditions, the grant of securities convertible into Shares and the grant of stock appreciation rights, phantom stock awards or stock units. The principal terms of each Stock-Based Award shall be set forth in an Agreement, duly executed by

 

C-6


Table of Contents

the Company and, to the extent required by law or requested by the Company, by the Participant. The Agreement shall be in a form approved by the Administrator and shall contain terms and conditions which the Administrator determines to be appropriate and in the best interest of the Company. Each Agreement shall include the terms of any right of the Company including the right to terminate the Stock-Based Award without the issuance of Shares, the terms of any vesting conditions, Performance Goals or events upon which Shares shall be issued, provided that dividends (other than stock dividends to be issued pursuant to Section 25 of the Plan) or dividend equivalents may accrue but shall not be paid prior to and may be paid only to the extent that the Shares subject to the Stock-Based Award vest. Under no circumstances may the Agreement covering stock appreciation rights (a) have an exercise or base price (per share) that is less than the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date of grant or (b) expire more than ten years following the date of grant.

The Company intends that the Plan and any Stock-Based Awards granted hereunder be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code or meet the requirements of paragraphs (2), (3) and (4) of subsection (a) of Section 409A of the Code, to the extent applicable, and be operated in accordance with Section 409A so that any compensation deferred under any Stock-Based Award (and applicable investment earnings) shall not be included in income under Section 409A of the Code. Any ambiguities in the Plan shall be construed to effect the intent as described in this Paragraph 8.

9. PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARDS. The Committee shall determine whether, with respect to a performance period, the applicable Performance Goals have been met with respect to a given Participant and, if they have, to so certify and ascertain the amount of the applicable Performance-Based Award. No Performance-Based Awards will be issued for such performance period until such certification is made by the Committee. The number of Shares issued in respect of a Performance-Based Award determined by the Committee for a performance period shall be paid to the Participant at such time as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion after the end of such performance period, and any dividends (other than stock dividends to be issued pursuant to Section 25 of the Plan) or dividend equivalents that accrue shall only be paid in respect of the number of Shares earned in respect of such Performance-Based Award.

10. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS AND ISSUE OF SHARES. An Option (or any part or installment thereof) shall be exercised by giving written notice to the Company or its designee (in a form acceptable to the Administrator, which may include electronic notice), together with provision for payment of the aggregate exercise price in accordance with this Paragraph for the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised, and upon compliance with any other condition(s) set forth in the Option Agreement. Such notice shall be signed by the person exercising the Option (which signature may be provided electronically in a form acceptable to the Administrator), shall state the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised and shall contain any representation required by the Plan or the Option Agreement. Payment of the exercise price for the Shares as to which such Option is being exercised shall be made (a) in United States dollars in cash or by check; or (b) at the discretion of the Administrator, through delivery of shares of Common Stock held for at least six months (if required to avoid negative accounting treatment) having a Fair Market Value equal as of the date of the exercise to the aggregate cash exercise price for the number of Shares as to which the Option is being exercised; or (c) at the discretion of the Administrator, by having the Company retain from the Shares otherwise issuable upon exercise of the Option, a number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal as of the date of exercise to the aggregate exercise price for the number of Shares as to which the Option is being exercised; or (d) at the discretion of the Administrator, in accordance with a cashless exercise program established with a securities brokerage firm, and approved by the Administrator; or (e) at the discretion of the Administrator, by any combination of (a), (b), (c) and (d) above or (f) at the discretion of the Administrator, by payment of such other lawful consideration as the Administrator may determine. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator shall accept only such payment on exercise of an ISO as is permitted by Section 422 of the Code.

The Company shall then reasonably promptly deliver the Shares as to which such Option was exercised to the Participant (or to the Participant’s Survivors, as the case may be). In determining what constitutes “reasonably promptly,” it is expressly understood that the issuance and delivery of the Shares may be delayed by

 

C-7


Table of Contents

the Company in order to comply with any law or regulation (including, without limitation, state securities or “blue sky” laws) which requires the Company to take any action with respect to the Shares prior to their issuance. The Shares shall, upon delivery, be fully paid, non-assessable Shares.

11. PAYMENT IN CONNECTION WITH THE ISSUANCE OF STOCK GRANTS AND STOCK-BASED AWARDS AND ISSUE OF SHARES. Any Stock Grant or Stock-Based Award requiring payment of a purchase price for the Shares as to which such Stock Grant or Stock-Based Award is being granted shall be made (a) in United States dollars in cash or by check; or (b) at the discretion of the Administrator, through delivery of shares of Common Stock held for at least six months (if required to avoid negative accounting treatment) and having a Fair Market Value equal as of the date of payment to the purchase price of the Stock Grant or Stock-Based Award; or (c) by delivery of a promissory note, if the Board of Directors has expressly authorized the loan of funds to the Participant for the purpose of enabling or assisting the Participant to effect such purchase; (d) at the discretion of the Administrator, by any combination of (a) through (c) above; or (e) at the discretion of the Administrator, by payment of such other lawful consideration as the Administrator may determine.

The Company shall when required by the applicable Agreement, reasonably promptly deliver the Shares as to which such Stock Grant or Stock-Based Award was made to the Participant (or to the Participant’s Survivors, as the case may be), subject to any escrow provision set forth in the applicable Agreement. In determining what constitutes “reasonably promptly,” it is expressly understood that the issuance and delivery of the Shares may be delayed by the Company in order to comply with any law or regulation (including, without limitation, state securities or “blue sky” laws) which requires the Company to take any action with respect to the Shares prior to their issuance.

12. RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER. No Participant to whom a Stock Right has been granted shall have rights as a shareholder with respect to any Shares covered by such Stock Right except after due exercise of an Option or issuance of Shares as set forth in any Agreement, tender of the aggregate exercise or purchase price, if any, for the Shares being purchased and registration of the Shares in the Company’s share register in the name of the Participant.

13. ASSIGNABILITY AND TRANSFERABILITY OF STOCK RIGHTS. By its terms, a Stock Right granted to a Participant shall not be transferable by the Participant other than (i) by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or (ii) as approved by the Administrator in its discretion and set forth in the applicable Agreement provided that no Stock Right may be transferred by a Participant for value. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an ISO transferred except in compliance with clause (i) above shall no longer qualify as an ISO. The designation of a beneficiary of a Stock Right by a Participant, with the prior approval of the Administrator and in such form as the Administrator shall prescribe, shall not be deemed a transfer prohibited by this Paragraph. Except as provided above during the Participant’s lifetime a Stock Right shall only be exercisable by or issued to such Participant (or his or her legal representative) and shall not be assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Any attempted transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of any Stock Right or of any rights granted thereunder contrary to the provisions of this Plan, or the levy of any attachment or similar process upon a Stock Right, shall be null and void.

14. EFFECT ON OPTIONS OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE OTHER THAN FOR CAUSE OR DEATH OR DISABILITY. Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Option Agreement, in the event of a termination of service (whether as an Employee, director or Consultant) with the Company or an Affiliate before the Participant has exercised an Option, the following rules apply:

(a) A Participant who ceases to be an Employee, director or Consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate (for any reason other than termination for Cause, Disability, or death for which events there are special rules in Paragraphs 15, 16, and 17, respectively), may exercise any Option granted to such Participant to the extent that the Option is exercisable on the date of such termination of service, but only within such term as the Administrator has designated in a Participant’s Option Agreement.

 

C-8


Table of Contents

(b) Except as provided in Subparagraph (c) below, or Paragraph 16 or 17, in no event may an Option intended to be an ISO, be exercised later than three months after the Participant’s termination of employment.

(c) The provisions of this Paragraph, and not the provisions of Paragraph 16 or 17, shall apply to a Participant who subsequently becomes Disabled or dies after the termination of employment, director status or consultancy; provided, however, in the case of a Participant’s Disability or death within three months after the termination of employment, director status or consultancy, the Participant or the Participant’s Survivors may exercise the Option within one year after the date of the Participant’s termination of service, but in no event after the date of expiration of the term of the Option.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if subsequent to a Participant’s termination of employment, termination of director status or termination of consultancy, but prior to the exercise of an Option, the Administrator determines that, either prior or subsequent to the Participant’s termination, the Participant engaged in conduct which would constitute Cause, then such Participant shall forthwith cease to have any right to exercise any Option.

(e) A Participant to whom an Option has been granted under the Plan who is absent from the Company or an Affiliate because of temporary disability (any disability other than a Disability as defined in Paragraph 1 hereof), or who is on leave of absence for any purpose, shall not, during the period of any such absence, be deemed, by virtue of such absence alone, to have terminated such Participant’s employment, director status or consultancy with the Company or with an Affiliate, except as the Administrator may otherwise expressly provide; provided, however, that, for ISOs, any leave of absence granted by the Administrator of greater than three months, unless pursuant to a contract or statute that guarantees the right to reemployment, shall cause such ISO to become a Non-Qualified Option on the date that is six months following the commencement of such leave of absence.

(f) Except as required by law or as set forth in a Participant’s Option Agreement, Options granted under the Plan shall not be affected by any change of a Participant’s status within or among the Company and any Affiliates, so long as the Participant continues to be an Employee, director or Consultant of the Company or any Affiliate.

15. EFFECT ON OPTIONS OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE FOR CAUSE. Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Option Agreement, the following rules apply if the Participant’s service (whether as an Employee, director or Consultant) with the Company or an Affiliate is terminated for Cause prior to the time that all his or her outstanding Options have been exercised:

(a) All outstanding and unexercised Options as of the time the Participant is notified his or her service is terminated for Cause will immediately be forfeited.

(b) Cause is not limited to events which have occurred prior to a Participant’s termination of service, nor is it necessary that the Administrator’s finding of Cause occur prior to termination. If the Administrator determines, subsequent to a Participant’s termination of service but prior to the exercise of an Option, that either prior or subsequent to the Participant’s termination the Participant engaged in conduct which would constitute Cause, then the right to exercise any Option is forfeited.

16. EFFECT ON OPTIONS OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE FOR DISABILITY. Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Option Agreement:

(a) A Participant who ceases to be an Employee, director or Consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate by reason of Disability may exercise any Option granted to such Participant to the extent that the Option has become exercisable but has not been exercised on the date of the Participant’s termination of service due to Disability; and in the event rights to exercise the Option accrue periodically, to the extent of a pro rata portion

 

C-9


Table of Contents

through the date of the Participant’s termination of service due to Disability of any additional vesting rights that would have accrued on the next vesting date had the Participant not become Disabled. The proration shall be based upon the number of days accrued in the current vesting period prior to the date of the Participant’s termination of service due to Disability.

(b) A Disabled Participant may exercise the Option only within the period ending one year after the date of the Participant’s termination of service due to Disability, notwithstanding that the Participant might have been able to exercise the Option as to some or all of the Shares on a later date if the Participant had not been terminated due to Disability and had continued to be an Employee, director or Consultant or, if earlier, within the originally prescribed term of the Option.

(c) The Administrator shall make the determination both of whether Disability has occurred and the date of its occurrence (unless a procedure for such determination is set forth in another agreement between the Company and such Participant, in which case such procedure shall be used for such determination). If requested, the Participant shall be examined by a physician selected or approved by the Administrator, the cost of which examination shall be paid for by the Company.

17. EFFECT ON OPTIONS OF DEATH WHILE AN EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR OR CONSULTANT. Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Option Agreement:

(a) In the event of the death of a Participant while the Participant is an Employee, director or Consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate, such Option may be exercised by the Participant’s Survivors to the extent that the Option has become exercisable but has not been exercised on the date of death; and in the event rights to exercise the Option accrue periodically, to the extent of a pro rata portion through the date of death of any additional vesting rights that would have accrued on the next vesting date had the Participant not died. The proration shall be based upon the number of days accrued in the current vesting period prior to the Participant’s date of death.

(b) If the Participant’s Survivors wish to exercise the Option, they must take all necessary steps to exercise the Option within one year after the date of death of such Participant, notwithstanding that the decedent might have been able to exercise the Option as to some or all of the Shares on a later date if he or she had not died and had continued to be an Employee, director or Consultant or, if earlier, within the originally prescribed term of the Option.

18. EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE ON UNACCEPTED STOCK GRANTS AND STOCK-BASED AWARDS. In the event of a termination of service (whether as an Employee, director or Consultant) with the Company or an Affiliate for any reason before the Participant has accepted a Stock Grant or a Stock-Based Award and paid the purchase price, if required, such grant shall terminate.

For purposes of this Paragraph 18 and Paragraph 19 below, a Participant to whom a Stock Grant or a Stock-Based Award has been issued under the Plan who is absent from work with the Company or with an Affiliate because of temporary disability (any disability other than a Disability as defined in Paragraph 1 hereof), or who is on leave of absence for any purpose, shall not, during the period of any such absence, be deemed, by virtue of such absence alone, to have terminated such Participant’s employment, director status or consultancy with the Company or with an Affiliate, except as the Administrator may otherwise expressly provide.

In addition, for purposes of this Paragraph 18 and Paragraph 19 below, any change of employment or other service within or among the Company and any Affiliates shall not be treated as a termination of employment, director status or consultancy so long as the Participant continues to be an Employee, director or Consultant of the Company or any Affiliate.

19. EFFECT ON STOCK GRANTS AND STOCK-BASED AWARDS OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE OTHER THAN FOR CAUSE, DEATH OR DISABILITY. Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s

 

C-10


Table of Contents

Agreement, in the event of a termination of service for any reason (whether as an Employee, director or Consultant), other than termination for Cause, death or Disability for which there are special rules in Paragraphs 20, 21, and 22 below, before all forfeiture provisions or Company rights of repurchase shall have lapsed, then the Company shall have the right to cancel or repurchase that number of Shares subject to a Stock Grant or Stock-Based Award as to which the Company’s forfeiture or repurchase rights have not lapsed.

20. EFFECT ON STOCK GRANTS AND STOCK-BASED AWARDS OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE FOR CAUSE. Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Agreement, the following rules apply if the Participant’s service (whether as an Employee, director or Consultant) with the Company or an Affiliate is terminated for Cause:

(a) All Shares subject to any Stock Grant or Stock-Based Award that remain subject to forfeiture provisions or as to which the Company shall have a repurchase right shall be immediately forfeited to the Company as of the time the Participant is notified his or her service is terminated for Cause.

(b) Cause is not limited to events which have occurred prior to a Participant’s termination of service, nor is it necessary that the Administrator’s finding of Cause occur prior to termination. If the Administrator determines, subsequent to a Participant’s termination of service, that either prior or subsequent to the Participant’s termination the Participant engaged in conduct which would constitute Cause, then all Shares subject to any Stock Grant or Stock-Based Award that remained subject to forfeiture provisions or as to which the Company had a repurchase right on the date of termination shall be immediately forfeited to the Company.

21. EFFECT ON STOCK GRANTS AND STOCK-BASED AWARDS OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE FOR DISABILITY. Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Agreement, the following rules apply if a Participant ceases to be an Employee, director or Consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate by reason of Disability: to the extent the forfeiture provisions or the Company’s rights of repurchase have not lapsed on the date of Disability, they shall be exercisable; provided, however, that in the event such forfeiture provisions or rights of repurchase lapse periodically, such provisions or rights shall lapse to the extent of a pro rata portion of the Shares subject to such Stock Grant or Stock-Based Award through the date of Disability as would have lapsed had the Participant not become Disabled. The proration shall be based upon the number of days accrued prior to the date of Disability.

The Administrator shall make the determination both as to whether Disability has occurred and the date of its occurrence (unless a procedure for such determination is set forth in another agreement between the Company and such Participant, in which case such procedure shall be used for such determination). If requested, the Participant shall be examined by a physician selected or approved by the Administrator, the cost of which examination shall be paid for by the Company.

22. EFFECT ON STOCK GRANTS AND STOCK-BASED AWARDS OF DEATH WHILE AN EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR OR CONSULTANT. Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Agreement, the following rules apply in the event of the death of a Participant while the Participant is an Employee, director or Consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate: to the extent the forfeiture provisions or the Company’s rights of repurchase have not lapsed on the date of death, they shall be exercisable; provided, however, that in the event such forfeiture provisions or rights of repurchase lapse periodically, such provisions or rights shall lapse to the extent of a pro rata portion of the Shares subject to such Stock Grant or Stock-Based Award through the date of death as would have lapsed had the Participant not died. The proration shall be based upon the number of days accrued prior to the Participant’s date of death.

23. PURCHASE FOR INVESTMENT. Unless the offering and sale of the Shares shall have been effectively registered under the Securities Act, the Company shall be under no obligation to issue Shares under the Plan unless and until the following conditions have been fulfilled:

(a) The person who receives a Stock Right shall warrant to the Company, prior to the receipt of Shares, that such person is acquiring such Shares for his or her own account, for investment, and not with a view to, or

 

C-11


Table of Contents

for sale in connection with, the distribution of any such Shares, in which event the person acquiring such Shares shall be bound by the provisions of the following legend (or a legend in substantially similar form) which shall be endorsed upon the certificate evidencing the Shares issued pursuant to such exercise or such grant of a Stock Right:

“The shares represented by this certificate have been taken for investment and they may not be sold or otherwise transferred by any person, including a pledgee, unless (1) either (a) a Registration Statement with respect to such shares shall be effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (b) the Company shall have received an opinion of counsel satisfactory to it that an exemption from registration under such Act is then available, and (2) there shall have been compliance with all applicable state securities laws.”

(b) At the discretion of the Administrator, the Company shall have received an opinion of its counsel that the Shares may be issued in compliance with the Securities Act without registration thereunder.

24. DISSOLUTION OR LIQUIDATION OF THE COMPANY. Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all Options granted under this Plan which as of such date shall not have been exercised and all Stock Grants and Stock-Based Awards which have not been accepted, to the extent required under the applicable Agreement, will terminate and become null and void; provided, however, that if the rights of a Participant or a Participant’s Survivors have not otherwise terminated and expired, the Participant or the Participant’s Survivors will have the right immediately prior to such dissolution or liquidation to exercise or accept any Stock Right to the extent that the Stock Right is exercisable or subject to acceptance as of the date immediately prior to such dissolution or liquidation. Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any outstanding Stock-Based Awards shall immediately terminate unless otherwise determined by the Administrator or specifically provided in the applicable Agreement.

25. ADJUSTMENTS. Upon the occurrence of any of the following events, a Participant’s rights with respect to any Stock Right granted to such Participant hereunder shall be adjusted as hereinafter provided, unless otherwise specifically provided in a Participant’s Agreement.

(a) Stock Dividends and Stock Splits. If (i) the shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided or combined into a greater or smaller number of shares or if the Company shall issue any shares of Common Stock as a stock dividend on its outstanding Common Stock, or (ii) additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such shares of Common Stock, each Stock Right and the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable thereunder shall be appropriately increased or decreased proportionately, and appropriate adjustments shall be made including, in the exercise, base or purchase price per share and in the Performance Goals applicable to outstanding Performance-Based Awards to reflect such events. The number of Shares subject to the limitations in Paragraph 3(a) and 4(c) shall also be proportionately adjusted upon the occurrence of such events.

(b) Corporate Transactions. If the Company is to be consolidated with or acquired by another entity in a Corporate Transaction, the Administrator or the board of directors of any entity assuming the obligations of the Company hereunder (the “Successor Board”), shall, as to outstanding Options, either: (i) make appropriate provision for the continuation of such Options by substituting on an equitable basis for the Shares then subject to such Options either the consideration payable with respect to the outstanding shares of Common Stock in connection with the Corporate Transaction or securities of any successor or acquiring entity; or (ii) upon written notice to the Participants, provide that such Options must be exercised (either (A) to the extent then exercisable or (B) at the discretion of the Administrator, any such Options being made partially or fully exercisable for purposes of this Subparagraph), within a specified number of days of the date of such notice, at the end of which period such Options which have not been exercised shall terminate; or (iii) terminate such Options in exchange for payment of an amount equal to the consideration payable upon consummation of such Corporate Transaction to a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Option would have been exercisable (either (A) to the extent then exercisable or, (B) at the discretion of the Administrator, any such Options being

 

C-12


Table of Contents

made partially or fully exercisable for purposes of this Subparagraph) less the aggregate exercise price thereof. For purposes of determining the payments to be made pursuant to Subclause (iii) above, in the case of a Corporate Transaction the consideration for which, in whole or in part, is other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be valued at the fair value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

With respect to outstanding Stock Grants or Stock-Based Awards, the Administrator or the Successor Board, shall make appropriate provision for the continuation of such Stock Grants or Stock-Based Awards on the same terms and conditions by substituting on an equitable basis for the Shares then subject to such Stock Grants or Stock-Based Awards either the consideration payable with respect to the outstanding Shares of Common Stock in connection with the Corporate Transaction or securities of any successor or acquiring entity. In lieu of the foregoing, in connection with any Corporate Transaction, the Administrator may provide that each outstanding Stock Grant or Stock-Based Award shall be terminated in exchange for payment of an amount equal to the consideration payable upon consummation of such Corporate Transaction to a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock comprising such Stock Grant or Stock-Based Award (to the extent such Stock Grant or Stock-Based Award is no longer subject to any forfeiture or repurchase rights then in effect or, at the discretion of the Administrator, all forfeiture and repurchase rights being waived).

In taking any of the actions permitted under this Paragraph 25(b), the Administrator shall not be obligated by the Plan to treat all Stock Rights, all Stock Rights held by a Participant, or all Stock Rights of the same type, identically.

A Stock Right may be subject to acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change of Control as may be provided in the Agreement for such Stock Right, in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, in any director compensation policy of the Company, or as otherwise determined by the Administrator.

(c) Recapitalization or Reorganization. In the event of a recapitalization or reorganization of the Company other than a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which securities of the Company or of another corporation are issued with respect to the outstanding shares of Common Stock, a Participant upon exercising an Option or accepting a Stock Grant after the recapitalization or reorganization shall be entitled to receive for the price paid upon such exercise or acceptance if any, the number of replacement securities which would have been received if such Option had been exercised or Stock Grant accepted prior to such recapitalization or reorganization.

(d) Adjustments to Stock-Based Awards. Upon the happening of any of the events described in Subparagraphs (a), (b) or (c) above, any outstanding Stock-Based Award shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect the events described in such Subparagraphs. The Administrator or the Successor Board shall determine the specific adjustments to be made under this Paragraph 25, including, but not limited to the effect of any, Corporate Transaction or Change of Control and, subject to Paragraph 4, its determination shall be conclusive.

(e) Modification of Options. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any adjustments made pursuant to Subparagraph (a), (b) or (c) above with respect to Options shall be made only after the Administrator determines whether such adjustments would (i) constitute a “modification” of any ISOs (as that term is defined in Section 424(h) of the Code) or (ii) cause any adverse tax consequences for the holders of Options, including, but not limited to, pursuant to Section 409A of the Code. If the Administrator determines that such adjustments made with respect to Options would constitute a modification or other adverse tax consequence, it may in its discretion refrain from making such adjustments, unless the holder of an Option specifically agrees in writing that such adjustment be made and such writing indicates that the holder has full knowledge of the consequences of such “modification” on his or her income tax treatment with respect to the Option. This paragraph shall not apply to the acceleration of the vesting of any ISO that would cause any portion of the ISO to violate the annual vesting limitation contained in Section 422(d) of the Code, as described in Paragraph 6(b)(iv).

 

C-13


Table of Contents

26. ISSUANCES OF SECURITIES. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares subject to Stock Rights. Except as expressly provided herein, no adjustments shall be made for dividends paid in cash or in property (including without limitation, securities) of the Company prior to any issuance of Shares pursuant to a Stock Right.

27. FRACTIONAL SHARES. No fractional shares shall be issued under the Plan and the person exercising a Stock Right shall receive from the Company cash in lieu of such fractional shares equal to the Fair Market Value thereof.

28. WITHHOLDING. In the event that any federal, state, or local income taxes, employment taxes, Federal Insurance Contributions Act withholdings or other amounts are required by applicable law or governmental regulation to be withheld from the Participant’s salary, wages or other remuneration in connection with the issuance of a Stock Right or Shares under the Plan or for any other reason required by law, the Company may withhold from the Participant’s compensation, if any, or may require that the Participant advance in cash to the Company, or to any Affiliate of the Company which employs or employed the Participant, the statutory minimum amount of such withholdings unless a different withholding arrangement, including the use of shares of the Company’s Common Stock or a promissory note, is authorized by the Administrator (and permitted by law). For purposes hereof, the fair market value of the shares withheld for purposes of payroll withholding shall be determined in the manner set forth under the definition of Fair Market Value provided in Paragraph 1 above, as of the most recent practicable date. If the Fair Market Value of the shares withheld is less than the amount of payroll withholdings required, the Participant may be required to advance the difference in cash to the Company or the Affiliate employer.

29. NOTICE TO COMPANY OF DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION. Each Employee who receives an ISO must agree to notify the Company in writing immediately after the Employee makes a Disqualifying Disposition of any Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an ISO. A Disqualifying Disposition is defined in Section 424(c) of the Code and includes any disposition (including any sale or gift) of such Shares before the later of (a) two years after the date the Employee was granted the ISO, or (b) one year after the date the Employee acquired Shares by exercising the ISO, except as otherwise provided in Section 424(c) of the Code. If the Employee has died before such Shares are sold, these holding period requirements do not apply and no Disqualifying Disposition can occur thereafter.

30. TERMINATION OF THE PLAN. The Plan will terminate on                 , the date which is ten years from the earlier of the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors and the date of its approval by the shareholders of the Company. The Plan may be terminated at an earlier date by vote of the shareholders or the Board of Directors of the Company; provided, however, that any such earlier termination shall not affect any Agreements executed prior to the effective date of such termination. Termination of the Plan shall not affect any Stock Rights theretofore granted.

31. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN AND AGREEMENTS. The Plan may be amended by the shareholders of the Company. The Plan may also be amended by the Administrator; provided that any amendment approved by the Administrator which the Administrator determines is of a scope that requires shareholder approval shall be subject to obtaining such shareholder approval including, without limitation, to the extent necessary to qualify any or all outstanding Stock Rights granted under the Plan or Stock Rights to be granted under the Plan for favorable federal income tax treatment as may be afforded ISOs under Section 422 of the Code and to the extent necessary to qualify the Shares issuable under the Plan for listing on any national securities exchange or quotation in any national automated quotation system of securities dealers. Any modification or amendment of the Plan shall not, without the consent of a Participant, adversely affect his or her rights under a Stock Right previously granted to such Participant, unless such amendment is required by applicable law or necessary to preserve the economic value of such Stock Right. With the consent of the Participant affected, the Administrator may amend outstanding Agreements in a manner which may be

 

C-14


Table of Contents

adverse to the Participant but which is not inconsistent with the Plan. In the discretion of the Administrator, outstanding Agreements may be amended by the Administrator in a manner which is not adverse to the Participant. Nothing in this Paragraph 31 shall limit the Administrator’s authority to take any action permitted pursuant to Paragraph 25.

32. EMPLOYMENT OR OTHER RELATIONSHIP. Nothing in this Plan or any Agreement shall be deemed to prevent the Company or an Affiliate from terminating the employment, consultancy or director status of a Participant, nor to prevent a Participant from terminating his or her own employment, consultancy or director status or to give any Participant a right to be retained in employment or other service by the Company or any Affiliate for any period of time.

33. SECTION 409A. If a Participant is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code (and as applied according to procedures of the Company and its Affiliates) as of his separation from service, to the extent any payment under this Plan or pursuant to the grant of a Stock-Based Award constitutes deferred compensation (after taking into account any applicable exemptions from Section 409A of the Code), and to the extent required by Section 409A of the Code, no payments due under this Plan or pursuant to a Stock-Based Award may be made until the earlier of: (i) the first day of the seventh month following the Participant’s separation from service, or (ii) the Participant’s date of death; provided, however, that any payments delayed during this six-month period shall be paid in the aggregate in a lump sum, without interest, on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant’s separation from service.

The Administrator shall administer the Plan with a view toward ensuring that Stock Rights under the Plan that are subject to Section 409A of the Code comply with the requirements thereof and that Options under the Plan be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, but neither the Administrator nor any member of the Board of Directors, nor the Company nor any of its Affiliates, nor any other person acting hereunder on behalf of the Company, the Administrator or the Board of Directors shall be liable to a Participant or any Survivor by reason of the acceleration of any income, or the imposition of any additional tax or penalty, with respect to a Stock Right, whether by reason of a failure to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code or otherwise.

34. INDEMNITY. Neither the Board of Directors nor the Administrator, nor any members of either, nor any employees of the Company or any parent, subsidiary, or other Affiliate, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with their responsibilities with respect to this Plan, and the Company hereby agrees to indemnify the members of the Board or Directors, the members of the Committee, and the employees of the Company and its parent or subsidiaries in respect of any claim, loss, damage, or expense (including reasonable counsel fees) arising from any such act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination to the full extent permitted by law.

35. CLAWBACK. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Plan, the Company may recover from a Participant any compensation received from any Stock Right (whether or not settled) or cause a Participant to forfeit any Stock Right (whether or not vested) in the event that the Company’s Clawback Policy as then in effect is triggered.

36. GOVERNING LAW. This Plan shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware.

 

C-15


Table of Contents

 

 

PROSPECTUS FOR UP TO 100,000,000 SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK

OF

Pivotal Investment Corporation II

 

 

DEALER PROSPECTUS DELIVERY OBLIGATION

Until                      , 2020, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not

participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition

to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with

respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the DGCL concerning indemnification of officers, directors, employees and agents is set forth below.

“Section 145. Indemnification of officers, directors, employees and agents; insurance.

 

(a)

A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that the person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

(b)

A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

(c)

To the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of this section, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

(d)

Any indemnification under subsections (a) and (b) of this section (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because the person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in subsections (a) and (b) of this section. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer of the corporation at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
(e)

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this section. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the corporation or by persons serving at the request of the corporation as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

 

(f)

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation or a bylaw shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

 

(g)

A corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under this section.

 

(h)

For purposes of this section, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

(i)

For purposes of this section, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

 

(j)

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this section shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

(k)

The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine all actions for advancement of expenses or indemnification brought under this section or under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. The Court of Chancery may summarily determine a corporation’s obligation to advance expenses (including attorneys’ fees).”

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers, and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in a successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to the court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Article Eighth of Pivotal’s certificate of incorporation will provide:

“The personal liability of the directors of the Corporation to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of his or her fiduciary duty as director is hereby eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article Eighth, or the adoption of any provision of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article Eighth, shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or modification. If the DGCL is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Eighth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as so amended.”

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is theretofore unenforceable.

 

Item 21.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

Exhibit
No.
 

Description

 

Included

  Form    

Filing Date

  2.1*   Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of September 17, 2020, by and among Pivotal Investment Corporation II, PIC II Merger Sub Corp. and XL Hybrids, Inc.   Annex A    
  3.1   Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.   Annex B    
  3.2   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws.   **    
  3.3   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.   By Reference     8-K     July 16, 2019
  3.4   Bylaws.   By Reference     S-1     June 7, 2019
  4.1   Specimen Unit Certificate.   By Reference     S-1     June 13, 2019
  4.2   Specimen Share Certificate.   By Reference     S-1     June 13, 2019
  4.3   Specimen Warrant Certificate.   By Reference     S-1    

June 13, 2019

  4.4   Warrant Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2019, between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant.   By Reference     8-K    

July 16, 2019

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Exhibit
No.
 

Description

 

Included

  Form    

Filing Date

  5.1   Opinion of Graubard Miller.   ***    
10.1†   Supply Agreement, dated as of July 19, 2019, by and between XL Hybrids, Inc. and Parker-Hannifin Corporation.   ***    
10.2#   Employment Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2019, by and between XL Hybrids, Inc. and Dimitri N. Kazarinoff.   **    
10.3#   XL Hybrids, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, including form of stock option agreement and form of restricted stock agreement.   **    
10.4   Form of Subscription Agreement.   By Reference     8-K     September 18, 2020
10.5   Form of Support Agreement.   By Reference     8-K     September 18, 2020
10.6   Registration Rights Agreement.   **    
10.7   Form of Lock-Up Agreement.   **    
10.8   Form of Letter Agreement from each of the Registrant’s initial shareholders, officers and directors.   By Reference     S-1     June 13, 2019
10.9   Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2019, between Continental Stock Transfer  & Trust Company and the Registrant.   By Reference     8-K     July 16, 2019
10.10   Registration Rights Agreement , dated as of July  11, 2019,with each of the Registrant’s initial shareholders, officers and directors.   By Reference     8-K     July 16, 2019
10.11   Forward Purchase Contract.   By Reference     8-K     July 16, 2019
10.12   Form of XL Fleet Corp. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan.   Annex C    
21.1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.   ***    
23.1   Consent of Marcum LLP (Pivotal Investment Corporation II).   **    
23.2   Consent of Marcum LLP (XL Hybrids, Inc.).   **    
23.3   Consent of Graubard Miller.   ***    
24.1   Power of Attorney (including on the signature page of this registration statement).   **    
99.1   Form of Proxy Card.   ***    
99.2   Consent of Dimitri N. Kazarinoff to be named as a director.   ***    
99.3   Consent of Thomas J. Hynes, III to be named as a director.   ***    

 

*

Schedule and exhibits to this Exhibit omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K Item 601(b)(2). XL agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit to the SEC upon request.

**

Filed herewith.

***

To be filed by amendment.

Certain confidential information contained in this agreement has been omitted because it (i) is not material and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm if publicly disclosed.

#

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

II-4


Table of Contents
Item 22.

Undertakings

 

(a)

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 

  (1)

To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

  i.

To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

  ii.

To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.

 

  iii.

To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

  (2)

That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (3)

To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

  (4)

That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities, in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser: (i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424; (ii) any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant; (iii) the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and (iv) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

  (5)

That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

  (6)

That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

II-5


Table of Contents
  (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in this registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (7)

That, prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through use of a prospectus which is a part of this registration statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the registrant undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other items of the applicable form.

 

  (8)

That every prospectus (i) that is filed pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph, or (ii) that purports to meet the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act and is used in connection with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as a part of an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until such amendment has become effective, and that for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such Director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and XL being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in New York, New York, on the 1st day of October, 2020.

 

By:

 

/s/ Jonathan J. Ledecky

 

Jonathan J. Ledecky

 

Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Jonathan J. Ledecky his true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments including post-effective amendments to this proxy statement/prospectus and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact or his substitute, each acting alone, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Jonathan J. Ledecky

Jonathan J. Ledecky

  

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  October 1, 2020

/s/ James Brady

James Brady

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  October 1, 2020

/s/ Sarah Sclarsic

Sarah Sclarsic

  

Director

  October 1, 2020

/s/ Kevin Griffin

Kevin Griffin

  

Director

  October 1, 2020

/s/ Katrina Adams

Katrina Adams

  

Director

  October 1, 2020

/s/ Efrat Epstein

Efrat Epstein

  

Director

  October 1, 2020

Exhibit 3.2

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of

XL Fleet Corp.

(a Delaware corporation)


Table of Contents

 

         Page  

Article I – Corporate Offices

     1  

1.1

  Registered Office      1  

1.2

  Other Offices      1  

Article II – Meetings of Stockholders

     1  

2.1

  Place of Meetings      1  

2.2

  Annual Meeting      1  

2.3

  Special Meeting      1  

2.4

  Advance Notice Procedures for Business Brought before a Meeting      1  

2.5

  Advance Notice Procedures for Nominations of Directors      4  

2.6

  Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings      6  

2.7

  Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice      6  

2.8

  Quorum      6  

2.9

  Adjourned Meeting; Notice      6  

2.10

  Conduct of Business      7  

2.11

  Voting      7  

2.12

  Record Date for Stockholder Meetings and Other Purposes      7  

2.13

  Proxies      8  

2.14

  List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote      8  

2.15

  Inspectors of Election      8  

2.16

  Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of a Meeting      9  

Article III – Directors

     9  

3.1

  Powers      9  

3.2

  Number of Directors      9  

3.3

  Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors      9  

3.4

  Resignation and Vacancies      9  

3.5

  Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone      10  

3.6

  Regular Meetings      10  

3.7

  Special Meetings; Notice      10  

3.8

  Quorum      10  

3.9

  Board Action by Written Consent without a Meeting      10  

3.10

  Fees and Compensation of Directors      11  

Article IV – Committees

     11  

4.1

  Committees of Directors      11  

4.2

  Committee Minutes      11  

4.3

  Meetings and Actions of Committees      11  

Article V – Officers

     12  

5.1

  Officers      12  

5.2

  Appointment of Officers      12  

5.3

  Subordinate Officers      12  

5.4

  Removal and Resignation of Officers      12  

5.5

  Vacancies in Offices      12  

5.6

  Representation of Shares of Other Corporations      12  

5.7

  Authority and Duties of Officers      13  

Article VI – Records

     13  


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

         Page  

Article VII – General Matters

     13  

7.1

  Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments      13  

7.2

  Stock Certificates      13  

7.3

  Lost Certificates      13  

7.4

  Shares Without Certificates      14  

7.5

  Construction; Definitions      14  

7.6

  Dividends      14  

7.7

  Fiscal Year      14  

7.8

  Seal      14  

7.9

  Transfer of Stock      14  

7.10

  Stock Transfer Agreements      14  

7.11

  Registered Stockholders      15  

7.12

  Waiver of Notice      15  

Article VIII – Notice by Electronic Transmission

     15  

8.1

  Notice by Electronic Transmission      15  

8.2

  Definition of Electronic Transmission      15  

Article IX – Indemnification

     16  

9.1

  Indemnification of Directors and Officers      16  

9.2

  Indemnification of Others      16  

9.3

  Prepayment of Expenses      16  

9.4

  Determination; Claim      16  

9.5

  Non-Exclusivity of Rights      17  

9.6

  Insurance      17  

9.7

  Other Indemnification      17  

9.8

  Continuation of Indemnification      17  

9.9

  Amendment or Repeal; Interpretation      17  

Article X – Amendments

     18  

Article XI – Definitions

     18  

Article XII – Conflicts

     18  
12.1   Transactions with Interested Parties      18  


Amended and Restated Bylaws of

XL Fleet Corp.

Article I – Corporate Offices

1.1 Registered Office.

The address of the registered office of XL Fleet Corp. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware, and the name of its registered agent at such address, shall be as set forth in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

1.2 Other Offices.

The Corporation may have additional offices at any place or places, within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Corporation’s board of directors (the “Board”) may from time to time establish or as the business of the Corporation may require.

Article II – Meetings of Stockholders

2.1 Place of Meetings.

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place, if any, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the Board. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office.

2.2 Annual Meeting.

The Board shall designate the date and time of the annual meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and other proper business properly brought before the meeting in accordance with Section 2.4 may be transacted. The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.

2.3 Special Meeting.

Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by a majority of the Whole Board, but such special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons. The term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships.

No business may be transacted at any special meeting of stockholders other than the business specified in the notice of such meeting. The Corporation may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board.

2.4 Advance Notice Procedures for Business Brought before a Meeting.

(i) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (a) specified in a notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Board, (b) if not specified in a notice of meeting, otherwise brought before the meeting by the Board or the chairperson of the meeting, or (c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder present in Person who (A)(1) was a stockholder of record of

 

1


the Corporation both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.4 and at the time of the meeting, (2) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) has complied with this Section 2.4 or (B) properly made such proposal in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations, the “Exchange Act”), which proposal has been included in the proxy statement for the annual meeting. The foregoing clause (c) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose business to be brought before an annual meeting of the stockholders. The only matters that may be brought before a special meeting are the matters specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Person calling the meeting pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation and Section 2.3 of these bylaws. For purposes of this Section 2.4 and Section 2.5 of these bylaws, “present in Person” shall mean that the stockholder proposing that the business be brought before the annual meeting of the Corporation, or, if the proposing stockholder is not an individual, a qualified representative of such proposing stockholder, appear at such annual meeting, and a “qualified representative” of such proposing stockholder shall be, if such proposing stockholder is (x) a general or limited partnership, any general partner or Person who functions as a general partner of the general or limited partnership or who controls the general or limited partnership, (y) a corporation or a limited liability company, any officer or Person who functions as an officer of the corporation or limited liability company or any officer, director, general partner or Person who functions as an officer, director or general partner of any entity ultimately in control of the corporation or limited liability company or (z) a trust, any trustee of such trust. This Section 2.4 shall apply to any business that may be brought before an annual or special meeting of stockholders other than nominations for election to the Board at an annual meeting, which shall be governed by Section 2.5 of these bylaws. Stockholders seeking to nominate Persons for election to the Board must comply with Section 2.5 of these bylaws, and this Section 2.4 shall not be applicable to nominations for election to the Board except as expressly provided in Section 2.5 of these bylaws.

(ii) Without qualification, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must (a) provide Timely Notice (as defined below) thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation and (b) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.4. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the one-year anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered, or mailed and received, not later than the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or, if later, the tenth day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was first made (such notice within such time periods, “Timely Notice”). In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of Timely Notice as described above.

(iii) To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.4, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:

(a) As to each Proposing Person (as defined below), (1) the name and address of such Proposing Person (including, if applicable, the name and address that appear on the Corporation’s books and records) and (2) the number of shares of each class or series of stock of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned of record or beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by such Proposing Person, except that such Proposing Person shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation as to which such Proposing Person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (1) and (2) are referred to as “Stockholder Information”);

(b) As to each Proposing Person, (1) the full notional amount of any securities that, directly or indirectly, underlie any “derivative security” (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(c) under the Exchange Act) that constitutes a “call equivalent position” (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(b) under the Exchange Act) (“Synthetic Equity Position”) and that is, directly or indirectly, held or maintained by such Proposing Person with respect to any shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation; provided that, for the purposes of the definition of “Synthetic Equity Position,” the term “derivative security” shall also include any security or instrument that would not otherwise constitute a “derivative security” as a result of any feature that would make any conversion, exercise or similar

 

2


right or privilege of such security or instrument becoming determinable only at some future date or upon the happening of a future occurrence, in which case the determination of the amount of securities into which such security or instrument would be convertible or exercisable shall be made assuming that such security or instrument is immediately convertible or exercisable at the time of such determination; and, provided, further, that any Proposing Person satisfying the requirements of Rule 13d-1(b)(1) under the Exchange Act (other than a Proposing Person that so satisfies Rule 13d-1(b)(1) under the Exchange Act solely by reason of Rule 13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(E)) shall not be deemed to hold or maintain the notional amount of any securities that underlie a Synthetic Equity Position held by such Proposing Person as a hedge with respect to a bona fide derivatives trade or position of such Proposing Person arising in the ordinary course of such Proposing Person’s business as a derivatives dealer, (2) any rights to dividends on the shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation owned beneficially by such Proposing Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (3) any material pending or threatened legal proceeding in which such Proposing Person is a party or material participant involving the Corporation or any of its officers or directors, or any affiliate of the Corporation, (4) any other material relationship between such Proposing Person, on the one hand, and the Corporation or any affiliate of the Corporation, on the other hand, (5) any direct or indirect material interest in any material contract or agreement of such Proposing Person with the Corporation or any affiliate of the Corporation (including, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement) and (6) any other information relating to such Proposing Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies or consents by such Proposing Person in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (1) through (6) are referred to as “Disclosable Interests”); provided, however, that Disclosable Interests shall not include any such disclosures with respect to the ordinary course business activities of any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner; and

(c) As to each item of business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, (1) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting and any material interest in such business of each Proposing Person, (2) the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration), (3) a reasonably detailed description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings (x) between or among any of the Proposing Persons or (y) between or among any Proposing Person and any other Person or entity (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and (4) any other information relating to such item of business that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act.

(iv) For purposes of this Section 2.4, the term “Proposing Person shall mean (a) the stockholder of record providing the notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, (b) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the business proposed to be brought before the annual meeting is made or (c) any participant (as defined in paragraphs (a)(ii)-(vi) of Instruction 3 to Item 4 of Schedule 14A) with such stockholder in such solicitation.

(v) A Proposing Person shall update and supplement its notice to the Corporation of its intent to propose business at an annual meeting, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be true and correct as of the record date for notice of the meeting and as of the date that is ten business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than five business days after the record date for notice of the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

 

3


(vi) Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an annual meeting that is not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 2.4. The presiding officer of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that the business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 2.4, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

(vii) In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.4 with respect to any business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, each Proposing Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such business. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect the rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

(viii) For purposes of these bylaws, “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

2.5 Advance Notice Procedures for Nominations of Directors.

(i) Nominations of any Person for election to the Board at an annual meeting may be made at such meeting only (a) by or at the direction of the Board, including by any committee or Persons authorized to do so by the Board or these bylaws, or (b) by a stockholder present in Person (as defined in Section 2.4) (1) who was a stockholder of record of the Corporation both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.5 and at the time of the meeting, (2) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) has complied with this Section 2.5 as to such notice and nomination. The foregoing clause (b) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make any nomination of a Person or Persons for election to the Board at any annual meeting of stockholders.

(ii) Without qualification, for a stockholder to make any nomination of a Person or Persons for election to the Board at an annual meeting, the stockholder must (a) provide Timely Notice (as defined in Section 2.4(ii) of these bylaws) thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation, (b) provide the information, agreements and questionnaires with respect to such stockholder and its candidate for nomination as required to be set forth by this Section 2.5, and (c) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.5. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(iii) To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.5, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:

(a) As to each Nominating Person (as defined below), the Stockholder Information (as defined in Section 2.4(iii)(a) of these bylaws), except that for purposes of this Section 2.5 the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(iii)(a);

(b) As to each Nominating Person, any Disclosable Interests (as defined in Section 2.4(iii)(b), except that for purposes of this Section 2.5 the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(iii)(b) and the disclosure with respect to the business to be brought before the meeting in Section 2.4(iii)(c) shall be made with respect to nomination of each Person for election as a director at the meeting); and

(c) As to each candidate whom a Nominating Person proposes to nominate for election as a director, (1) all information with respect to such candidate for nomination that would be required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 if such candidate for nomination were a Nominating Person, (2) all information relating to such candidate for nomination that is required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of

 

4


proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14(a) under the Exchange Act (including such candidate’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), (3) a description of any direct or indirect material interest in any material contract or agreement between or among any Nominating Person, on the one hand, and each candidate for nomination or any other participants in such solicitation, on the other hand, including, without limitation, all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 under Regulation S-K if such Nominating Person were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the candidate for nomination were a director or executive officer of such registrant (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (1) through (3) are referred to as “Nominee Information”), and (4) a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement as provided in Section 2.5(vi).

(iv) For purposes of this Section 2.5, the term “Nominating Person shall mean (a) the stockholder of record providing the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting, (b) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting is made and (c) any other participant in such solicitation.

(v) A stockholder providing notice of any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall be true and correct as of the record date for notice of the meeting and as of the date that is ten business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five business days after the record date for notice of the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

(vi) To be eligible to be a candidate for election as a director of the Corporation at an annual meeting, a candidate must be nominated in the manner prescribed in this Section 2.5 and the candidate for nomination, whether nominated by the Board or by a stockholder of record, must have previously delivered (in accordance with the time period prescribed for delivery in a notice to such candidate given by or on behalf of the Board), to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, a completed written questionnaire (in the form provided by the Corporation) with respect to the background, qualifications, stock ownership and independence of such candidate for nomination.

(vii) The Board may also require any proposed candidate for nomination as a director to furnish such other information as may reasonably be requested by the Board in writing prior to the meeting of stockholders at which such candidate’s nomination is to be acted upon in order for the Board to determine the eligibility of such candidate for nomination to be an independent director of the Corporation in accordance with the Corporation’s corporate governance guidelines.

(viii) In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.5 with respect to any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting, each Proposing Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such nominations.

(ix) No candidate shall be eligible for nomination as a director of the Corporation unless such candidate for nomination and the Nominating Person seeking to place such candidate’s name in nomination has complied with this Section 2.5, as applicable. The presiding officer at the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that a nomination was not properly made in accordance with this Section 2.5, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare such determination to the meeting, the defective nomination shall be disregarded and any ballots cast for the candidate in question (but in the case of any form of ballot listing other qualified nominees, only the ballots case for the nominee in question) shall be void and of no force or effect.

 

5


(x) Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no candidate for nomination shall be eligible to be seated as a director of the Corporation unless nominated and elected in accordance with this Section 2.5.

2.6 Notice of Stockholders Meetings.

Unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with either Section 2.7 or Section 8.1 of these bylaws not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in Person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

2.7 Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice.

Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be deemed given:

(i) if mailed, when deposited in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the Corporation’s records; or

(ii) if delivered by courier service, the earlier of when the notice is received or left at such stockholder’s address; or

(iii) if electronically transmitted as provided in Section 8.1 of these bylaws.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or of the transfer agent or any other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by mail or by a form of electronic transmission, as applicable, shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

2.8 Quorum.

Unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in Person, or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. If, however, a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting or (ii) a majority in voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in Person, or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided in Section 2.9 of these bylaws until a quorum is present or represented.

2.9 Adjourned Meeting; Notice.

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in Person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At any adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If, after the adjournment a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

6


2.10 Conduct of Business.

The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the Person presiding over the meeting. The Board may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board, the chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairperson, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the chairperson of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other Persons as the chairperson of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the chairperson of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

2.11 Voting.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws or the DGCL, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, at all duly called or convened meetings of stockholders at which a quorum is present, for the election of directors, a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect a director. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, or applicable law or pursuant to any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, each other matter presented to the stockholders at a duly called or convened meeting at which a quorum is present shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast (excluding abstentions and broker non-votes) on such matter.

2.12 Record Date for Stockholder Meetings and Other Purposes.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall not be more than 60 days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the next day preceding the day on which notice is first given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting; and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

7


2.13 Proxies.

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another Person or Persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but, no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. A proxy may be in the form of a telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

2.14 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote.

The Corporation shall prepare, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Corporation’s principal executive office. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 2.14 or to vote in Person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

2.15 Inspectors of Election.

Before any meeting of stockholders, the Corporation shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more Persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If any Person appointed as inspector or any alternate fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting shall appoint a Person to fill that vacancy.

Such inspectors shall:

(i) determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting and the validity of any proxies and ballots;

(ii) count all votes or ballots;

(iii) count and tabulate all votes;

(iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspector(s); and

(v) certify its or their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting and its or their count of all votes and ballots.

 

8


Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspection with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein. The inspectors of election may appoint such Persons to assist them in performing their duties as they determine.

2.16 Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of a Meeting.

Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action that is required or permitted to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation must be taken at a meeting of stockholders, and may not be effected by consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting of stockholders.

2.17 Delivery to the Corporation.

Whenever this Article II requires one or more Persons (including a record or beneficial owner of stock) to deliver a document or information to the Corporation or any officer, employee or agent thereof (including any notice, request, questionnaire, revocation, representation or other document or agreement), unless the Corporation elects otherwise, such document or information shall be in writing exclusively (and not in an electronic transmission) and shall be delivered exclusively by hand (including, without limitation, overnight courier service) or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and the Corporation shall not be required to accept delivery of any document not in such written form or so delivered.

Article III – Directors

3.1 Powers.

Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board.

3.2 Number of Directors.

Subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, the total number of directors constituting the Board shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors.

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship, shall hold office until the expiration of the term of the class, if any, for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders. The Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe qualifications for directors.

3.4 Resignation and Vacancies.

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. The resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or upon the happening of an event specified therein, and if no time or event is specified, at the time of its receipt. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date or upon the happening of an event to occur on a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Any director appointed in

 

9


accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the term of the class, if any, to which the director is appointed and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy on the Board shall be deemed to exist under these bylaws in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

3.5 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone.

The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all Persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting pursuant to this bylaw shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting.

3.6 Regular Meetings.

Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

3.7 Special Meetings; Notice.

Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or any two members of the Board.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

 

  (i)

delivered Personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

 

  (ii)

sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

 

  (iii)

sent by facsimile or electronic mail; or

 

  (iv)

sent by other means of electronic transmission,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, or other address for electronic transmission, as the case may be, as shown on the Corporation’s records.

If the notice is (a) delivered Personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (b) sent by facsimile or electronic mail, or (c) sent by other means of electronic transmission, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by U.S. mail, it shall be deposited in the U.S. mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

3.8 Quorum.

At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

3.9 Board Action by Written Consent without a Meeting.

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. Any such consent may be documented, signed and delivered in any manner permitted by Section 116 of the DGCL.

 

10


After an action is taken, the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

3.10 Fees and Compensation of Directors.

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

Article IV – Committees

4.1 Committees of Directors.

The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Directors representing one-third (1/3) of the committee members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business by the committee. The vote of a majority of the members of a committee present at any meeting of the committee at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the committee, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Corporation.

4.2 Committee Minutes.

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

4.3 Meetings and Actions of Committees.

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

 

  (i)

Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

 

  (ii)

Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

 

  (iii)

Section 3.7 (special meetings and notice);

 

  (iv)

Section 3.9 (action without a meeting); and

 

  (v)

Section 7.12 (waiver of notice),

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However:

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board or the chairperson of the applicable committee; and

 

11


(iii) the Board may adopt rules for the governance of any committee to override the provisions that would otherwise apply to the committee pursuant to this Section 4.3, provided that such rules do not violate the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law.

Article V – Officers

5.1 Officers.

The officers of the Corporation shall include a president and a secretary. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a chairperson of the Board, a vice chairperson of the Board, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer, a treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same Person. No officer need be a stockholder of the Corporation.

5.2 Appointment of Officers.

The Board shall appoint the officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws.

5.3 Subordinate Officers.

The Board may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

5.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers.

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 Vacancies in Offices.

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board or as provided in Section 5.2.

5.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations.

The chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this Corporation, or any other Person authorized by the Board, the chief executive officer, the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of this Corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this Corporation or voting securities of any other entity. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such Person directly or by any other Person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such Person having the authority.

 

12


5.7 Authority and Duties of Officers.

All officers of the Corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the Corporation as may be provided herein or designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

Article VI – Records

A stock ledger consisting of one or more records in which the names of all of the Corporation’s stockholders of record, the address and number of shares registered in the name of each such stockholder, and all issuances and transfers of stock of the corporation are recorded in accordance with Section 224 of the DGCL shall be administered by or on behalf of the Corporation. Any records administered by or on behalf of the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account, and minute books, may be kept on, or by means of, or be in the form of, any information storage device, or method, or one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time and, with respect to the stock ledger, that the records so kept (i) can be used to prepare the list of stockholders specified in Sections 219 and 220 of the DGCL, (ii) record the information specified in Sections 156, 159, 217(a) and 218 of the DGCL, and (iii) record transfers of stock as governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code.

Article VII – General Matters

7.1 Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments.

The Board, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

7.2 Stock Certificates.

The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide that some or all of the shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock represented by a certificate shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, any two officers authorized to sign stock certificates representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. The chairperson or vice chairperson of the Board, the president, vice president, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, the secretary or any assistant secretary of the Corporation shall be specifically authorized to sign stock certificates. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

7.3 Lost Certificates.

The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

13


7.4 Shares Without Certificates

The Corporation may adopt a system of issuance, recordation and transfer of its shares of stock by electronic or other means not involving the issuance of certificates, provided the use of such system by the Corporation is permitted in accordance with applicable law.

7.5 Construction; Definitions.

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural and the plural number includes the singular.

7.6 Dividends.

The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in either (i) the DGCL or (ii) the Certificate of Incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock.

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, and meeting contingencies.

7.7 Fiscal Year.

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

7.8 Seal.

The Corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board. The Corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

7.9 Transfer of Stock.

Subject to Section 7.10, shares of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these bylaws. Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation only by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the Corporation of the certificate or certificates representing such shares endorsed by the appropriate Person or Persons (or by delivery of duly executed instructions with respect to uncertificated shares), with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement or execution, transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing the names of the Persons from and to whom it was transferred.

7.10 Stock Transfer Agreements.

The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes or series of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

14


7.11 Registered Stockholders.

The Corporation:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a Person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner; and

(ii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another Person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

7.12 Waiver of Notice.

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the Person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the Person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a Person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the Person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws.

Article VIII – Notice by Electronic Transmission

8.1 Notice by Electronic Transmission.

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other Person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Corporation may give notice by electronic mail in accordance with Section 232 of the DGCL without obtaining the consent required by this Section 8.1.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

  (i)

if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (ii)

if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

  (iii)

if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

8.2 Definition of Electronic Transmission.

An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, including the use of, or participation in, one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

15


Article IX – Indemnification

9.1 Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she, or a Person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while serving as a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred by such Person in connection with any such Proceeding. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.4, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a Person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Person only if the Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized in the specific case by the Board.

9.2 Indemnification of Others.

The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by reason of the fact the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses reasonably incurred by such Person in connection with any such Proceeding.

9.3 Prepayment of Expenses.

The Corporation shall to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by any current or former officer or director of the Corporation, and may pay the expenses incurred by any employee or agent of the Corporation, in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article IX or otherwise.

9.4 Determination; Claim.

If a claim for indemnification (following the final disposition of such Proceeding) under this Article IX is not paid in full within 60 days, or a claim for advancement of expenses under this Article IX is not paid in full within 30 days, after a written claim therefor has been received by the Corporation the claimant may thereafter (but not before) file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim to the fullest extent permitted by law. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the claimant was not entitled to the requested indemnification or payment of expenses under applicable law.

 

16


9.5 Non-Exclusivity of Rights.

The rights conferred on any Person by this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

9.6 Insurance.

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust enterprise or non-profit entity against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

9.7 Other Indemnification.

The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or advance expenses to any Person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity shall be reduced by any amount such Person may collect as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit enterprise.

9.8 Continuation of Indemnification.

The rights to indemnification and to prepayment of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article IX shall continue notwithstanding that the Person has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors, administrators, legatees and distributees of such Person.

9.9 Amendment or Repeal; Interpretation.

The provisions of this Article IX shall constitute a contract between the Corporation, on the one hand, and, on the other hand, each individual who serves or has served as a director or officer of the Corporation (whether before or after the adoption of these bylaws), in consideration of such Person’s performance of such services, and pursuant to this Article IX the Corporation intends to be legally bound to each such current or former director or officer of the Corporation. With respect to current and former directors and officers of the Corporation, the rights conferred under this Article IX are present contractual rights and such rights are fully vested, and shall be deemed to have vested fully, immediately upon adoption of theses bylaws. With respect to any directors or officers of the Corporation who commence service following adoption of these bylaws, the rights conferred under this provision shall be present contractual rights and such rights shall fully vest, and be deemed to have vested fully, immediately upon such director or officer commencing service as a director or officer of the Corporation. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article IX shall not adversely affect any right or protection (i) hereunder of any Person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification or (ii) under any agreement providing for indemnification or advancement of expenses to an officer or director of the Corporation in effect prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

Any reference to an officer of the Corporation in this Article IX shall be deemed to refer exclusively to the chairperson of the Board, a vice chairperson of the Board, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer, a treasurer appointed pursuant to Article V of these bylaws, and to any vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, or other officer of the Corporation appointed by (x) the Board pursuant to Article V of these Bylaws or (y) an officer to whom the Board has delegated the power to appoint officers pursuant to Article V of these bylaws, and any reference to an officer of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be deemed to refer exclusively to an officer appointed by the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of such other entity pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws (or equivalent organizational documents) of such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise. The fact that any Person who is or was an employee of the Corporation or an employee of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise has been given or has used the title of “vice president” or any other title that could be construed to suggest or imply that such Person is or may be an officer of the Corporation or of such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall not result in such Person being constituted as, or being deemed to be, an officer of the Corporation or of such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for purposes of this Article IX.

 

17


Article X – Amendments

The Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation.

Article XI – Definitions

As used in these bylaws, unless the context otherwise requires, the term:

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any Person, means the power to direct or cause the direction of the affairs or management of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, as trustee (or the power to appoint a trustee), Personal representative or executor, by contract, credit arrangement or otherwise and “controlled” and “controlling” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Person” means any individual, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, business trust, joint stock company, joint venture, unincorporated association, cooperative or association or any other legal entity or organization of whatever nature, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

Article XII – Conflicts

12.1 Transactions with Interested Parties.

No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction or solely because the votes of such director or officer are counted for such purpose, if:

(a) The material facts as to their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or

(b) The material facts as to their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or

(c) The contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof, or the stockholders.

Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction

 

18


XL Fleet Corp.

Certification of Amended and Restated Bylaws

 

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that he is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary of XL Fleet Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and that the foregoing bylaws were approved on                     ,         , effective as of                     ,         by the Corporation’s board of directors.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this       day of                     ,         .

 

 

[Name]
[Secretary]

 

19

Exhibit 10.2

 

LOGO

 

 

September 30, 2019

Mr. Dimitri Kazarinoff

6046 Nottingham Pointe

Brighton MI 48116

Dear Dimitri:

On behalf of XL Hybrids, Inc. (“Company”) I am pleased to offer you a position as Chief Executive Officer (CEO), reporting to the Company’s Board of Directors.

Offer Specifics:

 

   

Start Date: October 7, 2019, or another mutually agreed upon date.

 

   

Salary: You will initially receive a base salary of $325,000.00 annually, paid in accordance with Company payroll policies. Your base salary will be reviewed on a periodic basis in accordance with Company practices. This role is eligible for the Company’s annual merit program.

 

   

Executive Bonus: You will be eligible for an annual bonus of thirty (30) percent of your base salary which, in 2019, will be based on mutually agreed upon and documented objectives developed between you and the XL Board of Directors. The bonus will typically pay out between 70%—130% based performance variables in these agreed objectives. Your bonus for 2019 will be prorated and payable on or before March 15, 2020. You must be actively employed as of the date the bonus is earned and paid in order to be eligible for receipt of the bonus payment.

 

   

Stock Options: Upon Board of Directors approval, you will be granted an option to purchase up to 5,030,400 shares (the “Option”) of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock at the time of grant and pursuant to the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. The calculation of timing with respect to vesting will commence immediately upon the grant approval by the Board of Directors. Full vesting will be achieved after four (4) years from grant date.    In the event of a Company Change in Control (CIC), and provided that you have been actively employed by the Company for a period of at least two (2) years, the vesting of the options shall accelerate such that the greater of the following shall become exercisable: (a) 50% of the remaining portion of the Options that are not then fully exercisable and (b) the portion of the Options that are not then fully exercisable which would have become exercisable in due course during the one-year period following the CIC.

 

   

Severance: Your employment may be terminated with or without cause, for any reason or no reason. In the event that your employment is terminated without Cause after you have completed six (6) months of continuous employment as CEO of the Company, you will be entitled to a severance payment equal to six (6) months of your then-current base salary (the “Severance Payment”) provided that you execute and do not subsequently revoke a waiver of claims in a form satisfactory to the Company. “Cause” will mean conduct by you which harms or would reasonably be expected to harm the Company including commission of fraud, misappropriation of funds, misconduct in the performance of duties, material breach of any Company policy, failure to perform the duties of your position, commission of a felony or any criminal act involving dishonesty or theft, or material noncompliance with applicable business and legal standards, including with respect to workplace discrimination or harassment.

145 Newton St. Boston, MA 02135 P 617.648.8500


LOGO

 

   

Temporary Living: You will be eligible to receive normal and customary temporary living expenses through December 31, 2019. Expenses shall be submitted utilizing the Company’s internal expense reporting system.

 

   

Relocation: After sixty (60) days of employment, you will be eligible to receive up to fifty (50) thousand dollars in relocation assistance. This relocation assistance is contingent upon you establishing residence in the Boston area within six (6) months from your date of hire. In the event of a voluntary resignation within one (1) year after the relocation, all relocation funds are payable back to the Company.

 

   

Health & Welfare Plans: You will be eligible to participate in all Company Health & Welfare plans including but not limited to: Medical, Dental, Vision, Retirement Plan, Life and Disability Insurances

 

   

Retirement Plan: Subject to pending Board action relating to amendment of its 401 (k) plan and policy, you would be eligible for participation in this plan without the six (6) month service requirement.

 

   

Paid Time Off: XLH has a PTO (Paid Time Off) policy by which each employee is afforded the flexibility to take vacation, take time off for illness and shift schedules as necessary. The PTO plan is only available to full-time, exempt (salaried) employees. You do not “accrue” PTO days as in traditional plans, and so will not be compensated for “unused” PTO time upon termination.

 

   

Expenses: The Company shall reimburse you for all reasonable and appropriate travel, entertainment and other expenses incurred or paid by you in connection with, or related to, the performance of your duties, in accordance with policies and procedures, and subject to limitations, adopted by the Company from time to time.

 

   

Withholding: All payments made by the Company under this Agreement shall be reduced by any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

 

   

Conditions of Employment: Your compliance with the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, which requires employers to verify the employment eligibility and identity of new employees by requiring such employees to complete an Employment Eligibility Form I-9, which will be forwarded upon receipt of your acceptance. Please complete and return it and the appropriate required documents listed on the form.

 

   

Time: While employed, you will be required to devote your full business time and your best professional efforts to the performance of your duties and responsibilities for the Company, and to abide by all Company policies and procedures in effect from time to time. All employees may be subject to promotion, transfer or reassignment from time to time, as the Company determines appropriate

 

   

Confidential Information and Restricted Activities: As a condition of your employment, you will be required to sign the Company’s standard Employee Covenants Agreement (“Attachment A”), no later than the first day of your employment.

 

   

Representations: You represent and warrant to XL Hybrids that your employment with the Company and fulfillment of the duties of your position will not breach or be in conflict with any other agreement you have with any former employer or other person or entity. You also represent and warrant that you are not subject to any covenant against competition or similar covenants, or any other legal obligation, that would restrict or otherwise affect the performance of your duties and responsibilities to the Company. You agree that you will not bring with you, disclose or use on behalf of the Company any confidential or proprietary information of any former employer or other third party without that party’s consent.

 

145 Newton St. Boston, MA 02135 P 617.648.8500


LOGO

 

   

At-Will Status of Employment: This letter and your response are not meant to, and do not, constitute a contract of employment for a specific term. Your employment with the Company is at-will. This means that, if you accept this offer, both you and the Company will retain the right to terminate your employment at any time, with or without notice or cause.

This letter and its attachments constitute the entire offer for employment and the entire understanding between the parties regarding this offer for employment, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to the subject matter of this letter. No modification to this offer letter will be effective unless in writing and signed by you and an authorized representative of XL Hybrids

By your acceptance of this Offer Letter, you agree to abide by the rules, regulations, instructions, personnel practices and policies of the Company, if any, and any changes therein that may be adopted from time to time by the Company.

Dimitri, our team is confident you possess the skills to help XL Hybrids be successful, and we look forward to you joining the team!

Please confirm your acceptance of this offer by signing below and returning this letter to me no later than close of business on October 6, 2019.

Yours truly,

/s/ Paul J. Crivello

Paul J. Crivello

Director, Human Resources

I have read and understand the terms of the offer set out above. As indicated by my signature below, I hereby accept this offer of employment and agree to the terms and conditions described in this offer letter. By signing below, I agree that no further promises or commitments were made to me regarding my employment with the Company, except as set forth in this letter and any attachments hereto.

Accepted:

 

/s/ Dimitri Kazarinoff    9/30/2019
Dimitri Kazarinoff    Date

 

145 Newton St. Boston, MA 02135 P 617.648.8500


LOGO

 

ATTACHMENT A

XL HYBRIDS, INC.

EMPLOYEE COVENANTS AGREEMENT

In consideration of my employment and/or continued employment with XL Hybrids, Inc., its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors, or assigns (collectively, the “Company”), and my receipt of any compensation now and/or hereafter paid to me by the Company, I have executed this Confidentiality and Covenants Agreement (this “Agreement”).

I recognize and acknowledge that the Company is engaged in activities that involve, and continue to involve, the use of proprietary business plans, methods, and technologies developed through the expenditure of substantial amounts of skill, time, and money. As a result of such investments, the Company has developed certain Trade Secrets and Confidential Information which give the Company significant advantages over its competitors. Due to the nature of my employment with the Company, I may have frequent direct and indirect contact with various customers of the Company and may be presented with, have access to, and/or participate in the development of Trade Secrets and Confidential Information. These constitute valuable, special, and unique assets of the Company, the misuse, misapplication, or disclosure of which contrary to the terms of this Agreement may cause substantial loss of competitive advantage and substantial and possibly irreparable damage to the business and asset value of the Company.

 

 

 

1. DEFINITIONS. The following capitalized terms are select definitions used in this Agreement:

(a) “Trade Secrets” shall have the definition provided in M.G.L. ch. 266, section 30(4) as modified from time to time. The current definition includes, but is not limited to, anything tangible or intangible or electronically kept or stored, which constitutes, represents, evidences, or records a secret, whether scientific, technical, merchandising, production, or management information, design, process, procedure, formula, invention, or improvement. Trade secrets may also consist of: (i) any formula, pattern, device, or compilation of information that is used in the Company’s business, and which gives it an opportunity to obtain an advantage over competitors who do not know or use it; (ii) a formula for a chemical compound, a process of manufacturing, treating or preserving materials, a pattern for a machine or other device, or a list of customers; or (iii) a process or device for

continuous use in the operation of the business, and generally relates to the production of goods or services. To the extent otherwise protectable as a Trade Secret, the Company’s Trade Secrets include, but are not limited to, all of the Company’s knowledge regarding the research, development, manufacture, processing, marketing, distribution, operation, and sale of the Company’s vehicle modification technologies, systems, and kits to improve fuel efficiency and emissions, and any other product or service offered by the Company during my employment with the Company. Trade Secrets also include anything described in this Section that the Company obtains from a third party and which it treats as proprietary or designates as trade secret, whether or not owned or developed by the Company.

(b) “Confidential Information” shall mean any data or information, other than Trade Secrets, which is of value to the Company, and is not generally known to competitors of the Company, whether written, fixed in other tangible form, or committed to memory. To the extent consistent

 

 

145 Newton St. Boston, MA 02135 P 617.648.8500


LOGO

 

with the foregoing, Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, all information about the Company’s business and affairs, such as its executives, employees, and contractors, product specifications, designs, processes, data, concepts, ideas, product descriptions, price lists, pricing policies, business methods, contracts and contractual relationships with customers and suppliers, customer and supplier lists, current and anticipated customer requirements, current and planned distribution methods and processes, business plans, marketing plans and techniques, finances and financial projections, market studies, computer software and programs (including without limitation object and source code), systems, structures and architectures, proprietary intellectual property (including without limitation, know-how, inventions, discoveries, patents, patent applications, and patentable subject matter, and copyrighted materials). Confidential Information shall include, but not be limited to, all of the Company’s all of the Company’s knowledge regarding the research, development, manufacture, processing, marketing, distribution, operation, and sale of the Company’s vehicle modification technologies, systems, and kits to improve fuel efficiency and emissions, and any other product or service offered by the Company during my employment with the Company. Confidential Information also includes anything described in this Section that the Company obtains from a third party and which it treats as proprietary or designates as confidential information, whether or not owned or developed by the Company.

(c) The terms “Confidential Information” and “Trade Secrets” shall not include any materials or information to the extent that it: (i) is or becomes publicly known or generally utilized by others engaged in the same business or activities in which the Company utilized, developed, or otherwise acquired such information, other than as the result of a breach of this Agreement; or (ii) is known to me prior to my employment with the Company, having been lawfully received from parties other than the Company.

(d) “Inventions” shall mean all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, concepts, improvements, designs, discoveries, ideas, trademarks or trade secrets, including, but not limited to, software, code, websites, algorithms, methods, content, packaging, surveys, reports, contributions to Company’s proprietary business methods, marketing plans, and work product, whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar laws, that I may solely or jointly conceive or develop or reduce to practice, or cause to be conceived or developed or reduced to practice, during my employment with the Company.

2. NON-DISCLOSURE.

(a) Trade Secrets. During the term of employment with the Company and after the termination thereof, whether such termination is at the instance of the Company or me, I will not, except as expressly authorized or directed by the Company, use, copy, duplicate, transfer, transmit, disclose, or permit any unauthorized person access to any Trade Secrets of the Company, any of Company’s customers, any of Company’s business partners or subcontractors, or any related third-party, so long as they remain Trade Secrets as described in this Agreement.

(b) Confidential Information. During the term of employment with the Company and for three (3) years thereafter, whether such termination is at the instance of the Company or me, I will not, except as expressly authorized or directed by the Company, use, copy, duplicate, transfer, transmit, disclose, or permit any unauthorized person access to any Confidential Information of the Company, any of Company’s customers, any of Company’s business partners or subcontractors, or any related third-party

(c) Return. Upon request of the Company and in any event upon the termination of employment

 

 

145 Newton St. Boston, MA 02135 P 617.648.8500


LOGO

 

with Company, I will deliver to the Company all memoranda, notes, records, tapes, documentation, disks, manuals, files or other documents, and all copies thereof in any form, concerning or containing Trade Secrets, Confidential Information, or Inventions that are in my possession, whether made or compiled by me, furnished to me, or otherwise obtained by me.

3. ASSIGNMENT AND RELATED COVENANTS.

(a) Prior Inventions.

(i) On Schedule A, I have provided a list describing all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements, and trade secrets that were made by me prior to my employment with the Company (collectively, the “Prior Inventions”), that belong to me, and which relate to the Company’s proposed business, products or research and development; or, if no such list is attached, I represent that there are no such Prior Inventions. Under the heading “Assigned” on Schedule A, I have listed those Prior Inventions that are being assigned to the Company hereunder, if any (collectively, the “Assigned Prior Inventions”). If applicable, under the heading “Not Assigned” on Schedule A, I have listed those Prior Inventions that are not being assigned to the Company hereunder, if any (collectively, the “Not Assigned Prior Inventions”). I hereby assign to the Company, or its designee, all my right, title, and interest in and to any and all Assigned Prior Inventions, if any, without any further consideration therefor. I agree that I will not incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, any Not Assigned Prior Inventions owned by me or in which I have an interest into a Company product, process, or machine without the Company’s prior written consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if, in the course of my employment with the Company, I incorporate into a Company product, process, or machine a Not Assigned Prior Invention owned by me or in which I have an interest, the Company is hereby granted and shall have a non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license to make, have made,

modify, use, and sell such Prior Invention as part of or in connection with such product, process, or machine.

(b) Inventions. I agree that I will promptly make full written disclosure to the Company, will hold in trust for the sole right and benefit of the Company, and hereby assign to the Company, or its designee, all my right, title, and interest in and to any and all Inventions, without any further consideration therefor. I further acknowledge that all original works of authorship that are made by me (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of and during the period of my employment with the Company and that are protectable by copyright are “works made for hire”, as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act. I understand and agree that the decision whether or not to commercialize or market any Invention developed by me solely or jointly with others is within the Company’s sole discretion and for the Company’s sole benefit and that no royalty will be due to me as a result of the Company’s efforts to commercialize or market any such Invention.

(c) Government Contracting. I agree to assign to the United States government all my right, title, and interest in and to any and all Assigned Prior Inventions and Inventions whenever such full title is required to be in the United States by a contract between the Company and the United States or any of its agencies.

(d) Exceptions. I further understand that the foregoing assignment obligations do not apply to any Invention that I have developed entirely on my own time without using the Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities, resources, trade Secrets, or confidential Information except for those inventions that either: (A) relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the Company’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the Company; or (B) result from any work that I performed for the Company. I will advise the Company promptly in writing of any inventions that I believe meet the foregoing criteria and not otherwise disclosed on Schedule A.

 

 

145 Newton St. Boston, MA 02135 P 617.648.8500


LOGO

 

(e) Maintenance of Records. I agree to keep and maintain adequate and current written records of the Assigned Prior Inventions and all Inventions made by me (solely or jointly with others) during the term of my employment with the Company. The records will be in the form of notes, sketches, drawings, and any other format that may be specified by the Company. The records will be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times.

(f) Patent and Copyright Registrations. I agree to assist the Company, or its designee, at the Company’s expense, in every proper way to secure the Company’s rights in the Assigned Prior Inventions and Inventions, and any copyrights, patents, mask work rights, or other intellectual property rights relating thereto in any and all countries, including, but not limited to, the disclosure to the Company of all pertinent information and data with respect thereto, the execution of all applications, specifications, oaths, assignments, and all other instruments that the Company shall deem necessary in order to apply for and obtain such rights and in order to assign and convey to the Company, its successors, assigns, and nominees the sole and exclusive rights, title, and interest in and to such Inventions, and any copyrights, patents, mask work rights, or other intellectual property rights relating thereto. I further agree that my obligation to execute or cause to be executed, when it is in my power to do so, any such instrument or papers shall continue after the termination of this Agreement. If the Company is unable because of my mental or physical incapacity or for any other reason to secure my signature to apply for or to pursue any application for any United States or foreign patents or copyright registrations covering Assigned Prior Inventions or any Inventions, then I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney-in-fact, to act for and in my behalf and stead to execute and file any such applications and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance

of letters patent or copyright registrations thereon with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me.

4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

(a) No Violation. I am not subject to any employment, non-disclosure, confidentiality, non-compete, employee covenants, or other agreement with any third party (including, but not limited to, my former employer) that would prevent or prohibit me from fulfilling my duties for the Company. If am the subject of any such agreement, and have any doubt as to its applicability, I will provide a copy of such agreement to the Company so that the Company can make a determination as to its effect on my ability to work for the Company.

(b) Third-Party IP. I agree not to use or include in any of my Inventions any copyrighted, restricted, or protected code, specifications, concepts, trade secrets, or confidential information of any third party, or any other information which I would be prohibited from using by any employment, non-disclosure, confidentiality, non-compete, employee covenants, or other agreement with any third party. If I am unsure whether I may use or incorporate any third-party product or code or other work of any third party in any of my Inventions, I will check with the Company’s management and experts prior to such use or incorporation.

5. GENERAL.

(a) Further Assurances. I agree to execute any proper oath or verify any proper document required to carry out the terms of this Agreement. I have not entered into and agree not to enter into any oral or written agreement in conflict with this Agreement.

 

 

145 Newton St. Boston, MA 02135 P 617.648.8500


LOGO

 

(b) Arbitration and Equitable Relief.

(i) Arbitration. Except as provided in subsection (ii) below, I agree that any dispute, claim, or controversy concerning my employment or the termination of my employment or any dispute, claim, or controversy arising out of or relating to any interpretation, construction, performance or breach of this Agreement, shall be settled by arbitration to be held in Boston, Massachusetts in accordance with the rules then in effect of the American Arbitration Association. The arbitrator may grant injunctions or other relief in such dispute or controversy. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final, conclusive and binding on the parties to the arbitration. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s decision in any court having jurisdiction. The Company and I shall each pay one-half of the costs and expenses of such arbitration, and each of us shall separately pay our counsel fees and expenses.

(ii) Equitable Remedies. I agree that it would be impossible or inadequate to measure and calculate the Company’s damages from any breach or threatened breach of the covenants set forth in this Agreement. Accordingly, I agree that if I breach or threaten to breach this Agreement, the Company will have available, in addition to any other right or remedy available, the right to obtain an injunction from a court of competent jurisdiction restraining such breach or threatened breach and to specific performance of any such provision of this Agreement. I further agree that no bond or other security shall be required in obtaining such equitable relief and I hereby consent to the issuance of such injunction and to the ordering of specific performance.

(c) Governing Law; Consent to Personal Jurisdiction. THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS WITHOUT REGARD FOR CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES. I HEREBY EXPRESSLY CONSENT TO THE

PERSONAL JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS FOR ANY LAWSUIT FILED THERE AGAINST ME BY THE COMPANY ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

(d) Effect. This Agreement shall be deemed effective at the earlier to occur of the commencement of my employment relationship with the Company or upon my initial possession, knowledge, or acquisition of the Company’s Trade Secrets or Confidential Information.

(e) Entire Agreement. This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and me relating to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior discussions between us. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, will be effective unless in writing signed by the party to be charged.

(f) Severability. If one or more of the provisions in this Agreement are deemed void by law, then the remaining provisions will continue in full force and effect.

(g) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement will be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators, and other legal representatives, and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors, and its assigns.

(h) Construction. The language used in this Agreement will be deemed the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rules of strict construction will be applied against either party.

(i) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable, and all of which together shall constitute one agreement.

 

 

145 Newton St. Boston, MA 02135 P 617.648.8500


LOGO

 

6. EXPRESS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS. I acknowledge and agree to each of the following items:

(a) I understand that this Agreement is not intended to change my status as an employee-at-will, and I understand that either the Company or I may terminate my employment at any time with or without cause.

(b) I am executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else.

(c) I have carefully read this Agreement. I have asked any questions needed for me to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understand them.

(d) I sought the advice of an attorney of my choice if I wanted to before signing this Agreement.

(e) I understand that any acquirer, purchaser of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or other successor or assign to the Company or its business will be relying on my covenants and representations warranties in this Agreement in agreeing to acquire or purchase the Company or its assets, and agree that this Agreement shall be enforceable by such successor or assign.

 

 

145 Newton St. Boston, MA 02135 P 617.648.8500


LOGO

 

 

I have executed this Agreement on the date set forth below, to be deemed effective at the earlier to occur of the commencement of my employment relationship with the Company or upon my initial possession, knowledge, or acquisition of any of the Company’s Trade Secrets or Confidential Information; provided, however, that if the latter date is vague or indeterminable, this Agreement shall be deemed effective as of the commencement of my employment relationship with the Company.

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

  

ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED:

Print Name:

  

“COMPANY”: XL HYBRIDS, INC.

Signature:   

/s/ Dimitri Kazarinoff

   By:    /s/ Paul J. Crivello
   Dimitri Kazarinoff       Paul J. Crivello
Date:   

9/30/2019

   Date:   

10/10/2019

145 Newton St. Boston, MA 02135 P 617.648.8500

Exhibit 10.3

 

 

XL HYBRIDS, INC.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

 


XL HYBRIDS, INC.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

    TABLE OF CONTENTS       
         Page  

ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS

     1  

ARTICLE 2 – THE PLAN

     4  

2.1

  Name      4  

2.2

  Purpose      4  

2.3

  Effective Date      4  

2.4

  Stockholder Approval      5  

ARTICLE 3 – PARTICIPANTS

     5  

ARTICLE 4 – ADMINISTRATION

     5  

4.1

  Duties and Powers of the Committee      5  

4.2

  Interpretation; Rules      6  

4.3

  No Liability      6  

4.4

  Company Assistance      6  

ARTICLE 5 – SHARES OF STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

     6  

5.1

  Limitations      6  

5.2

  Reissuance of Acquired Shares      6  

ARTICLE 6 – OPTIONS

     6  

6.1

  Types of Options Granted      6  

6.2

  Option Grant and Agreement      7  

6.3

  Optionee Limitation      7  

6.4

  $100,000 Limitation      7  

6.5

  Exercise Price      7  

6.6

  Exercise Period      7  

6.7

  Option Exercise      8  

6.8

  Termination of Employment or Service      9  

6.9

  Effect of Change in Control      9  

6.10

  Assumption of Options by the Company      10  

6.11

  Right of First Refusal      10  

6.12

  Transfer Restrictions      10  

ARTICLE 7 – RESTRICTED STOCK

     11  

7.1

  Awards of Restricted Stock      11  

7.2

  Lapse of Restrictions      11  

7.3

  Termination of Employment or Service      11  


7.4

  Effect of Change in Control      11  

7.5

  Treatment of Dividends      12  

7.6

  Delivery of Stock      12  

7.7

  Right of First Refusal      12  

7.8

  Transfer Restrictions      12  

ARTICLE 8 – TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT

     12  

8.1

  Termination and Amendment      12  

8.2

  Effect on Grantee’s Rights      13  

ARTICLE 9 – MISCELLANEOUS

     13  

9.1

  Stock Certificates      13  

9.2

  Relationship to Other Compensation Plans      13  

9.3

  Replacement or Amended Grants      14  

9.4

  Escrow; Pledge of Stock      14  

9.5

  No Limitation on Future Actions      14  

9.6

  Employment Rights      14  

9.7

  Plan Binding on Successors      14  

9.8

  Singular, Plural; Gender      14  

9.9

  Headings      14  

9.10

  Interpretation      15  

EXHIBIT A (Sample Form of Stock Option Agreement)

     xvi  

SCHEDULE A (Option Terms)

     xxii  

SCHEDULE B (Notice of Exercise)

     xxiv  

EXHIBIT B (Sample Form of Restricted Stock Agreement)

     xxv  


XL HYBRIDS, INC.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

241,714 Shares of Common Stock

Effective October         , 2010

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

As used in this Plan, the following terms have the following meanings unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary:

Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of stock option and restricted stock plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Options or Restricted Stock are granted under this Plan.

Award” means a grant of Restricted Stock.

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Cause” shall have the meaning as set forth in any Stock Option Agreement or Award. In the absence of a definition in any such agreement, “Cause” shall mean:

(i) with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary that employs the recipient of an Award or Option (the “recipient”) or for which such recipient primarily performs services, the commission by the recipient of an act of fraud, embezzlement, theft or proven dishonesty, or any other illegal act or practice (whether or not resulting in criminal prosecution or conviction), or any act or practice that the Committee shall, in good faith, deem to have resulted in the recipient’s becoming un-bondable under the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s fidelity bond;

(ii) the willful engaging by the recipient in misconduct that the Committee deems, in good faith, to be materially injurious to the Company or any Subsidiary, monetarily or otherwise (including, but not limited to, improperly disclosing trade secrets or other confidential or sensitive business information and data about the Company or any subsidiaries, competing with the Company or its subsidiaries, or soliciting employees, consultants or customers of the Company in violation of law or any employment or other agreement to which the recipient is a party); or

(iii) the willful and continued failure or habitual neglect by the recipient to perform his or her duties with the Company or any Subsidiary substantially in accordance with the operating and personnel policies and procedures of the Company or any Subsidiary generally applicable to all their employees and/or consultants. For purposes of this Plan, no act or failure to act by the recipient shall be deemed “willful” unless done or omitted to be done by the recipient not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the recipient’s action or omission was in the best interest of the Company and/or any Subsidiary.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the recipient has entered into an employment agreement that is binding as of the date of employment termination, and if such employment agreement defines “Cause,” then the definition of “Cause” in such agreement shall apply to the recipient in this Plan. Whether “Cause” exists under either (i), (ii) or (iii) in any particular circumstance shall be determined by the Committee.


Change of Control” means any of the following:

(a) a sale, lease, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company other than to a wholly-owned Subsidiary or a parent entity which owns all of the outstanding shares of the Company;

(b) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person or any other corporate reorganization, other than any such consolidation, merger, or reorganization in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger, or reorganization continue to hold at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving entity in substantially the same proportions (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly-owned subsidiary, its parent) immediately after such consolidation, merger, or reorganization;

(c) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of 50% of the Company’s voting power is transferred; provided, however, that that an “Acquisition” shall not include any transaction or series of transactions (y) principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or any successor, or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof, and no pre-existing stockholder of the Company sells or transfers a material portion of their shares in such transaction or (z) transferring voting power or equity ownership from a stockholder to such stockholder’s Affiliate(s), such that the total amount of equity ownership or voting power held by such stockholder and its Affiliates shall in the aggregate be the same before and after the transaction; or

(d) a change in the composition of the Board occurring within a two-year period, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors. “Incumbent Directors” means directors who either (A) are Directors as of the effective date of the Plan, or (B) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but will not include an individual whose election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors to the Company).

Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including effective date and transition rules (whether or not codified). Any reference in this Plan to a specific section of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of future law.

Committee” means the compensation committee of the Board, or any other committee of at least two (2) Directors appointed from time to time by the Board having the duties and authority provided in this Plan in addition to any other authority granted by the Board. At any time that the Board shall not have appointed a committee as described above, any reference in this Plan to the Committee means the Board.

Company” means XL Hybrids, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Consultant” means any person, including entities and advisors, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity.

Director” means a member of the Board.

Discount Option” means any option the Exercise Price of which is less than the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of grant of such option.

Domestic Relations Order” shall have the meaning provided in the Code or in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or the rules and regulations promulgated under the Code or such Act.

 

2


Effective Date” means October , 2010.

Employee” means any person who is an employee (as defined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code) of the Company or any Subsidiary. An Officer or Director who meets the foregoing definition is an Employee. An Employee shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, any Subsidiary, or any successor. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall be sufficient, by itself, to constitute “employment” by the Company.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Any reference in this Plan to a specific section of the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of future law.

Exercise Price” means the price at which an Optionee may purchase a share of Stock under a Stock Option Agreement.

Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock determined by the Committee in compliance with Section 409A of the Code or in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, in compliance with Section 422 of the Code.

Grantee” means a person who is an Optionee or a person who has received an Award of Restricted Stock.

Incentive Stock Option” means an option to purchase any Stock that complies with and is subject to the terms, limitations and conditions of Section 422 of the Code and any regulations promulgated with respect to that Section of the Code.

Nonqualified Stock Option” means an option which is not an Incentive Stock Option.

Officer” means a person who constitutes an officer of the Company for the purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, as determined by reference to such Section 16 and applicable SEC rules, regulations, and interpretative or “no-action” positions, as the same may be in effect or provided from time to time, and to applicable judicial decisions.

Option” means an option, whether or not an Incentive Stock Option, to purchase Stock granted pursuant to Article 6 of this Plan.

Optionee” means a person to whom an Option has been granted under this Plan.

Outside Director” has the meaning provided in Section 162(m) of the Code.

Parent” means any corporation which is a parent corporation with respect to the Company within the meaning of Code Section 424(e).

Permanent and Total Disability” shall have the same meaning as given to that term by Code Section 22(e)(3) and any regulations or rulings promulgated under that Section of the Code.

Plan” means this XL Hybrids, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

3


Purchasable” shall refer to Stock that is vested and may be purchased by an Optionee under the terms of this Plan on or after a certain date or the happening of a certain event specified in the applicable Stock Option Agreement.

Restricted Stock” means Stock issued, subject to restrictions, to a Grantee pursuant to Article 7 of this Plan.

Restricted Stock Agreement” means the agreement setting forth the terms of an Award, and executed by a Grantee as provided in Section 7.1 of this Plan, a sample form of which is attached to this Plan as Exhibit B (which form may be varied by the Committee in granting an Award).

SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Section 16 Insider” means any person who is subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, as provided in Rule 16a-2 promulgated pursuant to the Exchange Act.

Specified Employee” has the meaning set forth in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i).

Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company or, in the event that the outstanding shares of Stock are hereafter changed into or exchanged for shares of a different stock or securities of the Company or some other entity, such other stock or securities; provided, however, that with respect to any Nonqualified Stock Options, such other stock must be common stock and meet the requirements of Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations.

Stock Option Agreement” means an agreement between the Company and an Optionee under which the Optionee may purchase Stock under this Plan, a sample form of which is attached to this Plan as Exhibit A (which form may be varied by the Committee in granting an Option).

Subsidiary” means any corporation which is a subsidiary corporation with respect to the Company within the meaning of Code Section 424(f).

Treasury Regulations” means regulations promulgated by the United States Department of Treasury pursuant to the Code, as amended, including proposed or temporary regulations as applicable.

ARTICLE 2

THE PLAN

2.1 Name. This Plan shall be known as the “XL Hybrids, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.”

2.2 Purpose. The purpose of this Plan is to advance the interests of the Company, its Subsidiaries, and its stockholders by affording certain Employees, Officers, Directors and Consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries an opportunity to acquire or increase their proprietary interests in the Company. The objective of the issuance of Options and Awards is to promote the growth and profitability of the Company and its Subsidiaries because the Grantees will be provided with an additional incentive to achieve the Company’s objectives through participation in its success and growth and will be encouraged to continue their association with or service to the Company and its Subsidiaries.

2.3 Effective Date. The Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date defined in Article 1 or, if later, the date it is duly adopted by the Board.

 

4


2.4 Stockholder Approval. If, at the time of the adoption of, or any amendment to, this Plan, stockholder approval is required by the Code to qualify Options which are intended to be Incentive Stock Options as such, and such stockholder approval has not been obtained (or is not obtained within 12 months of adoption of the Plan or of the amendment to the Plan), any Options granted as Incentive Stock Options under this Plan shall be valid in accordance with their terms, except that they shall be treated for all purposes hereunder as Nonqualified Stock Options.

ARTICLE 3

PARTICIPANTS

The class of persons eligible to participate in this Plan shall consist of all Directors, Officers, Employees, and Consultants (including but not limited to executive personnel) of the Company or any Subsidiary whose participation in this Plan the Committee determines to be in the best interests of the Company.

ARTICLE 4

ADMINISTRATION

4.1 Duties and Powers of the Committee.

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Board or by a Committee. Within the scope of such authority, the Board or the Committee may delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board the authority to grant awards under this Plan to eligible persons who are either (i) not then “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and are not expected to be “covered employees” at the time of recognition of income resulting from such award; (ii) not persons with respect to whom the Company wishes to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code; and/or (iii) not then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act (with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries).

If the Board has appointed a Committee, the Board may abolish the Committee at any time and re-vest in the Board the administration of this Plan. Appointment of Committee members shall be effective upon acceptance of appointment. Committee members may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the Board. Vacancies in the Committee may only be filled by the Board. The Committee shall select one of its members as its chairman and shall hold its meetings at such times and places as it may determine. The Committee shall keep minutes of its meetings and shall make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it may deem necessary. The Committee shall have the power to act by unanimous written consent in lieu of a meeting, and to meet by telephone or other means of communication through which each participating member may communicate with and receive communications from all other participating members. In administering this Plan, the Committee’s actions and determinations shall be binding on all interested parties.

(b) The Committee shall have the power to grant Options or Awards in accordance with the provisions of this Plan and may grant Options and Awards singly, in combination, or in tandem. Subject to the provisions of this Plan, the Committee shall have the discretion and authority to determine those individuals to whom Options or Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Stock subject to each Option or Award, such other matters as are specified in this Plan, and any other terms and conditions of a Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Agreement. To the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan, the Committee may give a Grantee an election to surrender an Option or Award in exchange for the grant of a new Option or Award, and shall have the authority to amend or modify an outstanding Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Agreement, or to waive any provision of it, provided that the Grantee consents to such action.

 

5


4.2 Interpretation; Rules. Subject to the express provisions of this Plan, the Committee also shall have complete authority to interpret this Plan, to prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to it, to determine the details and provisions of each Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Agreement, and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan, including, without limitation, (a) amending or altering this Plan and any Options or Awards granted under this Plan as may be required to comply with or to conform to any Applicable Laws, which action may be taken without the consent of the Grantee, notwithstanding any other provision herein, and (b) providing that a Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Agreement may be evidenced and signed in electronic form and that an Option may be exercised and any other notice may be given electronically, in each case in compliance with Applicable Laws.

4.3 No Liability. Neither any member of the Board nor any member of the Committee shall be liable to any person for any act or determination made in good faith with respect to this Plan or any Option or Award granted under this Plan.

4.4 Company Assistance. The Company shall supply full and timely information to the Committee on all matters relating to eligible persons, their employment, death, retirement, disability, or other termination of employment, and such other pertinent facts as the Committee may require. The Company shall furnish the Committee with such clerical and other assistance as is necessary in the performance of its duties.

ARTICLE 5

SHARES OF STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

5.1 Limitations. The maximum number of shares of Stock that may be issued under this Plan shall be 241,714, which shall be adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, or similar recapitalizations which change the aggregate number of shares of Stock which are issued and outstanding. Any or all shares of Stock subject to this Plan may be issued in any combination of Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options, and Restricted Stock. Shares subject to an Option or issued as an Award may be either authorized and unissued shares or shares issued and later acquired by the Company. At all times the Company shall reserve and keep available a sufficient number of shares as shall be required to satisfy the requirements of all outstanding Options granted under this Plan.

5.2 Reissuance of Acquired Shares. The shares covered by any unexercised portion of an Option or Award that has terminated for any reason, or any forfeited portion of an Option or Award, and shares of Stock tendered to the Company in payment of the Exercise Price may again be issued pursuant to an Option or Award under this Plan, and such shares shall not be considered as having been issued in computing the number of shares of Stock remaining available for issuance under this Plan. If shares of Restricted Stock are repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price, those shares shall become available for future grant under this Plan. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5.2, no reacquired shares may again be issued pursuant to this Plan if such action would cause an Incentive Stock Option to fail to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Code Section 422.

ARTICLE 6

OPTIONS

6.1 Types of Options Granted. The Committee may, under this Plan, grant either Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options. Within the limitations provided in this Plan, both types of Options may be granted to the same person at the same time or at different times or under different terms and conditions, as long as the terms and conditions of each Option are consistent with the provisions of this Plan. Without limitation of the foregoing, Options may be granted subject to conditions based on the financial performance of the Company or any other factor the Committee deems relevant.

 

6


6.2 Option Grant and Agreement. Each Option granted under this Plan shall be evidenced by minutes of a meeting or the written consent of the Committee (or its delegate(s) as permitted by Section 4.1(a)) and by a written Stock Option Agreement executed by the Company and the Optionee. The terms of the Option, including the Option’s duration, time or times of exercise, exercise price, and whether the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, shall be stated in the Stock Option Agreement. No Incentive Stock Option may be granted more than 10 years after the date this Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders. Separate Stock Option Agreements may be used for Options intended to be Incentive Stock Options and those not so intended, but any failure to use such separate agreements shall not invalidate, or otherwise adversely affect the Optionee’s interest in, the Options evidenced thereby.

6.3 Optionee Limitation. The Committee shall not grant an Incentive Stock Option to any person who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted:

(a) is not an Employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; or

(b) owns or is considered to own stock possessing at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any of its Parents or Subsidiaries; provided, however, that this limitation shall not apply if at the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted the Exercise Price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Stock subject to such Option and such Option by its terms would not be exercisable after 5 years from the date on which the Option is granted. For purposes of this subsection (b), only common stock of the Company and its Parents and Subsidiaries owned by the Optionee at the time of grant will be considered in the 10% owner calculation. A person shall be considered to own: (i) the stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for his or her brothers and sisters (whether by whole or half blood), spouse, ancestors and lineal descendants and (ii) the stock owned directly or indirectly, by or for a corporation, partnership, estate, or trust in proportion to such person’s stock interest, partnership interest or beneficial interest therein.

6.4 $100,000 Limitation. Except as provided below, the Committee shall not grant an Incentive Stock Option to, or modify the exercise provisions of outstanding Incentive Stock Options held by, any person who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted (or modified), would thereby receive or hold Incentive Stock Options of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company such that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the respective dates of grant or modification of each Option) of the Stock with respect to which such Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time during any calendar year is in excess of $100,000 (or such other limit as may be prescribed by the Code from time to time); provided that the foregoing restriction shall not preclude the Committee from modifying an outstanding Incentive Stock Option if, as a result of such modification and with the consent of the Optionee, such Option no longer constitutes an Incentive Stock Option; and provided that if the $100,000 limitation (or such other limitation prescribed by the Code) described in this Section 6.4 is exceeded, the Incentive Stock Option the granting or modification of which resulted in the exceeding of such limit shall be treated as an Incentive Stock Option up to the limitation and the excess shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option.

6.5 Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of the Stock subject to each Option shall be determined by the Committee. Subject to the provisions of Section 6.3(b) of this Plan, the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Stock as of the date the Option is granted (or in the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is subsequently modified, on the date of such modification).

6.6 Exercise Period. The period for the exercise of each Option granted under this Plan shall be determined by the Committee, but the Stock Option Agreement with respect to each Incentive Stock Option

 

7


shall provide that such Incentive Stock Option shall not be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the date of grant (or modification) of the Option. Further, any Discount Option must be exercised no later than March 15 of the year following the calendar year in which such option vests, unless the Stock Option Agreement provides for another permissible payment event for the exercise of such Option in accordance with Section 1.409A-3 of the Treasury Regulations and the Optionee properly and timely elects to defer exercise of the Option in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.409A-2 of the Treasury Regulations; provided, further, that no Specified Employee may exercise any Discount Option which vests due to such Specified Employee’s separation from service with the Company at any time within six months following the date of such separation from service, except that the personal representative of a Specified Employee who dies during such six-month period may exercise such Discount Option following the death of such Specified Employee and within the time period specified in the Stock Option Agreement for such Discount Option.

6.7 Option Exercise.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Stock Option Agreement or Section 6.6 of this Plan, an Option may be exercised at any time or from time to time during the term of the Option as to any or all full shares that have become Purchasable under the provisions of the Option, but not at any time as to fewer than 100 shares unless the remaining shares that have become Purchasable are fewer than 100shares, in which event the Option must be exercised for all shares which are then Purchasable. The Committee shall have the authority to prescribe in any Stock Option Agreement that the Option may be exercised only in accordance with a vesting schedule during the term of the Option.

(b) An Option shall be exercised by (i) delivery to the Company at its principal office (or, if the Committee so directs, to an administrator designated by the Committee at such administrator’s office) a written notice of exercise with respect to a specified number of shares of Stock and (ii) payment to the Company at that office of the full amount of the Exercise Price for such number of shares in accordance with Section 6.7(c).

(c) Payment for Stock purchased pursuant to this Plan may be made in cash (by check) or, where expressly approved for the Optionee by the Committee and where permitted by Applicable Laws:

(i) by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to the Optionee;

(ii) by surrender of shares that either: (A) have been owned by the Optionee for more than 6 months and have been paid for within the meaning of SEC Rule 144 (and, if such shares were purchased from the Company by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such shares); or (B) were obtained by the Optionee in the public market;

(iii) by tender of a full recourse promissory note having such terms as may be approved by the Committee and bearing interest at a rate sufficient to avoid imputation of income under Sections 483 and 1274 of the Code;

(iv) by waiver of compensation due or accrued to the Optionee for services rendered;

(v) provided that a public market for the Company’s stock exists: (A) through a “same day sale” commitment from the Optionee and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an “NASD Dealer”) whereby the Optionee irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Stock so purchased to pay for the Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Stock to forward the Exercise Price

 

8


directly to the Company; or (B) through a “margin” commitment from the Optionee and a NASD Dealer whereby the Optionee irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to pledge the Stock so purchased to the NASD Dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the NASD Dealer in the amount of the Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Stock to forward the Exercise Price directly to the Company; or

(vi) by any combination of the foregoing, or any other means approved by the Committee, including delivery of shares of the Company having a Fair Market Value equal in amount to the Exercise Price of the Shares and otherwise permitted under Applicable Laws.

(d) In addition to and at the time of payment of the Exercise Price, the Optionee shall pay to the Company in cash the full amount of any federal, state, and local income, employment, or other withholding taxes applicable to the taxable income of such Optionee resulting from such exercise. The Committee may allow Optionees to satisfy a portion of the foregoing withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the shares of Stock to be issued upon exercise of an Option that number of shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld based on the statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes that apply to supplemental taxable income. The Fair Market Value of the shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. All elections by Optionees to have shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable.

(e) The holder of an Option shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares of Stock subject to the Option until such shares have been issued and transferred to the Optionee upon the exercise of the Option.

6.8 Termination of Employment or Service. The Committee shall have the power to specify, with respect to the Options granted to a particular Optionee, the effect of termination of such Optionee’s employment or service under various circumstances upon such Optionee’s right to exercise an Option, which effect may include immediate or deferred termination of such Optionee’s rights under an Option, or acceleration of the date at which an Option may be exercised in full; provided, however, that in no event may an Incentive Stock Option be exercised after the expiration of 10 years from its date of grant; and provided further, that the exercise period for any Discount Option may not be accelerated except as permitted by Section 1.409A-3(j) of the Treasury Regulations, and may not be exercised later than the date as provided in Section 6.6. Unless a Stock Option Agreement specifically provides otherwise, in the event the recipient of an Option is terminated from his or her employment or other service to the Company or its Subsidiaries for Cause, Options, whether vested or unvested, granted to such person shall terminate immediately and shall not thereafter be exercisable.

6.9 Effect of Change in Control. If the Company engages in or enters into a binding agreement to engage in a transaction or series of transactions which constitutes a Change in Control, then the Committee, in its sole discretion, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions with respect to any Option (other than any Discount Option) granted or issued under this Plan if the Committee determines such action or actions are necessary or appropriate to facilitate such transaction or series of transactions:

(a) to provide for either the purchase of any such Option for an amount of cash equal to the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise of such Option and sale of the underlying Stock had such Option been currently exercisable or the replacement of such Option with other rights or property of equivalent value selected by the Committee in its sole discretion;

 

9


(b) to provide that the vesting of such Option shall be accelerated and made fully exercisable at least 10 days before the effective date of the Change in Control, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan or the provisions of such Option;

(c) to provide that such Option be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or be substituted for by similar options or rights covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; and

(d) to provide that immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control, such Option shall not be exercisable and shall terminate.

With respect to any Discount Option, unless the terms of the Stock Option Agreement provide otherwise, in the event of any transaction or series of transactions which constitutes a Change in Control, such Option shall be exercisable as to all shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the terms of any Stock Option Agreement provides for different rights or obligations, or different, more restrictive, or more expansive treatment of any Option in the event of a Change in Control, then such terms shall control.

6.10 Assumption of Options by the Company. Upon the determination of the Committee, in its sole discretion, the Company, from time to time, also may substitute or assume outstanding options granted by another company, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other company or otherwise, by either: (a) granting an Option under this Plan in substitution for such other company’s option; or (b) assuming such option as if it had been granted under this Plan if the terms of such assumed option could be applied to an Option granted under this Plan. Such substitution or assumption will be permissible if the holder of the substituted or assumed option would have been eligible to be granted an Option under this Plan if the other company had applied the rules of this Plan to such grant. If the Company assumes an award granted by another company, the terms and conditions of such award will remain unchanged (except that the exercise price and the number and nature of shares of Stock issuable upon exercise of any such option will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code). If the Company elects to grant a new Option rather than assuming an existing option, the new Option may be granted with a similarly adjusted Exercise Price.

6.11 Right of First Refusal. Upon the determination of the Committee, in its sole discretion, the Company, from time to time, also may provide in connection with any grant of an Option under this Plan that shares of Stock received in connection with an Option shall be subject to a right of first refusal pursuant to which the Company shall be entitled to purchase such shares of Stock in the event of a prospective sale of such shares of Stock, subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may specify at the time of grant or (if permitted by the Option Agreement) thereafter, and subject to such other terms and conditions as the Committee may specify at the time of grant.

6.12 Transfer Restrictions. In addition to any restrictions set forth herein (unless otherwise specified in the Option Agreement), Any shares of Stock issued pursuant to an Option shall be subject to such transfer restrictions as may be set forth in the Option Agreement (including the requirement that any shares of Stock acquired prior to such time as such shares of Stock are registered under the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom is available, be assigned and subject to a voting trust with terms determined by the Committee).

 

10


ARTICLE 7

RESTRICTED STOCK

7.1 Awards of Restricted Stock. The Committee may grant Awards of Restricted Stock, each of which shall be governed by a Restricted Stock Agreement between the Company and the Grantee. Each Restricted Stock Agreement shall contain such restrictions, terms, and conditions as the Committee may, in its discretion, determine, and may require that an appropriate legend be placed on the certificates evidencing the subject Restricted Stock. Shares of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to an Award under this Plan shall be issued in the name of the Grantee as soon as reasonably practicable after the Award is granted, provided that the Grantee has executed the Restricted Stock Agreement governing the Award, the appropriate blank stock powers and, in the discretion of the Committee, an escrow agreement and any other documents that the Committee may require as a condition to the issuance of such shares. If a Grantee fails to execute the foregoing documents within any time period prescribed by the Committee, the Award shall be void. At the discretion of the Committee, shares issued in connection with an Award may be held by the Company for the account of the Grantee or deposited together with the stock powers with an escrow agent designated by the Committee. Unless the Committee determines otherwise and as provided in the Restricted Stock Agreement, upon issuance of the shares, the Grantee shall have all of the rights of a stockholder with respect to such shares, including the right to vote the shares and to receive all dividends or other distributions paid or made with respect to the shares.

7.2 Lapse of Restrictions. Restrictions upon Restricted Stock awarded under this Plan shall lapse at such time or times and on such terms and conditions as the Committee may, in its discretion, determine at the time the Award is granted or thereafter, provided there is no acceleration.

7.3 Termination of Employment or Service. The Committee shall have the power to specify, with respect to each Award granted to any particular Grantee, the effect upon such Grantee’s rights with respect to such Restricted Stock of the termination of such Grantee’s employment or service under various circumstances, which effect may include immediate or deferred forfeiture of such Restricted Stock or acceleration of the date at which any then-remaining restrictions shall lapse. Unless a Restricted Stock Agreement specifically provides otherwise, in the event the recipient of an Award is terminated from his or her employment or other service to the Company or its Subsidiaries for Cause, Awards, whether vested or unvested, granted to such person shall terminate immediately and shall not thereafter be exercisable.

7.4 Effect of Change in Control. If the Company engages in or enters into a binding agreement to engage in a transaction or series of transactions which constitutes a Change in Control, then the Committee, in its sole discretion, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock granted or issued under this Plan which would not vest in accordance with their terms absent this provision as of the effective date of the Change in Control, if the Committee determines such action or actions are necessary or appropriate to facilitate such transaction or series of transactions:

(a) to provide for either the purchase of any such Restricted Stock for an amount of cash equal to the amount that could have been obtained upon the realization of the Grantee’s rights as if such Restricted Stock had been fully vested or the replacement of such Restricted Stock with other rights or property or equivalent value selected by the Committee in its sole discretion;

(b) to provide that the vesting of such Restricted Stock shall be accelerated and all restrictions thereon shall lapse at least 10 days before the effective date of the Change in Control, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan or the provisions of such Restricted Stock Agreement; and

 

11


(c) to provide that such Restricted Stock be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or be substituted for by similar rights or awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the terms of any Restricted Stock Agreement provides for different rights or obligations, or different, more restrictive, or more expansive treatment of any Award in the event of a Change in Control, then such terms shall control.

7.5 Treatment of Dividends. At the time an Award of Restricted Stock is made, the Committee may, in its discretion, determine that the payment to the Grantee of any dividends, or a specified portion of them, declared or paid on such Restricted Stock shall be (a) deferred until the lapsing of the relevant restrictions and (b) held by the Company for the account of the Grantee until such lapsing. In the event of such deferral, there shall be credited at the end of each year (or portion of it) interest on the amount of the account at the beginning of the year at a rate per annum determined by the Committee. Payment of deferred dividends, together with interest on those dividends, shall be made upon the lapsing of restrictions imposed on such Restricted Stock, and any dividends deferred (together with any interest on those dividends) with respect to Restricted Stock shall be forfeited upon any forfeiture of such Restricted Stock.

7.6 Delivery of Stock. Except as provided otherwise in Article 8 below, within a reasonable period of time following the lapse of the restrictions on shares of Restricted Stock, the Committee shall cause a stock certificate to be delivered to the Grantee with respect to such Stock and such Stock shall be free of all restrictions under this Plan.

7.7 Right of First Refusal. Upon the determination of the Committee, in its sole discretion, the Company, from time to time, also may provide in connection with any grant of an Award under this Plan that shares of Stock received in connection with an Award shall be subject to a right of first refusal pursuant to which the Company shall be entitled to purchase such shares of Stock in the event of a prospective sale of such shares of Stock, subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may specify at the time of grant or (if permitted by the Restricted Stock Agreement) thereafter, and subject to such other terms and conditions as the Committee may specify at the time of grant.

7.8 Transfer Restrictions. In addition to any restrictions set forth herein (unless otherwise specified in the Restricted Stock Agreement), any shares of Stock issued pursuant to an Award shall be subject to such transfer restrictions as may be set forth in the Restricted Stock Agreement (including the requirement that any shares of Stock acquired prior to such time as such shares of Stock are registered under the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom is available, be assigned and subject to a voting trust with terms determined by the Committee).

ARTICLE 8

TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT

8.1 Termination and Amendment. The Board may at any time terminate this Plan, and may at any time and from time to time and in any respect amend this Plan; provided, however, that the Board (unless its actions are approved or ratified by the stockholders of the Company within twelve months of the date that the Board amends this Plan) may not amend this Plan to:

(a) increase the total number of shares of Stock issuable pursuant to this Plan, except as contemplated in Section 5.1;

 

12


(b) change the class of persons eligible to participate in this Plan; or

(c) otherwise materially increase the benefits accruing to participants under this Plan.

The Committee shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws. Unless sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate on the day before the 10th anniversary of the Effective Date hereof.

8.2 Effect on Grantee’s Rights. No termination, amendment, or modification of this Plan shall affect adversely a Grantee’s existing rights under a Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Agreement without the consent of the Grantee or his legal representative, except an amendment or modification required to comply with Applicable Laws.

ARTICLE 9

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 Stock Certificates. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate for shares of Stock purchased upon the exercise of any Option granted under this Plan, or deliver any certificate for shares of Restricted Stock granted under this Plan, before fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

(a) the admission of such shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which the Stock is then listed;

(b) the completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares that the Committee shall deem necessary or advisable under any Applicable Laws;

(c) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any federal or state governmental agency or body that the Committee shall determine to be necessary or advisable;

(d) the execution of any agreement or document restricting the sale or other transfer of the shares which is required by the Committee with respect to other shares issued pursuant to this Plan; and

(e) the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the Option as the Board from time to time may establish for reasons of administrative convenience.

Stock certificates issued and delivered to Grantees shall bear such restrictive legends as the Company shall deem necessary or advisable pursuant to Applicable Laws.

9.2 Relationship to Other Compensation Plans. The adoption of this Plan shall not affect any other stock option, incentive, or other compensation plans in effect for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor shall the adoption of this Plan preclude the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from establishing any other form of incentive or other compensation plan for Employees or Directors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

13


9.3 Replacement or Amended Grants. At the sole discretion of the Committee, and subject to the terms of this Plan, the Committee may modify outstanding Options or Awards or accept the surrender of outstanding Options or Awards and grant new Options or Awards in substitution for them. No modification of an Option or Award, however, shall adversely affect a Grantee’s existing rights under a Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Agreement without the consent of the Grantee or his legal representative.

9.4 Escrow; Pledge of Stock. To enforce any restrictions on a Grantee’s shares of Stock, the Committee may require the Grantee to deposit all certificates representing shares of Stock, together with stock powers other instruments of transfer approved by the Committee, appropriately endorsed in blank, with the Company or an agent designated by the Company to hold in escrow until such restrictions have lapsed or terminated, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends referencing such restrictions to be placed on the certificates. Any Grantee who is permitted to execute a promissory note as partial or full consideration for the purchase of Stock under this Plan will be required to pledge and deposit with the Company all or part of the Stock so purchased as collateral to secure the payment of the Grantee’s obligation to the Company under the promissory note; provided, however, that the Committee may require or accept other or additional forms of collateral to secure the payment of such obligation and, in any event, the Company will have full recourse against the Grantee under the promissory note notwithstanding any pledge of the Grantee’s Stock or other collateral. In connection with any pledge of the Stock, the Grantee will be required to execute and deliver a written pledge agreement in such form as the Committee will from time to time approve. In the discretion of the Committee, the Stock purchased with the promissory note may be released from the pledge on a pro rata basis as the promissory note is paid.

9.5 No Limitation on Future Actions. Neither the existence of this Plan or any Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Agreement shall affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization, or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, to pursue any merger or consolidation of the Company, to issue any stock or options, warrants or rights to purchase stock or to issue any bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Stock or that are convertible into or exchangeable for Stock, to dissolve or liquidate the Company, to sell or transfer all or any part of its assets or business, or to take any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

9.6 Employment Rights. Nothing in this Plan or in any Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Agreement shall confer on any person any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate such person’s employment at any time.

9.7 Plan Binding on Successors. The Plan shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company.

9.8 Singular, Plural; Gender. Whenever used in this Plan, nouns in the singular shall include the plural, and the masculine pronoun shall include the feminine gender.

9.9 Headings. Headings of Articles and Sections of this Plan are inserted for convenience and reference and do not constitute part of this Plan.

 

14


9.10 Interpretation. With respect to Section 16 Insiders, transactions under this Plan are intended to comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3 or its successors under the Exchange Act. To the extent any provision of this Plan or action by the administrators of this Plan fails to so comply, it shall be deemed void to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws and deemed advisable by the Committee. All provisions of this Plan are intended to, and shall be interpreted so as to, comply with all required provisions of Applicable Laws, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

15


Exhibit A to

XL Hybrids, Inc.

2010 Equity Incentive Plan

Sample Form of Stock Option Agreement

XL HYBRIDS, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of this          day of _________, ____, by and between XL Hybrids, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and _______________________________ (the “Optionee”). Capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) of the Company.

(1) Effective as of the Effective Date, the Board adopted the Plan and recommended that the Plan be approved by the Company’s stockholders.

(2) The Committee has granted the Optionee an Option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Stock provided below, and in consideration of the granting of that Option the Optionee intends to remain in the employ of the Company or continue to provide services to the Company.

(3) The Company and the Optionee desire to enter into a written agreement with respect to such Option in accordance with the Plan.

As an employment or service incentive and to encourage stock ownership, and also in consideration of the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, the parties to this Agreement agree as follows:

1. Incorporation of Plan. This Option is granted pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and the terms and definitions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by reference. A copy of the Plan has been delivered to the Optionee, who acknowledges receipt of the Plan.

2. Grant of Option. Subject to the terms, restrictions, limitations and conditions stated in this Agreement, the Company hereby evidences its grant to the Optionee, not in lieu of salary or other compensation, of the right and option to purchase all or any part of the number of shares of the Company’s Stock provided on Schedule A attached to this Agreement and incorporated into this Agreement by reference. The Option shall be exercisable in the amounts and at the time specified on Schedule A. The Option shall expire and shall not be exercisable on the date specified on Schedule A or on such earlier date as determined pursuant to Sections 8, 9, or 10 below. Schedule A states whether the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.

3. Purchase Price. The Exercise Price to be paid by the Optionee for the shares subject to this Option shall be as specified on Schedule A. If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, the Exercise Price shall be an amount not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock as of the date of grant.

4. Exercise Terms. The Optionee must exercise the Option for at least the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares of Purchasable Stock as to which the Option remains unexercised. If this Option is not exercised with respect to all or any part of the shares subject to this Option before it expires, the shares with respect to which this Option was not exercised shall no longer be subject to this Option.

 

xvi


5. Option Non-Transferable. No Option shall be transferable by an Optionee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, in the case of Nonqualified Stock Options, pursuant to a Domestic Relations Order. During the lifetime of an Optionee, Options shall be exercisable only by such Optionee (or by such Optionee’s guardian or legal representative, should one be appointed).

6. Notice of Exercise of Option. This Option may be exercised by the Optionee, or by the Optionee’s administrators, executors or personal representatives, by a written notice (in substantially the form of the Notice of Exercise attached to the Plan as Schedule B) signed by the Optionee, or by such administrators, executors or personal representatives, and delivered or mailed to the Company as specified below to the attention of the President or such other officer as the Company may designate. Any such notice shall (a) specify the number of shares of Stock that the Optionee or the Optionee’s administrators, executors or personal representatives, as the case may be, then elect to purchase under the Plan, (b) contain such information as may be reasonably required pursuant to Section 13 below, and (c) as authorized by the Committee, be accompanied by a form of payment permitted under the Plan of the Exercise Price for the shares of Stock being purchased and executed copies of any documents required in accordance with Section 9.1 of the Plan. Upon receipt of any such notice and accompanying payment and documents, and subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Plan, the Company agrees to issue to the Optionee or the Optionee’s administrators, executors or personal representatives, as the case may be, stock certificates for the number of shares specified in such notice registered in the name of the person exercising this Option.

7. Adjustment in Option. The number of shares subject to this Option, the Exercise Price and other matters are subject to adjustment during the term of this Option in accordance with Section 5.1 of the Plan.

8. Termination of Employment or Service.

(a) Except as otherwise specified in Schedule A, in the event of the termination of the Optionee’s employment or service with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, other than a termination that is either (i) for Cause, (ii) voluntary on the part of the Optionee and without written consent of the Company, or (iii) due to the Optionee’s death or Permanent and Total Disability, the Optionee may exercise this Option at any time within three months after such termination to the extent of the number of shares that were Purchasable under this Agreement at the date of such termination.

(b) Except as specified in Schedule A, in the event of a termination of the Optionee’s employment or service with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is either (i) for Cause or (ii) voluntary on the part of the Optionee and without the written consent of the Company, this Option, to the extent not previously exercised, shall terminate immediately and shall not thereafter be or become exercisable.

9. Permanent and Total Disability of Optionee. In the event of termination of employment or service because of the Optionee’s Permanent and Total Disability, the Optionee (or his or her personal representative) may exercise this Option within a period ending on the earlier of (a) the last day of the one-year period following the determination of the Optionee’s Permanent and Total Disability or (b) the expiration date of this Option, to the extent of the number of shares that were Purchasable under this Agreement at the date of such termination.

 

xvii


10. Death of Optionee. Except as otherwise provided in Schedule A with respect to the rights of the Optionee upon termination of employment or service under Section 8(a) above, in the event of the Optionee’s death while employed by or engaged to provide services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or within three months after a termination of such employment or service (if such termination was neither (i) for Cause nor (ii) voluntary on the part of the Optionee and without the written consent of the Company), the heirs, executors or personal representatives of the Optionee or persons to whom all or a portion of this Option is transferred in accordance with Section 5 may exercise this Option at any time within a period ending on the earlier of (a) the last day of the one-year period following the Optionee’s death or (b) the expiration date of this Option. If the Optionee was employed by or engaged to provide services to the Company at the time of death, this Option may be so exercised to the extent of the number of shares that were Purchasable under this Agreement at the date of Optionee’s death. If the Optionee’s employment or service terminated prior to his or her death, this Option may be exercised only to the extent of the number of shares covered by this Option that were Purchasable under this Agreement at the date of such termination.

11. Section 280G Cutback. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if it is determined that the aggregate amount of payments or benefits to be made or provided to Optionee under this Agreement, when considered together with any other amounts payable to Optionee as a result of a Change in Control, cause such benefits or payments to be treated as “excess parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, the Company shall reduce such payments or benefits to the least extent possible so that Optionee will not be subject to the imposition of tax under Section 4999 of the Code.

12. Date of Grant. This Option was granted by the Board of Directors of the Company on the date provided in Schedule A.

13. Compliance with Regulatory Matters. The Optionee acknowledges that the issuance of Stock of the Company is subject to limitations imposed by federal and state law and the Optionee hereby agrees that the Company shall not be obligated to issue any shares of Stock upon exercise of this Option that would cause the Company to violate any law or any rule, regulation, order or consent decree of any regulatory authority (including without limitation the SEC) having jurisdiction over the affairs of the Company. The Optionee agrees that he or she will provide the Company with such information as is reasonably requested by the Company or its counsel to determine whether the issuance of Stock complies with the provisions described by this Section 13.

14. Restriction on Disposition of Stock Acquired Upon Exercise of Incentive Stock Option. The Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be transferred by the Optionee except pursuant to the Optionee’s will, or the laws of descent and distribution, until the date that is the later of two years after the grant of such Incentive Stock Option or one year after the transfer of the shares to the Optionee pursuant to the exercise of such Incentive Stock Option.

 

xviii


15. Company Right of First Refusal.

(a) All shares of Stock purchased upon exercise of this option shall be subject to the following right of first refusal until immediately prior to the consummations of the first public offering by the Company of its Stock pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (an “Initial Public Offering”).

(b) The Optionee, including his or her heirs, assigns, executors, or administrators, or recipient of shares of Stock by other than a sale subject to this right of first refusal and his desiring to sell any shares of Stock (the “Seller”) shall first offer such shares to the Company in the following manner: the Seller shall notify the President of the Company in writing of the Seller’s desire to sell the Shares, which notice shall contain the price and terms at which the Seller is willing to sell and the name of the proposed purchaser. All such offers must require payment in cash, and must allow the Company at least forty-five (45) days from the receipt of such notification in which to consummate the purchase. The Company shall have thirty (30) days after receipt of such notification by the President either to accept or to reject the offer. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the offered shares on the terms offered. Failure of the Company either to accept or reject the offer in writing within the 30-day period shall constitute a rejection of the offer. An acceptance by the Company shall be timely given if mailed by registered mail within the 30-day period to the most recent address of the record holder of the Shares in the stock records of the Company.

(c) In the event the Company rejects the offer, the Seller may, at any time during the period of sixty (60) days following such rejection, dispose of the offered shares upon the terms and conditions set forth in the notice to the President, but may not otherwise or thereafter do so without again complying with the foregoing rights of first refusal. In the event the Company accepts the offer, but fails to perform according to the terms of the offer, the Seller’s sole remedy shall be that the offered shares shall no longer be subject to the foregoing rights of first refusal.

No shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company unless the foregoing provisions have been complied with, but the Company, with the approval of the Board, may in any particular instance or instances waive these provisions with respect to any present or future sale, provided such waiver is in writing.

16. Company Repurchase Right.

(a) If Optionee ceases to be employed by the Company or one of its subsidiaries for any reason, the Company shall have the right, at any time within seven (7) months after the date of Optionee’s death, in the event Optionee dies while an employee of Company or a subsidiary of the Company, or at any time within four (4) months after the date Optionee ceases to be employed or provide other services to the Company for any other reason, to repurchase from Optionee or his personal representatives, as the case may be, all or any part of the shares purchased by Optionee pursuant to this option at the Fair Market Value of such shares on the date of repurchase (the “Repurchase Option”).

(b) A Repurchase Option shall be exercised by written notice signed by an officer of the Company. The purchase price shall be payable, at the option of the Company, in cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of Optionee to the Company or in cash (by check) or both.

(c) The Company may assign its right under this Section 16.

 

xix


(d) This Repurchase Option shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of an Initial Public Offering.

17. Market Standoff Agreement. Optionee shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Stock or other securities of the Company held by Optionee (the “Restricted Securities”), during the 180-day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Act (the “Lock Up Period”), or such longer period, as the underwriters or the Company shall reasonably request consistent with other shares issued in accordance with the Plan. Optionee agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the managing underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to Optionee’s Restricted Securities until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 15 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

18. Other Agreements. As a condition precedent to the exercise of this Option, Optionee shall be required to become a party to all applicable shareholders agreements, voting agreements, right of first refusal agreements and other agreements regarding the Stock of the Company. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and any such shareholders agreement, voting agreement, right of first refusal agreement or other agreement the terms of such other agreement shall control and be binding on Grantee.

19. Miscellaneous.

(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties to it and their representatives, successors and assigns.

(b) This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

(c) Any requests or notices to be given under this Agreement shall be deemed given, and any elections or exercises to be made or accomplished shall be deemed made or accomplished, upon actual delivery thereof to the designated recipient, or three days after deposit thereof in the United States mail, registered, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, addressed, if to the Optionee, at the address provided below and, if to the Company, to the executive offices of the Company at its principal place of business registered with the State of Delaware (or to any successor address for the Company’s principal place of business reflected in the Company’s filings with the State of Delaware or the SEC); provided that the Optionee may change his or her address by written notice as provided in this Section 17(c).

(d) Except as permitted under the Plan, this Agreement may not be modified except in writing executed by each of the parties to it.

 

xx


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Board has caused this Stock Option Agreement to be executed on behalf of the Company, and the Optionee has executed this Stock Option Agreement under seal, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

XL HYBRDS, INC.

   

OPTIONEE

By:            
  Name:                  Name:    
  Title:                  Address:    
             
             

 

xxi


SCHEDULE A

TO

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

XL HYBRIDS, INC.

AND

_______________________________

Dated: _______________

 

1.

Number of Shares Subject to Option:                  shares.

 

2.

This Option (Check one) [ ] is an Incentive Stock Option [ ] is a Nonqualified Stock Option.

 

3.

Option Exercise Price: $                 per share.

 

4.

Date of Grant:

 

5.

Option Vesting Schedule:

Check one:

 

  (  )

Options are exercisable with respect to all shares on or after the date hereof.

 

  (  )

Options are exercisable with respect to the number of shares indicated below on or after the date indicated next to the number of shares:

 

No. of Shares    Vesting Date

 

6.

Option Exercise Period:

Check One:

 

  (  )

All options expire and are void unless exercised on or before                 , 20___.

 

  (  )

Options expire and are void unless exercised on or before the date indicated next to the number of shares:

 

No. of Shares    Expiration Date

 

7.

Effect of Termination of Employment of Optionee (if different from that provided in Sections 8, 9 and 10 of the Stock Option Agreement):

 

xxii


8.

Effect of Change in Control: the vesting of the Options shall accelerate such that the greater of the following shall become exercisable: (a) 50% of the remaining portion of the Options that are not then fully exercisable and (b) the portion of the Options that are not then fully exercisable which would have become exercisable in due course during the one-year period following the Change in Control.

 

xxiii


SCHEDULE B

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

The undersigned hereby notifies XL Hybrids, Inc. (the “Company”) of this election to exercise the undersigned’s stock option to purchase                  shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, pursuant to the Stock Option Agreement between the undersigned and the Company dated ________________. Accompanying this Notice is payment sufficient to pay the exercise price for the shares of common stock being purchased as set forth in the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, together with such other documents or agreements required pursuant to the Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Notice, effective this _____ day of ______________, _______.

 

OPTIONEE [OR OPTIONEE’S

ADMINISTRATOR,

EXECUTOR OR PERSONAL

REPRESENTATIVE]

 

 

Name:

Position (if other than Optionee):

 

xxiv


Exhibit B to

XL Hybrids, Inc.

2010 Equity Incentive Plan

Sample Form of Restricted Stock Agreement

XL HYBRIDS, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of this          day of _________, ____, by and between XL Hybrids, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and _______________________________ (the “Grantee”). Capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) of the Company.

(1) Effective as of the Effective Date, the Board adopted the Plan and recommended that the Plan be approved by the Company’s stockholders.

(2) The Committee has granted the Grantee an Award of _____ shares of the Company’s Stock (the “Shares”), and in consideration of the granting of the Shares the Grantee intends to remain in the employ of the Company or continue to provide services to the Company.

(3) The Company and the Grantee desire to enter into a written agreement with respect to such Award in accordance with the Plan.

As an employment or service incentive and to encourage stock ownership, and also in consideration of the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, the parties to this Agreement agree as follows:

1. Incorporation of Plan. This Option is granted pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and the terms and definitions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by reference. A copy of the Plan has been delivered to the Grantee, who acknowledges receipt of the Plan.

2. Grant of Shares. Subject to the terms, restrictions, limitations and conditions stated in this Agreement, the Company hereby evidences its grant to the Grantee, not in lieu of salary or other compensation, of the Shares. Unless otherwise provided hereunder, the Grantee’s interest in the Shares shall vest and become nonforfeitable based on the Grantee’s continued employment with or service to the Company in accordance with the following vesting schedule:

 

Vested Percentage

  

Date

0%

   Date of this Agreement

___%

  

___%

  

___%

  

 

xxv


3. Rights of Grantee With Respect to Shares. On and after the date of this Agreement, the Grantee will be considered a shareholder with respect to all of the Shares. Subject to the terms of any agreement required to be executed by the Grantee pursuant to Section 14 hereof, the Grantee shall have the right to vote the Shares from and after the date hereof and to receive all dividends and other distributions with respect to such Shares from and after such date.

4. Shares Non-Transferable. Until vested in accordance with Section 2 of this Agreement, the Shares shall not be transferable by a Grantee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a Domestic Relations Order. After the Shares have vested, the Grantee may transfer such Shares provided that such transfer is not otherwise restricted by the terms of this Agreement, any other agreement required to be executed by the Grantee pursuant to Section 16 hereof, or by Applicable Laws. Any attempt to transfer or assign the Shares in violation of these transfer restrictions shall not be recognized by the Company and shall be null and void. The share certificate(s) representing the Shares shall have endorsed thereon a legend in substantially the following form: “The shares of stock represented by this certificate have been issued pursuant to that certain Restricted Stock Agreement dated __________, 20__, by and between the Company and the person whose name appears on the front hereof. These shares may not be transferred except in accordance with the provisions of such Restricted Stock Agreement, and any purported transfer in violation thereof shall be null and void. A copy of the Restricted Stock Agreement is available at the principal office of the Company.”

5. Adjustment in Number of Shares. The number of Shares subject to this Agreement are subject to adjustment during the vesting schedule set forth above in accordance with Section 5.1 of the Plan.

6. Termination of Employment or Service.

(a) In the event of the termination of the Grantee’s employment or service with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including termination by reason of the death or Permanent and Total Disability of the Grantee, other than a termination that is either (i) for Cause, or (ii) voluntary on the part of the Grantee and without written consent of the Company, the Grantee’s interest in [25%] of all Shares which have not vested as provided in Section 2 hereof shall automatically vest and become nonforfeitable.

(b) In the event of a termination of the Grantee’s employment or service with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is either (i) for Cause or (ii) voluntary on the part of the Grantee and without the written consent of the Company, the Grantee’s interest in all Shares which have not vested as provided in Section 2 hereof shall terminate immediately.

7. Section 83(b) Election. Grantee understands that Section 83(a) of the Code taxes as ordinary income the difference between the amount, if any, paid for the Shares and the fair market value of the Shares as of the date the Grantee’s interest in the Shares vests and becomes nonforfeitable. Grantee understands that Grantee may elect to be taxed at the time the Shares are acquired, rather than when and as the Grantee’s interest in the Shares vests and becomes nonforfeitable, by filing an election under Section 83(b) (“83(b) Election”) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days from the date of acquisition, and providing a copy of such filing to the Company. Grantee understands that the decision as to whether to file an 83(b) Election involves a consideration of Grantee’s own tax situation and may have a positive or negative effect depending upon the changes in the value of the Shares following the date of this Agreement and whether such Shares vest in Grantee or are forfeited in

 

xxvi


accordance with the terms hereof. Grantee further understands that an additional copy of such 83(b) Election is required to be filed with his or her federal income tax return for the calendar year in which the date of this Agreement falls. Grantee further acknowledges and understands that it is Grantee’s sole decision as to whether to file such 83(b) Election, and neither the Company nor the Company’s legal or financial advisors shall have any obligation or responsibility with respect to such filing. Grantee acknowledges that the foregoing is only a summary of the effect of United States federal income taxation with respect to the acquisition of the Shares hereunder, and does not purport to be complete. Grantee further acknowledges that the Company has directed Grantee to seek independent advice regarding the applicable provisions of the Code, and the income tax laws of any municipality, state or foreign country in which Grantee may reside. Grantee assumes all responsibility for filing an 83(b) Election and paying all taxes resulting from such election or the lapse of the restrictions on the Shares.

8. Effect of Change in Control: the vesting of the Shares shall accelerate such that the greater of the following shall become exercisable: (a) 50% of the remaining portion of the Shares that are not then fully exercisable and (b) the portion of the Shares that are not then fully exercisable which would have become exercisable in due course during the one-year period following the Change in Control.

9. Section 280G Cutback. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if it is determined that the aggregate amount of payments or benefits to be made or provided to Grantee under this Agreement, when considered together with any other amounts payable to Grantee as a result of a Change in Control, cause such benefits or payments to be treated as “excess parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, the Company shall reduce such payments or benefits to the least extent possible so that Grantee will not be subject to the imposition of tax under Section 4999 of the Code.

10. Compliance with Regulatory Matters. The Grantee acknowledges that the issuance of Stock of the Company is subject to limitations imposed by federal and state law and the Grantee hereby agrees that the Company shall not be obligated to issue any shares of Stock under this Agreement that would cause the Company to violate any law or any rule, regulation, order or consent decree of any regulatory authority (including without limitation the SEC) having jurisdiction over the affairs of the Company. The Grantee agrees that he or she will provide the Company with such information as is reasonably requested by the Company or its counsel to determine whether the issuance of Stock complies with the provisions described by this Section 9.

11. Company Right of First Refusal.

(a) All shares of Stock issued under this Agreement shall be subject to the following right of first refusal until immediately prior to the consummations of the first public offering by the Company of its Stock pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (an “Initial Public Offering”).

(b) The Grantee, including his or her heirs, assigns, executors, or administrators, or recipient of shares of Stock by other than a sale subject to this right of first refusal and his desiring to sell any shares of Stock (the “Seller”) shall first offer such shares to the Company in the following manner: the Seller shall notify the President of the Company in writing of the Seller’s desire to sell the Shares, which notice shall contain the price and terms at which the Seller is willing to sell and the name of the proposed purchaser. All such offers must require payment in cash, and must allow the Company at least

 

xxvii


forty-five (45) days from the receipt of such notification in which to consummate the purchase. The Company shall have thirty (30) days after receipt of such notification by the President either to accept or to reject the offer. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the offered shares on the terms offered. Failure of the Company either to accept or reject the offer in writing within the 30-day period shall constitute a rejection of the offer. An acceptance by the Company shall be timely given if mailed by registered mail within the 30-day period to the most recent address of the record holder of the Shares in the stock records of the Company.

(d) In the event the Company rejects the offer, the Seller may, at any time during the period of sixty (60) days following such rejection, dispose of the offered shares upon the terms and conditions set forth in the notice to the President, but may not otherwise or thereafter do so without again complying with the foregoing rights of first refusal. In the event the Company accepts the offer, but fails to perform according to the terms of the offer, the Seller’s sole remedy shall be that the offered shares shall no longer be subject to the foregoing rights of first refusal.

No shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company unless the foregoing provisions have been complied with, but the Company, with the approval of the Board, may in any particular instance or instances waive these provisions with respect to any present or future sale, provided such waiver is in writing.

12. Company Repurchase Right.

(e) If Grantee ceases to be employed by the Company or one of its subsidiaries for any reason, the Company shall have the right, at any time within seven (7) months after the date of Grantee’s death, in the event Grantee dies while an employee of Company or a subsidiary of the Company, or at any time within four (4) months after the date Grantee ceases to be employed or provide other services to the Company for any other reason, to repurchase from Optionee or his personal representatives, as the case may be, all or any part of the shares purchased by Optionee pursuant to this option at the Fair Market Value of such shares on the date of repurchase (the “Repurchase Option”).

(f) A Repurchase Option shall be exercised by written notice signed by an officer of the Company. The purchase price shall be payable, at the option of the Company, in cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of Grantee to the Company or in cash (by check) or both.

(g) The Company may assign its right under this Section 12.

(h) This Repurchase Option shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of an Initial Public Offering.

13. Market Standoff Agreement. Grantee shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Stock or other securities of the Company held by Grantee (the “Restricted Securities”), during the 180-day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Act (the “Lock Up Period”), or such longer period, as the underwriters or the Company shall reasonably request consistent with other shares issued in accordance with the Plan. Grantee agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the managing underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are

 

xxviii


necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to Grantee’s Restricted Securities until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 10 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

14. Other Agreements. As a condition precedent to the receipt of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement, Grantee shall be required to become a party to all applicable shareholders agreements, voting agreements, right of first refusal agreements and other agreements regarding the Stock of the Company. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and any such shareholders agreement, voting agreement, right of first refusal agreement or other agreement the terms of such other agreement shall control and be binding on Grantee.

15. Miscellaneous.

(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties to it and their representatives, successors and assigns.

(b) This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

(c) Any requests or notices to be given under this Agreement shall be deemed given, and any elections or exercises to be made or accomplished shall be deemed made or accomplished, upon actual delivery thereof to the designated recipient, or three days after deposit thereof in the United States mail, registered, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, addressed, if to the Grantee, at the address provided below and, if to the Company, to the executive offices of the Company at its principal place of business registered with the State of Delaware (or to any successor address for the Company’s principal place of business reflected in the Company’s filings with the State of Delaware or the SEC); provided that the Grantee may change his or her address by written notice as provided in this Section 12(c).

(d) Except as permitted under the Plan, this Agreement may not be modified except in writing executed by each of the parties to it.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Board has caused this Restricted Stock Agreement to be executed on behalf of the Company, and the Grantee has executed this Restricted Stock Agreement under seal, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

XL HYBRIDS, INC.     GRANTEE
By:          
  Name:                                                                                                           Name:                                                                                                      
  Title:                                                                                                             Address:                                                                                                  
       
       

 

xxix

Exhibit 10.6

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of [●], by and among Pivotal Investment Corporation II, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and each other Person identified on Schedule A attached hereto (the “Schedule of Holders”) as of the date hereof.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company is party to that certain Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of September 17, 2020 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among the Company, PIC II Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“Merger Sub”), and XL Hybrids, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“XL Hybrids”), pursuant to which Merger Sub will merge with and into XL Hybrids (with XL Hybrids being the surviving entity) (the “Merger”), and each share of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of XL Hybrids issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger (other than shares cancelled pursuant to Section 1.5 of the Merger Agreement and Dissenting Shares (as defined in the Merger Agreement) will be cancelled and converted into the right to receive shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock” and, such shares, the “Shares”), on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Company is a party to that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2019 (the “Prior Agreement”), by and among the Company and certain of the Holders (as defined below) party thereto;

WHEREAS, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, (a) the Company has agreed to grant to the Holders certain rights with respect to the registration of the Registrable Securities (as defined below) on the terms and conditions set forth herein and (b) the Company and the Holders party thereto have agreed to terminate the Prior Agreement; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section 1:

Acquired Common” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.

Additional Holder” has the meaning set forth in Section 9, and shall be deemed to include each such Person’s Affiliates, immediate family members, heirs, successors and assigns who may succeed to such Person as a Holder hereunder.

Affiliate” of any Person means any other Person controlled by, controlling or under common control with such Person; provided that the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be Affiliates of any Holder. As used in this definition, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities, by contract or otherwise).


Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Anticipated Filing Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(c).

Automatic Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

Business Combination” means the acquisition of direct or indirect ownership through a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar type of transaction, of one or more businesses or entities.

Business Day” means any day of the year on which national banking institutions in New York are open to the public for conducting business and are not required or authorized to close.

Capital Stock” means (i) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares, interests or equivalents in capital stock of such corporation (whether voting or nonvoting and whether common or preferred), (ii) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation, individual or governmental entity, any and all partnership, membership, limited liability company or other equity interests of such Person that confer on the holder thereof the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or the distribution of assets of, the issuing Person, and (iii) any and all warrants, rights (including conversion and exchange rights) and options to purchase any security described in the clause (i) or (ii) above.

Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Demand Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

End of Suspension Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)(ii).

Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor federal law then in force, together with all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Forward Purchase Agreement” means the agreement pursuant to which one of the Holders has committed to purchase up to $150,000,000 of Forward Purchase Securities upon consummation of a Business Combination.

Forward Purchase Securities” means the securities that may be sold to pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreement.

Founder Shares” means all of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company issued prior to the consummation of its initial public offering.

Free Writing Prospectus” means a free-writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405.

 

2


Holder” means any Person who is the registered holder of Registrable Securities.

Holder Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(a).

Joinder” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.

Long-Form Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

Merger” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Merger Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Merger Sub” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

MNPI” means material non-public information within the meaning of Regulation FD promulgated under the Exchange Act, which shall in any case include the receipt of the notice of a Demand Registration or Shelf Offering Notice pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(d) and the information contained in such notice.

Person” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Piggyback Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

Private Warrants” means the Warrants certain Holders privately purchased simultaneously with the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering.

Public Offering” means any sale or distribution to the public of Capital Stock of the Company pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act, whether by the Company, by Holders and/or by any other holders of the Company’s Capital Stock.

Registrable Securities” means (i) any Common Stock issued by the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, if and to the extent issued in accordance with Section 1.5(b) of the Merger Agreement, (ii) the Founder Shares, (iii) the Private Warrants (and underlying securities), (iv) the Working Capital Warrants (and underlying securities), if any, (v) the Forward Purchase Securities, if any, (vi) any Common Stock issued or issuable by the Company upon exercise of any Exchanged Option (as defined in the Merger Agreement), any Exchanged RSA (as defined in the Merger Agreement) or any warrant to acquire Common Stock assumed by the Company pursuant to Section 1.10(b) of the Merger Agreement (other than any Exchanged Option or Exchanged RSA held by any former employee, director or consultant of the Company immediately prior to the Effective Time (as defined in the Merger Agreement)), (vii) any Capital Stock of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clauses (i) – (vi) above by way of dividend, distribution, split or combination of securities, or any recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization, and (viii) any other Shares owned or acquired after the date hereof by Persons that are the registered holders of securities described in clauses (i) through (vii) above. As to any particular Registrable Securities owned by any Person, such securities shall

 

3


cease to be Registrable Securities on the date such securities (a) have been sold or distributed pursuant to a Public Offering, (b) have been sold in compliance with Rule 144, or after the date that is two years from the date hereof, may be sold in compliance with Rule 144 (but with no volume or other restrictions or limitations), or (c) have been repurchased by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person shall be deemed to be a Holder, and the Registrable Securities shall be deemed to be in existence, whenever such Person has the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, such Registrable Securities (upon conversion or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected, and such Person shall be entitled to exercise the rights of a Holder hereunder; provided a Holder may only request that Registrable Securities in the form of Capital Stock of the Company that is registered or to be registered as a class under Section 12 of the Exchange Act be registered pursuant to this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no securities held by any holder shall be deemed to be Registrable Securities under this Agreement unless and until such holder has executed and delivered to the Company prior to the consummation of the Merger that certain Lock-Up Agreement, dated as of [•], 2020, by and among the Company and the Persons identified on Schedule A attached thereto (the “Lock-Up Agreement”). Furthermore, prior to a holder’s delivery of such executed Lock-Up Agreement to the Company, such holder shall not be deemed to be a Holder under this Agreement.

Registration Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).

Rule 144,” “Rule 158,” “Rule 405” and “Rule 415” mean, in each case, such rule promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor provision) by the Securities and Exchange Commission, as the same shall be amended from time to time, or any successor rule then in force.

Schedule of Holders” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor federal law then in force, together with all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Shares” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Shelf Offering” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(c)(ii).

Shelf Offering Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(c)(ii).

Shelf Offering Request” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(c)(ii).

Shelf Registrable Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(c)(ii).

Shelf Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

“Shelf Registration Participation Deadline” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(c)(i).

Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(c)(i).

 

4


Short-Form Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of Capital Stock of such Person entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or managers is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, either (x) a majority of the Capital Stock of such Person entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers, general partners or other oversight board vested with the authority to direct management of such Person is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or (y) the Company or one of its Subsidiaries is the sole manager or general partner of such Person.

Suspension Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)(ii).

Suspension Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)(ii).

Suspension Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)(i).

Underwritten Takedown” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(c)(ii).

Violation” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(a).

WKSI” means a “well-known seasoned issuer” as defined under Rule 405.

Working Capital Warrants” means any Warrants held by Holders, officers or directors of the Company or their affiliates which may have been issued in payment of working capital loans made to the Company.

XL Hybrids” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Section 2. Demand Registrations.

(a) Requests for Registration. Subject to Section 2(e) below and the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, commencing on the date that is one (1) year following the date hereof (or earlier if pursuant to Section 5.15 of the Merger Agreement or if authorized by the Company’s board of directors), each Holder may request registration under the Securities Act of the resale of all or any portion of their Registrable Securities on Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration (“Long-Form Registrations”), and each Holder may request registration under the Securities Act of the resale of all or any portion of their Registrable Securities on Form S-3 or any similar short-form registration (“Short-Form Registrations”), if the Company is eligible to use such form. All registrations requested pursuant to this Section 2(a) are referred to herein as “Demand Registrations.” The Holder making a Demand Registration may request that the registration be made pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (a “Shelf Registration”) and, if the Company is a WKSI at the time any request for a Demand Registration is submitted to the Company, that such Shelf Registration be an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (an “Automatic Shelf Registration Statement”). Except to the

 

5


extent that Section 2(c) applies, promptly upon receipt of a request for a Demand Registration (but in no event more than five (5) Business Days thereafter), the Company shall give written notice of the Demand Registration to all other Holders and, subject to the terms of Section 2(d), shall include in such Demand Registration (and in all related registrations and qualifications under state blue sky laws and in any related underwriting) all Registrable Securities of each Holder with respect to which the Company has received a written request for inclusion therein within five (5) Business Days after the date the Company’s notice was delivered. Notwithstanding the foregoing, other than delivery to each Holder of the written notice in accordance with this Section 2(a), the Company shall not be required to take any action that would otherwise be required under this Section 2 if such action would violate Section 4(a) hereof or any similar provision contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with any underwritten Public Offering.

(b) Demand Registrations. The Holders, collectively as a group, shall be entitled to request no more than three (3) Demand Registrations in which the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses, regardless of whether any registration statement is filed or any such Demand Registration is consummated. Demand Registrations shall be Short-Form Registrations whenever the Company is permitted to use any applicable short form. At any time when the Company is eligible to use Form S-3 or another short form negotiation statement, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to make Short-Form Registrations available for the sale of Registrable Securities. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated to effect a Long-Form Registration during any period in which it is permitted under the Securities Act to use Form S-3.

(c) Shelf Registrations.

(i) Subject to the availability of required financial information, as promptly as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than forty-five (45) calendar days following the date of the closing of the Merger (the “Anticipated Filing Date”), the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act to permit the public resale of all of the Registerable Securities held by all Holders (and certain other equity securities of the Company) from time to time as permitted by Rule 415 under the Securities Act (a “Shelf Registration Statement”). The Company, subject to Sections 2(d) and 8 hereof, shall include in such Shelf Registration (and in all related registrations and qualifications under state blue sky laws) all Registrable Securities of each Holder; provided, however, that the Company shall not include in such Shelf Registration Statement the Registrable Securities of a Holder if (i) such Holder has provided notice to the Company, no later than 15 calendar days after the closing of the Merger, that such Holder’s Registrable Securities shall not be included in such Shelf Registration Statement or (ii) the Company has not received such information reasonably necessary about the Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such Shelf Registration Statement, or has not received executed copies of documents reasonably requested by the Company in connection with such Shelf Registration Statement, at least 10 calendar days before the Anticipated Filing Date (the “Shelf Registration Participation Deadline”). For the avoidance of doubt, the inclusion of a Holder’s Registerable Securities in the Shelf Registration Statement and the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration shall not relieve any Holder of its obligations to comply with the restrictions contained in the Lock-Up Agreement, whether or not such

 

6


Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Term (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement). The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause any Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act as soon as practicable after the initial filing of such Shelf Registration Statement and, once effective, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to remain continuously effective, but for no time period longer than the period ending on the earliest of (A) the date on which all Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, (B) the date as of which there are no longer any Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement in existence, and (C) the date on which all Registrable Securities are eligible to be sold in accordance with Rule 144 without regard to volume or manner of sale restrictions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2(c)(ii), any Holder that is named as a selling securityholder in such Shelf Registration Statement may make a secondary resale under such Shelf Registration Statement without the consent of the Holders representing a majority of the Registrable Securities or any other Holder if such resale does not require an amendment or a supplement to the Shelf Registration Statement.

(ii) For so long as a Shelf Registration Statement is effective, the Holders shall have the right at any time or from time to time to elect to offer and sell (including pursuant to an underwritten offering (an “Underwritten Takedown”)) Registrable Securities available for sale pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (“Shelf Registrable Securities”) and the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection therewith. The applicable Holders shall make such election by delivering to the Company a written request (a “Shelf Offering Request”) for such offering (the “Shelf Offering”) specifying the number of Shelf Registrable Securities that such Holders desire to sell pursuant to such Shelf Offering. As promptly as practicable, but no later than three (3) Business Days after receipt of a Shelf Offering Request, the Company shall give written notice (the “Shelf Offering Notice”) of such Shelf Offering Request to all other holders of Shelf Registrable Securities. The Company, subject to Sections 2(d) and 8 hereof, shall include in such Shelf Offering (and in all related registrations and qualifications under state blue sky laws and in any related underwriting) the Shelf Registrable Securities of any other Holder that shall have made a written request to the Company for inclusion in such Shelf Offering (which request shall specify the maximum number of Shelf Registrable Securities intended to be sold by such Holder in the Shelf Offering) within two (2) Business Days after the receipt of the Shelf Offering Notice. The Company shall, as expeditiously as possible (and in any event within ten (10) days after the receipt of a Shelf Offering Request, unless a longer period is agreed to by the Holders that made the Shelf Offering Request), use its reasonable best efforts to facilitate such Shelf Offering.

(iii) If the Holders wish to engage in an underwritten block trade, variable price reoffer or overnight underwritten offering, in each case, by means of a Shelf Registration Statement (either through filing an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement or through a take-down from an already existing Shelf Registration Statement), then, notwithstanding the time periods set forth in Section 2(c)(ii), such holders shall notify the Company not less than two (2) Business Days prior to the day such Shelf Offering is to

 

7


commence. The Company shall promptly notify other Holders of such Shelf Offering, and such other Holders must elect whether or not to participate by the next Business Day (i.e., one (1) Business Day prior to the day such Shelf Offering is scheduled to commence) (unless a longer period is agreed to by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities wishing to engage in the underwritten block trade), and the Company shall as expeditiously as possible use its reasonable best efforts to facilitate such Shelf Offering (which may close as early as two (2) Business Days after the date it commences); provided that the Holders shall use commercially reasonable efforts to work with the Company and the managing underwriters prior to making such request in order to facilitate preparation of the registration statement, prospectus and other offering documentation related to the Shelf Offering.

(iv) The Company shall, at the request of Holders representing a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, file any prospectus supplement or, if the applicable Shelf Registration Statement is an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement, any post-effective amendments and otherwise take any action necessary to include therein all disclosure and language deemed necessary or advisable by such the Company to effect such Shelf Offering.

(d) Priority on Demand Registrations and Shelf Offerings. The Company shall not include in any Demand Registration or Shelf Offering any securities that are not Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of Holders representing a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration or offering. If a Demand Registration or a Shelf Offering is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise the Company that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such Shelf Offering exceeds the number of securities that can be sold in such Shelf Offering without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the Shelf Offering, the Company shall include in such registration or offering, as applicable, prior to the inclusion of any securities which are not Registrable Securities, the number of Registrable Securities requested by Holders to be included that, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect, pro rata among the respective Holders thereof on the basis of the amount of Registrable Securities then owned by each such Holder that such Holder of Registrable Securities shall have requested to be included therein. Alternatively, if the number of Registrable Securities which can be included on a Shelf Registration Statement is otherwise limited by Instruction I.B.6 to Form S-3 (or any successor provision thereto), the Company shall include in such registration or offering, prior to the inclusion of any securities which are not Registrable Securities, the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included which can be included on such Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the requirements of Form S-3, pro rata among the respective Holders thereof on the basis of the amount of Registrable Securities owned by each such Holder that such Holder of Registrable Securities shall have requested to be included therein.

 

8


(e) Restrictions on Demand Registration and Shelf Offerings.

(i) The Company shall not be obligated to effect more than two (2) Demand Registrations in any calendar year, nor shall the Company be obligated to effect a Demand Registration within ninety (90) days of a previous Demand Registration or a previous registration statement in which Registrable Securities were included and in which there was no reduction in the number of Registrable securities requested to be included. The Company may postpone, for up to sixty (60) days from the date of any request, the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration or suspend the use of a prospectus that is part of a Shelf Registration Statement for up to sixty (60) days from the date of the Suspension Notice (as defined below) and therefore suspend sales of the Shelf Registrable Securities (such period, the “Suspension Period”) by providing written notice to the Holders if (A) the Company determines in its reasonable good faith judgment that the offer or sale of Registrable Securities would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any proposal or plan by the Company or any Subsidiary to engage in any material acquisition of assets or stock (other than in the ordinary course of business) or any material merger, consolidation, tender offer, recapitalization, reorganization or other transaction involving the Company or any Subsidiary, or (B) upon advice of counsel, the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement would require disclosure of MNPI not otherwise required to be disclosed under applicable law, and either (x) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving the confidentiality of such transaction or (y) disclosure of such MNPI would have a material adverse effect on the Company or the Company’s ability to consummate such transaction; provided that in such event, the Holders shall be entitled to withdraw such request for a Demand Registration or underwritten Shelf Offering and the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering. The Company may delay a Demand Registration hereunder only once in any twelve (12)-month period, except with the consent of the applicable Holders.

(ii) In the case of an event that causes the Company to suspend the use of a Shelf Registration Statement as set forth in paragraph (e)(i) above or pursuant to applicable subsections of Section 5(a)(vi) (a “Suspension Event”), the Company shall give a notice to the Holders of Registrable Securities registered for resale pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (a “Suspension Notice”) to suspend sales of the Registrable Securities and such notice shall state generally the basis for the notice and that such suspension shall continue only for so long as the Suspension Event or its effect is continuing. If the basis of such suspension is nondisclosure of MNPI, the Company shall not be required to disclose the subject matter of such MNPI to Holders. A Holder shall not effect any sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (or such filings) at any time after it has received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice (as defined below). Each Holder agrees that it shall treat as confidential the receipt of the Suspension Notice and shall not disclose the existence of such Suspension Notice or use the information contained in such Suspension Notice without the prior consent of the Company until such time as the information contained therein is or becomes available to the public generally, other than as a result of disclosure by a Holder in breach of the terms of this Agreement. Holders may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (or such filings) following written notice to such effect (an “End of Suspension Notice”) from the Company, which End of Suspension Notice shall be given by the Company to the Holders promptly following the conclusion of any Suspension Event.

 

9


(iii) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if the Company gives a Suspension Notice with respect to any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2(e), the Company agrees that it shall extend the period of time during which such Shelf Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from the date of receipt by the holders of the Suspension Notice to and including the date of receipt by the holders of the End of Suspension Notice and provide copies of any supplemented or amended prospectus necessary to resume sales, with respect to each Suspension Event.

(f) Selection of Underwriters. Holders representing a majority of the Registrable Securities included in any Demand Registration or Underwritten Takedown shall have the right to select the investment banker(s) for such offering (including assignment of roles). If any Shelf Offering is an underwritten offering, the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities participating in such underwritten offering shall have the right to select the investment banker(s) for the offering relating to such Shelf Offering (including assignment of roles). The Company represents and warrants that no investment bankers are entitled to any rights that would conflict with the rights of the Holders under this Section 2.

(g) Other Registration Rights. The Company represents and warrants that, after giving effect to the termination of the Prior Agreement pursuant to Section 13, it is not a party to, or otherwise subject to, any other agreement granting registration rights to any other Person with respect to any securities of the Company. Except as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall not grant to any Persons the right to request the Company or any Subsidiary to register any Capital Stock of the Company or of any Subsidiary, or any securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such securities, without the prior written consent of the Controlling Holders; provided that the Company may grant rights to other Persons to participate in Piggyback Registrations so long as such rights are subordinate to the rights of the Holders with respect to such Piggyback Registrations as set forth below.

(h) Revocation of Demand Notice or Shelf Offering Notice. At any time prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating to a Demand Registration or the “pricing” of any Shelf Offering, the Holders that provided such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering Notice may revoke such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering Notice on behalf of all Holders participating in such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering without liability to such Holders, in each case by providing written notice to the Company.

Section 3. Piggyback Registrations.

(a) Right to Piggyback. Commencing on the date that is one (1) year following the date hereof (or earlier if pursuant to Section 5.15 of the Merger Agreement or if authorized by a decision of the Company’s board of directors), whenever the Company proposes to register the offer and sale of any of its securities under the Securities Act (other than (i) pursuant to a Demand Registration, (ii) in connection with registrations on Form S-4 or S-8 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor or similar forms or (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of Registrable Securities) and the registration form to be used may be used for the registration of the resale of Registrable Securities (a “Piggyback

 

10


Registration”), the Company shall give prompt written notice (in any event within two (2) Business Days after its receipt of notice of any request for registration on behalf of holders of the Company’s securities (other than under this Agreement)) to all Holders of its intention to effect such Piggyback Registration and, subject to the terms of Section 3(c) and Section 3(d), shall include in such Piggyback Registration (and in all related registrations or qualifications under blue sky laws and in any related underwriting) all Registrable Securities of each Holder with respect to which the Company has received a written request for inclusion therein within ten (10) days after delivery of the Company’s notice.

(b) Piggyback Expenses. The Registration Expenses of the Holders shall be paid by the Company in all Piggyback Registrations, whether or not any such registration became effective.

(c) Priority on Primary Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriters advise the Company that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, the Company shall include in such registration (i) first, the securities the Company proposes to sell, (ii) second, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect, pro rata among the Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities then owned by each such Holder that such Holder of Registrable Securities shall have requested to be included therein, and (iii) third, other securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect.

(d) Priority on Secondary Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of holders of the Company’s securities, and the managing underwriters advise the Company that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, the Company shall include in such registration (i) first, the Registrable Securities of Holders requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect, pro rata among the Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities then owned by each such Holder that such Holder of Registrable Securities shall have requested to be included therein, (ii) second, the securities requested to be included therein by the initial holders requesting such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect and (iii) third, other securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect.

(e) Selection of Underwriters. If any Piggyback Registration is an underwritten offering, the selection of investment banker(s) for the offering must be approved by the Holders representing a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such Piggyback Registration, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

11


(f) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 3 whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 6.

Section 4. Holdback Agreements.

(a) Holders of Registrable Securities. Each and every Holder shall enter into lock-up agreements with the managing underwriter(s) of an underwritten Public Offering providing that, unless the underwriters managing such underwritten Public Offering otherwise agree in writing, subject to customary exceptions such Holder shall not (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of (including sales pursuant to Rule 144), directly or indirectly, any Capital Stock of the Company (including Capital Stock of the Company that may be deemed to be owned beneficially by such holder in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission) (collectively, “Securities”), (ii) enter into a transaction which would have the same effect as described in clause (i) above, (iii) enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences or ownership of any Securities, whether such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such Securities, in cash or otherwise (each of (i), (ii) and (iii) above, a “Sale Transaction”), or (iv) publicly disclose the intention to enter into any Sale Transaction, commencing on the earlier of the date on which the Company gives notice to the Holders that a preliminary prospectus has been circulated for such Public Offering or the “pricing” of such offering and continuing to the date that is ninety (90) days following the date of the final prospectus for such Public Offering (or such shorter period that is required by the managing underwriter(s)) (the “Holdback Period”).

(b) Exceptions. The foregoing holdback agreements in Section 4(a) shall not apply to a registration on Form S-8 or any successor or similar form or otherwise in connection with an employee benefit plan or in connection with any registration on Form S-4 or any successor or similar form in connection with any type of acquisition transaction or exchange offer.

(c) The Company. The Company (i) shall not file any registration statement for a Public Offering or cause any such registration statement to become effective, or effect any public sale or distribution of its equity securities, or any securities, options or rights convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during any Holdback Period without the consent of Holders representing a majority of the Registrable Securities and (ii) shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause (A) each holder of at least five percent (5%) (on a fully-diluted basis) of its shares of Common Stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for at least five percent (5%) (on a fully diluted basis) of its shares of Common Stock, and (B) each of its directors and executive officers, to agree not to effect any Sale Transaction during any Holdback Period, except as part of such underwritten registration, if otherwise permitted, unless the managing underwriter(s) for such Public Offering otherwise agree in writing.

Section 5. Registration Procedures.

(a) Whenever the Holders have requested that any Registrable Securities be registered for resale pursuant to this Agreement or have initiated a Shelf Offering, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall as expeditiously as reasonably practicable:

 

12


(i) in accordance with the Securities Act and all applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto and related prospectuses with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective (provided that before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company shall furnish to the counsel selected by the Holders representing a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents shall be subject to review by such counsel);

(ii) notify each Holder of (A) the issuance by the Securities and Exchange Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (B) the receipt by the Company or its counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose and (C) the effectiveness of each registration statement filed hereunder;

(iii) prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period ending when all of the securities covered by such registration statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in the prospectus included in such registration statement (but in any event not before the expiration of any longer period required under the Securities Act or, if such registration statement relates to an underwritten Public Offering, such longer period as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriters a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sale of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer) and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in the prospectus included in such registration statement;

(iv) furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities thereunder such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus), each Free Writing Prospectus and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller;

 

13


(v) if applicable, use reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller (provided that the Company shall not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subparagraph or (B) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction);

(vi) notify each seller of such Registrable Securities (A) promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the date and time when such registration statement and each post-effective amendment thereto has become effective or a prospectus or supplement to any prospectus relating to a registration statement has been filed and when any registration or qualification has become effective under a state securities or blue sky law or any exemption thereunder has been obtained, (B) promptly after receipt thereof, of any written comments by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any request by the Securities and Exchange Commission or other federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to such registration statement or such prospectus, or for additional information (whether before or after the effective date of the registration statement) or any other correspondence with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to, or which may affect, the registration and (C) at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, subject to Section 2(e), at the request of any such seller, the Company shall use its best efforts to prepare a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(vii) use reasonable best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed and, if not so listed, to be listed on a securities exchange and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to arrange for at least two (2) market makers to register as such with respect to such Registrable Securities with FINRA;

(viii) use reasonable best efforts to provide a transfer agent, registrar and CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

(ix) enter into and perform such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form), which may include indemnification provisions in favor of underwriters and other Persons in addition to the provisions of Section 7 hereof, make such representations and warranties to the Holders registering the resale of securities and the underwriters or agents, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers in underwritten public offerings similar to the offering then being undertaken, and take all such other actions as the Holders representing a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

14


(x) make available for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate and business documents and properties of the Company as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives and independent accountants to make themselves available to discuss the business of the Company and to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement;

(xi) use reasonable best efforts to ensure that any Free Writing Prospectus utilized in connection with any Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration hereunder complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related prospectus, shall not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(xii) otherwise use reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158;

(xiii) to the extent that a Holder, in its reasonable judgment, might be deemed to be an underwriter of any Registrable Securities or a controlling person of the Company, permit such Holder to participate in the preparation of such registration or comparable statement and allow such Holder to provide language for insertion therein, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, which in the reasonable judgment of such Holder and its counsel should be included;

(xiv) in the event of the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or the issuance of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any Common Stock included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction, use reasonable best efforts promptly to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(xv) use reasonable best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

15


(xvi) cooperate with the Holders of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement and the managing underwriter(s) or agent(s), if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of book entry evidence or certificates (not bearing any restrictive legends) representing the Registrable Securities to be sold under the registration statement and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriter, or agent, if any, or such Holders may request;

(xvii) cooperate with each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement and each underwriter or agent participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA;

(xviii) use reasonable best efforts to make available the executive officers of the Company to participate with the Holders of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement and any underwriters in any “road shows” or other selling efforts that may be reasonably requested by the Holders in connection with the methods of distribution for the Registrable Securities;

(xix) in the case of any underwritten Public Offering, use its reasonable best efforts to obtain one or more comfort letters from the Company’s independent certified public accountants (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants or independent auditors of any Subsidiary of the Company or any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the registration statement) in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by comfort letters as the Holders representing a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold reasonably request;

(xx) in the case of any underwritten Public Offering, use its reasonable best efforts to provide a legal opinion of the Company’s outside counsel, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by legal opinions of such nature, which opinion shall be addressed to the underwriters and the Holders of such Registrable Securities being sold;

(xxi) if the Company files an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement covering any Registrable Securities, use its reasonable best efforts to remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is required to remain effective and, if WKSI status is lost, to file an amendment to the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement to convert it into a form on which the Company is then permitted to use to register the resale of securities;

(xxii) if the Company does not pay the filing fee covering the Registrable Securities at the time an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is filed, pay such fee at such time or times as the Registrable Securities are to be sold;

 

16


(xxiii) if an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement has been outstanding for at least three (3) years, at the end of the third year, file a new Automatic Shelf Registration Statement covering the Registrable Securities, and, if at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, use its reasonable best efforts to refile the Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 and, if such form is not available, Form S-1 and keep such registration statement effective during the period during which such registration statement is required to be kept effective in accordance with this Agreement;

(xxiv) provide all such other certificates, letters, opinions and other requested documents customarily provided in public offerings similar to the offering then being undertaken; and

(xxv) take all such other reasonable actions as are reasonably necessary or advisable in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b) If the Company files any Automatic Shelf Registration Statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Holders, and the Holders do not request that their Registrable Securities be included in such Shelf Registration Statement, the Company agrees that, once it is eligible to rely on Rule 430B, at the request of the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities, it shall include in such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B in order to ensure that the Holders’ Registrable Securities may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement at a later time through the filing of a prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment.

(c) Any officer of the Company who is a Holder agrees that if and for so long as he or she is employed by the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, he or she shall participate in the sale process in a manner customary and reasonable for persons in like positions and consistent with his or her other duties with the Company and in accordance with applicable law, including the preparation of the registration statement and the preparation and presentation of any road shows.

(d) The Company may require each Holder requesting, or electing to participate in, any registration to furnish the Company such information regarding such Holder and the intended method(s) of distribution of such Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

Section 6. Registration Expenses.

(a) The Company’s Obligation. All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement (including, without limitation, (i) all registration, qualification and filing fees (including filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission and FINRA and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with FINRA qualification of the Registrable Securities) (which shall not exceed $10,000 for each public offering, unless otherwise agreed by the Company), (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with blue sky qualification of the Registrable Securities) (which shall not exceed $10,000 for each public offering, unless otherwise agreed by the Company), (iii) printing expenses (including expenses of printing certificates (if any) for Registrable

 

17


Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depositary Trust Company and of printing prospectuses if the printing of prospectuses is requested by the managing underwriter(s) or by the Holders representing a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration), (iv) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses, (v) fees and disbursements of custodians, (vi) any other reasonable fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions), (vii) fees and expenses of the transfer agent and registrar of the Company’s Common Stock and (viii) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and all independent certified public accountants (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance) and other Persons retained by the Company) (all such expenses being herein called “Registration Expenses”), shall be borne by the Company, and the Company shall, in any event, pay its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expense of any liability insurance and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or quotation of the Registrable Securities on any inter-dealer quotation system. Each Person that sells securities pursuant to a Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration hereunder shall bear and pay all underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the securities sold for such Person’s account.

(b) Counsel Fees and Disbursements. In connection with each Demand Registration, each Piggyback Registration and each Shelf Offering that is an underwritten Public Offering, the Company shall reimburse the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration for the reasonable fees and disbursements of (i) one counsel chosen by the Holders representing a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration and (ii) each additional counsel retained by any Holder for the purpose of rendering an opinion on behalf of such Holder in connection with any Demand Registration, Piggyback Registration or Shelf Offering that is an underwritten Public Offering, but only to the extent that counsel referred to in clause (i) is unable or unwilling to render an opinion on behalf of such Holder.

(c) Security Holders. To the extent any expenses are not required to be paid by the Company, each holder of securities included in any registration hereunder shall pay those expenses allocable to the registration of such Holder’s securities so included in proportion to the aggregate selling price of the securities to be so registered.

Section 7. Indemnification and Contribution.

(a) By the Company. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by law, each Holder, such Holder’s officers, directors, managers, employees, agents, brokers, dealers and representatives, and each Person who controls such Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) (the “Holder Indemnified Parties”) against all losses, claims, actions, damages, liabilities and expenses (including with respect to actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, and including reasonable attorney fees and expenses) caused by, resulting from, arising out of, based upon or related to any of the following statements, omissions or violations (each a “Violation”) by the Company: (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in (A) any registration statement, prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or (B) any

 

18


application or other document or communication (in this Section 7, collectively called an “application”) executed by or on behalf of the Company or based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of the Company filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify any securities covered by such registration under the securities laws thereof, (ii) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any other similar federal or state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance. In addition, the Company will reimburse such Holder Indemnified Party for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such losses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such losses result from, arise out of, are based upon, or relate to an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement, or omission or alleged omission, made in such registration statement, any such prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any application, in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information prepared and furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder Indemnified Party expressly for use therein or by such Holder Indemnified Party’s failure to deliver a copy of the registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto after the Company has furnished such Holder Indemnified Party with a sufficient number of copies of the same. In connection with an underwritten offering, the Company shall indemnify such underwriters, their officers and directors, and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holder Indemnified Parties.

(b) By Each Holder. In connection with any registration statement in which a Holder is participating, each such Holder shall furnish to the Company in writing such information and affidavits as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such registration statement or prospectus and, to the extent permitted by law, shall indemnify the Company, its officers, directors, managers, employees, agents and representatives, and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulting from any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use in such registration statement; provided that the obligation to indemnify shall be individual, not joint and several, for each Holder and shall be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement.

(c) Claim Procedure. Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give prompt notice shall impair any Person’s right to indemnification hereunder only to the extent such failure has prejudiced the indemnifying party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such

 

19


indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim. In such instance, the conflicted indemnified parties shall have a right to retain one separate counsel, chosen by the Holders representing a majority of the Registrable Securities included in the registration if such Holders are indemnified parties, at the expense of the indemnifying party.

(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to, or is insufficient to hold harmless, an indemnified party or is otherwise unenforceable with respect to any loss, claim, damage, liability or action referred to herein, then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amounts paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided that the maximum amount of liability in respect of such contribution shall be limited, in the case of each seller of Registrable Securities, to an amount equal to the net proceeds actually received by such seller from the sale of Registrable Securities effected pursuant to such registration. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just or equitable if the contribution pursuant to this Section 7(d) were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account such equitable considerations. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to herein shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending against any action or claim which is the subject hereof. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who is not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(e) Release. No indemnifying party shall, except with the consent of the indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7, an indemnifying party shall not be liable for any amounts paid in settlement of any loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the indemnifying party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

20


(f) Non-exclusive Remedy; Survival. The indemnification and contribution provided for under this Agreement shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution that any indemnified party may have pursuant to law or contract and shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling Person of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of Registrable Securities and the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

Section 8. Underwritten Registrations.

(a) Participation. No Person may participate in any Public Offering hereunder which is underwritten unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities in accordance with the applicable prospectus included in a registration statement and on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Person or Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements (including, without limitation, pursuant to any over-allotment or “green shoe” option requested by the underwriters; provided that no Holder shall be required to sell more than the number of Registrable Securities such Holder has requested to include) and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements; provided that no Holder included in any underwritten registration shall be required to make any representations or warranties to the Company or the underwriters (other than representations and warranties regarding such Holder and such Holder’s intended method of distribution) or to undertake any indemnification obligations to the Company or the underwriters with respect thereto that are materially more burdensome than those provided in Section 7 or those provided by the other Holders participating in such underwritten registration. Each Holder shall execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and the managing underwriter(s) that are consistent with such Holder’s obligations under Section 4, Section 5 and this Section 8(a) or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. To the extent that any such agreement is entered into pursuant to, and consistent with, Section 4 and this Section 8(a), the respective rights and obligations created under such agreement shall supersede the respective rights and obligations of the Holders, the Company and the underwriters created pursuant to this Section 8(a).

(b) Price and Underwriting Discounts. In the case of an underwritten Demand Registration or Underwritten Takedown requested by Holders pursuant to this Agreement, the price, underwriting discount and other financial terms of the related underwriting agreement for the Registrable Securities shall be determined by the Holders representing a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such underwritten offering.

(c) Suspended Distributions. Each Person that is participating in any registration under this Agreement, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 5(a)(vi)(B) or (C), shall immediately discontinue the disposition of its Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement until such Person’s receipt of the copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus as contemplated by Section 5(a)(vi).

 

21


Section 9. Additional Parties; Joinder. The Company may make any Person who acquires Common Stock or rights to acquire Common Stock from the Company after the date hereof a party to this Agreement (each such Person, an “Additional Holder”) and to succeed to all of the rights and obligations of a Holder under this Agreement by obtaining an executed joinder to this Agreement from such Additional Holder in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (a “Joinder”). Upon the execution and delivery of a Joinder by such Additional Holder, the Common Stock of the Company acquired by such Additional Holder or to which such Additional Holder has the right to acquire (the “Acquired Common”) shall be Registrable Securities to the extent provided herein, such Additional Holder shall be a Holder under this Agreement with respect to the Acquired Common, and the Company shall add such Additional Holder’s name and address to the Schedule of Holders and circulate such information to the parties to this Agreement.

Section 10. Current Public Information. At all times after the Company has filed a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the requirements of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, the Company shall file all reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and shall take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required to enable such Holders to sell Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144. Upon request, the Company shall deliver to any Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

Section 11. Subsidiary Public Offering. If, after an initial Public Offering of the Capital Stock of one of its Subsidiaries (including the Company), the Company distributes securities of such Subsidiary to its equityholders, then the rights and obligations of the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to such Subsidiary, and the Company shall cause such Subsidiary to comply with such Subsidiary’s obligations under this Agreement.

Section 12. MNPI Provisions.

(a) Each Holder acknowledges that (i) the provisions of this Agreement that require communications by the Company or other Holders to such Holder may result in such Holder and its Representatives (as defined below) acquiring MNPI (which may include, solely by way of illustration, the fact that an offering of the Company’s securities is pending or the number of Company securities or the identity of the selling Holders), and (ii) there is no limitation on the duration of time that such Holder and its Representatives may be in possession of MNPI and no requirement that the Company or other Holders make any public disclosure to cause such information to cease to be MNPI; provided that the Company will use reasonable best efforts to promptly notify each Holder if any proposed registration or offering for which a notice has been delivered pursuant to this Agreement has been terminated or aborted.

(b) Each Holder agrees that it will maintain the confidentiality of such MNPI and, to the extent such Holder is not a natural person, such confidential treatment shall be in accordance with procedures adopted by it in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to such Holder (“Policies”); provided that a Holder may deliver or disclose MNPI to (i) its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, affiliates and financial and other advisors (collectively, the “Representatives”), but solely to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to its evaluation of exercise of its rights under this Agreement and the sale of any Registrable Securities in connection with the subject of the notice, (ii) any federal or state regulatory authority

 

22


having jurisdiction over such Holder, (iii) any Person if necessary to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to such Holder, (iv) in response to any subpoena or other legal process, or (v) in connection with any litigation to which such Holder is a party; provided, further, that in the case of clause (i), the recipients of such MNPI are subject to the Policies or agree to hold confidential the MNPI in a manner substantially consistent with the terms of this Section 12 and that in the case of clauses (ii) through (v), such disclosure is required by law and such Holder promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure to the extent such Holder is legally permitted to give such notice.

(c) Each Holder, by its execution of a counterpart to this Agreement or of a Joinder, hereby acknowledges that it is aware that the U.S. securities laws prohibit any Person who has MNPI about a company from purchasing or selling, directly or indirectly, securities of such company (including entering into hedge transactions involving such securities), or from communicating such information to any other Person under circumstances in which it is reasonably foreseeable that such Person is likely to purchase or sell such securities.

(d) Each Holder shall have the right, at any time and from time to time (including after receiving information regarding any potential Public Offering), to elect not to receive any notice that the Company or any other Holders otherwise are required to deliver pursuant to this Agreement by delivering to the Company a written statement signed by such Holder that it does not want to receive any notices hereunder (an “Opt-Out Request”); in which case and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement the Company and other Holders shall not be required to, and shall not, deliver any notice or other information required to be provided to Holders hereunder to the extent that the Company or such other Holders reasonably expect would result in a Holder acquiring MNPI. An Opt-Out Request may state a date on which it expires or, if no such date is specified, shall remain in effect indefinitely. A Holder who previously has given the Company an Opt-Out Request may revoke such request at any time, and there shall be no limit on the ability of a Holder to issue and revoke subsequent Opt-Out Requests; provided that each Holder shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the administrative burden on the Company arising in connection with any such Opt-Out Requests.

Section 13. Termination of Prior Agreement. The Company and the Holders party to the Prior Agreement hereby agree that the Prior Agreement shall be terminated and of no further force and effect as of the effectiveness of this Agreement. This Agreement replaces and supersedes the terms of the Prior Agreement.

Section 14. General Provisions.

(a) Amendments and Waivers. Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company and Holders representing a majority of the Registrable Securities; provided that no such amendment, modification or waiver that would adversely affect a Holder in a manner that is different from any other Holder (provided that the accession by any Additional Holder to this Agreement pursuant to Section 9 shall not be deemed to adversely affect any Holder), shall be effective against such Holder without the prior written consent of such Holder. The failure or delay of any Person to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of such Person thereafter to enforce

 

23


each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms. A waiver or consent to or of any breach or default by any Person in the performance by that Person of his, her or its obligations under this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance by that Person of the same or any other obligations of that Person under this Agreement.

(b) Remedies. The parties to this Agreement and their successors and assigns shall be entitled to enforce their rights under this Agreement specifically (without posting a bond or other security), to recover damages caused by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto and their successors and assigns agree and acknowledge that a breach of this Agreement would cause irreparable harm and money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any such breach and that, in addition to any other rights and remedies existing hereunder, any party shall be entitled to specific performance and/or other injunctive relief from any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

(c) Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or regulation in any jurisdiction, such prohibition, invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or in any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

(d) Entire Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement contains the complete agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

(e) Successors and Assigns. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities under this Agreement may be transferred or assigned by each Holder to one or more transferees or assignees of Registrable Securities; provided, that any such transferee or assignee is an Affiliate of, and after such transfer or assignment continues to be an Affiliate of, such Holder and that each such transferee or assignee assumes in writing responsibility for its portion of the obligations of such transferring Holder under this Agreement. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns and the Holders and their respective successors and assigns (whether so expressed or not). In addition, whether or not any express assignment has been made, the provisions of this Agreement which are for the benefit Holders are also for the benefit of, and enforceable by, any subsequent or successor Holder.

 

24


(f) Notices. Any notice, demand or other communication to be given under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given or delivered (i) when delivered personally to the recipient, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail if sent during normal business hours of the recipient but, if not, then on the next Business Day, (iii) one Business Day after it is sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or (iv) three Business Days after it is mailed to the recipient by first class mail, return receipt requested. Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the Company at the address specified below and to any other party subject to this Agreement at such address as indicated on the Schedule of Holders, or at such address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party or as is on file for such Person at the Company. Any party may change such party’s address for receipt of notice by providing prior written notice of the change to the sending party as provided herein.

The Company’s address is:

Pivotal Investment Corporation II

c/o Graubard Miller

The Chrysler Building

405 Lexington Avenue, 11th Floor

New York, New York 10174

Attention:   Jonathan J. Ledecky

E-mail:       jledecky@hockeyny.com

With a copy to:

Graubard Miller

The Chrysler Building

405 Lexington Avenue, 11th Floor

New York, New York 10174

Attention:   David Alan Miller / Jeffrey M. Gallant

E-mail:       dmiller@graubard.com / jgallant@graubard.com

And:

Morrison & Foerster LLP

250 West 55th Street

New York, NY 10019

Attention:   Mitchell S. Presser / Omar E. Pringle

E-mail:       mpresser@mofo.com / opringle@mofo.com

And:

Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo, P.C.

One Financial Center

Boston, MA 02111

Attention:   Sahir Surmeli/Thomas Burton III

E-mail:       SSurmeli@mintz.com /TBurton@mintz.com

or to such other address or to the attention of such other Person as the Company has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

 

25


(g) Business Days. If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder expires on a day that is not a Business Day, the time period shall automatically be extended to the immediately following Business Day.

(h) Governing Law. All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto, and the relative rights of the Company and its stockholders hereunder, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

(i) MUTUAL WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

(j) CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND SERVICE OF PROCESS. EACH OF THE PARTIES, AND EACH OF THEIR SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE FEDERAL COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA LOCATED IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE, FOR THE PURPOSES OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY OR, IF SUCH COURT DOES NOT HAVE JURISDICTION, THE STATE COURTS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO, AND EACH OF THEIR SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, FURTHER AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ANY PROCESS, SUMMONS, NOTICE OR DOCUMENT BY U.S. REGISTERED MAIL TO SUCH PARTY’S RESPECTIVE ADDRESS SET FORTH ABOVE SHALL BE EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS FOR ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTERS TO WHICH IT HAS SUBMITTED TO JURISDICTION IN THIS PARAGRAPH. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO, AND EACH OF THEIR SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE, AND HEREBY AND THEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

(k) No Recourse. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company and each Holder agrees and acknowledges that no recourse under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement, shall be had against any current or future director, officer, employee, general or limited partner or member of the Company, any Holder or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, whether by the enforcement of any assessment

 

26


or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any current or future officer, agent or employee of the Company or any Holder or any current or future member of the Company or any Holder or any current or future director, officer, employee, partner or member of the Company, any Holder or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, as such for any obligation of any Holder under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.

(l) Descriptive Headings; Interpretation. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement. The use of the word “including” in this Agreement shall be by way of example rather than by limitation.

(m) No Strict Construction. The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party.

(n) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signature of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(o) Electronic Delivery. This Agreement, the agreements referred to herein, and each other agreement or instrument entered into in connection herewith or therewith or contemplated hereby or thereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent executed and delivered by means of a photographic, photostatic, facsimile or similar reproduction of such signed writing using a facsimile machine or electronic mail shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto shall re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or electronic mail to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or electronic mail as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.

(p) Further Assurances. In connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, each Holder shall execute and deliver any additional documents and instruments and perform any additional acts that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and perform the provisions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

(q) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company shall not hereafter enter into any agreement with respect to its securities which is inconsistent with or violates the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement.

(r) Dilution. If, from time to time, there is any change in the capital structure of the Company by way of a stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification, or through a merger, consolidation, reorganization or recapitalization, or by any other means, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the provisions hereof so that the rights and privileges granted hereby shall continue.

* * * * *

 

27


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION II
By:  

             

  Name:
  Title:
  Its:


[HOLDER]
[_________________________________]
By:  

                 

  Name:
  Title:
  Its:
Address:

     

     

     

Email:

         

Exhibit 10.7

LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

This LOCK-UP AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of [●], 2020 by and among Pivotal Investment Corporation II, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and each other Person identified on Schedule A attached hereto (the “Schedule of Holders”) as of the date hereof.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company is party to that certain Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of September 17, 2020 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among the Company, PIC II Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“Merger Sub”), and XL Hybrids, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“XL Hybrids”), pursuant to which Merger Sub will merge with and into XL Hybrids (with XL Hybrids being the surviving entity) (the “Merger”), and each share of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of XL Hybrids issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger (other than shares cancelled pursuant to Section 1.5 of the Merger Agreement and Dissenting Shares (as defined in the Merger Agreement)) will be cancelled and converted into the right to receive shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock” and, such shares, the “Shares”), on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Company is party to that certain letter agreement, dated as of June 7, 2019 (the “Prior Agreement”), by and among the Company and certain of the Holders (as defined below) party thereto; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, (a) the Holders have agreed to certain transfer restrictions on the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth herein and (b) the Company and the Holders party to the Prior Agreement have agreed to amend certain provisions of the Prior Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section 1:

Affiliate” of any Person means any other Person controlled by, controlling or under common control with such Person; provided that the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be Affiliates of any Holder. As used in this definition, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities, by contract or otherwise).

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Capital Stock” means (i) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares, interests or equivalents in capital stock of such corporation (whether voting or nonvoting and whether common or preferred), (ii) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation,


individual or governmental entity, any and all partnership, membership, limited liability company or other equity interests of such Person that confer on the holder thereof the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or the distribution of assets of, the issuing Person, and (iii) any and all warrants, rights (including conversion and exchange rights) and options to purchase any security described in the clause (i) or (ii) above.

Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Holder” means any Person who is a holder of Shares.

Lock-Up Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

Lock-Up Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

Merger” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Merger Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Merger Sub” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Permitted Transferee” means, with respect to any Person, (A) the direct or indirect partners, members, equity holders or other Affiliates of such Person, or (B) any of such Person’s related investment funds or vehicles controlled or managed by such Person or Affiliate of such Person.

Person” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September [●], 2020, by and among Pivotal Investment Corporation II and each of the persons identified on Schedule A thereto.

Regulations” means the U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code.

Schedule of Holders” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Shares” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of Capital Stock of such Person entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or managers is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, either (x) a majority of the Capital Stock of such Person entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers, general partners or other oversight board vested with the authority to direct management of such Person is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or (y) the Company or one of its Subsidiaries is the sole manager or general partner of such Person.

 

2


Transfer” means to, directly or indirectly, whether in one transaction or a series of transactions and whether by merger, consolidation, division or otherwise, (i) sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, hypothecate or similarly dispose of, either voluntarily or involuntarily, or to enter into any contract, option or other arrangement or understanding with respect to the sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or similar disposition of, any interest owned by a Person or any interest (including a beneficial interest) in, or the ownership, control or possession of, any interest owned by a Person, (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any of Shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such securities, in cash or otherwise or (iii) publicly announce any intention to effect any transaction specified in clause (i) or (ii).

XL Hybrids” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Section 2. Lock-Up.

(a) Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not Transfer any Shares or interest therein beneficially owned or owned of record by such Holder (collectively, such Holder’s “Lock-Up Shares”) until the earliest to occur of the following (the “Lock-Up Term”): (i) twelve (12) months after the consummation of the Merger; (ii) the date following the consummation of the Merger on which the Company consummates a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange such stockholders’ Shares for (or having their Shares converted into) cash, securities or other property (or the right to receive any of the foregoing), other than any holding company reorganization or a transaction that is intended solely to effect a redomestication; and (iii) the date upon which the reported closing price of the Shares equals or exceeds $15.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any twenty (20) trading days within any thirty (30)-trading day period commencing at least one hundred fifty (150) days following the Merger closing (the “Price Condition”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no holder may Transfer any Lock-Up Shares for which the Lock-Up Term has terminated as a result of the satisfaction of the Price Condition until the Shelf Registration Statement (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) is declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing restrictions on Transfer set forth in Section 2(a), each Holder may:

(i) Transfer its Lock-Up Shares (A) to any of its officers or directors, any Affiliate or family member of any of its officers or directors, as applicable, (B) in the case of an individual, as a gift to such Person’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of such Person’s immediate family, an Affiliate of such Person or to a charitable organization; (C) in the case of an individual, by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of such Person; or (D) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order);

 

3


(ii) Transfer its Lock-Up Shares to any Permitted Transferee;

(iii) Transfer any shares of Common Stock or other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock acquired in open market transactions after the effective time of the Merger; provided, however, that no such transaction is required to be, or is, publicly announced (whether on Form 4, Form 5 or otherwise, other than a required filing on Schedule 13F, 13 D, 13D/A, 13G or 13G/A) during the Lock-Up Term;

(iv) exercise any options or warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock (which exercises may be effected on a cashless basis to the extent the instruments representing such options or warrants permit exercises on a cashless basis); provided, however, that such Holder shall otherwise comply with any restrictions on Transfer applicable to such underlying shares of Common Stock;

(v) Transfer any shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any options that expire during the Lock-Up Term to the Company to satisfy tax withholding obligations as permitted by the compensation committee of the board of directors of the Company in its discretion pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans or arrangements;

(vi) Transfer its Lock-Up Shares or other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock to the Company pursuant to any contractual arrangement in effect at the effective time of the Merger that provides for the repurchase by the Company of the Holder’s Lock-Up Shares or other securities in connection with the termination of such Holder’s service to the Company;

(vii) Transfer its Lock-Up Shares in transactions approved by the board of directors of the Company in its discretion to satisfy any U.S. federal, state, or local income tax obligations of such Holder (or its direct or indirect owners) arising from a change in the Code, or the Regulations after the date on which the Merger Agreement was executed by the parties, and such change prevents the Merger from qualifying as a “reorganization” pursuant to Section 368 of the Code (and the Merger does not qualify for similar tax-free treatment pursuant to any successor or other provision of the Code or Regulations taking into account such changes); and

(viii) Transfer any shares of Common Stock or other securities acquired as part of the PIPE Investment (as defined in the Merger Agreement) or issued in exchange for, or on conversion or exercise of, any securities issued as part of the PIPE Investment;

provided, however, that in the case of any Transfer or distribution pursuant to Subsections 2(b)(i) and (ii), (x) in each case such transferees must enter into a written agreement agreeing to be bound by this Agreement, including the restrictions on Transfer set forth in Section 2(a) and (y) in the case of the foregoing clause (ii), such Permitted Transferee agrees to promptly Transfer such Lock-Up Shares back to such Holder if such Permitted Transferee ceases to be a Permitted Transferee for any reason prior to the date such Lock-Up Shares becomes freely transferable. Furthermore, Section 2(a) shall not apply to the entry, by such Holder, at any time after the effective time of the Merger, of any trading plan providing for the sale of shares of Common Stock by such Holder,

 

4


which trading plan meets the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as it may be amended from time to time; provided, however, that such plan does not provide for, or permit, the sale of any Common Stock during the Lock-Up Term and no public announcement or filing is voluntarily made or required regarding such plan during the Lock-Up Term.

(c) Each of the Holders acknowledges and agrees that any purported Transfer of Lock-Up Shares in violation of this Agreement shall be null and void ab initio, and the Company shall not be required to register any such purported Transfer.

Section 3. General Provisions.

(a) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company and Holders representing a majority of the Lock-Up Shares; provided that (i) no such amendment, modification or waiver that would adversely affect a Holder in a manner that is different from any other Holder shall be effective against such Holder without the prior written consent of such Holder and (ii) if any amendment, modification, waiver or release of this Agreement provides any Holder with rights superior to the rights provided to other Holders, such amendment, modification or waiver shall provide such rights to all Holders of Lock-Up Shares, except in the case of (A) waivers granted to a Holder, in the Company’s discretion, necessary to allow a requesting Holder to sell Lock-Up Shares having a market value, based on the average closing price of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange (or such other market on which the Common Stock is then-listed or quoted) for the three (3) days immediately preceding such proposed sale, of not more than $500,000, in the aggregate for all such sales by such Holder during the Lock-Up Term, or (B) a waiver or release of any Holder is for the purpose of enabling such Holder to participate in an Underwritten Takedown (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) in which all Holders with similar rights are similarly granted waivers and permitted to participate, provided, that, such waiver or release granted to each Holder will be solely for the purpose of enabling such Holder to participate in such Underwritten Takedown. The failure or delay of any Person to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of such Person thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms. A waiver or consent to or of any breach or default by any Person in the performance by that Person of his, her or its obligations under this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance by that Person of the same or any other obligations of that Person under this Agreement.

(b) Remedies. The parties to this Agreement and their successors and assigns shall be entitled to enforce their rights under this Agreement specifically (without posting a bond or other security), to recover damages caused by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto and their successors and assigns agree and acknowledge that a breach of this Agreement would cause irreparable harm and money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any such breach and that, in addition to any other rights and remedies existing hereunder, any party shall be entitled to specific performance and/or other injunctive relief from any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

5


(c) Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or regulation in any jurisdiction, such prohibition, invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or in any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

(d) Entire Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement contains the complete agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

(e) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns and the Holders and their respective successors and assigns (whether so expressed or not). In addition, whether or not any express assignment has been made, the provisions of this Agreement which are for the benefit Holders are also for the benefit of, and enforceable by, any subsequent or successor Holder.

(f) Notices. Any notice, demand or other communication to be given under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given or delivered (i) when delivered personally to the recipient, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail if sent during normal business hours of the recipient but, if not, then on the next Business Day, (iii) one Business Day after it is sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or (iv) three Business Days after it is mailed to the recipient by first class mail, return receipt requested. Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the Company at the address specified below and to any other party subject to this Agreement at such address as indicated on the Schedule of Holders, or at such address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party or as is on file for such Person at the Company. Any party may change such party’s address for receipt of notice by providing prior written notice of the change to the sending party as provided herein.

The Company’s address is:

Pivotal Investment Corporation II

c/o Graubard Miller

The Chrysler Building

405 Lexington Avenue, 11th Floor

New York, New York 10174

Attention: Jonathan J. Ledecky

E-mail:      jledecky@hockeyny.com

 

6


With a copy to:

Graubard Miller

The Chrysler Building

405 Lexington Avenue, 11th Floor

New York, New York 10174

Attention:    David Alan Miller / Jeffrey M. Gallant

E-mail:      dmiller@graubard.com / jgallant@graubard.com

And:

Morrison & Foerster LLP

250 West 55th Street

New York, NY 10019

Attention:    Mitchell S. Presser / Omar E. Pringle

E-mail:      mpresser@mofo.com / opringle@mofo.com

And:

Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo, P.C.

One Financial Center

Boston, MA 02111

Attention:    Sahir Surmeli/Thomas Burton III

E-mail:      SSurmeli@mintz.com /TBurton@mintz.com

or to such other address or to the attention of such other Person as the Company has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

(g) Governing Law. All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto, and the relative rights of the Company and the Holders hereunder, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

(h) MUTUAL WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

(i) CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND SERVICE OF PROCESS. EACH OF THE PARTIES, AND EACH OF THEIR SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURT OF CHANCERY OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE OR, ONLY IF SUCH COURT LACKS JURISDICTION, THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS IN THE IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE, FOR THE PURPOSES OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT,

 

7


ANY RELATED AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO, AND EACH OF THEIR SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, FURTHER AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ANY PROCESS, SUMMONS, NOTICE OR DOCUMENT BY U.S. REGISTERED MAIL TO SUCH PARTY’S RESPECTIVE ADDRESS SET FORTH ABOVE SHALL BE EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS FOR ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTERS TO WHICH IT HAS SUBMITTED TO JURISDICTION IN THIS PARAGRAPH. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO, AND EACH OF THEIR SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY IN THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS, AND HEREBY AND THEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

(j) Descriptive Headings; Interpretation. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement. The use of the word “including” in this Agreement shall be by way of example rather than by limitation.

(k) No Strict Construction. The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party.

(l) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signature of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(m) Electronic Delivery. This Agreement, the agreements referred to herein, and each other agreement or instrument entered into in connection herewith or therewith or contemplated hereby or thereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent executed and delivered by means of a photographic, photostatic, facsimile or similar reproduction of such signed writing using a facsimile machine or electronic mail shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto shall re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or electronic mail to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or electronic mail as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.

(n) Further Assurances. In connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, each Holder shall execute and deliver any additional documents and instruments and perform any additional acts that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and perform the provisions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

8


(o) Dilution. If, from time to time, there is any change in the capital structure of the Company by way of a stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification, or through a merger, consolidation, reorganization or recapitalization, or by any other means, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the provisions hereof so that the rights and privileges granted hereby shall continue.

* * * * *

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lock-Up Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

PIVOTAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION II
By:  

                 

  Name:
  Title:
  Its:


[HOLDER]
[_________________________________]
By:  

                              

  Name:
  Title:
  Its:
Address:

 

 

 

Email:

 

Exhibit 23.1

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM’S CONSENT

We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement of Pivotal Investment Corporation II on Form S-4, of our report dated March 30, 2020, with respect to our audit of the financial statements of Pivotal Investment Corporation II as of December 31, 2019 and for the period from March 20, 2019 (inception) through December 31, 2019, which report appears in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our Firm under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Marcum LLP

Marcum LLP

New York, NY

October 1, 2020

Exhibit 23.2

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM’S CONSENT

We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement of Pivotal Investment Corporation II on Form S-4 of our report dated October 1, 2020, which included an explanatory paragraph as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, with respect to our audits of the consolidated financial statements of XL Hybrids, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019, which report appears in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our Firm under the heading “Experts” in such Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

/s/ Marcum LLP

Marcum LLP

Melville, NY

October 1, 2020